diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'python/pykde/extra')
281 files changed, 0 insertions, 77172 deletions
diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde300/kaccelaction.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde300/kaccelaction.h deleted file mode 100644 index c1e53f5a..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde300/kaccelaction.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,202 +0,0 @@ -/* This file is part of the KDE libraries - Copyright (C) 2001,2002 Ellis Whitehead <ellis@kde.org> - - This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - - This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. -*/ - -#ifndef _KACCELACTION_H -#define _KACCELACTION_H - -#include <tqmap.h> -#include <tqptrvector.h> -#include <tqstring.h> -#include <tqvaluevector.h> - -#include <kshortcut.h> - -class KAccelBase; - -class TQObject; -class KConfig; -class KConfigBase; - -/* - KAccelAction holds information an a given action, such as "Execute Command" - - 1) KAccelAction = "Execute Command" - Default3 = "Alt+F2" - Default4 = "Meta+Enter;Alt+F2" - 1) KShortcut = "Meta+Enter" - 1) KKeySequence = "Meta+Enter" - 1) KKey = "Meta+Enter" - 1) Meta+Enter - 2) Meta+Keypad_Enter - 2) KShortcut = "Alt+F2" - 1) KKeySequence = "Alt+F2" - 1) Alt+F2 - 2) KAccelAction = "Something" - Default3 = "" - Default4 = "" - 1) KShortcut = "Meta+X,Asterisk" - 1) KKeySequence = "Meta+X,Asterisk" - 1) KKey = "Meta+X" - 1) Meta+X - 2) KKey = "Asterisk" - 1) Shift+8 (English layout) - 2) Keypad_Asterisk -*/ - -//--------------------------------------------------------------------- -// KAccelAction -//--------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class KAccelAction -{ - public: - KAccelAction(); - KAccelAction( const KAccelAction& ); - KAccelAction( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, - const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4, - const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, - bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled ); - ~KAccelAction(); - - void clear(); - bool init( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, - const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4, - const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, - bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled ); - - KAccelAction& operator=( const KAccelAction& ); - - const TQString& name() const { return m_sName; } - const TQString& label() const { return m_sLabel; } - const TQString& whatsThis() const { return m_sWhatsThis; } - const KShortcut& shortcut() const { return m_cut; } - const KShortcut& shortcutDefault() const; - const KShortcut& shortcutDefault3() const { return m_cutDefault3; } - const KShortcut& shortcutDefault4() const { return m_cutDefault4; } - const TQObject* objSlotPtr() const { return m_pObjSlot; } - const char* methodSlotPtr() const { return m_psMethodSlot; } - bool isConfigurable() const { return m_bConfigurable; } - bool isEnabled() const { return m_bEnabled; } - - void setName( const TQString& ); - void setLabel( const TQString& ); - void setWhatsThis( const TQString& ); - bool setShortcut( const KShortcut& rgCuts ); - void setSlot( const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot ); - void setConfigurable( bool ); - void setEnabled( bool ); - - int getID() const { return m_nIDAccel; } - void setID( int n ) { m_nIDAccel = n; } - bool isConnected() const; - - bool setKeySequence( uint i, const KKeySequence& ); - void clearShortcut(); - bool contains( const KKeySequence& ); - - TQString toString() const; - TQString toStringInternal() const; - - static bool useFourModifierKeys(); - static void useFourModifierKeys( bool ); - - protected: - TQString m_sName, - m_sLabel, - m_sWhatsThis; - KShortcut m_cut; - KShortcut m_cutDefault3, m_cutDefault4; - const TQObject* m_pObjSlot; - const char* m_psMethodSlot; - bool m_bConfigurable, - m_bEnabled; - int m_nIDAccel; - uint m_nConnections; - - void incConnections(); - void decConnections(); - - private: - static int g_bUseFourModifierKeys; - class KAccelActionPrivate* d; - - friend class KAccelActions; - friend class KAccelBase; -}; - -//--------------------------------------------------------------------- -// KAccelActions -//--------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class KAccelActions -{ - public: - KAccelActions(); - KAccelActions( const KAccelActions& ); - virtual ~KAccelActions(); - - void clear(); - bool init( const KAccelActions& ); - bool init( KConfigBase& config, const TQString& sGroup ); - - void updateShortcuts( KAccelActions& ); - - int actionIndex( const TQString& sAction ) const; - KAccelAction* actionPtr( uint ); - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( uint ) const; - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; - KAccelAction* actionPtr( KKeySequence cut ); - KAccelAction& operator []( uint ); - const KAccelAction& operator []( uint ) const; - - KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, - const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, - const TQObject* pObjSlot = 0, const char* psMethodSlot = 0, - bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true ); - KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel ); - bool remove( const TQString& sAction ); - - bool readActions( const TQString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ); - bool writeActions( const TQString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0, - bool bWriteAll = false, bool bGlobal = false ) const; - - void emitKeycodeChanged(); - - uint count() const; - - protected: - KAccelBase* m_pKAccelBase; - KAccelAction** m_prgActions; - uint m_nSizeAllocated, m_nSize; - - void resize( uint ); - void insertPtr( KAccelAction* ); - - private: - class KAccelActionsPrivate* d; - - KAccelActions( KAccelBase* ); - void initPrivate( KAccelBase* ); - KAccelActions& operator =( KAccelActions& ); - - friend class KAccelBase; -}; - -#endif // _KACCELACTION_H diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde300/kaccelbase.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde300/kaccelbase.h deleted file mode 100644 index cd764bc3..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde300/kaccelbase.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,233 +0,0 @@ -/* This file is part of the KDE libraries - Copyright (C) 2001 Ellis Whitehead <ellis@kde.org> - - This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - - This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. -*/ - -#ifndef _KACCELBASE_H -#define _KACCELBASE_H - -#include <tqmap.h> -#include <tqptrvector.h> -#include <tqstring.h> -#include <tqvaluevector.h> -#include <tqvaluelist.h> - -#include "kaccelaction.h" -#include "kkeyserver_x11.h" - -class TQPopupMenu; -class TQWidget; - -//---------------------------------------------------- - -class KAccelBasePrivate; -/** - * Handle keyboard accelerators. - * - * Allow an user to configure - * key bindings through application configuration files or through the - * @ref KKeyChooser GUI. - * - * A @ref KAccel contains a list of accelerator items. Each accelerator item - * consists of an action name and a keyboard code combined with modifiers - * (Shift, Ctrl and Alt.) - * - * For example, "Ctrl+P" could be a shortcut for printing a document. The key - * codes are listed in ckey.h. "Print" could be the action name for printing. - * The action name identifies the key binding in configuration files and the - * @ref KKeyChooser GUI. - * - * When pressed, an accelerator key calls the slot to which it has been - * connected. Accelerator items can be connected so that a key will activate - * two different slots. - * - * A KAccel object handles key events sent to its parent widget and to all - * children of this parent widget. - * - * Key binding reconfiguration during run time can be prevented by specifying - * that an accelerator item is not configurable when it is inserted. A special - * group of non-configurable key bindings are known as the - * standard accelerators. - * - * The standard accelerators appear repeatedly in applications for - * standard document actions such as printing and saving. Convenience methods are - * available to insert and connect these accelerators which are configurable on - * a desktop-wide basis. - * - * It is possible for a user to choose to have no key associated with - * an action. - * - * The translated first argument for @ref insertItem() is used only - * in the configuration dialog. - *<pre> - * KAccel *a = new KAccel( myWindow ); - * // Insert an action "Scroll Up" which is associated with the "Up" key: - * a->insertItem( i18n("Scroll up"), "Scroll Up", "Up" ); - * // Insert an action "Scroll Down" which is not associated with any key: - * a->insertItem( i18n("Scroll down"), "Scroll Down", 0); - * a->connectItem( "Scroll up", myWindow, TQT_SLOT( scrollUp() ) ); - * // a->insertStdItem( KStdAccel::Print ); //not necessary, since it - * // is done automatially with the - * // connect below! - * a->connectItem(KStdAccel::Print, myWindow, TQT_SLOT( printDoc() ) ); - * - * a->readSettings(); - *</pre> - * - * If a shortcut has a menu entry as well, you could insert them like - * this. The example is again the @ref KStdAccel::Print from above. - * - * <pre> - * int id; - * id = popup->insertItem("&Print",this, TQT_SLOT(printDoc())); - * a->changeMenuAccel(popup, id, KStdAccel::Print ); - * </pre> - * - * If you want a somewhat "exotic" name for your standard print action, like - * id = popup->insertItem(i18n("Print &Document"),this, TQT_SLOT(printDoc())); - * it might be a good idea to insert the standard action before as - * a->insertStdItem( KStdAccel::Print, i18n("Print Document") ) - * as well, so that the user can easily find the corresponding function. - * - * This technique works for other actions as well. Your "scroll up" function - * in a menu could be done with - * - * <pre> - * id = popup->insertItem(i18n"Scroll &up",this, TQT_SLOT(scrollUp())); - * a->changeMenuAccel(popup, id, "Scroll Up" ); - * </pre> - * - * Please keep the order right: First insert all functions in the - * acceleratior, then call a -> @ref readSettings() and @em then build your - * menu structure. - * - * @short Configurable key binding support. - * @version $Id: kaccelbase.h,v 1.20 2002/03/03 21:20:25 lunakl Exp $ - */ - -class KAccelBase -{ - public: - enum Init { QT_KEYS = 0x00, NATIVE_KEYS = 0x01 }; - enum Signal { KEYCODE_CHANGED }; - - KAccelBase( int fInitCode ); - virtual ~KAccelBase(); - - uint actionCount() const; - KAccelActions& actions(); - bool isEnabled() const; - - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKey& key ); - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKeyServer::Key& key ); - - const TQString& configGroup() const { return m_sConfigGroup; } - void setConfigGroup( const TQString& group ); - void setConfigGlobal( bool global ); - virtual void setEnabled( bool bEnabled ) = 0; - bool getAutoUpdate() { return m_bAutoUpdate; } - // return value of AutoUpdate flag before this call. - bool setAutoUpdate( bool bAuto ); - -// Procedures for manipulating Actions. - //void clearActions(); - - KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sDesc ); - KAccelAction* insert( - const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sDesc, const TQString& sHelp, - const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, - const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, - bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true ); - bool remove( const TQString& sAction ); - bool setActionSlot( const TQString& sAction, const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot ); - - bool updateConnections(); - - bool setShortcut( const TQString& sAction, const KShortcut& cut ); - -// Modify individual Action sub-items - bool setActionEnabled( const TQString& sAction, bool bEnable ); - - /** - * Read all key associations from @p config, or (if @p config - * is zero) from the application's configuration file - * @ref KGlobal::config(). - * - * The group in which the configuration is stored can be - * set with @ref setConfigGroup(). - */ - void readSettings( KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ); - - /** - * Write the current configurable associations to @p config, - * or (if @p config is zero) to the application's - * configuration file. - */ - void writeSettings( KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ) const; - - TQPopupMenu* createPopupMenu( TQWidget* pParent, const KKeySequence& ); - - // Protected methods - protected: - void slotRemoveAction( KAccelAction* ); - - void createKeyList( TQValueVector<struct X>& rgKeys ); - bool insertConnection( KAccelAction* ); - bool removeConnection( KAccelAction* ); - - virtual bool emitSignal( Signal ) = 0; - virtual bool connectKey( KAccelAction&, const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; - virtual bool connectKey( const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; - virtual bool disconnectKey( KAccelAction&, const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; - virtual bool disconnectKey( const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; - - protected: - struct ActionInfo - { - KAccelAction* pAction; - uint iSeq, iVariation; - //ActionInfo* pInfoNext; // nil if only one action uses this key. - - ActionInfo() { pAction = 0; iSeq = 0xffff; iVariation = 0xffff; } - ActionInfo( KAccelAction* _pAction, uint _iSeq, uint _iVariation ) - { pAction = _pAction; iSeq = _iSeq; iVariation = _iVariation; } - }; - typedef TQMap<KKeyServer::Key, ActionInfo> KKeyToActionMap; - - KAccelActions m_rgActions; - KKeyToActionMap m_mapKeyToAction; - TQValueList<KAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique; - bool m_bNativeKeys; // Use native key codes instead of Qt codes - bool m_bEnabled; - bool m_bConfigIsGlobal; - TQString m_sConfigGroup; - bool m_bAutoUpdate; - KAccelAction* mtemp_pActionRemoving; - - private: - KAccelBase& operator =( const KAccelBase& ); - - friend class KAccelActions; - protected: - virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data ); - private: - KAccelBasePrivate* d; -}; - -#endif // _KACCELBASE_H diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde300/kicontheme.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde300/kicontheme.h deleted file mode 100644 index 29666371..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde300/kicontheme.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,217 +0,0 @@ -/* vi: ts=8 sts=4 sw=4 - * - * $Id: kicontheme.h,v 1.19 2002/03/05 23:13:26 rich Exp $ - * - * This file is part of the KDE project, module kdecore. - * Copyright (C) 2000 Geert Jansen <jansen@kde.org> - * Antonio Larrosa <larrosa@kde.org> - * - * This is free software; it comes under the GNU Library General - * Public License, version 2. See the file "COPYING.LIB" for the - * exact licensing terms. - * - */ - -#ifndef __KIconTheme_h_Included__ -#define __KIconTheme_h_Included__ - -#include <tqstring.h> -#include <tqstringlist.h> -#include <tqptrlist.h> - -class KConfig; -//class KIconThemeDir; - -class KIconThemePrivate; - -class KIconPrivate; - -/** - * One icon as found by KIconTheme. Also serves as a namespace containing - * icon related constants. - */ -class KIcon -{ -public: - KIcon() { size = 0; } - - /** - * Return true if this icon is valid, false otherwise. - */ - bool isValid() const { return size != 0; } - - enum Context { Any, Action, Application, Device, FileSystem, MimeType }; - enum Type { Fixed, Scalable, Threshold }; - enum MatchType { MatchExact, MatchBest }; - // if you add a group here, make sure to change the config reading in - // KIconLoader too - enum Group { NoGroup=-1, Desktop=0, FirstGroup=Desktop, Toolbar, - MainToolbar, Small, Panel, LastGroup, User }; - enum StdSizes { SizeSmall=16, SizeMedium=32, SizeLarge=48 }; - enum States { DefaultState, ActiveState, DisabledState, LastState }; - enum Overlays { LockOverlay=0x100, ZipOverlay=0x200, LinkOverlay=0x400, - HiddenOverlay=0x800, OverlayMask = ~0xff }; - - /** - * The size in pixels of the icon. - */ - int size; - - /** - * The context of the icon. - */ - Context context; - - /** - * The type of the icon: Fixed, Scalable or Threshold. - **/ - Type type; - - /** - * The threshold in case type == Threshold - */ - int threshold; - - /** - * The full path of the icon. - */ - TQString path; - -private: - KIconPrivate *d; -}; - -inline KIcon::Group& operator++(KIcon::Group& group) { group = static_cast<KIcon::Group>(group+1); return group; } -inline KIcon::Group operator++(KIcon::Group& group,int) { KIcon::Group ret = group; ++group; return ret; } - -/** - * Class to use/access icon themes in KDE. This class is used by the - * iconloader but can be used by others too. - */ -class KIconTheme -{ -public: - /** - * Load an icon theme by name. - */ - KIconTheme(const TQString& name, const TQString& appName=TQString::null); - ~KIconTheme(); - - /** - * The stylized name of the icon theme. - */ - TQString name() const { return mName; } - - /** - * A description for the icon theme. - */ - TQString description() const { return mDesc; } - - /** - * Return the name of the "example" icon. - */ - TQString example() const; - - /** - * Return the name of the screenshot. - */ - TQString screenshot() const; - - /** - * Returns the name of this theme's link overlay. - */ - TQString linkOverlay() const; - - /** - * Returns the name of this theme's zip overlay. - */ - TQString zipOverlay() const; - - /** - * Returns the name of this theme's lock overlay. - */ - TQString lockOverlay() const; - - /** - * Returns the toplevel theme directory. - */ - TQString dir() const { return mDir; } - - /** - * The themes this icon theme falls back on. - */ - TQStringList inherits() const { return mInherits; } - - /** - * The icon theme exists? - */ - bool isValid() const; - - /** - * The minimum display depth required for this theme. This can either - * be 8 or 32. - */ - int depth() const { return mDepth; } - - /** - * The default size of this theme for a certain icon group. - * @param group The icon group. See @ref #KIcon::Group. - * @return The default size in pixels for the given icon group. - */ - int defaultSize(KIcon::Group group) const; - - /** - * Query available sizes for a group. - */ - TQValueList<int> querySizes(KIcon::Group group) const; - - /** - * Query available icons for a size and context. - */ - TQStringList queryIcons(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const; - - /** - * Query available icons for a context and preferred size. - */ - TQStringList queryIconsByContext(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const; - - - /** - * Lookup an icon in the theme. - * @param name The name of the icon, without extension. - * @param size The desired size of the icon. - * @param match The matching mode. KIcon::MatchExact returns an icon - * only if matches exactly. KIcon::MatchBest returns the best matching - * icon. - * @return A KIcon class that describes the icon. If an icon is found, - * @ref #KIcon::isValid will return true, and false otherwise. - */ - KIcon iconPath(const TQString& name, int size, KIcon::MatchType match) const; - - /** - * List all icon themes installed on the system, global and local. - */ - static TQStringList list(); - - /** - * Returns the current icon theme. - */ - static TQString current(); - - static void reconfigure(); - -private: - int mDefSize[8]; - TQValueList<int> mSizes[8]; - - int mDepth; - TQString mDir, mName, mDesc; - TQStringList mInherits; -// TQPtrList<KIconThemeDir> mDirs; - KIconThemePrivate *d; - - static TQString *_theme; - static TQStringList *_theme_list; -}; - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde300/kkeyserver_x11.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde300/kkeyserver_x11.h deleted file mode 100644 index 279dbd7d..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde300/kkeyserver_x11.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,131 +0,0 @@ -#ifndef _KKEYSERVER_X11_H -#define _KKEYSERVER_X11_H - -#include "kshortcut.h" -#include "kkeynative.h" - -namespace KKeyServer -{ - struct CodeMod { int code, mod; }; - - struct Sym - { - public: - uint m_sym; - - Sym() - { m_sym = 0; } - Sym( uint sym ) - { m_sym = sym; } - Sym( const TQString& s ) - { init( s ); } - - bool initQt( int keyQt ); - bool init( const TQString& ); - - int qt() const; - TQString toStringInternal() const; - TQString toString() const; - - uint getModsRequired() const; - uint getSymVariation() const; - - operator uint() const { return m_sym; } - Sym& operator =( uint sym ) { m_sym = sym; return *this; } - - private: - TQString toString( bool bUserSpace ) const; - - static void capitalizeKeyname( TQString& ); - }; - - struct Key - { - enum { CODE_FOR_QT = 256 }; - - uint m_code; - uint m_mod; - uint m_sym; - - bool init( const KKey& key, bool bQt ); - - bool isNative() const { return m_code != CODE_FOR_QT; } - - uint code() const { return m_code; } - uint mod() const { return m_mod; } - uint sym() const { return m_sym; } - int keyCodeQt() const { return (int) m_sym; } - - void setKeycodeQt( int keyQt ) - { m_code = CODE_FOR_QT; m_sym = keyQt; } - - Key& operator =( const KKeyNative& key ); - int compare( const Key& ) const; - - bool operator ==( const Key& b ) const - { return compare( b ) == 0; } - bool operator <( const Key& b ) const - { return compare( b ) < 0; } - - KKey key() const; - }; - - struct Variations - { - enum { MAX_VARIATIONS = 4 }; - - Key m_rgkey[MAX_VARIATIONS]; - uint m_nVariations; - - Variations() { m_nVariations = 0; } - - void init( const KKey&, bool bQt ); - - uint count() const { return m_nVariations; } - const Key& key( uint i ) const { return m_rgkey[i]; } - }; - - bool initializeMods(); - - /** - * Returns the equivalent X modifier mask of the given modifier flag. - */ - uint modX( KKey::ModFlag ); - /** - * Returns true if the current keyboard layout supports the Win key. - * Specifically, whether the Super or Meta keys are assigned to an X modifier. - */ - bool keyboardHasWinKey(); - uint modXShift(); - uint modXLock(); - uint modXCtrl(); - uint modXAlt(); - uint modXNumLock(); - uint modXWin(); - uint modXScrollLock(); - /** - * Returns bitwise OR'ed mask containing Shift, Ctrl, Alt, and - * Win (if available). - */ - uint accelModMaskX(); - - bool keyQtToSym( int keyQt, uint& sym ); - bool keyQtToMod( int keyQt, uint& mod ); - bool symToKeyQt( uint sym, int& keyQt ); - - bool modToModQt( uint mod, int& modQt ); - bool modToModX( uint mod, uint& modX ); - bool modXToModQt( uint modX, int& modQt ); - bool modXToMod( uint modX, uint& mod ); - - bool codeXToSym( uchar codeX, uint modX, uint& symX ); - - TQString modToStringInternal( uint mod ); - TQString modToStringUser( uint mod ); - - bool stringToSymMod( const TQString&, uint& sym, uint& mod ); - - void keyQtToKeyX( uint keyCombQt, unsigned char *pKeyCodeX, uint *pKeySymX, uint *pKeyModX ); -}; - -#endif // !_KKEYSERVER_X11_H diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde300/konsole_part.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde300/konsole_part.h deleted file mode 100644 index 6aba7064..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde300/konsole_part.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,223 +0,0 @@ -/* - This file is part of the KDE system - Copyright (C) 1999,2000 Boloni Laszlo - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. - */ - -#ifndef __KONSOLE_PART_H__ -#define __KONSOLE_PART_H__ - -#include <kparts/browserextension.h> -#include <kparts/factory.h> - - -#include <kdialogbase.h> - -#include <kde_terminal_interface.h> - -//#include "schema.h" -//#include "session.h" - -class KInstance; -class konsoleBrowserExtension; -class TQPushButton; -class TQSpinBox; -class KPopupMenu; -class TQCheckBox; -class KRootPixmap; -class KToggleAction; -class KSelectAction; - -namespace KParts { class GUIActivateEvent; } - -class konsoleFactory : public KParts::Factory -{ - Q_OBJECT -public: - konsoleFactory(); - virtual ~konsoleFactory(); - - virtual KParts::Part* createPartObject(TQWidget *parentWidget = 0, const char *widgetName = 0, - TQObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0, - const char* classname = "KParts::Part", - const TQStringList &args = TQStringList()); - - static KInstance *instance(); - - private: - static KInstance *s_instance; - static KAboutData *s_aboutData; -}; - -////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -class konsolePart: public KParts::ReadOnlyPart, public TerminalInterface -{ - Q_OBJECT - public: - konsolePart(TQWidget *parentWidget, const char *widgetName, TQObject * parent, const char *name, const char *classname = 0); - virtual ~konsolePart(); - -signals: - void processExited(); - void receivedData( const TQString& s ); - protected: - virtual bool openURL( const KURL & url ); - virtual bool openFile() {return false;} // never used - virtual bool closeURL() {return true;} - virtual void guiActivateEvent( KParts::GUIActivateEvent * event ); - - protected slots: - void showShell(); - void slotProcessExited(); - void slotReceivedData( const TQString& s ); - -// void doneSession(TESession*); - void sessionDestroyed(); -// void configureRequest(TEWidget*,int,int x,int y); - void updateTitle(); - void enableMasterModeConnections(); - - private slots: - void emitOpenURLRequest(const TQString &url); - - void readProperties(); - void saveProperties(); - - void sendSignal(int n); - void closeCurrentSession(); - - void notifySize(int,int); - - void slotToggleFrame(); - void slotSelectScrollbar(); - void slotSelectFont(); - void schema_menu_check(); - void keytab_menu_activated(int item); - void updateSchemaMenu(); - void setSchema(int n); - void pixmap_menu_activated(int item); - void schema_menu_activated(int item); - void slotHistoryType(); - void slotSelectBell(); - void slotSelectLineSpacing(); - void slotBlinkingCursor(); - void slotWordSeps(); - void fontNotFound(); - - private: - konsoleBrowserExtension *m_extension; - KURL currentURL; - - void makeGUI(); - void applySettingsToGUI(); - - void setFont(int fontno); -// void setSchema(ColorSchema* s); - void updateKeytabMenu(); - - bool doOpenStream( const TQString& ); - bool doWriteStream( const TQByteArray& ); - bool doCloseStream(); - - TQWidget* parentWidget; -// TEWidget* te; -// TESession* se; -// ColorSchemaList* colors; - KRootPixmap* rootxpm; - - KToggleAction* blinkingCursor; - KToggleAction* showFrame; - - KSelectAction* selectBell; - KSelectAction* selectFont; - KSelectAction* selectLineSpacing; - KSelectAction* selectScrollbar; - - KPopupMenu* m_keytab; - KPopupMenu* m_schema; - KPopupMenu* m_signals; - KPopupMenu* m_options; - KPopupMenu* m_popupMenu; - - TQFont defaultFont; - - TQString pmPath; // pixmap path - TQString s_schema; - TQString s_kconfigSchema; - TQString s_word_seps; // characters that are considered part of a word - TQString fontNotFound_par; - - bool b_framevis:1; - bool b_histEnabled:1; - - int curr_schema; // current schema no - int n_bell; - int n_font; - int n_keytab; - int n_render; - int n_scroll; - unsigned m_histSize; - bool m_runningShell; - bool m_streamEnabled; -public: - // these are the implementations for the TermEmuInterface - // functions... - void startProgram( const TQString& program, - const TQStrList& args ); - void showShellInDir( const TQString& dir ); - void sendInput( const TQString& text ); -}; - -////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -/*class HistoryTypeDialog : public KDialogBase -{ - Q_OBJECT -public: - HistoryTypeDialog(const HistoryType& histType, - unsigned int histSize, - TQWidget *parent); - -public slots: - void slotDefault(); - void slotSetUnlimited(); - void slotHistEnable(bool); - - unsigned int nbLines() const; - bool isOn() const; - -protected: - TQCheckBox* m_btnEnable; - TQSpinBox* m_size; - TQPushButton* m_setUnlimited; -};*/ - -////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -class konsoleBrowserExtension : public KParts::BrowserExtension -{ - Q_OBJECT - friend class konsolePart; - public: - konsoleBrowserExtension(konsolePart *parent); - virtual ~konsoleBrowserExtension(); - - void emitOpenURLRequest(const KURL &url); -}; - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde300/krecentdirs.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde300/krecentdirs.h deleted file mode 100644 index 61a50706..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde300/krecentdirs.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,68 +0,0 @@ -/* -*- c++ -*- - * Copyright (C)2000 Waldo Bastian <bastian@kde.org> - * - * All rights reserved. - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without - * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions - * are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the - * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND - * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE - * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE - * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE - * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL - * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS - * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) - * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT - * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY - * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF - * SUCH DAMAGE. - * - */ -#ifndef __KRECENTDIRS_H -#define __KRECENTDIRS_H - -#include <tqstringlist.h> - -/** - * The goal of this class is to make sure that, when the user needs to - * specify a file via the file selection dialog, this dialog will start - * in the directory most likely to contain the desired files. - * - * This works as follows: Each time the file selection dialog is - * shown, the programmer can specify a "file-class". The file-dialog will - * then start with the directory associated with this file-class. When - * the dialog closes, the directory currently shown in the file-dialog - * will be associated with the file-class. - * - * A file-class can either start with ':' or with '::'. If it starts with - * a single ':' the file-class is specific to the current application. - * If the file-class starts with '::' it is global to all applications. - */ -class KRecentDirs -{ -public: - /** - * Returns a list of directories associated with this file-class. - * The most recently used directory is at the front of the list. - */ - static TQStringList list(const TQString &fileClass); - - /** - * Returns the most recently used directory accociated with this file-class. - */ - static TQString dir(const TQString &fileClass); - - /** - * Associates @p directory with @p fileClass - */ - static void add(const TQString &fileClass, const TQString &directory); -}; - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde300/ksycocafactory.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde300/ksycocafactory.h deleted file mode 100644 index ff1d43cb..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde300/ksycocafactory.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,135 +0,0 @@ -/* This file is part of the KDE libraries - * Copyright (C) 1999 Waldo Bastian <bastian@kde.org> - * - * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - * License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation; - * - * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Library General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - * along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. - **/ - -#ifndef __ksycocafactory_h__ -#define __ksycocafactory_h__ "$Id: ksycocafactory.h,v 1.12 2002/03/03 21:20:26 lunakl Exp $" - -#include "ksycocatype.h" -#include "ksycocaentry.h" - -#include <tqdict.h> -#include <tqptrlist.h> -class KSycoca; -class TQStringList; -class TQString; -class KSycocaDict; -class KSycocaResourceList; - -typedef TQDict<KSycocaEntry::Ptr> KSycocaEntryDict; - -/** - * @internal - * Base class for sycoca factories - */ -class KSycocaFactory -{ -public: - virtual KSycocaFactoryId factoryId() const = 0; - -protected: // virtual class - /** - * Create a factory which can be used to lookup from/create a database - * (depending on KSycoca::isBuilding()) - */ - KSycocaFactory( KSycocaFactoryId factory_id ); - -public: - virtual ~KSycocaFactory(); - - /** - * @return the position of the factory in the sycoca file - */ - int offset() { return mOffset; } - - /** - * @return the dict, for special use by KBuildSycoca - */ - KSycocaEntryDict * entryDict() { return m_entryDict; } - - /** - * Construct an entry from a config file. - * To be implemented in the real factories. - */ - virtual KSycocaEntry *createEntry(const TQString &file, const char *resource) = 0; - - /** - * Add an entry - */ - virtual void addEntry(KSycocaEntry *newEntry, const char *resource); - - /** - * Read an entry from the database - */ - virtual KSycocaEntry *createEntry(int offset)=0; - - /** - * Get a list of all entries from the database. - */ - KSycocaEntry::List allEntries(); - - /** - * Saves all entries it maintains as well as index files - * for these entries to the stream 'str'. - * - * Also sets mOffset to the starting position. - * - * The stream is positioned at the end of the last index. - * - * Don't forget to call the parent first when you override - * this function. - */ - virtual void save(TQDataStream &str); - - /** - * Writes out a header to the stream 'str'. - * The baseclass positions the stream correctly. - * - * Don't forget to call the parent first when you override - * this function. - */ - virtual void saveHeader(TQDataStream &str); - - /** - * @return the resources for which this factory is responsible. - */ - virtual const KSycocaResourceList * resourceList() const { return m_resourceList; } - -private: - int mOffset; - -protected: - int m_sycocaDictOffset; - int m_beginEntryOffset; - int m_endEntryOffset; - TQDataStream *m_str; - - KSycocaResourceList *m_resourceList; - KSycocaEntryDict *m_entryDict; - KSycocaDict *m_sycocaDict; -protected: - virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data ); -}; - -// This, instead of a typedef, allows to declare "class ..." in header files -class KSycocaFactoryList : public TQPtrList<KSycocaFactory> -{ -public: - KSycocaFactoryList() { } -}; - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde300/ktoolbarbutton.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde300/ktoolbarbutton.h deleted file mode 100644 index 9b35b179..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde300/ktoolbarbutton.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,306 +0,0 @@ -/* This file is part of the KDE libraries - Copyright (C) 1997, 1998 Stephan Kulow (coolo@kde.org) - (C) 1997, 1998 Sven Radej (radej@kde.org) - (C) 1997, 1998 Mark Donohoe (donohoe@kde.org) - (C) 1997, 1998 Matthias Ettrich (ettrich@kde.org) - (C) 2000 Kurt Granroth (granroth@kde.org) - - This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation. - - This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. -*/ - -// $Id: ktoolbarbutton.h,v 1.21 2002/03/04 00:51:52 lunakl Exp $ -#ifndef _KTOOLBARBUTTON_H -#define _KTOOLBARBUTTON_H - -#include <tqpixmap.h> -#include <tqtoolbutton.h> -#include <tqintdict.h> -#include <tqstring.h> -#include <kglobal.h> - -class KToolBar; -class KToolBarButtonPrivate; -class KInstance; -class TQEvent; -class TQPopupMenu; -class TQPainter; - -/** - * A toolbar button. This is used internally by @ref KToolBar, use the - * KToolBar methods instead. - * @internal - */ -class KToolBarButton : public QToolButton -{ - Q_OBJECT - -public: - /** - * Construct a button with an icon loaded by the button itself. - * This will trust the button to load the correct icon with the - * correct size. - * - * @param icon Name of icon to load (may be absolute or relative) - * @param id Id of this button - * @param parent This button's parent - * @param name This button's internal name - * @param txt This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise) - */ - KToolBarButton(const TQString& icon, int id, TQWidget *parent, - const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null, - KInstance *_instance = KGlobal::instance()); - - /** - * Construct a button with an existing pixmap. It is not - * recommended that you use this as the internal icon loading code - * will almost always get it "right". - * - * @param icon Name of icon to load (may be absolute or relative) - * @param id Id of this button - * @param parent This button's parent - * @param name This button's internal name - * @param txt This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise) - */ - KToolBarButton(const TQPixmap& pixmap, int id, TQWidget *parent, - const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null); - - /** - * Construct a separator button - * - * @param parent This button's parent - * @param name This button's internal name - */ - KToolBarButton(TQWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L); - - /** - * Standard destructor - */ - ~KToolBarButton(); - -#ifndef KDE_NO_COMPAT - /** - * @deprecated - * Set the pixmap directly for this button. This pixmap should be - * the active one... the dimmed and disabled pixmaps are constructed - * based on this one. However, don't use this function unless you - * are positive that you don't want to use @ref setIcon. - * - * @param pixmap The active pixmap - */ - // this one is from TQButton, so #ifdef-ing it out doesn't break BC - virtual void setPixmap(const TQPixmap &pixmap); - - /** - * @deprecated - * Force the button to use this pixmap as the default one rather - * then generating it using effects. - * - * @param pixmap The pixmap to use as the default (normal) one - */ - void setDefaultPixmap(const TQPixmap& pixmap); - - /** - * @deprecated - * Force the button to use this pixmap when disabled one rather then - * generating it using effects. - * - * @param pixmap The pixmap to use when disabled - */ - void setDisabledPixmap(const TQPixmap& pixmap); -#endif - - /** - * Set the text for this button. The text will be either used as a - * tooltip (IconOnly) or will be along side the icon - * - * @param text The button (or tooltip) text - */ - virtual void setText(const TQString &text); - - /** - * Set the icon for this button. The icon will be loaded internally - * with the correct size. This function is preferred over @ref setIconSet - * - * @param icon The name of the icon - */ - virtual void setIcon(const TQString &icon); - - /** - * Set the pixmaps for this toolbar button from a TQIconSet. - * If you call this you don't need to call any of the other methods - * that set icons or pixmaps. - * @param iconset The iconset to use - */ - virtual void setIconSet( const TQIconSet &iconset ); - -#ifndef KDE_NO_COMPAT - /** - * @deprecated - * Set the active icon for this button. The pixmap itself is loaded - * internally based on the icon size... .. the disabled and default - * pixmaps, however will only be constructed if @ref #generate is - * true. This function is preferred over @ref setPixmap - * - * @param icon The name of the active icon - * @param generate If true, then the other icons are automagically - * generated from this one - */ - void setIcon(const TQString &icon, bool /*generate*/ ) { setIcon( icon ); } - - /** - * @deprecated - * Force the button to use this icon as the default one rather - * then generating it using effects. - * - * @param icon The icon to use as the default (normal) one - */ - void setDefaultIcon(const TQString& icon); - - /** - * @deprecated - * Force the button to use this icon when disabled one rather then - * generating it using effects. - * - * @param icon The icon to use when disabled - */ - void setDisabledIcon(const TQString& icon); -#endif - - /** - * Turn this button on or off - * - * @param flag true or false - */ - void on(bool flag = true); - - /** - * Toggle this button - */ - void toggle(); - - /** - * Turn this button into a toggle button or disable the toggle - * aspects of it. This does not toggle the button itself. Use @ref - * toggle for that. - * - * @param toggle true or false - */ - void setToggle(bool toggle = true); - - /** - * Return a pointer to this button's popup menu (if it exists) - */ - TQPopupMenu *popup(); - - /** - * Give this button a popup menu. There will not be a delay when - * you press the button. Use @ref setDelayedPopup if you want that - * behavior. You can also make the popup-menu - * "sticky", i.e. visible until a selection is made or the mouse is - * clikced elsewhere, by simply setting the second argument to true. - * This "sticky" button feature allows you to make a selection without - * having to press and hold down the mouse while making a selection. - * - * @param p The new popup menu - * @param toggle if true, makes the button "sticky" (toggled) - */ - void setPopup (TQPopupMenu *p, bool toggle = false); - - /** - * Gives this button a delayed popup menu. - * - * This function allows you to add a delayed popup menu to the button. - * The popup menu is then only displayed when the button is pressed and - * held down for about half a second. You can also make the popup-menu - * "sticky", i.e. visible until a selection is made or the mouse is - * clikced elsewhere, by simply setting the second argument to true. - * This "sticky" button feature allows you to make a selection without - * having to press and hold down the mouse while making a selection. - * - * @param p the new popup menu - * @param toggle if true, makes the button "sticky" (toggled) - */ - void setDelayedPopup(TQPopupMenu *p, bool toggle = false); - - /** - * Turn this button into a radio button - * - * @param f true or false - */ - void setRadio(bool f = true); - - /** - * Toolbar buttons naturally will assume the global styles - * concerning icons, icons sizes, etc. You can use this function to - * explicitely turn this off, if you like. - * - * @param no_style Will disable styles if true - */ - void setNoStyle(bool no_style = true); - -signals: - void clicked(int); - void doubleClicked(int); - void pressed(int); - void released(int); - void toggled(int); - void highlighted(int, bool); - -public slots: - /** - * This slot should be called whenever the toolbar mode has - * potentially changed. This includes such events as text changing, - * orientation changing, etc. - */ - void modeChange(); - virtual void setTextLabel(const TQString&, bool tipToo); - -protected: - void paletteChange(const TQPalette &); - void leaveEvent(TQEvent *e); - void enterEvent(TQEvent *e); - void drawButton(TQPainter *p); - bool eventFilter (TQObject *o, TQEvent *e); - void showMenu(); - TQSize sizeHint() const; - TQSize minimumSizeHint() const; - TQSize minimumSize() const; - -protected slots: - void slotClicked(); - void slotPressed(); - void slotReleased(); - void slotToggled(); - void slotDelayTimeout(); - -protected: - virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data ); -private: - KToolBarButtonPrivate *d; -}; - -/** -* List of @ref KToolBarButton objects. -* @internal -* @version $Id: ktoolbarbutton.h,v 1.21 2002/03/04 00:51:52 lunakl Exp $ -*/ -class KToolBarButtonList : public TQIntDict<KToolBarButton> -{ -public: - KToolBarButtonList(); - ~KToolBarButtonList() {} -}; - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde300/kurifilter.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde300/kurifilter.h deleted file mode 100644 index 24e09985..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde300/kurifilter.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,593 +0,0 @@ -/* - * This file is part of the KDE libraries - * Copyright (C) 2000 Yves Arrouye <yves@realnames.com> - * - * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Library General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - * along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. - **/ - -#ifndef __kurifilter_h__ -#define __kurifilter_h__ "$Id: kurifilter.h,v 1.23 2002/03/04 04:17:37 lunakl Exp $" - -#include <tqptrlist.h> -#include <tqobject.h> - -#include <kurl.h> - -class KURIFilterPrivate; -class KURIFilterDataPrivate; - -class TQStringList; -class KCModule; - -/** -* This is a basic message object used for exchanging filtering -* information between the filter plugins and the application -* whenever the application requires more information about the -* URI than just a filtered version of it. Any application can -* create an instance of this class and send it to @ref KURIFilter -* to have the filter plugins fill the necessary information. -* -* @sect Example -* <pre> -* TQString text = "kde.org"; -* KURIFilterData d = text; -* bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filter( d ); -* if( filtered ) -* print ( "URI: %s\n"Filtered URI: %s\n URI Type: %i\n"Was Filtered: %i" -* text.latin1(), d.uri().url().latin1(), d.uriType(), filtered ); -* </pre> -* -* The above code should yield the following output: -* <pre> -* URI: kde.org -* Filtered URI: http://kde.org -* URI Type: 0 <== means NET_PROTOCOL -* Was Filtered: 1 <== means the URL was successfully filtered -* </pre> -* -* @short A message object for exchanging filtering URI info. -*/ - -class KURIFilterData -{ -friend class KURIFilterPlugin; - -public: - /** - * Describes the type of URI to be filtered. - * - * This enumerator prvoides the return value for - * @ref uriType. A breif description for each value: - * - * @li NET_PROTOCOL - Any network protocol: http, ftp, nttp, pop3, etc... - * @li LOCAL_FILE - A local file whose executable flag is not set - * @li LOCAL_DIR - A local directory - * @li EXECUTABLE - A local file whose executable flag is set - * @li HELP - A man or info page - * @li SHELL - A shell executable (ex: echo "Test..." >> ~/testfile) - * @li BLOCKED - A URI that should be blocked/filtered (ex: ad filtering) - * @li ERROR - An incorrect URI (ex: "~johndoe" when user johndoe - * does not exist in that system ) - * @li UNKNOWN - A URI that is not identified. Default value when - * a KURIFilterData is first created. - */ - enum URITypes { NET_PROTOCOL=0, LOCAL_FILE, LOCAL_DIR, EXECUTABLE, HELP, SHELL, BLOCKED, ERROR, UNKNOWN }; - - /** - * Default constructor. - * - * Creates a URIFilterData object. - */ - KURIFilterData() { init(); } - - /** - * Creates a URIFilterData object from the given URL. - * - * @param url is the URL to be filtered. - */ - KURIFilterData( const KURL& url ) { init( url); } - - /** - * Creates a URIFilterData object from the given string. - * - * @param url is the string to be filtered. - */ - KURIFilterData( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); } - - /** - * Copy constructor. - * - * Creates a URIFilterData object from another - * URI filter data object. - * - * @param data the uri filter data to be copied. - */ - KURIFilterData( const KURIFilterData& /*data*/); - - /** - * Destructor. - */ - ~KURIFilterData(); - - /** - * This method has been deprecated and will always return - * TRUE. You should instead use the result from the - * @ref KURIFilter::filterURI() calls. - * - * @deprecated - */ - bool hasBeenFiltered() const { return m_bFiltered; } - - /** - * Returns the filtered or the original URL. - * - * This function returns the filtered url if one - * of the plugins sucessfully filtered the original - * URL. Otherwise, it returns the original URL. - * See @ref #hasBeenFiltered() and - * - * @return the filtered or original url. - */ - KURL uri() const { return m_pURI; } - - /** - * Returns an error message. - * - * This functions returns the error message set - * by the plugin whenever the uri type is set to - * KURIFilterData::ERROR. Otherwise, it returns - * a TQString::null. - * - * @return the error message or a NULL when there is none. - */ - TQString errorMsg() const { return m_strErrMsg; } - - /** - * Returns the URI type. - * - * This method always returns KURIFilterData::UNKNOWN - * if the given URL was not filtered. - */ - URITypes uriType() const { return m_iType; } - - /** - * Sets the URL to be filtered. - * - * Use this function to set the string to be - * filtered when you construct an empty filter - * object. - * - * @param url the string to be filtered. - */ - void setData( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); } - - /** - * Same as above except the argument is a URL. - * - * Use this function to set the string to be - * filtered when you construct an empty filter - * object. - * - * @param url the URL to be filtered. - */ - void setData( const KURL& url ) { init( url ); } - - /** - * Sets the absolute path to be used whenever the supplied - * data is a relative local URL. - * - * NOTE: This function works only for a local resource and - * expects the absolute path to the relative URL set in this - * meta object. If you are extracting the absolute path from - * a KURL object, make sure you always set the argument below - * using KURL::path() instead of KURL::url() so that "file:/" - * would not be appended! Otherwise, the filter might not be - * able to make correct determination whether the relative URL - * locally exists! - * - * @param abs_path the abolute path to the local resource. - * @return true if absolute path is successfully set. Otherwise, false. - */ - bool setAbsolutePath( const TQString& /* abs_path */ ); - - /** - * Returns the absolute path if one has already been set. - */ - TQString absolutePath() const; - - /** - * Returns true if the supplied data has an absolute path. - */ - bool hasAbsolutePath() const; - - /** - * Returns the command line options and arguments for a - * local resource when present. - * - * @return options and arguments when present, otherwise TQString::null - */ - TQString argsAndOptions() const; - - /** - * Returns true if the current data is a local resource with - * command line options and arguments. - */ - bool hasArgsAndOptions() const; - - /** - * Returns the name of the icon that matches - * the current filtered URL. - * - * NOTE that this function will return a NULL - * string by default and when no associated icon - * is found. - * - * @return the name of the icon associated with the resource - */ - TQString iconName(); - - /** - * Overloaded assigenment operator. - * - * This function allows you to easily assign a KURL - * to a KURIFilterData object. - * - * @return an instance of a KURIFilterData object. - */ - KURIFilterData& operator=( const KURL& url ) { init( url ); return *this; } - - /** - * Overloaded assigenment operator. - * - * This function allows you to easily assign a QString - * to a KURIFilterData object. - * - * @return an instance of a KURIFilterData object. - */ - KURIFilterData& operator=( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); return *this; } - -protected: - - /** - * Initializes the KURIFilterData on construction. - */ - void init( const KURL& url = TQString::null ); - -private: - bool m_bFiltered; - bool m_bChanged; - - TQString m_strErrMsg; - TQString m_strIconName; - - KURL m_pURI; - URITypes m_iType; - KURIFilterDataPrivate *d; -}; - - -/** - * Base class for URI filter plugins. - * - * This class applies a single filter to a URI. All - * plugins designed to provide URI filtering functionalities - * should inherit from this abstract class and provide a - * specific filtering implementation. - * - * All inheriting classes need to implement the pure - * virtual function @ref filterURI. Otherwise, they - * would also become abstract. - * - * @short Abstract class for URI filter plugins. - */ -class KURIFilterPlugin : public QObject -{ - Q_OBJECT - -public: - - /** - * Constructs a filter plugin with a given name and - * priority. - * - * @param parent the parent object. - * @param name the name of the plugin. - * @param pri the priority of the plugin. - */ - KURIFilterPlugin( TQObject *parent = 0, const char *name = 0, double pri = 1.0 ); - - /** - * Returns the filter's name. - * - * @return A string naming the filter. - */ - virtual TQString name() const { return m_strName; } - - /** - * Returns the filter's priority. - * - * Each filter has an assigned priority, a float from 0 to 1. Filters - * with the lowest priority are first given a chance to filter a URI. - * - * @return The priority of the filter. - */ - virtual double priority() const { return m_dblPriority; } - - /** - * Filters a URI. - * - * @param data the URI data to be filtered. - * @return A boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed. - */ - virtual bool filterURI( KURIFilterData& data ) const = 0; - - /** - * Creates a configuration module for the filter. - * - * It is the responsability of the caller to delete the module - * once it is not needed anymore. - * - * @return A configuration module, @p null if the filter isn't configurable. - */ - virtual KCModule *configModule( TQWidget*, const char* ) const { return 0; } - - /** - * Returns the name of the configuration module for the filter. - * - * @return the name of a configuration module or @p null if none. - */ - virtual TQString configName() const { return name(); } - -protected: - - /** - * Sets the the URL in @p data to @p uri. - */ - void setFilteredURI ( KURIFilterData& data, const KURL& uri ) const; - - /** - * Sets the error message in @p data to @p errormsg. - */ - void setErrorMsg ( KURIFilterData& data, const TQString& errmsg ) const { - data.m_strErrMsg = errmsg; - } - - /** - * Sets the URI type in @p data to @p type. - */ - void setURIType ( KURIFilterData& data, KURIFilterData::URITypes type) const { - data.m_iType = type; - data.m_bChanged = true; - } - - /** - * Sets the arguments and options string in @p data - * to @p args if any were found during filterting. - */ - void setArguments( KURIFilterData& data, const TQString& args ) const; - - TQString m_strName; - double m_dblPriority; - -protected: - virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data ); -private: - class KURIFilterPluginPrivate *d; -}; - - -class KURIFilterPluginList : public TQPtrList<KURIFilterPlugin> -{ -public: - virtual int compareItems(Item a, Item b) - { - double diff = ((KURIFilterPlugin *) a)->priority() - ((KURIFilterPlugin *) b)->priority(); - return diff < 0 ? -1 : (diff > 0 ? 1 : 0); - } - -private: - KURIFilterPrivate *d; - -}; - -/** - * Manages the filtering of a URI. - * - * The intention of this plugin class is to allow people to extend - * the functionality of KURL without modifying it directly. This - * way KURL will remain a generic parser capable of parsing any - * generic URL that adheres to specifications. - * - * The KURIFilter class applies a number of filters to a URI, - * and returns the filtered version whenever possible. The filters - * are implemented using plugins to provide easy extensibility - * of the filtering mechanism. That is, new filters can be added in - * the future by simply inheriting from @ref KURIFilterPlugin and - * implementing the @ref KURIFilterPlugin::filterURI method. - * - * Use of this plugin-manager class is straight forward. Since - * it is a singleton object, all you have to do is obtain an instance - * by doing @p KURIFilter::self() and use any of the public member - * functions to preform the filtering. - * - * @sect Example - * - * To simply filter a given string: - * <pre> - * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( "kde.org" ); - * </pre> - * - * You can alternatively use a KURL: - * <pre> - * KURL url = "kde.org"; - * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( url ); - * </pre> - * - * If you have a constant string or a constant URL, - * simply invoke the corresponding function to obtain - * the filtered string or URL instead of a boolean flag: - * <pre> - * TQString u = KURIFilter::self()->filteredURI( "kde.org" ); - * </pre> - * - * You can also specify only specific filter(s) to be applied - * by supplying the name(s) of the filter(s). By defualt all - * filters that are found are loaded when the KURIFilter object - * is created will be used. These names are taken from the - * enteries in the \".desktop\" files. Here are a couple of - * examples: - * <pre> - * TQString text = "kde.org"; - * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, "KShortURIFilter" ); - * - * TQStringList list; - * list << "KShortURIFilter" << "MyFilter"; - * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, list ); - * </pre> - * - * KURIFilter also allows richer data exchange through a simple - * meta-object called @p KURIFilterData. Using this meta-object - * you can find out more information about the URL you want to - * filter. See @ref KURIFilterData for examples and details. - * - * @short Filters a given URL into its proper format whenever possible. - */ - -class KURIFilter -{ -public: - /** - * Destructor - */ - ~KURIFilter (); - - /** - * Return a static instance of KURIFilter. - */ - static KURIFilter* self(); - - /** - * Filters the URI given by the object URIFilterData. - * - * This filters the given data based on the specified - * filter list. If the list is empty all avaliable - * filter plugins would be used. If not, only those - * given in the list are used. - * - * @param data object that contains the URI to be filtered. - * @param filters specify the list filters to be used - * - * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed - */ - bool filterURI( KURIFilterData& data, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); - - /** - * Filters the URI given by the URL. - * - * This filters the given URL based on the specified - * filter list. If the list is empty all avaliable - * filter plugins would be used. If not, only those - * given in the list are used. - * - * @param uri the URI to filter. - * @param filters specify the list of filters to be used - * - * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed - */ - bool filterURI( KURL &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); - - /** - * Filters a string representing a URI. - * - * This filters the given string based on the specified - * filter list. If the list is empty all avaliable - * filter plugins would be used. If not, only those - * given in the list are used. - * - * @param uri The URI to filter. - * @param filters specify the list filters to be used - * - * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed - */ - bool filterURI( TQString &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); - - /** - * Returns the filtered URI. - * - * This filters the given URL based on the specified - * filter list. If the list is empty all avaliable - * filter plugins would be used. If not, only those - * given in the list are used. - * - * @param uri The URI to filter. - * @param filters specify the list filters to be used - * - * @return the filtered URI or null if it cannot be filtered - */ - KURL filteredURI( const KURL &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); - - /** - * Return a filtered string representation of a URI. - * - * This filters the given URL based on the specified - * filter list. If the list is empty all avaliable - * filter plugins would be used. If not, only those - * given in the list are used. - * - * @param uri the URI to filter. - * @param filters specify the list filters to be used - * - * @return the filtered URI or null if it cannot be filtered - */ - TQString filteredURI( const TQString &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); - - /** - * Return an iterator to iterate over all loaded - * plugins. - * - * @return a plugin iterator. - */ - TQPtrListIterator<KURIFilterPlugin> pluginsIterator() const; - -protected: - - /** - * A protected constructor. - * - * This constructor creates a KURIFilter and - * initializes all plugins it can find by invoking - * @ref loadPlugins. - */ - KURIFilter(); - - /** - * Loads all allowed plugins. - * - * This function loads all filters that have not - * been dis - */ - void loadPlugins(); - -private: - - static KURIFilter *m_self; - KURIFilterPluginList m_lstPlugins; - KURIFilterPrivate *d; - -}; - -#endif - diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde301/kaccelaction.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde301/kaccelaction.h deleted file mode 100644 index c1e53f5a..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde301/kaccelaction.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,202 +0,0 @@ -/* This file is part of the KDE libraries - Copyright (C) 2001,2002 Ellis Whitehead <ellis@kde.org> - - This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - - This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. -*/ - -#ifndef _KACCELACTION_H -#define _KACCELACTION_H - -#include <tqmap.h> -#include <tqptrvector.h> -#include <tqstring.h> -#include <tqvaluevector.h> - -#include <kshortcut.h> - -class KAccelBase; - -class TQObject; -class KConfig; -class KConfigBase; - -/* - KAccelAction holds information an a given action, such as "Execute Command" - - 1) KAccelAction = "Execute Command" - Default3 = "Alt+F2" - Default4 = "Meta+Enter;Alt+F2" - 1) KShortcut = "Meta+Enter" - 1) KKeySequence = "Meta+Enter" - 1) KKey = "Meta+Enter" - 1) Meta+Enter - 2) Meta+Keypad_Enter - 2) KShortcut = "Alt+F2" - 1) KKeySequence = "Alt+F2" - 1) Alt+F2 - 2) KAccelAction = "Something" - Default3 = "" - Default4 = "" - 1) KShortcut = "Meta+X,Asterisk" - 1) KKeySequence = "Meta+X,Asterisk" - 1) KKey = "Meta+X" - 1) Meta+X - 2) KKey = "Asterisk" - 1) Shift+8 (English layout) - 2) Keypad_Asterisk -*/ - -//--------------------------------------------------------------------- -// KAccelAction -//--------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class KAccelAction -{ - public: - KAccelAction(); - KAccelAction( const KAccelAction& ); - KAccelAction( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, - const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4, - const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, - bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled ); - ~KAccelAction(); - - void clear(); - bool init( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, - const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4, - const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, - bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled ); - - KAccelAction& operator=( const KAccelAction& ); - - const TQString& name() const { return m_sName; } - const TQString& label() const { return m_sLabel; } - const TQString& whatsThis() const { return m_sWhatsThis; } - const KShortcut& shortcut() const { return m_cut; } - const KShortcut& shortcutDefault() const; - const KShortcut& shortcutDefault3() const { return m_cutDefault3; } - const KShortcut& shortcutDefault4() const { return m_cutDefault4; } - const TQObject* objSlotPtr() const { return m_pObjSlot; } - const char* methodSlotPtr() const { return m_psMethodSlot; } - bool isConfigurable() const { return m_bConfigurable; } - bool isEnabled() const { return m_bEnabled; } - - void setName( const TQString& ); - void setLabel( const TQString& ); - void setWhatsThis( const TQString& ); - bool setShortcut( const KShortcut& rgCuts ); - void setSlot( const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot ); - void setConfigurable( bool ); - void setEnabled( bool ); - - int getID() const { return m_nIDAccel; } - void setID( int n ) { m_nIDAccel = n; } - bool isConnected() const; - - bool setKeySequence( uint i, const KKeySequence& ); - void clearShortcut(); - bool contains( const KKeySequence& ); - - TQString toString() const; - TQString toStringInternal() const; - - static bool useFourModifierKeys(); - static void useFourModifierKeys( bool ); - - protected: - TQString m_sName, - m_sLabel, - m_sWhatsThis; - KShortcut m_cut; - KShortcut m_cutDefault3, m_cutDefault4; - const TQObject* m_pObjSlot; - const char* m_psMethodSlot; - bool m_bConfigurable, - m_bEnabled; - int m_nIDAccel; - uint m_nConnections; - - void incConnections(); - void decConnections(); - - private: - static int g_bUseFourModifierKeys; - class KAccelActionPrivate* d; - - friend class KAccelActions; - friend class KAccelBase; -}; - -//--------------------------------------------------------------------- -// KAccelActions -//--------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class KAccelActions -{ - public: - KAccelActions(); - KAccelActions( const KAccelActions& ); - virtual ~KAccelActions(); - - void clear(); - bool init( const KAccelActions& ); - bool init( KConfigBase& config, const TQString& sGroup ); - - void updateShortcuts( KAccelActions& ); - - int actionIndex( const TQString& sAction ) const; - KAccelAction* actionPtr( uint ); - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( uint ) const; - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; - KAccelAction* actionPtr( KKeySequence cut ); - KAccelAction& operator []( uint ); - const KAccelAction& operator []( uint ) const; - - KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, - const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, - const TQObject* pObjSlot = 0, const char* psMethodSlot = 0, - bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true ); - KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel ); - bool remove( const TQString& sAction ); - - bool readActions( const TQString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ); - bool writeActions( const TQString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0, - bool bWriteAll = false, bool bGlobal = false ) const; - - void emitKeycodeChanged(); - - uint count() const; - - protected: - KAccelBase* m_pKAccelBase; - KAccelAction** m_prgActions; - uint m_nSizeAllocated, m_nSize; - - void resize( uint ); - void insertPtr( KAccelAction* ); - - private: - class KAccelActionsPrivate* d; - - KAccelActions( KAccelBase* ); - void initPrivate( KAccelBase* ); - KAccelActions& operator =( KAccelActions& ); - - friend class KAccelBase; -}; - -#endif // _KACCELACTION_H diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde301/kaccelbase.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde301/kaccelbase.h deleted file mode 100644 index cd764bc3..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde301/kaccelbase.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,233 +0,0 @@ -/* This file is part of the KDE libraries - Copyright (C) 2001 Ellis Whitehead <ellis@kde.org> - - This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - - This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. -*/ - -#ifndef _KACCELBASE_H -#define _KACCELBASE_H - -#include <tqmap.h> -#include <tqptrvector.h> -#include <tqstring.h> -#include <tqvaluevector.h> -#include <tqvaluelist.h> - -#include "kaccelaction.h" -#include "kkeyserver_x11.h" - -class TQPopupMenu; -class TQWidget; - -//---------------------------------------------------- - -class KAccelBasePrivate; -/** - * Handle keyboard accelerators. - * - * Allow an user to configure - * key bindings through application configuration files or through the - * @ref KKeyChooser GUI. - * - * A @ref KAccel contains a list of accelerator items. Each accelerator item - * consists of an action name and a keyboard code combined with modifiers - * (Shift, Ctrl and Alt.) - * - * For example, "Ctrl+P" could be a shortcut for printing a document. The key - * codes are listed in ckey.h. "Print" could be the action name for printing. - * The action name identifies the key binding in configuration files and the - * @ref KKeyChooser GUI. - * - * When pressed, an accelerator key calls the slot to which it has been - * connected. Accelerator items can be connected so that a key will activate - * two different slots. - * - * A KAccel object handles key events sent to its parent widget and to all - * children of this parent widget. - * - * Key binding reconfiguration during run time can be prevented by specifying - * that an accelerator item is not configurable when it is inserted. A special - * group of non-configurable key bindings are known as the - * standard accelerators. - * - * The standard accelerators appear repeatedly in applications for - * standard document actions such as printing and saving. Convenience methods are - * available to insert and connect these accelerators which are configurable on - * a desktop-wide basis. - * - * It is possible for a user to choose to have no key associated with - * an action. - * - * The translated first argument for @ref insertItem() is used only - * in the configuration dialog. - *<pre> - * KAccel *a = new KAccel( myWindow ); - * // Insert an action "Scroll Up" which is associated with the "Up" key: - * a->insertItem( i18n("Scroll up"), "Scroll Up", "Up" ); - * // Insert an action "Scroll Down" which is not associated with any key: - * a->insertItem( i18n("Scroll down"), "Scroll Down", 0); - * a->connectItem( "Scroll up", myWindow, TQT_SLOT( scrollUp() ) ); - * // a->insertStdItem( KStdAccel::Print ); //not necessary, since it - * // is done automatially with the - * // connect below! - * a->connectItem(KStdAccel::Print, myWindow, TQT_SLOT( printDoc() ) ); - * - * a->readSettings(); - *</pre> - * - * If a shortcut has a menu entry as well, you could insert them like - * this. The example is again the @ref KStdAccel::Print from above. - * - * <pre> - * int id; - * id = popup->insertItem("&Print",this, TQT_SLOT(printDoc())); - * a->changeMenuAccel(popup, id, KStdAccel::Print ); - * </pre> - * - * If you want a somewhat "exotic" name for your standard print action, like - * id = popup->insertItem(i18n("Print &Document"),this, TQT_SLOT(printDoc())); - * it might be a good idea to insert the standard action before as - * a->insertStdItem( KStdAccel::Print, i18n("Print Document") ) - * as well, so that the user can easily find the corresponding function. - * - * This technique works for other actions as well. Your "scroll up" function - * in a menu could be done with - * - * <pre> - * id = popup->insertItem(i18n"Scroll &up",this, TQT_SLOT(scrollUp())); - * a->changeMenuAccel(popup, id, "Scroll Up" ); - * </pre> - * - * Please keep the order right: First insert all functions in the - * acceleratior, then call a -> @ref readSettings() and @em then build your - * menu structure. - * - * @short Configurable key binding support. - * @version $Id: kaccelbase.h,v 1.20 2002/03/03 21:20:25 lunakl Exp $ - */ - -class KAccelBase -{ - public: - enum Init { QT_KEYS = 0x00, NATIVE_KEYS = 0x01 }; - enum Signal { KEYCODE_CHANGED }; - - KAccelBase( int fInitCode ); - virtual ~KAccelBase(); - - uint actionCount() const; - KAccelActions& actions(); - bool isEnabled() const; - - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKey& key ); - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKeyServer::Key& key ); - - const TQString& configGroup() const { return m_sConfigGroup; } - void setConfigGroup( const TQString& group ); - void setConfigGlobal( bool global ); - virtual void setEnabled( bool bEnabled ) = 0; - bool getAutoUpdate() { return m_bAutoUpdate; } - // return value of AutoUpdate flag before this call. - bool setAutoUpdate( bool bAuto ); - -// Procedures for manipulating Actions. - //void clearActions(); - - KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sDesc ); - KAccelAction* insert( - const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sDesc, const TQString& sHelp, - const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, - const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, - bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true ); - bool remove( const TQString& sAction ); - bool setActionSlot( const TQString& sAction, const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot ); - - bool updateConnections(); - - bool setShortcut( const TQString& sAction, const KShortcut& cut ); - -// Modify individual Action sub-items - bool setActionEnabled( const TQString& sAction, bool bEnable ); - - /** - * Read all key associations from @p config, or (if @p config - * is zero) from the application's configuration file - * @ref KGlobal::config(). - * - * The group in which the configuration is stored can be - * set with @ref setConfigGroup(). - */ - void readSettings( KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ); - - /** - * Write the current configurable associations to @p config, - * or (if @p config is zero) to the application's - * configuration file. - */ - void writeSettings( KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ) const; - - TQPopupMenu* createPopupMenu( TQWidget* pParent, const KKeySequence& ); - - // Protected methods - protected: - void slotRemoveAction( KAccelAction* ); - - void createKeyList( TQValueVector<struct X>& rgKeys ); - bool insertConnection( KAccelAction* ); - bool removeConnection( KAccelAction* ); - - virtual bool emitSignal( Signal ) = 0; - virtual bool connectKey( KAccelAction&, const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; - virtual bool connectKey( const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; - virtual bool disconnectKey( KAccelAction&, const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; - virtual bool disconnectKey( const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; - - protected: - struct ActionInfo - { - KAccelAction* pAction; - uint iSeq, iVariation; - //ActionInfo* pInfoNext; // nil if only one action uses this key. - - ActionInfo() { pAction = 0; iSeq = 0xffff; iVariation = 0xffff; } - ActionInfo( KAccelAction* _pAction, uint _iSeq, uint _iVariation ) - { pAction = _pAction; iSeq = _iSeq; iVariation = _iVariation; } - }; - typedef TQMap<KKeyServer::Key, ActionInfo> KKeyToActionMap; - - KAccelActions m_rgActions; - KKeyToActionMap m_mapKeyToAction; - TQValueList<KAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique; - bool m_bNativeKeys; // Use native key codes instead of Qt codes - bool m_bEnabled; - bool m_bConfigIsGlobal; - TQString m_sConfigGroup; - bool m_bAutoUpdate; - KAccelAction* mtemp_pActionRemoving; - - private: - KAccelBase& operator =( const KAccelBase& ); - - friend class KAccelActions; - protected: - virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data ); - private: - KAccelBasePrivate* d; -}; - -#endif // _KACCELBASE_H diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde301/kicontheme.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde301/kicontheme.h deleted file mode 100644 index 29666371..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde301/kicontheme.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,217 +0,0 @@ -/* vi: ts=8 sts=4 sw=4 - * - * $Id: kicontheme.h,v 1.19 2002/03/05 23:13:26 rich Exp $ - * - * This file is part of the KDE project, module kdecore. - * Copyright (C) 2000 Geert Jansen <jansen@kde.org> - * Antonio Larrosa <larrosa@kde.org> - * - * This is free software; it comes under the GNU Library General - * Public License, version 2. See the file "COPYING.LIB" for the - * exact licensing terms. - * - */ - -#ifndef __KIconTheme_h_Included__ -#define __KIconTheme_h_Included__ - -#include <tqstring.h> -#include <tqstringlist.h> -#include <tqptrlist.h> - -class KConfig; -//class KIconThemeDir; - -class KIconThemePrivate; - -class KIconPrivate; - -/** - * One icon as found by KIconTheme. Also serves as a namespace containing - * icon related constants. - */ -class KIcon -{ -public: - KIcon() { size = 0; } - - /** - * Return true if this icon is valid, false otherwise. - */ - bool isValid() const { return size != 0; } - - enum Context { Any, Action, Application, Device, FileSystem, MimeType }; - enum Type { Fixed, Scalable, Threshold }; - enum MatchType { MatchExact, MatchBest }; - // if you add a group here, make sure to change the config reading in - // KIconLoader too - enum Group { NoGroup=-1, Desktop=0, FirstGroup=Desktop, Toolbar, - MainToolbar, Small, Panel, LastGroup, User }; - enum StdSizes { SizeSmall=16, SizeMedium=32, SizeLarge=48 }; - enum States { DefaultState, ActiveState, DisabledState, LastState }; - enum Overlays { LockOverlay=0x100, ZipOverlay=0x200, LinkOverlay=0x400, - HiddenOverlay=0x800, OverlayMask = ~0xff }; - - /** - * The size in pixels of the icon. - */ - int size; - - /** - * The context of the icon. - */ - Context context; - - /** - * The type of the icon: Fixed, Scalable or Threshold. - **/ - Type type; - - /** - * The threshold in case type == Threshold - */ - int threshold; - - /** - * The full path of the icon. - */ - TQString path; - -private: - KIconPrivate *d; -}; - -inline KIcon::Group& operator++(KIcon::Group& group) { group = static_cast<KIcon::Group>(group+1); return group; } -inline KIcon::Group operator++(KIcon::Group& group,int) { KIcon::Group ret = group; ++group; return ret; } - -/** - * Class to use/access icon themes in KDE. This class is used by the - * iconloader but can be used by others too. - */ -class KIconTheme -{ -public: - /** - * Load an icon theme by name. - */ - KIconTheme(const TQString& name, const TQString& appName=TQString::null); - ~KIconTheme(); - - /** - * The stylized name of the icon theme. - */ - TQString name() const { return mName; } - - /** - * A description for the icon theme. - */ - TQString description() const { return mDesc; } - - /** - * Return the name of the "example" icon. - */ - TQString example() const; - - /** - * Return the name of the screenshot. - */ - TQString screenshot() const; - - /** - * Returns the name of this theme's link overlay. - */ - TQString linkOverlay() const; - - /** - * Returns the name of this theme's zip overlay. - */ - TQString zipOverlay() const; - - /** - * Returns the name of this theme's lock overlay. - */ - TQString lockOverlay() const; - - /** - * Returns the toplevel theme directory. - */ - TQString dir() const { return mDir; } - - /** - * The themes this icon theme falls back on. - */ - TQStringList inherits() const { return mInherits; } - - /** - * The icon theme exists? - */ - bool isValid() const; - - /** - * The minimum display depth required for this theme. This can either - * be 8 or 32. - */ - int depth() const { return mDepth; } - - /** - * The default size of this theme for a certain icon group. - * @param group The icon group. See @ref #KIcon::Group. - * @return The default size in pixels for the given icon group. - */ - int defaultSize(KIcon::Group group) const; - - /** - * Query available sizes for a group. - */ - TQValueList<int> querySizes(KIcon::Group group) const; - - /** - * Query available icons for a size and context. - */ - TQStringList queryIcons(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const; - - /** - * Query available icons for a context and preferred size. - */ - TQStringList queryIconsByContext(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const; - - - /** - * Lookup an icon in the theme. - * @param name The name of the icon, without extension. - * @param size The desired size of the icon. - * @param match The matching mode. KIcon::MatchExact returns an icon - * only if matches exactly. KIcon::MatchBest returns the best matching - * icon. - * @return A KIcon class that describes the icon. If an icon is found, - * @ref #KIcon::isValid will return true, and false otherwise. - */ - KIcon iconPath(const TQString& name, int size, KIcon::MatchType match) const; - - /** - * List all icon themes installed on the system, global and local. - */ - static TQStringList list(); - - /** - * Returns the current icon theme. - */ - static TQString current(); - - static void reconfigure(); - -private: - int mDefSize[8]; - TQValueList<int> mSizes[8]; - - int mDepth; - TQString mDir, mName, mDesc; - TQStringList mInherits; -// TQPtrList<KIconThemeDir> mDirs; - KIconThemePrivate *d; - - static TQString *_theme; - static TQStringList *_theme_list; -}; - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde301/kkeyserver_x11.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde301/kkeyserver_x11.h deleted file mode 100644 index 279dbd7d..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde301/kkeyserver_x11.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,131 +0,0 @@ -#ifndef _KKEYSERVER_X11_H -#define _KKEYSERVER_X11_H - -#include "kshortcut.h" -#include "kkeynative.h" - -namespace KKeyServer -{ - struct CodeMod { int code, mod; }; - - struct Sym - { - public: - uint m_sym; - - Sym() - { m_sym = 0; } - Sym( uint sym ) - { m_sym = sym; } - Sym( const TQString& s ) - { init( s ); } - - bool initQt( int keyQt ); - bool init( const TQString& ); - - int qt() const; - TQString toStringInternal() const; - TQString toString() const; - - uint getModsRequired() const; - uint getSymVariation() const; - - operator uint() const { return m_sym; } - Sym& operator =( uint sym ) { m_sym = sym; return *this; } - - private: - TQString toString( bool bUserSpace ) const; - - static void capitalizeKeyname( TQString& ); - }; - - struct Key - { - enum { CODE_FOR_QT = 256 }; - - uint m_code; - uint m_mod; - uint m_sym; - - bool init( const KKey& key, bool bQt ); - - bool isNative() const { return m_code != CODE_FOR_QT; } - - uint code() const { return m_code; } - uint mod() const { return m_mod; } - uint sym() const { return m_sym; } - int keyCodeQt() const { return (int) m_sym; } - - void setKeycodeQt( int keyQt ) - { m_code = CODE_FOR_QT; m_sym = keyQt; } - - Key& operator =( const KKeyNative& key ); - int compare( const Key& ) const; - - bool operator ==( const Key& b ) const - { return compare( b ) == 0; } - bool operator <( const Key& b ) const - { return compare( b ) < 0; } - - KKey key() const; - }; - - struct Variations - { - enum { MAX_VARIATIONS = 4 }; - - Key m_rgkey[MAX_VARIATIONS]; - uint m_nVariations; - - Variations() { m_nVariations = 0; } - - void init( const KKey&, bool bQt ); - - uint count() const { return m_nVariations; } - const Key& key( uint i ) const { return m_rgkey[i]; } - }; - - bool initializeMods(); - - /** - * Returns the equivalent X modifier mask of the given modifier flag. - */ - uint modX( KKey::ModFlag ); - /** - * Returns true if the current keyboard layout supports the Win key. - * Specifically, whether the Super or Meta keys are assigned to an X modifier. - */ - bool keyboardHasWinKey(); - uint modXShift(); - uint modXLock(); - uint modXCtrl(); - uint modXAlt(); - uint modXNumLock(); - uint modXWin(); - uint modXScrollLock(); - /** - * Returns bitwise OR'ed mask containing Shift, Ctrl, Alt, and - * Win (if available). - */ - uint accelModMaskX(); - - bool keyQtToSym( int keyQt, uint& sym ); - bool keyQtToMod( int keyQt, uint& mod ); - bool symToKeyQt( uint sym, int& keyQt ); - - bool modToModQt( uint mod, int& modQt ); - bool modToModX( uint mod, uint& modX ); - bool modXToModQt( uint modX, int& modQt ); - bool modXToMod( uint modX, uint& mod ); - - bool codeXToSym( uchar codeX, uint modX, uint& symX ); - - TQString modToStringInternal( uint mod ); - TQString modToStringUser( uint mod ); - - bool stringToSymMod( const TQString&, uint& sym, uint& mod ); - - void keyQtToKeyX( uint keyCombQt, unsigned char *pKeyCodeX, uint *pKeySymX, uint *pKeyModX ); -}; - -#endif // !_KKEYSERVER_X11_H diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde301/konsole_part.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde301/konsole_part.h deleted file mode 100644 index 6aba7064..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde301/konsole_part.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,223 +0,0 @@ -/* - This file is part of the KDE system - Copyright (C) 1999,2000 Boloni Laszlo - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. - */ - -#ifndef __KONSOLE_PART_H__ -#define __KONSOLE_PART_H__ - -#include <kparts/browserextension.h> -#include <kparts/factory.h> - - -#include <kdialogbase.h> - -#include <kde_terminal_interface.h> - -//#include "schema.h" -//#include "session.h" - -class KInstance; -class konsoleBrowserExtension; -class TQPushButton; -class TQSpinBox; -class KPopupMenu; -class TQCheckBox; -class KRootPixmap; -class KToggleAction; -class KSelectAction; - -namespace KParts { class GUIActivateEvent; } - -class konsoleFactory : public KParts::Factory -{ - Q_OBJECT -public: - konsoleFactory(); - virtual ~konsoleFactory(); - - virtual KParts::Part* createPartObject(TQWidget *parentWidget = 0, const char *widgetName = 0, - TQObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0, - const char* classname = "KParts::Part", - const TQStringList &args = TQStringList()); - - static KInstance *instance(); - - private: - static KInstance *s_instance; - static KAboutData *s_aboutData; -}; - -////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -class konsolePart: public KParts::ReadOnlyPart, public TerminalInterface -{ - Q_OBJECT - public: - konsolePart(TQWidget *parentWidget, const char *widgetName, TQObject * parent, const char *name, const char *classname = 0); - virtual ~konsolePart(); - -signals: - void processExited(); - void receivedData( const TQString& s ); - protected: - virtual bool openURL( const KURL & url ); - virtual bool openFile() {return false;} // never used - virtual bool closeURL() {return true;} - virtual void guiActivateEvent( KParts::GUIActivateEvent * event ); - - protected slots: - void showShell(); - void slotProcessExited(); - void slotReceivedData( const TQString& s ); - -// void doneSession(TESession*); - void sessionDestroyed(); -// void configureRequest(TEWidget*,int,int x,int y); - void updateTitle(); - void enableMasterModeConnections(); - - private slots: - void emitOpenURLRequest(const TQString &url); - - void readProperties(); - void saveProperties(); - - void sendSignal(int n); - void closeCurrentSession(); - - void notifySize(int,int); - - void slotToggleFrame(); - void slotSelectScrollbar(); - void slotSelectFont(); - void schema_menu_check(); - void keytab_menu_activated(int item); - void updateSchemaMenu(); - void setSchema(int n); - void pixmap_menu_activated(int item); - void schema_menu_activated(int item); - void slotHistoryType(); - void slotSelectBell(); - void slotSelectLineSpacing(); - void slotBlinkingCursor(); - void slotWordSeps(); - void fontNotFound(); - - private: - konsoleBrowserExtension *m_extension; - KURL currentURL; - - void makeGUI(); - void applySettingsToGUI(); - - void setFont(int fontno); -// void setSchema(ColorSchema* s); - void updateKeytabMenu(); - - bool doOpenStream( const TQString& ); - bool doWriteStream( const TQByteArray& ); - bool doCloseStream(); - - TQWidget* parentWidget; -// TEWidget* te; -// TESession* se; -// ColorSchemaList* colors; - KRootPixmap* rootxpm; - - KToggleAction* blinkingCursor; - KToggleAction* showFrame; - - KSelectAction* selectBell; - KSelectAction* selectFont; - KSelectAction* selectLineSpacing; - KSelectAction* selectScrollbar; - - KPopupMenu* m_keytab; - KPopupMenu* m_schema; - KPopupMenu* m_signals; - KPopupMenu* m_options; - KPopupMenu* m_popupMenu; - - TQFont defaultFont; - - TQString pmPath; // pixmap path - TQString s_schema; - TQString s_kconfigSchema; - TQString s_word_seps; // characters that are considered part of a word - TQString fontNotFound_par; - - bool b_framevis:1; - bool b_histEnabled:1; - - int curr_schema; // current schema no - int n_bell; - int n_font; - int n_keytab; - int n_render; - int n_scroll; - unsigned m_histSize; - bool m_runningShell; - bool m_streamEnabled; -public: - // these are the implementations for the TermEmuInterface - // functions... - void startProgram( const TQString& program, - const TQStrList& args ); - void showShellInDir( const TQString& dir ); - void sendInput( const TQString& text ); -}; - -////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -/*class HistoryTypeDialog : public KDialogBase -{ - Q_OBJECT -public: - HistoryTypeDialog(const HistoryType& histType, - unsigned int histSize, - TQWidget *parent); - -public slots: - void slotDefault(); - void slotSetUnlimited(); - void slotHistEnable(bool); - - unsigned int nbLines() const; - bool isOn() const; - -protected: - TQCheckBox* m_btnEnable; - TQSpinBox* m_size; - TQPushButton* m_setUnlimited; -};*/ - -////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -class konsoleBrowserExtension : public KParts::BrowserExtension -{ - Q_OBJECT - friend class konsolePart; - public: - konsoleBrowserExtension(konsolePart *parent); - virtual ~konsoleBrowserExtension(); - - void emitOpenURLRequest(const KURL &url); -}; - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde301/krecentdirs.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde301/krecentdirs.h deleted file mode 100644 index 61a50706..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde301/krecentdirs.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,68 +0,0 @@ -/* -*- c++ -*- - * Copyright (C)2000 Waldo Bastian <bastian@kde.org> - * - * All rights reserved. - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without - * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions - * are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the - * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND - * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE - * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE - * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE - * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL - * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS - * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) - * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT - * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY - * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF - * SUCH DAMAGE. - * - */ -#ifndef __KRECENTDIRS_H -#define __KRECENTDIRS_H - -#include <tqstringlist.h> - -/** - * The goal of this class is to make sure that, when the user needs to - * specify a file via the file selection dialog, this dialog will start - * in the directory most likely to contain the desired files. - * - * This works as follows: Each time the file selection dialog is - * shown, the programmer can specify a "file-class". The file-dialog will - * then start with the directory associated with this file-class. When - * the dialog closes, the directory currently shown in the file-dialog - * will be associated with the file-class. - * - * A file-class can either start with ':' or with '::'. If it starts with - * a single ':' the file-class is specific to the current application. - * If the file-class starts with '::' it is global to all applications. - */ -class KRecentDirs -{ -public: - /** - * Returns a list of directories associated with this file-class. - * The most recently used directory is at the front of the list. - */ - static TQStringList list(const TQString &fileClass); - - /** - * Returns the most recently used directory accociated with this file-class. - */ - static TQString dir(const TQString &fileClass); - - /** - * Associates @p directory with @p fileClass - */ - static void add(const TQString &fileClass, const TQString &directory); -}; - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde301/ksycocafactory.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde301/ksycocafactory.h deleted file mode 100644 index ff1d43cb..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde301/ksycocafactory.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,135 +0,0 @@ -/* This file is part of the KDE libraries - * Copyright (C) 1999 Waldo Bastian <bastian@kde.org> - * - * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - * License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation; - * - * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Library General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - * along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. - **/ - -#ifndef __ksycocafactory_h__ -#define __ksycocafactory_h__ "$Id: ksycocafactory.h,v 1.12 2002/03/03 21:20:26 lunakl Exp $" - -#include "ksycocatype.h" -#include "ksycocaentry.h" - -#include <tqdict.h> -#include <tqptrlist.h> -class KSycoca; -class TQStringList; -class TQString; -class KSycocaDict; -class KSycocaResourceList; - -typedef TQDict<KSycocaEntry::Ptr> KSycocaEntryDict; - -/** - * @internal - * Base class for sycoca factories - */ -class KSycocaFactory -{ -public: - virtual KSycocaFactoryId factoryId() const = 0; - -protected: // virtual class - /** - * Create a factory which can be used to lookup from/create a database - * (depending on KSycoca::isBuilding()) - */ - KSycocaFactory( KSycocaFactoryId factory_id ); - -public: - virtual ~KSycocaFactory(); - - /** - * @return the position of the factory in the sycoca file - */ - int offset() { return mOffset; } - - /** - * @return the dict, for special use by KBuildSycoca - */ - KSycocaEntryDict * entryDict() { return m_entryDict; } - - /** - * Construct an entry from a config file. - * To be implemented in the real factories. - */ - virtual KSycocaEntry *createEntry(const TQString &file, const char *resource) = 0; - - /** - * Add an entry - */ - virtual void addEntry(KSycocaEntry *newEntry, const char *resource); - - /** - * Read an entry from the database - */ - virtual KSycocaEntry *createEntry(int offset)=0; - - /** - * Get a list of all entries from the database. - */ - KSycocaEntry::List allEntries(); - - /** - * Saves all entries it maintains as well as index files - * for these entries to the stream 'str'. - * - * Also sets mOffset to the starting position. - * - * The stream is positioned at the end of the last index. - * - * Don't forget to call the parent first when you override - * this function. - */ - virtual void save(TQDataStream &str); - - /** - * Writes out a header to the stream 'str'. - * The baseclass positions the stream correctly. - * - * Don't forget to call the parent first when you override - * this function. - */ - virtual void saveHeader(TQDataStream &str); - - /** - * @return the resources for which this factory is responsible. - */ - virtual const KSycocaResourceList * resourceList() const { return m_resourceList; } - -private: - int mOffset; - -protected: - int m_sycocaDictOffset; - int m_beginEntryOffset; - int m_endEntryOffset; - TQDataStream *m_str; - - KSycocaResourceList *m_resourceList; - KSycocaEntryDict *m_entryDict; - KSycocaDict *m_sycocaDict; -protected: - virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data ); -}; - -// This, instead of a typedef, allows to declare "class ..." in header files -class KSycocaFactoryList : public TQPtrList<KSycocaFactory> -{ -public: - KSycocaFactoryList() { } -}; - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde301/ktoolbarbutton.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde301/ktoolbarbutton.h deleted file mode 100644 index 112be544..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde301/ktoolbarbutton.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,313 +0,0 @@ -/* This file is part of the KDE libraries - Copyright (C) 1997, 1998 Stephan Kulow (coolo@kde.org) - (C) 1997, 1998 Sven Radej (radej@kde.org) - (C) 1997, 1998 Mark Donohoe (donohoe@kde.org) - (C) 1997, 1998 Matthias Ettrich (ettrich@kde.org) - (C) 2000 Kurt Granroth (granroth@kde.org) - - This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation. - - This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. -*/ - -// $Id: ktoolbarbutton.h,v 1.21.2.1 2002/04/28 20:59:16 wtrobin Exp $ -#ifndef _KTOOLBARBUTTON_H -#define _KTOOLBARBUTTON_H - -#include <tqpixmap.h> -#include <tqtoolbutton.h> -#include <tqintdict.h> -#include <tqstring.h> -#include <kglobal.h> - -class KToolBar; -class KToolBarButtonPrivate; -class KInstance; -class TQEvent; -class TQPopupMenu; -class TQPainter; - -/** - * A toolbar button. This is used internally by @ref KToolBar, use the - * KToolBar methods instead. - * @internal - */ -class KToolBarButton : public QToolButton -{ - Q_OBJECT - -public: - /** - * Construct a button with an icon loaded by the button itself. - * This will trust the button to load the correct icon with the - * correct size. - * - * @param icon Name of icon to load (may be absolute or relative) - * @param id Id of this button - * @param parent This button's parent - * @param name This button's internal name - * @param txt This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise) - */ - KToolBarButton(const TQString& icon, int id, TQWidget *parent, - const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null, - KInstance *_instance = KGlobal::instance()); - - /** - * Construct a button with an existing pixmap. It is not - * recommended that you use this as the internal icon loading code - * will almost always get it "right". - * - * @param icon Name of icon to load (may be absolute or relative) - * @param id Id of this button - * @param parent This button's parent - * @param name This button's internal name - * @param txt This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise) - */ - KToolBarButton(const TQPixmap& pixmap, int id, TQWidget *parent, - const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null); - - /** - * Construct a separator button - * - * @param parent This button's parent - * @param name This button's internal name - */ - KToolBarButton(TQWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L); - - /** - * Standard destructor - */ - ~KToolBarButton(); - -#ifndef KDE_NO_COMPAT - /** - * @deprecated - * Set the pixmap directly for this button. This pixmap should be - * the active one... the dimmed and disabled pixmaps are constructed - * based on this one. However, don't use this function unless you - * are positive that you don't want to use @ref setIcon. - * - * @param pixmap The active pixmap - */ - // this one is from TQButton, so #ifdef-ing it out doesn't break BC - virtual void setPixmap(const TQPixmap &pixmap); - - /** - * @deprecated - * Force the button to use this pixmap as the default one rather - * then generating it using effects. - * - * @param pixmap The pixmap to use as the default (normal) one - */ - void setDefaultPixmap(const TQPixmap& pixmap); - - /** - * @deprecated - * Force the button to use this pixmap when disabled one rather then - * generating it using effects. - * - * @param pixmap The pixmap to use when disabled - */ - void setDisabledPixmap(const TQPixmap& pixmap); -#endif - - /** - * Set the text for this button. The text will be either used as a - * tooltip (IconOnly) or will be along side the icon - * - * @param text The button (or tooltip) text - */ - virtual void setText(const TQString &text); - - /** - * Set the icon for this button. The icon will be loaded internally - * with the correct size. This function is preferred over @ref setIconSet - * - * @param icon The name of the icon - */ - virtual void setIcon(const TQString &icon); - - virtual void setIcon( const TQPixmap &pixmap ) - { return TQToolButton::setIcon( pixmap ); } - - /** - * Set the pixmaps for this toolbar button from a TQIconSet. - * If you call this you don't need to call any of the other methods - * that set icons or pixmaps. - * @param iconset The iconset to use - */ - virtual void setIconSet( const TQIconSet &iconset ); - -#ifndef KDE_NO_COMPAT - /** - * @deprecated - * Set the active icon for this button. The pixmap itself is loaded - * internally based on the icon size... .. the disabled and default - * pixmaps, however will only be constructed if @ref #generate is - * true. This function is preferred over @ref setPixmap - * - * @param icon The name of the active icon - * @param generate If true, then the other icons are automagically - * generated from this one - */ - void setIcon(const TQString &icon, bool /*generate*/ ) { setIcon( icon ); } - - /** - * @deprecated - * Force the button to use this icon as the default one rather - * then generating it using effects. - * - * @param icon The icon to use as the default (normal) one - */ - void setDefaultIcon(const TQString& icon); - - /** - * @deprecated - * Force the button to use this icon when disabled one rather then - * generating it using effects. - * - * @param icon The icon to use when disabled - */ - void setDisabledIcon(const TQString& icon); -#endif - - /** - * Turn this button on or off - * - * @param flag true or false - */ - void on(bool flag = true); - - /** - * Toggle this button - */ - void toggle(); - - /** - * Turn this button into a toggle button or disable the toggle - * aspects of it. This does not toggle the button itself. Use @ref - * toggle for that. - * - * @param toggle true or false - */ - void setToggle(bool toggle = true); - - /** - * Return a pointer to this button's popup menu (if it exists) - */ - TQPopupMenu *popup(); - - /** - * Give this button a popup menu. There will not be a delay when - * you press the button. Use @ref setDelayedPopup if you want that - * behavior. You can also make the popup-menu - * "sticky", i.e. visible until a selection is made or the mouse is - * clikced elsewhere, by simply setting the second argument to true. - * This "sticky" button feature allows you to make a selection without - * having to press and hold down the mouse while making a selection. - * - * @param p The new popup menu - * @param toggle if true, makes the button "sticky" (toggled) - */ - void setPopup (TQPopupMenu *p, bool toggle = false); - - /** - * Gives this button a delayed popup menu. - * - * This function allows you to add a delayed popup menu to the button. - * The popup menu is then only displayed when the button is pressed and - * held down for about half a second. You can also make the popup-menu - * "sticky", i.e. visible until a selection is made or the mouse is - * clikced elsewhere, by simply setting the second argument to true. - * This "sticky" button feature allows you to make a selection without - * having to press and hold down the mouse while making a selection. - * - * @param p the new popup menu - * @param toggle if true, makes the button "sticky" (toggled) - */ - void setDelayedPopup(TQPopupMenu *p, bool toggle = false); - - /** - * Turn this button into a radio button - * - * @param f true or false - */ - void setRadio(bool f = true); - - /** - * Toolbar buttons naturally will assume the global styles - * concerning icons, icons sizes, etc. You can use this function to - * explicitely turn this off, if you like. - * - * @param no_style Will disable styles if true - */ - void setNoStyle(bool no_style = true); - -signals: - void clicked(int); - void doubleClicked(int); - void pressed(int); - void released(int); - void toggled(int); - void highlighted(int, bool); - -public slots: - /** - * This slot should be called whenever the toolbar mode has - * potentially changed. This includes such events as text changing, - * orientation changing, etc. - */ - void modeChange(); - virtual void setTextLabel(const TQString&, bool tipToo); - -protected: - void paletteChange(const TQPalette &); - void leaveEvent(TQEvent *e); - void enterEvent(TQEvent *e); - void drawButton(TQPainter *p); - bool eventFilter (TQObject *o, TQEvent *e); - void showMenu(); - TQSize sizeHint() const; - TQSize minimumSizeHint() const; - TQSize minimumSize() const; - - bool isRaised() const; - bool isActive() const; - int iconTextMode() const; - -protected slots: - void slotClicked(); - void slotPressed(); - void slotReleased(); - void slotToggled(); - void slotDelayTimeout(); - -protected: - virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data ); -private: - KToolBarButtonPrivate *d; -}; - -/** -* List of @ref KToolBarButton objects. -* @internal -* @version $Id: ktoolbarbutton.h,v 1.21.2.1 2002/04/28 20:59:16 wtrobin Exp $ -*/ -class KToolBarButtonList : public TQIntDict<KToolBarButton> -{ -public: - KToolBarButtonList(); - ~KToolBarButtonList() {} -}; - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde301/kurifilter.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde301/kurifilter.h deleted file mode 100644 index 24e09985..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde301/kurifilter.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,593 +0,0 @@ -/* - * This file is part of the KDE libraries - * Copyright (C) 2000 Yves Arrouye <yves@realnames.com> - * - * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Library General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - * along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. - **/ - -#ifndef __kurifilter_h__ -#define __kurifilter_h__ "$Id: kurifilter.h,v 1.23 2002/03/04 04:17:37 lunakl Exp $" - -#include <tqptrlist.h> -#include <tqobject.h> - -#include <kurl.h> - -class KURIFilterPrivate; -class KURIFilterDataPrivate; - -class TQStringList; -class KCModule; - -/** -* This is a basic message object used for exchanging filtering -* information between the filter plugins and the application -* whenever the application requires more information about the -* URI than just a filtered version of it. Any application can -* create an instance of this class and send it to @ref KURIFilter -* to have the filter plugins fill the necessary information. -* -* @sect Example -* <pre> -* TQString text = "kde.org"; -* KURIFilterData d = text; -* bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filter( d ); -* if( filtered ) -* print ( "URI: %s\n"Filtered URI: %s\n URI Type: %i\n"Was Filtered: %i" -* text.latin1(), d.uri().url().latin1(), d.uriType(), filtered ); -* </pre> -* -* The above code should yield the following output: -* <pre> -* URI: kde.org -* Filtered URI: http://kde.org -* URI Type: 0 <== means NET_PROTOCOL -* Was Filtered: 1 <== means the URL was successfully filtered -* </pre> -* -* @short A message object for exchanging filtering URI info. -*/ - -class KURIFilterData -{ -friend class KURIFilterPlugin; - -public: - /** - * Describes the type of URI to be filtered. - * - * This enumerator prvoides the return value for - * @ref uriType. A breif description for each value: - * - * @li NET_PROTOCOL - Any network protocol: http, ftp, nttp, pop3, etc... - * @li LOCAL_FILE - A local file whose executable flag is not set - * @li LOCAL_DIR - A local directory - * @li EXECUTABLE - A local file whose executable flag is set - * @li HELP - A man or info page - * @li SHELL - A shell executable (ex: echo "Test..." >> ~/testfile) - * @li BLOCKED - A URI that should be blocked/filtered (ex: ad filtering) - * @li ERROR - An incorrect URI (ex: "~johndoe" when user johndoe - * does not exist in that system ) - * @li UNKNOWN - A URI that is not identified. Default value when - * a KURIFilterData is first created. - */ - enum URITypes { NET_PROTOCOL=0, LOCAL_FILE, LOCAL_DIR, EXECUTABLE, HELP, SHELL, BLOCKED, ERROR, UNKNOWN }; - - /** - * Default constructor. - * - * Creates a URIFilterData object. - */ - KURIFilterData() { init(); } - - /** - * Creates a URIFilterData object from the given URL. - * - * @param url is the URL to be filtered. - */ - KURIFilterData( const KURL& url ) { init( url); } - - /** - * Creates a URIFilterData object from the given string. - * - * @param url is the string to be filtered. - */ - KURIFilterData( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); } - - /** - * Copy constructor. - * - * Creates a URIFilterData object from another - * URI filter data object. - * - * @param data the uri filter data to be copied. - */ - KURIFilterData( const KURIFilterData& /*data*/); - - /** - * Destructor. - */ - ~KURIFilterData(); - - /** - * This method has been deprecated and will always return - * TRUE. You should instead use the result from the - * @ref KURIFilter::filterURI() calls. - * - * @deprecated - */ - bool hasBeenFiltered() const { return m_bFiltered; } - - /** - * Returns the filtered or the original URL. - * - * This function returns the filtered url if one - * of the plugins sucessfully filtered the original - * URL. Otherwise, it returns the original URL. - * See @ref #hasBeenFiltered() and - * - * @return the filtered or original url. - */ - KURL uri() const { return m_pURI; } - - /** - * Returns an error message. - * - * This functions returns the error message set - * by the plugin whenever the uri type is set to - * KURIFilterData::ERROR. Otherwise, it returns - * a TQString::null. - * - * @return the error message or a NULL when there is none. - */ - TQString errorMsg() const { return m_strErrMsg; } - - /** - * Returns the URI type. - * - * This method always returns KURIFilterData::UNKNOWN - * if the given URL was not filtered. - */ - URITypes uriType() const { return m_iType; } - - /** - * Sets the URL to be filtered. - * - * Use this function to set the string to be - * filtered when you construct an empty filter - * object. - * - * @param url the string to be filtered. - */ - void setData( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); } - - /** - * Same as above except the argument is a URL. - * - * Use this function to set the string to be - * filtered when you construct an empty filter - * object. - * - * @param url the URL to be filtered. - */ - void setData( const KURL& url ) { init( url ); } - - /** - * Sets the absolute path to be used whenever the supplied - * data is a relative local URL. - * - * NOTE: This function works only for a local resource and - * expects the absolute path to the relative URL set in this - * meta object. If you are extracting the absolute path from - * a KURL object, make sure you always set the argument below - * using KURL::path() instead of KURL::url() so that "file:/" - * would not be appended! Otherwise, the filter might not be - * able to make correct determination whether the relative URL - * locally exists! - * - * @param abs_path the abolute path to the local resource. - * @return true if absolute path is successfully set. Otherwise, false. - */ - bool setAbsolutePath( const TQString& /* abs_path */ ); - - /** - * Returns the absolute path if one has already been set. - */ - TQString absolutePath() const; - - /** - * Returns true if the supplied data has an absolute path. - */ - bool hasAbsolutePath() const; - - /** - * Returns the command line options and arguments for a - * local resource when present. - * - * @return options and arguments when present, otherwise TQString::null - */ - TQString argsAndOptions() const; - - /** - * Returns true if the current data is a local resource with - * command line options and arguments. - */ - bool hasArgsAndOptions() const; - - /** - * Returns the name of the icon that matches - * the current filtered URL. - * - * NOTE that this function will return a NULL - * string by default and when no associated icon - * is found. - * - * @return the name of the icon associated with the resource - */ - TQString iconName(); - - /** - * Overloaded assigenment operator. - * - * This function allows you to easily assign a KURL - * to a KURIFilterData object. - * - * @return an instance of a KURIFilterData object. - */ - KURIFilterData& operator=( const KURL& url ) { init( url ); return *this; } - - /** - * Overloaded assigenment operator. - * - * This function allows you to easily assign a QString - * to a KURIFilterData object. - * - * @return an instance of a KURIFilterData object. - */ - KURIFilterData& operator=( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); return *this; } - -protected: - - /** - * Initializes the KURIFilterData on construction. - */ - void init( const KURL& url = TQString::null ); - -private: - bool m_bFiltered; - bool m_bChanged; - - TQString m_strErrMsg; - TQString m_strIconName; - - KURL m_pURI; - URITypes m_iType; - KURIFilterDataPrivate *d; -}; - - -/** - * Base class for URI filter plugins. - * - * This class applies a single filter to a URI. All - * plugins designed to provide URI filtering functionalities - * should inherit from this abstract class and provide a - * specific filtering implementation. - * - * All inheriting classes need to implement the pure - * virtual function @ref filterURI. Otherwise, they - * would also become abstract. - * - * @short Abstract class for URI filter plugins. - */ -class KURIFilterPlugin : public QObject -{ - Q_OBJECT - -public: - - /** - * Constructs a filter plugin with a given name and - * priority. - * - * @param parent the parent object. - * @param name the name of the plugin. - * @param pri the priority of the plugin. - */ - KURIFilterPlugin( TQObject *parent = 0, const char *name = 0, double pri = 1.0 ); - - /** - * Returns the filter's name. - * - * @return A string naming the filter. - */ - virtual TQString name() const { return m_strName; } - - /** - * Returns the filter's priority. - * - * Each filter has an assigned priority, a float from 0 to 1. Filters - * with the lowest priority are first given a chance to filter a URI. - * - * @return The priority of the filter. - */ - virtual double priority() const { return m_dblPriority; } - - /** - * Filters a URI. - * - * @param data the URI data to be filtered. - * @return A boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed. - */ - virtual bool filterURI( KURIFilterData& data ) const = 0; - - /** - * Creates a configuration module for the filter. - * - * It is the responsability of the caller to delete the module - * once it is not needed anymore. - * - * @return A configuration module, @p null if the filter isn't configurable. - */ - virtual KCModule *configModule( TQWidget*, const char* ) const { return 0; } - - /** - * Returns the name of the configuration module for the filter. - * - * @return the name of a configuration module or @p null if none. - */ - virtual TQString configName() const { return name(); } - -protected: - - /** - * Sets the the URL in @p data to @p uri. - */ - void setFilteredURI ( KURIFilterData& data, const KURL& uri ) const; - - /** - * Sets the error message in @p data to @p errormsg. - */ - void setErrorMsg ( KURIFilterData& data, const TQString& errmsg ) const { - data.m_strErrMsg = errmsg; - } - - /** - * Sets the URI type in @p data to @p type. - */ - void setURIType ( KURIFilterData& data, KURIFilterData::URITypes type) const { - data.m_iType = type; - data.m_bChanged = true; - } - - /** - * Sets the arguments and options string in @p data - * to @p args if any were found during filterting. - */ - void setArguments( KURIFilterData& data, const TQString& args ) const; - - TQString m_strName; - double m_dblPriority; - -protected: - virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data ); -private: - class KURIFilterPluginPrivate *d; -}; - - -class KURIFilterPluginList : public TQPtrList<KURIFilterPlugin> -{ -public: - virtual int compareItems(Item a, Item b) - { - double diff = ((KURIFilterPlugin *) a)->priority() - ((KURIFilterPlugin *) b)->priority(); - return diff < 0 ? -1 : (diff > 0 ? 1 : 0); - } - -private: - KURIFilterPrivate *d; - -}; - -/** - * Manages the filtering of a URI. - * - * The intention of this plugin class is to allow people to extend - * the functionality of KURL without modifying it directly. This - * way KURL will remain a generic parser capable of parsing any - * generic URL that adheres to specifications. - * - * The KURIFilter class applies a number of filters to a URI, - * and returns the filtered version whenever possible. The filters - * are implemented using plugins to provide easy extensibility - * of the filtering mechanism. That is, new filters can be added in - * the future by simply inheriting from @ref KURIFilterPlugin and - * implementing the @ref KURIFilterPlugin::filterURI method. - * - * Use of this plugin-manager class is straight forward. Since - * it is a singleton object, all you have to do is obtain an instance - * by doing @p KURIFilter::self() and use any of the public member - * functions to preform the filtering. - * - * @sect Example - * - * To simply filter a given string: - * <pre> - * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( "kde.org" ); - * </pre> - * - * You can alternatively use a KURL: - * <pre> - * KURL url = "kde.org"; - * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( url ); - * </pre> - * - * If you have a constant string or a constant URL, - * simply invoke the corresponding function to obtain - * the filtered string or URL instead of a boolean flag: - * <pre> - * TQString u = KURIFilter::self()->filteredURI( "kde.org" ); - * </pre> - * - * You can also specify only specific filter(s) to be applied - * by supplying the name(s) of the filter(s). By defualt all - * filters that are found are loaded when the KURIFilter object - * is created will be used. These names are taken from the - * enteries in the \".desktop\" files. Here are a couple of - * examples: - * <pre> - * TQString text = "kde.org"; - * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, "KShortURIFilter" ); - * - * TQStringList list; - * list << "KShortURIFilter" << "MyFilter"; - * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, list ); - * </pre> - * - * KURIFilter also allows richer data exchange through a simple - * meta-object called @p KURIFilterData. Using this meta-object - * you can find out more information about the URL you want to - * filter. See @ref KURIFilterData for examples and details. - * - * @short Filters a given URL into its proper format whenever possible. - */ - -class KURIFilter -{ -public: - /** - * Destructor - */ - ~KURIFilter (); - - /** - * Return a static instance of KURIFilter. - */ - static KURIFilter* self(); - - /** - * Filters the URI given by the object URIFilterData. - * - * This filters the given data based on the specified - * filter list. If the list is empty all avaliable - * filter plugins would be used. If not, only those - * given in the list are used. - * - * @param data object that contains the URI to be filtered. - * @param filters specify the list filters to be used - * - * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed - */ - bool filterURI( KURIFilterData& data, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); - - /** - * Filters the URI given by the URL. - * - * This filters the given URL based on the specified - * filter list. If the list is empty all avaliable - * filter plugins would be used. If not, only those - * given in the list are used. - * - * @param uri the URI to filter. - * @param filters specify the list of filters to be used - * - * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed - */ - bool filterURI( KURL &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); - - /** - * Filters a string representing a URI. - * - * This filters the given string based on the specified - * filter list. If the list is empty all avaliable - * filter plugins would be used. If not, only those - * given in the list are used. - * - * @param uri The URI to filter. - * @param filters specify the list filters to be used - * - * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed - */ - bool filterURI( TQString &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); - - /** - * Returns the filtered URI. - * - * This filters the given URL based on the specified - * filter list. If the list is empty all avaliable - * filter plugins would be used. If not, only those - * given in the list are used. - * - * @param uri The URI to filter. - * @param filters specify the list filters to be used - * - * @return the filtered URI or null if it cannot be filtered - */ - KURL filteredURI( const KURL &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); - - /** - * Return a filtered string representation of a URI. - * - * This filters the given URL based on the specified - * filter list. If the list is empty all avaliable - * filter plugins would be used. If not, only those - * given in the list are used. - * - * @param uri the URI to filter. - * @param filters specify the list filters to be used - * - * @return the filtered URI or null if it cannot be filtered - */ - TQString filteredURI( const TQString &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); - - /** - * Return an iterator to iterate over all loaded - * plugins. - * - * @return a plugin iterator. - */ - TQPtrListIterator<KURIFilterPlugin> pluginsIterator() const; - -protected: - - /** - * A protected constructor. - * - * This constructor creates a KURIFilter and - * initializes all plugins it can find by invoking - * @ref loadPlugins. - */ - KURIFilter(); - - /** - * Loads all allowed plugins. - * - * This function loads all filters that have not - * been dis - */ - void loadPlugins(); - -private: - - static KURIFilter *m_self; - KURIFilterPluginList m_lstPlugins; - KURIFilterPrivate *d; - -}; - -#endif - diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde303/kaccelaction.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde303/kaccelaction.h deleted file mode 100644 index c1e53f5a..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde303/kaccelaction.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,202 +0,0 @@ -/* This file is part of the KDE libraries - Copyright (C) 2001,2002 Ellis Whitehead <ellis@kde.org> - - This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - - This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. -*/ - -#ifndef _KACCELACTION_H -#define _KACCELACTION_H - -#include <tqmap.h> -#include <tqptrvector.h> -#include <tqstring.h> -#include <tqvaluevector.h> - -#include <kshortcut.h> - -class KAccelBase; - -class TQObject; -class KConfig; -class KConfigBase; - -/* - KAccelAction holds information an a given action, such as "Execute Command" - - 1) KAccelAction = "Execute Command" - Default3 = "Alt+F2" - Default4 = "Meta+Enter;Alt+F2" - 1) KShortcut = "Meta+Enter" - 1) KKeySequence = "Meta+Enter" - 1) KKey = "Meta+Enter" - 1) Meta+Enter - 2) Meta+Keypad_Enter - 2) KShortcut = "Alt+F2" - 1) KKeySequence = "Alt+F2" - 1) Alt+F2 - 2) KAccelAction = "Something" - Default3 = "" - Default4 = "" - 1) KShortcut = "Meta+X,Asterisk" - 1) KKeySequence = "Meta+X,Asterisk" - 1) KKey = "Meta+X" - 1) Meta+X - 2) KKey = "Asterisk" - 1) Shift+8 (English layout) - 2) Keypad_Asterisk -*/ - -//--------------------------------------------------------------------- -// KAccelAction -//--------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class KAccelAction -{ - public: - KAccelAction(); - KAccelAction( const KAccelAction& ); - KAccelAction( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, - const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4, - const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, - bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled ); - ~KAccelAction(); - - void clear(); - bool init( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, - const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4, - const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, - bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled ); - - KAccelAction& operator=( const KAccelAction& ); - - const TQString& name() const { return m_sName; } - const TQString& label() const { return m_sLabel; } - const TQString& whatsThis() const { return m_sWhatsThis; } - const KShortcut& shortcut() const { return m_cut; } - const KShortcut& shortcutDefault() const; - const KShortcut& shortcutDefault3() const { return m_cutDefault3; } - const KShortcut& shortcutDefault4() const { return m_cutDefault4; } - const TQObject* objSlotPtr() const { return m_pObjSlot; } - const char* methodSlotPtr() const { return m_psMethodSlot; } - bool isConfigurable() const { return m_bConfigurable; } - bool isEnabled() const { return m_bEnabled; } - - void setName( const TQString& ); - void setLabel( const TQString& ); - void setWhatsThis( const TQString& ); - bool setShortcut( const KShortcut& rgCuts ); - void setSlot( const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot ); - void setConfigurable( bool ); - void setEnabled( bool ); - - int getID() const { return m_nIDAccel; } - void setID( int n ) { m_nIDAccel = n; } - bool isConnected() const; - - bool setKeySequence( uint i, const KKeySequence& ); - void clearShortcut(); - bool contains( const KKeySequence& ); - - TQString toString() const; - TQString toStringInternal() const; - - static bool useFourModifierKeys(); - static void useFourModifierKeys( bool ); - - protected: - TQString m_sName, - m_sLabel, - m_sWhatsThis; - KShortcut m_cut; - KShortcut m_cutDefault3, m_cutDefault4; - const TQObject* m_pObjSlot; - const char* m_psMethodSlot; - bool m_bConfigurable, - m_bEnabled; - int m_nIDAccel; - uint m_nConnections; - - void incConnections(); - void decConnections(); - - private: - static int g_bUseFourModifierKeys; - class KAccelActionPrivate* d; - - friend class KAccelActions; - friend class KAccelBase; -}; - -//--------------------------------------------------------------------- -// KAccelActions -//--------------------------------------------------------------------- - -class KAccelActions -{ - public: - KAccelActions(); - KAccelActions( const KAccelActions& ); - virtual ~KAccelActions(); - - void clear(); - bool init( const KAccelActions& ); - bool init( KConfigBase& config, const TQString& sGroup ); - - void updateShortcuts( KAccelActions& ); - - int actionIndex( const TQString& sAction ) const; - KAccelAction* actionPtr( uint ); - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( uint ) const; - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; - KAccelAction* actionPtr( KKeySequence cut ); - KAccelAction& operator []( uint ); - const KAccelAction& operator []( uint ) const; - - KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, - const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, - const TQObject* pObjSlot = 0, const char* psMethodSlot = 0, - bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true ); - KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel ); - bool remove( const TQString& sAction ); - - bool readActions( const TQString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ); - bool writeActions( const TQString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0, - bool bWriteAll = false, bool bGlobal = false ) const; - - void emitKeycodeChanged(); - - uint count() const; - - protected: - KAccelBase* m_pKAccelBase; - KAccelAction** m_prgActions; - uint m_nSizeAllocated, m_nSize; - - void resize( uint ); - void insertPtr( KAccelAction* ); - - private: - class KAccelActionsPrivate* d; - - KAccelActions( KAccelBase* ); - void initPrivate( KAccelBase* ); - KAccelActions& operator =( KAccelActions& ); - - friend class KAccelBase; -}; - -#endif // _KACCELACTION_H diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde303/kaccelbase.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde303/kaccelbase.h deleted file mode 100644 index cd764bc3..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde303/kaccelbase.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,233 +0,0 @@ -/* This file is part of the KDE libraries - Copyright (C) 2001 Ellis Whitehead <ellis@kde.org> - - This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - - This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. -*/ - -#ifndef _KACCELBASE_H -#define _KACCELBASE_H - -#include <tqmap.h> -#include <tqptrvector.h> -#include <tqstring.h> -#include <tqvaluevector.h> -#include <tqvaluelist.h> - -#include "kaccelaction.h" -#include "kkeyserver_x11.h" - -class TQPopupMenu; -class TQWidget; - -//---------------------------------------------------- - -class KAccelBasePrivate; -/** - * Handle keyboard accelerators. - * - * Allow an user to configure - * key bindings through application configuration files or through the - * @ref KKeyChooser GUI. - * - * A @ref KAccel contains a list of accelerator items. Each accelerator item - * consists of an action name and a keyboard code combined with modifiers - * (Shift, Ctrl and Alt.) - * - * For example, "Ctrl+P" could be a shortcut for printing a document. The key - * codes are listed in ckey.h. "Print" could be the action name for printing. - * The action name identifies the key binding in configuration files and the - * @ref KKeyChooser GUI. - * - * When pressed, an accelerator key calls the slot to which it has been - * connected. Accelerator items can be connected so that a key will activate - * two different slots. - * - * A KAccel object handles key events sent to its parent widget and to all - * children of this parent widget. - * - * Key binding reconfiguration during run time can be prevented by specifying - * that an accelerator item is not configurable when it is inserted. A special - * group of non-configurable key bindings are known as the - * standard accelerators. - * - * The standard accelerators appear repeatedly in applications for - * standard document actions such as printing and saving. Convenience methods are - * available to insert and connect these accelerators which are configurable on - * a desktop-wide basis. - * - * It is possible for a user to choose to have no key associated with - * an action. - * - * The translated first argument for @ref insertItem() is used only - * in the configuration dialog. - *<pre> - * KAccel *a = new KAccel( myWindow ); - * // Insert an action "Scroll Up" which is associated with the "Up" key: - * a->insertItem( i18n("Scroll up"), "Scroll Up", "Up" ); - * // Insert an action "Scroll Down" which is not associated with any key: - * a->insertItem( i18n("Scroll down"), "Scroll Down", 0); - * a->connectItem( "Scroll up", myWindow, TQT_SLOT( scrollUp() ) ); - * // a->insertStdItem( KStdAccel::Print ); //not necessary, since it - * // is done automatially with the - * // connect below! - * a->connectItem(KStdAccel::Print, myWindow, TQT_SLOT( printDoc() ) ); - * - * a->readSettings(); - *</pre> - * - * If a shortcut has a menu entry as well, you could insert them like - * this. The example is again the @ref KStdAccel::Print from above. - * - * <pre> - * int id; - * id = popup->insertItem("&Print",this, TQT_SLOT(printDoc())); - * a->changeMenuAccel(popup, id, KStdAccel::Print ); - * </pre> - * - * If you want a somewhat "exotic" name for your standard print action, like - * id = popup->insertItem(i18n("Print &Document"),this, TQT_SLOT(printDoc())); - * it might be a good idea to insert the standard action before as - * a->insertStdItem( KStdAccel::Print, i18n("Print Document") ) - * as well, so that the user can easily find the corresponding function. - * - * This technique works for other actions as well. Your "scroll up" function - * in a menu could be done with - * - * <pre> - * id = popup->insertItem(i18n"Scroll &up",this, TQT_SLOT(scrollUp())); - * a->changeMenuAccel(popup, id, "Scroll Up" ); - * </pre> - * - * Please keep the order right: First insert all functions in the - * acceleratior, then call a -> @ref readSettings() and @em then build your - * menu structure. - * - * @short Configurable key binding support. - * @version $Id: kaccelbase.h,v 1.20 2002/03/03 21:20:25 lunakl Exp $ - */ - -class KAccelBase -{ - public: - enum Init { QT_KEYS = 0x00, NATIVE_KEYS = 0x01 }; - enum Signal { KEYCODE_CHANGED }; - - KAccelBase( int fInitCode ); - virtual ~KAccelBase(); - - uint actionCount() const; - KAccelActions& actions(); - bool isEnabled() const; - - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKey& key ); - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKeyServer::Key& key ); - - const TQString& configGroup() const { return m_sConfigGroup; } - void setConfigGroup( const TQString& group ); - void setConfigGlobal( bool global ); - virtual void setEnabled( bool bEnabled ) = 0; - bool getAutoUpdate() { return m_bAutoUpdate; } - // return value of AutoUpdate flag before this call. - bool setAutoUpdate( bool bAuto ); - -// Procedures for manipulating Actions. - //void clearActions(); - - KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sDesc ); - KAccelAction* insert( - const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sDesc, const TQString& sHelp, - const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, - const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, - bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true ); - bool remove( const TQString& sAction ); - bool setActionSlot( const TQString& sAction, const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot ); - - bool updateConnections(); - - bool setShortcut( const TQString& sAction, const KShortcut& cut ); - -// Modify individual Action sub-items - bool setActionEnabled( const TQString& sAction, bool bEnable ); - - /** - * Read all key associations from @p config, or (if @p config - * is zero) from the application's configuration file - * @ref KGlobal::config(). - * - * The group in which the configuration is stored can be - * set with @ref setConfigGroup(). - */ - void readSettings( KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ); - - /** - * Write the current configurable associations to @p config, - * or (if @p config is zero) to the application's - * configuration file. - */ - void writeSettings( KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ) const; - - TQPopupMenu* createPopupMenu( TQWidget* pParent, const KKeySequence& ); - - // Protected methods - protected: - void slotRemoveAction( KAccelAction* ); - - void createKeyList( TQValueVector<struct X>& rgKeys ); - bool insertConnection( KAccelAction* ); - bool removeConnection( KAccelAction* ); - - virtual bool emitSignal( Signal ) = 0; - virtual bool connectKey( KAccelAction&, const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; - virtual bool connectKey( const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; - virtual bool disconnectKey( KAccelAction&, const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; - virtual bool disconnectKey( const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; - - protected: - struct ActionInfo - { - KAccelAction* pAction; - uint iSeq, iVariation; - //ActionInfo* pInfoNext; // nil if only one action uses this key. - - ActionInfo() { pAction = 0; iSeq = 0xffff; iVariation = 0xffff; } - ActionInfo( KAccelAction* _pAction, uint _iSeq, uint _iVariation ) - { pAction = _pAction; iSeq = _iSeq; iVariation = _iVariation; } - }; - typedef TQMap<KKeyServer::Key, ActionInfo> KKeyToActionMap; - - KAccelActions m_rgActions; - KKeyToActionMap m_mapKeyToAction; - TQValueList<KAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique; - bool m_bNativeKeys; // Use native key codes instead of Qt codes - bool m_bEnabled; - bool m_bConfigIsGlobal; - TQString m_sConfigGroup; - bool m_bAutoUpdate; - KAccelAction* mtemp_pActionRemoving; - - private: - KAccelBase& operator =( const KAccelBase& ); - - friend class KAccelActions; - protected: - virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data ); - private: - KAccelBasePrivate* d; -}; - -#endif // _KACCELBASE_H diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde303/kicontheme.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde303/kicontheme.h deleted file mode 100644 index 29666371..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde303/kicontheme.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,217 +0,0 @@ -/* vi: ts=8 sts=4 sw=4 - * - * $Id: kicontheme.h,v 1.19 2002/03/05 23:13:26 rich Exp $ - * - * This file is part of the KDE project, module kdecore. - * Copyright (C) 2000 Geert Jansen <jansen@kde.org> - * Antonio Larrosa <larrosa@kde.org> - * - * This is free software; it comes under the GNU Library General - * Public License, version 2. See the file "COPYING.LIB" for the - * exact licensing terms. - * - */ - -#ifndef __KIconTheme_h_Included__ -#define __KIconTheme_h_Included__ - -#include <tqstring.h> -#include <tqstringlist.h> -#include <tqptrlist.h> - -class KConfig; -//class KIconThemeDir; - -class KIconThemePrivate; - -class KIconPrivate; - -/** - * One icon as found by KIconTheme. Also serves as a namespace containing - * icon related constants. - */ -class KIcon -{ -public: - KIcon() { size = 0; } - - /** - * Return true if this icon is valid, false otherwise. - */ - bool isValid() const { return size != 0; } - - enum Context { Any, Action, Application, Device, FileSystem, MimeType }; - enum Type { Fixed, Scalable, Threshold }; - enum MatchType { MatchExact, MatchBest }; - // if you add a group here, make sure to change the config reading in - // KIconLoader too - enum Group { NoGroup=-1, Desktop=0, FirstGroup=Desktop, Toolbar, - MainToolbar, Small, Panel, LastGroup, User }; - enum StdSizes { SizeSmall=16, SizeMedium=32, SizeLarge=48 }; - enum States { DefaultState, ActiveState, DisabledState, LastState }; - enum Overlays { LockOverlay=0x100, ZipOverlay=0x200, LinkOverlay=0x400, - HiddenOverlay=0x800, OverlayMask = ~0xff }; - - /** - * The size in pixels of the icon. - */ - int size; - - /** - * The context of the icon. - */ - Context context; - - /** - * The type of the icon: Fixed, Scalable or Threshold. - **/ - Type type; - - /** - * The threshold in case type == Threshold - */ - int threshold; - - /** - * The full path of the icon. - */ - TQString path; - -private: - KIconPrivate *d; -}; - -inline KIcon::Group& operator++(KIcon::Group& group) { group = static_cast<KIcon::Group>(group+1); return group; } -inline KIcon::Group operator++(KIcon::Group& group,int) { KIcon::Group ret = group; ++group; return ret; } - -/** - * Class to use/access icon themes in KDE. This class is used by the - * iconloader but can be used by others too. - */ -class KIconTheme -{ -public: - /** - * Load an icon theme by name. - */ - KIconTheme(const TQString& name, const TQString& appName=TQString::null); - ~KIconTheme(); - - /** - * The stylized name of the icon theme. - */ - TQString name() const { return mName; } - - /** - * A description for the icon theme. - */ - TQString description() const { return mDesc; } - - /** - * Return the name of the "example" icon. - */ - TQString example() const; - - /** - * Return the name of the screenshot. - */ - TQString screenshot() const; - - /** - * Returns the name of this theme's link overlay. - */ - TQString linkOverlay() const; - - /** - * Returns the name of this theme's zip overlay. - */ - TQString zipOverlay() const; - - /** - * Returns the name of this theme's lock overlay. - */ - TQString lockOverlay() const; - - /** - * Returns the toplevel theme directory. - */ - TQString dir() const { return mDir; } - - /** - * The themes this icon theme falls back on. - */ - TQStringList inherits() const { return mInherits; } - - /** - * The icon theme exists? - */ - bool isValid() const; - - /** - * The minimum display depth required for this theme. This can either - * be 8 or 32. - */ - int depth() const { return mDepth; } - - /** - * The default size of this theme for a certain icon group. - * @param group The icon group. See @ref #KIcon::Group. - * @return The default size in pixels for the given icon group. - */ - int defaultSize(KIcon::Group group) const; - - /** - * Query available sizes for a group. - */ - TQValueList<int> querySizes(KIcon::Group group) const; - - /** - * Query available icons for a size and context. - */ - TQStringList queryIcons(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const; - - /** - * Query available icons for a context and preferred size. - */ - TQStringList queryIconsByContext(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const; - - - /** - * Lookup an icon in the theme. - * @param name The name of the icon, without extension. - * @param size The desired size of the icon. - * @param match The matching mode. KIcon::MatchExact returns an icon - * only if matches exactly. KIcon::MatchBest returns the best matching - * icon. - * @return A KIcon class that describes the icon. If an icon is found, - * @ref #KIcon::isValid will return true, and false otherwise. - */ - KIcon iconPath(const TQString& name, int size, KIcon::MatchType match) const; - - /** - * List all icon themes installed on the system, global and local. - */ - static TQStringList list(); - - /** - * Returns the current icon theme. - */ - static TQString current(); - - static void reconfigure(); - -private: - int mDefSize[8]; - TQValueList<int> mSizes[8]; - - int mDepth; - TQString mDir, mName, mDesc; - TQStringList mInherits; -// TQPtrList<KIconThemeDir> mDirs; - KIconThemePrivate *d; - - static TQString *_theme; - static TQStringList *_theme_list; -}; - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde303/kkeyserver_x11.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde303/kkeyserver_x11.h deleted file mode 100644 index 279dbd7d..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde303/kkeyserver_x11.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,131 +0,0 @@ -#ifndef _KKEYSERVER_X11_H -#define _KKEYSERVER_X11_H - -#include "kshortcut.h" -#include "kkeynative.h" - -namespace KKeyServer -{ - struct CodeMod { int code, mod; }; - - struct Sym - { - public: - uint m_sym; - - Sym() - { m_sym = 0; } - Sym( uint sym ) - { m_sym = sym; } - Sym( const TQString& s ) - { init( s ); } - - bool initQt( int keyQt ); - bool init( const TQString& ); - - int qt() const; - TQString toStringInternal() const; - TQString toString() const; - - uint getModsRequired() const; - uint getSymVariation() const; - - operator uint() const { return m_sym; } - Sym& operator =( uint sym ) { m_sym = sym; return *this; } - - private: - TQString toString( bool bUserSpace ) const; - - static void capitalizeKeyname( TQString& ); - }; - - struct Key - { - enum { CODE_FOR_QT = 256 }; - - uint m_code; - uint m_mod; - uint m_sym; - - bool init( const KKey& key, bool bQt ); - - bool isNative() const { return m_code != CODE_FOR_QT; } - - uint code() const { return m_code; } - uint mod() const { return m_mod; } - uint sym() const { return m_sym; } - int keyCodeQt() const { return (int) m_sym; } - - void setKeycodeQt( int keyQt ) - { m_code = CODE_FOR_QT; m_sym = keyQt; } - - Key& operator =( const KKeyNative& key ); - int compare( const Key& ) const; - - bool operator ==( const Key& b ) const - { return compare( b ) == 0; } - bool operator <( const Key& b ) const - { return compare( b ) < 0; } - - KKey key() const; - }; - - struct Variations - { - enum { MAX_VARIATIONS = 4 }; - - Key m_rgkey[MAX_VARIATIONS]; - uint m_nVariations; - - Variations() { m_nVariations = 0; } - - void init( const KKey&, bool bQt ); - - uint count() const { return m_nVariations; } - const Key& key( uint i ) const { return m_rgkey[i]; } - }; - - bool initializeMods(); - - /** - * Returns the equivalent X modifier mask of the given modifier flag. - */ - uint modX( KKey::ModFlag ); - /** - * Returns true if the current keyboard layout supports the Win key. - * Specifically, whether the Super or Meta keys are assigned to an X modifier. - */ - bool keyboardHasWinKey(); - uint modXShift(); - uint modXLock(); - uint modXCtrl(); - uint modXAlt(); - uint modXNumLock(); - uint modXWin(); - uint modXScrollLock(); - /** - * Returns bitwise OR'ed mask containing Shift, Ctrl, Alt, and - * Win (if available). - */ - uint accelModMaskX(); - - bool keyQtToSym( int keyQt, uint& sym ); - bool keyQtToMod( int keyQt, uint& mod ); - bool symToKeyQt( uint sym, int& keyQt ); - - bool modToModQt( uint mod, int& modQt ); - bool modToModX( uint mod, uint& modX ); - bool modXToModQt( uint modX, int& modQt ); - bool modXToMod( uint modX, uint& mod ); - - bool codeXToSym( uchar codeX, uint modX, uint& symX ); - - TQString modToStringInternal( uint mod ); - TQString modToStringUser( uint mod ); - - bool stringToSymMod( const TQString&, uint& sym, uint& mod ); - - void keyQtToKeyX( uint keyCombQt, unsigned char *pKeyCodeX, uint *pKeySymX, uint *pKeyModX ); -}; - -#endif // !_KKEYSERVER_X11_H diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde303/konsole_part.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde303/konsole_part.h deleted file mode 100644 index 6aba7064..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde303/konsole_part.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,223 +0,0 @@ -/* - This file is part of the KDE system - Copyright (C) 1999,2000 Boloni Laszlo - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. - */ - -#ifndef __KONSOLE_PART_H__ -#define __KONSOLE_PART_H__ - -#include <kparts/browserextension.h> -#include <kparts/factory.h> - - -#include <kdialogbase.h> - -#include <kde_terminal_interface.h> - -//#include "schema.h" -//#include "session.h" - -class KInstance; -class konsoleBrowserExtension; -class TQPushButton; -class TQSpinBox; -class KPopupMenu; -class TQCheckBox; -class KRootPixmap; -class KToggleAction; -class KSelectAction; - -namespace KParts { class GUIActivateEvent; } - -class konsoleFactory : public KParts::Factory -{ - Q_OBJECT -public: - konsoleFactory(); - virtual ~konsoleFactory(); - - virtual KParts::Part* createPartObject(TQWidget *parentWidget = 0, const char *widgetName = 0, - TQObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0, - const char* classname = "KParts::Part", - const TQStringList &args = TQStringList()); - - static KInstance *instance(); - - private: - static KInstance *s_instance; - static KAboutData *s_aboutData; -}; - -////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -class konsolePart: public KParts::ReadOnlyPart, public TerminalInterface -{ - Q_OBJECT - public: - konsolePart(TQWidget *parentWidget, const char *widgetName, TQObject * parent, const char *name, const char *classname = 0); - virtual ~konsolePart(); - -signals: - void processExited(); - void receivedData( const TQString& s ); - protected: - virtual bool openURL( const KURL & url ); - virtual bool openFile() {return false;} // never used - virtual bool closeURL() {return true;} - virtual void guiActivateEvent( KParts::GUIActivateEvent * event ); - - protected slots: - void showShell(); - void slotProcessExited(); - void slotReceivedData( const TQString& s ); - -// void doneSession(TESession*); - void sessionDestroyed(); -// void configureRequest(TEWidget*,int,int x,int y); - void updateTitle(); - void enableMasterModeConnections(); - - private slots: - void emitOpenURLRequest(const TQString &url); - - void readProperties(); - void saveProperties(); - - void sendSignal(int n); - void closeCurrentSession(); - - void notifySize(int,int); - - void slotToggleFrame(); - void slotSelectScrollbar(); - void slotSelectFont(); - void schema_menu_check(); - void keytab_menu_activated(int item); - void updateSchemaMenu(); - void setSchema(int n); - void pixmap_menu_activated(int item); - void schema_menu_activated(int item); - void slotHistoryType(); - void slotSelectBell(); - void slotSelectLineSpacing(); - void slotBlinkingCursor(); - void slotWordSeps(); - void fontNotFound(); - - private: - konsoleBrowserExtension *m_extension; - KURL currentURL; - - void makeGUI(); - void applySettingsToGUI(); - - void setFont(int fontno); -// void setSchema(ColorSchema* s); - void updateKeytabMenu(); - - bool doOpenStream( const TQString& ); - bool doWriteStream( const TQByteArray& ); - bool doCloseStream(); - - TQWidget* parentWidget; -// TEWidget* te; -// TESession* se; -// ColorSchemaList* colors; - KRootPixmap* rootxpm; - - KToggleAction* blinkingCursor; - KToggleAction* showFrame; - - KSelectAction* selectBell; - KSelectAction* selectFont; - KSelectAction* selectLineSpacing; - KSelectAction* selectScrollbar; - - KPopupMenu* m_keytab; - KPopupMenu* m_schema; - KPopupMenu* m_signals; - KPopupMenu* m_options; - KPopupMenu* m_popupMenu; - - TQFont defaultFont; - - TQString pmPath; // pixmap path - TQString s_schema; - TQString s_kconfigSchema; - TQString s_word_seps; // characters that are considered part of a word - TQString fontNotFound_par; - - bool b_framevis:1; - bool b_histEnabled:1; - - int curr_schema; // current schema no - int n_bell; - int n_font; - int n_keytab; - int n_render; - int n_scroll; - unsigned m_histSize; - bool m_runningShell; - bool m_streamEnabled; -public: - // these are the implementations for the TermEmuInterface - // functions... - void startProgram( const TQString& program, - const TQStrList& args ); - void showShellInDir( const TQString& dir ); - void sendInput( const TQString& text ); -}; - -////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -/*class HistoryTypeDialog : public KDialogBase -{ - Q_OBJECT -public: - HistoryTypeDialog(const HistoryType& histType, - unsigned int histSize, - TQWidget *parent); - -public slots: - void slotDefault(); - void slotSetUnlimited(); - void slotHistEnable(bool); - - unsigned int nbLines() const; - bool isOn() const; - -protected: - TQCheckBox* m_btnEnable; - TQSpinBox* m_size; - TQPushButton* m_setUnlimited; -};*/ - -////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -class konsoleBrowserExtension : public KParts::BrowserExtension -{ - Q_OBJECT - friend class konsolePart; - public: - konsoleBrowserExtension(konsolePart *parent); - virtual ~konsoleBrowserExtension(); - - void emitOpenURLRequest(const KURL &url); -}; - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde303/krecentdirs.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde303/krecentdirs.h deleted file mode 100644 index 61a50706..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde303/krecentdirs.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,68 +0,0 @@ -/* -*- c++ -*- - * Copyright (C)2000 Waldo Bastian <bastian@kde.org> - * - * All rights reserved. - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without - * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions - * are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the - * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND - * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE - * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE - * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE - * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL - * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS - * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) - * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT - * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY - * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF - * SUCH DAMAGE. - * - */ -#ifndef __KRECENTDIRS_H -#define __KRECENTDIRS_H - -#include <tqstringlist.h> - -/** - * The goal of this class is to make sure that, when the user needs to - * specify a file via the file selection dialog, this dialog will start - * in the directory most likely to contain the desired files. - * - * This works as follows: Each time the file selection dialog is - * shown, the programmer can specify a "file-class". The file-dialog will - * then start with the directory associated with this file-class. When - * the dialog closes, the directory currently shown in the file-dialog - * will be associated with the file-class. - * - * A file-class can either start with ':' or with '::'. If it starts with - * a single ':' the file-class is specific to the current application. - * If the file-class starts with '::' it is global to all applications. - */ -class KRecentDirs -{ -public: - /** - * Returns a list of directories associated with this file-class. - * The most recently used directory is at the front of the list. - */ - static TQStringList list(const TQString &fileClass); - - /** - * Returns the most recently used directory accociated with this file-class. - */ - static TQString dir(const TQString &fileClass); - - /** - * Associates @p directory with @p fileClass - */ - static void add(const TQString &fileClass, const TQString &directory); -}; - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde303/ksycocafactory.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde303/ksycocafactory.h deleted file mode 100644 index ff1d43cb..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde303/ksycocafactory.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,135 +0,0 @@ -/* This file is part of the KDE libraries - * Copyright (C) 1999 Waldo Bastian <bastian@kde.org> - * - * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - * License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation; - * - * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Library General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - * along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. - **/ - -#ifndef __ksycocafactory_h__ -#define __ksycocafactory_h__ "$Id: ksycocafactory.h,v 1.12 2002/03/03 21:20:26 lunakl Exp $" - -#include "ksycocatype.h" -#include "ksycocaentry.h" - -#include <tqdict.h> -#include <tqptrlist.h> -class KSycoca; -class TQStringList; -class TQString; -class KSycocaDict; -class KSycocaResourceList; - -typedef TQDict<KSycocaEntry::Ptr> KSycocaEntryDict; - -/** - * @internal - * Base class for sycoca factories - */ -class KSycocaFactory -{ -public: - virtual KSycocaFactoryId factoryId() const = 0; - -protected: // virtual class - /** - * Create a factory which can be used to lookup from/create a database - * (depending on KSycoca::isBuilding()) - */ - KSycocaFactory( KSycocaFactoryId factory_id ); - -public: - virtual ~KSycocaFactory(); - - /** - * @return the position of the factory in the sycoca file - */ - int offset() { return mOffset; } - - /** - * @return the dict, for special use by KBuildSycoca - */ - KSycocaEntryDict * entryDict() { return m_entryDict; } - - /** - * Construct an entry from a config file. - * To be implemented in the real factories. - */ - virtual KSycocaEntry *createEntry(const TQString &file, const char *resource) = 0; - - /** - * Add an entry - */ - virtual void addEntry(KSycocaEntry *newEntry, const char *resource); - - /** - * Read an entry from the database - */ - virtual KSycocaEntry *createEntry(int offset)=0; - - /** - * Get a list of all entries from the database. - */ - KSycocaEntry::List allEntries(); - - /** - * Saves all entries it maintains as well as index files - * for these entries to the stream 'str'. - * - * Also sets mOffset to the starting position. - * - * The stream is positioned at the end of the last index. - * - * Don't forget to call the parent first when you override - * this function. - */ - virtual void save(TQDataStream &str); - - /** - * Writes out a header to the stream 'str'. - * The baseclass positions the stream correctly. - * - * Don't forget to call the parent first when you override - * this function. - */ - virtual void saveHeader(TQDataStream &str); - - /** - * @return the resources for which this factory is responsible. - */ - virtual const KSycocaResourceList * resourceList() const { return m_resourceList; } - -private: - int mOffset; - -protected: - int m_sycocaDictOffset; - int m_beginEntryOffset; - int m_endEntryOffset; - TQDataStream *m_str; - - KSycocaResourceList *m_resourceList; - KSycocaEntryDict *m_entryDict; - KSycocaDict *m_sycocaDict; -protected: - virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data ); -}; - -// This, instead of a typedef, allows to declare "class ..." in header files -class KSycocaFactoryList : public TQPtrList<KSycocaFactory> -{ -public: - KSycocaFactoryList() { } -}; - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde303/ktoolbarbutton.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde303/ktoolbarbutton.h deleted file mode 100644 index c551a4a0..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde303/ktoolbarbutton.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,313 +0,0 @@ -/* This file is part of the KDE libraries - Copyright (C) 1997, 1998 Stephan Kulow (coolo@kde.org) - (C) 1997, 1998 Sven Radej (radej@kde.org) - (C) 1997, 1998 Mark Donohoe (donohoe@kde.org) - (C) 1997, 1998 Matthias Ettrich (ettrich@kde.org) - (C) 2000 Kurt Granroth (granroth@kde.org) - - This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation. - - This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. -*/ - -// $Id: ktoolbarbutton.h,v 1.21.2.2 2002/05/26 13:09:06 carewolf Exp $ -#ifndef _KTOOLBARBUTTON_H -#define _KTOOLBARBUTTON_H - -#include <tqpixmap.h> -#include <tqtoolbutton.h> -#include <tqintdict.h> -#include <tqstring.h> -#include <kglobal.h> - -class KToolBar; -class KToolBarButtonPrivate; -class KInstance; -class TQEvent; -class TQPopupMenu; -class TQPainter; - -/** - * A toolbar button. This is used internally by @ref KToolBar, use the - * KToolBar methods instead. - * @internal - */ -class KToolBarButton : public QToolButton -{ - Q_OBJECT - -public: - /** - * Construct a button with an icon loaded by the button itself. - * This will trust the button to load the correct icon with the - * correct size. - * - * @param icon Name of icon to load (may be absolute or relative) - * @param id Id of this button - * @param parent This button's parent - * @param name This button's internal name - * @param txt This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise) - */ - KToolBarButton(const TQString& icon, int id, TQWidget *parent, - const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null, - KInstance *_instance = KGlobal::instance()); - - /** - * Construct a button with an existing pixmap. It is not - * recommended that you use this as the internal icon loading code - * will almost always get it "right". - * - * @param icon Name of icon to load (may be absolute or relative) - * @param id Id of this button - * @param parent This button's parent - * @param name This button's internal name - * @param txt This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise) - */ - KToolBarButton(const TQPixmap& pixmap, int id, TQWidget *parent, - const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null); - - /** - * Construct a separator button - * - * @param parent This button's parent - * @param name This button's internal name - */ - KToolBarButton(TQWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L); - - /** - * Standard destructor - */ - ~KToolBarButton(); - -#ifndef KDE_NO_COMPAT - /** - * @deprecated - * Set the pixmap directly for this button. This pixmap should be - * the active one... the dimmed and disabled pixmaps are constructed - * based on this one. However, don't use this function unless you - * are positive that you don't want to use @ref setIcon. - * - * @param pixmap The active pixmap - */ - // this one is from TQButton, so #ifdef-ing it out doesn't break BC - virtual void setPixmap(const TQPixmap &pixmap); - - /** - * @deprecated - * Force the button to use this pixmap as the default one rather - * then generating it using effects. - * - * @param pixmap The pixmap to use as the default (normal) one - */ - void setDefaultPixmap(const TQPixmap& pixmap); - - /** - * @deprecated - * Force the button to use this pixmap when disabled one rather then - * generating it using effects. - * - * @param pixmap The pixmap to use when disabled - */ - void setDisabledPixmap(const TQPixmap& pixmap); -#endif - - /** - * Set the text for this button. The text will be either used as a - * tooltip (IconOnly) or will be along side the icon - * - * @param text The button (or tooltip) text - */ - virtual void setText(const TQString &text); - - /** - * Set the icon for this button. The icon will be loaded internally - * with the correct size. This function is preferred over @ref setIconSet - * - * @param icon The name of the icon - */ - virtual void setIcon(const TQString &icon); - - virtual void setIcon( const TQPixmap &pixmap ) - { TQToolButton::setIcon( pixmap ); } - - /** - * Set the pixmaps for this toolbar button from a TQIconSet. - * If you call this you don't need to call any of the other methods - * that set icons or pixmaps. - * @param iconset The iconset to use - */ - virtual void setIconSet( const TQIconSet &iconset ); - -#ifndef KDE_NO_COMPAT - /** - * @deprecated - * Set the active icon for this button. The pixmap itself is loaded - * internally based on the icon size... .. the disabled and default - * pixmaps, however will only be constructed if @ref #generate is - * true. This function is preferred over @ref setPixmap - * - * @param icon The name of the active icon - * @param generate If true, then the other icons are automagically - * generated from this one - */ - void setIcon(const TQString &icon, bool /*generate*/ ) { setIcon( icon ); } - - /** - * @deprecated - * Force the button to use this icon as the default one rather - * then generating it using effects. - * - * @param icon The icon to use as the default (normal) one - */ - void setDefaultIcon(const TQString& icon); - - /** - * @deprecated - * Force the button to use this icon when disabled one rather then - * generating it using effects. - * - * @param icon The icon to use when disabled - */ - void setDisabledIcon(const TQString& icon); -#endif - - /** - * Turn this button on or off - * - * @param flag true or false - */ - void on(bool flag = true); - - /** - * Toggle this button - */ - void toggle(); - - /** - * Turn this button into a toggle button or disable the toggle - * aspects of it. This does not toggle the button itself. Use @ref - * toggle for that. - * - * @param toggle true or false - */ - void setToggle(bool toggle = true); - - /** - * Return a pointer to this button's popup menu (if it exists) - */ - TQPopupMenu *popup(); - - /** - * Give this button a popup menu. There will not be a delay when - * you press the button. Use @ref setDelayedPopup if you want that - * behavior. You can also make the popup-menu - * "sticky", i.e. visible until a selection is made or the mouse is - * clikced elsewhere, by simply setting the second argument to true. - * This "sticky" button feature allows you to make a selection without - * having to press and hold down the mouse while making a selection. - * - * @param p The new popup menu - * @param toggle if true, makes the button "sticky" (toggled) - */ - void setPopup (TQPopupMenu *p, bool toggle = false); - - /** - * Gives this button a delayed popup menu. - * - * This function allows you to add a delayed popup menu to the button. - * The popup menu is then only displayed when the button is pressed and - * held down for about half a second. You can also make the popup-menu - * "sticky", i.e. visible until a selection is made or the mouse is - * clikced elsewhere, by simply setting the second argument to true. - * This "sticky" button feature allows you to make a selection without - * having to press and hold down the mouse while making a selection. - * - * @param p the new popup menu - * @param toggle if true, makes the button "sticky" (toggled) - */ - void setDelayedPopup(TQPopupMenu *p, bool toggle = false); - - /** - * Turn this button into a radio button - * - * @param f true or false - */ - void setRadio(bool f = true); - - /** - * Toolbar buttons naturally will assume the global styles - * concerning icons, icons sizes, etc. You can use this function to - * explicitely turn this off, if you like. - * - * @param no_style Will disable styles if true - */ - void setNoStyle(bool no_style = true); - -signals: - void clicked(int); - void doubleClicked(int); - void pressed(int); - void released(int); - void toggled(int); - void highlighted(int, bool); - -public slots: - /** - * This slot should be called whenever the toolbar mode has - * potentially changed. This includes such events as text changing, - * orientation changing, etc. - */ - void modeChange(); - virtual void setTextLabel(const TQString&, bool tipToo); - -protected: - void paletteChange(const TQPalette &); - void leaveEvent(TQEvent *e); - void enterEvent(TQEvent *e); - void drawButton(TQPainter *p); - bool eventFilter (TQObject *o, TQEvent *e); - void showMenu(); - TQSize sizeHint() const; - TQSize minimumSizeHint() const; - TQSize minimumSize() const; - - bool isRaised() const; - bool isActive() const; - int iconTextMode() const; - -protected slots: - void slotClicked(); - void slotPressed(); - void slotReleased(); - void slotToggled(); - void slotDelayTimeout(); - -protected: - virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data ); -private: - KToolBarButtonPrivate *d; -}; - -/** -* List of @ref KToolBarButton objects. -* @internal -* @version $Id: ktoolbarbutton.h,v 1.21.2.2 2002/05/26 13:09:06 carewolf Exp $ -*/ -class KToolBarButtonList : public TQIntDict<KToolBarButton> -{ -public: - KToolBarButtonList(); - ~KToolBarButtonList() {} -}; - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde303/kurifilter.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde303/kurifilter.h deleted file mode 100644 index 24e09985..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde303/kurifilter.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,593 +0,0 @@ -/* - * This file is part of the KDE libraries - * Copyright (C) 2000 Yves Arrouye <yves@realnames.com> - * - * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Library General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - * along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. - **/ - -#ifndef __kurifilter_h__ -#define __kurifilter_h__ "$Id: kurifilter.h,v 1.23 2002/03/04 04:17:37 lunakl Exp $" - -#include <tqptrlist.h> -#include <tqobject.h> - -#include <kurl.h> - -class KURIFilterPrivate; -class KURIFilterDataPrivate; - -class TQStringList; -class KCModule; - -/** -* This is a basic message object used for exchanging filtering -* information between the filter plugins and the application -* whenever the application requires more information about the -* URI than just a filtered version of it. Any application can -* create an instance of this class and send it to @ref KURIFilter -* to have the filter plugins fill the necessary information. -* -* @sect Example -* <pre> -* TQString text = "kde.org"; -* KURIFilterData d = text; -* bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filter( d ); -* if( filtered ) -* print ( "URI: %s\n"Filtered URI: %s\n URI Type: %i\n"Was Filtered: %i" -* text.latin1(), d.uri().url().latin1(), d.uriType(), filtered ); -* </pre> -* -* The above code should yield the following output: -* <pre> -* URI: kde.org -* Filtered URI: http://kde.org -* URI Type: 0 <== means NET_PROTOCOL -* Was Filtered: 1 <== means the URL was successfully filtered -* </pre> -* -* @short A message object for exchanging filtering URI info. -*/ - -class KURIFilterData -{ -friend class KURIFilterPlugin; - -public: - /** - * Describes the type of URI to be filtered. - * - * This enumerator prvoides the return value for - * @ref uriType. A breif description for each value: - * - * @li NET_PROTOCOL - Any network protocol: http, ftp, nttp, pop3, etc... - * @li LOCAL_FILE - A local file whose executable flag is not set - * @li LOCAL_DIR - A local directory - * @li EXECUTABLE - A local file whose executable flag is set - * @li HELP - A man or info page - * @li SHELL - A shell executable (ex: echo "Test..." >> ~/testfile) - * @li BLOCKED - A URI that should be blocked/filtered (ex: ad filtering) - * @li ERROR - An incorrect URI (ex: "~johndoe" when user johndoe - * does not exist in that system ) - * @li UNKNOWN - A URI that is not identified. Default value when - * a KURIFilterData is first created. - */ - enum URITypes { NET_PROTOCOL=0, LOCAL_FILE, LOCAL_DIR, EXECUTABLE, HELP, SHELL, BLOCKED, ERROR, UNKNOWN }; - - /** - * Default constructor. - * - * Creates a URIFilterData object. - */ - KURIFilterData() { init(); } - - /** - * Creates a URIFilterData object from the given URL. - * - * @param url is the URL to be filtered. - */ - KURIFilterData( const KURL& url ) { init( url); } - - /** - * Creates a URIFilterData object from the given string. - * - * @param url is the string to be filtered. - */ - KURIFilterData( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); } - - /** - * Copy constructor. - * - * Creates a URIFilterData object from another - * URI filter data object. - * - * @param data the uri filter data to be copied. - */ - KURIFilterData( const KURIFilterData& /*data*/); - - /** - * Destructor. - */ - ~KURIFilterData(); - - /** - * This method has been deprecated and will always return - * TRUE. You should instead use the result from the - * @ref KURIFilter::filterURI() calls. - * - * @deprecated - */ - bool hasBeenFiltered() const { return m_bFiltered; } - - /** - * Returns the filtered or the original URL. - * - * This function returns the filtered url if one - * of the plugins sucessfully filtered the original - * URL. Otherwise, it returns the original URL. - * See @ref #hasBeenFiltered() and - * - * @return the filtered or original url. - */ - KURL uri() const { return m_pURI; } - - /** - * Returns an error message. - * - * This functions returns the error message set - * by the plugin whenever the uri type is set to - * KURIFilterData::ERROR. Otherwise, it returns - * a TQString::null. - * - * @return the error message or a NULL when there is none. - */ - TQString errorMsg() const { return m_strErrMsg; } - - /** - * Returns the URI type. - * - * This method always returns KURIFilterData::UNKNOWN - * if the given URL was not filtered. - */ - URITypes uriType() const { return m_iType; } - - /** - * Sets the URL to be filtered. - * - * Use this function to set the string to be - * filtered when you construct an empty filter - * object. - * - * @param url the string to be filtered. - */ - void setData( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); } - - /** - * Same as above except the argument is a URL. - * - * Use this function to set the string to be - * filtered when you construct an empty filter - * object. - * - * @param url the URL to be filtered. - */ - void setData( const KURL& url ) { init( url ); } - - /** - * Sets the absolute path to be used whenever the supplied - * data is a relative local URL. - * - * NOTE: This function works only for a local resource and - * expects the absolute path to the relative URL set in this - * meta object. If you are extracting the absolute path from - * a KURL object, make sure you always set the argument below - * using KURL::path() instead of KURL::url() so that "file:/" - * would not be appended! Otherwise, the filter might not be - * able to make correct determination whether the relative URL - * locally exists! - * - * @param abs_path the abolute path to the local resource. - * @return true if absolute path is successfully set. Otherwise, false. - */ - bool setAbsolutePath( const TQString& /* abs_path */ ); - - /** - * Returns the absolute path if one has already been set. - */ - TQString absolutePath() const; - - /** - * Returns true if the supplied data has an absolute path. - */ - bool hasAbsolutePath() const; - - /** - * Returns the command line options and arguments for a - * local resource when present. - * - * @return options and arguments when present, otherwise TQString::null - */ - TQString argsAndOptions() const; - - /** - * Returns true if the current data is a local resource with - * command line options and arguments. - */ - bool hasArgsAndOptions() const; - - /** - * Returns the name of the icon that matches - * the current filtered URL. - * - * NOTE that this function will return a NULL - * string by default and when no associated icon - * is found. - * - * @return the name of the icon associated with the resource - */ - TQString iconName(); - - /** - * Overloaded assigenment operator. - * - * This function allows you to easily assign a KURL - * to a KURIFilterData object. - * - * @return an instance of a KURIFilterData object. - */ - KURIFilterData& operator=( const KURL& url ) { init( url ); return *this; } - - /** - * Overloaded assigenment operator. - * - * This function allows you to easily assign a QString - * to a KURIFilterData object. - * - * @return an instance of a KURIFilterData object. - */ - KURIFilterData& operator=( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); return *this; } - -protected: - - /** - * Initializes the KURIFilterData on construction. - */ - void init( const KURL& url = TQString::null ); - -private: - bool m_bFiltered; - bool m_bChanged; - - TQString m_strErrMsg; - TQString m_strIconName; - - KURL m_pURI; - URITypes m_iType; - KURIFilterDataPrivate *d; -}; - - -/** - * Base class for URI filter plugins. - * - * This class applies a single filter to a URI. All - * plugins designed to provide URI filtering functionalities - * should inherit from this abstract class and provide a - * specific filtering implementation. - * - * All inheriting classes need to implement the pure - * virtual function @ref filterURI. Otherwise, they - * would also become abstract. - * - * @short Abstract class for URI filter plugins. - */ -class KURIFilterPlugin : public QObject -{ - Q_OBJECT - -public: - - /** - * Constructs a filter plugin with a given name and - * priority. - * - * @param parent the parent object. - * @param name the name of the plugin. - * @param pri the priority of the plugin. - */ - KURIFilterPlugin( TQObject *parent = 0, const char *name = 0, double pri = 1.0 ); - - /** - * Returns the filter's name. - * - * @return A string naming the filter. - */ - virtual TQString name() const { return m_strName; } - - /** - * Returns the filter's priority. - * - * Each filter has an assigned priority, a float from 0 to 1. Filters - * with the lowest priority are first given a chance to filter a URI. - * - * @return The priority of the filter. - */ - virtual double priority() const { return m_dblPriority; } - - /** - * Filters a URI. - * - * @param data the URI data to be filtered. - * @return A boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed. - */ - virtual bool filterURI( KURIFilterData& data ) const = 0; - - /** - * Creates a configuration module for the filter. - * - * It is the responsability of the caller to delete the module - * once it is not needed anymore. - * - * @return A configuration module, @p null if the filter isn't configurable. - */ - virtual KCModule *configModule( TQWidget*, const char* ) const { return 0; } - - /** - * Returns the name of the configuration module for the filter. - * - * @return the name of a configuration module or @p null if none. - */ - virtual TQString configName() const { return name(); } - -protected: - - /** - * Sets the the URL in @p data to @p uri. - */ - void setFilteredURI ( KURIFilterData& data, const KURL& uri ) const; - - /** - * Sets the error message in @p data to @p errormsg. - */ - void setErrorMsg ( KURIFilterData& data, const TQString& errmsg ) const { - data.m_strErrMsg = errmsg; - } - - /** - * Sets the URI type in @p data to @p type. - */ - void setURIType ( KURIFilterData& data, KURIFilterData::URITypes type) const { - data.m_iType = type; - data.m_bChanged = true; - } - - /** - * Sets the arguments and options string in @p data - * to @p args if any were found during filterting. - */ - void setArguments( KURIFilterData& data, const TQString& args ) const; - - TQString m_strName; - double m_dblPriority; - -protected: - virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data ); -private: - class KURIFilterPluginPrivate *d; -}; - - -class KURIFilterPluginList : public TQPtrList<KURIFilterPlugin> -{ -public: - virtual int compareItems(Item a, Item b) - { - double diff = ((KURIFilterPlugin *) a)->priority() - ((KURIFilterPlugin *) b)->priority(); - return diff < 0 ? -1 : (diff > 0 ? 1 : 0); - } - -private: - KURIFilterPrivate *d; - -}; - -/** - * Manages the filtering of a URI. - * - * The intention of this plugin class is to allow people to extend - * the functionality of KURL without modifying it directly. This - * way KURL will remain a generic parser capable of parsing any - * generic URL that adheres to specifications. - * - * The KURIFilter class applies a number of filters to a URI, - * and returns the filtered version whenever possible. The filters - * are implemented using plugins to provide easy extensibility - * of the filtering mechanism. That is, new filters can be added in - * the future by simply inheriting from @ref KURIFilterPlugin and - * implementing the @ref KURIFilterPlugin::filterURI method. - * - * Use of this plugin-manager class is straight forward. Since - * it is a singleton object, all you have to do is obtain an instance - * by doing @p KURIFilter::self() and use any of the public member - * functions to preform the filtering. - * - * @sect Example - * - * To simply filter a given string: - * <pre> - * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( "kde.org" ); - * </pre> - * - * You can alternatively use a KURL: - * <pre> - * KURL url = "kde.org"; - * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( url ); - * </pre> - * - * If you have a constant string or a constant URL, - * simply invoke the corresponding function to obtain - * the filtered string or URL instead of a boolean flag: - * <pre> - * TQString u = KURIFilter::self()->filteredURI( "kde.org" ); - * </pre> - * - * You can also specify only specific filter(s) to be applied - * by supplying the name(s) of the filter(s). By defualt all - * filters that are found are loaded when the KURIFilter object - * is created will be used. These names are taken from the - * enteries in the \".desktop\" files. Here are a couple of - * examples: - * <pre> - * TQString text = "kde.org"; - * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, "KShortURIFilter" ); - * - * TQStringList list; - * list << "KShortURIFilter" << "MyFilter"; - * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, list ); - * </pre> - * - * KURIFilter also allows richer data exchange through a simple - * meta-object called @p KURIFilterData. Using this meta-object - * you can find out more information about the URL you want to - * filter. See @ref KURIFilterData for examples and details. - * - * @short Filters a given URL into its proper format whenever possible. - */ - -class KURIFilter -{ -public: - /** - * Destructor - */ - ~KURIFilter (); - - /** - * Return a static instance of KURIFilter. - */ - static KURIFilter* self(); - - /** - * Filters the URI given by the object URIFilterData. - * - * This filters the given data based on the specified - * filter list. If the list is empty all avaliable - * filter plugins would be used. If not, only those - * given in the list are used. - * - * @param data object that contains the URI to be filtered. - * @param filters specify the list filters to be used - * - * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed - */ - bool filterURI( KURIFilterData& data, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); - - /** - * Filters the URI given by the URL. - * - * This filters the given URL based on the specified - * filter list. If the list is empty all avaliable - * filter plugins would be used. If not, only those - * given in the list are used. - * - * @param uri the URI to filter. - * @param filters specify the list of filters to be used - * - * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed - */ - bool filterURI( KURL &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); - - /** - * Filters a string representing a URI. - * - * This filters the given string based on the specified - * filter list. If the list is empty all avaliable - * filter plugins would be used. If not, only those - * given in the list are used. - * - * @param uri The URI to filter. - * @param filters specify the list filters to be used - * - * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed - */ - bool filterURI( TQString &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); - - /** - * Returns the filtered URI. - * - * This filters the given URL based on the specified - * filter list. If the list is empty all avaliable - * filter plugins would be used. If not, only those - * given in the list are used. - * - * @param uri The URI to filter. - * @param filters specify the list filters to be used - * - * @return the filtered URI or null if it cannot be filtered - */ - KURL filteredURI( const KURL &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); - - /** - * Return a filtered string representation of a URI. - * - * This filters the given URL based on the specified - * filter list. If the list is empty all avaliable - * filter plugins would be used. If not, only those - * given in the list are used. - * - * @param uri the URI to filter. - * @param filters specify the list filters to be used - * - * @return the filtered URI or null if it cannot be filtered - */ - TQString filteredURI( const TQString &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); - - /** - * Return an iterator to iterate over all loaded - * plugins. - * - * @return a plugin iterator. - */ - TQPtrListIterator<KURIFilterPlugin> pluginsIterator() const; - -protected: - - /** - * A protected constructor. - * - * This constructor creates a KURIFilter and - * initializes all plugins it can find by invoking - * @ref loadPlugins. - */ - KURIFilter(); - - /** - * Loads all allowed plugins. - * - * This function loads all filters that have not - * been dis - */ - void loadPlugins(); - -private: - - static KURIFilter *m_self; - KURIFilterPluginList m_lstPlugins; - KURIFilterPrivate *d; - -}; - -#endif - diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde310/kaccelaction.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde310/kaccelaction.h deleted file mode 100644 index 8e422505..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde310/kaccelaction.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,564 +0,0 @@ -/* This file is part of the KDE libraries - Copyright (C) 2001,2002 Ellis Whitehead <ellis@kde.org> - - This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - - This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. -*/ - -#ifndef _KACCELACTION_H -#define _KACCELACTION_H - -#include <tqmap.h> -#include <tqptrvector.h> -#include <tqstring.h> -#include <tqvaluevector.h> - -#include <kshortcut.h> - -class KAccelBase; - -class TQObject; -class KConfig; -class KConfigBase; - -/** - * @internal - * A KAccelAction prepresents an action that can be executed using - * an accelerator key. Each KAccelAction has a name, a label, a - * "What's this" string and a @ref KShortcut. The user can configure and - * enable/disable them using @ref KKeyDialog. - * - * <pre> - * 1) KAccelAction = "Run Command" - * Default3 = "Alt+F2" - * Default4 = "Meta+Enter;Alt+F2" - * 1) KShortcut = "Meta+Enter" - * 1) KKeySequence = "Meta+Enter" - * 1) KKey = "Meta+Enter" - * 1) Meta+Enter - * 2) Meta+Keypad_Enter - * 2) KShortcut = "Alt+F2" - * 1) KKeySequence = "Alt+F2" - * 1) Alt+F2 - * 2) KAccelAction = "Something" - * Default3 = "" - * Default4 = "" - * 1) KShortcut = "Meta+X,Asterisk" - * 1) KKeySequence = "Meta+X,Asterisk" - * 1) KKey = "Meta+X" - * 1) Meta+X - * 2) KKey = "Asterisk" - * 1) Shift+8 (English layout) - * 2) Keypad_Asterisk - * </pre> - * @short An accelerator action - * @see KAccel - * @see KGlobalAccel - * @see KKeyChooser - * @see KKeyDialog - */ -class KAccelAction -{ - public: - /** - * Creates an empty KAccelAction. - * @see clear() - */ - KAccelAction(); - - /** - * Copy constructor. - */ - KAccelAction( const KAccelAction& ); - - /** - * Creates a new KAccelAction. - * @param sName the name of the accelerator - * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) - * @param sWhatsThis the What's This text (18n!) - * @param cutDef3 the default shortcut for 3 modifier systems - * @param cutDef4 the default shortcut for 4 modifier systems - * @param pObjSlot the receiver of a signal when the key has been - * pressed - * @param psMethodSlot the slot to connect for key presses. Receives - * an int, as set by @ref setID(), as only argument - * @param bConfigurable if true the user can configure the shortcut - * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled - */ - KAccelAction( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, - const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4, - const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, - bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled ); - ~KAccelAction(); - - /** - * Clears the accelerator. - */ - void clear(); - - /** - * Re-initialized the KAccelAction. - * @param sName the name of the accelerator - * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) - * @param sWhatsThis the What's This text (18n!) - * @param cutDef3 the default shortcut for 3 modifier systems - * @param cutDef4 the default shortcut for 4 modifier systems - * @param pObjSlot the receiver of a signal when the key has been - * pressed - * @param psMethodSlot the slot to connect for key presses. Receives - * an int, as set by @ref setID(), as only argument - * @param bConfigurable if true the user can configure the shortcut - * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - */ - bool init( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, - const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4, - const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, - bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled ); - - /** - * Copies this KAccelAction. - */ - KAccelAction& operator=( const KAccelAction& ); - - /** - * Returns the name of the accelerator action. - * @return the name of the accelerator action, can be null if not - * set - */ - const TQString& name() const { return m_sName; } - - /** - * Returns the label of the accelerator action. - * @return the label of the accelerator action, can be null if - * not set - */ - const TQString& label() const { return m_sLabel; } - - /** - * Returns the What's This text of the accelerator action. - * @return the What's This text of the accelerator action, can be - * null if not set - */ - const TQString& whatsThis() const { return m_sWhatsThis; } - - /** - * The shortcut that is actually used (may be used configured). - * @return the shortcut of the KAccelAction, can be null if not set - * @see shortcutDefault() - */ - const KShortcut& shortcut() const { return m_cut; } - - /** - * The default shortcut for this system. - * @return the default shortcut on this system, can be null if not set - * @see shortcut() - * @see shortcutDefault3() - * @see shortcutDefault4() - */ - const KShortcut& shortcutDefault() const; - - /** - * The default shortcut for 3 modifier systems. - * @return the default shortcut for 3 modifier systems, can be null - * if not set - * @see shortcutDefault() - * @see shortcutDefault4() - * @see useFourModifierKeys() - */ - const KShortcut& shortcutDefault3() const { return m_cutDefault3; } - - /** - * The default shortcut for 4 modifier systems. - * @return the default shortcut for 4 modifier systems, can be null - * if not set - * @see shortcutDefault() - * @see shortcutDefault3() - * @see useFourModifierKeys() - */ - const KShortcut& shortcutDefault4() const { return m_cutDefault4; } - - /** - * Returns the receiver of signals. - * @return the receiver of signals (can be 0 if not set) - */ - const TQObject* objSlotPtr() const { return m_pObjSlot; } - - /** - * Returns the slot for the signal. - * @return the slot for the signal - */ - const char* methodSlotPtr() const { return m_psMethodSlot; } - - /** - * Checks whether the user can configure the action. - * @return true if configurable, false otherwise - */ - bool isConfigurable() const { return m_bConfigurable; } - - /** - * Checks whether the action is enabled. - * @return true if enabled, false otherwise - */ - bool isEnabled() const { return m_bEnabled; } - - /** - * Sets the name of the accelerator action. - * @param name the new name - */ - void setName( const TQString& name ); - - /** - * Sets the user-readable label of the accelerator action. - * @param label the new label (i18n!) - */ - void setLabel( const TQString& label ); - - /** - * Sets the What's This text for the accelerator action. - * @param whatsThis the new What's This text (i18n!) - */ - void setWhatsThis( const TQString& whatsThis ); - - /** - * Sets the new shortcut of the accelerator action. - * @param rgCuts the shortcut to set - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - */ - bool setShortcut( const KShortcut& rgCuts ); - - /** - * Sets the slot of the accelerator action. - * @param pObjSlot the receiver object of the signal - * @param psMethodSlot the slot for the signal - */ - void setSlot( const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot ); - - /** - * Enables or disabled configuring the action. - * @param configurable true to enable configurability, false to disable - */ - void setConfigurable( bool configurable ); - - /** - * Enables or disabled the action. - * @param configurable true to enable the action, false to disable - */ - void setEnabled( bool enable ); - - /** - * Retrieves the id set using @ref setID. - * @return the id of the accelerator action - */ - int getID() const { return m_nIDAccel; } - - /** - * Allows you to set an id that will be used as the action - * signal's argument. - * - * @param n the new id - * @see @ref getID() - */ - void setID( int n ) { m_nIDAccel = n; } - - /** - * Checkes whether the action is connected (emits signals). - * @return true if connected, false otherwise - */ - bool isConnected() const; - - /** - * Sets a key sequence of the action's shortcut. - * @param i the position of the sequence - * @param keySeq the new new sequence - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see KShortcut::setSeq() - */ - bool setKeySequence( uint i, const KKeySequence &keySeq ); - - /** - * Clears the action's shortcut. It will not contain any sequences after - * calling this method. - * @see KShortcut::clear() - */ - void clearShortcut(); - - /** - * Checks whether the action's shortcut contains the given key sequence. - * @param keySeq the key sequence to check - * @return true if the shortcut contains the given sequence - * @see KShortcut::contains() - */ - bool contains( const KKeySequence &keySeq ); - - /** - * Returns the string representation of the action's shortcut. - * @return the string representation of the action's shortcut. - * @see KShortcut::toString() - */ - TQString toString() const; - - /** - * @internal - */ - TQString toStringInternal() const; - - /** - * Returns true if four modifier keys will be used. - * @return true if four modifier keys will be used. - */ - static bool useFourModifierKeys(); - - /** - * Selects 3 or 4 modifier default shortcuts. - * @param use true to use 4 modifier shortcuts, false to use - * 3 modifier shortcuts - */ - static void useFourModifierKeys( bool use ); - - protected: - TQString m_sName, - m_sLabel, - m_sWhatsThis; - KShortcut m_cut; - KShortcut m_cutDefault3, m_cutDefault4; - const TQObject* m_pObjSlot; - const char* m_psMethodSlot; - bool m_bConfigurable, - m_bEnabled; - int m_nIDAccel; - uint m_nConnections; - - void incConnections(); - void decConnections(); - - private: - static int g_bUseFourModifierKeys; - class KAccelActionPrivate* d; - - friend class KAccelActions; - friend class KAccelBase; -}; - -//--------------------------------------------------------------------- -// KAccelActions -//--------------------------------------------------------------------- - -/** - * @internal - * This class represents a collection of @ref KAccelAction objects. - * - * @short A collection of accelerator actions - * @see KAccelAction - */ -class KAccelActions -{ - public: - /** - * Creates a new, empty KAccelActions object. - */ - KAccelActions(); - - /** - * Copy constructor (deep copy). - */ - KAccelActions( const KAccelActions& ); - virtual ~KAccelActions(); - - /** - * Removes all items from this collection. - */ - void clear(); - - /** - * Initializes this object with the given actions. - * It will make a deep copy of all actions. - * @param actions the actions to copy - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - */ - bool init( const KAccelActions &actions ); - - /** - * Loads the actions from the given configuration file. - * - * @param config the configuration file to load from - * @param sGroup the group in the configuration file - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - */ - bool init( KConfigBase& config, const TQString& sGroup ); - - /** - * Updates the shortcuts of all actions in this object - * with the shortcuts from the given object. - * @param shortcuts the collection that contains the new - * shortcuts - */ - void updateShortcuts( KAccelActions &shortcuts ); - - /** - * Retrieves the index of the action with the given name. - * @param sAction the action to search - * @return the index of the action, or -1 if not found - */ - int actionIndex( const TQString& sAction ) const; - - /** - * Returns the action with the given @p index. - * @param index the index of an action. You must not - * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index - * @see count() - */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( uint index ); - - /** - * Returns the action with the given @p index. - * @param index the index of an action. You must not - * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index - * @see count() - */ - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( uint index ) const; - - /** - * Returns the action with the given name. - * @param aAction the name of the action to search - * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0 - * if not found - */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); - - /** - * Returns the action with the given name. - * @param aAction the name of the action to search - * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0 - * if not found - */ - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; - - /** - * Returns the action with the given key sequence. - * @param cut the sequence to search for - * @return the KAccelAction with the given sequence, or 0 - * if not found - */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( KKeySequence cut ); - - /** - * Returns the action with the given @p index. - * @param index the index of an action. You must not - * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index - * @see actionPtr() - * @see count() - */ - KAccelAction& operator []( uint index ); - - /** - * Returns the action with the given @p index. - * @param index the index of an action. You must not - * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index - * @see actionPtr() - * @see count() - */ - const KAccelAction& operator []( uint index ) const; - - /** - * Inserts an action into the collection. - * @param sName the name of the accelerator - * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) - * @param sWhatsThis the What's This text (18n!) - * @param cutDef3 the default shortcut for 3 modifier systems - * @param cutDef4 the default shortcut for 4 modifier systems - * @param pObjSlot the receiver of a signal when the key has been - * pressed - * @param psMethodSlot the slot to connect for key presses. Receives - * an int, as set by @ref setID(), as only argument - * @param bConfigurable if true the user can configure the shortcut - * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled - * @return the new action - */ - KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, - const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, - const TQObject* pObjSlot = 0, const char* psMethodSlot = 0, - bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true ); - - /** - * Inserts an action into the collection. - * @param sName the name of the accelerator - * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) - * @return the new action - */ - KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel ); - - /** - * Removes the given action. - * @param sAction the name of the action. - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - */ - bool remove( const TQString& sAction ); - - /** - * Loads the actions from the given configuration file. - * - * @param sConfigGroup the group in the configuration file - * @param pConfig the configuration file to load from - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - */ - bool readActions( const TQString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ); - - /** - * Writes the actions to the given configuration file. - * - * @param sConfigGroup the group in the configuration file - * @param pConfig the configuration file to save to - * @param bWriteAll true to write all actions - * @param bGlobal true to write to the global configuration file - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - */ - bool writeActions( const TQString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0, - bool bWriteAll = false, bool bGlobal = false ) const; - - /** - * Emit a keycodeChanged signal. - */ - void emitKeycodeChanged(); - - /** - * Returns the number of actions in the collection. - * @return the number of actions - */ - uint count() const; - - protected: - KAccelBase* m_pKAccelBase; - KAccelAction** m_prgActions; - uint m_nSizeAllocated, m_nSize; - - void resize( uint ); - void insertPtr( KAccelAction* ); - - private: - class KAccelActionsPrivate* d; - - KAccelActions( KAccelBase* ); - void initPrivate( KAccelBase* ); - KAccelActions& operator =( KAccelActions& ); - - friend class KAccelBase; -}; - -#endif // _KACCELACTION_H diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde310/kaccelbase.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde310/kaccelbase.h deleted file mode 100644 index 03fa9c87..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde310/kaccelbase.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,229 +0,0 @@ -/* This file is part of the KDE libraries - Copyright (C) 2001 Ellis Whitehead <ellis@kde.org> - - This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - - This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. -*/ - -#ifndef _KACCELBASE_H -#define _KACCELBASE_H - -#include <tqmap.h> -#include <tqptrvector.h> -#include <tqstring.h> -#include <tqvaluevector.h> -#include <tqvaluelist.h> - -#include "kaccelaction.h" -#include "kkeyserver_x11.h" - -class TQPopupMenu; -class TQWidget; - -//---------------------------------------------------- - -/** - * @internal - * Handle keyboard accelerators. - * - * Allow an user to configure - * key bindings through application configuration files or through the - * @ref KKeyChooser GUI. - * - * A @ref KAccel contains a list of accelerator items. Each accelerator item - * consists of an action name and a keyboard code combined with modifiers - * (Shift, Ctrl and Alt.) - * - * For example, "Ctrl+P" could be a shortcut for printing a document. The key - * codes are listed in ckey.h. "Print" could be the action name for printing. - * The action name identifies the key binding in configuration files and the - * @ref KKeyChooser GUI. - * - * When pressed, an accelerator key calls the slot to which it has been - * connected. Accelerator items can be connected so that a key will activate - * two different slots. - * - * A KAccel object handles key events sent to its parent widget and to all - * children of this parent widget. - * - * Key binding reconfiguration during run time can be prevented by specifying - * that an accelerator item is not configurable when it is inserted. A special - * group of non-configurable key bindings are known as the - * standard accelerators. - * - * The standard accelerators appear repeatedly in applications for - * standard document actions such as printing and saving. Convenience methods are - * available to insert and connect these accelerators which are configurable on - * a desktop-wide basis. - * - * It is possible for a user to choose to have no key associated with - * an action. - * - * The translated first argument for @ref insertItem() is used only - * in the configuration dialog. - *<pre> - * KAccel *a = new KAccel( myWindow ); - * // Insert an action "Scroll Up" which is associated with the "Up" key: - * a->insertItem( i18n("Scroll up"), "Scroll Up", "Up" ); - * // Insert an action "Scroll Down" which is not associated with any key: - * a->insertItem( i18n("Scroll down"), "Scroll Down", 0); - * a->connectItem( "Scroll up", myWindow, TQT_SLOT( scrollUp() ) ); - * // a->insertStdItem( KStdAccel::Print ); //not necessary, since it - * // is done automatially with the - * // connect below! - * a->connectItem(KStdAccel::Print, myWindow, TQT_SLOT( printDoc() ) ); - * - * a->readSettings(); - *</pre> - * - * If a shortcut has a menu entry as well, you could insert them like - * this. The example is again the @ref KStdAccel::Print from above. - * - * <pre> - * int id; - * id = popup->insertItem("&Print",this, TQT_SLOT(printDoc())); - * a->changeMenuAccel(popup, id, KStdAccel::Print ); - * </pre> - * - * If you want a somewhat "exotic" name for your standard print action, like - * id = popup->insertItem(i18n("Print &Document"),this, TQT_SLOT(printDoc())); - * it might be a good idea to insert the standard action before as - * a->insertStdItem( KStdAccel::Print, i18n("Print Document") ) - * as well, so that the user can easily find the corresponding function. - * - * This technique works for other actions as well. Your "scroll up" function - * in a menu could be done with - * - * <pre> - * id = popup->insertItem(i18n"Scroll &up",this, TQT_SLOT(scrollUp())); - * a->changeMenuAccel(popup, id, "Scroll Up" ); - * </pre> - * - * Please keep the order right: First insert all functions in the - * acceleratior, then call a -> @ref readSettings() and @em then build your - * menu structure. - * - * @short Configurable key binding support. - * @version $Id: kaccelbase.h,v 1.22 2002/10/06 18:19:39 ellis Exp $ - */ - -class KAccelBase -{ - public: - enum Init { QT_KEYS = 0x00, NATIVE_KEYS = 0x01 }; - enum Signal { KEYCODE_CHANGED }; - - KAccelBase( int fInitCode ); - virtual ~KAccelBase(); - - uint actionCount() const; - KAccelActions& actions(); - bool isEnabled() const; - - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKey& key ); - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKeyServer::Key& key ); - - const TQString& configGroup() const { return m_sConfigGroup; } - void setConfigGroup( const TQString& group ); - void setConfigGlobal( bool global ); - virtual void setEnabled( bool bEnabled ) = 0; - bool getAutoUpdate() { return m_bAutoUpdate; } - // return value of AutoUpdate flag before this call. - bool setAutoUpdate( bool bAuto ); - -// Procedures for manipulating Actions. - //void clearActions(); - - KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sDesc ); - KAccelAction* insert( - const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sDesc, const TQString& sHelp, - const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, - const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, - bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true ); - bool remove( const TQString& sAction ); - bool setActionSlot( const TQString& sAction, const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot ); - - bool updateConnections(); - - bool setShortcut( const TQString& sAction, const KShortcut& cut ); - -// Modify individual Action sub-items - bool setActionEnabled( const TQString& sAction, bool bEnable ); - - /** - * Read all key associations from @p config, or (if @p config - * is zero) from the application's configuration file - * @ref KGlobal::config(). - * - * The group in which the configuration is stored can be - * set with @ref setConfigGroup(). - */ - void readSettings( KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ); - - /** - * Write the current configurable associations to @p config, - * or (if @p config is zero) to the application's - * configuration file. - */ - void writeSettings( KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ) const; - - TQPopupMenu* createPopupMenu( TQWidget* pParent, const KKeySequence& ); - - // Protected methods - protected: - void slotRemoveAction( KAccelAction* ); - - void createKeyList( TQValueVector<struct X>& rgKeys ); - bool insertConnection( KAccelAction* ); - bool removeConnection( KAccelAction* ); - - virtual bool emitSignal( Signal ) = 0; - virtual bool connectKey( KAccelAction&, const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; - virtual bool connectKey( const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; - virtual bool disconnectKey( KAccelAction&, const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; - virtual bool disconnectKey( const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; - - protected: - struct ActionInfo - { - KAccelAction* pAction; - uint iSeq, iVariation; - //ActionInfo* pInfoNext; // nil if only one action uses this key. - - ActionInfo() { pAction = 0; iSeq = 0xffff; iVariation = 0xffff; } - ActionInfo( KAccelAction* _pAction, uint _iSeq, uint _iVariation ) - { pAction = _pAction; iSeq = _iSeq; iVariation = _iVariation; } - }; - typedef TQMap<KKeyServer::Key, ActionInfo> KKeyToActionMap; - - KAccelActions m_rgActions; - KKeyToActionMap m_mapKeyToAction; - TQValueList<KAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique; - bool m_bNativeKeys; // Use native key codes instead of Qt codes - bool m_bEnabled; - bool m_bConfigIsGlobal; - TQString m_sConfigGroup; - bool m_bAutoUpdate; - KAccelAction* mtemp_pActionRemoving; - - private: - KAccelBase& operator =( const KAccelBase& ); - - friend class KAccelActions; -}; - -#endif // _KACCELBASE_H diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde310/kicontheme.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde310/kicontheme.h deleted file mode 100644 index bfee160b..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde310/kicontheme.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,331 +0,0 @@ -/* vi: ts=8 sts=4 sw=4 - * - * $Id: kicontheme.h,v 1.26 2002/10/26 22:08:38 tjansen Exp $ - * - * This file is part of the KDE project, module kdecore. - * Copyright (C) 2000 Geert Jansen <jansen@kde.org> - * Antonio Larrosa <larrosa@kde.org> - * - * This is free software; it comes under the GNU Library General - * Public License, version 2. See the file "COPYING.LIB" for the - * exact licensing terms. - * - */ - -#ifndef __KIconTheme_h_Included__ -#define __KIconTheme_h_Included__ - -#include <tqstring.h> -#include <tqstringlist.h> -#include <tqptrlist.h> - -class KConfig; -//class KIconThemeDir; - -class KIconThemePrivate; - -class KIconPrivate; - -/** - * One icon as found by KIconTheme. Also serves as a namespace containing - * icon related constants. - * @see KIconEffect - * @see KIconTheme - * @see KIconLoader - */ -class KIcon -{ -public: - KIcon() { size = 0; } - - /** - * Return true if this icon is valid, false otherwise. - */ - bool isValid() const { return size != 0; } - - /** - * Defines the context of the icon. - */ - enum Context { - Any, ///< Some icon with unknown purpose. - Action, ///< An action icon (e.g. 'save', 'print'). - Application, ///< An icon that represents an application. - Device, ///< An icon that represents a device. - FileSystem, ///< An icon that represents a file system. - MimeType ///< An icon that represents a mime type (or file type). - }; - - /** - * The type of the icon. - */ - enum Type { - Fixed, ///< Fixed-size icon. - Scalable, ///< Scalable-size icon. - Threshold ///< A threshold icon. - }; - - /** - * The type of a match. - */ - enum MatchType { - MatchExact, ///< Only try to find an exact match. - MatchBest ///< Take the best match if there is no exact match. - - }; - - // if you add a group here, make sure to change the config reading in - // KIconLoader too - /** - * The group an an icon. - */ - enum Group { NoGroup=-1, Desktop=0, FirstGroup=Desktop, Toolbar, - MainToolbar, Small, Panel, LastGroup, User }; - - /** - * These are the standard sizes for icons. - */ - enum StdSizes { - /// small icons for menu entries - SizeSmall=16, - /// medium sized icons for the desktop - SizeMedium=32, - /// large sized icons for the panel - SizeLarge=48 }; - - /** - * Defines the possible states of an icon. - */ - enum States { DefaultState, ///< The default state. - ActiveState, ///< Icon is active. - DisabledState, ///< Icon is disabled. - LastState ///< Last state (last constant) - }; - - /** - * This defines an overlay, a semi-transparent image that is - * projected onto the icon. They are used to show that the file - * represented by the icon is, for example, locked, zipped or hidden. - */ - enum Overlays { - LockOverlay=0x100, ///< a file is locked - ZipOverlay=0x200, ///< a file is zipped - LinkOverlay=0x400, ///< a fileis a link - HiddenOverlay=0x800, ///< a file is hidden - ShareOverlay=0x1000, ///< a file is shared - OverlayMask = ~0xff - }; - - /** - * The size in pixels of the icon. - */ - int size; - - /** - * The context of the icon. - */ - Context context; - - /** - * The type of the icon: Fixed, Scalable or Threshold. - **/ - Type type; - - /** - * The threshold in case type == Threshold - */ - int threshold; - - /** - * The full path of the icon. - */ - TQString path; - -private: - KIconPrivate *d; -}; - -inline KIcon::Group& operator++(KIcon::Group& group) { group = static_cast<KIcon::Group>(group+1); return group; } -inline KIcon::Group operator++(KIcon::Group& group,int) { KIcon::Group ret = group; ++group; return ret; } - -/** - * Class to use/access icon themes in KDE. This class is used by the - * iconloader but can be used by others too. - * @see KIconLoader - */ -class KIconTheme -{ -public: - /** - * Load an icon theme by name. - * @param name the name of the theme (e.g. "hicolor" or "keramik") - * @param appName the name of the application. Can be null. This argument - * allows applications to have themed application icons. - */ - KIconTheme(const TQString& name, const TQString& appName=TQString::null); - ~KIconTheme(); - - /** - * The stylized name of the icon theme. - * @return the (human-readable) name of the theme - */ - TQString name() const { return mName; } - - /** - * A description for the icon theme. - * @return a human-readable description of the theme, TQString::null - * if there is none - */ - TQString description() const { return mDesc; } - - /** - * Return the name of the "example" icon. This can be used to - * present the theme to the user. - * @return the name of the example icon, TQString::null if there is none - */ - TQString example() const; - - /** - * Return the name of the screenshot. - * @return the name of the screenshot, TQString::null if there is none - */ - TQString screenshot() const; - - /** - * Returns the name of this theme's link overlay. - * @return the name of the link overlay - */ - TQString linkOverlay() const; - - /** - * Returns the name of this theme's zip overlay. - * @return the name of the zip overlay - */ - TQString zipOverlay() const; - - /** - * Returns the name of this theme's lock overlay. - * @return the name of the lock overlay - */ - TQString lockOverlay() const; - - /** - * Returns the name of this theme's share overlay. - * @return the name of the share overlay - * @since 3.1 - */ - TQString shareOverlay () const; - - /** - * Returns the toplevel theme directory. - * @return the directory of the theme - */ - TQString dir() const { return mDir; } - - /** - * The themes this icon theme falls back on. - * @return a list of icon themes that are used as fall-backs - */ - TQStringList inherits() const { return mInherits; } - - /** - * The icon theme exists? - * @return true if the icon theme is valid - */ - bool isValid() const; - - /** - * The icon theme should be hidden to the user? - * @return true if the icon theme is hidden - * @since 3.1 - */ - bool isHidden() const; - - /** - * The minimum display depth required for this theme. This can either - * be 8 or 32. - * @return the minimum bpp (8 or 32) - */ - int depth() const { return mDepth; } - - /** - * The default size of this theme for a certain icon group. - * @param group The icon group. See @ref #KIcon::Group. - * @return The default size in pixels for the given icon group. - */ - int defaultSize(KIcon::Group group) const; - - /** - * Query available sizes for a group. - * @param group The icon group. See @ref #KIcon::Group. - * @return a list of available sized for the given group - */ - TQValueList<int> querySizes(KIcon::Group group) const; - - /** - * Query available icons for a size and context. - * @param size the size of the icons - * @param context the context of the icons - * @return the list of icon names - */ - TQStringList queryIcons(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const; - - /** - * Query available icons for a context and preferred size. - * @param size the size of the icons - * @param context the context of the icons - * @return the list of icon names - */ - TQStringList queryIconsByContext(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const; - - - /** - * Lookup an icon in the theme. - * @param name The name of the icon, without extension. - * @param size The desired size of the icon. - * @param match The matching mode. KIcon::MatchExact returns an icon - * only if matches exactly. KIcon::MatchBest returns the best matching - * icon. - * @return A KIcon class that describes the icon. If an icon is found, - * @see KIcon::isValid will return true, and false otherwise. - */ - KIcon iconPath(const TQString& name, int size, KIcon::MatchType match) const; - - /** - * List all icon themes installed on the system, global and local. - * @return the list of all icon themes - */ - static TQStringList list(); - - /** - * Returns the current icon theme. - * @return the name of the current theme - */ - static TQString current(); - - /** - * Reconfigure the theme. - */ - static void reconfigure(); - - /** - * Returns the default icon theme. - * @return the name of the default theme name - * @since 3.1 - */ - static TQString defaultThemeName(); - -private: - int mDefSize[8]; - TQValueList<int> mSizes[8]; - - int mDepth; - TQString mDir, mName, mDesc; - TQStringList mInherits; -// TQPtrList<KIconThemeDir> mDirs; - KIconThemePrivate *d; - - static TQString *_theme; - static TQStringList *_theme_list; -}; - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde310/kkeyserver_x11.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde310/kkeyserver_x11.h deleted file mode 100644 index 568de854..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde310/kkeyserver_x11.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,435 +0,0 @@ -#ifndef _KKEYSERVER_X11_H -#define _KKEYSERVER_X11_H - -#include "kshortcut.h" -#include "kkeynative.h" - -/** - * A collection of functions for the conversion of key presses and - * their modifiers from the window system (X11) specific format - * to the generic format and vice-versa. - */ -namespace KKeyServer -{ - /** - * Supplement enum KKey::ModFlag - * @since 3.1 - */ - enum ExtraModFlag { MODE_SWITCH = 0x2000 }; - - struct CodeMod { int code, mod; }; - - /** - * Represents a key symbol. - * @see KKey - * @see KKeyServer - */ - struct Sym - { - public: - /// the actual value of the symbol - uint m_sym; - - /// Creates a null symbol. - Sym() - { m_sym = 0; } - /** - * Creates asymbol with the given value. - * @param sym the value - */ - Sym( uint sym ) - { m_sym = sym; } - /** - * Creates a symbol from the given string description. - * @param s the description of the symbol - * @see toString() - */ - Sym( const TQString& s ) - { init( s ); } - - /** - * Initializes the symbol with the given Qt key code. - * @param keyQt the qt key code - * @return true if succesful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key - */ - bool initQt( int keyQt ); - - /** - * Initializes the key with the given string description. - * @param s the string description - * @return true if succesful, false otherwise - * @see toString() - */ - bool init( const TQString &s ); - - /** - * Returns the qt key code of the symbol. - * @return the qt key code - */ - int qt() const; - - /** - * @internal - */ - TQString toStringInternal() const; - - /** - * Returns the string representation of the symbol. - * @return the string representation of the symbol - */ - TQString toString() const; - - /** - * Returns the mods that are required for this symbol as - * ORed @ref KKey::ModFlag's. For example, Break requires a - * Ctrl to be valid. - * @return the required @ref KKey::ModFlag's - * @see KKey::ModFlag - */ - uint getModsRequired() const; - - /** - * TODO: please find out what this method does and document it - */ - uint getSymVariation() const; - - /** - * Casts the symbol to its integer representation. - */ - operator uint() const { return m_sym; } - - /** - * Overloaded operator to convert ints to Sym. - */ - Sym& operator =( uint sym ) { m_sym = sym; return *this; } - - private: - TQString toString( bool bUserSpace ) const; - - static void capitalizeKeyname( TQString& ); - }; - - /** - * Represents a key press. - * @see KKey - */ - struct Key - { - /// Code for native Keys in Qt - enum { CODE_FOR_QT = 256 }; - - /// The code of the key - uint m_code; - - /// The modifiers of the key - uint m_mod; - - /// The symbol of the key - uint m_sym; - - /** - * Initializes the key with a @ref KKey. - * @param key the key to get the data from - * @param bQt true to take the Qt keycode, false - * for the native key code - * @see Qt::Key - * @see KKeyNative - */ - bool init( const KKey& key, bool bQt ); - - /** - * Checks whether the key code is a native code. - * @return true if native code of the window system, - * false if it is a Qt keycode - * @see Qt::Key - * @see KKeyNative - */ - bool isNative() const { return m_code != CODE_FOR_QT; } - - /** - * Returns the code of the key. - * @return the code of the key - */ - uint code() const { return m_code; } - - /** - * Returns the modifiers of the key. - * @return the modifiers of the key - */ - uint mod() const { return m_mod; } - - /** - * Returns the symbol of the key. - * @return the symbol of the key - */ - uint sym() const { return m_sym; } - - /** - * Returns the qt key code. - * @return the qt key code - */ - int keyCodeQt() const { return (int) m_sym; } - - /** - * Sets the qt key code. - * @param keyQt the qt key code - */ - void setKeycodeQt( int keyQt ) - { m_code = CODE_FOR_QT; m_sym = keyQt; } - - /** - * Initializes this key with a @ref KKeyNative. - * @return this key - */ - Key& operator =( const KKeyNative& key ); - - /** - * Compares this key with the given Key object. Returns a - * negative number if the given Key is larger, 0 if they - * are equal and a positive number this Key is larger. The - * returned value is the difference between the symbol, modifier - * or code, whatever is non-zero first. - * - * @param key the key to compare with this key - * @return a negative number if the given Key is larger, 0 if - * they are equal and a positive number this Key is larger - */ - int compare( const Key& key ) const; - - /** - * Compares the symbol, modifiers and code of both keys. - * @see compare() - */ - bool operator ==( const Key& b ) const - { return compare( b ) == 0; } - - /** - * Compares the symbol, modifiers and code of both keys. - * @see compare() - */ - bool operator <( const Key& b ) const - { return compare( b ) < 0; } - - /** - * Converts this Key to a KKey. - * @return the KKey - */ - KKey key() const; - }; - - /** - * TODO: please document this class - */ - struct Variations - { - enum { MAX_VARIATIONS = 4 }; - - Key m_rgkey[MAX_VARIATIONS]; - uint m_nVariations; - - Variations() { m_nVariations = 0; } - - void init( const KKey&, bool bQt ); - - uint count() const { return m_nVariations; } - const Key& key( uint i ) const { return m_rgkey[i]; } - }; - - /// TODO: please document - bool initializeMods(); - - /** - * Returns the equivalent X modifier mask of the given modifier flag. - * @param modFlag the generic flags to check - * @return the window system specific flags - */ - uint modX( KKey::ModFlag modFlag ); - - /** - * Returns true if the current keyboard layout supports the Win key. - * Specifically, whether the Super or Meta keys are assigned to an X modifier. - * @return true if the keyboard has a Win key - * @see modXWin() - */ - bool keyboardHasWinKey(); - - /** - * Returns the X11 Shift modifier mask/flag. - * @return the X11 Shift modifier mask/flag. - * @see accelModMaskX() - */ - uint modXShift(); - - /** - * Returns the X11 Lock modifier mask/flag. - * @return the X11 Lock modifier mask/flag. - * @see accelModMaskX() - */ - uint modXLock(); - - /** - * Returns the X11 Ctrl modifier mask/flag. - * @return the X11 Ctrl modifier mask/flag. - * @see accelModMaskX() - */ - uint modXCtrl(); - - /** - * Returns the X11 Alt (Mod1) modifier mask/flag. - * @return the X11 Alt (Mod1) modifier mask/flag. - * @see accelModMaskX() - */ - uint modXAlt(); - - /** - * Returns the X11 NumLock modifier mask/flag. - * @return the X11 NumLock modifier mask/flag. - * @see accelModMaskX() - */ - uint modXNumLock(); - - /** - * Returns the X11 Win (Mod3) modifier mask/flag. - * @return the X11 Win (Mod3) modifier mask/flag. - * @see keyboardHasWinKey() - * @see accelModMaskX() - */ - uint modXWin(); - - /** - * Returns the X11 ScrollLock modifier mask/flag. - * @return the X11 ScrollLock modifier mask/flag. - * @see accelModMaskX() - */ - uint modXScrollLock(); - - /** - * Returns bitwise OR'ed mask containing Shift, Ctrl, Alt, and - * Win (if available). - * @see modXShift() - * @see modXLock() - * @see modXCtrl() - * @see modXAlt() - * @see modXNumLock() - * @see modXWin() - * @see modXScrollLock() - */ - uint accelModMaskX(); - - /** - * Extracts the symbol from the given Qt key and - * converts it to a symbol. - * @param keyQt the qt key code - * @param sym if successful, the symbol will be written here - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key - * @see Sym - */ - bool keyQtToSym( int keyQt, uint& sym ); - - /** - * Extracts the modifiers from the given Qt key and - * converts them in a mask of ORed @ref KKey::ModFlag modifiers. - * @param keyQt the qt key code - * @param mod if successful, the modifiers will be written here - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key - */ - bool keyQtToMod( int keyQt, uint& mod ); - - /** - * Converts the given symbol to a Qt key code. - * @param sym the symbol - * @param keyQt if successful, the qt key code will be written here - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key - * @see Sym - */ - bool symToKeyQt( uint sym, int& keyQt ); - - /** - * Converts the mask of ORed @ref KKey::ModFlag modifiers to - * a mask of ORed Qt key code modifiers. - * @param the mask of @ref KKey::ModFlag modifiers - * @param the mask of Qt key code modifiers will be written here, - * if successful - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key - * @see KKey - */ - bool modToModQt( uint mod, int& modQt ); - - /** - * Converts the mask of ORed @ref KKey::ModFlag modifiers to - * a mask of ORed X11 modifiers. - * @param the mask of @ref KKey::ModFlag modifiers - * @param the mask of X11 modifiers will be written here, - * if successful - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see KKey - */ - bool modToModX( uint mod, uint& modX ); - - /** - * Converts the mask of ORed X11 modifiers to - * a mask of ORed Qt key code modifiers. - * @param the mask of X11 modifiers - * @param the mask of Qt key code modifiers will be written here - * if successful - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key - */ - bool modXToModQt( uint modX, int& modQt ); - - /** - * Converts the mask of ORed X11 modifiers to - * a mask of ORed @ref KKey::ModFlag modifiers. - * @param the mask of X11 modifiers - * @param the mask of @ref KKey::ModFlag modifiers will be written here, - * if successful - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see KKey - */ - bool modXToMod( uint modX, uint& mod ); - - /** - * Converts a X11 key code and a mask of ORed X11 modifiers - * into a X11 symbol. - * converts it to a symbol. - * @param codeX the X11 key code - * @param modX the mask of ORed X11 modifiers - * @param sym if successful, the X11 symbol will be written here - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key - * @see Sym - */ - bool codeXToSym( uchar codeX, uint modX, uint& symX ); - - /** - * @internal - */ - TQString modToStringInternal( uint mod ); - - /** - * Converts the mask of ORed @ref KKey::ModFlag modifiers to a - * user-readable string. - * @param mod the mask of ORed @ref KKey::ModFlag modifiers - * @return the user-readable string - */ - TQString modToStringUser( uint mod ); - - /** - * @internal - * Unimplemented? - */ - bool stringToSymMod( const TQString&, uint& sym, uint& mod ); - - /** - * @internal - * Unimplemented? - */ - void keyQtToKeyX( uint keyCombQt, unsigned char *pKeyCodeX, uint *pKeySymX, uint *pKeyModX ); -}; - -#endif // !_KKEYSERVER_X11_H diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde310/konsole_part.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde310/konsole_part.h deleted file mode 100644 index 6aba7064..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde310/konsole_part.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,223 +0,0 @@ -/* - This file is part of the KDE system - Copyright (C) 1999,2000 Boloni Laszlo - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. - */ - -#ifndef __KONSOLE_PART_H__ -#define __KONSOLE_PART_H__ - -#include <kparts/browserextension.h> -#include <kparts/factory.h> - - -#include <kdialogbase.h> - -#include <kde_terminal_interface.h> - -//#include "schema.h" -//#include "session.h" - -class KInstance; -class konsoleBrowserExtension; -class TQPushButton; -class TQSpinBox; -class KPopupMenu; -class TQCheckBox; -class KRootPixmap; -class KToggleAction; -class KSelectAction; - -namespace KParts { class GUIActivateEvent; } - -class konsoleFactory : public KParts::Factory -{ - Q_OBJECT -public: - konsoleFactory(); - virtual ~konsoleFactory(); - - virtual KParts::Part* createPartObject(TQWidget *parentWidget = 0, const char *widgetName = 0, - TQObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0, - const char* classname = "KParts::Part", - const TQStringList &args = TQStringList()); - - static KInstance *instance(); - - private: - static KInstance *s_instance; - static KAboutData *s_aboutData; -}; - -////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -class konsolePart: public KParts::ReadOnlyPart, public TerminalInterface -{ - Q_OBJECT - public: - konsolePart(TQWidget *parentWidget, const char *widgetName, TQObject * parent, const char *name, const char *classname = 0); - virtual ~konsolePart(); - -signals: - void processExited(); - void receivedData( const TQString& s ); - protected: - virtual bool openURL( const KURL & url ); - virtual bool openFile() {return false;} // never used - virtual bool closeURL() {return true;} - virtual void guiActivateEvent( KParts::GUIActivateEvent * event ); - - protected slots: - void showShell(); - void slotProcessExited(); - void slotReceivedData( const TQString& s ); - -// void doneSession(TESession*); - void sessionDestroyed(); -// void configureRequest(TEWidget*,int,int x,int y); - void updateTitle(); - void enableMasterModeConnections(); - - private slots: - void emitOpenURLRequest(const TQString &url); - - void readProperties(); - void saveProperties(); - - void sendSignal(int n); - void closeCurrentSession(); - - void notifySize(int,int); - - void slotToggleFrame(); - void slotSelectScrollbar(); - void slotSelectFont(); - void schema_menu_check(); - void keytab_menu_activated(int item); - void updateSchemaMenu(); - void setSchema(int n); - void pixmap_menu_activated(int item); - void schema_menu_activated(int item); - void slotHistoryType(); - void slotSelectBell(); - void slotSelectLineSpacing(); - void slotBlinkingCursor(); - void slotWordSeps(); - void fontNotFound(); - - private: - konsoleBrowserExtension *m_extension; - KURL currentURL; - - void makeGUI(); - void applySettingsToGUI(); - - void setFont(int fontno); -// void setSchema(ColorSchema* s); - void updateKeytabMenu(); - - bool doOpenStream( const TQString& ); - bool doWriteStream( const TQByteArray& ); - bool doCloseStream(); - - TQWidget* parentWidget; -// TEWidget* te; -// TESession* se; -// ColorSchemaList* colors; - KRootPixmap* rootxpm; - - KToggleAction* blinkingCursor; - KToggleAction* showFrame; - - KSelectAction* selectBell; - KSelectAction* selectFont; - KSelectAction* selectLineSpacing; - KSelectAction* selectScrollbar; - - KPopupMenu* m_keytab; - KPopupMenu* m_schema; - KPopupMenu* m_signals; - KPopupMenu* m_options; - KPopupMenu* m_popupMenu; - - TQFont defaultFont; - - TQString pmPath; // pixmap path - TQString s_schema; - TQString s_kconfigSchema; - TQString s_word_seps; // characters that are considered part of a word - TQString fontNotFound_par; - - bool b_framevis:1; - bool b_histEnabled:1; - - int curr_schema; // current schema no - int n_bell; - int n_font; - int n_keytab; - int n_render; - int n_scroll; - unsigned m_histSize; - bool m_runningShell; - bool m_streamEnabled; -public: - // these are the implementations for the TermEmuInterface - // functions... - void startProgram( const TQString& program, - const TQStrList& args ); - void showShellInDir( const TQString& dir ); - void sendInput( const TQString& text ); -}; - -////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -/*class HistoryTypeDialog : public KDialogBase -{ - Q_OBJECT -public: - HistoryTypeDialog(const HistoryType& histType, - unsigned int histSize, - TQWidget *parent); - -public slots: - void slotDefault(); - void slotSetUnlimited(); - void slotHistEnable(bool); - - unsigned int nbLines() const; - bool isOn() const; - -protected: - TQCheckBox* m_btnEnable; - TQSpinBox* m_size; - TQPushButton* m_setUnlimited; -};*/ - -////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -class konsoleBrowserExtension : public KParts::BrowserExtension -{ - Q_OBJECT - friend class konsolePart; - public: - konsoleBrowserExtension(konsolePart *parent); - virtual ~konsoleBrowserExtension(); - - void emitOpenURLRequest(const KURL &url); -}; - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde310/kpanelmenu.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde310/kpanelmenu.h deleted file mode 100644 index 734c5051..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde310/kpanelmenu.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,181 +0,0 @@ -/***************************************************************** - -Copyright (c) 1996-2000 the kicker authors. See file AUTHORS. - (c) 2001 Michael Goffioul <goffioul@imec.be> - -Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy -of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal -in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights -to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell -copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is -furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: - -The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in -all copies or substantial portions of the Software. - -THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR -IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, -FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE -AUTHORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN -AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN -CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. - -******************************************************************/ - -#ifndef __KPANELMENU_H__ -#define __KPANELMENU_H__ - -#include <tqstring.h> -#include <kpopupmenu.h> -#include <kgenericfactory.h> - -class KPanelMenuPrivate; - -/** - * Base class to build dynamically loaded menu entries for the K-menu, or the panel. - * - * This class allows to build menu entries that will be dynamically added either to - * the K-menu, or to the panel as a normal button. These dynamic menus are located - * in shared libraries that will be loaded at runtime by Kicker (the KDE panel). - * - * To build such a menu, you have to inherit this class and implement the pure virtual - * functions #initialize() and @ref slotExec(). You also have to provide a factory - * object in your library, see @ref KLibFactory. This factory is only used to construct - * the menu object. - * - * Finally, you also have to provide a desktop file describing your dynamic menu. The - * relevant entries are: Name, Comment, Icon and X-KDE-Library (which contains the - * library name without any extension). This desktop file has to be installed in - * $KDEDIR/share/apps/kicker/menuext/. - * - * @short Base class to build dynamically loaded menu entries for the K-menu, or the panel. - * @author The kicker maintainer, Michael Goffioul <goffioul@imec.be> - */ -class KPanelMenu : public KPopupMenu -{ - Q_OBJECT - -public: - /** - * Construct a KPanelMenu object. This is the normal constructor to use when - * building extrernal menu entries. - */ - KPanelMenu(TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0); - /** - * Constructor used internally by Kicker. You don't really want to use it. - * @param startDir a directory to associate with this menu - * @see path(), setPath() - */ - KPanelMenu(const TQString &startDir, TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0); - /** - * Destructor. - */ - virtual ~KPanelMenu(); - - /** - * Get the directory path associated with this menu, or TQString::null if - * there's no such associated path. - * @return the associated directory path - * @see setPath() - */ - const TQString& path() const; - /** - * Set a directory path to be associated with this menu. - * @param p the directory path - * @see path() - */ - void setPath(const TQString &p); - /** - * Tell if the menu has been initialized, that is it already contains items. - * This is useful when you need to know if you have to clear the menu, or to - * fill it. - * @return the initial state - * @see setInitialized(), initialize() - */ - bool initialized() const; - /** - * Set the initial state. Set it to true when you menu is filled with the items - * you want. - * @param on the initial state - * @see initialized(), initialize() - */ - void setInitialized(bool on); - - /** - * Disable the automatic clearing of the menu. Kicker uses a cache system for - * its menus. After a specific configurable delay, the menu will be cleared. - * Use this function if you want to disable kicker's cache system, and avoid - * the clearing of your menu. - */ - void disableAutoClear(); - -public slots: - /** - * Reinitialize the menu: the menu is first cleared, the initial state is set - * to false, and finally #initialize() is called. Use this if you want to - * refill your menu immediately. - */ - void reinitialize(); - /** - * Deinitialize the menu: the menu is cleared and the initialized state is set to - * false. #initialize() is NOT called. It will be called before the menu is - * next shown, however. Use this slot if you want a delayed reinitialization. - * @since 3.1 - */ - void deinitialize(); - -protected slots: - /** - * This slot is called just before the menu is shown. This allows your menu - * to update itself if needed. However you should instead re-implement - * #initialize to provide this feature. This function is responsible for - * the cache system handling, so if you re-implement it, you should call - * the base function also. Calls #initialize(). - * @see disableAutoClear() - */ - virtual void slotAboutToShow(); - /** - * This is slot is called when an item from the menu has been selected. Your - * applet is then supposed to perform some action. You must re-implement this - * function. - * @param id the ID associated with the selected item - */ - virtual void slotExec(int id) = 0; - /** - * This slots is called to initialize the menu. It is called automatically by - * @ref slotAboutToShow(). By re-implementing this functions, you can reconstruct - * the menu before it is being shown. At the end of this function, you should - * call @ref setInitialize() with true to tell the system that the menu is OK. - * You applet must re-implement this function. - * @see slotAboutToShow(), initialized(), setInitialized() - */ - virtual void initialize() = 0; - /** - * Clears the menu, and update the initial state accordingly. - * @see initialized() - */ - void slotClear(); - -protected: - /** - * Re-implemented for internal reasons. - */ - virtual void hideEvent(TQHideEvent *ev); - /** - * For internal use only. Used by constructors. - */ - void init(const TQString& path = TQString::null); - -protected: - virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data ); -private: - void internalInitialize(); - KPanelMenuPrivate *d; -}; - -//#define K_EXPORT_KICKER_MENUEXT( libname, classname ) \ -// K_EXPORT_COMPONENT_FACTORY( \ -// kickermenu_##libname, \ -// KGenericFactory<classname>("libkickermenu_" #libname) ) - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde310/krecentdirs.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde310/krecentdirs.h deleted file mode 100644 index 61a50706..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde310/krecentdirs.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,68 +0,0 @@ -/* -*- c++ -*- - * Copyright (C)2000 Waldo Bastian <bastian@kde.org> - * - * All rights reserved. - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without - * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions - * are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the - * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND - * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE - * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE - * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE - * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL - * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS - * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) - * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT - * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY - * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF - * SUCH DAMAGE. - * - */ -#ifndef __KRECENTDIRS_H -#define __KRECENTDIRS_H - -#include <tqstringlist.h> - -/** - * The goal of this class is to make sure that, when the user needs to - * specify a file via the file selection dialog, this dialog will start - * in the directory most likely to contain the desired files. - * - * This works as follows: Each time the file selection dialog is - * shown, the programmer can specify a "file-class". The file-dialog will - * then start with the directory associated with this file-class. When - * the dialog closes, the directory currently shown in the file-dialog - * will be associated with the file-class. - * - * A file-class can either start with ':' or with '::'. If it starts with - * a single ':' the file-class is specific to the current application. - * If the file-class starts with '::' it is global to all applications. - */ -class KRecentDirs -{ -public: - /** - * Returns a list of directories associated with this file-class. - * The most recently used directory is at the front of the list. - */ - static TQStringList list(const TQString &fileClass); - - /** - * Returns the most recently used directory accociated with this file-class. - */ - static TQString dir(const TQString &fileClass); - - /** - * Associates @p directory with @p fileClass - */ - static void add(const TQString &fileClass, const TQString &directory); -}; - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde310/ksycocafactory.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde310/ksycocafactory.h deleted file mode 100644 index 1959edda..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde310/ksycocafactory.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,137 +0,0 @@ -/* This file is part of the KDE libraries - * Copyright (C) 1999 Waldo Bastian <bastian@kde.org> - * - * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - * License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation; - * - * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Library General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - * along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. - **/ - -#ifndef __ksycocafactory_h__ -#define __ksycocafactory_h__ "$Id: ksycocafactory.h,v 1.13 2002/09/21 15:07:27 tjansen Exp $" - -#include "ksycocatype.h" -#include "ksycocaentry.h" - -#include <tqdict.h> -#include <tqptrlist.h> -class KSycoca; -class TQStringList; -class TQString; -class KSycocaDict; -class KSycocaResourceList; - -typedef TQDict<KSycocaEntry::Ptr> KSycocaEntryDict; - -/** - * @internal - * Base class for sycoca factories - */ -class KSycocaFactory -{ -public: - virtual KSycocaFactoryId factoryId() const = 0; - -protected: // virtual class - /** - * Create a factory which can be used to lookup from/create a database - * (depending on KSycoca::isBuilding()) - */ - KSycocaFactory( KSycocaFactoryId factory_id ); - -public: - virtual ~KSycocaFactory(); - - /** - * @return the position of the factory in the sycoca file - */ - int offset() { return mOffset; } - - /** - * @return the dict, for special use by KBuildSycoca - */ - KSycocaEntryDict * entryDict() { return m_entryDict; } - - /** - * Construct an entry from a config file. - * To be implemented in the real factories. - */ - virtual KSycocaEntry *createEntry(const TQString &file, const char *resource) = 0; - - /** - * Add an entry - */ - virtual void addEntry(KSycocaEntry *newEntry, const char *resource); - - /** - * Read an entry from the database - */ - virtual KSycocaEntry *createEntry(int offset)=0; - - /** - * Get a list of all entries from the database. - */ - KSycocaEntry::List allEntries(); - - /** - * Saves all entries it maintains as well as index files - * for these entries to the stream 'str'. - * - * Also sets mOffset to the starting position. - * - * The stream is positioned at the end of the last index. - * - * Don't forget to call the parent first when you override - * this function. - */ - virtual void save(TQDataStream &str); - - /** - * Writes out a header to the stream 'str'. - * The baseclass positions the stream correctly. - * - * Don't forget to call the parent first when you override - * this function. - */ - virtual void saveHeader(TQDataStream &str); - - /** - * @return the resources for which this factory is responsible. - */ - virtual const KSycocaResourceList * resourceList() const { return m_resourceList; } - -private: - int mOffset; - -protected: - int m_sycocaDictOffset; - int m_beginEntryOffset; - int m_endEntryOffset; - TQDataStream *m_str; - - KSycocaResourceList *m_resourceList; - KSycocaEntryDict *m_entryDict; - KSycocaDict *m_sycocaDict; -protected: - virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data ); -}; - -/** This, instead of a typedef, allows to declare "class ..." in header files - * @internal - */ -class KSycocaFactoryList : public TQPtrList<KSycocaFactory> -{ -public: - KSycocaFactoryList() { } -}; - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde310/ktoolbarbutton.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde310/ktoolbarbutton.h deleted file mode 100644 index 6fafb1ed..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde310/ktoolbarbutton.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,317 +0,0 @@ -/* This file is part of the KDE libraries - Copyright (C) 1997, 1998 Stephan Kulow (coolo@kde.org) - (C) 1997, 1998 Sven Radej (radej@kde.org) - (C) 1997, 1998 Mark Donohoe (donohoe@kde.org) - (C) 1997, 1998 Matthias Ettrich (ettrich@kde.org) - (C) 2000 Kurt Granroth (granroth@kde.org) - - This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation. - - This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. -*/ - -// $Id: ktoolbarbutton.h,v 1.26 2002/09/28 15:16:22 tjansen Exp $ -#ifndef _KTOOLBARBUTTON_H -#define _KTOOLBARBUTTON_H - -#include <tqpixmap.h> -#include <tqtoolbutton.h> -#include <tqintdict.h> -#include <tqstring.h> -#include <kglobal.h> - -class KToolBar; -class KToolBarButtonPrivate; -class KInstance; -class TQEvent; -class TQPopupMenu; -class TQPainter; - -/** - * A toolbar button. This is used internally by @ref KToolBar, use the - * KToolBar methods instead. - * @internal - */ -class KToolBarButton : public QToolButton -{ - Q_OBJECT - -public: - /** - * Construct a button with an icon loaded by the button itself. - * This will trust the button to load the correct icon with the - * correct size. - * - * @param icon Name of icon to load (may be absolute or relative) - * @param id Id of this button - * @param parent This button's parent - * @param name This button's internal name - * @param txt This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise) - */ - KToolBarButton(const TQString& icon, int id, TQWidget *parent, - const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null, - KInstance *_instance = KGlobal::instance()); - - /** - * Construct a button with an existing pixmap. It is not - * recommended that you use this as the internal icon loading code - * will almost always get it "right". - * - * @param icon Name of icon to load (may be absolute or relative) - * @param id Id of this button - * @param parent This button's parent - * @param name This button's internal name - * @param txt This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise) - */ - KToolBarButton(const TQPixmap& pixmap, int id, TQWidget *parent, - const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null); - - /** - * Construct a separator button - * - * @param parent This button's parent - * @param name This button's internal name - */ - KToolBarButton(TQWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L); - - /** - * Standard destructor - */ - ~KToolBarButton(); - -#ifndef KDE_NO_COMPAT - /** - * @deprecated - * Set the pixmap directly for this button. This pixmap should be - * the active one... the dimmed and disabled pixmaps are constructed - * based on this one. However, don't use this function unless you - * are positive that you don't want to use @ref setIcon. - * - * @param pixmap The active pixmap - */ - // this one is from TQButton, so #ifdef-ing it out doesn't break BC - virtual void setPixmap(const TQPixmap &pixmap); - - /** - * @deprecated - * Force the button to use this pixmap as the default one rather - * then generating it using effects. - * - * @param pixmap The pixmap to use as the default (normal) one - */ - void setDefaultPixmap(const TQPixmap& pixmap); - - /** - * @deprecated - * Force the button to use this pixmap when disabled one rather then - * generating it using effects. - * - * @param pixmap The pixmap to use when disabled - */ - void setDisabledPixmap(const TQPixmap& pixmap); -#endif - - /** - * Set the text for this button. The text will be either used as a - * tooltip (IconOnly) or will be along side the icon - * - * @param text The button (or tooltip) text - */ - virtual void setText(const TQString &text); - - /** - * Set the icon for this button. The icon will be loaded internally - * with the correct size. This function is preferred over @ref setIconSet - * - * @param icon The name of the icon - */ - virtual void setIcon(const TQString &icon); - - /// @since 3.1 - virtual void setIcon( const TQPixmap &pixmap ) - { TQToolButton::setIcon( pixmap ); } - - /** - * Set the pixmaps for this toolbar button from a TQIconSet. - * If you call this you don't need to call any of the other methods - * that set icons or pixmaps. - * @param iconset The iconset to use - */ - virtual void setIconSet( const TQIconSet &iconset ); - -#ifndef KDE_NO_COMPAT - /** - * @deprecated - * Set the active icon for this button. The pixmap itself is loaded - * internally based on the icon size... .. the disabled and default - * pixmaps, however will only be constructed if @ref #generate is - * true. This function is preferred over @ref setPixmap - * - * @param icon The name of the active icon - * @param generate If true, then the other icons are automagically - * generated from this one - */ - void setIcon(const TQString &icon, bool /*generate*/ ) { setIcon( icon ); } - - /** - * @deprecated - * Force the button to use this icon as the default one rather - * then generating it using effects. - * - * @param icon The icon to use as the default (normal) one - */ - void setDefaultIcon(const TQString& icon); - - /** - * @deprecated - * Force the button to use this icon when disabled one rather then - * generating it using effects. - * - * @param icon The icon to use when disabled - */ - void setDisabledIcon(const TQString& icon); -#endif - - /** - * Turn this button on or off - * - * @param flag true or false - */ - void on(bool flag = true); - - /** - * Toggle this button - */ - void toggle(); - - /** - * Turn this button into a toggle button or disable the toggle - * aspects of it. This does not toggle the button itself. - * Use @ref toggle() for that. - * - * @param toggle true or false - */ - void setToggle(bool toggle = true); - - /** - * Return a pointer to this button's popup menu (if it exists) - */ - TQPopupMenu *popup(); - - /** - * Give this button a popup menu. There will not be a delay when - * you press the button. Use @ref setDelayedPopup if you want that - * behavior. You can also make the popup-menu - * "sticky", i.e. visible until a selection is made or the mouse is - * clikced elsewhere, by simply setting the second argument to true. - * This "sticky" button feature allows you to make a selection without - * having to press and hold down the mouse while making a selection. - * - * @param p The new popup menu - * @param toggle if true, makes the button "sticky" (toggled) - */ - void setPopup (TQPopupMenu *p, bool toggle = false); - - /** - * Gives this button a delayed popup menu. - * - * This function allows you to add a delayed popup menu to the button. - * The popup menu is then only displayed when the button is pressed and - * held down for about half a second. You can also make the popup-menu - * "sticky", i.e. visible until a selection is made or the mouse is - * clikced elsewhere, by simply setting the second argument to true. - * This "sticky" button feature allows you to make a selection without - * having to press and hold down the mouse while making a selection. - * - * @param p the new popup menu - * @param toggle if true, makes the button "sticky" (toggled) - */ - void setDelayedPopup(TQPopupMenu *p, bool toggle = false); - - /** - * Turn this button into a radio button - * - * @param f true or false - */ - void setRadio(bool f = true); - - /** - * Toolbar buttons naturally will assume the global styles - * concerning icons, icons sizes, etc. You can use this function to - * explicitely turn this off, if you like. - * - * @param no_style Will disable styles if true - */ - void setNoStyle(bool no_style = true); - -signals: - void clicked(int); - void doubleClicked(int); - void pressed(int); - void released(int); - void toggled(int); - void highlighted(int, bool); - -public slots: - /** - * This slot should be called whenever the toolbar mode has - * potentially changed. This includes such events as text changing, - * orientation changing, etc. - */ - void modeChange(); - virtual void setTextLabel(const TQString&, bool tipToo); - -protected: - void paletteChange(const TQPalette &); - void leaveEvent(TQEvent *e); - void enterEvent(TQEvent *e); - void drawButton(TQPainter *p); - bool eventFilter (TQObject *o, TQEvent *e); - void showMenu(); - TQSize sizeHint() const; - TQSize minimumSizeHint() const; - TQSize minimumSize() const; - - /// @since 3.1 - bool isRaised() const; - /// @since 3.1 - bool isActive() const; - /// @since 3.1 - int iconTextMode() const; - -protected slots: - void slotClicked(); - void slotPressed(); - void slotReleased(); - void slotToggled(); - void slotDelayTimeout(); - -protected: - virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data ); -private: - KToolBarButtonPrivate *d; -}; - -/** -* List of @ref KToolBarButton objects. -* @internal -* @version $Id: ktoolbarbutton.h,v 1.26 2002/09/28 15:16:22 tjansen Exp $ -*/ -class KToolBarButtonList : public TQIntDict<KToolBarButton> -{ -public: - KToolBarButtonList(); - ~KToolBarButtonList() {} -}; - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde310/kurifilter.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde310/kurifilter.h deleted file mode 100644 index 6daf7769..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde310/kurifilter.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,602 +0,0 @@ -/* - * This file is part of the KDE libraries - * Copyright (C) 2000 Yves Arrouye <yves@realnames.com> - * - * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Library General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - * along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. - **/ - -#ifndef __kurifilter_h__ -#define __kurifilter_h__ "$Id: kurifilter.h,v 1.27 2002/10/30 09:37:39 neil Exp $" - -#include <tqptrlist.h> -#include <tqobject.h> - -#include <kurl.h> - -class KURIFilterPrivate; -class KURIFilterDataPrivate; - -class TQStringList; -class KCModule; - -/** -* This is a basic message object used for exchanging filtering -* information between the filter plugins and the application -* whenever the application requires more information about the -* URI than just a filtered version of it. Any application can -* create an instance of this class and send it to @ref KURIFilter -* to have the filter plugins fill the necessary information. -* -* @sect Example -* <pre> -* TQString text = "kde.org"; -* KURIFilterData d = text; -* bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filter( d ); -* if( filtered ) -* print ( "URI: %s\n"Filtered URI: %s\n URI Type: %i\n"Was Filtered: %i" -* text.latin1(), d.uri().url().latin1(), d.uriType(), filtered ); -* </pre> -* -* The above code should yield the following output: -* <pre> -* URI: kde.org -* Filtered URI: http://kde.org -* URI Type: 0 <== means NET_PROTOCOL -* Was Filtered: 1 <== means the URL was successfully filtered -* </pre> -* -* @short A message object for exchanging filtering URI info. -*/ - -class KURIFilterData -{ -friend class KURIFilterPlugin; - -public: - /** - * Describes the type of URI to be filtered. - * - * This enumerator prvoides the return value for - * @ref uriType. A brief description for each value: - * - * @li NET_PROTOCOL - Any network protocol: http, ftp, nttp, pop3, etc... - * @li LOCAL_FILE - A local file whose executable flag is not set - * @li LOCAL_DIR - A local directory - * @li EXECUTABLE - A local file whose executable flag is set - * @li HELP - A man or info page - * @li SHELL - A shell executable (ex: echo "Test..." >> ~/testfile) - * @li BLOCKED - A URI that should be blocked/filtered (ex: ad filtering) - * @li ERROR - An incorrect URI (ex: "~johndoe" when user johndoe - * does not exist in that system ) - * @li UNKNOWN - A URI that is not identified. Default value when - * a KURIFilterData is first created. - */ - enum URITypes { NET_PROTOCOL=0, LOCAL_FILE, LOCAL_DIR, EXECUTABLE, HELP, SHELL, BLOCKED, ERROR, UNKNOWN }; - - /** - * Default constructor. - * - * Creates a URIFilterData object. - */ - KURIFilterData() { init(); } - - /** - * Creates a URIFilterData object from the given URL. - * - * @param url is the URL to be filtered. - */ - KURIFilterData( const KURL& url ) { init( url); } - - /** - * Creates a URIFilterData object from the given string. - * - * @param url is the string to be filtered. - */ - KURIFilterData( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); } - - /** - * Copy constructor. - * - * Creates a URIFilterData object from another - * URI filter data object. - * - * @param data the uri filter data to be copied. - */ - KURIFilterData( const KURIFilterData& /*data*/); - - /** - * Destructor. - */ - ~KURIFilterData(); - - /** - * This method has been deprecated and will always return - * TRUE. You should instead use the result from the - * @ref KURIFilter::filterURI() calls. - * - * @deprecated - */ - bool hasBeenFiltered() const { return m_bFiltered; } - - /** - * Returns the filtered or the original URL. - * - * This function returns the filtered url if one - * of the plugins sucessfully filtered the original - * URL. Otherwise, it returns the original URL. - * See @ref #hasBeenFiltered() and - * - * @return the filtered or original url. - */ - KURL uri() const { return m_pURI; } - - /** - * Returns an error message. - * - * This functions returns the error message set - * by the plugin whenever the uri type is set to - * KURIFilterData::ERROR. Otherwise, it returns - * a TQString::null. - * - * @return the error message or a NULL when there is none. - */ - TQString errorMsg() const { return m_strErrMsg; } - - /** - * Returns the URI type. - * - * This method always returns KURIFilterData::UNKNOWN - * if the given URL was not filtered. - */ - URITypes uriType() const { return m_iType; } - - /** - * Sets the URL to be filtered. - * - * Use this function to set the string to be - * filtered when you construct an empty filter - * object. - * - * @param url the string to be filtered. - */ - void setData( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); } - - /** - * Same as above except the argument is a URL. - * - * Use this function to set the string to be - * filtered when you construct an empty filter - * object. - * - * @param url the URL to be filtered. - */ - void setData( const KURL& url ) { init( url ); } - - /** - * Sets the absolute path to be used whenever the supplied - * data is a relative local URL. - * - * NOTE: This function works only for a local resource and - * expects the absolute path to the relative URL set in this - * meta object. If you are extracting the absolute path from - * a KURL object, make sure you always set the argument below - * using KURL::path() instead of KURL::url() so that "file:/" - * would not be appended! Otherwise, the filter might not be - * able to make correct determination whether the relative URL - * locally exists! - * - * @param abs_path the abolute path to the local resource. - * @return true if absolute path is successfully set. Otherwise, false. - */ - bool setAbsolutePath( const TQString& /* abs_path */ ); - - /** - * Returns the absolute path if one has already been set. - */ - TQString absolutePath() const; - - /** - * Returns true if the supplied data has an absolute path. - */ - bool hasAbsolutePath() const; - - /** - * Returns the command line options and arguments for a - * local resource when present. - * - * @return options and arguments when present, otherwise TQString::null - */ - TQString argsAndOptions() const; - - /** - * Returns true if the current data is a local resource with - * command line options and arguments. - */ - bool hasArgsAndOptions() const; - - /** - * Returns the name of the icon that matches - * the current filtered URL. - * - * NOTE that this function will return a NULL - * string by default and when no associated icon - * is found. - * - * @return the name of the icon associated with the resource - */ - TQString iconName(); - - /** - * Overloaded assigenment operator. - * - * This function allows you to easily assign a KURL - * to a KURIFilterData object. - * - * @return an instance of a KURIFilterData object. - */ - KURIFilterData& operator=( const KURL& url ) { init( url ); return *this; } - - /** - * Overloaded assigenment operator. - * - * This function allows you to easily assign a QString - * to a KURIFilterData object. - * - * @return an instance of a KURIFilterData object. - */ - KURIFilterData& operator=( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); return *this; } - -protected: - - /** - * Initializes the KURIFilterData on construction. - */ - void init( const KURL& url = TQString::null ); - -private: - bool m_bFiltered; - bool m_bChanged; - - TQString m_strErrMsg; - TQString m_strIconName; - - KURL m_pURI; - URITypes m_iType; - KURIFilterDataPrivate *d; -}; - - -/** - * Base class for URI filter plugins. - * - * This class applies a single filter to a URI. All - * plugins designed to provide URI filtering functionalities - * should inherit from this abstract class and provide a - * specific filtering implementation. - * - * All inheriting classes need to implement the pure - * virtual function @ref filterURI. Otherwise, they - * would also become abstract. - * - * @short Abstract class for URI filter plugins. - */ -class KURIFilterPlugin : public QObject -{ - Q_OBJECT - -public: - - /** - * Constructs a filter plugin with a given name and - * priority. - * - * @param parent the parent object. - * @param name the name of the plugin. - * @param pri the priority of the plugin. - */ - KURIFilterPlugin( TQObject *parent = 0, const char *name = 0, double pri = 1.0 ); - - /** - * Returns the filter's name. - * - * @return A string naming the filter. - */ - virtual TQString name() const { return m_strName; } - - /** - * Returns the filter's priority. - * - * Each filter has an assigned priority, a float from 0 to 1. Filters - * with the lowest priority are first given a chance to filter a URI. - * - * @return The priority of the filter. - */ - virtual double priority() const { return m_dblPriority; } - - /** - * Filters a URI. - * - * @param data the URI data to be filtered. - * @return A boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed. - */ - virtual bool filterURI( KURIFilterData& data ) const = 0; - - /** - * Creates a configuration module for the filter. - * - * It is the responsability of the caller to delete the module - * once it is not needed anymore. - * - * @return A configuration module, @p null if the filter isn't configurable. - */ - virtual KCModule *configModule( TQWidget*, const char* ) const { return 0; } - - /** - * Returns the name of the configuration module for the filter. - * - * @return the name of a configuration module or @p null if none. - */ - virtual TQString configName() const { return name(); } - -protected: - - /** - * Sets the the URL in @p data to @p uri. - */ - void setFilteredURI ( KURIFilterData& data, const KURL& uri ) const; - - /** - * Sets the error message in @p data to @p errormsg. - */ - void setErrorMsg ( KURIFilterData& data, const TQString& errmsg ) const { - data.m_strErrMsg = errmsg; - } - - /** - * Sets the URI type in @p data to @p type. - */ - void setURIType ( KURIFilterData& data, KURIFilterData::URITypes type) const { - data.m_iType = type; - data.m_bChanged = true; - } - - /** - * Sets the arguments and options string in @p data - * to @p args if any were found during filterting. - */ - void setArguments( KURIFilterData& data, const TQString& args ) const; - - TQString m_strName; - double m_dblPriority; - -protected: - virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data ); -private: - class KURIFilterPluginPrivate *d; -}; - - -class KURIFilterPluginList : public TQPtrList<KURIFilterPlugin> -{ -public: - virtual int compareItems(Item a, Item b) - { - double diff = ((KURIFilterPlugin *) a)->priority() - ((KURIFilterPlugin *) b)->priority(); - return diff < 0 ? -1 : (diff > 0 ? 1 : 0); - } - -private: - KURIFilterPrivate *d; - -}; - -/** - * Manages the filtering of a URI. - * - * The intention of this plugin class is to allow people to extend - * the functionality of KURL without modifying it directly. This - * way KURL will remain a generic parser capable of parsing any - * generic URL that adheres to specifications. - * - * The KURIFilter class applies a number of filters to a URI, - * and returns the filtered version whenever possible. The filters - * are implemented using plugins to provide easy extensibility - * of the filtering mechanism. That is, new filters can be added in - * the future by simply inheriting from @ref KURIFilterPlugin and - * implementing the @ref KURIFilterPlugin::filterURI method. - * - * Use of this plugin-manager class is straight forward. Since - * it is a singleton object, all you have to do is obtain an instance - * by doing @p KURIFilter::self() and use any of the public member - * functions to preform the filtering. - * - * @sect Example - * - * To simply filter a given string: - * <pre> - * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( "kde.org" ); - * </pre> - * - * You can alternatively use a KURL: - * <pre> - * KURL url = "kde.org"; - * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( url ); - * </pre> - * - * If you have a constant string or a constant URL, - * simply invoke the corresponding function to obtain - * the filtered string or URL instead of a boolean flag: - * <pre> - * TQString u = KURIFilter::self()->filteredURI( "kde.org" ); - * </pre> - * - * You can also specify only specific filter(s) to be applied - * by supplying the name(s) of the filter(s). By defualt all - * filters that are found are loaded when the KURIFilter object - * is created will be used. These names are taken from the - * enteries in the \".desktop\" files. Here are a couple of - * examples: - * <pre> - * TQString text = "kde.org"; - * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, "KShortURIFilter" ); - * - * TQStringList list; - * list << "KShortURIFilter" << "MyFilter"; - * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, list ); - * </pre> - * - * KURIFilter also allows richer data exchange through a simple - * meta-object called @p KURIFilterData. Using this meta-object - * you can find out more information about the URL you want to - * filter. See @ref KURIFilterData for examples and details. - * - * @short Filters a given URL into its proper format whenever possible. - */ - -class KURIFilter -{ -public: - /** - * Destructor - */ - ~KURIFilter (); - - /** - * Return a static instance of KURIFilter. - */ - static KURIFilter* self(); - - /** - * Filters the URI given by the object URIFilterData. - * - * This filters the given data based on the specified - * filter list. If the list is empty all avaliable - * filter plugins would be used. If not, only those - * given in the list are used. - * - * @param data object that contains the URI to be filtered. - * @param filters specify the list filters to be used - * - * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed - */ - bool filterURI( KURIFilterData& data, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); - - /** - * Filters the URI given by the URL. - * - * This filters the given URL based on the specified - * filter list. If the list is empty all avaliable - * filter plugins would be used. If not, only those - * given in the list are used. - * - * @param uri the URI to filter. - * @param filters specify the list of filters to be used - * - * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed - */ - bool filterURI( KURL &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); - - /** - * Filters a string representing a URI. - * - * This filters the given string based on the specified - * filter list. If the list is empty all avaliable - * filter plugins would be used. If not, only those - * given in the list are used. - * - * @param uri The URI to filter. - * @param filters specify the list filters to be used - * - * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed - */ - bool filterURI( TQString &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); - - /** - * Returns the filtered URI. - * - * This filters the given URL based on the specified - * filter list. If the list is empty all avaliable - * filter plugins would be used. If not, only those - * given in the list are used. - * - * @param uri The URI to filter. - * @param filters specify the list filters to be used - * - * @return the filtered URI or null if it cannot be filtered - */ - KURL filteredURI( const KURL &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); - - /** - * Return a filtered string representation of a URI. - * - * This filters the given URL based on the specified - * filter list. If the list is empty all avaliable - * filter plugins would be used. If not, only those - * given in the list are used. - * - * @param uri the URI to filter. - * @param filters specify the list filters to be used - * - * @return the filtered URI or null if it cannot be filtered - */ - TQString filteredURI( const TQString &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); - - /** - * Return an iterator to iterate over all loaded - * plugins. - * - * @return a plugin iterator. - */ - TQPtrListIterator<KURIFilterPlugin> pluginsIterator() const; - - /** - * Return a list of the names of all loaded plugins - * - * @since 3.1 - * - * @return a TQStringList of plugin names - */ - TQStringList pluginNames() const; - -protected: - - /** - * A protected constructor. - * - * This constructor creates a KURIFilter and - * initializes all plugins it can find by invoking - * @ref loadPlugins. - */ - KURIFilter(); - - /** - * Loads all allowed plugins. - * - * This function loads all filters that have not - * been dis - */ - void loadPlugins(); - -private: - - static KURIFilter *m_self; - KURIFilterPluginList m_lstPlugins; - KURIFilterPrivate *d; - -}; - -#endif - diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde311/kaccelaction.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde311/kaccelaction.h deleted file mode 100644 index 8e422505..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde311/kaccelaction.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,564 +0,0 @@ -/* This file is part of the KDE libraries - Copyright (C) 2001,2002 Ellis Whitehead <ellis@kde.org> - - This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - - This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. -*/ - -#ifndef _KACCELACTION_H -#define _KACCELACTION_H - -#include <tqmap.h> -#include <tqptrvector.h> -#include <tqstring.h> -#include <tqvaluevector.h> - -#include <kshortcut.h> - -class KAccelBase; - -class TQObject; -class KConfig; -class KConfigBase; - -/** - * @internal - * A KAccelAction prepresents an action that can be executed using - * an accelerator key. Each KAccelAction has a name, a label, a - * "What's this" string and a @ref KShortcut. The user can configure and - * enable/disable them using @ref KKeyDialog. - * - * <pre> - * 1) KAccelAction = "Run Command" - * Default3 = "Alt+F2" - * Default4 = "Meta+Enter;Alt+F2" - * 1) KShortcut = "Meta+Enter" - * 1) KKeySequence = "Meta+Enter" - * 1) KKey = "Meta+Enter" - * 1) Meta+Enter - * 2) Meta+Keypad_Enter - * 2) KShortcut = "Alt+F2" - * 1) KKeySequence = "Alt+F2" - * 1) Alt+F2 - * 2) KAccelAction = "Something" - * Default3 = "" - * Default4 = "" - * 1) KShortcut = "Meta+X,Asterisk" - * 1) KKeySequence = "Meta+X,Asterisk" - * 1) KKey = "Meta+X" - * 1) Meta+X - * 2) KKey = "Asterisk" - * 1) Shift+8 (English layout) - * 2) Keypad_Asterisk - * </pre> - * @short An accelerator action - * @see KAccel - * @see KGlobalAccel - * @see KKeyChooser - * @see KKeyDialog - */ -class KAccelAction -{ - public: - /** - * Creates an empty KAccelAction. - * @see clear() - */ - KAccelAction(); - - /** - * Copy constructor. - */ - KAccelAction( const KAccelAction& ); - - /** - * Creates a new KAccelAction. - * @param sName the name of the accelerator - * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) - * @param sWhatsThis the What's This text (18n!) - * @param cutDef3 the default shortcut for 3 modifier systems - * @param cutDef4 the default shortcut for 4 modifier systems - * @param pObjSlot the receiver of a signal when the key has been - * pressed - * @param psMethodSlot the slot to connect for key presses. Receives - * an int, as set by @ref setID(), as only argument - * @param bConfigurable if true the user can configure the shortcut - * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled - */ - KAccelAction( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, - const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4, - const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, - bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled ); - ~KAccelAction(); - - /** - * Clears the accelerator. - */ - void clear(); - - /** - * Re-initialized the KAccelAction. - * @param sName the name of the accelerator - * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) - * @param sWhatsThis the What's This text (18n!) - * @param cutDef3 the default shortcut for 3 modifier systems - * @param cutDef4 the default shortcut for 4 modifier systems - * @param pObjSlot the receiver of a signal when the key has been - * pressed - * @param psMethodSlot the slot to connect for key presses. Receives - * an int, as set by @ref setID(), as only argument - * @param bConfigurable if true the user can configure the shortcut - * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - */ - bool init( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, - const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4, - const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, - bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled ); - - /** - * Copies this KAccelAction. - */ - KAccelAction& operator=( const KAccelAction& ); - - /** - * Returns the name of the accelerator action. - * @return the name of the accelerator action, can be null if not - * set - */ - const TQString& name() const { return m_sName; } - - /** - * Returns the label of the accelerator action. - * @return the label of the accelerator action, can be null if - * not set - */ - const TQString& label() const { return m_sLabel; } - - /** - * Returns the What's This text of the accelerator action. - * @return the What's This text of the accelerator action, can be - * null if not set - */ - const TQString& whatsThis() const { return m_sWhatsThis; } - - /** - * The shortcut that is actually used (may be used configured). - * @return the shortcut of the KAccelAction, can be null if not set - * @see shortcutDefault() - */ - const KShortcut& shortcut() const { return m_cut; } - - /** - * The default shortcut for this system. - * @return the default shortcut on this system, can be null if not set - * @see shortcut() - * @see shortcutDefault3() - * @see shortcutDefault4() - */ - const KShortcut& shortcutDefault() const; - - /** - * The default shortcut for 3 modifier systems. - * @return the default shortcut for 3 modifier systems, can be null - * if not set - * @see shortcutDefault() - * @see shortcutDefault4() - * @see useFourModifierKeys() - */ - const KShortcut& shortcutDefault3() const { return m_cutDefault3; } - - /** - * The default shortcut for 4 modifier systems. - * @return the default shortcut for 4 modifier systems, can be null - * if not set - * @see shortcutDefault() - * @see shortcutDefault3() - * @see useFourModifierKeys() - */ - const KShortcut& shortcutDefault4() const { return m_cutDefault4; } - - /** - * Returns the receiver of signals. - * @return the receiver of signals (can be 0 if not set) - */ - const TQObject* objSlotPtr() const { return m_pObjSlot; } - - /** - * Returns the slot for the signal. - * @return the slot for the signal - */ - const char* methodSlotPtr() const { return m_psMethodSlot; } - - /** - * Checks whether the user can configure the action. - * @return true if configurable, false otherwise - */ - bool isConfigurable() const { return m_bConfigurable; } - - /** - * Checks whether the action is enabled. - * @return true if enabled, false otherwise - */ - bool isEnabled() const { return m_bEnabled; } - - /** - * Sets the name of the accelerator action. - * @param name the new name - */ - void setName( const TQString& name ); - - /** - * Sets the user-readable label of the accelerator action. - * @param label the new label (i18n!) - */ - void setLabel( const TQString& label ); - - /** - * Sets the What's This text for the accelerator action. - * @param whatsThis the new What's This text (i18n!) - */ - void setWhatsThis( const TQString& whatsThis ); - - /** - * Sets the new shortcut of the accelerator action. - * @param rgCuts the shortcut to set - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - */ - bool setShortcut( const KShortcut& rgCuts ); - - /** - * Sets the slot of the accelerator action. - * @param pObjSlot the receiver object of the signal - * @param psMethodSlot the slot for the signal - */ - void setSlot( const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot ); - - /** - * Enables or disabled configuring the action. - * @param configurable true to enable configurability, false to disable - */ - void setConfigurable( bool configurable ); - - /** - * Enables or disabled the action. - * @param configurable true to enable the action, false to disable - */ - void setEnabled( bool enable ); - - /** - * Retrieves the id set using @ref setID. - * @return the id of the accelerator action - */ - int getID() const { return m_nIDAccel; } - - /** - * Allows you to set an id that will be used as the action - * signal's argument. - * - * @param n the new id - * @see @ref getID() - */ - void setID( int n ) { m_nIDAccel = n; } - - /** - * Checkes whether the action is connected (emits signals). - * @return true if connected, false otherwise - */ - bool isConnected() const; - - /** - * Sets a key sequence of the action's shortcut. - * @param i the position of the sequence - * @param keySeq the new new sequence - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see KShortcut::setSeq() - */ - bool setKeySequence( uint i, const KKeySequence &keySeq ); - - /** - * Clears the action's shortcut. It will not contain any sequences after - * calling this method. - * @see KShortcut::clear() - */ - void clearShortcut(); - - /** - * Checks whether the action's shortcut contains the given key sequence. - * @param keySeq the key sequence to check - * @return true if the shortcut contains the given sequence - * @see KShortcut::contains() - */ - bool contains( const KKeySequence &keySeq ); - - /** - * Returns the string representation of the action's shortcut. - * @return the string representation of the action's shortcut. - * @see KShortcut::toString() - */ - TQString toString() const; - - /** - * @internal - */ - TQString toStringInternal() const; - - /** - * Returns true if four modifier keys will be used. - * @return true if four modifier keys will be used. - */ - static bool useFourModifierKeys(); - - /** - * Selects 3 or 4 modifier default shortcuts. - * @param use true to use 4 modifier shortcuts, false to use - * 3 modifier shortcuts - */ - static void useFourModifierKeys( bool use ); - - protected: - TQString m_sName, - m_sLabel, - m_sWhatsThis; - KShortcut m_cut; - KShortcut m_cutDefault3, m_cutDefault4; - const TQObject* m_pObjSlot; - const char* m_psMethodSlot; - bool m_bConfigurable, - m_bEnabled; - int m_nIDAccel; - uint m_nConnections; - - void incConnections(); - void decConnections(); - - private: - static int g_bUseFourModifierKeys; - class KAccelActionPrivate* d; - - friend class KAccelActions; - friend class KAccelBase; -}; - -//--------------------------------------------------------------------- -// KAccelActions -//--------------------------------------------------------------------- - -/** - * @internal - * This class represents a collection of @ref KAccelAction objects. - * - * @short A collection of accelerator actions - * @see KAccelAction - */ -class KAccelActions -{ - public: - /** - * Creates a new, empty KAccelActions object. - */ - KAccelActions(); - - /** - * Copy constructor (deep copy). - */ - KAccelActions( const KAccelActions& ); - virtual ~KAccelActions(); - - /** - * Removes all items from this collection. - */ - void clear(); - - /** - * Initializes this object with the given actions. - * It will make a deep copy of all actions. - * @param actions the actions to copy - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - */ - bool init( const KAccelActions &actions ); - - /** - * Loads the actions from the given configuration file. - * - * @param config the configuration file to load from - * @param sGroup the group in the configuration file - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - */ - bool init( KConfigBase& config, const TQString& sGroup ); - - /** - * Updates the shortcuts of all actions in this object - * with the shortcuts from the given object. - * @param shortcuts the collection that contains the new - * shortcuts - */ - void updateShortcuts( KAccelActions &shortcuts ); - - /** - * Retrieves the index of the action with the given name. - * @param sAction the action to search - * @return the index of the action, or -1 if not found - */ - int actionIndex( const TQString& sAction ) const; - - /** - * Returns the action with the given @p index. - * @param index the index of an action. You must not - * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index - * @see count() - */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( uint index ); - - /** - * Returns the action with the given @p index. - * @param index the index of an action. You must not - * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index - * @see count() - */ - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( uint index ) const; - - /** - * Returns the action with the given name. - * @param aAction the name of the action to search - * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0 - * if not found - */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); - - /** - * Returns the action with the given name. - * @param aAction the name of the action to search - * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0 - * if not found - */ - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; - - /** - * Returns the action with the given key sequence. - * @param cut the sequence to search for - * @return the KAccelAction with the given sequence, or 0 - * if not found - */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( KKeySequence cut ); - - /** - * Returns the action with the given @p index. - * @param index the index of an action. You must not - * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index - * @see actionPtr() - * @see count() - */ - KAccelAction& operator []( uint index ); - - /** - * Returns the action with the given @p index. - * @param index the index of an action. You must not - * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index - * @see actionPtr() - * @see count() - */ - const KAccelAction& operator []( uint index ) const; - - /** - * Inserts an action into the collection. - * @param sName the name of the accelerator - * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) - * @param sWhatsThis the What's This text (18n!) - * @param cutDef3 the default shortcut for 3 modifier systems - * @param cutDef4 the default shortcut for 4 modifier systems - * @param pObjSlot the receiver of a signal when the key has been - * pressed - * @param psMethodSlot the slot to connect for key presses. Receives - * an int, as set by @ref setID(), as only argument - * @param bConfigurable if true the user can configure the shortcut - * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled - * @return the new action - */ - KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, - const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, - const TQObject* pObjSlot = 0, const char* psMethodSlot = 0, - bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true ); - - /** - * Inserts an action into the collection. - * @param sName the name of the accelerator - * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) - * @return the new action - */ - KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel ); - - /** - * Removes the given action. - * @param sAction the name of the action. - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - */ - bool remove( const TQString& sAction ); - - /** - * Loads the actions from the given configuration file. - * - * @param sConfigGroup the group in the configuration file - * @param pConfig the configuration file to load from - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - */ - bool readActions( const TQString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ); - - /** - * Writes the actions to the given configuration file. - * - * @param sConfigGroup the group in the configuration file - * @param pConfig the configuration file to save to - * @param bWriteAll true to write all actions - * @param bGlobal true to write to the global configuration file - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - */ - bool writeActions( const TQString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0, - bool bWriteAll = false, bool bGlobal = false ) const; - - /** - * Emit a keycodeChanged signal. - */ - void emitKeycodeChanged(); - - /** - * Returns the number of actions in the collection. - * @return the number of actions - */ - uint count() const; - - protected: - KAccelBase* m_pKAccelBase; - KAccelAction** m_prgActions; - uint m_nSizeAllocated, m_nSize; - - void resize( uint ); - void insertPtr( KAccelAction* ); - - private: - class KAccelActionsPrivate* d; - - KAccelActions( KAccelBase* ); - void initPrivate( KAccelBase* ); - KAccelActions& operator =( KAccelActions& ); - - friend class KAccelBase; -}; - -#endif // _KACCELACTION_H diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde311/kaccelbase.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde311/kaccelbase.h deleted file mode 100644 index 03fa9c87..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde311/kaccelbase.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,229 +0,0 @@ -/* This file is part of the KDE libraries - Copyright (C) 2001 Ellis Whitehead <ellis@kde.org> - - This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - - This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. -*/ - -#ifndef _KACCELBASE_H -#define _KACCELBASE_H - -#include <tqmap.h> -#include <tqptrvector.h> -#include <tqstring.h> -#include <tqvaluevector.h> -#include <tqvaluelist.h> - -#include "kaccelaction.h" -#include "kkeyserver_x11.h" - -class TQPopupMenu; -class TQWidget; - -//---------------------------------------------------- - -/** - * @internal - * Handle keyboard accelerators. - * - * Allow an user to configure - * key bindings through application configuration files or through the - * @ref KKeyChooser GUI. - * - * A @ref KAccel contains a list of accelerator items. Each accelerator item - * consists of an action name and a keyboard code combined with modifiers - * (Shift, Ctrl and Alt.) - * - * For example, "Ctrl+P" could be a shortcut for printing a document. The key - * codes are listed in ckey.h. "Print" could be the action name for printing. - * The action name identifies the key binding in configuration files and the - * @ref KKeyChooser GUI. - * - * When pressed, an accelerator key calls the slot to which it has been - * connected. Accelerator items can be connected so that a key will activate - * two different slots. - * - * A KAccel object handles key events sent to its parent widget and to all - * children of this parent widget. - * - * Key binding reconfiguration during run time can be prevented by specifying - * that an accelerator item is not configurable when it is inserted. A special - * group of non-configurable key bindings are known as the - * standard accelerators. - * - * The standard accelerators appear repeatedly in applications for - * standard document actions such as printing and saving. Convenience methods are - * available to insert and connect these accelerators which are configurable on - * a desktop-wide basis. - * - * It is possible for a user to choose to have no key associated with - * an action. - * - * The translated first argument for @ref insertItem() is used only - * in the configuration dialog. - *<pre> - * KAccel *a = new KAccel( myWindow ); - * // Insert an action "Scroll Up" which is associated with the "Up" key: - * a->insertItem( i18n("Scroll up"), "Scroll Up", "Up" ); - * // Insert an action "Scroll Down" which is not associated with any key: - * a->insertItem( i18n("Scroll down"), "Scroll Down", 0); - * a->connectItem( "Scroll up", myWindow, TQT_SLOT( scrollUp() ) ); - * // a->insertStdItem( KStdAccel::Print ); //not necessary, since it - * // is done automatially with the - * // connect below! - * a->connectItem(KStdAccel::Print, myWindow, TQT_SLOT( printDoc() ) ); - * - * a->readSettings(); - *</pre> - * - * If a shortcut has a menu entry as well, you could insert them like - * this. The example is again the @ref KStdAccel::Print from above. - * - * <pre> - * int id; - * id = popup->insertItem("&Print",this, TQT_SLOT(printDoc())); - * a->changeMenuAccel(popup, id, KStdAccel::Print ); - * </pre> - * - * If you want a somewhat "exotic" name for your standard print action, like - * id = popup->insertItem(i18n("Print &Document"),this, TQT_SLOT(printDoc())); - * it might be a good idea to insert the standard action before as - * a->insertStdItem( KStdAccel::Print, i18n("Print Document") ) - * as well, so that the user can easily find the corresponding function. - * - * This technique works for other actions as well. Your "scroll up" function - * in a menu could be done with - * - * <pre> - * id = popup->insertItem(i18n"Scroll &up",this, TQT_SLOT(scrollUp())); - * a->changeMenuAccel(popup, id, "Scroll Up" ); - * </pre> - * - * Please keep the order right: First insert all functions in the - * acceleratior, then call a -> @ref readSettings() and @em then build your - * menu structure. - * - * @short Configurable key binding support. - * @version $Id: kaccelbase.h,v 1.22 2002/10/06 18:19:39 ellis Exp $ - */ - -class KAccelBase -{ - public: - enum Init { QT_KEYS = 0x00, NATIVE_KEYS = 0x01 }; - enum Signal { KEYCODE_CHANGED }; - - KAccelBase( int fInitCode ); - virtual ~KAccelBase(); - - uint actionCount() const; - KAccelActions& actions(); - bool isEnabled() const; - - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKey& key ); - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKeyServer::Key& key ); - - const TQString& configGroup() const { return m_sConfigGroup; } - void setConfigGroup( const TQString& group ); - void setConfigGlobal( bool global ); - virtual void setEnabled( bool bEnabled ) = 0; - bool getAutoUpdate() { return m_bAutoUpdate; } - // return value of AutoUpdate flag before this call. - bool setAutoUpdate( bool bAuto ); - -// Procedures for manipulating Actions. - //void clearActions(); - - KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sDesc ); - KAccelAction* insert( - const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sDesc, const TQString& sHelp, - const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, - const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, - bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true ); - bool remove( const TQString& sAction ); - bool setActionSlot( const TQString& sAction, const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot ); - - bool updateConnections(); - - bool setShortcut( const TQString& sAction, const KShortcut& cut ); - -// Modify individual Action sub-items - bool setActionEnabled( const TQString& sAction, bool bEnable ); - - /** - * Read all key associations from @p config, or (if @p config - * is zero) from the application's configuration file - * @ref KGlobal::config(). - * - * The group in which the configuration is stored can be - * set with @ref setConfigGroup(). - */ - void readSettings( KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ); - - /** - * Write the current configurable associations to @p config, - * or (if @p config is zero) to the application's - * configuration file. - */ - void writeSettings( KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ) const; - - TQPopupMenu* createPopupMenu( TQWidget* pParent, const KKeySequence& ); - - // Protected methods - protected: - void slotRemoveAction( KAccelAction* ); - - void createKeyList( TQValueVector<struct X>& rgKeys ); - bool insertConnection( KAccelAction* ); - bool removeConnection( KAccelAction* ); - - virtual bool emitSignal( Signal ) = 0; - virtual bool connectKey( KAccelAction&, const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; - virtual bool connectKey( const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; - virtual bool disconnectKey( KAccelAction&, const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; - virtual bool disconnectKey( const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; - - protected: - struct ActionInfo - { - KAccelAction* pAction; - uint iSeq, iVariation; - //ActionInfo* pInfoNext; // nil if only one action uses this key. - - ActionInfo() { pAction = 0; iSeq = 0xffff; iVariation = 0xffff; } - ActionInfo( KAccelAction* _pAction, uint _iSeq, uint _iVariation ) - { pAction = _pAction; iSeq = _iSeq; iVariation = _iVariation; } - }; - typedef TQMap<KKeyServer::Key, ActionInfo> KKeyToActionMap; - - KAccelActions m_rgActions; - KKeyToActionMap m_mapKeyToAction; - TQValueList<KAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique; - bool m_bNativeKeys; // Use native key codes instead of Qt codes - bool m_bEnabled; - bool m_bConfigIsGlobal; - TQString m_sConfigGroup; - bool m_bAutoUpdate; - KAccelAction* mtemp_pActionRemoving; - - private: - KAccelBase& operator =( const KAccelBase& ); - - friend class KAccelActions; -}; - -#endif // _KACCELBASE_H diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde311/kicontheme.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde311/kicontheme.h deleted file mode 100644 index bfee160b..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde311/kicontheme.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,331 +0,0 @@ -/* vi: ts=8 sts=4 sw=4 - * - * $Id: kicontheme.h,v 1.26 2002/10/26 22:08:38 tjansen Exp $ - * - * This file is part of the KDE project, module kdecore. - * Copyright (C) 2000 Geert Jansen <jansen@kde.org> - * Antonio Larrosa <larrosa@kde.org> - * - * This is free software; it comes under the GNU Library General - * Public License, version 2. See the file "COPYING.LIB" for the - * exact licensing terms. - * - */ - -#ifndef __KIconTheme_h_Included__ -#define __KIconTheme_h_Included__ - -#include <tqstring.h> -#include <tqstringlist.h> -#include <tqptrlist.h> - -class KConfig; -//class KIconThemeDir; - -class KIconThemePrivate; - -class KIconPrivate; - -/** - * One icon as found by KIconTheme. Also serves as a namespace containing - * icon related constants. - * @see KIconEffect - * @see KIconTheme - * @see KIconLoader - */ -class KIcon -{ -public: - KIcon() { size = 0; } - - /** - * Return true if this icon is valid, false otherwise. - */ - bool isValid() const { return size != 0; } - - /** - * Defines the context of the icon. - */ - enum Context { - Any, ///< Some icon with unknown purpose. - Action, ///< An action icon (e.g. 'save', 'print'). - Application, ///< An icon that represents an application. - Device, ///< An icon that represents a device. - FileSystem, ///< An icon that represents a file system. - MimeType ///< An icon that represents a mime type (or file type). - }; - - /** - * The type of the icon. - */ - enum Type { - Fixed, ///< Fixed-size icon. - Scalable, ///< Scalable-size icon. - Threshold ///< A threshold icon. - }; - - /** - * The type of a match. - */ - enum MatchType { - MatchExact, ///< Only try to find an exact match. - MatchBest ///< Take the best match if there is no exact match. - - }; - - // if you add a group here, make sure to change the config reading in - // KIconLoader too - /** - * The group an an icon. - */ - enum Group { NoGroup=-1, Desktop=0, FirstGroup=Desktop, Toolbar, - MainToolbar, Small, Panel, LastGroup, User }; - - /** - * These are the standard sizes for icons. - */ - enum StdSizes { - /// small icons for menu entries - SizeSmall=16, - /// medium sized icons for the desktop - SizeMedium=32, - /// large sized icons for the panel - SizeLarge=48 }; - - /** - * Defines the possible states of an icon. - */ - enum States { DefaultState, ///< The default state. - ActiveState, ///< Icon is active. - DisabledState, ///< Icon is disabled. - LastState ///< Last state (last constant) - }; - - /** - * This defines an overlay, a semi-transparent image that is - * projected onto the icon. They are used to show that the file - * represented by the icon is, for example, locked, zipped or hidden. - */ - enum Overlays { - LockOverlay=0x100, ///< a file is locked - ZipOverlay=0x200, ///< a file is zipped - LinkOverlay=0x400, ///< a fileis a link - HiddenOverlay=0x800, ///< a file is hidden - ShareOverlay=0x1000, ///< a file is shared - OverlayMask = ~0xff - }; - - /** - * The size in pixels of the icon. - */ - int size; - - /** - * The context of the icon. - */ - Context context; - - /** - * The type of the icon: Fixed, Scalable or Threshold. - **/ - Type type; - - /** - * The threshold in case type == Threshold - */ - int threshold; - - /** - * The full path of the icon. - */ - TQString path; - -private: - KIconPrivate *d; -}; - -inline KIcon::Group& operator++(KIcon::Group& group) { group = static_cast<KIcon::Group>(group+1); return group; } -inline KIcon::Group operator++(KIcon::Group& group,int) { KIcon::Group ret = group; ++group; return ret; } - -/** - * Class to use/access icon themes in KDE. This class is used by the - * iconloader but can be used by others too. - * @see KIconLoader - */ -class KIconTheme -{ -public: - /** - * Load an icon theme by name. - * @param name the name of the theme (e.g. "hicolor" or "keramik") - * @param appName the name of the application. Can be null. This argument - * allows applications to have themed application icons. - */ - KIconTheme(const TQString& name, const TQString& appName=TQString::null); - ~KIconTheme(); - - /** - * The stylized name of the icon theme. - * @return the (human-readable) name of the theme - */ - TQString name() const { return mName; } - - /** - * A description for the icon theme. - * @return a human-readable description of the theme, TQString::null - * if there is none - */ - TQString description() const { return mDesc; } - - /** - * Return the name of the "example" icon. This can be used to - * present the theme to the user. - * @return the name of the example icon, TQString::null if there is none - */ - TQString example() const; - - /** - * Return the name of the screenshot. - * @return the name of the screenshot, TQString::null if there is none - */ - TQString screenshot() const; - - /** - * Returns the name of this theme's link overlay. - * @return the name of the link overlay - */ - TQString linkOverlay() const; - - /** - * Returns the name of this theme's zip overlay. - * @return the name of the zip overlay - */ - TQString zipOverlay() const; - - /** - * Returns the name of this theme's lock overlay. - * @return the name of the lock overlay - */ - TQString lockOverlay() const; - - /** - * Returns the name of this theme's share overlay. - * @return the name of the share overlay - * @since 3.1 - */ - TQString shareOverlay () const; - - /** - * Returns the toplevel theme directory. - * @return the directory of the theme - */ - TQString dir() const { return mDir; } - - /** - * The themes this icon theme falls back on. - * @return a list of icon themes that are used as fall-backs - */ - TQStringList inherits() const { return mInherits; } - - /** - * The icon theme exists? - * @return true if the icon theme is valid - */ - bool isValid() const; - - /** - * The icon theme should be hidden to the user? - * @return true if the icon theme is hidden - * @since 3.1 - */ - bool isHidden() const; - - /** - * The minimum display depth required for this theme. This can either - * be 8 or 32. - * @return the minimum bpp (8 or 32) - */ - int depth() const { return mDepth; } - - /** - * The default size of this theme for a certain icon group. - * @param group The icon group. See @ref #KIcon::Group. - * @return The default size in pixels for the given icon group. - */ - int defaultSize(KIcon::Group group) const; - - /** - * Query available sizes for a group. - * @param group The icon group. See @ref #KIcon::Group. - * @return a list of available sized for the given group - */ - TQValueList<int> querySizes(KIcon::Group group) const; - - /** - * Query available icons for a size and context. - * @param size the size of the icons - * @param context the context of the icons - * @return the list of icon names - */ - TQStringList queryIcons(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const; - - /** - * Query available icons for a context and preferred size. - * @param size the size of the icons - * @param context the context of the icons - * @return the list of icon names - */ - TQStringList queryIconsByContext(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const; - - - /** - * Lookup an icon in the theme. - * @param name The name of the icon, without extension. - * @param size The desired size of the icon. - * @param match The matching mode. KIcon::MatchExact returns an icon - * only if matches exactly. KIcon::MatchBest returns the best matching - * icon. - * @return A KIcon class that describes the icon. If an icon is found, - * @see KIcon::isValid will return true, and false otherwise. - */ - KIcon iconPath(const TQString& name, int size, KIcon::MatchType match) const; - - /** - * List all icon themes installed on the system, global and local. - * @return the list of all icon themes - */ - static TQStringList list(); - - /** - * Returns the current icon theme. - * @return the name of the current theme - */ - static TQString current(); - - /** - * Reconfigure the theme. - */ - static void reconfigure(); - - /** - * Returns the default icon theme. - * @return the name of the default theme name - * @since 3.1 - */ - static TQString defaultThemeName(); - -private: - int mDefSize[8]; - TQValueList<int> mSizes[8]; - - int mDepth; - TQString mDir, mName, mDesc; - TQStringList mInherits; -// TQPtrList<KIconThemeDir> mDirs; - KIconThemePrivate *d; - - static TQString *_theme; - static TQStringList *_theme_list; -}; - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde311/kkeyserver_x11.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde311/kkeyserver_x11.h deleted file mode 100644 index 568de854..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde311/kkeyserver_x11.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,435 +0,0 @@ -#ifndef _KKEYSERVER_X11_H -#define _KKEYSERVER_X11_H - -#include "kshortcut.h" -#include "kkeynative.h" - -/** - * A collection of functions for the conversion of key presses and - * their modifiers from the window system (X11) specific format - * to the generic format and vice-versa. - */ -namespace KKeyServer -{ - /** - * Supplement enum KKey::ModFlag - * @since 3.1 - */ - enum ExtraModFlag { MODE_SWITCH = 0x2000 }; - - struct CodeMod { int code, mod; }; - - /** - * Represents a key symbol. - * @see KKey - * @see KKeyServer - */ - struct Sym - { - public: - /// the actual value of the symbol - uint m_sym; - - /// Creates a null symbol. - Sym() - { m_sym = 0; } - /** - * Creates asymbol with the given value. - * @param sym the value - */ - Sym( uint sym ) - { m_sym = sym; } - /** - * Creates a symbol from the given string description. - * @param s the description of the symbol - * @see toString() - */ - Sym( const TQString& s ) - { init( s ); } - - /** - * Initializes the symbol with the given Qt key code. - * @param keyQt the qt key code - * @return true if succesful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key - */ - bool initQt( int keyQt ); - - /** - * Initializes the key with the given string description. - * @param s the string description - * @return true if succesful, false otherwise - * @see toString() - */ - bool init( const TQString &s ); - - /** - * Returns the qt key code of the symbol. - * @return the qt key code - */ - int qt() const; - - /** - * @internal - */ - TQString toStringInternal() const; - - /** - * Returns the string representation of the symbol. - * @return the string representation of the symbol - */ - TQString toString() const; - - /** - * Returns the mods that are required for this symbol as - * ORed @ref KKey::ModFlag's. For example, Break requires a - * Ctrl to be valid. - * @return the required @ref KKey::ModFlag's - * @see KKey::ModFlag - */ - uint getModsRequired() const; - - /** - * TODO: please find out what this method does and document it - */ - uint getSymVariation() const; - - /** - * Casts the symbol to its integer representation. - */ - operator uint() const { return m_sym; } - - /** - * Overloaded operator to convert ints to Sym. - */ - Sym& operator =( uint sym ) { m_sym = sym; return *this; } - - private: - TQString toString( bool bUserSpace ) const; - - static void capitalizeKeyname( TQString& ); - }; - - /** - * Represents a key press. - * @see KKey - */ - struct Key - { - /// Code for native Keys in Qt - enum { CODE_FOR_QT = 256 }; - - /// The code of the key - uint m_code; - - /// The modifiers of the key - uint m_mod; - - /// The symbol of the key - uint m_sym; - - /** - * Initializes the key with a @ref KKey. - * @param key the key to get the data from - * @param bQt true to take the Qt keycode, false - * for the native key code - * @see Qt::Key - * @see KKeyNative - */ - bool init( const KKey& key, bool bQt ); - - /** - * Checks whether the key code is a native code. - * @return true if native code of the window system, - * false if it is a Qt keycode - * @see Qt::Key - * @see KKeyNative - */ - bool isNative() const { return m_code != CODE_FOR_QT; } - - /** - * Returns the code of the key. - * @return the code of the key - */ - uint code() const { return m_code; } - - /** - * Returns the modifiers of the key. - * @return the modifiers of the key - */ - uint mod() const { return m_mod; } - - /** - * Returns the symbol of the key. - * @return the symbol of the key - */ - uint sym() const { return m_sym; } - - /** - * Returns the qt key code. - * @return the qt key code - */ - int keyCodeQt() const { return (int) m_sym; } - - /** - * Sets the qt key code. - * @param keyQt the qt key code - */ - void setKeycodeQt( int keyQt ) - { m_code = CODE_FOR_QT; m_sym = keyQt; } - - /** - * Initializes this key with a @ref KKeyNative. - * @return this key - */ - Key& operator =( const KKeyNative& key ); - - /** - * Compares this key with the given Key object. Returns a - * negative number if the given Key is larger, 0 if they - * are equal and a positive number this Key is larger. The - * returned value is the difference between the symbol, modifier - * or code, whatever is non-zero first. - * - * @param key the key to compare with this key - * @return a negative number if the given Key is larger, 0 if - * they are equal and a positive number this Key is larger - */ - int compare( const Key& key ) const; - - /** - * Compares the symbol, modifiers and code of both keys. - * @see compare() - */ - bool operator ==( const Key& b ) const - { return compare( b ) == 0; } - - /** - * Compares the symbol, modifiers and code of both keys. - * @see compare() - */ - bool operator <( const Key& b ) const - { return compare( b ) < 0; } - - /** - * Converts this Key to a KKey. - * @return the KKey - */ - KKey key() const; - }; - - /** - * TODO: please document this class - */ - struct Variations - { - enum { MAX_VARIATIONS = 4 }; - - Key m_rgkey[MAX_VARIATIONS]; - uint m_nVariations; - - Variations() { m_nVariations = 0; } - - void init( const KKey&, bool bQt ); - - uint count() const { return m_nVariations; } - const Key& key( uint i ) const { return m_rgkey[i]; } - }; - - /// TODO: please document - bool initializeMods(); - - /** - * Returns the equivalent X modifier mask of the given modifier flag. - * @param modFlag the generic flags to check - * @return the window system specific flags - */ - uint modX( KKey::ModFlag modFlag ); - - /** - * Returns true if the current keyboard layout supports the Win key. - * Specifically, whether the Super or Meta keys are assigned to an X modifier. - * @return true if the keyboard has a Win key - * @see modXWin() - */ - bool keyboardHasWinKey(); - - /** - * Returns the X11 Shift modifier mask/flag. - * @return the X11 Shift modifier mask/flag. - * @see accelModMaskX() - */ - uint modXShift(); - - /** - * Returns the X11 Lock modifier mask/flag. - * @return the X11 Lock modifier mask/flag. - * @see accelModMaskX() - */ - uint modXLock(); - - /** - * Returns the X11 Ctrl modifier mask/flag. - * @return the X11 Ctrl modifier mask/flag. - * @see accelModMaskX() - */ - uint modXCtrl(); - - /** - * Returns the X11 Alt (Mod1) modifier mask/flag. - * @return the X11 Alt (Mod1) modifier mask/flag. - * @see accelModMaskX() - */ - uint modXAlt(); - - /** - * Returns the X11 NumLock modifier mask/flag. - * @return the X11 NumLock modifier mask/flag. - * @see accelModMaskX() - */ - uint modXNumLock(); - - /** - * Returns the X11 Win (Mod3) modifier mask/flag. - * @return the X11 Win (Mod3) modifier mask/flag. - * @see keyboardHasWinKey() - * @see accelModMaskX() - */ - uint modXWin(); - - /** - * Returns the X11 ScrollLock modifier mask/flag. - * @return the X11 ScrollLock modifier mask/flag. - * @see accelModMaskX() - */ - uint modXScrollLock(); - - /** - * Returns bitwise OR'ed mask containing Shift, Ctrl, Alt, and - * Win (if available). - * @see modXShift() - * @see modXLock() - * @see modXCtrl() - * @see modXAlt() - * @see modXNumLock() - * @see modXWin() - * @see modXScrollLock() - */ - uint accelModMaskX(); - - /** - * Extracts the symbol from the given Qt key and - * converts it to a symbol. - * @param keyQt the qt key code - * @param sym if successful, the symbol will be written here - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key - * @see Sym - */ - bool keyQtToSym( int keyQt, uint& sym ); - - /** - * Extracts the modifiers from the given Qt key and - * converts them in a mask of ORed @ref KKey::ModFlag modifiers. - * @param keyQt the qt key code - * @param mod if successful, the modifiers will be written here - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key - */ - bool keyQtToMod( int keyQt, uint& mod ); - - /** - * Converts the given symbol to a Qt key code. - * @param sym the symbol - * @param keyQt if successful, the qt key code will be written here - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key - * @see Sym - */ - bool symToKeyQt( uint sym, int& keyQt ); - - /** - * Converts the mask of ORed @ref KKey::ModFlag modifiers to - * a mask of ORed Qt key code modifiers. - * @param the mask of @ref KKey::ModFlag modifiers - * @param the mask of Qt key code modifiers will be written here, - * if successful - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key - * @see KKey - */ - bool modToModQt( uint mod, int& modQt ); - - /** - * Converts the mask of ORed @ref KKey::ModFlag modifiers to - * a mask of ORed X11 modifiers. - * @param the mask of @ref KKey::ModFlag modifiers - * @param the mask of X11 modifiers will be written here, - * if successful - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see KKey - */ - bool modToModX( uint mod, uint& modX ); - - /** - * Converts the mask of ORed X11 modifiers to - * a mask of ORed Qt key code modifiers. - * @param the mask of X11 modifiers - * @param the mask of Qt key code modifiers will be written here - * if successful - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key - */ - bool modXToModQt( uint modX, int& modQt ); - - /** - * Converts the mask of ORed X11 modifiers to - * a mask of ORed @ref KKey::ModFlag modifiers. - * @param the mask of X11 modifiers - * @param the mask of @ref KKey::ModFlag modifiers will be written here, - * if successful - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see KKey - */ - bool modXToMod( uint modX, uint& mod ); - - /** - * Converts a X11 key code and a mask of ORed X11 modifiers - * into a X11 symbol. - * converts it to a symbol. - * @param codeX the X11 key code - * @param modX the mask of ORed X11 modifiers - * @param sym if successful, the X11 symbol will be written here - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key - * @see Sym - */ - bool codeXToSym( uchar codeX, uint modX, uint& symX ); - - /** - * @internal - */ - TQString modToStringInternal( uint mod ); - - /** - * Converts the mask of ORed @ref KKey::ModFlag modifiers to a - * user-readable string. - * @param mod the mask of ORed @ref KKey::ModFlag modifiers - * @return the user-readable string - */ - TQString modToStringUser( uint mod ); - - /** - * @internal - * Unimplemented? - */ - bool stringToSymMod( const TQString&, uint& sym, uint& mod ); - - /** - * @internal - * Unimplemented? - */ - void keyQtToKeyX( uint keyCombQt, unsigned char *pKeyCodeX, uint *pKeySymX, uint *pKeyModX ); -}; - -#endif // !_KKEYSERVER_X11_H diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde311/konsole_part.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde311/konsole_part.h deleted file mode 100644 index 6aba7064..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde311/konsole_part.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,223 +0,0 @@ -/* - This file is part of the KDE system - Copyright (C) 1999,2000 Boloni Laszlo - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. - */ - -#ifndef __KONSOLE_PART_H__ -#define __KONSOLE_PART_H__ - -#include <kparts/browserextension.h> -#include <kparts/factory.h> - - -#include <kdialogbase.h> - -#include <kde_terminal_interface.h> - -//#include "schema.h" -//#include "session.h" - -class KInstance; -class konsoleBrowserExtension; -class TQPushButton; -class TQSpinBox; -class KPopupMenu; -class TQCheckBox; -class KRootPixmap; -class KToggleAction; -class KSelectAction; - -namespace KParts { class GUIActivateEvent; } - -class konsoleFactory : public KParts::Factory -{ - Q_OBJECT -public: - konsoleFactory(); - virtual ~konsoleFactory(); - - virtual KParts::Part* createPartObject(TQWidget *parentWidget = 0, const char *widgetName = 0, - TQObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0, - const char* classname = "KParts::Part", - const TQStringList &args = TQStringList()); - - static KInstance *instance(); - - private: - static KInstance *s_instance; - static KAboutData *s_aboutData; -}; - -////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -class konsolePart: public KParts::ReadOnlyPart, public TerminalInterface -{ - Q_OBJECT - public: - konsolePart(TQWidget *parentWidget, const char *widgetName, TQObject * parent, const char *name, const char *classname = 0); - virtual ~konsolePart(); - -signals: - void processExited(); - void receivedData( const TQString& s ); - protected: - virtual bool openURL( const KURL & url ); - virtual bool openFile() {return false;} // never used - virtual bool closeURL() {return true;} - virtual void guiActivateEvent( KParts::GUIActivateEvent * event ); - - protected slots: - void showShell(); - void slotProcessExited(); - void slotReceivedData( const TQString& s ); - -// void doneSession(TESession*); - void sessionDestroyed(); -// void configureRequest(TEWidget*,int,int x,int y); - void updateTitle(); - void enableMasterModeConnections(); - - private slots: - void emitOpenURLRequest(const TQString &url); - - void readProperties(); - void saveProperties(); - - void sendSignal(int n); - void closeCurrentSession(); - - void notifySize(int,int); - - void slotToggleFrame(); - void slotSelectScrollbar(); - void slotSelectFont(); - void schema_menu_check(); - void keytab_menu_activated(int item); - void updateSchemaMenu(); - void setSchema(int n); - void pixmap_menu_activated(int item); - void schema_menu_activated(int item); - void slotHistoryType(); - void slotSelectBell(); - void slotSelectLineSpacing(); - void slotBlinkingCursor(); - void slotWordSeps(); - void fontNotFound(); - - private: - konsoleBrowserExtension *m_extension; - KURL currentURL; - - void makeGUI(); - void applySettingsToGUI(); - - void setFont(int fontno); -// void setSchema(ColorSchema* s); - void updateKeytabMenu(); - - bool doOpenStream( const TQString& ); - bool doWriteStream( const TQByteArray& ); - bool doCloseStream(); - - TQWidget* parentWidget; -// TEWidget* te; -// TESession* se; -// ColorSchemaList* colors; - KRootPixmap* rootxpm; - - KToggleAction* blinkingCursor; - KToggleAction* showFrame; - - KSelectAction* selectBell; - KSelectAction* selectFont; - KSelectAction* selectLineSpacing; - KSelectAction* selectScrollbar; - - KPopupMenu* m_keytab; - KPopupMenu* m_schema; - KPopupMenu* m_signals; - KPopupMenu* m_options; - KPopupMenu* m_popupMenu; - - TQFont defaultFont; - - TQString pmPath; // pixmap path - TQString s_schema; - TQString s_kconfigSchema; - TQString s_word_seps; // characters that are considered part of a word - TQString fontNotFound_par; - - bool b_framevis:1; - bool b_histEnabled:1; - - int curr_schema; // current schema no - int n_bell; - int n_font; - int n_keytab; - int n_render; - int n_scroll; - unsigned m_histSize; - bool m_runningShell; - bool m_streamEnabled; -public: - // these are the implementations for the TermEmuInterface - // functions... - void startProgram( const TQString& program, - const TQStrList& args ); - void showShellInDir( const TQString& dir ); - void sendInput( const TQString& text ); -}; - -////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -/*class HistoryTypeDialog : public KDialogBase -{ - Q_OBJECT -public: - HistoryTypeDialog(const HistoryType& histType, - unsigned int histSize, - TQWidget *parent); - -public slots: - void slotDefault(); - void slotSetUnlimited(); - void slotHistEnable(bool); - - unsigned int nbLines() const; - bool isOn() const; - -protected: - TQCheckBox* m_btnEnable; - TQSpinBox* m_size; - TQPushButton* m_setUnlimited; -};*/ - -////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -class konsoleBrowserExtension : public KParts::BrowserExtension -{ - Q_OBJECT - friend class konsolePart; - public: - konsoleBrowserExtension(konsolePart *parent); - virtual ~konsoleBrowserExtension(); - - void emitOpenURLRequest(const KURL &url); -}; - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde311/kpanelmenu.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde311/kpanelmenu.h deleted file mode 100644 index c4ac76e4..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde311/kpanelmenu.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,177 +0,0 @@ -/***************************************************************** - -Copyright (c) 1996-2000 the kicker authors. See file AUTHORS. - (c) 2001 Michael Goffioul <goffioul@imec.be> - -Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy -of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal -in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights -to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell -copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is -furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: - -The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in -all copies or substantial portions of the Software. - -THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR -IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, -FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE -AUTHORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN -AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN -CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. - -******************************************************************/ - -#ifndef __KPANELMENU_H__ -#define __KPANELMENU_H__ - -#include <tqstring.h> -#include <kpopupmenu.h> -#include <kgenericfactory.h> - -class KPanelMenuPrivate; - -/** - * Base class to build dynamically loaded menu entries for the K-menu, or the panel. - * - * This class allows to build menu entries that will be dynamically added either to - * the K-menu, or to the panel as a normal button. These dynamic menus are located - * in shared libraries that will be loaded at runtime by Kicker (the KDE panel). - * - * To build such a menu, you have to inherit this class and implement the pure virtual - * functions #initialize() and @ref slotExec(). You also have to provide a factory - * object in your library, see @ref KLibFactory. This factory is only used to construct - * the menu object. - * - * Finally, you also have to provide a desktop file describing your dynamic menu. The - * relevant entries are: Name, Comment, Icon and X-KDE-Library (which contains the - * library name without any extension). This desktop file has to be installed in - * $KDEDIR/share/apps/kicker/menuext/. - * - * @short Base class to build dynamically loaded menu entries for the K-menu, or the panel. - * @author The kicker maintainer, Michael Goffioul <goffioul@imec.be> - */ -class KPanelMenu : public KPopupMenu -{ - Q_OBJECT - -public: - /** - * Construct a KPanelMenu object. This is the normal constructor to use when - * building extrernal menu entries. - */ - KPanelMenu(TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0); - /** - * Constructor used internally by Kicker. You don't really want to use it. - * @param startDir a directory to associate with this menu - * @see path(), setPath() - */ - KPanelMenu(const TQString &startDir, TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0); - /** - * Destructor. - */ - virtual ~KPanelMenu(); - - /** - * Get the directory path associated with this menu, or TQString::null if - * there's no such associated path. - * @return the associated directory path - * @see setPath() - */ - const TQString& path() const; - /** - * Set a directory path to be associated with this menu. - * @param p the directory path - * @see path() - */ - void setPath(const TQString &p); - /** - * Tell if the menu has been initialized, that is it already contains items. - * This is useful when you need to know if you have to clear the menu, or to - * fill it. - * @return the initial state - * @see setInitialized(), initialize() - */ - bool initialized() const; - /** - * Set the initial state. Set it to true when you menu is filled with the items - * you want. - * @param on the initial state - * @see initialized(), initialize() - */ - void setInitialized(bool on); - - /** - * Disable the automatic clearing of the menu. Kicker uses a cache system for - * its menus. After a specific configurable delay, the menu will be cleared. - * Use this function if you want to disable kicker's cache system, and avoid - * the clearing of your menu. - */ - void disableAutoClear(); - -public slots: - /** - * Reinitialize the menu: the menu is first cleared, the initial state is set - * to false, and finally #initialize() is called. Use this if you want to - * refill your menu immediately. - */ - void reinitialize(); - /** - * Deinitialize the menu: the menu is cleared and the initialized state is set to - * false. #initialize() is NOT called. It will be called before the menu is - * next shown, however. Use this slot if you want a delayed reinitialization. - * @since 3.1 - */ - void deinitialize(); - -protected slots: - /** - * This slot is called just before the menu is shown. This allows your menu - * to update itself if needed. However you should instead re-implement - * #initialize to provide this feature. This function is responsible for - * the cache system handling, so if you re-implement it, you should call - * the base function also. Calls #initialize(). - * @see disableAutoClear() - */ - virtual void slotAboutToShow(); - /** - * This is slot is called when an item from the menu has been selected. Your - * applet is then supposed to perform some action. You must re-implement this - * function. - * @param id the ID associated with the selected item - */ - virtual void slotExec(int id) = 0; - /** - * This slots is called to initialize the menu. It is called automatically by - * @ref slotAboutToShow(). By re-implementing this functions, you can reconstruct - * the menu before it is being shown. At the end of this function, you should - * call @ref setInitialize() with true to tell the system that the menu is OK. - * You applet must re-implement this function. - * @see slotAboutToShow(), initialized(), setInitialized() - */ - virtual void initialize() = 0; - /** - * Clears the menu, and update the initial state accordingly. - * @see initialized() - */ - void slotClear(); - -protected: - /** - * Re-implemented for internal reasons. - */ - virtual void hideEvent(TQHideEvent *ev); - /** - * For internal use only. Used by constructors. - */ - void init(const TQString& path = TQString::null); - -protected: - virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data ); -private: - void internalInitialize(); - KPanelMenuPrivate *d; -}; - - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde311/krecentdirs.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde311/krecentdirs.h deleted file mode 100644 index 61a50706..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde311/krecentdirs.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,68 +0,0 @@ -/* -*- c++ -*- - * Copyright (C)2000 Waldo Bastian <bastian@kde.org> - * - * All rights reserved. - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without - * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions - * are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the - * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND - * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE - * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE - * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE - * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL - * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS - * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) - * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT - * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY - * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF - * SUCH DAMAGE. - * - */ -#ifndef __KRECENTDIRS_H -#define __KRECENTDIRS_H - -#include <tqstringlist.h> - -/** - * The goal of this class is to make sure that, when the user needs to - * specify a file via the file selection dialog, this dialog will start - * in the directory most likely to contain the desired files. - * - * This works as follows: Each time the file selection dialog is - * shown, the programmer can specify a "file-class". The file-dialog will - * then start with the directory associated with this file-class. When - * the dialog closes, the directory currently shown in the file-dialog - * will be associated with the file-class. - * - * A file-class can either start with ':' or with '::'. If it starts with - * a single ':' the file-class is specific to the current application. - * If the file-class starts with '::' it is global to all applications. - */ -class KRecentDirs -{ -public: - /** - * Returns a list of directories associated with this file-class. - * The most recently used directory is at the front of the list. - */ - static TQStringList list(const TQString &fileClass); - - /** - * Returns the most recently used directory accociated with this file-class. - */ - static TQString dir(const TQString &fileClass); - - /** - * Associates @p directory with @p fileClass - */ - static void add(const TQString &fileClass, const TQString &directory); -}; - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde311/ksycocafactory.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde311/ksycocafactory.h deleted file mode 100644 index 1959edda..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde311/ksycocafactory.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,137 +0,0 @@ -/* This file is part of the KDE libraries - * Copyright (C) 1999 Waldo Bastian <bastian@kde.org> - * - * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - * License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation; - * - * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Library General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - * along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. - **/ - -#ifndef __ksycocafactory_h__ -#define __ksycocafactory_h__ "$Id: ksycocafactory.h,v 1.13 2002/09/21 15:07:27 tjansen Exp $" - -#include "ksycocatype.h" -#include "ksycocaentry.h" - -#include <tqdict.h> -#include <tqptrlist.h> -class KSycoca; -class TQStringList; -class TQString; -class KSycocaDict; -class KSycocaResourceList; - -typedef TQDict<KSycocaEntry::Ptr> KSycocaEntryDict; - -/** - * @internal - * Base class for sycoca factories - */ -class KSycocaFactory -{ -public: - virtual KSycocaFactoryId factoryId() const = 0; - -protected: // virtual class - /** - * Create a factory which can be used to lookup from/create a database - * (depending on KSycoca::isBuilding()) - */ - KSycocaFactory( KSycocaFactoryId factory_id ); - -public: - virtual ~KSycocaFactory(); - - /** - * @return the position of the factory in the sycoca file - */ - int offset() { return mOffset; } - - /** - * @return the dict, for special use by KBuildSycoca - */ - KSycocaEntryDict * entryDict() { return m_entryDict; } - - /** - * Construct an entry from a config file. - * To be implemented in the real factories. - */ - virtual KSycocaEntry *createEntry(const TQString &file, const char *resource) = 0; - - /** - * Add an entry - */ - virtual void addEntry(KSycocaEntry *newEntry, const char *resource); - - /** - * Read an entry from the database - */ - virtual KSycocaEntry *createEntry(int offset)=0; - - /** - * Get a list of all entries from the database. - */ - KSycocaEntry::List allEntries(); - - /** - * Saves all entries it maintains as well as index files - * for these entries to the stream 'str'. - * - * Also sets mOffset to the starting position. - * - * The stream is positioned at the end of the last index. - * - * Don't forget to call the parent first when you override - * this function. - */ - virtual void save(TQDataStream &str); - - /** - * Writes out a header to the stream 'str'. - * The baseclass positions the stream correctly. - * - * Don't forget to call the parent first when you override - * this function. - */ - virtual void saveHeader(TQDataStream &str); - - /** - * @return the resources for which this factory is responsible. - */ - virtual const KSycocaResourceList * resourceList() const { return m_resourceList; } - -private: - int mOffset; - -protected: - int m_sycocaDictOffset; - int m_beginEntryOffset; - int m_endEntryOffset; - TQDataStream *m_str; - - KSycocaResourceList *m_resourceList; - KSycocaEntryDict *m_entryDict; - KSycocaDict *m_sycocaDict; -protected: - virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data ); -}; - -/** This, instead of a typedef, allows to declare "class ..." in header files - * @internal - */ -class KSycocaFactoryList : public TQPtrList<KSycocaFactory> -{ -public: - KSycocaFactoryList() { } -}; - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde311/ktoolbarbutton.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde311/ktoolbarbutton.h deleted file mode 100644 index 6fafb1ed..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde311/ktoolbarbutton.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,317 +0,0 @@ -/* This file is part of the KDE libraries - Copyright (C) 1997, 1998 Stephan Kulow (coolo@kde.org) - (C) 1997, 1998 Sven Radej (radej@kde.org) - (C) 1997, 1998 Mark Donohoe (donohoe@kde.org) - (C) 1997, 1998 Matthias Ettrich (ettrich@kde.org) - (C) 2000 Kurt Granroth (granroth@kde.org) - - This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation. - - This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. -*/ - -// $Id: ktoolbarbutton.h,v 1.26 2002/09/28 15:16:22 tjansen Exp $ -#ifndef _KTOOLBARBUTTON_H -#define _KTOOLBARBUTTON_H - -#include <tqpixmap.h> -#include <tqtoolbutton.h> -#include <tqintdict.h> -#include <tqstring.h> -#include <kglobal.h> - -class KToolBar; -class KToolBarButtonPrivate; -class KInstance; -class TQEvent; -class TQPopupMenu; -class TQPainter; - -/** - * A toolbar button. This is used internally by @ref KToolBar, use the - * KToolBar methods instead. - * @internal - */ -class KToolBarButton : public QToolButton -{ - Q_OBJECT - -public: - /** - * Construct a button with an icon loaded by the button itself. - * This will trust the button to load the correct icon with the - * correct size. - * - * @param icon Name of icon to load (may be absolute or relative) - * @param id Id of this button - * @param parent This button's parent - * @param name This button's internal name - * @param txt This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise) - */ - KToolBarButton(const TQString& icon, int id, TQWidget *parent, - const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null, - KInstance *_instance = KGlobal::instance()); - - /** - * Construct a button with an existing pixmap. It is not - * recommended that you use this as the internal icon loading code - * will almost always get it "right". - * - * @param icon Name of icon to load (may be absolute or relative) - * @param id Id of this button - * @param parent This button's parent - * @param name This button's internal name - * @param txt This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise) - */ - KToolBarButton(const TQPixmap& pixmap, int id, TQWidget *parent, - const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null); - - /** - * Construct a separator button - * - * @param parent This button's parent - * @param name This button's internal name - */ - KToolBarButton(TQWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L); - - /** - * Standard destructor - */ - ~KToolBarButton(); - -#ifndef KDE_NO_COMPAT - /** - * @deprecated - * Set the pixmap directly for this button. This pixmap should be - * the active one... the dimmed and disabled pixmaps are constructed - * based on this one. However, don't use this function unless you - * are positive that you don't want to use @ref setIcon. - * - * @param pixmap The active pixmap - */ - // this one is from TQButton, so #ifdef-ing it out doesn't break BC - virtual void setPixmap(const TQPixmap &pixmap); - - /** - * @deprecated - * Force the button to use this pixmap as the default one rather - * then generating it using effects. - * - * @param pixmap The pixmap to use as the default (normal) one - */ - void setDefaultPixmap(const TQPixmap& pixmap); - - /** - * @deprecated - * Force the button to use this pixmap when disabled one rather then - * generating it using effects. - * - * @param pixmap The pixmap to use when disabled - */ - void setDisabledPixmap(const TQPixmap& pixmap); -#endif - - /** - * Set the text for this button. The text will be either used as a - * tooltip (IconOnly) or will be along side the icon - * - * @param text The button (or tooltip) text - */ - virtual void setText(const TQString &text); - - /** - * Set the icon for this button. The icon will be loaded internally - * with the correct size. This function is preferred over @ref setIconSet - * - * @param icon The name of the icon - */ - virtual void setIcon(const TQString &icon); - - /// @since 3.1 - virtual void setIcon( const TQPixmap &pixmap ) - { TQToolButton::setIcon( pixmap ); } - - /** - * Set the pixmaps for this toolbar button from a TQIconSet. - * If you call this you don't need to call any of the other methods - * that set icons or pixmaps. - * @param iconset The iconset to use - */ - virtual void setIconSet( const TQIconSet &iconset ); - -#ifndef KDE_NO_COMPAT - /** - * @deprecated - * Set the active icon for this button. The pixmap itself is loaded - * internally based on the icon size... .. the disabled and default - * pixmaps, however will only be constructed if @ref #generate is - * true. This function is preferred over @ref setPixmap - * - * @param icon The name of the active icon - * @param generate If true, then the other icons are automagically - * generated from this one - */ - void setIcon(const TQString &icon, bool /*generate*/ ) { setIcon( icon ); } - - /** - * @deprecated - * Force the button to use this icon as the default one rather - * then generating it using effects. - * - * @param icon The icon to use as the default (normal) one - */ - void setDefaultIcon(const TQString& icon); - - /** - * @deprecated - * Force the button to use this icon when disabled one rather then - * generating it using effects. - * - * @param icon The icon to use when disabled - */ - void setDisabledIcon(const TQString& icon); -#endif - - /** - * Turn this button on or off - * - * @param flag true or false - */ - void on(bool flag = true); - - /** - * Toggle this button - */ - void toggle(); - - /** - * Turn this button into a toggle button or disable the toggle - * aspects of it. This does not toggle the button itself. - * Use @ref toggle() for that. - * - * @param toggle true or false - */ - void setToggle(bool toggle = true); - - /** - * Return a pointer to this button's popup menu (if it exists) - */ - TQPopupMenu *popup(); - - /** - * Give this button a popup menu. There will not be a delay when - * you press the button. Use @ref setDelayedPopup if you want that - * behavior. You can also make the popup-menu - * "sticky", i.e. visible until a selection is made or the mouse is - * clikced elsewhere, by simply setting the second argument to true. - * This "sticky" button feature allows you to make a selection without - * having to press and hold down the mouse while making a selection. - * - * @param p The new popup menu - * @param toggle if true, makes the button "sticky" (toggled) - */ - void setPopup (TQPopupMenu *p, bool toggle = false); - - /** - * Gives this button a delayed popup menu. - * - * This function allows you to add a delayed popup menu to the button. - * The popup menu is then only displayed when the button is pressed and - * held down for about half a second. You can also make the popup-menu - * "sticky", i.e. visible until a selection is made or the mouse is - * clikced elsewhere, by simply setting the second argument to true. - * This "sticky" button feature allows you to make a selection without - * having to press and hold down the mouse while making a selection. - * - * @param p the new popup menu - * @param toggle if true, makes the button "sticky" (toggled) - */ - void setDelayedPopup(TQPopupMenu *p, bool toggle = false); - - /** - * Turn this button into a radio button - * - * @param f true or false - */ - void setRadio(bool f = true); - - /** - * Toolbar buttons naturally will assume the global styles - * concerning icons, icons sizes, etc. You can use this function to - * explicitely turn this off, if you like. - * - * @param no_style Will disable styles if true - */ - void setNoStyle(bool no_style = true); - -signals: - void clicked(int); - void doubleClicked(int); - void pressed(int); - void released(int); - void toggled(int); - void highlighted(int, bool); - -public slots: - /** - * This slot should be called whenever the toolbar mode has - * potentially changed. This includes such events as text changing, - * orientation changing, etc. - */ - void modeChange(); - virtual void setTextLabel(const TQString&, bool tipToo); - -protected: - void paletteChange(const TQPalette &); - void leaveEvent(TQEvent *e); - void enterEvent(TQEvent *e); - void drawButton(TQPainter *p); - bool eventFilter (TQObject *o, TQEvent *e); - void showMenu(); - TQSize sizeHint() const; - TQSize minimumSizeHint() const; - TQSize minimumSize() const; - - /// @since 3.1 - bool isRaised() const; - /// @since 3.1 - bool isActive() const; - /// @since 3.1 - int iconTextMode() const; - -protected slots: - void slotClicked(); - void slotPressed(); - void slotReleased(); - void slotToggled(); - void slotDelayTimeout(); - -protected: - virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data ); -private: - KToolBarButtonPrivate *d; -}; - -/** -* List of @ref KToolBarButton objects. -* @internal -* @version $Id: ktoolbarbutton.h,v 1.26 2002/09/28 15:16:22 tjansen Exp $ -*/ -class KToolBarButtonList : public TQIntDict<KToolBarButton> -{ -public: - KToolBarButtonList(); - ~KToolBarButtonList() {} -}; - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde311/kurifilter.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde311/kurifilter.h deleted file mode 100644 index 6daf7769..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde311/kurifilter.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,602 +0,0 @@ -/* - * This file is part of the KDE libraries - * Copyright (C) 2000 Yves Arrouye <yves@realnames.com> - * - * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Library General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - * along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. - **/ - -#ifndef __kurifilter_h__ -#define __kurifilter_h__ "$Id: kurifilter.h,v 1.27 2002/10/30 09:37:39 neil Exp $" - -#include <tqptrlist.h> -#include <tqobject.h> - -#include <kurl.h> - -class KURIFilterPrivate; -class KURIFilterDataPrivate; - -class TQStringList; -class KCModule; - -/** -* This is a basic message object used for exchanging filtering -* information between the filter plugins and the application -* whenever the application requires more information about the -* URI than just a filtered version of it. Any application can -* create an instance of this class and send it to @ref KURIFilter -* to have the filter plugins fill the necessary information. -* -* @sect Example -* <pre> -* TQString text = "kde.org"; -* KURIFilterData d = text; -* bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filter( d ); -* if( filtered ) -* print ( "URI: %s\n"Filtered URI: %s\n URI Type: %i\n"Was Filtered: %i" -* text.latin1(), d.uri().url().latin1(), d.uriType(), filtered ); -* </pre> -* -* The above code should yield the following output: -* <pre> -* URI: kde.org -* Filtered URI: http://kde.org -* URI Type: 0 <== means NET_PROTOCOL -* Was Filtered: 1 <== means the URL was successfully filtered -* </pre> -* -* @short A message object for exchanging filtering URI info. -*/ - -class KURIFilterData -{ -friend class KURIFilterPlugin; - -public: - /** - * Describes the type of URI to be filtered. - * - * This enumerator prvoides the return value for - * @ref uriType. A brief description for each value: - * - * @li NET_PROTOCOL - Any network protocol: http, ftp, nttp, pop3, etc... - * @li LOCAL_FILE - A local file whose executable flag is not set - * @li LOCAL_DIR - A local directory - * @li EXECUTABLE - A local file whose executable flag is set - * @li HELP - A man or info page - * @li SHELL - A shell executable (ex: echo "Test..." >> ~/testfile) - * @li BLOCKED - A URI that should be blocked/filtered (ex: ad filtering) - * @li ERROR - An incorrect URI (ex: "~johndoe" when user johndoe - * does not exist in that system ) - * @li UNKNOWN - A URI that is not identified. Default value when - * a KURIFilterData is first created. - */ - enum URITypes { NET_PROTOCOL=0, LOCAL_FILE, LOCAL_DIR, EXECUTABLE, HELP, SHELL, BLOCKED, ERROR, UNKNOWN }; - - /** - * Default constructor. - * - * Creates a URIFilterData object. - */ - KURIFilterData() { init(); } - - /** - * Creates a URIFilterData object from the given URL. - * - * @param url is the URL to be filtered. - */ - KURIFilterData( const KURL& url ) { init( url); } - - /** - * Creates a URIFilterData object from the given string. - * - * @param url is the string to be filtered. - */ - KURIFilterData( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); } - - /** - * Copy constructor. - * - * Creates a URIFilterData object from another - * URI filter data object. - * - * @param data the uri filter data to be copied. - */ - KURIFilterData( const KURIFilterData& /*data*/); - - /** - * Destructor. - */ - ~KURIFilterData(); - - /** - * This method has been deprecated and will always return - * TRUE. You should instead use the result from the - * @ref KURIFilter::filterURI() calls. - * - * @deprecated - */ - bool hasBeenFiltered() const { return m_bFiltered; } - - /** - * Returns the filtered or the original URL. - * - * This function returns the filtered url if one - * of the plugins sucessfully filtered the original - * URL. Otherwise, it returns the original URL. - * See @ref #hasBeenFiltered() and - * - * @return the filtered or original url. - */ - KURL uri() const { return m_pURI; } - - /** - * Returns an error message. - * - * This functions returns the error message set - * by the plugin whenever the uri type is set to - * KURIFilterData::ERROR. Otherwise, it returns - * a TQString::null. - * - * @return the error message or a NULL when there is none. - */ - TQString errorMsg() const { return m_strErrMsg; } - - /** - * Returns the URI type. - * - * This method always returns KURIFilterData::UNKNOWN - * if the given URL was not filtered. - */ - URITypes uriType() const { return m_iType; } - - /** - * Sets the URL to be filtered. - * - * Use this function to set the string to be - * filtered when you construct an empty filter - * object. - * - * @param url the string to be filtered. - */ - void setData( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); } - - /** - * Same as above except the argument is a URL. - * - * Use this function to set the string to be - * filtered when you construct an empty filter - * object. - * - * @param url the URL to be filtered. - */ - void setData( const KURL& url ) { init( url ); } - - /** - * Sets the absolute path to be used whenever the supplied - * data is a relative local URL. - * - * NOTE: This function works only for a local resource and - * expects the absolute path to the relative URL set in this - * meta object. If you are extracting the absolute path from - * a KURL object, make sure you always set the argument below - * using KURL::path() instead of KURL::url() so that "file:/" - * would not be appended! Otherwise, the filter might not be - * able to make correct determination whether the relative URL - * locally exists! - * - * @param abs_path the abolute path to the local resource. - * @return true if absolute path is successfully set. Otherwise, false. - */ - bool setAbsolutePath( const TQString& /* abs_path */ ); - - /** - * Returns the absolute path if one has already been set. - */ - TQString absolutePath() const; - - /** - * Returns true if the supplied data has an absolute path. - */ - bool hasAbsolutePath() const; - - /** - * Returns the command line options and arguments for a - * local resource when present. - * - * @return options and arguments when present, otherwise TQString::null - */ - TQString argsAndOptions() const; - - /** - * Returns true if the current data is a local resource with - * command line options and arguments. - */ - bool hasArgsAndOptions() const; - - /** - * Returns the name of the icon that matches - * the current filtered URL. - * - * NOTE that this function will return a NULL - * string by default and when no associated icon - * is found. - * - * @return the name of the icon associated with the resource - */ - TQString iconName(); - - /** - * Overloaded assigenment operator. - * - * This function allows you to easily assign a KURL - * to a KURIFilterData object. - * - * @return an instance of a KURIFilterData object. - */ - KURIFilterData& operator=( const KURL& url ) { init( url ); return *this; } - - /** - * Overloaded assigenment operator. - * - * This function allows you to easily assign a QString - * to a KURIFilterData object. - * - * @return an instance of a KURIFilterData object. - */ - KURIFilterData& operator=( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); return *this; } - -protected: - - /** - * Initializes the KURIFilterData on construction. - */ - void init( const KURL& url = TQString::null ); - -private: - bool m_bFiltered; - bool m_bChanged; - - TQString m_strErrMsg; - TQString m_strIconName; - - KURL m_pURI; - URITypes m_iType; - KURIFilterDataPrivate *d; -}; - - -/** - * Base class for URI filter plugins. - * - * This class applies a single filter to a URI. All - * plugins designed to provide URI filtering functionalities - * should inherit from this abstract class and provide a - * specific filtering implementation. - * - * All inheriting classes need to implement the pure - * virtual function @ref filterURI. Otherwise, they - * would also become abstract. - * - * @short Abstract class for URI filter plugins. - */ -class KURIFilterPlugin : public QObject -{ - Q_OBJECT - -public: - - /** - * Constructs a filter plugin with a given name and - * priority. - * - * @param parent the parent object. - * @param name the name of the plugin. - * @param pri the priority of the plugin. - */ - KURIFilterPlugin( TQObject *parent = 0, const char *name = 0, double pri = 1.0 ); - - /** - * Returns the filter's name. - * - * @return A string naming the filter. - */ - virtual TQString name() const { return m_strName; } - - /** - * Returns the filter's priority. - * - * Each filter has an assigned priority, a float from 0 to 1. Filters - * with the lowest priority are first given a chance to filter a URI. - * - * @return The priority of the filter. - */ - virtual double priority() const { return m_dblPriority; } - - /** - * Filters a URI. - * - * @param data the URI data to be filtered. - * @return A boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed. - */ - virtual bool filterURI( KURIFilterData& data ) const = 0; - - /** - * Creates a configuration module for the filter. - * - * It is the responsability of the caller to delete the module - * once it is not needed anymore. - * - * @return A configuration module, @p null if the filter isn't configurable. - */ - virtual KCModule *configModule( TQWidget*, const char* ) const { return 0; } - - /** - * Returns the name of the configuration module for the filter. - * - * @return the name of a configuration module or @p null if none. - */ - virtual TQString configName() const { return name(); } - -protected: - - /** - * Sets the the URL in @p data to @p uri. - */ - void setFilteredURI ( KURIFilterData& data, const KURL& uri ) const; - - /** - * Sets the error message in @p data to @p errormsg. - */ - void setErrorMsg ( KURIFilterData& data, const TQString& errmsg ) const { - data.m_strErrMsg = errmsg; - } - - /** - * Sets the URI type in @p data to @p type. - */ - void setURIType ( KURIFilterData& data, KURIFilterData::URITypes type) const { - data.m_iType = type; - data.m_bChanged = true; - } - - /** - * Sets the arguments and options string in @p data - * to @p args if any were found during filterting. - */ - void setArguments( KURIFilterData& data, const TQString& args ) const; - - TQString m_strName; - double m_dblPriority; - -protected: - virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data ); -private: - class KURIFilterPluginPrivate *d; -}; - - -class KURIFilterPluginList : public TQPtrList<KURIFilterPlugin> -{ -public: - virtual int compareItems(Item a, Item b) - { - double diff = ((KURIFilterPlugin *) a)->priority() - ((KURIFilterPlugin *) b)->priority(); - return diff < 0 ? -1 : (diff > 0 ? 1 : 0); - } - -private: - KURIFilterPrivate *d; - -}; - -/** - * Manages the filtering of a URI. - * - * The intention of this plugin class is to allow people to extend - * the functionality of KURL without modifying it directly. This - * way KURL will remain a generic parser capable of parsing any - * generic URL that adheres to specifications. - * - * The KURIFilter class applies a number of filters to a URI, - * and returns the filtered version whenever possible. The filters - * are implemented using plugins to provide easy extensibility - * of the filtering mechanism. That is, new filters can be added in - * the future by simply inheriting from @ref KURIFilterPlugin and - * implementing the @ref KURIFilterPlugin::filterURI method. - * - * Use of this plugin-manager class is straight forward. Since - * it is a singleton object, all you have to do is obtain an instance - * by doing @p KURIFilter::self() and use any of the public member - * functions to preform the filtering. - * - * @sect Example - * - * To simply filter a given string: - * <pre> - * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( "kde.org" ); - * </pre> - * - * You can alternatively use a KURL: - * <pre> - * KURL url = "kde.org"; - * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( url ); - * </pre> - * - * If you have a constant string or a constant URL, - * simply invoke the corresponding function to obtain - * the filtered string or URL instead of a boolean flag: - * <pre> - * TQString u = KURIFilter::self()->filteredURI( "kde.org" ); - * </pre> - * - * You can also specify only specific filter(s) to be applied - * by supplying the name(s) of the filter(s). By defualt all - * filters that are found are loaded when the KURIFilter object - * is created will be used. These names are taken from the - * enteries in the \".desktop\" files. Here are a couple of - * examples: - * <pre> - * TQString text = "kde.org"; - * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, "KShortURIFilter" ); - * - * TQStringList list; - * list << "KShortURIFilter" << "MyFilter"; - * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, list ); - * </pre> - * - * KURIFilter also allows richer data exchange through a simple - * meta-object called @p KURIFilterData. Using this meta-object - * you can find out more information about the URL you want to - * filter. See @ref KURIFilterData for examples and details. - * - * @short Filters a given URL into its proper format whenever possible. - */ - -class KURIFilter -{ -public: - /** - * Destructor - */ - ~KURIFilter (); - - /** - * Return a static instance of KURIFilter. - */ - static KURIFilter* self(); - - /** - * Filters the URI given by the object URIFilterData. - * - * This filters the given data based on the specified - * filter list. If the list is empty all avaliable - * filter plugins would be used. If not, only those - * given in the list are used. - * - * @param data object that contains the URI to be filtered. - * @param filters specify the list filters to be used - * - * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed - */ - bool filterURI( KURIFilterData& data, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); - - /** - * Filters the URI given by the URL. - * - * This filters the given URL based on the specified - * filter list. If the list is empty all avaliable - * filter plugins would be used. If not, only those - * given in the list are used. - * - * @param uri the URI to filter. - * @param filters specify the list of filters to be used - * - * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed - */ - bool filterURI( KURL &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); - - /** - * Filters a string representing a URI. - * - * This filters the given string based on the specified - * filter list. If the list is empty all avaliable - * filter plugins would be used. If not, only those - * given in the list are used. - * - * @param uri The URI to filter. - * @param filters specify the list filters to be used - * - * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed - */ - bool filterURI( TQString &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); - - /** - * Returns the filtered URI. - * - * This filters the given URL based on the specified - * filter list. If the list is empty all avaliable - * filter plugins would be used. If not, only those - * given in the list are used. - * - * @param uri The URI to filter. - * @param filters specify the list filters to be used - * - * @return the filtered URI or null if it cannot be filtered - */ - KURL filteredURI( const KURL &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); - - /** - * Return a filtered string representation of a URI. - * - * This filters the given URL based on the specified - * filter list. If the list is empty all avaliable - * filter plugins would be used. If not, only those - * given in the list are used. - * - * @param uri the URI to filter. - * @param filters specify the list filters to be used - * - * @return the filtered URI or null if it cannot be filtered - */ - TQString filteredURI( const TQString &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); - - /** - * Return an iterator to iterate over all loaded - * plugins. - * - * @return a plugin iterator. - */ - TQPtrListIterator<KURIFilterPlugin> pluginsIterator() const; - - /** - * Return a list of the names of all loaded plugins - * - * @since 3.1 - * - * @return a TQStringList of plugin names - */ - TQStringList pluginNames() const; - -protected: - - /** - * A protected constructor. - * - * This constructor creates a KURIFilter and - * initializes all plugins it can find by invoking - * @ref loadPlugins. - */ - KURIFilter(); - - /** - * Loads all allowed plugins. - * - * This function loads all filters that have not - * been dis - */ - void loadPlugins(); - -private: - - static KURIFilter *m_self; - KURIFilterPluginList m_lstPlugins; - KURIFilterPrivate *d; - -}; - -#endif - diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde312/kaccelaction.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde312/kaccelaction.h deleted file mode 100644 index 8e422505..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde312/kaccelaction.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,564 +0,0 @@ -/* This file is part of the KDE libraries - Copyright (C) 2001,2002 Ellis Whitehead <ellis@kde.org> - - This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - - This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. -*/ - -#ifndef _KACCELACTION_H -#define _KACCELACTION_H - -#include <tqmap.h> -#include <tqptrvector.h> -#include <tqstring.h> -#include <tqvaluevector.h> - -#include <kshortcut.h> - -class KAccelBase; - -class TQObject; -class KConfig; -class KConfigBase; - -/** - * @internal - * A KAccelAction prepresents an action that can be executed using - * an accelerator key. Each KAccelAction has a name, a label, a - * "What's this" string and a @ref KShortcut. The user can configure and - * enable/disable them using @ref KKeyDialog. - * - * <pre> - * 1) KAccelAction = "Run Command" - * Default3 = "Alt+F2" - * Default4 = "Meta+Enter;Alt+F2" - * 1) KShortcut = "Meta+Enter" - * 1) KKeySequence = "Meta+Enter" - * 1) KKey = "Meta+Enter" - * 1) Meta+Enter - * 2) Meta+Keypad_Enter - * 2) KShortcut = "Alt+F2" - * 1) KKeySequence = "Alt+F2" - * 1) Alt+F2 - * 2) KAccelAction = "Something" - * Default3 = "" - * Default4 = "" - * 1) KShortcut = "Meta+X,Asterisk" - * 1) KKeySequence = "Meta+X,Asterisk" - * 1) KKey = "Meta+X" - * 1) Meta+X - * 2) KKey = "Asterisk" - * 1) Shift+8 (English layout) - * 2) Keypad_Asterisk - * </pre> - * @short An accelerator action - * @see KAccel - * @see KGlobalAccel - * @see KKeyChooser - * @see KKeyDialog - */ -class KAccelAction -{ - public: - /** - * Creates an empty KAccelAction. - * @see clear() - */ - KAccelAction(); - - /** - * Copy constructor. - */ - KAccelAction( const KAccelAction& ); - - /** - * Creates a new KAccelAction. - * @param sName the name of the accelerator - * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) - * @param sWhatsThis the What's This text (18n!) - * @param cutDef3 the default shortcut for 3 modifier systems - * @param cutDef4 the default shortcut for 4 modifier systems - * @param pObjSlot the receiver of a signal when the key has been - * pressed - * @param psMethodSlot the slot to connect for key presses. Receives - * an int, as set by @ref setID(), as only argument - * @param bConfigurable if true the user can configure the shortcut - * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled - */ - KAccelAction( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, - const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4, - const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, - bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled ); - ~KAccelAction(); - - /** - * Clears the accelerator. - */ - void clear(); - - /** - * Re-initialized the KAccelAction. - * @param sName the name of the accelerator - * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) - * @param sWhatsThis the What's This text (18n!) - * @param cutDef3 the default shortcut for 3 modifier systems - * @param cutDef4 the default shortcut for 4 modifier systems - * @param pObjSlot the receiver of a signal when the key has been - * pressed - * @param psMethodSlot the slot to connect for key presses. Receives - * an int, as set by @ref setID(), as only argument - * @param bConfigurable if true the user can configure the shortcut - * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - */ - bool init( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, - const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4, - const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, - bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled ); - - /** - * Copies this KAccelAction. - */ - KAccelAction& operator=( const KAccelAction& ); - - /** - * Returns the name of the accelerator action. - * @return the name of the accelerator action, can be null if not - * set - */ - const TQString& name() const { return m_sName; } - - /** - * Returns the label of the accelerator action. - * @return the label of the accelerator action, can be null if - * not set - */ - const TQString& label() const { return m_sLabel; } - - /** - * Returns the What's This text of the accelerator action. - * @return the What's This text of the accelerator action, can be - * null if not set - */ - const TQString& whatsThis() const { return m_sWhatsThis; } - - /** - * The shortcut that is actually used (may be used configured). - * @return the shortcut of the KAccelAction, can be null if not set - * @see shortcutDefault() - */ - const KShortcut& shortcut() const { return m_cut; } - - /** - * The default shortcut for this system. - * @return the default shortcut on this system, can be null if not set - * @see shortcut() - * @see shortcutDefault3() - * @see shortcutDefault4() - */ - const KShortcut& shortcutDefault() const; - - /** - * The default shortcut for 3 modifier systems. - * @return the default shortcut for 3 modifier systems, can be null - * if not set - * @see shortcutDefault() - * @see shortcutDefault4() - * @see useFourModifierKeys() - */ - const KShortcut& shortcutDefault3() const { return m_cutDefault3; } - - /** - * The default shortcut for 4 modifier systems. - * @return the default shortcut for 4 modifier systems, can be null - * if not set - * @see shortcutDefault() - * @see shortcutDefault3() - * @see useFourModifierKeys() - */ - const KShortcut& shortcutDefault4() const { return m_cutDefault4; } - - /** - * Returns the receiver of signals. - * @return the receiver of signals (can be 0 if not set) - */ - const TQObject* objSlotPtr() const { return m_pObjSlot; } - - /** - * Returns the slot for the signal. - * @return the slot for the signal - */ - const char* methodSlotPtr() const { return m_psMethodSlot; } - - /** - * Checks whether the user can configure the action. - * @return true if configurable, false otherwise - */ - bool isConfigurable() const { return m_bConfigurable; } - - /** - * Checks whether the action is enabled. - * @return true if enabled, false otherwise - */ - bool isEnabled() const { return m_bEnabled; } - - /** - * Sets the name of the accelerator action. - * @param name the new name - */ - void setName( const TQString& name ); - - /** - * Sets the user-readable label of the accelerator action. - * @param label the new label (i18n!) - */ - void setLabel( const TQString& label ); - - /** - * Sets the What's This text for the accelerator action. - * @param whatsThis the new What's This text (i18n!) - */ - void setWhatsThis( const TQString& whatsThis ); - - /** - * Sets the new shortcut of the accelerator action. - * @param rgCuts the shortcut to set - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - */ - bool setShortcut( const KShortcut& rgCuts ); - - /** - * Sets the slot of the accelerator action. - * @param pObjSlot the receiver object of the signal - * @param psMethodSlot the slot for the signal - */ - void setSlot( const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot ); - - /** - * Enables or disabled configuring the action. - * @param configurable true to enable configurability, false to disable - */ - void setConfigurable( bool configurable ); - - /** - * Enables or disabled the action. - * @param configurable true to enable the action, false to disable - */ - void setEnabled( bool enable ); - - /** - * Retrieves the id set using @ref setID. - * @return the id of the accelerator action - */ - int getID() const { return m_nIDAccel; } - - /** - * Allows you to set an id that will be used as the action - * signal's argument. - * - * @param n the new id - * @see @ref getID() - */ - void setID( int n ) { m_nIDAccel = n; } - - /** - * Checkes whether the action is connected (emits signals). - * @return true if connected, false otherwise - */ - bool isConnected() const; - - /** - * Sets a key sequence of the action's shortcut. - * @param i the position of the sequence - * @param keySeq the new new sequence - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see KShortcut::setSeq() - */ - bool setKeySequence( uint i, const KKeySequence &keySeq ); - - /** - * Clears the action's shortcut. It will not contain any sequences after - * calling this method. - * @see KShortcut::clear() - */ - void clearShortcut(); - - /** - * Checks whether the action's shortcut contains the given key sequence. - * @param keySeq the key sequence to check - * @return true if the shortcut contains the given sequence - * @see KShortcut::contains() - */ - bool contains( const KKeySequence &keySeq ); - - /** - * Returns the string representation of the action's shortcut. - * @return the string representation of the action's shortcut. - * @see KShortcut::toString() - */ - TQString toString() const; - - /** - * @internal - */ - TQString toStringInternal() const; - - /** - * Returns true if four modifier keys will be used. - * @return true if four modifier keys will be used. - */ - static bool useFourModifierKeys(); - - /** - * Selects 3 or 4 modifier default shortcuts. - * @param use true to use 4 modifier shortcuts, false to use - * 3 modifier shortcuts - */ - static void useFourModifierKeys( bool use ); - - protected: - TQString m_sName, - m_sLabel, - m_sWhatsThis; - KShortcut m_cut; - KShortcut m_cutDefault3, m_cutDefault4; - const TQObject* m_pObjSlot; - const char* m_psMethodSlot; - bool m_bConfigurable, - m_bEnabled; - int m_nIDAccel; - uint m_nConnections; - - void incConnections(); - void decConnections(); - - private: - static int g_bUseFourModifierKeys; - class KAccelActionPrivate* d; - - friend class KAccelActions; - friend class KAccelBase; -}; - -//--------------------------------------------------------------------- -// KAccelActions -//--------------------------------------------------------------------- - -/** - * @internal - * This class represents a collection of @ref KAccelAction objects. - * - * @short A collection of accelerator actions - * @see KAccelAction - */ -class KAccelActions -{ - public: - /** - * Creates a new, empty KAccelActions object. - */ - KAccelActions(); - - /** - * Copy constructor (deep copy). - */ - KAccelActions( const KAccelActions& ); - virtual ~KAccelActions(); - - /** - * Removes all items from this collection. - */ - void clear(); - - /** - * Initializes this object with the given actions. - * It will make a deep copy of all actions. - * @param actions the actions to copy - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - */ - bool init( const KAccelActions &actions ); - - /** - * Loads the actions from the given configuration file. - * - * @param config the configuration file to load from - * @param sGroup the group in the configuration file - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - */ - bool init( KConfigBase& config, const TQString& sGroup ); - - /** - * Updates the shortcuts of all actions in this object - * with the shortcuts from the given object. - * @param shortcuts the collection that contains the new - * shortcuts - */ - void updateShortcuts( KAccelActions &shortcuts ); - - /** - * Retrieves the index of the action with the given name. - * @param sAction the action to search - * @return the index of the action, or -1 if not found - */ - int actionIndex( const TQString& sAction ) const; - - /** - * Returns the action with the given @p index. - * @param index the index of an action. You must not - * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index - * @see count() - */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( uint index ); - - /** - * Returns the action with the given @p index. - * @param index the index of an action. You must not - * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index - * @see count() - */ - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( uint index ) const; - - /** - * Returns the action with the given name. - * @param aAction the name of the action to search - * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0 - * if not found - */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); - - /** - * Returns the action with the given name. - * @param aAction the name of the action to search - * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0 - * if not found - */ - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; - - /** - * Returns the action with the given key sequence. - * @param cut the sequence to search for - * @return the KAccelAction with the given sequence, or 0 - * if not found - */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( KKeySequence cut ); - - /** - * Returns the action with the given @p index. - * @param index the index of an action. You must not - * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index - * @see actionPtr() - * @see count() - */ - KAccelAction& operator []( uint index ); - - /** - * Returns the action with the given @p index. - * @param index the index of an action. You must not - * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index - * @see actionPtr() - * @see count() - */ - const KAccelAction& operator []( uint index ) const; - - /** - * Inserts an action into the collection. - * @param sName the name of the accelerator - * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) - * @param sWhatsThis the What's This text (18n!) - * @param cutDef3 the default shortcut for 3 modifier systems - * @param cutDef4 the default shortcut for 4 modifier systems - * @param pObjSlot the receiver of a signal when the key has been - * pressed - * @param psMethodSlot the slot to connect for key presses. Receives - * an int, as set by @ref setID(), as only argument - * @param bConfigurable if true the user can configure the shortcut - * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled - * @return the new action - */ - KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, - const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, - const TQObject* pObjSlot = 0, const char* psMethodSlot = 0, - bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true ); - - /** - * Inserts an action into the collection. - * @param sName the name of the accelerator - * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) - * @return the new action - */ - KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel ); - - /** - * Removes the given action. - * @param sAction the name of the action. - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - */ - bool remove( const TQString& sAction ); - - /** - * Loads the actions from the given configuration file. - * - * @param sConfigGroup the group in the configuration file - * @param pConfig the configuration file to load from - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - */ - bool readActions( const TQString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ); - - /** - * Writes the actions to the given configuration file. - * - * @param sConfigGroup the group in the configuration file - * @param pConfig the configuration file to save to - * @param bWriteAll true to write all actions - * @param bGlobal true to write to the global configuration file - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - */ - bool writeActions( const TQString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0, - bool bWriteAll = false, bool bGlobal = false ) const; - - /** - * Emit a keycodeChanged signal. - */ - void emitKeycodeChanged(); - - /** - * Returns the number of actions in the collection. - * @return the number of actions - */ - uint count() const; - - protected: - KAccelBase* m_pKAccelBase; - KAccelAction** m_prgActions; - uint m_nSizeAllocated, m_nSize; - - void resize( uint ); - void insertPtr( KAccelAction* ); - - private: - class KAccelActionsPrivate* d; - - KAccelActions( KAccelBase* ); - void initPrivate( KAccelBase* ); - KAccelActions& operator =( KAccelActions& ); - - friend class KAccelBase; -}; - -#endif // _KACCELACTION_H diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde312/kaccelbase.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde312/kaccelbase.h deleted file mode 100644 index 03fa9c87..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde312/kaccelbase.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,229 +0,0 @@ -/* This file is part of the KDE libraries - Copyright (C) 2001 Ellis Whitehead <ellis@kde.org> - - This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - - This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. -*/ - -#ifndef _KACCELBASE_H -#define _KACCELBASE_H - -#include <tqmap.h> -#include <tqptrvector.h> -#include <tqstring.h> -#include <tqvaluevector.h> -#include <tqvaluelist.h> - -#include "kaccelaction.h" -#include "kkeyserver_x11.h" - -class TQPopupMenu; -class TQWidget; - -//---------------------------------------------------- - -/** - * @internal - * Handle keyboard accelerators. - * - * Allow an user to configure - * key bindings through application configuration files or through the - * @ref KKeyChooser GUI. - * - * A @ref KAccel contains a list of accelerator items. Each accelerator item - * consists of an action name and a keyboard code combined with modifiers - * (Shift, Ctrl and Alt.) - * - * For example, "Ctrl+P" could be a shortcut for printing a document. The key - * codes are listed in ckey.h. "Print" could be the action name for printing. - * The action name identifies the key binding in configuration files and the - * @ref KKeyChooser GUI. - * - * When pressed, an accelerator key calls the slot to which it has been - * connected. Accelerator items can be connected so that a key will activate - * two different slots. - * - * A KAccel object handles key events sent to its parent widget and to all - * children of this parent widget. - * - * Key binding reconfiguration during run time can be prevented by specifying - * that an accelerator item is not configurable when it is inserted. A special - * group of non-configurable key bindings are known as the - * standard accelerators. - * - * The standard accelerators appear repeatedly in applications for - * standard document actions such as printing and saving. Convenience methods are - * available to insert and connect these accelerators which are configurable on - * a desktop-wide basis. - * - * It is possible for a user to choose to have no key associated with - * an action. - * - * The translated first argument for @ref insertItem() is used only - * in the configuration dialog. - *<pre> - * KAccel *a = new KAccel( myWindow ); - * // Insert an action "Scroll Up" which is associated with the "Up" key: - * a->insertItem( i18n("Scroll up"), "Scroll Up", "Up" ); - * // Insert an action "Scroll Down" which is not associated with any key: - * a->insertItem( i18n("Scroll down"), "Scroll Down", 0); - * a->connectItem( "Scroll up", myWindow, TQT_SLOT( scrollUp() ) ); - * // a->insertStdItem( KStdAccel::Print ); //not necessary, since it - * // is done automatially with the - * // connect below! - * a->connectItem(KStdAccel::Print, myWindow, TQT_SLOT( printDoc() ) ); - * - * a->readSettings(); - *</pre> - * - * If a shortcut has a menu entry as well, you could insert them like - * this. The example is again the @ref KStdAccel::Print from above. - * - * <pre> - * int id; - * id = popup->insertItem("&Print",this, TQT_SLOT(printDoc())); - * a->changeMenuAccel(popup, id, KStdAccel::Print ); - * </pre> - * - * If you want a somewhat "exotic" name for your standard print action, like - * id = popup->insertItem(i18n("Print &Document"),this, TQT_SLOT(printDoc())); - * it might be a good idea to insert the standard action before as - * a->insertStdItem( KStdAccel::Print, i18n("Print Document") ) - * as well, so that the user can easily find the corresponding function. - * - * This technique works for other actions as well. Your "scroll up" function - * in a menu could be done with - * - * <pre> - * id = popup->insertItem(i18n"Scroll &up",this, TQT_SLOT(scrollUp())); - * a->changeMenuAccel(popup, id, "Scroll Up" ); - * </pre> - * - * Please keep the order right: First insert all functions in the - * acceleratior, then call a -> @ref readSettings() and @em then build your - * menu structure. - * - * @short Configurable key binding support. - * @version $Id: kaccelbase.h,v 1.22 2002/10/06 18:19:39 ellis Exp $ - */ - -class KAccelBase -{ - public: - enum Init { QT_KEYS = 0x00, NATIVE_KEYS = 0x01 }; - enum Signal { KEYCODE_CHANGED }; - - KAccelBase( int fInitCode ); - virtual ~KAccelBase(); - - uint actionCount() const; - KAccelActions& actions(); - bool isEnabled() const; - - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKey& key ); - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKeyServer::Key& key ); - - const TQString& configGroup() const { return m_sConfigGroup; } - void setConfigGroup( const TQString& group ); - void setConfigGlobal( bool global ); - virtual void setEnabled( bool bEnabled ) = 0; - bool getAutoUpdate() { return m_bAutoUpdate; } - // return value of AutoUpdate flag before this call. - bool setAutoUpdate( bool bAuto ); - -// Procedures for manipulating Actions. - //void clearActions(); - - KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sDesc ); - KAccelAction* insert( - const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sDesc, const TQString& sHelp, - const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, - const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, - bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true ); - bool remove( const TQString& sAction ); - bool setActionSlot( const TQString& sAction, const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot ); - - bool updateConnections(); - - bool setShortcut( const TQString& sAction, const KShortcut& cut ); - -// Modify individual Action sub-items - bool setActionEnabled( const TQString& sAction, bool bEnable ); - - /** - * Read all key associations from @p config, or (if @p config - * is zero) from the application's configuration file - * @ref KGlobal::config(). - * - * The group in which the configuration is stored can be - * set with @ref setConfigGroup(). - */ - void readSettings( KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ); - - /** - * Write the current configurable associations to @p config, - * or (if @p config is zero) to the application's - * configuration file. - */ - void writeSettings( KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ) const; - - TQPopupMenu* createPopupMenu( TQWidget* pParent, const KKeySequence& ); - - // Protected methods - protected: - void slotRemoveAction( KAccelAction* ); - - void createKeyList( TQValueVector<struct X>& rgKeys ); - bool insertConnection( KAccelAction* ); - bool removeConnection( KAccelAction* ); - - virtual bool emitSignal( Signal ) = 0; - virtual bool connectKey( KAccelAction&, const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; - virtual bool connectKey( const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; - virtual bool disconnectKey( KAccelAction&, const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; - virtual bool disconnectKey( const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; - - protected: - struct ActionInfo - { - KAccelAction* pAction; - uint iSeq, iVariation; - //ActionInfo* pInfoNext; // nil if only one action uses this key. - - ActionInfo() { pAction = 0; iSeq = 0xffff; iVariation = 0xffff; } - ActionInfo( KAccelAction* _pAction, uint _iSeq, uint _iVariation ) - { pAction = _pAction; iSeq = _iSeq; iVariation = _iVariation; } - }; - typedef TQMap<KKeyServer::Key, ActionInfo> KKeyToActionMap; - - KAccelActions m_rgActions; - KKeyToActionMap m_mapKeyToAction; - TQValueList<KAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique; - bool m_bNativeKeys; // Use native key codes instead of Qt codes - bool m_bEnabled; - bool m_bConfigIsGlobal; - TQString m_sConfigGroup; - bool m_bAutoUpdate; - KAccelAction* mtemp_pActionRemoving; - - private: - KAccelBase& operator =( const KAccelBase& ); - - friend class KAccelActions; -}; - -#endif // _KACCELBASE_H diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde312/kicontheme.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde312/kicontheme.h deleted file mode 100644 index bfee160b..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde312/kicontheme.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,331 +0,0 @@ -/* vi: ts=8 sts=4 sw=4 - * - * $Id: kicontheme.h,v 1.26 2002/10/26 22:08:38 tjansen Exp $ - * - * This file is part of the KDE project, module kdecore. - * Copyright (C) 2000 Geert Jansen <jansen@kde.org> - * Antonio Larrosa <larrosa@kde.org> - * - * This is free software; it comes under the GNU Library General - * Public License, version 2. See the file "COPYING.LIB" for the - * exact licensing terms. - * - */ - -#ifndef __KIconTheme_h_Included__ -#define __KIconTheme_h_Included__ - -#include <tqstring.h> -#include <tqstringlist.h> -#include <tqptrlist.h> - -class KConfig; -//class KIconThemeDir; - -class KIconThemePrivate; - -class KIconPrivate; - -/** - * One icon as found by KIconTheme. Also serves as a namespace containing - * icon related constants. - * @see KIconEffect - * @see KIconTheme - * @see KIconLoader - */ -class KIcon -{ -public: - KIcon() { size = 0; } - - /** - * Return true if this icon is valid, false otherwise. - */ - bool isValid() const { return size != 0; } - - /** - * Defines the context of the icon. - */ - enum Context { - Any, ///< Some icon with unknown purpose. - Action, ///< An action icon (e.g. 'save', 'print'). - Application, ///< An icon that represents an application. - Device, ///< An icon that represents a device. - FileSystem, ///< An icon that represents a file system. - MimeType ///< An icon that represents a mime type (or file type). - }; - - /** - * The type of the icon. - */ - enum Type { - Fixed, ///< Fixed-size icon. - Scalable, ///< Scalable-size icon. - Threshold ///< A threshold icon. - }; - - /** - * The type of a match. - */ - enum MatchType { - MatchExact, ///< Only try to find an exact match. - MatchBest ///< Take the best match if there is no exact match. - - }; - - // if you add a group here, make sure to change the config reading in - // KIconLoader too - /** - * The group an an icon. - */ - enum Group { NoGroup=-1, Desktop=0, FirstGroup=Desktop, Toolbar, - MainToolbar, Small, Panel, LastGroup, User }; - - /** - * These are the standard sizes for icons. - */ - enum StdSizes { - /// small icons for menu entries - SizeSmall=16, - /// medium sized icons for the desktop - SizeMedium=32, - /// large sized icons for the panel - SizeLarge=48 }; - - /** - * Defines the possible states of an icon. - */ - enum States { DefaultState, ///< The default state. - ActiveState, ///< Icon is active. - DisabledState, ///< Icon is disabled. - LastState ///< Last state (last constant) - }; - - /** - * This defines an overlay, a semi-transparent image that is - * projected onto the icon. They are used to show that the file - * represented by the icon is, for example, locked, zipped or hidden. - */ - enum Overlays { - LockOverlay=0x100, ///< a file is locked - ZipOverlay=0x200, ///< a file is zipped - LinkOverlay=0x400, ///< a fileis a link - HiddenOverlay=0x800, ///< a file is hidden - ShareOverlay=0x1000, ///< a file is shared - OverlayMask = ~0xff - }; - - /** - * The size in pixels of the icon. - */ - int size; - - /** - * The context of the icon. - */ - Context context; - - /** - * The type of the icon: Fixed, Scalable or Threshold. - **/ - Type type; - - /** - * The threshold in case type == Threshold - */ - int threshold; - - /** - * The full path of the icon. - */ - TQString path; - -private: - KIconPrivate *d; -}; - -inline KIcon::Group& operator++(KIcon::Group& group) { group = static_cast<KIcon::Group>(group+1); return group; } -inline KIcon::Group operator++(KIcon::Group& group,int) { KIcon::Group ret = group; ++group; return ret; } - -/** - * Class to use/access icon themes in KDE. This class is used by the - * iconloader but can be used by others too. - * @see KIconLoader - */ -class KIconTheme -{ -public: - /** - * Load an icon theme by name. - * @param name the name of the theme (e.g. "hicolor" or "keramik") - * @param appName the name of the application. Can be null. This argument - * allows applications to have themed application icons. - */ - KIconTheme(const TQString& name, const TQString& appName=TQString::null); - ~KIconTheme(); - - /** - * The stylized name of the icon theme. - * @return the (human-readable) name of the theme - */ - TQString name() const { return mName; } - - /** - * A description for the icon theme. - * @return a human-readable description of the theme, TQString::null - * if there is none - */ - TQString description() const { return mDesc; } - - /** - * Return the name of the "example" icon. This can be used to - * present the theme to the user. - * @return the name of the example icon, TQString::null if there is none - */ - TQString example() const; - - /** - * Return the name of the screenshot. - * @return the name of the screenshot, TQString::null if there is none - */ - TQString screenshot() const; - - /** - * Returns the name of this theme's link overlay. - * @return the name of the link overlay - */ - TQString linkOverlay() const; - - /** - * Returns the name of this theme's zip overlay. - * @return the name of the zip overlay - */ - TQString zipOverlay() const; - - /** - * Returns the name of this theme's lock overlay. - * @return the name of the lock overlay - */ - TQString lockOverlay() const; - - /** - * Returns the name of this theme's share overlay. - * @return the name of the share overlay - * @since 3.1 - */ - TQString shareOverlay () const; - - /** - * Returns the toplevel theme directory. - * @return the directory of the theme - */ - TQString dir() const { return mDir; } - - /** - * The themes this icon theme falls back on. - * @return a list of icon themes that are used as fall-backs - */ - TQStringList inherits() const { return mInherits; } - - /** - * The icon theme exists? - * @return true if the icon theme is valid - */ - bool isValid() const; - - /** - * The icon theme should be hidden to the user? - * @return true if the icon theme is hidden - * @since 3.1 - */ - bool isHidden() const; - - /** - * The minimum display depth required for this theme. This can either - * be 8 or 32. - * @return the minimum bpp (8 or 32) - */ - int depth() const { return mDepth; } - - /** - * The default size of this theme for a certain icon group. - * @param group The icon group. See @ref #KIcon::Group. - * @return The default size in pixels for the given icon group. - */ - int defaultSize(KIcon::Group group) const; - - /** - * Query available sizes for a group. - * @param group The icon group. See @ref #KIcon::Group. - * @return a list of available sized for the given group - */ - TQValueList<int> querySizes(KIcon::Group group) const; - - /** - * Query available icons for a size and context. - * @param size the size of the icons - * @param context the context of the icons - * @return the list of icon names - */ - TQStringList queryIcons(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const; - - /** - * Query available icons for a context and preferred size. - * @param size the size of the icons - * @param context the context of the icons - * @return the list of icon names - */ - TQStringList queryIconsByContext(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const; - - - /** - * Lookup an icon in the theme. - * @param name The name of the icon, without extension. - * @param size The desired size of the icon. - * @param match The matching mode. KIcon::MatchExact returns an icon - * only if matches exactly. KIcon::MatchBest returns the best matching - * icon. - * @return A KIcon class that describes the icon. If an icon is found, - * @see KIcon::isValid will return true, and false otherwise. - */ - KIcon iconPath(const TQString& name, int size, KIcon::MatchType match) const; - - /** - * List all icon themes installed on the system, global and local. - * @return the list of all icon themes - */ - static TQStringList list(); - - /** - * Returns the current icon theme. - * @return the name of the current theme - */ - static TQString current(); - - /** - * Reconfigure the theme. - */ - static void reconfigure(); - - /** - * Returns the default icon theme. - * @return the name of the default theme name - * @since 3.1 - */ - static TQString defaultThemeName(); - -private: - int mDefSize[8]; - TQValueList<int> mSizes[8]; - - int mDepth; - TQString mDir, mName, mDesc; - TQStringList mInherits; -// TQPtrList<KIconThemeDir> mDirs; - KIconThemePrivate *d; - - static TQString *_theme; - static TQStringList *_theme_list; -}; - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde312/kkeyserver_x11.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde312/kkeyserver_x11.h deleted file mode 100644 index 568de854..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde312/kkeyserver_x11.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,435 +0,0 @@ -#ifndef _KKEYSERVER_X11_H -#define _KKEYSERVER_X11_H - -#include "kshortcut.h" -#include "kkeynative.h" - -/** - * A collection of functions for the conversion of key presses and - * their modifiers from the window system (X11) specific format - * to the generic format and vice-versa. - */ -namespace KKeyServer -{ - /** - * Supplement enum KKey::ModFlag - * @since 3.1 - */ - enum ExtraModFlag { MODE_SWITCH = 0x2000 }; - - struct CodeMod { int code, mod; }; - - /** - * Represents a key symbol. - * @see KKey - * @see KKeyServer - */ - struct Sym - { - public: - /// the actual value of the symbol - uint m_sym; - - /// Creates a null symbol. - Sym() - { m_sym = 0; } - /** - * Creates asymbol with the given value. - * @param sym the value - */ - Sym( uint sym ) - { m_sym = sym; } - /** - * Creates a symbol from the given string description. - * @param s the description of the symbol - * @see toString() - */ - Sym( const TQString& s ) - { init( s ); } - - /** - * Initializes the symbol with the given Qt key code. - * @param keyQt the qt key code - * @return true if succesful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key - */ - bool initQt( int keyQt ); - - /** - * Initializes the key with the given string description. - * @param s the string description - * @return true if succesful, false otherwise - * @see toString() - */ - bool init( const TQString &s ); - - /** - * Returns the qt key code of the symbol. - * @return the qt key code - */ - int qt() const; - - /** - * @internal - */ - TQString toStringInternal() const; - - /** - * Returns the string representation of the symbol. - * @return the string representation of the symbol - */ - TQString toString() const; - - /** - * Returns the mods that are required for this symbol as - * ORed @ref KKey::ModFlag's. For example, Break requires a - * Ctrl to be valid. - * @return the required @ref KKey::ModFlag's - * @see KKey::ModFlag - */ - uint getModsRequired() const; - - /** - * TODO: please find out what this method does and document it - */ - uint getSymVariation() const; - - /** - * Casts the symbol to its integer representation. - */ - operator uint() const { return m_sym; } - - /** - * Overloaded operator to convert ints to Sym. - */ - Sym& operator =( uint sym ) { m_sym = sym; return *this; } - - private: - TQString toString( bool bUserSpace ) const; - - static void capitalizeKeyname( TQString& ); - }; - - /** - * Represents a key press. - * @see KKey - */ - struct Key - { - /// Code for native Keys in Qt - enum { CODE_FOR_QT = 256 }; - - /// The code of the key - uint m_code; - - /// The modifiers of the key - uint m_mod; - - /// The symbol of the key - uint m_sym; - - /** - * Initializes the key with a @ref KKey. - * @param key the key to get the data from - * @param bQt true to take the Qt keycode, false - * for the native key code - * @see Qt::Key - * @see KKeyNative - */ - bool init( const KKey& key, bool bQt ); - - /** - * Checks whether the key code is a native code. - * @return true if native code of the window system, - * false if it is a Qt keycode - * @see Qt::Key - * @see KKeyNative - */ - bool isNative() const { return m_code != CODE_FOR_QT; } - - /** - * Returns the code of the key. - * @return the code of the key - */ - uint code() const { return m_code; } - - /** - * Returns the modifiers of the key. - * @return the modifiers of the key - */ - uint mod() const { return m_mod; } - - /** - * Returns the symbol of the key. - * @return the symbol of the key - */ - uint sym() const { return m_sym; } - - /** - * Returns the qt key code. - * @return the qt key code - */ - int keyCodeQt() const { return (int) m_sym; } - - /** - * Sets the qt key code. - * @param keyQt the qt key code - */ - void setKeycodeQt( int keyQt ) - { m_code = CODE_FOR_QT; m_sym = keyQt; } - - /** - * Initializes this key with a @ref KKeyNative. - * @return this key - */ - Key& operator =( const KKeyNative& key ); - - /** - * Compares this key with the given Key object. Returns a - * negative number if the given Key is larger, 0 if they - * are equal and a positive number this Key is larger. The - * returned value is the difference between the symbol, modifier - * or code, whatever is non-zero first. - * - * @param key the key to compare with this key - * @return a negative number if the given Key is larger, 0 if - * they are equal and a positive number this Key is larger - */ - int compare( const Key& key ) const; - - /** - * Compares the symbol, modifiers and code of both keys. - * @see compare() - */ - bool operator ==( const Key& b ) const - { return compare( b ) == 0; } - - /** - * Compares the symbol, modifiers and code of both keys. - * @see compare() - */ - bool operator <( const Key& b ) const - { return compare( b ) < 0; } - - /** - * Converts this Key to a KKey. - * @return the KKey - */ - KKey key() const; - }; - - /** - * TODO: please document this class - */ - struct Variations - { - enum { MAX_VARIATIONS = 4 }; - - Key m_rgkey[MAX_VARIATIONS]; - uint m_nVariations; - - Variations() { m_nVariations = 0; } - - void init( const KKey&, bool bQt ); - - uint count() const { return m_nVariations; } - const Key& key( uint i ) const { return m_rgkey[i]; } - }; - - /// TODO: please document - bool initializeMods(); - - /** - * Returns the equivalent X modifier mask of the given modifier flag. - * @param modFlag the generic flags to check - * @return the window system specific flags - */ - uint modX( KKey::ModFlag modFlag ); - - /** - * Returns true if the current keyboard layout supports the Win key. - * Specifically, whether the Super or Meta keys are assigned to an X modifier. - * @return true if the keyboard has a Win key - * @see modXWin() - */ - bool keyboardHasWinKey(); - - /** - * Returns the X11 Shift modifier mask/flag. - * @return the X11 Shift modifier mask/flag. - * @see accelModMaskX() - */ - uint modXShift(); - - /** - * Returns the X11 Lock modifier mask/flag. - * @return the X11 Lock modifier mask/flag. - * @see accelModMaskX() - */ - uint modXLock(); - - /** - * Returns the X11 Ctrl modifier mask/flag. - * @return the X11 Ctrl modifier mask/flag. - * @see accelModMaskX() - */ - uint modXCtrl(); - - /** - * Returns the X11 Alt (Mod1) modifier mask/flag. - * @return the X11 Alt (Mod1) modifier mask/flag. - * @see accelModMaskX() - */ - uint modXAlt(); - - /** - * Returns the X11 NumLock modifier mask/flag. - * @return the X11 NumLock modifier mask/flag. - * @see accelModMaskX() - */ - uint modXNumLock(); - - /** - * Returns the X11 Win (Mod3) modifier mask/flag. - * @return the X11 Win (Mod3) modifier mask/flag. - * @see keyboardHasWinKey() - * @see accelModMaskX() - */ - uint modXWin(); - - /** - * Returns the X11 ScrollLock modifier mask/flag. - * @return the X11 ScrollLock modifier mask/flag. - * @see accelModMaskX() - */ - uint modXScrollLock(); - - /** - * Returns bitwise OR'ed mask containing Shift, Ctrl, Alt, and - * Win (if available). - * @see modXShift() - * @see modXLock() - * @see modXCtrl() - * @see modXAlt() - * @see modXNumLock() - * @see modXWin() - * @see modXScrollLock() - */ - uint accelModMaskX(); - - /** - * Extracts the symbol from the given Qt key and - * converts it to a symbol. - * @param keyQt the qt key code - * @param sym if successful, the symbol will be written here - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key - * @see Sym - */ - bool keyQtToSym( int keyQt, uint& sym ); - - /** - * Extracts the modifiers from the given Qt key and - * converts them in a mask of ORed @ref KKey::ModFlag modifiers. - * @param keyQt the qt key code - * @param mod if successful, the modifiers will be written here - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key - */ - bool keyQtToMod( int keyQt, uint& mod ); - - /** - * Converts the given symbol to a Qt key code. - * @param sym the symbol - * @param keyQt if successful, the qt key code will be written here - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key - * @see Sym - */ - bool symToKeyQt( uint sym, int& keyQt ); - - /** - * Converts the mask of ORed @ref KKey::ModFlag modifiers to - * a mask of ORed Qt key code modifiers. - * @param the mask of @ref KKey::ModFlag modifiers - * @param the mask of Qt key code modifiers will be written here, - * if successful - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key - * @see KKey - */ - bool modToModQt( uint mod, int& modQt ); - - /** - * Converts the mask of ORed @ref KKey::ModFlag modifiers to - * a mask of ORed X11 modifiers. - * @param the mask of @ref KKey::ModFlag modifiers - * @param the mask of X11 modifiers will be written here, - * if successful - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see KKey - */ - bool modToModX( uint mod, uint& modX ); - - /** - * Converts the mask of ORed X11 modifiers to - * a mask of ORed Qt key code modifiers. - * @param the mask of X11 modifiers - * @param the mask of Qt key code modifiers will be written here - * if successful - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key - */ - bool modXToModQt( uint modX, int& modQt ); - - /** - * Converts the mask of ORed X11 modifiers to - * a mask of ORed @ref KKey::ModFlag modifiers. - * @param the mask of X11 modifiers - * @param the mask of @ref KKey::ModFlag modifiers will be written here, - * if successful - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see KKey - */ - bool modXToMod( uint modX, uint& mod ); - - /** - * Converts a X11 key code and a mask of ORed X11 modifiers - * into a X11 symbol. - * converts it to a symbol. - * @param codeX the X11 key code - * @param modX the mask of ORed X11 modifiers - * @param sym if successful, the X11 symbol will be written here - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key - * @see Sym - */ - bool codeXToSym( uchar codeX, uint modX, uint& symX ); - - /** - * @internal - */ - TQString modToStringInternal( uint mod ); - - /** - * Converts the mask of ORed @ref KKey::ModFlag modifiers to a - * user-readable string. - * @param mod the mask of ORed @ref KKey::ModFlag modifiers - * @return the user-readable string - */ - TQString modToStringUser( uint mod ); - - /** - * @internal - * Unimplemented? - */ - bool stringToSymMod( const TQString&, uint& sym, uint& mod ); - - /** - * @internal - * Unimplemented? - */ - void keyQtToKeyX( uint keyCombQt, unsigned char *pKeyCodeX, uint *pKeySymX, uint *pKeyModX ); -}; - -#endif // !_KKEYSERVER_X11_H diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde312/konsole_part.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde312/konsole_part.h deleted file mode 100644 index 6aba7064..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde312/konsole_part.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,223 +0,0 @@ -/* - This file is part of the KDE system - Copyright (C) 1999,2000 Boloni Laszlo - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. - */ - -#ifndef __KONSOLE_PART_H__ -#define __KONSOLE_PART_H__ - -#include <kparts/browserextension.h> -#include <kparts/factory.h> - - -#include <kdialogbase.h> - -#include <kde_terminal_interface.h> - -//#include "schema.h" -//#include "session.h" - -class KInstance; -class konsoleBrowserExtension; -class TQPushButton; -class TQSpinBox; -class KPopupMenu; -class TQCheckBox; -class KRootPixmap; -class KToggleAction; -class KSelectAction; - -namespace KParts { class GUIActivateEvent; } - -class konsoleFactory : public KParts::Factory -{ - Q_OBJECT -public: - konsoleFactory(); - virtual ~konsoleFactory(); - - virtual KParts::Part* createPartObject(TQWidget *parentWidget = 0, const char *widgetName = 0, - TQObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0, - const char* classname = "KParts::Part", - const TQStringList &args = TQStringList()); - - static KInstance *instance(); - - private: - static KInstance *s_instance; - static KAboutData *s_aboutData; -}; - -////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -class konsolePart: public KParts::ReadOnlyPart, public TerminalInterface -{ - Q_OBJECT - public: - konsolePart(TQWidget *parentWidget, const char *widgetName, TQObject * parent, const char *name, const char *classname = 0); - virtual ~konsolePart(); - -signals: - void processExited(); - void receivedData( const TQString& s ); - protected: - virtual bool openURL( const KURL & url ); - virtual bool openFile() {return false;} // never used - virtual bool closeURL() {return true;} - virtual void guiActivateEvent( KParts::GUIActivateEvent * event ); - - protected slots: - void showShell(); - void slotProcessExited(); - void slotReceivedData( const TQString& s ); - -// void doneSession(TESession*); - void sessionDestroyed(); -// void configureRequest(TEWidget*,int,int x,int y); - void updateTitle(); - void enableMasterModeConnections(); - - private slots: - void emitOpenURLRequest(const TQString &url); - - void readProperties(); - void saveProperties(); - - void sendSignal(int n); - void closeCurrentSession(); - - void notifySize(int,int); - - void slotToggleFrame(); - void slotSelectScrollbar(); - void slotSelectFont(); - void schema_menu_check(); - void keytab_menu_activated(int item); - void updateSchemaMenu(); - void setSchema(int n); - void pixmap_menu_activated(int item); - void schema_menu_activated(int item); - void slotHistoryType(); - void slotSelectBell(); - void slotSelectLineSpacing(); - void slotBlinkingCursor(); - void slotWordSeps(); - void fontNotFound(); - - private: - konsoleBrowserExtension *m_extension; - KURL currentURL; - - void makeGUI(); - void applySettingsToGUI(); - - void setFont(int fontno); -// void setSchema(ColorSchema* s); - void updateKeytabMenu(); - - bool doOpenStream( const TQString& ); - bool doWriteStream( const TQByteArray& ); - bool doCloseStream(); - - TQWidget* parentWidget; -// TEWidget* te; -// TESession* se; -// ColorSchemaList* colors; - KRootPixmap* rootxpm; - - KToggleAction* blinkingCursor; - KToggleAction* showFrame; - - KSelectAction* selectBell; - KSelectAction* selectFont; - KSelectAction* selectLineSpacing; - KSelectAction* selectScrollbar; - - KPopupMenu* m_keytab; - KPopupMenu* m_schema; - KPopupMenu* m_signals; - KPopupMenu* m_options; - KPopupMenu* m_popupMenu; - - TQFont defaultFont; - - TQString pmPath; // pixmap path - TQString s_schema; - TQString s_kconfigSchema; - TQString s_word_seps; // characters that are considered part of a word - TQString fontNotFound_par; - - bool b_framevis:1; - bool b_histEnabled:1; - - int curr_schema; // current schema no - int n_bell; - int n_font; - int n_keytab; - int n_render; - int n_scroll; - unsigned m_histSize; - bool m_runningShell; - bool m_streamEnabled; -public: - // these are the implementations for the TermEmuInterface - // functions... - void startProgram( const TQString& program, - const TQStrList& args ); - void showShellInDir( const TQString& dir ); - void sendInput( const TQString& text ); -}; - -////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -/*class HistoryTypeDialog : public KDialogBase -{ - Q_OBJECT -public: - HistoryTypeDialog(const HistoryType& histType, - unsigned int histSize, - TQWidget *parent); - -public slots: - void slotDefault(); - void slotSetUnlimited(); - void slotHistEnable(bool); - - unsigned int nbLines() const; - bool isOn() const; - -protected: - TQCheckBox* m_btnEnable; - TQSpinBox* m_size; - TQPushButton* m_setUnlimited; -};*/ - -////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -class konsoleBrowserExtension : public KParts::BrowserExtension -{ - Q_OBJECT - friend class konsolePart; - public: - konsoleBrowserExtension(konsolePart *parent); - virtual ~konsoleBrowserExtension(); - - void emitOpenURLRequest(const KURL &url); -}; - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde312/kpanelmenu.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde312/kpanelmenu.h deleted file mode 100644 index 734c5051..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde312/kpanelmenu.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,181 +0,0 @@ -/***************************************************************** - -Copyright (c) 1996-2000 the kicker authors. See file AUTHORS. - (c) 2001 Michael Goffioul <goffioul@imec.be> - -Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy -of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal -in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights -to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell -copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is -furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: - -The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in -all copies or substantial portions of the Software. - -THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR -IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, -FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE -AUTHORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN -AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN -CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. - -******************************************************************/ - -#ifndef __KPANELMENU_H__ -#define __KPANELMENU_H__ - -#include <tqstring.h> -#include <kpopupmenu.h> -#include <kgenericfactory.h> - -class KPanelMenuPrivate; - -/** - * Base class to build dynamically loaded menu entries for the K-menu, or the panel. - * - * This class allows to build menu entries that will be dynamically added either to - * the K-menu, or to the panel as a normal button. These dynamic menus are located - * in shared libraries that will be loaded at runtime by Kicker (the KDE panel). - * - * To build such a menu, you have to inherit this class and implement the pure virtual - * functions #initialize() and @ref slotExec(). You also have to provide a factory - * object in your library, see @ref KLibFactory. This factory is only used to construct - * the menu object. - * - * Finally, you also have to provide a desktop file describing your dynamic menu. The - * relevant entries are: Name, Comment, Icon and X-KDE-Library (which contains the - * library name without any extension). This desktop file has to be installed in - * $KDEDIR/share/apps/kicker/menuext/. - * - * @short Base class to build dynamically loaded menu entries for the K-menu, or the panel. - * @author The kicker maintainer, Michael Goffioul <goffioul@imec.be> - */ -class KPanelMenu : public KPopupMenu -{ - Q_OBJECT - -public: - /** - * Construct a KPanelMenu object. This is the normal constructor to use when - * building extrernal menu entries. - */ - KPanelMenu(TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0); - /** - * Constructor used internally by Kicker. You don't really want to use it. - * @param startDir a directory to associate with this menu - * @see path(), setPath() - */ - KPanelMenu(const TQString &startDir, TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0); - /** - * Destructor. - */ - virtual ~KPanelMenu(); - - /** - * Get the directory path associated with this menu, or TQString::null if - * there's no such associated path. - * @return the associated directory path - * @see setPath() - */ - const TQString& path() const; - /** - * Set a directory path to be associated with this menu. - * @param p the directory path - * @see path() - */ - void setPath(const TQString &p); - /** - * Tell if the menu has been initialized, that is it already contains items. - * This is useful when you need to know if you have to clear the menu, or to - * fill it. - * @return the initial state - * @see setInitialized(), initialize() - */ - bool initialized() const; - /** - * Set the initial state. Set it to true when you menu is filled with the items - * you want. - * @param on the initial state - * @see initialized(), initialize() - */ - void setInitialized(bool on); - - /** - * Disable the automatic clearing of the menu. Kicker uses a cache system for - * its menus. After a specific configurable delay, the menu will be cleared. - * Use this function if you want to disable kicker's cache system, and avoid - * the clearing of your menu. - */ - void disableAutoClear(); - -public slots: - /** - * Reinitialize the menu: the menu is first cleared, the initial state is set - * to false, and finally #initialize() is called. Use this if you want to - * refill your menu immediately. - */ - void reinitialize(); - /** - * Deinitialize the menu: the menu is cleared and the initialized state is set to - * false. #initialize() is NOT called. It will be called before the menu is - * next shown, however. Use this slot if you want a delayed reinitialization. - * @since 3.1 - */ - void deinitialize(); - -protected slots: - /** - * This slot is called just before the menu is shown. This allows your menu - * to update itself if needed. However you should instead re-implement - * #initialize to provide this feature. This function is responsible for - * the cache system handling, so if you re-implement it, you should call - * the base function also. Calls #initialize(). - * @see disableAutoClear() - */ - virtual void slotAboutToShow(); - /** - * This is slot is called when an item from the menu has been selected. Your - * applet is then supposed to perform some action. You must re-implement this - * function. - * @param id the ID associated with the selected item - */ - virtual void slotExec(int id) = 0; - /** - * This slots is called to initialize the menu. It is called automatically by - * @ref slotAboutToShow(). By re-implementing this functions, you can reconstruct - * the menu before it is being shown. At the end of this function, you should - * call @ref setInitialize() with true to tell the system that the menu is OK. - * You applet must re-implement this function. - * @see slotAboutToShow(), initialized(), setInitialized() - */ - virtual void initialize() = 0; - /** - * Clears the menu, and update the initial state accordingly. - * @see initialized() - */ - void slotClear(); - -protected: - /** - * Re-implemented for internal reasons. - */ - virtual void hideEvent(TQHideEvent *ev); - /** - * For internal use only. Used by constructors. - */ - void init(const TQString& path = TQString::null); - -protected: - virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data ); -private: - void internalInitialize(); - KPanelMenuPrivate *d; -}; - -//#define K_EXPORT_KICKER_MENUEXT( libname, classname ) \ -// K_EXPORT_COMPONENT_FACTORY( \ -// kickermenu_##libname, \ -// KGenericFactory<classname>("libkickermenu_" #libname) ) - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde312/krecentdirs.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde312/krecentdirs.h deleted file mode 100644 index 61a50706..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde312/krecentdirs.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,68 +0,0 @@ -/* -*- c++ -*- - * Copyright (C)2000 Waldo Bastian <bastian@kde.org> - * - * All rights reserved. - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without - * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions - * are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the - * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND - * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE - * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE - * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE - * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL - * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS - * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) - * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT - * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY - * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF - * SUCH DAMAGE. - * - */ -#ifndef __KRECENTDIRS_H -#define __KRECENTDIRS_H - -#include <tqstringlist.h> - -/** - * The goal of this class is to make sure that, when the user needs to - * specify a file via the file selection dialog, this dialog will start - * in the directory most likely to contain the desired files. - * - * This works as follows: Each time the file selection dialog is - * shown, the programmer can specify a "file-class". The file-dialog will - * then start with the directory associated with this file-class. When - * the dialog closes, the directory currently shown in the file-dialog - * will be associated with the file-class. - * - * A file-class can either start with ':' or with '::'. If it starts with - * a single ':' the file-class is specific to the current application. - * If the file-class starts with '::' it is global to all applications. - */ -class KRecentDirs -{ -public: - /** - * Returns a list of directories associated with this file-class. - * The most recently used directory is at the front of the list. - */ - static TQStringList list(const TQString &fileClass); - - /** - * Returns the most recently used directory accociated with this file-class. - */ - static TQString dir(const TQString &fileClass); - - /** - * Associates @p directory with @p fileClass - */ - static void add(const TQString &fileClass, const TQString &directory); -}; - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde312/ksycocafactory.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde312/ksycocafactory.h deleted file mode 100644 index 1959edda..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde312/ksycocafactory.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,137 +0,0 @@ -/* This file is part of the KDE libraries - * Copyright (C) 1999 Waldo Bastian <bastian@kde.org> - * - * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - * License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation; - * - * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Library General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - * along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. - **/ - -#ifndef __ksycocafactory_h__ -#define __ksycocafactory_h__ "$Id: ksycocafactory.h,v 1.13 2002/09/21 15:07:27 tjansen Exp $" - -#include "ksycocatype.h" -#include "ksycocaentry.h" - -#include <tqdict.h> -#include <tqptrlist.h> -class KSycoca; -class TQStringList; -class TQString; -class KSycocaDict; -class KSycocaResourceList; - -typedef TQDict<KSycocaEntry::Ptr> KSycocaEntryDict; - -/** - * @internal - * Base class for sycoca factories - */ -class KSycocaFactory -{ -public: - virtual KSycocaFactoryId factoryId() const = 0; - -protected: // virtual class - /** - * Create a factory which can be used to lookup from/create a database - * (depending on KSycoca::isBuilding()) - */ - KSycocaFactory( KSycocaFactoryId factory_id ); - -public: - virtual ~KSycocaFactory(); - - /** - * @return the position of the factory in the sycoca file - */ - int offset() { return mOffset; } - - /** - * @return the dict, for special use by KBuildSycoca - */ - KSycocaEntryDict * entryDict() { return m_entryDict; } - - /** - * Construct an entry from a config file. - * To be implemented in the real factories. - */ - virtual KSycocaEntry *createEntry(const TQString &file, const char *resource) = 0; - - /** - * Add an entry - */ - virtual void addEntry(KSycocaEntry *newEntry, const char *resource); - - /** - * Read an entry from the database - */ - virtual KSycocaEntry *createEntry(int offset)=0; - - /** - * Get a list of all entries from the database. - */ - KSycocaEntry::List allEntries(); - - /** - * Saves all entries it maintains as well as index files - * for these entries to the stream 'str'. - * - * Also sets mOffset to the starting position. - * - * The stream is positioned at the end of the last index. - * - * Don't forget to call the parent first when you override - * this function. - */ - virtual void save(TQDataStream &str); - - /** - * Writes out a header to the stream 'str'. - * The baseclass positions the stream correctly. - * - * Don't forget to call the parent first when you override - * this function. - */ - virtual void saveHeader(TQDataStream &str); - - /** - * @return the resources for which this factory is responsible. - */ - virtual const KSycocaResourceList * resourceList() const { return m_resourceList; } - -private: - int mOffset; - -protected: - int m_sycocaDictOffset; - int m_beginEntryOffset; - int m_endEntryOffset; - TQDataStream *m_str; - - KSycocaResourceList *m_resourceList; - KSycocaEntryDict *m_entryDict; - KSycocaDict *m_sycocaDict; -protected: - virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data ); -}; - -/** This, instead of a typedef, allows to declare "class ..." in header files - * @internal - */ -class KSycocaFactoryList : public TQPtrList<KSycocaFactory> -{ -public: - KSycocaFactoryList() { } -}; - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde312/ktoolbarbutton.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde312/ktoolbarbutton.h deleted file mode 100644 index 6fafb1ed..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde312/ktoolbarbutton.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,317 +0,0 @@ -/* This file is part of the KDE libraries - Copyright (C) 1997, 1998 Stephan Kulow (coolo@kde.org) - (C) 1997, 1998 Sven Radej (radej@kde.org) - (C) 1997, 1998 Mark Donohoe (donohoe@kde.org) - (C) 1997, 1998 Matthias Ettrich (ettrich@kde.org) - (C) 2000 Kurt Granroth (granroth@kde.org) - - This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation. - - This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. -*/ - -// $Id: ktoolbarbutton.h,v 1.26 2002/09/28 15:16:22 tjansen Exp $ -#ifndef _KTOOLBARBUTTON_H -#define _KTOOLBARBUTTON_H - -#include <tqpixmap.h> -#include <tqtoolbutton.h> -#include <tqintdict.h> -#include <tqstring.h> -#include <kglobal.h> - -class KToolBar; -class KToolBarButtonPrivate; -class KInstance; -class TQEvent; -class TQPopupMenu; -class TQPainter; - -/** - * A toolbar button. This is used internally by @ref KToolBar, use the - * KToolBar methods instead. - * @internal - */ -class KToolBarButton : public QToolButton -{ - Q_OBJECT - -public: - /** - * Construct a button with an icon loaded by the button itself. - * This will trust the button to load the correct icon with the - * correct size. - * - * @param icon Name of icon to load (may be absolute or relative) - * @param id Id of this button - * @param parent This button's parent - * @param name This button's internal name - * @param txt This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise) - */ - KToolBarButton(const TQString& icon, int id, TQWidget *parent, - const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null, - KInstance *_instance = KGlobal::instance()); - - /** - * Construct a button with an existing pixmap. It is not - * recommended that you use this as the internal icon loading code - * will almost always get it "right". - * - * @param icon Name of icon to load (may be absolute or relative) - * @param id Id of this button - * @param parent This button's parent - * @param name This button's internal name - * @param txt This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise) - */ - KToolBarButton(const TQPixmap& pixmap, int id, TQWidget *parent, - const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null); - - /** - * Construct a separator button - * - * @param parent This button's parent - * @param name This button's internal name - */ - KToolBarButton(TQWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L); - - /** - * Standard destructor - */ - ~KToolBarButton(); - -#ifndef KDE_NO_COMPAT - /** - * @deprecated - * Set the pixmap directly for this button. This pixmap should be - * the active one... the dimmed and disabled pixmaps are constructed - * based on this one. However, don't use this function unless you - * are positive that you don't want to use @ref setIcon. - * - * @param pixmap The active pixmap - */ - // this one is from TQButton, so #ifdef-ing it out doesn't break BC - virtual void setPixmap(const TQPixmap &pixmap); - - /** - * @deprecated - * Force the button to use this pixmap as the default one rather - * then generating it using effects. - * - * @param pixmap The pixmap to use as the default (normal) one - */ - void setDefaultPixmap(const TQPixmap& pixmap); - - /** - * @deprecated - * Force the button to use this pixmap when disabled one rather then - * generating it using effects. - * - * @param pixmap The pixmap to use when disabled - */ - void setDisabledPixmap(const TQPixmap& pixmap); -#endif - - /** - * Set the text for this button. The text will be either used as a - * tooltip (IconOnly) or will be along side the icon - * - * @param text The button (or tooltip) text - */ - virtual void setText(const TQString &text); - - /** - * Set the icon for this button. The icon will be loaded internally - * with the correct size. This function is preferred over @ref setIconSet - * - * @param icon The name of the icon - */ - virtual void setIcon(const TQString &icon); - - /// @since 3.1 - virtual void setIcon( const TQPixmap &pixmap ) - { TQToolButton::setIcon( pixmap ); } - - /** - * Set the pixmaps for this toolbar button from a TQIconSet. - * If you call this you don't need to call any of the other methods - * that set icons or pixmaps. - * @param iconset The iconset to use - */ - virtual void setIconSet( const TQIconSet &iconset ); - -#ifndef KDE_NO_COMPAT - /** - * @deprecated - * Set the active icon for this button. The pixmap itself is loaded - * internally based on the icon size... .. the disabled and default - * pixmaps, however will only be constructed if @ref #generate is - * true. This function is preferred over @ref setPixmap - * - * @param icon The name of the active icon - * @param generate If true, then the other icons are automagically - * generated from this one - */ - void setIcon(const TQString &icon, bool /*generate*/ ) { setIcon( icon ); } - - /** - * @deprecated - * Force the button to use this icon as the default one rather - * then generating it using effects. - * - * @param icon The icon to use as the default (normal) one - */ - void setDefaultIcon(const TQString& icon); - - /** - * @deprecated - * Force the button to use this icon when disabled one rather then - * generating it using effects. - * - * @param icon The icon to use when disabled - */ - void setDisabledIcon(const TQString& icon); -#endif - - /** - * Turn this button on or off - * - * @param flag true or false - */ - void on(bool flag = true); - - /** - * Toggle this button - */ - void toggle(); - - /** - * Turn this button into a toggle button or disable the toggle - * aspects of it. This does not toggle the button itself. - * Use @ref toggle() for that. - * - * @param toggle true or false - */ - void setToggle(bool toggle = true); - - /** - * Return a pointer to this button's popup menu (if it exists) - */ - TQPopupMenu *popup(); - - /** - * Give this button a popup menu. There will not be a delay when - * you press the button. Use @ref setDelayedPopup if you want that - * behavior. You can also make the popup-menu - * "sticky", i.e. visible until a selection is made or the mouse is - * clikced elsewhere, by simply setting the second argument to true. - * This "sticky" button feature allows you to make a selection without - * having to press and hold down the mouse while making a selection. - * - * @param p The new popup menu - * @param toggle if true, makes the button "sticky" (toggled) - */ - void setPopup (TQPopupMenu *p, bool toggle = false); - - /** - * Gives this button a delayed popup menu. - * - * This function allows you to add a delayed popup menu to the button. - * The popup menu is then only displayed when the button is pressed and - * held down for about half a second. You can also make the popup-menu - * "sticky", i.e. visible until a selection is made or the mouse is - * clikced elsewhere, by simply setting the second argument to true. - * This "sticky" button feature allows you to make a selection without - * having to press and hold down the mouse while making a selection. - * - * @param p the new popup menu - * @param toggle if true, makes the button "sticky" (toggled) - */ - void setDelayedPopup(TQPopupMenu *p, bool toggle = false); - - /** - * Turn this button into a radio button - * - * @param f true or false - */ - void setRadio(bool f = true); - - /** - * Toolbar buttons naturally will assume the global styles - * concerning icons, icons sizes, etc. You can use this function to - * explicitely turn this off, if you like. - * - * @param no_style Will disable styles if true - */ - void setNoStyle(bool no_style = true); - -signals: - void clicked(int); - void doubleClicked(int); - void pressed(int); - void released(int); - void toggled(int); - void highlighted(int, bool); - -public slots: - /** - * This slot should be called whenever the toolbar mode has - * potentially changed. This includes such events as text changing, - * orientation changing, etc. - */ - void modeChange(); - virtual void setTextLabel(const TQString&, bool tipToo); - -protected: - void paletteChange(const TQPalette &); - void leaveEvent(TQEvent *e); - void enterEvent(TQEvent *e); - void drawButton(TQPainter *p); - bool eventFilter (TQObject *o, TQEvent *e); - void showMenu(); - TQSize sizeHint() const; - TQSize minimumSizeHint() const; - TQSize minimumSize() const; - - /// @since 3.1 - bool isRaised() const; - /// @since 3.1 - bool isActive() const; - /// @since 3.1 - int iconTextMode() const; - -protected slots: - void slotClicked(); - void slotPressed(); - void slotReleased(); - void slotToggled(); - void slotDelayTimeout(); - -protected: - virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data ); -private: - KToolBarButtonPrivate *d; -}; - -/** -* List of @ref KToolBarButton objects. -* @internal -* @version $Id: ktoolbarbutton.h,v 1.26 2002/09/28 15:16:22 tjansen Exp $ -*/ -class KToolBarButtonList : public TQIntDict<KToolBarButton> -{ -public: - KToolBarButtonList(); - ~KToolBarButtonList() {} -}; - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde312/kurifilter.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde312/kurifilter.h deleted file mode 100644 index 6daf7769..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde312/kurifilter.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,602 +0,0 @@ -/* - * This file is part of the KDE libraries - * Copyright (C) 2000 Yves Arrouye <yves@realnames.com> - * - * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Library General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - * along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. - **/ - -#ifndef __kurifilter_h__ -#define __kurifilter_h__ "$Id: kurifilter.h,v 1.27 2002/10/30 09:37:39 neil Exp $" - -#include <tqptrlist.h> -#include <tqobject.h> - -#include <kurl.h> - -class KURIFilterPrivate; -class KURIFilterDataPrivate; - -class TQStringList; -class KCModule; - -/** -* This is a basic message object used for exchanging filtering -* information between the filter plugins and the application -* whenever the application requires more information about the -* URI than just a filtered version of it. Any application can -* create an instance of this class and send it to @ref KURIFilter -* to have the filter plugins fill the necessary information. -* -* @sect Example -* <pre> -* TQString text = "kde.org"; -* KURIFilterData d = text; -* bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filter( d ); -* if( filtered ) -* print ( "URI: %s\n"Filtered URI: %s\n URI Type: %i\n"Was Filtered: %i" -* text.latin1(), d.uri().url().latin1(), d.uriType(), filtered ); -* </pre> -* -* The above code should yield the following output: -* <pre> -* URI: kde.org -* Filtered URI: http://kde.org -* URI Type: 0 <== means NET_PROTOCOL -* Was Filtered: 1 <== means the URL was successfully filtered -* </pre> -* -* @short A message object for exchanging filtering URI info. -*/ - -class KURIFilterData -{ -friend class KURIFilterPlugin; - -public: - /** - * Describes the type of URI to be filtered. - * - * This enumerator prvoides the return value for - * @ref uriType. A brief description for each value: - * - * @li NET_PROTOCOL - Any network protocol: http, ftp, nttp, pop3, etc... - * @li LOCAL_FILE - A local file whose executable flag is not set - * @li LOCAL_DIR - A local directory - * @li EXECUTABLE - A local file whose executable flag is set - * @li HELP - A man or info page - * @li SHELL - A shell executable (ex: echo "Test..." >> ~/testfile) - * @li BLOCKED - A URI that should be blocked/filtered (ex: ad filtering) - * @li ERROR - An incorrect URI (ex: "~johndoe" when user johndoe - * does not exist in that system ) - * @li UNKNOWN - A URI that is not identified. Default value when - * a KURIFilterData is first created. - */ - enum URITypes { NET_PROTOCOL=0, LOCAL_FILE, LOCAL_DIR, EXECUTABLE, HELP, SHELL, BLOCKED, ERROR, UNKNOWN }; - - /** - * Default constructor. - * - * Creates a URIFilterData object. - */ - KURIFilterData() { init(); } - - /** - * Creates a URIFilterData object from the given URL. - * - * @param url is the URL to be filtered. - */ - KURIFilterData( const KURL& url ) { init( url); } - - /** - * Creates a URIFilterData object from the given string. - * - * @param url is the string to be filtered. - */ - KURIFilterData( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); } - - /** - * Copy constructor. - * - * Creates a URIFilterData object from another - * URI filter data object. - * - * @param data the uri filter data to be copied. - */ - KURIFilterData( const KURIFilterData& /*data*/); - - /** - * Destructor. - */ - ~KURIFilterData(); - - /** - * This method has been deprecated and will always return - * TRUE. You should instead use the result from the - * @ref KURIFilter::filterURI() calls. - * - * @deprecated - */ - bool hasBeenFiltered() const { return m_bFiltered; } - - /** - * Returns the filtered or the original URL. - * - * This function returns the filtered url if one - * of the plugins sucessfully filtered the original - * URL. Otherwise, it returns the original URL. - * See @ref #hasBeenFiltered() and - * - * @return the filtered or original url. - */ - KURL uri() const { return m_pURI; } - - /** - * Returns an error message. - * - * This functions returns the error message set - * by the plugin whenever the uri type is set to - * KURIFilterData::ERROR. Otherwise, it returns - * a TQString::null. - * - * @return the error message or a NULL when there is none. - */ - TQString errorMsg() const { return m_strErrMsg; } - - /** - * Returns the URI type. - * - * This method always returns KURIFilterData::UNKNOWN - * if the given URL was not filtered. - */ - URITypes uriType() const { return m_iType; } - - /** - * Sets the URL to be filtered. - * - * Use this function to set the string to be - * filtered when you construct an empty filter - * object. - * - * @param url the string to be filtered. - */ - void setData( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); } - - /** - * Same as above except the argument is a URL. - * - * Use this function to set the string to be - * filtered when you construct an empty filter - * object. - * - * @param url the URL to be filtered. - */ - void setData( const KURL& url ) { init( url ); } - - /** - * Sets the absolute path to be used whenever the supplied - * data is a relative local URL. - * - * NOTE: This function works only for a local resource and - * expects the absolute path to the relative URL set in this - * meta object. If you are extracting the absolute path from - * a KURL object, make sure you always set the argument below - * using KURL::path() instead of KURL::url() so that "file:/" - * would not be appended! Otherwise, the filter might not be - * able to make correct determination whether the relative URL - * locally exists! - * - * @param abs_path the abolute path to the local resource. - * @return true if absolute path is successfully set. Otherwise, false. - */ - bool setAbsolutePath( const TQString& /* abs_path */ ); - - /** - * Returns the absolute path if one has already been set. - */ - TQString absolutePath() const; - - /** - * Returns true if the supplied data has an absolute path. - */ - bool hasAbsolutePath() const; - - /** - * Returns the command line options and arguments for a - * local resource when present. - * - * @return options and arguments when present, otherwise TQString::null - */ - TQString argsAndOptions() const; - - /** - * Returns true if the current data is a local resource with - * command line options and arguments. - */ - bool hasArgsAndOptions() const; - - /** - * Returns the name of the icon that matches - * the current filtered URL. - * - * NOTE that this function will return a NULL - * string by default and when no associated icon - * is found. - * - * @return the name of the icon associated with the resource - */ - TQString iconName(); - - /** - * Overloaded assigenment operator. - * - * This function allows you to easily assign a KURL - * to a KURIFilterData object. - * - * @return an instance of a KURIFilterData object. - */ - KURIFilterData& operator=( const KURL& url ) { init( url ); return *this; } - - /** - * Overloaded assigenment operator. - * - * This function allows you to easily assign a QString - * to a KURIFilterData object. - * - * @return an instance of a KURIFilterData object. - */ - KURIFilterData& operator=( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); return *this; } - -protected: - - /** - * Initializes the KURIFilterData on construction. - */ - void init( const KURL& url = TQString::null ); - -private: - bool m_bFiltered; - bool m_bChanged; - - TQString m_strErrMsg; - TQString m_strIconName; - - KURL m_pURI; - URITypes m_iType; - KURIFilterDataPrivate *d; -}; - - -/** - * Base class for URI filter plugins. - * - * This class applies a single filter to a URI. All - * plugins designed to provide URI filtering functionalities - * should inherit from this abstract class and provide a - * specific filtering implementation. - * - * All inheriting classes need to implement the pure - * virtual function @ref filterURI. Otherwise, they - * would also become abstract. - * - * @short Abstract class for URI filter plugins. - */ -class KURIFilterPlugin : public QObject -{ - Q_OBJECT - -public: - - /** - * Constructs a filter plugin with a given name and - * priority. - * - * @param parent the parent object. - * @param name the name of the plugin. - * @param pri the priority of the plugin. - */ - KURIFilterPlugin( TQObject *parent = 0, const char *name = 0, double pri = 1.0 ); - - /** - * Returns the filter's name. - * - * @return A string naming the filter. - */ - virtual TQString name() const { return m_strName; } - - /** - * Returns the filter's priority. - * - * Each filter has an assigned priority, a float from 0 to 1. Filters - * with the lowest priority are first given a chance to filter a URI. - * - * @return The priority of the filter. - */ - virtual double priority() const { return m_dblPriority; } - - /** - * Filters a URI. - * - * @param data the URI data to be filtered. - * @return A boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed. - */ - virtual bool filterURI( KURIFilterData& data ) const = 0; - - /** - * Creates a configuration module for the filter. - * - * It is the responsability of the caller to delete the module - * once it is not needed anymore. - * - * @return A configuration module, @p null if the filter isn't configurable. - */ - virtual KCModule *configModule( TQWidget*, const char* ) const { return 0; } - - /** - * Returns the name of the configuration module for the filter. - * - * @return the name of a configuration module or @p null if none. - */ - virtual TQString configName() const { return name(); } - -protected: - - /** - * Sets the the URL in @p data to @p uri. - */ - void setFilteredURI ( KURIFilterData& data, const KURL& uri ) const; - - /** - * Sets the error message in @p data to @p errormsg. - */ - void setErrorMsg ( KURIFilterData& data, const TQString& errmsg ) const { - data.m_strErrMsg = errmsg; - } - - /** - * Sets the URI type in @p data to @p type. - */ - void setURIType ( KURIFilterData& data, KURIFilterData::URITypes type) const { - data.m_iType = type; - data.m_bChanged = true; - } - - /** - * Sets the arguments and options string in @p data - * to @p args if any were found during filterting. - */ - void setArguments( KURIFilterData& data, const TQString& args ) const; - - TQString m_strName; - double m_dblPriority; - -protected: - virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data ); -private: - class KURIFilterPluginPrivate *d; -}; - - -class KURIFilterPluginList : public TQPtrList<KURIFilterPlugin> -{ -public: - virtual int compareItems(Item a, Item b) - { - double diff = ((KURIFilterPlugin *) a)->priority() - ((KURIFilterPlugin *) b)->priority(); - return diff < 0 ? -1 : (diff > 0 ? 1 : 0); - } - -private: - KURIFilterPrivate *d; - -}; - -/** - * Manages the filtering of a URI. - * - * The intention of this plugin class is to allow people to extend - * the functionality of KURL without modifying it directly. This - * way KURL will remain a generic parser capable of parsing any - * generic URL that adheres to specifications. - * - * The KURIFilter class applies a number of filters to a URI, - * and returns the filtered version whenever possible. The filters - * are implemented using plugins to provide easy extensibility - * of the filtering mechanism. That is, new filters can be added in - * the future by simply inheriting from @ref KURIFilterPlugin and - * implementing the @ref KURIFilterPlugin::filterURI method. - * - * Use of this plugin-manager class is straight forward. Since - * it is a singleton object, all you have to do is obtain an instance - * by doing @p KURIFilter::self() and use any of the public member - * functions to preform the filtering. - * - * @sect Example - * - * To simply filter a given string: - * <pre> - * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( "kde.org" ); - * </pre> - * - * You can alternatively use a KURL: - * <pre> - * KURL url = "kde.org"; - * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( url ); - * </pre> - * - * If you have a constant string or a constant URL, - * simply invoke the corresponding function to obtain - * the filtered string or URL instead of a boolean flag: - * <pre> - * TQString u = KURIFilter::self()->filteredURI( "kde.org" ); - * </pre> - * - * You can also specify only specific filter(s) to be applied - * by supplying the name(s) of the filter(s). By defualt all - * filters that are found are loaded when the KURIFilter object - * is created will be used. These names are taken from the - * enteries in the \".desktop\" files. Here are a couple of - * examples: - * <pre> - * TQString text = "kde.org"; - * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, "KShortURIFilter" ); - * - * TQStringList list; - * list << "KShortURIFilter" << "MyFilter"; - * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, list ); - * </pre> - * - * KURIFilter also allows richer data exchange through a simple - * meta-object called @p KURIFilterData. Using this meta-object - * you can find out more information about the URL you want to - * filter. See @ref KURIFilterData for examples and details. - * - * @short Filters a given URL into its proper format whenever possible. - */ - -class KURIFilter -{ -public: - /** - * Destructor - */ - ~KURIFilter (); - - /** - * Return a static instance of KURIFilter. - */ - static KURIFilter* self(); - - /** - * Filters the URI given by the object URIFilterData. - * - * This filters the given data based on the specified - * filter list. If the list is empty all avaliable - * filter plugins would be used. If not, only those - * given in the list are used. - * - * @param data object that contains the URI to be filtered. - * @param filters specify the list filters to be used - * - * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed - */ - bool filterURI( KURIFilterData& data, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); - - /** - * Filters the URI given by the URL. - * - * This filters the given URL based on the specified - * filter list. If the list is empty all avaliable - * filter plugins would be used. If not, only those - * given in the list are used. - * - * @param uri the URI to filter. - * @param filters specify the list of filters to be used - * - * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed - */ - bool filterURI( KURL &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); - - /** - * Filters a string representing a URI. - * - * This filters the given string based on the specified - * filter list. If the list is empty all avaliable - * filter plugins would be used. If not, only those - * given in the list are used. - * - * @param uri The URI to filter. - * @param filters specify the list filters to be used - * - * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed - */ - bool filterURI( TQString &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); - - /** - * Returns the filtered URI. - * - * This filters the given URL based on the specified - * filter list. If the list is empty all avaliable - * filter plugins would be used. If not, only those - * given in the list are used. - * - * @param uri The URI to filter. - * @param filters specify the list filters to be used - * - * @return the filtered URI or null if it cannot be filtered - */ - KURL filteredURI( const KURL &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); - - /** - * Return a filtered string representation of a URI. - * - * This filters the given URL based on the specified - * filter list. If the list is empty all avaliable - * filter plugins would be used. If not, only those - * given in the list are used. - * - * @param uri the URI to filter. - * @param filters specify the list filters to be used - * - * @return the filtered URI or null if it cannot be filtered - */ - TQString filteredURI( const TQString &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); - - /** - * Return an iterator to iterate over all loaded - * plugins. - * - * @return a plugin iterator. - */ - TQPtrListIterator<KURIFilterPlugin> pluginsIterator() const; - - /** - * Return a list of the names of all loaded plugins - * - * @since 3.1 - * - * @return a TQStringList of plugin names - */ - TQStringList pluginNames() const; - -protected: - - /** - * A protected constructor. - * - * This constructor creates a KURIFilter and - * initializes all plugins it can find by invoking - * @ref loadPlugins. - */ - KURIFilter(); - - /** - * Loads all allowed plugins. - * - * This function loads all filters that have not - * been dis - */ - void loadPlugins(); - -private: - - static KURIFilter *m_self; - KURIFilterPluginList m_lstPlugins; - KURIFilterPrivate *d; - -}; - -#endif - diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde313/kaccelaction.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde313/kaccelaction.h deleted file mode 100644 index 8e422505..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde313/kaccelaction.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,564 +0,0 @@ -/* This file is part of the KDE libraries - Copyright (C) 2001,2002 Ellis Whitehead <ellis@kde.org> - - This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - - This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. -*/ - -#ifndef _KACCELACTION_H -#define _KACCELACTION_H - -#include <tqmap.h> -#include <tqptrvector.h> -#include <tqstring.h> -#include <tqvaluevector.h> - -#include <kshortcut.h> - -class KAccelBase; - -class TQObject; -class KConfig; -class KConfigBase; - -/** - * @internal - * A KAccelAction prepresents an action that can be executed using - * an accelerator key. Each KAccelAction has a name, a label, a - * "What's this" string and a @ref KShortcut. The user can configure and - * enable/disable them using @ref KKeyDialog. - * - * <pre> - * 1) KAccelAction = "Run Command" - * Default3 = "Alt+F2" - * Default4 = "Meta+Enter;Alt+F2" - * 1) KShortcut = "Meta+Enter" - * 1) KKeySequence = "Meta+Enter" - * 1) KKey = "Meta+Enter" - * 1) Meta+Enter - * 2) Meta+Keypad_Enter - * 2) KShortcut = "Alt+F2" - * 1) KKeySequence = "Alt+F2" - * 1) Alt+F2 - * 2) KAccelAction = "Something" - * Default3 = "" - * Default4 = "" - * 1) KShortcut = "Meta+X,Asterisk" - * 1) KKeySequence = "Meta+X,Asterisk" - * 1) KKey = "Meta+X" - * 1) Meta+X - * 2) KKey = "Asterisk" - * 1) Shift+8 (English layout) - * 2) Keypad_Asterisk - * </pre> - * @short An accelerator action - * @see KAccel - * @see KGlobalAccel - * @see KKeyChooser - * @see KKeyDialog - */ -class KAccelAction -{ - public: - /** - * Creates an empty KAccelAction. - * @see clear() - */ - KAccelAction(); - - /** - * Copy constructor. - */ - KAccelAction( const KAccelAction& ); - - /** - * Creates a new KAccelAction. - * @param sName the name of the accelerator - * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) - * @param sWhatsThis the What's This text (18n!) - * @param cutDef3 the default shortcut for 3 modifier systems - * @param cutDef4 the default shortcut for 4 modifier systems - * @param pObjSlot the receiver of a signal when the key has been - * pressed - * @param psMethodSlot the slot to connect for key presses. Receives - * an int, as set by @ref setID(), as only argument - * @param bConfigurable if true the user can configure the shortcut - * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled - */ - KAccelAction( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, - const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4, - const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, - bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled ); - ~KAccelAction(); - - /** - * Clears the accelerator. - */ - void clear(); - - /** - * Re-initialized the KAccelAction. - * @param sName the name of the accelerator - * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) - * @param sWhatsThis the What's This text (18n!) - * @param cutDef3 the default shortcut for 3 modifier systems - * @param cutDef4 the default shortcut for 4 modifier systems - * @param pObjSlot the receiver of a signal when the key has been - * pressed - * @param psMethodSlot the slot to connect for key presses. Receives - * an int, as set by @ref setID(), as only argument - * @param bConfigurable if true the user can configure the shortcut - * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - */ - bool init( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, - const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4, - const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, - bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled ); - - /** - * Copies this KAccelAction. - */ - KAccelAction& operator=( const KAccelAction& ); - - /** - * Returns the name of the accelerator action. - * @return the name of the accelerator action, can be null if not - * set - */ - const TQString& name() const { return m_sName; } - - /** - * Returns the label of the accelerator action. - * @return the label of the accelerator action, can be null if - * not set - */ - const TQString& label() const { return m_sLabel; } - - /** - * Returns the What's This text of the accelerator action. - * @return the What's This text of the accelerator action, can be - * null if not set - */ - const TQString& whatsThis() const { return m_sWhatsThis; } - - /** - * The shortcut that is actually used (may be used configured). - * @return the shortcut of the KAccelAction, can be null if not set - * @see shortcutDefault() - */ - const KShortcut& shortcut() const { return m_cut; } - - /** - * The default shortcut for this system. - * @return the default shortcut on this system, can be null if not set - * @see shortcut() - * @see shortcutDefault3() - * @see shortcutDefault4() - */ - const KShortcut& shortcutDefault() const; - - /** - * The default shortcut for 3 modifier systems. - * @return the default shortcut for 3 modifier systems, can be null - * if not set - * @see shortcutDefault() - * @see shortcutDefault4() - * @see useFourModifierKeys() - */ - const KShortcut& shortcutDefault3() const { return m_cutDefault3; } - - /** - * The default shortcut for 4 modifier systems. - * @return the default shortcut for 4 modifier systems, can be null - * if not set - * @see shortcutDefault() - * @see shortcutDefault3() - * @see useFourModifierKeys() - */ - const KShortcut& shortcutDefault4() const { return m_cutDefault4; } - - /** - * Returns the receiver of signals. - * @return the receiver of signals (can be 0 if not set) - */ - const TQObject* objSlotPtr() const { return m_pObjSlot; } - - /** - * Returns the slot for the signal. - * @return the slot for the signal - */ - const char* methodSlotPtr() const { return m_psMethodSlot; } - - /** - * Checks whether the user can configure the action. - * @return true if configurable, false otherwise - */ - bool isConfigurable() const { return m_bConfigurable; } - - /** - * Checks whether the action is enabled. - * @return true if enabled, false otherwise - */ - bool isEnabled() const { return m_bEnabled; } - - /** - * Sets the name of the accelerator action. - * @param name the new name - */ - void setName( const TQString& name ); - - /** - * Sets the user-readable label of the accelerator action. - * @param label the new label (i18n!) - */ - void setLabel( const TQString& label ); - - /** - * Sets the What's This text for the accelerator action. - * @param whatsThis the new What's This text (i18n!) - */ - void setWhatsThis( const TQString& whatsThis ); - - /** - * Sets the new shortcut of the accelerator action. - * @param rgCuts the shortcut to set - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - */ - bool setShortcut( const KShortcut& rgCuts ); - - /** - * Sets the slot of the accelerator action. - * @param pObjSlot the receiver object of the signal - * @param psMethodSlot the slot for the signal - */ - void setSlot( const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot ); - - /** - * Enables or disabled configuring the action. - * @param configurable true to enable configurability, false to disable - */ - void setConfigurable( bool configurable ); - - /** - * Enables or disabled the action. - * @param configurable true to enable the action, false to disable - */ - void setEnabled( bool enable ); - - /** - * Retrieves the id set using @ref setID. - * @return the id of the accelerator action - */ - int getID() const { return m_nIDAccel; } - - /** - * Allows you to set an id that will be used as the action - * signal's argument. - * - * @param n the new id - * @see @ref getID() - */ - void setID( int n ) { m_nIDAccel = n; } - - /** - * Checkes whether the action is connected (emits signals). - * @return true if connected, false otherwise - */ - bool isConnected() const; - - /** - * Sets a key sequence of the action's shortcut. - * @param i the position of the sequence - * @param keySeq the new new sequence - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see KShortcut::setSeq() - */ - bool setKeySequence( uint i, const KKeySequence &keySeq ); - - /** - * Clears the action's shortcut. It will not contain any sequences after - * calling this method. - * @see KShortcut::clear() - */ - void clearShortcut(); - - /** - * Checks whether the action's shortcut contains the given key sequence. - * @param keySeq the key sequence to check - * @return true if the shortcut contains the given sequence - * @see KShortcut::contains() - */ - bool contains( const KKeySequence &keySeq ); - - /** - * Returns the string representation of the action's shortcut. - * @return the string representation of the action's shortcut. - * @see KShortcut::toString() - */ - TQString toString() const; - - /** - * @internal - */ - TQString toStringInternal() const; - - /** - * Returns true if four modifier keys will be used. - * @return true if four modifier keys will be used. - */ - static bool useFourModifierKeys(); - - /** - * Selects 3 or 4 modifier default shortcuts. - * @param use true to use 4 modifier shortcuts, false to use - * 3 modifier shortcuts - */ - static void useFourModifierKeys( bool use ); - - protected: - TQString m_sName, - m_sLabel, - m_sWhatsThis; - KShortcut m_cut; - KShortcut m_cutDefault3, m_cutDefault4; - const TQObject* m_pObjSlot; - const char* m_psMethodSlot; - bool m_bConfigurable, - m_bEnabled; - int m_nIDAccel; - uint m_nConnections; - - void incConnections(); - void decConnections(); - - private: - static int g_bUseFourModifierKeys; - class KAccelActionPrivate* d; - - friend class KAccelActions; - friend class KAccelBase; -}; - -//--------------------------------------------------------------------- -// KAccelActions -//--------------------------------------------------------------------- - -/** - * @internal - * This class represents a collection of @ref KAccelAction objects. - * - * @short A collection of accelerator actions - * @see KAccelAction - */ -class KAccelActions -{ - public: - /** - * Creates a new, empty KAccelActions object. - */ - KAccelActions(); - - /** - * Copy constructor (deep copy). - */ - KAccelActions( const KAccelActions& ); - virtual ~KAccelActions(); - - /** - * Removes all items from this collection. - */ - void clear(); - - /** - * Initializes this object with the given actions. - * It will make a deep copy of all actions. - * @param actions the actions to copy - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - */ - bool init( const KAccelActions &actions ); - - /** - * Loads the actions from the given configuration file. - * - * @param config the configuration file to load from - * @param sGroup the group in the configuration file - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - */ - bool init( KConfigBase& config, const TQString& sGroup ); - - /** - * Updates the shortcuts of all actions in this object - * with the shortcuts from the given object. - * @param shortcuts the collection that contains the new - * shortcuts - */ - void updateShortcuts( KAccelActions &shortcuts ); - - /** - * Retrieves the index of the action with the given name. - * @param sAction the action to search - * @return the index of the action, or -1 if not found - */ - int actionIndex( const TQString& sAction ) const; - - /** - * Returns the action with the given @p index. - * @param index the index of an action. You must not - * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index - * @see count() - */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( uint index ); - - /** - * Returns the action with the given @p index. - * @param index the index of an action. You must not - * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index - * @see count() - */ - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( uint index ) const; - - /** - * Returns the action with the given name. - * @param aAction the name of the action to search - * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0 - * if not found - */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); - - /** - * Returns the action with the given name. - * @param aAction the name of the action to search - * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0 - * if not found - */ - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; - - /** - * Returns the action with the given key sequence. - * @param cut the sequence to search for - * @return the KAccelAction with the given sequence, or 0 - * if not found - */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( KKeySequence cut ); - - /** - * Returns the action with the given @p index. - * @param index the index of an action. You must not - * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index - * @see actionPtr() - * @see count() - */ - KAccelAction& operator []( uint index ); - - /** - * Returns the action with the given @p index. - * @param index the index of an action. You must not - * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index - * @see actionPtr() - * @see count() - */ - const KAccelAction& operator []( uint index ) const; - - /** - * Inserts an action into the collection. - * @param sName the name of the accelerator - * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) - * @param sWhatsThis the What's This text (18n!) - * @param cutDef3 the default shortcut for 3 modifier systems - * @param cutDef4 the default shortcut for 4 modifier systems - * @param pObjSlot the receiver of a signal when the key has been - * pressed - * @param psMethodSlot the slot to connect for key presses. Receives - * an int, as set by @ref setID(), as only argument - * @param bConfigurable if true the user can configure the shortcut - * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled - * @return the new action - */ - KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, - const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, - const TQObject* pObjSlot = 0, const char* psMethodSlot = 0, - bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true ); - - /** - * Inserts an action into the collection. - * @param sName the name of the accelerator - * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) - * @return the new action - */ - KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel ); - - /** - * Removes the given action. - * @param sAction the name of the action. - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - */ - bool remove( const TQString& sAction ); - - /** - * Loads the actions from the given configuration file. - * - * @param sConfigGroup the group in the configuration file - * @param pConfig the configuration file to load from - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - */ - bool readActions( const TQString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ); - - /** - * Writes the actions to the given configuration file. - * - * @param sConfigGroup the group in the configuration file - * @param pConfig the configuration file to save to - * @param bWriteAll true to write all actions - * @param bGlobal true to write to the global configuration file - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - */ - bool writeActions( const TQString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0, - bool bWriteAll = false, bool bGlobal = false ) const; - - /** - * Emit a keycodeChanged signal. - */ - void emitKeycodeChanged(); - - /** - * Returns the number of actions in the collection. - * @return the number of actions - */ - uint count() const; - - protected: - KAccelBase* m_pKAccelBase; - KAccelAction** m_prgActions; - uint m_nSizeAllocated, m_nSize; - - void resize( uint ); - void insertPtr( KAccelAction* ); - - private: - class KAccelActionsPrivate* d; - - KAccelActions( KAccelBase* ); - void initPrivate( KAccelBase* ); - KAccelActions& operator =( KAccelActions& ); - - friend class KAccelBase; -}; - -#endif // _KACCELACTION_H diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde313/kaccelbase.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde313/kaccelbase.h deleted file mode 100644 index 03fa9c87..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde313/kaccelbase.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,229 +0,0 @@ -/* This file is part of the KDE libraries - Copyright (C) 2001 Ellis Whitehead <ellis@kde.org> - - This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - - This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. -*/ - -#ifndef _KACCELBASE_H -#define _KACCELBASE_H - -#include <tqmap.h> -#include <tqptrvector.h> -#include <tqstring.h> -#include <tqvaluevector.h> -#include <tqvaluelist.h> - -#include "kaccelaction.h" -#include "kkeyserver_x11.h" - -class TQPopupMenu; -class TQWidget; - -//---------------------------------------------------- - -/** - * @internal - * Handle keyboard accelerators. - * - * Allow an user to configure - * key bindings through application configuration files or through the - * @ref KKeyChooser GUI. - * - * A @ref KAccel contains a list of accelerator items. Each accelerator item - * consists of an action name and a keyboard code combined with modifiers - * (Shift, Ctrl and Alt.) - * - * For example, "Ctrl+P" could be a shortcut for printing a document. The key - * codes are listed in ckey.h. "Print" could be the action name for printing. - * The action name identifies the key binding in configuration files and the - * @ref KKeyChooser GUI. - * - * When pressed, an accelerator key calls the slot to which it has been - * connected. Accelerator items can be connected so that a key will activate - * two different slots. - * - * A KAccel object handles key events sent to its parent widget and to all - * children of this parent widget. - * - * Key binding reconfiguration during run time can be prevented by specifying - * that an accelerator item is not configurable when it is inserted. A special - * group of non-configurable key bindings are known as the - * standard accelerators. - * - * The standard accelerators appear repeatedly in applications for - * standard document actions such as printing and saving. Convenience methods are - * available to insert and connect these accelerators which are configurable on - * a desktop-wide basis. - * - * It is possible for a user to choose to have no key associated with - * an action. - * - * The translated first argument for @ref insertItem() is used only - * in the configuration dialog. - *<pre> - * KAccel *a = new KAccel( myWindow ); - * // Insert an action "Scroll Up" which is associated with the "Up" key: - * a->insertItem( i18n("Scroll up"), "Scroll Up", "Up" ); - * // Insert an action "Scroll Down" which is not associated with any key: - * a->insertItem( i18n("Scroll down"), "Scroll Down", 0); - * a->connectItem( "Scroll up", myWindow, TQT_SLOT( scrollUp() ) ); - * // a->insertStdItem( KStdAccel::Print ); //not necessary, since it - * // is done automatially with the - * // connect below! - * a->connectItem(KStdAccel::Print, myWindow, TQT_SLOT( printDoc() ) ); - * - * a->readSettings(); - *</pre> - * - * If a shortcut has a menu entry as well, you could insert them like - * this. The example is again the @ref KStdAccel::Print from above. - * - * <pre> - * int id; - * id = popup->insertItem("&Print",this, TQT_SLOT(printDoc())); - * a->changeMenuAccel(popup, id, KStdAccel::Print ); - * </pre> - * - * If you want a somewhat "exotic" name for your standard print action, like - * id = popup->insertItem(i18n("Print &Document"),this, TQT_SLOT(printDoc())); - * it might be a good idea to insert the standard action before as - * a->insertStdItem( KStdAccel::Print, i18n("Print Document") ) - * as well, so that the user can easily find the corresponding function. - * - * This technique works for other actions as well. Your "scroll up" function - * in a menu could be done with - * - * <pre> - * id = popup->insertItem(i18n"Scroll &up",this, TQT_SLOT(scrollUp())); - * a->changeMenuAccel(popup, id, "Scroll Up" ); - * </pre> - * - * Please keep the order right: First insert all functions in the - * acceleratior, then call a -> @ref readSettings() and @em then build your - * menu structure. - * - * @short Configurable key binding support. - * @version $Id: kaccelbase.h,v 1.22 2002/10/06 18:19:39 ellis Exp $ - */ - -class KAccelBase -{ - public: - enum Init { QT_KEYS = 0x00, NATIVE_KEYS = 0x01 }; - enum Signal { KEYCODE_CHANGED }; - - KAccelBase( int fInitCode ); - virtual ~KAccelBase(); - - uint actionCount() const; - KAccelActions& actions(); - bool isEnabled() const; - - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKey& key ); - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKeyServer::Key& key ); - - const TQString& configGroup() const { return m_sConfigGroup; } - void setConfigGroup( const TQString& group ); - void setConfigGlobal( bool global ); - virtual void setEnabled( bool bEnabled ) = 0; - bool getAutoUpdate() { return m_bAutoUpdate; } - // return value of AutoUpdate flag before this call. - bool setAutoUpdate( bool bAuto ); - -// Procedures for manipulating Actions. - //void clearActions(); - - KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sDesc ); - KAccelAction* insert( - const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sDesc, const TQString& sHelp, - const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, - const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, - bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true ); - bool remove( const TQString& sAction ); - bool setActionSlot( const TQString& sAction, const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot ); - - bool updateConnections(); - - bool setShortcut( const TQString& sAction, const KShortcut& cut ); - -// Modify individual Action sub-items - bool setActionEnabled( const TQString& sAction, bool bEnable ); - - /** - * Read all key associations from @p config, or (if @p config - * is zero) from the application's configuration file - * @ref KGlobal::config(). - * - * The group in which the configuration is stored can be - * set with @ref setConfigGroup(). - */ - void readSettings( KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ); - - /** - * Write the current configurable associations to @p config, - * or (if @p config is zero) to the application's - * configuration file. - */ - void writeSettings( KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ) const; - - TQPopupMenu* createPopupMenu( TQWidget* pParent, const KKeySequence& ); - - // Protected methods - protected: - void slotRemoveAction( KAccelAction* ); - - void createKeyList( TQValueVector<struct X>& rgKeys ); - bool insertConnection( KAccelAction* ); - bool removeConnection( KAccelAction* ); - - virtual bool emitSignal( Signal ) = 0; - virtual bool connectKey( KAccelAction&, const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; - virtual bool connectKey( const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; - virtual bool disconnectKey( KAccelAction&, const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; - virtual bool disconnectKey( const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; - - protected: - struct ActionInfo - { - KAccelAction* pAction; - uint iSeq, iVariation; - //ActionInfo* pInfoNext; // nil if only one action uses this key. - - ActionInfo() { pAction = 0; iSeq = 0xffff; iVariation = 0xffff; } - ActionInfo( KAccelAction* _pAction, uint _iSeq, uint _iVariation ) - { pAction = _pAction; iSeq = _iSeq; iVariation = _iVariation; } - }; - typedef TQMap<KKeyServer::Key, ActionInfo> KKeyToActionMap; - - KAccelActions m_rgActions; - KKeyToActionMap m_mapKeyToAction; - TQValueList<KAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique; - bool m_bNativeKeys; // Use native key codes instead of Qt codes - bool m_bEnabled; - bool m_bConfigIsGlobal; - TQString m_sConfigGroup; - bool m_bAutoUpdate; - KAccelAction* mtemp_pActionRemoving; - - private: - KAccelBase& operator =( const KAccelBase& ); - - friend class KAccelActions; -}; - -#endif // _KACCELBASE_H diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde313/kicontheme.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde313/kicontheme.h deleted file mode 100644 index bfee160b..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde313/kicontheme.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,331 +0,0 @@ -/* vi: ts=8 sts=4 sw=4 - * - * $Id: kicontheme.h,v 1.26 2002/10/26 22:08:38 tjansen Exp $ - * - * This file is part of the KDE project, module kdecore. - * Copyright (C) 2000 Geert Jansen <jansen@kde.org> - * Antonio Larrosa <larrosa@kde.org> - * - * This is free software; it comes under the GNU Library General - * Public License, version 2. See the file "COPYING.LIB" for the - * exact licensing terms. - * - */ - -#ifndef __KIconTheme_h_Included__ -#define __KIconTheme_h_Included__ - -#include <tqstring.h> -#include <tqstringlist.h> -#include <tqptrlist.h> - -class KConfig; -//class KIconThemeDir; - -class KIconThemePrivate; - -class KIconPrivate; - -/** - * One icon as found by KIconTheme. Also serves as a namespace containing - * icon related constants. - * @see KIconEffect - * @see KIconTheme - * @see KIconLoader - */ -class KIcon -{ -public: - KIcon() { size = 0; } - - /** - * Return true if this icon is valid, false otherwise. - */ - bool isValid() const { return size != 0; } - - /** - * Defines the context of the icon. - */ - enum Context { - Any, ///< Some icon with unknown purpose. - Action, ///< An action icon (e.g. 'save', 'print'). - Application, ///< An icon that represents an application. - Device, ///< An icon that represents a device. - FileSystem, ///< An icon that represents a file system. - MimeType ///< An icon that represents a mime type (or file type). - }; - - /** - * The type of the icon. - */ - enum Type { - Fixed, ///< Fixed-size icon. - Scalable, ///< Scalable-size icon. - Threshold ///< A threshold icon. - }; - - /** - * The type of a match. - */ - enum MatchType { - MatchExact, ///< Only try to find an exact match. - MatchBest ///< Take the best match if there is no exact match. - - }; - - // if you add a group here, make sure to change the config reading in - // KIconLoader too - /** - * The group an an icon. - */ - enum Group { NoGroup=-1, Desktop=0, FirstGroup=Desktop, Toolbar, - MainToolbar, Small, Panel, LastGroup, User }; - - /** - * These are the standard sizes for icons. - */ - enum StdSizes { - /// small icons for menu entries - SizeSmall=16, - /// medium sized icons for the desktop - SizeMedium=32, - /// large sized icons for the panel - SizeLarge=48 }; - - /** - * Defines the possible states of an icon. - */ - enum States { DefaultState, ///< The default state. - ActiveState, ///< Icon is active. - DisabledState, ///< Icon is disabled. - LastState ///< Last state (last constant) - }; - - /** - * This defines an overlay, a semi-transparent image that is - * projected onto the icon. They are used to show that the file - * represented by the icon is, for example, locked, zipped or hidden. - */ - enum Overlays { - LockOverlay=0x100, ///< a file is locked - ZipOverlay=0x200, ///< a file is zipped - LinkOverlay=0x400, ///< a fileis a link - HiddenOverlay=0x800, ///< a file is hidden - ShareOverlay=0x1000, ///< a file is shared - OverlayMask = ~0xff - }; - - /** - * The size in pixels of the icon. - */ - int size; - - /** - * The context of the icon. - */ - Context context; - - /** - * The type of the icon: Fixed, Scalable or Threshold. - **/ - Type type; - - /** - * The threshold in case type == Threshold - */ - int threshold; - - /** - * The full path of the icon. - */ - TQString path; - -private: - KIconPrivate *d; -}; - -inline KIcon::Group& operator++(KIcon::Group& group) { group = static_cast<KIcon::Group>(group+1); return group; } -inline KIcon::Group operator++(KIcon::Group& group,int) { KIcon::Group ret = group; ++group; return ret; } - -/** - * Class to use/access icon themes in KDE. This class is used by the - * iconloader but can be used by others too. - * @see KIconLoader - */ -class KIconTheme -{ -public: - /** - * Load an icon theme by name. - * @param name the name of the theme (e.g. "hicolor" or "keramik") - * @param appName the name of the application. Can be null. This argument - * allows applications to have themed application icons. - */ - KIconTheme(const TQString& name, const TQString& appName=TQString::null); - ~KIconTheme(); - - /** - * The stylized name of the icon theme. - * @return the (human-readable) name of the theme - */ - TQString name() const { return mName; } - - /** - * A description for the icon theme. - * @return a human-readable description of the theme, TQString::null - * if there is none - */ - TQString description() const { return mDesc; } - - /** - * Return the name of the "example" icon. This can be used to - * present the theme to the user. - * @return the name of the example icon, TQString::null if there is none - */ - TQString example() const; - - /** - * Return the name of the screenshot. - * @return the name of the screenshot, TQString::null if there is none - */ - TQString screenshot() const; - - /** - * Returns the name of this theme's link overlay. - * @return the name of the link overlay - */ - TQString linkOverlay() const; - - /** - * Returns the name of this theme's zip overlay. - * @return the name of the zip overlay - */ - TQString zipOverlay() const; - - /** - * Returns the name of this theme's lock overlay. - * @return the name of the lock overlay - */ - TQString lockOverlay() const; - - /** - * Returns the name of this theme's share overlay. - * @return the name of the share overlay - * @since 3.1 - */ - TQString shareOverlay () const; - - /** - * Returns the toplevel theme directory. - * @return the directory of the theme - */ - TQString dir() const { return mDir; } - - /** - * The themes this icon theme falls back on. - * @return a list of icon themes that are used as fall-backs - */ - TQStringList inherits() const { return mInherits; } - - /** - * The icon theme exists? - * @return true if the icon theme is valid - */ - bool isValid() const; - - /** - * The icon theme should be hidden to the user? - * @return true if the icon theme is hidden - * @since 3.1 - */ - bool isHidden() const; - - /** - * The minimum display depth required for this theme. This can either - * be 8 or 32. - * @return the minimum bpp (8 or 32) - */ - int depth() const { return mDepth; } - - /** - * The default size of this theme for a certain icon group. - * @param group The icon group. See @ref #KIcon::Group. - * @return The default size in pixels for the given icon group. - */ - int defaultSize(KIcon::Group group) const; - - /** - * Query available sizes for a group. - * @param group The icon group. See @ref #KIcon::Group. - * @return a list of available sized for the given group - */ - TQValueList<int> querySizes(KIcon::Group group) const; - - /** - * Query available icons for a size and context. - * @param size the size of the icons - * @param context the context of the icons - * @return the list of icon names - */ - TQStringList queryIcons(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const; - - /** - * Query available icons for a context and preferred size. - * @param size the size of the icons - * @param context the context of the icons - * @return the list of icon names - */ - TQStringList queryIconsByContext(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const; - - - /** - * Lookup an icon in the theme. - * @param name The name of the icon, without extension. - * @param size The desired size of the icon. - * @param match The matching mode. KIcon::MatchExact returns an icon - * only if matches exactly. KIcon::MatchBest returns the best matching - * icon. - * @return A KIcon class that describes the icon. If an icon is found, - * @see KIcon::isValid will return true, and false otherwise. - */ - KIcon iconPath(const TQString& name, int size, KIcon::MatchType match) const; - - /** - * List all icon themes installed on the system, global and local. - * @return the list of all icon themes - */ - static TQStringList list(); - - /** - * Returns the current icon theme. - * @return the name of the current theme - */ - static TQString current(); - - /** - * Reconfigure the theme. - */ - static void reconfigure(); - - /** - * Returns the default icon theme. - * @return the name of the default theme name - * @since 3.1 - */ - static TQString defaultThemeName(); - -private: - int mDefSize[8]; - TQValueList<int> mSizes[8]; - - int mDepth; - TQString mDir, mName, mDesc; - TQStringList mInherits; -// TQPtrList<KIconThemeDir> mDirs; - KIconThemePrivate *d; - - static TQString *_theme; - static TQStringList *_theme_list; -}; - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde313/kkeyserver_x11.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde313/kkeyserver_x11.h deleted file mode 100644 index 568de854..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde313/kkeyserver_x11.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,435 +0,0 @@ -#ifndef _KKEYSERVER_X11_H -#define _KKEYSERVER_X11_H - -#include "kshortcut.h" -#include "kkeynative.h" - -/** - * A collection of functions for the conversion of key presses and - * their modifiers from the window system (X11) specific format - * to the generic format and vice-versa. - */ -namespace KKeyServer -{ - /** - * Supplement enum KKey::ModFlag - * @since 3.1 - */ - enum ExtraModFlag { MODE_SWITCH = 0x2000 }; - - struct CodeMod { int code, mod; }; - - /** - * Represents a key symbol. - * @see KKey - * @see KKeyServer - */ - struct Sym - { - public: - /// the actual value of the symbol - uint m_sym; - - /// Creates a null symbol. - Sym() - { m_sym = 0; } - /** - * Creates asymbol with the given value. - * @param sym the value - */ - Sym( uint sym ) - { m_sym = sym; } - /** - * Creates a symbol from the given string description. - * @param s the description of the symbol - * @see toString() - */ - Sym( const TQString& s ) - { init( s ); } - - /** - * Initializes the symbol with the given Qt key code. - * @param keyQt the qt key code - * @return true if succesful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key - */ - bool initQt( int keyQt ); - - /** - * Initializes the key with the given string description. - * @param s the string description - * @return true if succesful, false otherwise - * @see toString() - */ - bool init( const TQString &s ); - - /** - * Returns the qt key code of the symbol. - * @return the qt key code - */ - int qt() const; - - /** - * @internal - */ - TQString toStringInternal() const; - - /** - * Returns the string representation of the symbol. - * @return the string representation of the symbol - */ - TQString toString() const; - - /** - * Returns the mods that are required for this symbol as - * ORed @ref KKey::ModFlag's. For example, Break requires a - * Ctrl to be valid. - * @return the required @ref KKey::ModFlag's - * @see KKey::ModFlag - */ - uint getModsRequired() const; - - /** - * TODO: please find out what this method does and document it - */ - uint getSymVariation() const; - - /** - * Casts the symbol to its integer representation. - */ - operator uint() const { return m_sym; } - - /** - * Overloaded operator to convert ints to Sym. - */ - Sym& operator =( uint sym ) { m_sym = sym; return *this; } - - private: - TQString toString( bool bUserSpace ) const; - - static void capitalizeKeyname( TQString& ); - }; - - /** - * Represents a key press. - * @see KKey - */ - struct Key - { - /// Code for native Keys in Qt - enum { CODE_FOR_QT = 256 }; - - /// The code of the key - uint m_code; - - /// The modifiers of the key - uint m_mod; - - /// The symbol of the key - uint m_sym; - - /** - * Initializes the key with a @ref KKey. - * @param key the key to get the data from - * @param bQt true to take the Qt keycode, false - * for the native key code - * @see Qt::Key - * @see KKeyNative - */ - bool init( const KKey& key, bool bQt ); - - /** - * Checks whether the key code is a native code. - * @return true if native code of the window system, - * false if it is a Qt keycode - * @see Qt::Key - * @see KKeyNative - */ - bool isNative() const { return m_code != CODE_FOR_QT; } - - /** - * Returns the code of the key. - * @return the code of the key - */ - uint code() const { return m_code; } - - /** - * Returns the modifiers of the key. - * @return the modifiers of the key - */ - uint mod() const { return m_mod; } - - /** - * Returns the symbol of the key. - * @return the symbol of the key - */ - uint sym() const { return m_sym; } - - /** - * Returns the qt key code. - * @return the qt key code - */ - int keyCodeQt() const { return (int) m_sym; } - - /** - * Sets the qt key code. - * @param keyQt the qt key code - */ - void setKeycodeQt( int keyQt ) - { m_code = CODE_FOR_QT; m_sym = keyQt; } - - /** - * Initializes this key with a @ref KKeyNative. - * @return this key - */ - Key& operator =( const KKeyNative& key ); - - /** - * Compares this key with the given Key object. Returns a - * negative number if the given Key is larger, 0 if they - * are equal and a positive number this Key is larger. The - * returned value is the difference between the symbol, modifier - * or code, whatever is non-zero first. - * - * @param key the key to compare with this key - * @return a negative number if the given Key is larger, 0 if - * they are equal and a positive number this Key is larger - */ - int compare( const Key& key ) const; - - /** - * Compares the symbol, modifiers and code of both keys. - * @see compare() - */ - bool operator ==( const Key& b ) const - { return compare( b ) == 0; } - - /** - * Compares the symbol, modifiers and code of both keys. - * @see compare() - */ - bool operator <( const Key& b ) const - { return compare( b ) < 0; } - - /** - * Converts this Key to a KKey. - * @return the KKey - */ - KKey key() const; - }; - - /** - * TODO: please document this class - */ - struct Variations - { - enum { MAX_VARIATIONS = 4 }; - - Key m_rgkey[MAX_VARIATIONS]; - uint m_nVariations; - - Variations() { m_nVariations = 0; } - - void init( const KKey&, bool bQt ); - - uint count() const { return m_nVariations; } - const Key& key( uint i ) const { return m_rgkey[i]; } - }; - - /// TODO: please document - bool initializeMods(); - - /** - * Returns the equivalent X modifier mask of the given modifier flag. - * @param modFlag the generic flags to check - * @return the window system specific flags - */ - uint modX( KKey::ModFlag modFlag ); - - /** - * Returns true if the current keyboard layout supports the Win key. - * Specifically, whether the Super or Meta keys are assigned to an X modifier. - * @return true if the keyboard has a Win key - * @see modXWin() - */ - bool keyboardHasWinKey(); - - /** - * Returns the X11 Shift modifier mask/flag. - * @return the X11 Shift modifier mask/flag. - * @see accelModMaskX() - */ - uint modXShift(); - - /** - * Returns the X11 Lock modifier mask/flag. - * @return the X11 Lock modifier mask/flag. - * @see accelModMaskX() - */ - uint modXLock(); - - /** - * Returns the X11 Ctrl modifier mask/flag. - * @return the X11 Ctrl modifier mask/flag. - * @see accelModMaskX() - */ - uint modXCtrl(); - - /** - * Returns the X11 Alt (Mod1) modifier mask/flag. - * @return the X11 Alt (Mod1) modifier mask/flag. - * @see accelModMaskX() - */ - uint modXAlt(); - - /** - * Returns the X11 NumLock modifier mask/flag. - * @return the X11 NumLock modifier mask/flag. - * @see accelModMaskX() - */ - uint modXNumLock(); - - /** - * Returns the X11 Win (Mod3) modifier mask/flag. - * @return the X11 Win (Mod3) modifier mask/flag. - * @see keyboardHasWinKey() - * @see accelModMaskX() - */ - uint modXWin(); - - /** - * Returns the X11 ScrollLock modifier mask/flag. - * @return the X11 ScrollLock modifier mask/flag. - * @see accelModMaskX() - */ - uint modXScrollLock(); - - /** - * Returns bitwise OR'ed mask containing Shift, Ctrl, Alt, and - * Win (if available). - * @see modXShift() - * @see modXLock() - * @see modXCtrl() - * @see modXAlt() - * @see modXNumLock() - * @see modXWin() - * @see modXScrollLock() - */ - uint accelModMaskX(); - - /** - * Extracts the symbol from the given Qt key and - * converts it to a symbol. - * @param keyQt the qt key code - * @param sym if successful, the symbol will be written here - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key - * @see Sym - */ - bool keyQtToSym( int keyQt, uint& sym ); - - /** - * Extracts the modifiers from the given Qt key and - * converts them in a mask of ORed @ref KKey::ModFlag modifiers. - * @param keyQt the qt key code - * @param mod if successful, the modifiers will be written here - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key - */ - bool keyQtToMod( int keyQt, uint& mod ); - - /** - * Converts the given symbol to a Qt key code. - * @param sym the symbol - * @param keyQt if successful, the qt key code will be written here - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key - * @see Sym - */ - bool symToKeyQt( uint sym, int& keyQt ); - - /** - * Converts the mask of ORed @ref KKey::ModFlag modifiers to - * a mask of ORed Qt key code modifiers. - * @param the mask of @ref KKey::ModFlag modifiers - * @param the mask of Qt key code modifiers will be written here, - * if successful - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key - * @see KKey - */ - bool modToModQt( uint mod, int& modQt ); - - /** - * Converts the mask of ORed @ref KKey::ModFlag modifiers to - * a mask of ORed X11 modifiers. - * @param the mask of @ref KKey::ModFlag modifiers - * @param the mask of X11 modifiers will be written here, - * if successful - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see KKey - */ - bool modToModX( uint mod, uint& modX ); - - /** - * Converts the mask of ORed X11 modifiers to - * a mask of ORed Qt key code modifiers. - * @param the mask of X11 modifiers - * @param the mask of Qt key code modifiers will be written here - * if successful - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key - */ - bool modXToModQt( uint modX, int& modQt ); - - /** - * Converts the mask of ORed X11 modifiers to - * a mask of ORed @ref KKey::ModFlag modifiers. - * @param the mask of X11 modifiers - * @param the mask of @ref KKey::ModFlag modifiers will be written here, - * if successful - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see KKey - */ - bool modXToMod( uint modX, uint& mod ); - - /** - * Converts a X11 key code and a mask of ORed X11 modifiers - * into a X11 symbol. - * converts it to a symbol. - * @param codeX the X11 key code - * @param modX the mask of ORed X11 modifiers - * @param sym if successful, the X11 symbol will be written here - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key - * @see Sym - */ - bool codeXToSym( uchar codeX, uint modX, uint& symX ); - - /** - * @internal - */ - TQString modToStringInternal( uint mod ); - - /** - * Converts the mask of ORed @ref KKey::ModFlag modifiers to a - * user-readable string. - * @param mod the mask of ORed @ref KKey::ModFlag modifiers - * @return the user-readable string - */ - TQString modToStringUser( uint mod ); - - /** - * @internal - * Unimplemented? - */ - bool stringToSymMod( const TQString&, uint& sym, uint& mod ); - - /** - * @internal - * Unimplemented? - */ - void keyQtToKeyX( uint keyCombQt, unsigned char *pKeyCodeX, uint *pKeySymX, uint *pKeyModX ); -}; - -#endif // !_KKEYSERVER_X11_H diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde313/konsole_part.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde313/konsole_part.h deleted file mode 100644 index 6aba7064..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde313/konsole_part.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,223 +0,0 @@ -/* - This file is part of the KDE system - Copyright (C) 1999,2000 Boloni Laszlo - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. - */ - -#ifndef __KONSOLE_PART_H__ -#define __KONSOLE_PART_H__ - -#include <kparts/browserextension.h> -#include <kparts/factory.h> - - -#include <kdialogbase.h> - -#include <kde_terminal_interface.h> - -//#include "schema.h" -//#include "session.h" - -class KInstance; -class konsoleBrowserExtension; -class TQPushButton; -class TQSpinBox; -class KPopupMenu; -class TQCheckBox; -class KRootPixmap; -class KToggleAction; -class KSelectAction; - -namespace KParts { class GUIActivateEvent; } - -class konsoleFactory : public KParts::Factory -{ - Q_OBJECT -public: - konsoleFactory(); - virtual ~konsoleFactory(); - - virtual KParts::Part* createPartObject(TQWidget *parentWidget = 0, const char *widgetName = 0, - TQObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0, - const char* classname = "KParts::Part", - const TQStringList &args = TQStringList()); - - static KInstance *instance(); - - private: - static KInstance *s_instance; - static KAboutData *s_aboutData; -}; - -////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -class konsolePart: public KParts::ReadOnlyPart, public TerminalInterface -{ - Q_OBJECT - public: - konsolePart(TQWidget *parentWidget, const char *widgetName, TQObject * parent, const char *name, const char *classname = 0); - virtual ~konsolePart(); - -signals: - void processExited(); - void receivedData( const TQString& s ); - protected: - virtual bool openURL( const KURL & url ); - virtual bool openFile() {return false;} // never used - virtual bool closeURL() {return true;} - virtual void guiActivateEvent( KParts::GUIActivateEvent * event ); - - protected slots: - void showShell(); - void slotProcessExited(); - void slotReceivedData( const TQString& s ); - -// void doneSession(TESession*); - void sessionDestroyed(); -// void configureRequest(TEWidget*,int,int x,int y); - void updateTitle(); - void enableMasterModeConnections(); - - private slots: - void emitOpenURLRequest(const TQString &url); - - void readProperties(); - void saveProperties(); - - void sendSignal(int n); - void closeCurrentSession(); - - void notifySize(int,int); - - void slotToggleFrame(); - void slotSelectScrollbar(); - void slotSelectFont(); - void schema_menu_check(); - void keytab_menu_activated(int item); - void updateSchemaMenu(); - void setSchema(int n); - void pixmap_menu_activated(int item); - void schema_menu_activated(int item); - void slotHistoryType(); - void slotSelectBell(); - void slotSelectLineSpacing(); - void slotBlinkingCursor(); - void slotWordSeps(); - void fontNotFound(); - - private: - konsoleBrowserExtension *m_extension; - KURL currentURL; - - void makeGUI(); - void applySettingsToGUI(); - - void setFont(int fontno); -// void setSchema(ColorSchema* s); - void updateKeytabMenu(); - - bool doOpenStream( const TQString& ); - bool doWriteStream( const TQByteArray& ); - bool doCloseStream(); - - TQWidget* parentWidget; -// TEWidget* te; -// TESession* se; -// ColorSchemaList* colors; - KRootPixmap* rootxpm; - - KToggleAction* blinkingCursor; - KToggleAction* showFrame; - - KSelectAction* selectBell; - KSelectAction* selectFont; - KSelectAction* selectLineSpacing; - KSelectAction* selectScrollbar; - - KPopupMenu* m_keytab; - KPopupMenu* m_schema; - KPopupMenu* m_signals; - KPopupMenu* m_options; - KPopupMenu* m_popupMenu; - - TQFont defaultFont; - - TQString pmPath; // pixmap path - TQString s_schema; - TQString s_kconfigSchema; - TQString s_word_seps; // characters that are considered part of a word - TQString fontNotFound_par; - - bool b_framevis:1; - bool b_histEnabled:1; - - int curr_schema; // current schema no - int n_bell; - int n_font; - int n_keytab; - int n_render; - int n_scroll; - unsigned m_histSize; - bool m_runningShell; - bool m_streamEnabled; -public: - // these are the implementations for the TermEmuInterface - // functions... - void startProgram( const TQString& program, - const TQStrList& args ); - void showShellInDir( const TQString& dir ); - void sendInput( const TQString& text ); -}; - -////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -/*class HistoryTypeDialog : public KDialogBase -{ - Q_OBJECT -public: - HistoryTypeDialog(const HistoryType& histType, - unsigned int histSize, - TQWidget *parent); - -public slots: - void slotDefault(); - void slotSetUnlimited(); - void slotHistEnable(bool); - - unsigned int nbLines() const; - bool isOn() const; - -protected: - TQCheckBox* m_btnEnable; - TQSpinBox* m_size; - TQPushButton* m_setUnlimited; -};*/ - -////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -class konsoleBrowserExtension : public KParts::BrowserExtension -{ - Q_OBJECT - friend class konsolePart; - public: - konsoleBrowserExtension(konsolePart *parent); - virtual ~konsoleBrowserExtension(); - - void emitOpenURLRequest(const KURL &url); -}; - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde313/kpanelmenu.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde313/kpanelmenu.h deleted file mode 100644 index 734c5051..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde313/kpanelmenu.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,181 +0,0 @@ -/***************************************************************** - -Copyright (c) 1996-2000 the kicker authors. See file AUTHORS. - (c) 2001 Michael Goffioul <goffioul@imec.be> - -Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy -of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal -in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights -to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell -copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is -furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: - -The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in -all copies or substantial portions of the Software. - -THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR -IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, -FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE -AUTHORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN -AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN -CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. - -******************************************************************/ - -#ifndef __KPANELMENU_H__ -#define __KPANELMENU_H__ - -#include <tqstring.h> -#include <kpopupmenu.h> -#include <kgenericfactory.h> - -class KPanelMenuPrivate; - -/** - * Base class to build dynamically loaded menu entries for the K-menu, or the panel. - * - * This class allows to build menu entries that will be dynamically added either to - * the K-menu, or to the panel as a normal button. These dynamic menus are located - * in shared libraries that will be loaded at runtime by Kicker (the KDE panel). - * - * To build such a menu, you have to inherit this class and implement the pure virtual - * functions #initialize() and @ref slotExec(). You also have to provide a factory - * object in your library, see @ref KLibFactory. This factory is only used to construct - * the menu object. - * - * Finally, you also have to provide a desktop file describing your dynamic menu. The - * relevant entries are: Name, Comment, Icon and X-KDE-Library (which contains the - * library name without any extension). This desktop file has to be installed in - * $KDEDIR/share/apps/kicker/menuext/. - * - * @short Base class to build dynamically loaded menu entries for the K-menu, or the panel. - * @author The kicker maintainer, Michael Goffioul <goffioul@imec.be> - */ -class KPanelMenu : public KPopupMenu -{ - Q_OBJECT - -public: - /** - * Construct a KPanelMenu object. This is the normal constructor to use when - * building extrernal menu entries. - */ - KPanelMenu(TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0); - /** - * Constructor used internally by Kicker. You don't really want to use it. - * @param startDir a directory to associate with this menu - * @see path(), setPath() - */ - KPanelMenu(const TQString &startDir, TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0); - /** - * Destructor. - */ - virtual ~KPanelMenu(); - - /** - * Get the directory path associated with this menu, or TQString::null if - * there's no such associated path. - * @return the associated directory path - * @see setPath() - */ - const TQString& path() const; - /** - * Set a directory path to be associated with this menu. - * @param p the directory path - * @see path() - */ - void setPath(const TQString &p); - /** - * Tell if the menu has been initialized, that is it already contains items. - * This is useful when you need to know if you have to clear the menu, or to - * fill it. - * @return the initial state - * @see setInitialized(), initialize() - */ - bool initialized() const; - /** - * Set the initial state. Set it to true when you menu is filled with the items - * you want. - * @param on the initial state - * @see initialized(), initialize() - */ - void setInitialized(bool on); - - /** - * Disable the automatic clearing of the menu. Kicker uses a cache system for - * its menus. After a specific configurable delay, the menu will be cleared. - * Use this function if you want to disable kicker's cache system, and avoid - * the clearing of your menu. - */ - void disableAutoClear(); - -public slots: - /** - * Reinitialize the menu: the menu is first cleared, the initial state is set - * to false, and finally #initialize() is called. Use this if you want to - * refill your menu immediately. - */ - void reinitialize(); - /** - * Deinitialize the menu: the menu is cleared and the initialized state is set to - * false. #initialize() is NOT called. It will be called before the menu is - * next shown, however. Use this slot if you want a delayed reinitialization. - * @since 3.1 - */ - void deinitialize(); - -protected slots: - /** - * This slot is called just before the menu is shown. This allows your menu - * to update itself if needed. However you should instead re-implement - * #initialize to provide this feature. This function is responsible for - * the cache system handling, so if you re-implement it, you should call - * the base function also. Calls #initialize(). - * @see disableAutoClear() - */ - virtual void slotAboutToShow(); - /** - * This is slot is called when an item from the menu has been selected. Your - * applet is then supposed to perform some action. You must re-implement this - * function. - * @param id the ID associated with the selected item - */ - virtual void slotExec(int id) = 0; - /** - * This slots is called to initialize the menu. It is called automatically by - * @ref slotAboutToShow(). By re-implementing this functions, you can reconstruct - * the menu before it is being shown. At the end of this function, you should - * call @ref setInitialize() with true to tell the system that the menu is OK. - * You applet must re-implement this function. - * @see slotAboutToShow(), initialized(), setInitialized() - */ - virtual void initialize() = 0; - /** - * Clears the menu, and update the initial state accordingly. - * @see initialized() - */ - void slotClear(); - -protected: - /** - * Re-implemented for internal reasons. - */ - virtual void hideEvent(TQHideEvent *ev); - /** - * For internal use only. Used by constructors. - */ - void init(const TQString& path = TQString::null); - -protected: - virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data ); -private: - void internalInitialize(); - KPanelMenuPrivate *d; -}; - -//#define K_EXPORT_KICKER_MENUEXT( libname, classname ) \ -// K_EXPORT_COMPONENT_FACTORY( \ -// kickermenu_##libname, \ -// KGenericFactory<classname>("libkickermenu_" #libname) ) - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde313/krecentdirs.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde313/krecentdirs.h deleted file mode 100644 index 61a50706..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde313/krecentdirs.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,68 +0,0 @@ -/* -*- c++ -*- - * Copyright (C)2000 Waldo Bastian <bastian@kde.org> - * - * All rights reserved. - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without - * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions - * are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the - * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND - * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE - * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE - * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE - * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL - * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS - * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) - * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT - * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY - * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF - * SUCH DAMAGE. - * - */ -#ifndef __KRECENTDIRS_H -#define __KRECENTDIRS_H - -#include <tqstringlist.h> - -/** - * The goal of this class is to make sure that, when the user needs to - * specify a file via the file selection dialog, this dialog will start - * in the directory most likely to contain the desired files. - * - * This works as follows: Each time the file selection dialog is - * shown, the programmer can specify a "file-class". The file-dialog will - * then start with the directory associated with this file-class. When - * the dialog closes, the directory currently shown in the file-dialog - * will be associated with the file-class. - * - * A file-class can either start with ':' or with '::'. If it starts with - * a single ':' the file-class is specific to the current application. - * If the file-class starts with '::' it is global to all applications. - */ -class KRecentDirs -{ -public: - /** - * Returns a list of directories associated with this file-class. - * The most recently used directory is at the front of the list. - */ - static TQStringList list(const TQString &fileClass); - - /** - * Returns the most recently used directory accociated with this file-class. - */ - static TQString dir(const TQString &fileClass); - - /** - * Associates @p directory with @p fileClass - */ - static void add(const TQString &fileClass, const TQString &directory); -}; - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde313/ksycocafactory.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde313/ksycocafactory.h deleted file mode 100644 index 1959edda..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde313/ksycocafactory.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,137 +0,0 @@ -/* This file is part of the KDE libraries - * Copyright (C) 1999 Waldo Bastian <bastian@kde.org> - * - * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - * License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation; - * - * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Library General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - * along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. - **/ - -#ifndef __ksycocafactory_h__ -#define __ksycocafactory_h__ "$Id: ksycocafactory.h,v 1.13 2002/09/21 15:07:27 tjansen Exp $" - -#include "ksycocatype.h" -#include "ksycocaentry.h" - -#include <tqdict.h> -#include <tqptrlist.h> -class KSycoca; -class TQStringList; -class TQString; -class KSycocaDict; -class KSycocaResourceList; - -typedef TQDict<KSycocaEntry::Ptr> KSycocaEntryDict; - -/** - * @internal - * Base class for sycoca factories - */ -class KSycocaFactory -{ -public: - virtual KSycocaFactoryId factoryId() const = 0; - -protected: // virtual class - /** - * Create a factory which can be used to lookup from/create a database - * (depending on KSycoca::isBuilding()) - */ - KSycocaFactory( KSycocaFactoryId factory_id ); - -public: - virtual ~KSycocaFactory(); - - /** - * @return the position of the factory in the sycoca file - */ - int offset() { return mOffset; } - - /** - * @return the dict, for special use by KBuildSycoca - */ - KSycocaEntryDict * entryDict() { return m_entryDict; } - - /** - * Construct an entry from a config file. - * To be implemented in the real factories. - */ - virtual KSycocaEntry *createEntry(const TQString &file, const char *resource) = 0; - - /** - * Add an entry - */ - virtual void addEntry(KSycocaEntry *newEntry, const char *resource); - - /** - * Read an entry from the database - */ - virtual KSycocaEntry *createEntry(int offset)=0; - - /** - * Get a list of all entries from the database. - */ - KSycocaEntry::List allEntries(); - - /** - * Saves all entries it maintains as well as index files - * for these entries to the stream 'str'. - * - * Also sets mOffset to the starting position. - * - * The stream is positioned at the end of the last index. - * - * Don't forget to call the parent first when you override - * this function. - */ - virtual void save(TQDataStream &str); - - /** - * Writes out a header to the stream 'str'. - * The baseclass positions the stream correctly. - * - * Don't forget to call the parent first when you override - * this function. - */ - virtual void saveHeader(TQDataStream &str); - - /** - * @return the resources for which this factory is responsible. - */ - virtual const KSycocaResourceList * resourceList() const { return m_resourceList; } - -private: - int mOffset; - -protected: - int m_sycocaDictOffset; - int m_beginEntryOffset; - int m_endEntryOffset; - TQDataStream *m_str; - - KSycocaResourceList *m_resourceList; - KSycocaEntryDict *m_entryDict; - KSycocaDict *m_sycocaDict; -protected: - virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data ); -}; - -/** This, instead of a typedef, allows to declare "class ..." in header files - * @internal - */ -class KSycocaFactoryList : public TQPtrList<KSycocaFactory> -{ -public: - KSycocaFactoryList() { } -}; - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde313/ktoolbarbutton.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde313/ktoolbarbutton.h deleted file mode 100644 index 6fafb1ed..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde313/ktoolbarbutton.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,317 +0,0 @@ -/* This file is part of the KDE libraries - Copyright (C) 1997, 1998 Stephan Kulow (coolo@kde.org) - (C) 1997, 1998 Sven Radej (radej@kde.org) - (C) 1997, 1998 Mark Donohoe (donohoe@kde.org) - (C) 1997, 1998 Matthias Ettrich (ettrich@kde.org) - (C) 2000 Kurt Granroth (granroth@kde.org) - - This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation. - - This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. -*/ - -// $Id: ktoolbarbutton.h,v 1.26 2002/09/28 15:16:22 tjansen Exp $ -#ifndef _KTOOLBARBUTTON_H -#define _KTOOLBARBUTTON_H - -#include <tqpixmap.h> -#include <tqtoolbutton.h> -#include <tqintdict.h> -#include <tqstring.h> -#include <kglobal.h> - -class KToolBar; -class KToolBarButtonPrivate; -class KInstance; -class TQEvent; -class TQPopupMenu; -class TQPainter; - -/** - * A toolbar button. This is used internally by @ref KToolBar, use the - * KToolBar methods instead. - * @internal - */ -class KToolBarButton : public QToolButton -{ - Q_OBJECT - -public: - /** - * Construct a button with an icon loaded by the button itself. - * This will trust the button to load the correct icon with the - * correct size. - * - * @param icon Name of icon to load (may be absolute or relative) - * @param id Id of this button - * @param parent This button's parent - * @param name This button's internal name - * @param txt This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise) - */ - KToolBarButton(const TQString& icon, int id, TQWidget *parent, - const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null, - KInstance *_instance = KGlobal::instance()); - - /** - * Construct a button with an existing pixmap. It is not - * recommended that you use this as the internal icon loading code - * will almost always get it "right". - * - * @param icon Name of icon to load (may be absolute or relative) - * @param id Id of this button - * @param parent This button's parent - * @param name This button's internal name - * @param txt This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise) - */ - KToolBarButton(const TQPixmap& pixmap, int id, TQWidget *parent, - const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null); - - /** - * Construct a separator button - * - * @param parent This button's parent - * @param name This button's internal name - */ - KToolBarButton(TQWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L); - - /** - * Standard destructor - */ - ~KToolBarButton(); - -#ifndef KDE_NO_COMPAT - /** - * @deprecated - * Set the pixmap directly for this button. This pixmap should be - * the active one... the dimmed and disabled pixmaps are constructed - * based on this one. However, don't use this function unless you - * are positive that you don't want to use @ref setIcon. - * - * @param pixmap The active pixmap - */ - // this one is from TQButton, so #ifdef-ing it out doesn't break BC - virtual void setPixmap(const TQPixmap &pixmap); - - /** - * @deprecated - * Force the button to use this pixmap as the default one rather - * then generating it using effects. - * - * @param pixmap The pixmap to use as the default (normal) one - */ - void setDefaultPixmap(const TQPixmap& pixmap); - - /** - * @deprecated - * Force the button to use this pixmap when disabled one rather then - * generating it using effects. - * - * @param pixmap The pixmap to use when disabled - */ - void setDisabledPixmap(const TQPixmap& pixmap); -#endif - - /** - * Set the text for this button. The text will be either used as a - * tooltip (IconOnly) or will be along side the icon - * - * @param text The button (or tooltip) text - */ - virtual void setText(const TQString &text); - - /** - * Set the icon for this button. The icon will be loaded internally - * with the correct size. This function is preferred over @ref setIconSet - * - * @param icon The name of the icon - */ - virtual void setIcon(const TQString &icon); - - /// @since 3.1 - virtual void setIcon( const TQPixmap &pixmap ) - { TQToolButton::setIcon( pixmap ); } - - /** - * Set the pixmaps for this toolbar button from a TQIconSet. - * If you call this you don't need to call any of the other methods - * that set icons or pixmaps. - * @param iconset The iconset to use - */ - virtual void setIconSet( const TQIconSet &iconset ); - -#ifndef KDE_NO_COMPAT - /** - * @deprecated - * Set the active icon for this button. The pixmap itself is loaded - * internally based on the icon size... .. the disabled and default - * pixmaps, however will only be constructed if @ref #generate is - * true. This function is preferred over @ref setPixmap - * - * @param icon The name of the active icon - * @param generate If true, then the other icons are automagically - * generated from this one - */ - void setIcon(const TQString &icon, bool /*generate*/ ) { setIcon( icon ); } - - /** - * @deprecated - * Force the button to use this icon as the default one rather - * then generating it using effects. - * - * @param icon The icon to use as the default (normal) one - */ - void setDefaultIcon(const TQString& icon); - - /** - * @deprecated - * Force the button to use this icon when disabled one rather then - * generating it using effects. - * - * @param icon The icon to use when disabled - */ - void setDisabledIcon(const TQString& icon); -#endif - - /** - * Turn this button on or off - * - * @param flag true or false - */ - void on(bool flag = true); - - /** - * Toggle this button - */ - void toggle(); - - /** - * Turn this button into a toggle button or disable the toggle - * aspects of it. This does not toggle the button itself. - * Use @ref toggle() for that. - * - * @param toggle true or false - */ - void setToggle(bool toggle = true); - - /** - * Return a pointer to this button's popup menu (if it exists) - */ - TQPopupMenu *popup(); - - /** - * Give this button a popup menu. There will not be a delay when - * you press the button. Use @ref setDelayedPopup if you want that - * behavior. You can also make the popup-menu - * "sticky", i.e. visible until a selection is made or the mouse is - * clikced elsewhere, by simply setting the second argument to true. - * This "sticky" button feature allows you to make a selection without - * having to press and hold down the mouse while making a selection. - * - * @param p The new popup menu - * @param toggle if true, makes the button "sticky" (toggled) - */ - void setPopup (TQPopupMenu *p, bool toggle = false); - - /** - * Gives this button a delayed popup menu. - * - * This function allows you to add a delayed popup menu to the button. - * The popup menu is then only displayed when the button is pressed and - * held down for about half a second. You can also make the popup-menu - * "sticky", i.e. visible until a selection is made or the mouse is - * clikced elsewhere, by simply setting the second argument to true. - * This "sticky" button feature allows you to make a selection without - * having to press and hold down the mouse while making a selection. - * - * @param p the new popup menu - * @param toggle if true, makes the button "sticky" (toggled) - */ - void setDelayedPopup(TQPopupMenu *p, bool toggle = false); - - /** - * Turn this button into a radio button - * - * @param f true or false - */ - void setRadio(bool f = true); - - /** - * Toolbar buttons naturally will assume the global styles - * concerning icons, icons sizes, etc. You can use this function to - * explicitely turn this off, if you like. - * - * @param no_style Will disable styles if true - */ - void setNoStyle(bool no_style = true); - -signals: - void clicked(int); - void doubleClicked(int); - void pressed(int); - void released(int); - void toggled(int); - void highlighted(int, bool); - -public slots: - /** - * This slot should be called whenever the toolbar mode has - * potentially changed. This includes such events as text changing, - * orientation changing, etc. - */ - void modeChange(); - virtual void setTextLabel(const TQString&, bool tipToo); - -protected: - void paletteChange(const TQPalette &); - void leaveEvent(TQEvent *e); - void enterEvent(TQEvent *e); - void drawButton(TQPainter *p); - bool eventFilter (TQObject *o, TQEvent *e); - void showMenu(); - TQSize sizeHint() const; - TQSize minimumSizeHint() const; - TQSize minimumSize() const; - - /// @since 3.1 - bool isRaised() const; - /// @since 3.1 - bool isActive() const; - /// @since 3.1 - int iconTextMode() const; - -protected slots: - void slotClicked(); - void slotPressed(); - void slotReleased(); - void slotToggled(); - void slotDelayTimeout(); - -protected: - virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data ); -private: - KToolBarButtonPrivate *d; -}; - -/** -* List of @ref KToolBarButton objects. -* @internal -* @version $Id: ktoolbarbutton.h,v 1.26 2002/09/28 15:16:22 tjansen Exp $ -*/ -class KToolBarButtonList : public TQIntDict<KToolBarButton> -{ -public: - KToolBarButtonList(); - ~KToolBarButtonList() {} -}; - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde313/kurifilter.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde313/kurifilter.h deleted file mode 100644 index 6daf7769..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde313/kurifilter.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,602 +0,0 @@ -/* - * This file is part of the KDE libraries - * Copyright (C) 2000 Yves Arrouye <yves@realnames.com> - * - * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Library General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - * along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. - **/ - -#ifndef __kurifilter_h__ -#define __kurifilter_h__ "$Id: kurifilter.h,v 1.27 2002/10/30 09:37:39 neil Exp $" - -#include <tqptrlist.h> -#include <tqobject.h> - -#include <kurl.h> - -class KURIFilterPrivate; -class KURIFilterDataPrivate; - -class TQStringList; -class KCModule; - -/** -* This is a basic message object used for exchanging filtering -* information between the filter plugins and the application -* whenever the application requires more information about the -* URI than just a filtered version of it. Any application can -* create an instance of this class and send it to @ref KURIFilter -* to have the filter plugins fill the necessary information. -* -* @sect Example -* <pre> -* TQString text = "kde.org"; -* KURIFilterData d = text; -* bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filter( d ); -* if( filtered ) -* print ( "URI: %s\n"Filtered URI: %s\n URI Type: %i\n"Was Filtered: %i" -* text.latin1(), d.uri().url().latin1(), d.uriType(), filtered ); -* </pre> -* -* The above code should yield the following output: -* <pre> -* URI: kde.org -* Filtered URI: http://kde.org -* URI Type: 0 <== means NET_PROTOCOL -* Was Filtered: 1 <== means the URL was successfully filtered -* </pre> -* -* @short A message object for exchanging filtering URI info. -*/ - -class KURIFilterData -{ -friend class KURIFilterPlugin; - -public: - /** - * Describes the type of URI to be filtered. - * - * This enumerator prvoides the return value for - * @ref uriType. A brief description for each value: - * - * @li NET_PROTOCOL - Any network protocol: http, ftp, nttp, pop3, etc... - * @li LOCAL_FILE - A local file whose executable flag is not set - * @li LOCAL_DIR - A local directory - * @li EXECUTABLE - A local file whose executable flag is set - * @li HELP - A man or info page - * @li SHELL - A shell executable (ex: echo "Test..." >> ~/testfile) - * @li BLOCKED - A URI that should be blocked/filtered (ex: ad filtering) - * @li ERROR - An incorrect URI (ex: "~johndoe" when user johndoe - * does not exist in that system ) - * @li UNKNOWN - A URI that is not identified. Default value when - * a KURIFilterData is first created. - */ - enum URITypes { NET_PROTOCOL=0, LOCAL_FILE, LOCAL_DIR, EXECUTABLE, HELP, SHELL, BLOCKED, ERROR, UNKNOWN }; - - /** - * Default constructor. - * - * Creates a URIFilterData object. - */ - KURIFilterData() { init(); } - - /** - * Creates a URIFilterData object from the given URL. - * - * @param url is the URL to be filtered. - */ - KURIFilterData( const KURL& url ) { init( url); } - - /** - * Creates a URIFilterData object from the given string. - * - * @param url is the string to be filtered. - */ - KURIFilterData( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); } - - /** - * Copy constructor. - * - * Creates a URIFilterData object from another - * URI filter data object. - * - * @param data the uri filter data to be copied. - */ - KURIFilterData( const KURIFilterData& /*data*/); - - /** - * Destructor. - */ - ~KURIFilterData(); - - /** - * This method has been deprecated and will always return - * TRUE. You should instead use the result from the - * @ref KURIFilter::filterURI() calls. - * - * @deprecated - */ - bool hasBeenFiltered() const { return m_bFiltered; } - - /** - * Returns the filtered or the original URL. - * - * This function returns the filtered url if one - * of the plugins sucessfully filtered the original - * URL. Otherwise, it returns the original URL. - * See @ref #hasBeenFiltered() and - * - * @return the filtered or original url. - */ - KURL uri() const { return m_pURI; } - - /** - * Returns an error message. - * - * This functions returns the error message set - * by the plugin whenever the uri type is set to - * KURIFilterData::ERROR. Otherwise, it returns - * a TQString::null. - * - * @return the error message or a NULL when there is none. - */ - TQString errorMsg() const { return m_strErrMsg; } - - /** - * Returns the URI type. - * - * This method always returns KURIFilterData::UNKNOWN - * if the given URL was not filtered. - */ - URITypes uriType() const { return m_iType; } - - /** - * Sets the URL to be filtered. - * - * Use this function to set the string to be - * filtered when you construct an empty filter - * object. - * - * @param url the string to be filtered. - */ - void setData( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); } - - /** - * Same as above except the argument is a URL. - * - * Use this function to set the string to be - * filtered when you construct an empty filter - * object. - * - * @param url the URL to be filtered. - */ - void setData( const KURL& url ) { init( url ); } - - /** - * Sets the absolute path to be used whenever the supplied - * data is a relative local URL. - * - * NOTE: This function works only for a local resource and - * expects the absolute path to the relative URL set in this - * meta object. If you are extracting the absolute path from - * a KURL object, make sure you always set the argument below - * using KURL::path() instead of KURL::url() so that "file:/" - * would not be appended! Otherwise, the filter might not be - * able to make correct determination whether the relative URL - * locally exists! - * - * @param abs_path the abolute path to the local resource. - * @return true if absolute path is successfully set. Otherwise, false. - */ - bool setAbsolutePath( const TQString& /* abs_path */ ); - - /** - * Returns the absolute path if one has already been set. - */ - TQString absolutePath() const; - - /** - * Returns true if the supplied data has an absolute path. - */ - bool hasAbsolutePath() const; - - /** - * Returns the command line options and arguments for a - * local resource when present. - * - * @return options and arguments when present, otherwise TQString::null - */ - TQString argsAndOptions() const; - - /** - * Returns true if the current data is a local resource with - * command line options and arguments. - */ - bool hasArgsAndOptions() const; - - /** - * Returns the name of the icon that matches - * the current filtered URL. - * - * NOTE that this function will return a NULL - * string by default and when no associated icon - * is found. - * - * @return the name of the icon associated with the resource - */ - TQString iconName(); - - /** - * Overloaded assigenment operator. - * - * This function allows you to easily assign a KURL - * to a KURIFilterData object. - * - * @return an instance of a KURIFilterData object. - */ - KURIFilterData& operator=( const KURL& url ) { init( url ); return *this; } - - /** - * Overloaded assigenment operator. - * - * This function allows you to easily assign a QString - * to a KURIFilterData object. - * - * @return an instance of a KURIFilterData object. - */ - KURIFilterData& operator=( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); return *this; } - -protected: - - /** - * Initializes the KURIFilterData on construction. - */ - void init( const KURL& url = TQString::null ); - -private: - bool m_bFiltered; - bool m_bChanged; - - TQString m_strErrMsg; - TQString m_strIconName; - - KURL m_pURI; - URITypes m_iType; - KURIFilterDataPrivate *d; -}; - - -/** - * Base class for URI filter plugins. - * - * This class applies a single filter to a URI. All - * plugins designed to provide URI filtering functionalities - * should inherit from this abstract class and provide a - * specific filtering implementation. - * - * All inheriting classes need to implement the pure - * virtual function @ref filterURI. Otherwise, they - * would also become abstract. - * - * @short Abstract class for URI filter plugins. - */ -class KURIFilterPlugin : public QObject -{ - Q_OBJECT - -public: - - /** - * Constructs a filter plugin with a given name and - * priority. - * - * @param parent the parent object. - * @param name the name of the plugin. - * @param pri the priority of the plugin. - */ - KURIFilterPlugin( TQObject *parent = 0, const char *name = 0, double pri = 1.0 ); - - /** - * Returns the filter's name. - * - * @return A string naming the filter. - */ - virtual TQString name() const { return m_strName; } - - /** - * Returns the filter's priority. - * - * Each filter has an assigned priority, a float from 0 to 1. Filters - * with the lowest priority are first given a chance to filter a URI. - * - * @return The priority of the filter. - */ - virtual double priority() const { return m_dblPriority; } - - /** - * Filters a URI. - * - * @param data the URI data to be filtered. - * @return A boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed. - */ - virtual bool filterURI( KURIFilterData& data ) const = 0; - - /** - * Creates a configuration module for the filter. - * - * It is the responsability of the caller to delete the module - * once it is not needed anymore. - * - * @return A configuration module, @p null if the filter isn't configurable. - */ - virtual KCModule *configModule( TQWidget*, const char* ) const { return 0; } - - /** - * Returns the name of the configuration module for the filter. - * - * @return the name of a configuration module or @p null if none. - */ - virtual TQString configName() const { return name(); } - -protected: - - /** - * Sets the the URL in @p data to @p uri. - */ - void setFilteredURI ( KURIFilterData& data, const KURL& uri ) const; - - /** - * Sets the error message in @p data to @p errormsg. - */ - void setErrorMsg ( KURIFilterData& data, const TQString& errmsg ) const { - data.m_strErrMsg = errmsg; - } - - /** - * Sets the URI type in @p data to @p type. - */ - void setURIType ( KURIFilterData& data, KURIFilterData::URITypes type) const { - data.m_iType = type; - data.m_bChanged = true; - } - - /** - * Sets the arguments and options string in @p data - * to @p args if any were found during filterting. - */ - void setArguments( KURIFilterData& data, const TQString& args ) const; - - TQString m_strName; - double m_dblPriority; - -protected: - virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data ); -private: - class KURIFilterPluginPrivate *d; -}; - - -class KURIFilterPluginList : public TQPtrList<KURIFilterPlugin> -{ -public: - virtual int compareItems(Item a, Item b) - { - double diff = ((KURIFilterPlugin *) a)->priority() - ((KURIFilterPlugin *) b)->priority(); - return diff < 0 ? -1 : (diff > 0 ? 1 : 0); - } - -private: - KURIFilterPrivate *d; - -}; - -/** - * Manages the filtering of a URI. - * - * The intention of this plugin class is to allow people to extend - * the functionality of KURL without modifying it directly. This - * way KURL will remain a generic parser capable of parsing any - * generic URL that adheres to specifications. - * - * The KURIFilter class applies a number of filters to a URI, - * and returns the filtered version whenever possible. The filters - * are implemented using plugins to provide easy extensibility - * of the filtering mechanism. That is, new filters can be added in - * the future by simply inheriting from @ref KURIFilterPlugin and - * implementing the @ref KURIFilterPlugin::filterURI method. - * - * Use of this plugin-manager class is straight forward. Since - * it is a singleton object, all you have to do is obtain an instance - * by doing @p KURIFilter::self() and use any of the public member - * functions to preform the filtering. - * - * @sect Example - * - * To simply filter a given string: - * <pre> - * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( "kde.org" ); - * </pre> - * - * You can alternatively use a KURL: - * <pre> - * KURL url = "kde.org"; - * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( url ); - * </pre> - * - * If you have a constant string or a constant URL, - * simply invoke the corresponding function to obtain - * the filtered string or URL instead of a boolean flag: - * <pre> - * TQString u = KURIFilter::self()->filteredURI( "kde.org" ); - * </pre> - * - * You can also specify only specific filter(s) to be applied - * by supplying the name(s) of the filter(s). By defualt all - * filters that are found are loaded when the KURIFilter object - * is created will be used. These names are taken from the - * enteries in the \".desktop\" files. Here are a couple of - * examples: - * <pre> - * TQString text = "kde.org"; - * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, "KShortURIFilter" ); - * - * TQStringList list; - * list << "KShortURIFilter" << "MyFilter"; - * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, list ); - * </pre> - * - * KURIFilter also allows richer data exchange through a simple - * meta-object called @p KURIFilterData. Using this meta-object - * you can find out more information about the URL you want to - * filter. See @ref KURIFilterData for examples and details. - * - * @short Filters a given URL into its proper format whenever possible. - */ - -class KURIFilter -{ -public: - /** - * Destructor - */ - ~KURIFilter (); - - /** - * Return a static instance of KURIFilter. - */ - static KURIFilter* self(); - - /** - * Filters the URI given by the object URIFilterData. - * - * This filters the given data based on the specified - * filter list. If the list is empty all avaliable - * filter plugins would be used. If not, only those - * given in the list are used. - * - * @param data object that contains the URI to be filtered. - * @param filters specify the list filters to be used - * - * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed - */ - bool filterURI( KURIFilterData& data, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); - - /** - * Filters the URI given by the URL. - * - * This filters the given URL based on the specified - * filter list. If the list is empty all avaliable - * filter plugins would be used. If not, only those - * given in the list are used. - * - * @param uri the URI to filter. - * @param filters specify the list of filters to be used - * - * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed - */ - bool filterURI( KURL &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); - - /** - * Filters a string representing a URI. - * - * This filters the given string based on the specified - * filter list. If the list is empty all avaliable - * filter plugins would be used. If not, only those - * given in the list are used. - * - * @param uri The URI to filter. - * @param filters specify the list filters to be used - * - * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed - */ - bool filterURI( TQString &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); - - /** - * Returns the filtered URI. - * - * This filters the given URL based on the specified - * filter list. If the list is empty all avaliable - * filter plugins would be used. If not, only those - * given in the list are used. - * - * @param uri The URI to filter. - * @param filters specify the list filters to be used - * - * @return the filtered URI or null if it cannot be filtered - */ - KURL filteredURI( const KURL &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); - - /** - * Return a filtered string representation of a URI. - * - * This filters the given URL based on the specified - * filter list. If the list is empty all avaliable - * filter plugins would be used. If not, only those - * given in the list are used. - * - * @param uri the URI to filter. - * @param filters specify the list filters to be used - * - * @return the filtered URI or null if it cannot be filtered - */ - TQString filteredURI( const TQString &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); - - /** - * Return an iterator to iterate over all loaded - * plugins. - * - * @return a plugin iterator. - */ - TQPtrListIterator<KURIFilterPlugin> pluginsIterator() const; - - /** - * Return a list of the names of all loaded plugins - * - * @since 3.1 - * - * @return a TQStringList of plugin names - */ - TQStringList pluginNames() const; - -protected: - - /** - * A protected constructor. - * - * This constructor creates a KURIFilter and - * initializes all plugins it can find by invoking - * @ref loadPlugins. - */ - KURIFilter(); - - /** - * Loads all allowed plugins. - * - * This function loads all filters that have not - * been dis - */ - void loadPlugins(); - -private: - - static KURIFilter *m_self; - KURIFilterPluginList m_lstPlugins; - KURIFilterPrivate *d; - -}; - -#endif - diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde314/kaccelaction.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde314/kaccelaction.h deleted file mode 100644 index 8e422505..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde314/kaccelaction.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,564 +0,0 @@ -/* This file is part of the KDE libraries - Copyright (C) 2001,2002 Ellis Whitehead <ellis@kde.org> - - This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - - This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. -*/ - -#ifndef _KACCELACTION_H -#define _KACCELACTION_H - -#include <tqmap.h> -#include <tqptrvector.h> -#include <tqstring.h> -#include <tqvaluevector.h> - -#include <kshortcut.h> - -class KAccelBase; - -class TQObject; -class KConfig; -class KConfigBase; - -/** - * @internal - * A KAccelAction prepresents an action that can be executed using - * an accelerator key. Each KAccelAction has a name, a label, a - * "What's this" string and a @ref KShortcut. The user can configure and - * enable/disable them using @ref KKeyDialog. - * - * <pre> - * 1) KAccelAction = "Run Command" - * Default3 = "Alt+F2" - * Default4 = "Meta+Enter;Alt+F2" - * 1) KShortcut = "Meta+Enter" - * 1) KKeySequence = "Meta+Enter" - * 1) KKey = "Meta+Enter" - * 1) Meta+Enter - * 2) Meta+Keypad_Enter - * 2) KShortcut = "Alt+F2" - * 1) KKeySequence = "Alt+F2" - * 1) Alt+F2 - * 2) KAccelAction = "Something" - * Default3 = "" - * Default4 = "" - * 1) KShortcut = "Meta+X,Asterisk" - * 1) KKeySequence = "Meta+X,Asterisk" - * 1) KKey = "Meta+X" - * 1) Meta+X - * 2) KKey = "Asterisk" - * 1) Shift+8 (English layout) - * 2) Keypad_Asterisk - * </pre> - * @short An accelerator action - * @see KAccel - * @see KGlobalAccel - * @see KKeyChooser - * @see KKeyDialog - */ -class KAccelAction -{ - public: - /** - * Creates an empty KAccelAction. - * @see clear() - */ - KAccelAction(); - - /** - * Copy constructor. - */ - KAccelAction( const KAccelAction& ); - - /** - * Creates a new KAccelAction. - * @param sName the name of the accelerator - * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) - * @param sWhatsThis the What's This text (18n!) - * @param cutDef3 the default shortcut for 3 modifier systems - * @param cutDef4 the default shortcut for 4 modifier systems - * @param pObjSlot the receiver of a signal when the key has been - * pressed - * @param psMethodSlot the slot to connect for key presses. Receives - * an int, as set by @ref setID(), as only argument - * @param bConfigurable if true the user can configure the shortcut - * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled - */ - KAccelAction( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, - const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4, - const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, - bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled ); - ~KAccelAction(); - - /** - * Clears the accelerator. - */ - void clear(); - - /** - * Re-initialized the KAccelAction. - * @param sName the name of the accelerator - * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) - * @param sWhatsThis the What's This text (18n!) - * @param cutDef3 the default shortcut for 3 modifier systems - * @param cutDef4 the default shortcut for 4 modifier systems - * @param pObjSlot the receiver of a signal when the key has been - * pressed - * @param psMethodSlot the slot to connect for key presses. Receives - * an int, as set by @ref setID(), as only argument - * @param bConfigurable if true the user can configure the shortcut - * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - */ - bool init( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, - const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4, - const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, - bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled ); - - /** - * Copies this KAccelAction. - */ - KAccelAction& operator=( const KAccelAction& ); - - /** - * Returns the name of the accelerator action. - * @return the name of the accelerator action, can be null if not - * set - */ - const TQString& name() const { return m_sName; } - - /** - * Returns the label of the accelerator action. - * @return the label of the accelerator action, can be null if - * not set - */ - const TQString& label() const { return m_sLabel; } - - /** - * Returns the What's This text of the accelerator action. - * @return the What's This text of the accelerator action, can be - * null if not set - */ - const TQString& whatsThis() const { return m_sWhatsThis; } - - /** - * The shortcut that is actually used (may be used configured). - * @return the shortcut of the KAccelAction, can be null if not set - * @see shortcutDefault() - */ - const KShortcut& shortcut() const { return m_cut; } - - /** - * The default shortcut for this system. - * @return the default shortcut on this system, can be null if not set - * @see shortcut() - * @see shortcutDefault3() - * @see shortcutDefault4() - */ - const KShortcut& shortcutDefault() const; - - /** - * The default shortcut for 3 modifier systems. - * @return the default shortcut for 3 modifier systems, can be null - * if not set - * @see shortcutDefault() - * @see shortcutDefault4() - * @see useFourModifierKeys() - */ - const KShortcut& shortcutDefault3() const { return m_cutDefault3; } - - /** - * The default shortcut for 4 modifier systems. - * @return the default shortcut for 4 modifier systems, can be null - * if not set - * @see shortcutDefault() - * @see shortcutDefault3() - * @see useFourModifierKeys() - */ - const KShortcut& shortcutDefault4() const { return m_cutDefault4; } - - /** - * Returns the receiver of signals. - * @return the receiver of signals (can be 0 if not set) - */ - const TQObject* objSlotPtr() const { return m_pObjSlot; } - - /** - * Returns the slot for the signal. - * @return the slot for the signal - */ - const char* methodSlotPtr() const { return m_psMethodSlot; } - - /** - * Checks whether the user can configure the action. - * @return true if configurable, false otherwise - */ - bool isConfigurable() const { return m_bConfigurable; } - - /** - * Checks whether the action is enabled. - * @return true if enabled, false otherwise - */ - bool isEnabled() const { return m_bEnabled; } - - /** - * Sets the name of the accelerator action. - * @param name the new name - */ - void setName( const TQString& name ); - - /** - * Sets the user-readable label of the accelerator action. - * @param label the new label (i18n!) - */ - void setLabel( const TQString& label ); - - /** - * Sets the What's This text for the accelerator action. - * @param whatsThis the new What's This text (i18n!) - */ - void setWhatsThis( const TQString& whatsThis ); - - /** - * Sets the new shortcut of the accelerator action. - * @param rgCuts the shortcut to set - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - */ - bool setShortcut( const KShortcut& rgCuts ); - - /** - * Sets the slot of the accelerator action. - * @param pObjSlot the receiver object of the signal - * @param psMethodSlot the slot for the signal - */ - void setSlot( const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot ); - - /** - * Enables or disabled configuring the action. - * @param configurable true to enable configurability, false to disable - */ - void setConfigurable( bool configurable ); - - /** - * Enables or disabled the action. - * @param configurable true to enable the action, false to disable - */ - void setEnabled( bool enable ); - - /** - * Retrieves the id set using @ref setID. - * @return the id of the accelerator action - */ - int getID() const { return m_nIDAccel; } - - /** - * Allows you to set an id that will be used as the action - * signal's argument. - * - * @param n the new id - * @see @ref getID() - */ - void setID( int n ) { m_nIDAccel = n; } - - /** - * Checkes whether the action is connected (emits signals). - * @return true if connected, false otherwise - */ - bool isConnected() const; - - /** - * Sets a key sequence of the action's shortcut. - * @param i the position of the sequence - * @param keySeq the new new sequence - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see KShortcut::setSeq() - */ - bool setKeySequence( uint i, const KKeySequence &keySeq ); - - /** - * Clears the action's shortcut. It will not contain any sequences after - * calling this method. - * @see KShortcut::clear() - */ - void clearShortcut(); - - /** - * Checks whether the action's shortcut contains the given key sequence. - * @param keySeq the key sequence to check - * @return true if the shortcut contains the given sequence - * @see KShortcut::contains() - */ - bool contains( const KKeySequence &keySeq ); - - /** - * Returns the string representation of the action's shortcut. - * @return the string representation of the action's shortcut. - * @see KShortcut::toString() - */ - TQString toString() const; - - /** - * @internal - */ - TQString toStringInternal() const; - - /** - * Returns true if four modifier keys will be used. - * @return true if four modifier keys will be used. - */ - static bool useFourModifierKeys(); - - /** - * Selects 3 or 4 modifier default shortcuts. - * @param use true to use 4 modifier shortcuts, false to use - * 3 modifier shortcuts - */ - static void useFourModifierKeys( bool use ); - - protected: - TQString m_sName, - m_sLabel, - m_sWhatsThis; - KShortcut m_cut; - KShortcut m_cutDefault3, m_cutDefault4; - const TQObject* m_pObjSlot; - const char* m_psMethodSlot; - bool m_bConfigurable, - m_bEnabled; - int m_nIDAccel; - uint m_nConnections; - - void incConnections(); - void decConnections(); - - private: - static int g_bUseFourModifierKeys; - class KAccelActionPrivate* d; - - friend class KAccelActions; - friend class KAccelBase; -}; - -//--------------------------------------------------------------------- -// KAccelActions -//--------------------------------------------------------------------- - -/** - * @internal - * This class represents a collection of @ref KAccelAction objects. - * - * @short A collection of accelerator actions - * @see KAccelAction - */ -class KAccelActions -{ - public: - /** - * Creates a new, empty KAccelActions object. - */ - KAccelActions(); - - /** - * Copy constructor (deep copy). - */ - KAccelActions( const KAccelActions& ); - virtual ~KAccelActions(); - - /** - * Removes all items from this collection. - */ - void clear(); - - /** - * Initializes this object with the given actions. - * It will make a deep copy of all actions. - * @param actions the actions to copy - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - */ - bool init( const KAccelActions &actions ); - - /** - * Loads the actions from the given configuration file. - * - * @param config the configuration file to load from - * @param sGroup the group in the configuration file - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - */ - bool init( KConfigBase& config, const TQString& sGroup ); - - /** - * Updates the shortcuts of all actions in this object - * with the shortcuts from the given object. - * @param shortcuts the collection that contains the new - * shortcuts - */ - void updateShortcuts( KAccelActions &shortcuts ); - - /** - * Retrieves the index of the action with the given name. - * @param sAction the action to search - * @return the index of the action, or -1 if not found - */ - int actionIndex( const TQString& sAction ) const; - - /** - * Returns the action with the given @p index. - * @param index the index of an action. You must not - * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index - * @see count() - */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( uint index ); - - /** - * Returns the action with the given @p index. - * @param index the index of an action. You must not - * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index - * @see count() - */ - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( uint index ) const; - - /** - * Returns the action with the given name. - * @param aAction the name of the action to search - * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0 - * if not found - */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); - - /** - * Returns the action with the given name. - * @param aAction the name of the action to search - * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0 - * if not found - */ - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; - - /** - * Returns the action with the given key sequence. - * @param cut the sequence to search for - * @return the KAccelAction with the given sequence, or 0 - * if not found - */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( KKeySequence cut ); - - /** - * Returns the action with the given @p index. - * @param index the index of an action. You must not - * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index - * @see actionPtr() - * @see count() - */ - KAccelAction& operator []( uint index ); - - /** - * Returns the action with the given @p index. - * @param index the index of an action. You must not - * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index - * @see actionPtr() - * @see count() - */ - const KAccelAction& operator []( uint index ) const; - - /** - * Inserts an action into the collection. - * @param sName the name of the accelerator - * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) - * @param sWhatsThis the What's This text (18n!) - * @param cutDef3 the default shortcut for 3 modifier systems - * @param cutDef4 the default shortcut for 4 modifier systems - * @param pObjSlot the receiver of a signal when the key has been - * pressed - * @param psMethodSlot the slot to connect for key presses. Receives - * an int, as set by @ref setID(), as only argument - * @param bConfigurable if true the user can configure the shortcut - * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled - * @return the new action - */ - KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, - const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, - const TQObject* pObjSlot = 0, const char* psMethodSlot = 0, - bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true ); - - /** - * Inserts an action into the collection. - * @param sName the name of the accelerator - * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) - * @return the new action - */ - KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel ); - - /** - * Removes the given action. - * @param sAction the name of the action. - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - */ - bool remove( const TQString& sAction ); - - /** - * Loads the actions from the given configuration file. - * - * @param sConfigGroup the group in the configuration file - * @param pConfig the configuration file to load from - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - */ - bool readActions( const TQString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ); - - /** - * Writes the actions to the given configuration file. - * - * @param sConfigGroup the group in the configuration file - * @param pConfig the configuration file to save to - * @param bWriteAll true to write all actions - * @param bGlobal true to write to the global configuration file - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - */ - bool writeActions( const TQString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0, - bool bWriteAll = false, bool bGlobal = false ) const; - - /** - * Emit a keycodeChanged signal. - */ - void emitKeycodeChanged(); - - /** - * Returns the number of actions in the collection. - * @return the number of actions - */ - uint count() const; - - protected: - KAccelBase* m_pKAccelBase; - KAccelAction** m_prgActions; - uint m_nSizeAllocated, m_nSize; - - void resize( uint ); - void insertPtr( KAccelAction* ); - - private: - class KAccelActionsPrivate* d; - - KAccelActions( KAccelBase* ); - void initPrivate( KAccelBase* ); - KAccelActions& operator =( KAccelActions& ); - - friend class KAccelBase; -}; - -#endif // _KACCELACTION_H diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde314/kaccelbase.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde314/kaccelbase.h deleted file mode 100644 index 03fa9c87..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde314/kaccelbase.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,229 +0,0 @@ -/* This file is part of the KDE libraries - Copyright (C) 2001 Ellis Whitehead <ellis@kde.org> - - This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - - This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. -*/ - -#ifndef _KACCELBASE_H -#define _KACCELBASE_H - -#include <tqmap.h> -#include <tqptrvector.h> -#include <tqstring.h> -#include <tqvaluevector.h> -#include <tqvaluelist.h> - -#include "kaccelaction.h" -#include "kkeyserver_x11.h" - -class TQPopupMenu; -class TQWidget; - -//---------------------------------------------------- - -/** - * @internal - * Handle keyboard accelerators. - * - * Allow an user to configure - * key bindings through application configuration files or through the - * @ref KKeyChooser GUI. - * - * A @ref KAccel contains a list of accelerator items. Each accelerator item - * consists of an action name and a keyboard code combined with modifiers - * (Shift, Ctrl and Alt.) - * - * For example, "Ctrl+P" could be a shortcut for printing a document. The key - * codes are listed in ckey.h. "Print" could be the action name for printing. - * The action name identifies the key binding in configuration files and the - * @ref KKeyChooser GUI. - * - * When pressed, an accelerator key calls the slot to which it has been - * connected. Accelerator items can be connected so that a key will activate - * two different slots. - * - * A KAccel object handles key events sent to its parent widget and to all - * children of this parent widget. - * - * Key binding reconfiguration during run time can be prevented by specifying - * that an accelerator item is not configurable when it is inserted. A special - * group of non-configurable key bindings are known as the - * standard accelerators. - * - * The standard accelerators appear repeatedly in applications for - * standard document actions such as printing and saving. Convenience methods are - * available to insert and connect these accelerators which are configurable on - * a desktop-wide basis. - * - * It is possible for a user to choose to have no key associated with - * an action. - * - * The translated first argument for @ref insertItem() is used only - * in the configuration dialog. - *<pre> - * KAccel *a = new KAccel( myWindow ); - * // Insert an action "Scroll Up" which is associated with the "Up" key: - * a->insertItem( i18n("Scroll up"), "Scroll Up", "Up" ); - * // Insert an action "Scroll Down" which is not associated with any key: - * a->insertItem( i18n("Scroll down"), "Scroll Down", 0); - * a->connectItem( "Scroll up", myWindow, TQT_SLOT( scrollUp() ) ); - * // a->insertStdItem( KStdAccel::Print ); //not necessary, since it - * // is done automatially with the - * // connect below! - * a->connectItem(KStdAccel::Print, myWindow, TQT_SLOT( printDoc() ) ); - * - * a->readSettings(); - *</pre> - * - * If a shortcut has a menu entry as well, you could insert them like - * this. The example is again the @ref KStdAccel::Print from above. - * - * <pre> - * int id; - * id = popup->insertItem("&Print",this, TQT_SLOT(printDoc())); - * a->changeMenuAccel(popup, id, KStdAccel::Print ); - * </pre> - * - * If you want a somewhat "exotic" name for your standard print action, like - * id = popup->insertItem(i18n("Print &Document"),this, TQT_SLOT(printDoc())); - * it might be a good idea to insert the standard action before as - * a->insertStdItem( KStdAccel::Print, i18n("Print Document") ) - * as well, so that the user can easily find the corresponding function. - * - * This technique works for other actions as well. Your "scroll up" function - * in a menu could be done with - * - * <pre> - * id = popup->insertItem(i18n"Scroll &up",this, TQT_SLOT(scrollUp())); - * a->changeMenuAccel(popup, id, "Scroll Up" ); - * </pre> - * - * Please keep the order right: First insert all functions in the - * acceleratior, then call a -> @ref readSettings() and @em then build your - * menu structure. - * - * @short Configurable key binding support. - * @version $Id: kaccelbase.h,v 1.22 2002/10/06 18:19:39 ellis Exp $ - */ - -class KAccelBase -{ - public: - enum Init { QT_KEYS = 0x00, NATIVE_KEYS = 0x01 }; - enum Signal { KEYCODE_CHANGED }; - - KAccelBase( int fInitCode ); - virtual ~KAccelBase(); - - uint actionCount() const; - KAccelActions& actions(); - bool isEnabled() const; - - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKey& key ); - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKeyServer::Key& key ); - - const TQString& configGroup() const { return m_sConfigGroup; } - void setConfigGroup( const TQString& group ); - void setConfigGlobal( bool global ); - virtual void setEnabled( bool bEnabled ) = 0; - bool getAutoUpdate() { return m_bAutoUpdate; } - // return value of AutoUpdate flag before this call. - bool setAutoUpdate( bool bAuto ); - -// Procedures for manipulating Actions. - //void clearActions(); - - KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sDesc ); - KAccelAction* insert( - const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sDesc, const TQString& sHelp, - const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, - const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, - bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true ); - bool remove( const TQString& sAction ); - bool setActionSlot( const TQString& sAction, const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot ); - - bool updateConnections(); - - bool setShortcut( const TQString& sAction, const KShortcut& cut ); - -// Modify individual Action sub-items - bool setActionEnabled( const TQString& sAction, bool bEnable ); - - /** - * Read all key associations from @p config, or (if @p config - * is zero) from the application's configuration file - * @ref KGlobal::config(). - * - * The group in which the configuration is stored can be - * set with @ref setConfigGroup(). - */ - void readSettings( KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ); - - /** - * Write the current configurable associations to @p config, - * or (if @p config is zero) to the application's - * configuration file. - */ - void writeSettings( KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ) const; - - TQPopupMenu* createPopupMenu( TQWidget* pParent, const KKeySequence& ); - - // Protected methods - protected: - void slotRemoveAction( KAccelAction* ); - - void createKeyList( TQValueVector<struct X>& rgKeys ); - bool insertConnection( KAccelAction* ); - bool removeConnection( KAccelAction* ); - - virtual bool emitSignal( Signal ) = 0; - virtual bool connectKey( KAccelAction&, const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; - virtual bool connectKey( const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; - virtual bool disconnectKey( KAccelAction&, const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; - virtual bool disconnectKey( const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; - - protected: - struct ActionInfo - { - KAccelAction* pAction; - uint iSeq, iVariation; - //ActionInfo* pInfoNext; // nil if only one action uses this key. - - ActionInfo() { pAction = 0; iSeq = 0xffff; iVariation = 0xffff; } - ActionInfo( KAccelAction* _pAction, uint _iSeq, uint _iVariation ) - { pAction = _pAction; iSeq = _iSeq; iVariation = _iVariation; } - }; - typedef TQMap<KKeyServer::Key, ActionInfo> KKeyToActionMap; - - KAccelActions m_rgActions; - KKeyToActionMap m_mapKeyToAction; - TQValueList<KAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique; - bool m_bNativeKeys; // Use native key codes instead of Qt codes - bool m_bEnabled; - bool m_bConfigIsGlobal; - TQString m_sConfigGroup; - bool m_bAutoUpdate; - KAccelAction* mtemp_pActionRemoving; - - private: - KAccelBase& operator =( const KAccelBase& ); - - friend class KAccelActions; -}; - -#endif // _KACCELBASE_H diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde314/kicontheme.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde314/kicontheme.h deleted file mode 100644 index bfee160b..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde314/kicontheme.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,331 +0,0 @@ -/* vi: ts=8 sts=4 sw=4 - * - * $Id: kicontheme.h,v 1.26 2002/10/26 22:08:38 tjansen Exp $ - * - * This file is part of the KDE project, module kdecore. - * Copyright (C) 2000 Geert Jansen <jansen@kde.org> - * Antonio Larrosa <larrosa@kde.org> - * - * This is free software; it comes under the GNU Library General - * Public License, version 2. See the file "COPYING.LIB" for the - * exact licensing terms. - * - */ - -#ifndef __KIconTheme_h_Included__ -#define __KIconTheme_h_Included__ - -#include <tqstring.h> -#include <tqstringlist.h> -#include <tqptrlist.h> - -class KConfig; -//class KIconThemeDir; - -class KIconThemePrivate; - -class KIconPrivate; - -/** - * One icon as found by KIconTheme. Also serves as a namespace containing - * icon related constants. - * @see KIconEffect - * @see KIconTheme - * @see KIconLoader - */ -class KIcon -{ -public: - KIcon() { size = 0; } - - /** - * Return true if this icon is valid, false otherwise. - */ - bool isValid() const { return size != 0; } - - /** - * Defines the context of the icon. - */ - enum Context { - Any, ///< Some icon with unknown purpose. - Action, ///< An action icon (e.g. 'save', 'print'). - Application, ///< An icon that represents an application. - Device, ///< An icon that represents a device. - FileSystem, ///< An icon that represents a file system. - MimeType ///< An icon that represents a mime type (or file type). - }; - - /** - * The type of the icon. - */ - enum Type { - Fixed, ///< Fixed-size icon. - Scalable, ///< Scalable-size icon. - Threshold ///< A threshold icon. - }; - - /** - * The type of a match. - */ - enum MatchType { - MatchExact, ///< Only try to find an exact match. - MatchBest ///< Take the best match if there is no exact match. - - }; - - // if you add a group here, make sure to change the config reading in - // KIconLoader too - /** - * The group an an icon. - */ - enum Group { NoGroup=-1, Desktop=0, FirstGroup=Desktop, Toolbar, - MainToolbar, Small, Panel, LastGroup, User }; - - /** - * These are the standard sizes for icons. - */ - enum StdSizes { - /// small icons for menu entries - SizeSmall=16, - /// medium sized icons for the desktop - SizeMedium=32, - /// large sized icons for the panel - SizeLarge=48 }; - - /** - * Defines the possible states of an icon. - */ - enum States { DefaultState, ///< The default state. - ActiveState, ///< Icon is active. - DisabledState, ///< Icon is disabled. - LastState ///< Last state (last constant) - }; - - /** - * This defines an overlay, a semi-transparent image that is - * projected onto the icon. They are used to show that the file - * represented by the icon is, for example, locked, zipped or hidden. - */ - enum Overlays { - LockOverlay=0x100, ///< a file is locked - ZipOverlay=0x200, ///< a file is zipped - LinkOverlay=0x400, ///< a fileis a link - HiddenOverlay=0x800, ///< a file is hidden - ShareOverlay=0x1000, ///< a file is shared - OverlayMask = ~0xff - }; - - /** - * The size in pixels of the icon. - */ - int size; - - /** - * The context of the icon. - */ - Context context; - - /** - * The type of the icon: Fixed, Scalable or Threshold. - **/ - Type type; - - /** - * The threshold in case type == Threshold - */ - int threshold; - - /** - * The full path of the icon. - */ - TQString path; - -private: - KIconPrivate *d; -}; - -inline KIcon::Group& operator++(KIcon::Group& group) { group = static_cast<KIcon::Group>(group+1); return group; } -inline KIcon::Group operator++(KIcon::Group& group,int) { KIcon::Group ret = group; ++group; return ret; } - -/** - * Class to use/access icon themes in KDE. This class is used by the - * iconloader but can be used by others too. - * @see KIconLoader - */ -class KIconTheme -{ -public: - /** - * Load an icon theme by name. - * @param name the name of the theme (e.g. "hicolor" or "keramik") - * @param appName the name of the application. Can be null. This argument - * allows applications to have themed application icons. - */ - KIconTheme(const TQString& name, const TQString& appName=TQString::null); - ~KIconTheme(); - - /** - * The stylized name of the icon theme. - * @return the (human-readable) name of the theme - */ - TQString name() const { return mName; } - - /** - * A description for the icon theme. - * @return a human-readable description of the theme, TQString::null - * if there is none - */ - TQString description() const { return mDesc; } - - /** - * Return the name of the "example" icon. This can be used to - * present the theme to the user. - * @return the name of the example icon, TQString::null if there is none - */ - TQString example() const; - - /** - * Return the name of the screenshot. - * @return the name of the screenshot, TQString::null if there is none - */ - TQString screenshot() const; - - /** - * Returns the name of this theme's link overlay. - * @return the name of the link overlay - */ - TQString linkOverlay() const; - - /** - * Returns the name of this theme's zip overlay. - * @return the name of the zip overlay - */ - TQString zipOverlay() const; - - /** - * Returns the name of this theme's lock overlay. - * @return the name of the lock overlay - */ - TQString lockOverlay() const; - - /** - * Returns the name of this theme's share overlay. - * @return the name of the share overlay - * @since 3.1 - */ - TQString shareOverlay () const; - - /** - * Returns the toplevel theme directory. - * @return the directory of the theme - */ - TQString dir() const { return mDir; } - - /** - * The themes this icon theme falls back on. - * @return a list of icon themes that are used as fall-backs - */ - TQStringList inherits() const { return mInherits; } - - /** - * The icon theme exists? - * @return true if the icon theme is valid - */ - bool isValid() const; - - /** - * The icon theme should be hidden to the user? - * @return true if the icon theme is hidden - * @since 3.1 - */ - bool isHidden() const; - - /** - * The minimum display depth required for this theme. This can either - * be 8 or 32. - * @return the minimum bpp (8 or 32) - */ - int depth() const { return mDepth; } - - /** - * The default size of this theme for a certain icon group. - * @param group The icon group. See @ref #KIcon::Group. - * @return The default size in pixels for the given icon group. - */ - int defaultSize(KIcon::Group group) const; - - /** - * Query available sizes for a group. - * @param group The icon group. See @ref #KIcon::Group. - * @return a list of available sized for the given group - */ - TQValueList<int> querySizes(KIcon::Group group) const; - - /** - * Query available icons for a size and context. - * @param size the size of the icons - * @param context the context of the icons - * @return the list of icon names - */ - TQStringList queryIcons(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const; - - /** - * Query available icons for a context and preferred size. - * @param size the size of the icons - * @param context the context of the icons - * @return the list of icon names - */ - TQStringList queryIconsByContext(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const; - - - /** - * Lookup an icon in the theme. - * @param name The name of the icon, without extension. - * @param size The desired size of the icon. - * @param match The matching mode. KIcon::MatchExact returns an icon - * only if matches exactly. KIcon::MatchBest returns the best matching - * icon. - * @return A KIcon class that describes the icon. If an icon is found, - * @see KIcon::isValid will return true, and false otherwise. - */ - KIcon iconPath(const TQString& name, int size, KIcon::MatchType match) const; - - /** - * List all icon themes installed on the system, global and local. - * @return the list of all icon themes - */ - static TQStringList list(); - - /** - * Returns the current icon theme. - * @return the name of the current theme - */ - static TQString current(); - - /** - * Reconfigure the theme. - */ - static void reconfigure(); - - /** - * Returns the default icon theme. - * @return the name of the default theme name - * @since 3.1 - */ - static TQString defaultThemeName(); - -private: - int mDefSize[8]; - TQValueList<int> mSizes[8]; - - int mDepth; - TQString mDir, mName, mDesc; - TQStringList mInherits; -// TQPtrList<KIconThemeDir> mDirs; - KIconThemePrivate *d; - - static TQString *_theme; - static TQStringList *_theme_list; -}; - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde314/kkeyserver_x11.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde314/kkeyserver_x11.h deleted file mode 100644 index 48d6c334..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde314/kkeyserver_x11.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,435 +0,0 @@ -#ifndef _KKEYSERVER_X11_H -#define _KKEYSERVER_X11_H - -#include "kshortcut.h" -#include "kkeynative.h" - -/** - * A collection of functions for the conversion of key presses and - * their modifiers from the window system (X11) specific format - * to the generic format and vice-versa. - */ -namespace KKeyServer -{ - /** - * Supplement enum KKey::ModFlag - * @since 3.1 - */ - enum ExtraModFlag { MODE_SWITCH = 0x2000 }; - - struct CodeMod { int code, mod; }; - - /** - * Represents a key symbol. - * @see KKey - * @see KKeyServer - */ - struct Sym - { - public: - /// the actual value of the symbol - uint m_sym; - - /// Creates a null symbol. - Sym() - { m_sym = 0; } - /** - * Creates asymbol with the given value. - * @param sym the value - */ - Sym( uint sym ) - { m_sym = sym; } - /** - * Creates a symbol from the given string description. - * @param s the description of the symbol - * @see toString() - */ - Sym( const TQString& s ) - { init( s ); } - - /** - * Initializes the symbol with the given Qt key code. - * @param keyQt the qt key code - * @return true if succesful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key - */ - bool initQt( int keyQt ); - - /** - * Initializes the key with the given string description. - * @param s the string description - * @return true if succesful, false otherwise - * @see toString() - */ - bool init( const TQString &s ); - - /** - * Returns the qt key code of the symbol. - * @return the qt key code - */ - int qt() const; - - /** - * @internal - */ - TQString toStringInternal() const; - - /** - * Returns the string representation of the symbol. - * @return the string representation of the symbol - */ - TQString toString() const; - - /** - * Returns the mods that are required for this symbol as - * ORed @ref KKey::ModFlag's. For example, Break requires a - * Ctrl to be valid. - * @return the required @ref KKey::ModFlag's - * @see KKey::ModFlag - */ - uint getModsRequired() const; - - /** - * TODO: please find out what this method does and document it - */ - uint getSymVariation() const; - - /** - * Casts the symbol to its integer representation. - */ - operator uint() const { return m_sym; } - - /** - * Overloaded operator to convert ints to Sym. - */ - Sym& operator =( uint sym ) { m_sym = sym; return *this; } - - private: - TQString toString( bool bUserSpace ) const; - - static void capitalizeKeyname( TQString& ); - }; - - /** - * Represents a key press. - * @see KKey - */ - struct Key - { - /// Code for native Keys in Qt - enum { CODE_FOR_QT = 256 }; - - /// The code of the key - uint m_code; - - /// The modifiers of the key - uint m_mod; - - /// The symbol of the key - uint m_sym; - - /** - * Initializes the key with a @ref KKey. - * @param key the key to get the data from - * @param bQt true to take the Qt keycode, false - * for the native key code - * @see Qt::Key - * @see KKeyNative - */ - bool init( const KKey& key, bool bQt ); - - /** - * Checks whether the key code is a native code. - * @return true if native code of the window system, - * false if it is a Qt keycode - * @see Qt::Key - * @see KKeyNative - */ - bool isNative() const { return m_code != CODE_FOR_QT; } - - /** - * Returns the code of the key. - * @return the code of the key - */ - uint code() const { return m_code; } - - /** - * Returns the modifiers of the key. - * @return the modifiers of the key - */ - uint mod() const { return m_mod; } - - /** - * Returns the symbol of the key. - * @return the symbol of the key - */ - uint sym() const { return m_sym; } - - /** - * Returns the qt key code. - * @return the qt key code - */ - int keyCodeQt() const { return (int) m_sym; } - - /** - * Sets the qt key code. - * @param keyQt the qt key code - */ - void setKeycodeQt( int keyQt ) - { m_code = CODE_FOR_QT; m_sym = keyQt; } - - /** - * Initializes this key with a @ref KKeyNative. - * @return this key - */ - Key& operator =( const KKeyNative& key ); - - /** - * Compares this key with the given Key object. Returns a - * negative number if the given Key is larger, 0 if they - * are equal and a positive number this Key is larger. The - * returned value is the difference between the symbol, modifier - * or code, whatever is non-zero first. - * - * @param key the key to compare with this key - * @return a negative number if the given Key is larger, 0 if - * they are equal and a positive number this Key is larger - */ - int compare( const Key& key ) const; - - /** - * Compares the symbol, modifiers and code of both keys. - * @see compare() - */ - bool operator ==( const Key& b ) const - { return compare( b ) == 0; } - - /** - * Compares the symbol, modifiers and code of both keys. - * @see compare() - */ - bool operator <( const Key& b ) const - { return compare( b ) < 0; } - - /** - * Converts this Key to a KKey. - * @return the KKey - */ - KKey key() const; - }; - - /** - * TODO: please document this class - */ - struct Variations - { - enum { MAX_VARIATIONS = 4 }; - - Key m_rgkey[MAX_VARIATIONS]; - uint m_nVariations; - - Variations() { m_nVariations = 0; } - - void init( const KKey&, bool bQt ); - - uint count() const { return m_nVariations; } - const Key& key( uint i ) const { return m_rgkey[i]; } - }; - - /// TODO: please document - bool initializeMods(); - - /** - * Returns the equivalent X modifier mask of the given modifier flag. - * @param modFlag the generic flags to check - * @return the window system specific flags - */ - uint modX( KKey::ModFlag modFlag ); - - /** - * Returns true if the current keyboard layout supports the Win key. - * Specifically, whether the Super or Meta keys are assigned to an X modifier. - * @return true if the keyboard has a Win key - * @see modXWin() - */ - bool keyboardHasWinKey(); - - /** - * Returns the X11 Shift modifier mask/flag. - * @return the X11 Shift modifier mask/flag. - * @see accelModMaskX() - */ - uint modXShift(); - - /** - * Returns the X11 Lock modifier mask/flag. - * @return the X11 Lock modifier mask/flag. - * @see accelModMaskX() - */ - uint modXLock(); - - /** - * Returns the X11 Ctrl modifier mask/flag. - * @return the X11 Ctrl modifier mask/flag. - * @see accelModMaskX() - */ - uint modXCtrl(); - - /** - * Returns the X11 Alt (Mod1) modifier mask/flag. - * @return the X11 Alt (Mod1) modifier mask/flag. - * @see accelModMaskX() - */ - uint modXAlt(); - - /** - * Returns the X11 NumLock modifier mask/flag. - * @return the X11 NumLock modifier mask/flag. - * @see accelModMaskX() - */ - uint modXNumLock(); - - /** - * Returns the X11 Win (Mod3) modifier mask/flag. - * @return the X11 Win (Mod3) modifier mask/flag. - * @see keyboardHasWinKey() - * @see accelModMaskX() - */ - uint modXWin(); - - /** - * Returns the X11 ScrollLock modifier mask/flag. - * @return the X11 ScrollLock modifier mask/flag. - * @see accelModMaskX() - */ - uint modXScrollLock(); - - /** - * Returns bitwise OR'ed mask containing Shift, Ctrl, Alt, and - * Win (if available). - * @see modXShift() - * @see modXLock() - * @see modXCtrl() - * @see modXAlt() - * @see modXNumLock() - * @see modXWin() - * @see modXScrollLock() - */ - uint accelModMaskX(); - - /** - * Extracts the symbol from the given Qt key and - * converts it to a symbol. - * @param keyQt the qt key code - * @param sym if successful, the symbol will be written here - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key - * @see Sym - */ - bool keyQtToSym( int keyQt, uint& sym ); - - /** - * Extracts the modifiers from the given Qt key and - * converts them in a mask of ORed @ref KKey::ModFlag modifiers. - * @param keyQt the qt key code - * @param mod if successful, the modifiers will be written here - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key - */ - bool keyQtToMod( int keyQt, uint& mod ); - - /** - * Converts the given symbol to a Qt key code. - * @param sym the symbol - * @param keyQt if successful, the qt key code will be written here - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key - * @see Sym - */ - bool symToKeyQt( uint sym, int& keyQt ); - - /** - * Converts the mask of ORed @ref KKey::ModFlag modifiers to - * a mask of ORed Qt key code modifiers. - * @param the mask of @ref KKey::ModFlag modifiers - * @param the mask of Qt key code modifiers will be written here, - * if successful - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key - * @see KKey - */ - bool modToModQt( uint mod, int& modQt ); - - /** - * Converts the mask of ORed @ref KKey::ModFlag modifiers to - * a mask of ORed X11 modifiers. - * @param the mask of @ref KKey::ModFlag modifiers - * @param the mask of X11 modifiers will be written here, - * if successful - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see KKey - */ - bool modToModX( uint mod, uint& modX ); - - /** - * Converts the mask of ORed X11 modifiers to - * a mask of ORed Qt key code modifiers. - * @param the mask of X11 modifiers - * @param the mask of Qt key code modifiers will be written here - * if successful - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key - */ - bool modXToModQt( uint modX, int& modQt ); - - /** - * Converts the mask of ORed X11 modifiers to - * a mask of ORed @ref KKey::ModFlag modifiers. - * @param the mask of X11 modifiers - * @param the mask of @ref KKey::ModFlag modifiers will be written here, - * if successful - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see KKey - */ - bool modXToMod( uint modX, uint& mod ); - - /** - * Converts a X11 key code and a mask of ORed X11 modifiers - * into a X11 symbol. - * converts it to a symbol. - * @param codeX the X11 key code - * @param modX the mask of ORed X11 modifiers - * @param sym if successful, the X11 symbol will be written here - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key - * @see Sym - */ - bool codeXToSym( uchar codeX, uint modX, uint& symX ); - - /** - * @internal - */ - TQString modToStringInternal( uint mod ); - - /** - * Converts the mask of ORed @ref KKey::ModFlag modifiers to a - * user-readable string. - * @param mod the mask of ORed @ref KKey::ModFlag modifiers - * @return the user-readable string - */ - TQString modToStringUser( uint mod ); - - /** - * @internal - * Unimplemented? - */ - bool stringToSymMod( const TQString&, uint& sym, uint& mod ); - - /** - * @internal - * Unimplemented? - */ - void keyQtToKeyX( uint keyCombQt, unsigned char *pKeyCodeX, uint *pKeySymX, uint *pKeyModX ); -} - -#endif // !_KKEYSERVER_X11_H diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde314/konsole_part.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde314/konsole_part.h deleted file mode 100644 index 6aba7064..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde314/konsole_part.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,223 +0,0 @@ -/* - This file is part of the KDE system - Copyright (C) 1999,2000 Boloni Laszlo - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. - */ - -#ifndef __KONSOLE_PART_H__ -#define __KONSOLE_PART_H__ - -#include <kparts/browserextension.h> -#include <kparts/factory.h> - - -#include <kdialogbase.h> - -#include <kde_terminal_interface.h> - -//#include "schema.h" -//#include "session.h" - -class KInstance; -class konsoleBrowserExtension; -class TQPushButton; -class TQSpinBox; -class KPopupMenu; -class TQCheckBox; -class KRootPixmap; -class KToggleAction; -class KSelectAction; - -namespace KParts { class GUIActivateEvent; } - -class konsoleFactory : public KParts::Factory -{ - Q_OBJECT -public: - konsoleFactory(); - virtual ~konsoleFactory(); - - virtual KParts::Part* createPartObject(TQWidget *parentWidget = 0, const char *widgetName = 0, - TQObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0, - const char* classname = "KParts::Part", - const TQStringList &args = TQStringList()); - - static KInstance *instance(); - - private: - static KInstance *s_instance; - static KAboutData *s_aboutData; -}; - -////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -class konsolePart: public KParts::ReadOnlyPart, public TerminalInterface -{ - Q_OBJECT - public: - konsolePart(TQWidget *parentWidget, const char *widgetName, TQObject * parent, const char *name, const char *classname = 0); - virtual ~konsolePart(); - -signals: - void processExited(); - void receivedData( const TQString& s ); - protected: - virtual bool openURL( const KURL & url ); - virtual bool openFile() {return false;} // never used - virtual bool closeURL() {return true;} - virtual void guiActivateEvent( KParts::GUIActivateEvent * event ); - - protected slots: - void showShell(); - void slotProcessExited(); - void slotReceivedData( const TQString& s ); - -// void doneSession(TESession*); - void sessionDestroyed(); -// void configureRequest(TEWidget*,int,int x,int y); - void updateTitle(); - void enableMasterModeConnections(); - - private slots: - void emitOpenURLRequest(const TQString &url); - - void readProperties(); - void saveProperties(); - - void sendSignal(int n); - void closeCurrentSession(); - - void notifySize(int,int); - - void slotToggleFrame(); - void slotSelectScrollbar(); - void slotSelectFont(); - void schema_menu_check(); - void keytab_menu_activated(int item); - void updateSchemaMenu(); - void setSchema(int n); - void pixmap_menu_activated(int item); - void schema_menu_activated(int item); - void slotHistoryType(); - void slotSelectBell(); - void slotSelectLineSpacing(); - void slotBlinkingCursor(); - void slotWordSeps(); - void fontNotFound(); - - private: - konsoleBrowserExtension *m_extension; - KURL currentURL; - - void makeGUI(); - void applySettingsToGUI(); - - void setFont(int fontno); -// void setSchema(ColorSchema* s); - void updateKeytabMenu(); - - bool doOpenStream( const TQString& ); - bool doWriteStream( const TQByteArray& ); - bool doCloseStream(); - - TQWidget* parentWidget; -// TEWidget* te; -// TESession* se; -// ColorSchemaList* colors; - KRootPixmap* rootxpm; - - KToggleAction* blinkingCursor; - KToggleAction* showFrame; - - KSelectAction* selectBell; - KSelectAction* selectFont; - KSelectAction* selectLineSpacing; - KSelectAction* selectScrollbar; - - KPopupMenu* m_keytab; - KPopupMenu* m_schema; - KPopupMenu* m_signals; - KPopupMenu* m_options; - KPopupMenu* m_popupMenu; - - TQFont defaultFont; - - TQString pmPath; // pixmap path - TQString s_schema; - TQString s_kconfigSchema; - TQString s_word_seps; // characters that are considered part of a word - TQString fontNotFound_par; - - bool b_framevis:1; - bool b_histEnabled:1; - - int curr_schema; // current schema no - int n_bell; - int n_font; - int n_keytab; - int n_render; - int n_scroll; - unsigned m_histSize; - bool m_runningShell; - bool m_streamEnabled; -public: - // these are the implementations for the TermEmuInterface - // functions... - void startProgram( const TQString& program, - const TQStrList& args ); - void showShellInDir( const TQString& dir ); - void sendInput( const TQString& text ); -}; - -////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -/*class HistoryTypeDialog : public KDialogBase -{ - Q_OBJECT -public: - HistoryTypeDialog(const HistoryType& histType, - unsigned int histSize, - TQWidget *parent); - -public slots: - void slotDefault(); - void slotSetUnlimited(); - void slotHistEnable(bool); - - unsigned int nbLines() const; - bool isOn() const; - -protected: - TQCheckBox* m_btnEnable; - TQSpinBox* m_size; - TQPushButton* m_setUnlimited; -};*/ - -////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -class konsoleBrowserExtension : public KParts::BrowserExtension -{ - Q_OBJECT - friend class konsolePart; - public: - konsoleBrowserExtension(konsolePart *parent); - virtual ~konsoleBrowserExtension(); - - void emitOpenURLRequest(const KURL &url); -}; - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde314/kpanelmenu.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde314/kpanelmenu.h deleted file mode 100644 index 032350ad..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde314/kpanelmenu.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,181 +0,0 @@ -/***************************************************************** - -Copyright (c) 1996-2000 the kicker authors. See file AUTHORS. - (c) 2001 Michael Goffioul <goffioul@imec.be> - -Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy -of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal -in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights -to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell -copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is -furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: - -The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in -all copies or substantial portions of the Software. - -THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR -IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, -FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE -AUTHORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN -AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN -CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. - -******************************************************************/ - -#ifndef __KPANELMENU_H__ -#define __KPANELMENU_H__ - -#include <tqstring.h> -#include <kpopupmenu.h> -#include <kgenericfactory.h> - -class KPanelMenuPrivate; - -/** - * Base class to build dynamically loaded menu entries for the K-menu, or the panel. - * - * This class allows to build menu entries that will be dynamically added either to - * the K-menu, or to the panel as a normal button. These dynamic menus are located - * in shared libraries that will be loaded at runtime by Kicker (the KDE panel). - * - * To build such a menu, you have to inherit this class and implement the pure virtual - * functions #initialize() and @ref slotExec(). You also have to provide a factory - * object in your library, see @ref KLibFactory. This factory is only used to construct - * the menu object. - * - * Finally, you also have to provide a desktop file describing your dynamic menu. The - * relevant entries are: Name, Comment, Icon and X-KDE-Library (which contains the - * library name without any extension). This desktop file has to be installed in - * $KDEDIR/share/apps/kicker/menuext/. - * - * @short Base class to build dynamically loaded menu entries for the K-menu, or the panel. - * @author The kicker maintainer, Michael Goffioul <goffioul@imec.be> - */ -class KPanelMenu : public KPopupMenu -{ - Q_OBJECT - -public: - /** - * Construct a KPanelMenu object. This is the normal constructor to use when - * building extrernal menu entries. - */ - KPanelMenu(TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0); - /** - * Constructor used internally by Kicker. You don't really want to use it. - * @param startDir a directory to associate with this menu - * @see path(), setPath() - */ - KPanelMenu(const TQString &startDir, TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0); - /** - * Destructor. - */ - virtual ~KPanelMenu(); - - /** - * Get the directory path associated with this menu, or TQString::null if - * there's no such associated path. - * @return the associated directory path - * @see setPath() - */ - const TQString& path() const; - /** - * Set a directory path to be associated with this menu. - * @param p the directory path - * @see path() - */ - void setPath(const TQString &p); - /** - * Tell if the menu has been initialized, that is it already contains items. - * This is useful when you need to know if you have to clear the menu, or to - * fill it. - * @return the initial state - * @see setInitialized(), initialize() - */ - bool initialized() const; - /** - * Set the initial state. Set it to true when you menu is filled with the items - * you want. - * @param on the initial state - * @see initialized(), initialize() - */ - void setInitialized(bool on); - - /** - * Disable the automatic clearing of the menu. Kicker uses a cache system for - * its menus. After a specific configurable delay, the menu will be cleared. - * Use this function if you want to disable kicker's cache system, and avoid - * the clearing of your menu. - */ - void disableAutoClear(); - -public slots: - /** - * Reinitialize the menu: the menu is first cleared, the initial state is set - * to false, and finally #initialize() is called. Use this if you want to - * refill your menu immediately. - */ - void reinitialize(); - /** - * Deinitialize the menu: the menu is cleared and the initialized state is set to - * false. #initialize() is NOT called. It will be called before the menu is - * next shown, however. Use this slot if you want a delayed reinitialization. - * @since 3.1 - */ - void deinitialize(); - -protected slots: - /** - * This slot is called just before the menu is shown. This allows your menu - * to update itself if needed. However you should instead re-implement - * #initialize to provide this feature. This function is responsible for - * the cache system handling, so if you re-implement it, you should call - * the base function also. Calls #initialize(). - * @see disableAutoClear() - */ - virtual void slotAboutToShow(); - /** - * This is slot is called when an item from the menu has been selected. Your - * applet is then supposed to perform some action. You must re-implement this - * function. - * @param id the ID associated with the selected item - */ - virtual void slotExec(int id) = 0; - /** - * This slots is called to initialize the menu. It is called automatically by - * @ref slotAboutToShow(). By re-implementing this functions, you can reconstruct - * the menu before it is being shown. At the end of this function, you should - * call @ref setInitialize() with true to tell the system that the menu is OK. - * You applet must re-implement this function. - * @see slotAboutToShow(), initialized(), setInitialized() - */ - virtual void initialize() = 0; - /** - * Clears the menu, and update the initial state accordingly. - * @see initialized() - */ - void slotClear(); - -protected: - /** - * Re-implemented for internal reasons. - */ - virtual void hideEvent(TQHideEvent *ev); - /** - * For internal use only. Used by constructors. - */ - void init(const TQString& path = TQString::null); - -protected: - virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data ); -private: - void internalInitialize(); - KPanelMenuPrivate *d; -}; - -#define K_EXPORT_KICKER_MENUEXT( libname, classname ) \ - K_EXPORT_COMPONENT_FACTORY( \ - kickermenu_##libname, \ - KGenericFactory<classname>("libkickermenu_" #libname) ) - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde314/krecentdirs.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde314/krecentdirs.h deleted file mode 100644 index 61a50706..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde314/krecentdirs.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,68 +0,0 @@ -/* -*- c++ -*- - * Copyright (C)2000 Waldo Bastian <bastian@kde.org> - * - * All rights reserved. - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without - * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions - * are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the - * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND - * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE - * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE - * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE - * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL - * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS - * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) - * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT - * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY - * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF - * SUCH DAMAGE. - * - */ -#ifndef __KRECENTDIRS_H -#define __KRECENTDIRS_H - -#include <tqstringlist.h> - -/** - * The goal of this class is to make sure that, when the user needs to - * specify a file via the file selection dialog, this dialog will start - * in the directory most likely to contain the desired files. - * - * This works as follows: Each time the file selection dialog is - * shown, the programmer can specify a "file-class". The file-dialog will - * then start with the directory associated with this file-class. When - * the dialog closes, the directory currently shown in the file-dialog - * will be associated with the file-class. - * - * A file-class can either start with ':' or with '::'. If it starts with - * a single ':' the file-class is specific to the current application. - * If the file-class starts with '::' it is global to all applications. - */ -class KRecentDirs -{ -public: - /** - * Returns a list of directories associated with this file-class. - * The most recently used directory is at the front of the list. - */ - static TQStringList list(const TQString &fileClass); - - /** - * Returns the most recently used directory accociated with this file-class. - */ - static TQString dir(const TQString &fileClass); - - /** - * Associates @p directory with @p fileClass - */ - static void add(const TQString &fileClass, const TQString &directory); -}; - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde314/ksycocafactory.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde314/ksycocafactory.h deleted file mode 100644 index 1959edda..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde314/ksycocafactory.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,137 +0,0 @@ -/* This file is part of the KDE libraries - * Copyright (C) 1999 Waldo Bastian <bastian@kde.org> - * - * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - * License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation; - * - * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Library General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - * along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. - **/ - -#ifndef __ksycocafactory_h__ -#define __ksycocafactory_h__ "$Id: ksycocafactory.h,v 1.13 2002/09/21 15:07:27 tjansen Exp $" - -#include "ksycocatype.h" -#include "ksycocaentry.h" - -#include <tqdict.h> -#include <tqptrlist.h> -class KSycoca; -class TQStringList; -class TQString; -class KSycocaDict; -class KSycocaResourceList; - -typedef TQDict<KSycocaEntry::Ptr> KSycocaEntryDict; - -/** - * @internal - * Base class for sycoca factories - */ -class KSycocaFactory -{ -public: - virtual KSycocaFactoryId factoryId() const = 0; - -protected: // virtual class - /** - * Create a factory which can be used to lookup from/create a database - * (depending on KSycoca::isBuilding()) - */ - KSycocaFactory( KSycocaFactoryId factory_id ); - -public: - virtual ~KSycocaFactory(); - - /** - * @return the position of the factory in the sycoca file - */ - int offset() { return mOffset; } - - /** - * @return the dict, for special use by KBuildSycoca - */ - KSycocaEntryDict * entryDict() { return m_entryDict; } - - /** - * Construct an entry from a config file. - * To be implemented in the real factories. - */ - virtual KSycocaEntry *createEntry(const TQString &file, const char *resource) = 0; - - /** - * Add an entry - */ - virtual void addEntry(KSycocaEntry *newEntry, const char *resource); - - /** - * Read an entry from the database - */ - virtual KSycocaEntry *createEntry(int offset)=0; - - /** - * Get a list of all entries from the database. - */ - KSycocaEntry::List allEntries(); - - /** - * Saves all entries it maintains as well as index files - * for these entries to the stream 'str'. - * - * Also sets mOffset to the starting position. - * - * The stream is positioned at the end of the last index. - * - * Don't forget to call the parent first when you override - * this function. - */ - virtual void save(TQDataStream &str); - - /** - * Writes out a header to the stream 'str'. - * The baseclass positions the stream correctly. - * - * Don't forget to call the parent first when you override - * this function. - */ - virtual void saveHeader(TQDataStream &str); - - /** - * @return the resources for which this factory is responsible. - */ - virtual const KSycocaResourceList * resourceList() const { return m_resourceList; } - -private: - int mOffset; - -protected: - int m_sycocaDictOffset; - int m_beginEntryOffset; - int m_endEntryOffset; - TQDataStream *m_str; - - KSycocaResourceList *m_resourceList; - KSycocaEntryDict *m_entryDict; - KSycocaDict *m_sycocaDict; -protected: - virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data ); -}; - -/** This, instead of a typedef, allows to declare "class ..." in header files - * @internal - */ -class KSycocaFactoryList : public TQPtrList<KSycocaFactory> -{ -public: - KSycocaFactoryList() { } -}; - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde314/ktoolbarbutton.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde314/ktoolbarbutton.h deleted file mode 100644 index 6fafb1ed..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde314/ktoolbarbutton.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,317 +0,0 @@ -/* This file is part of the KDE libraries - Copyright (C) 1997, 1998 Stephan Kulow (coolo@kde.org) - (C) 1997, 1998 Sven Radej (radej@kde.org) - (C) 1997, 1998 Mark Donohoe (donohoe@kde.org) - (C) 1997, 1998 Matthias Ettrich (ettrich@kde.org) - (C) 2000 Kurt Granroth (granroth@kde.org) - - This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation. - - This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. -*/ - -// $Id: ktoolbarbutton.h,v 1.26 2002/09/28 15:16:22 tjansen Exp $ -#ifndef _KTOOLBARBUTTON_H -#define _KTOOLBARBUTTON_H - -#include <tqpixmap.h> -#include <tqtoolbutton.h> -#include <tqintdict.h> -#include <tqstring.h> -#include <kglobal.h> - -class KToolBar; -class KToolBarButtonPrivate; -class KInstance; -class TQEvent; -class TQPopupMenu; -class TQPainter; - -/** - * A toolbar button. This is used internally by @ref KToolBar, use the - * KToolBar methods instead. - * @internal - */ -class KToolBarButton : public QToolButton -{ - Q_OBJECT - -public: - /** - * Construct a button with an icon loaded by the button itself. - * This will trust the button to load the correct icon with the - * correct size. - * - * @param icon Name of icon to load (may be absolute or relative) - * @param id Id of this button - * @param parent This button's parent - * @param name This button's internal name - * @param txt This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise) - */ - KToolBarButton(const TQString& icon, int id, TQWidget *parent, - const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null, - KInstance *_instance = KGlobal::instance()); - - /** - * Construct a button with an existing pixmap. It is not - * recommended that you use this as the internal icon loading code - * will almost always get it "right". - * - * @param icon Name of icon to load (may be absolute or relative) - * @param id Id of this button - * @param parent This button's parent - * @param name This button's internal name - * @param txt This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise) - */ - KToolBarButton(const TQPixmap& pixmap, int id, TQWidget *parent, - const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null); - - /** - * Construct a separator button - * - * @param parent This button's parent - * @param name This button's internal name - */ - KToolBarButton(TQWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L); - - /** - * Standard destructor - */ - ~KToolBarButton(); - -#ifndef KDE_NO_COMPAT - /** - * @deprecated - * Set the pixmap directly for this button. This pixmap should be - * the active one... the dimmed and disabled pixmaps are constructed - * based on this one. However, don't use this function unless you - * are positive that you don't want to use @ref setIcon. - * - * @param pixmap The active pixmap - */ - // this one is from TQButton, so #ifdef-ing it out doesn't break BC - virtual void setPixmap(const TQPixmap &pixmap); - - /** - * @deprecated - * Force the button to use this pixmap as the default one rather - * then generating it using effects. - * - * @param pixmap The pixmap to use as the default (normal) one - */ - void setDefaultPixmap(const TQPixmap& pixmap); - - /** - * @deprecated - * Force the button to use this pixmap when disabled one rather then - * generating it using effects. - * - * @param pixmap The pixmap to use when disabled - */ - void setDisabledPixmap(const TQPixmap& pixmap); -#endif - - /** - * Set the text for this button. The text will be either used as a - * tooltip (IconOnly) or will be along side the icon - * - * @param text The button (or tooltip) text - */ - virtual void setText(const TQString &text); - - /** - * Set the icon for this button. The icon will be loaded internally - * with the correct size. This function is preferred over @ref setIconSet - * - * @param icon The name of the icon - */ - virtual void setIcon(const TQString &icon); - - /// @since 3.1 - virtual void setIcon( const TQPixmap &pixmap ) - { TQToolButton::setIcon( pixmap ); } - - /** - * Set the pixmaps for this toolbar button from a TQIconSet. - * If you call this you don't need to call any of the other methods - * that set icons or pixmaps. - * @param iconset The iconset to use - */ - virtual void setIconSet( const TQIconSet &iconset ); - -#ifndef KDE_NO_COMPAT - /** - * @deprecated - * Set the active icon for this button. The pixmap itself is loaded - * internally based on the icon size... .. the disabled and default - * pixmaps, however will only be constructed if @ref #generate is - * true. This function is preferred over @ref setPixmap - * - * @param icon The name of the active icon - * @param generate If true, then the other icons are automagically - * generated from this one - */ - void setIcon(const TQString &icon, bool /*generate*/ ) { setIcon( icon ); } - - /** - * @deprecated - * Force the button to use this icon as the default one rather - * then generating it using effects. - * - * @param icon The icon to use as the default (normal) one - */ - void setDefaultIcon(const TQString& icon); - - /** - * @deprecated - * Force the button to use this icon when disabled one rather then - * generating it using effects. - * - * @param icon The icon to use when disabled - */ - void setDisabledIcon(const TQString& icon); -#endif - - /** - * Turn this button on or off - * - * @param flag true or false - */ - void on(bool flag = true); - - /** - * Toggle this button - */ - void toggle(); - - /** - * Turn this button into a toggle button or disable the toggle - * aspects of it. This does not toggle the button itself. - * Use @ref toggle() for that. - * - * @param toggle true or false - */ - void setToggle(bool toggle = true); - - /** - * Return a pointer to this button's popup menu (if it exists) - */ - TQPopupMenu *popup(); - - /** - * Give this button a popup menu. There will not be a delay when - * you press the button. Use @ref setDelayedPopup if you want that - * behavior. You can also make the popup-menu - * "sticky", i.e. visible until a selection is made or the mouse is - * clikced elsewhere, by simply setting the second argument to true. - * This "sticky" button feature allows you to make a selection without - * having to press and hold down the mouse while making a selection. - * - * @param p The new popup menu - * @param toggle if true, makes the button "sticky" (toggled) - */ - void setPopup (TQPopupMenu *p, bool toggle = false); - - /** - * Gives this button a delayed popup menu. - * - * This function allows you to add a delayed popup menu to the button. - * The popup menu is then only displayed when the button is pressed and - * held down for about half a second. You can also make the popup-menu - * "sticky", i.e. visible until a selection is made or the mouse is - * clikced elsewhere, by simply setting the second argument to true. - * This "sticky" button feature allows you to make a selection without - * having to press and hold down the mouse while making a selection. - * - * @param p the new popup menu - * @param toggle if true, makes the button "sticky" (toggled) - */ - void setDelayedPopup(TQPopupMenu *p, bool toggle = false); - - /** - * Turn this button into a radio button - * - * @param f true or false - */ - void setRadio(bool f = true); - - /** - * Toolbar buttons naturally will assume the global styles - * concerning icons, icons sizes, etc. You can use this function to - * explicitely turn this off, if you like. - * - * @param no_style Will disable styles if true - */ - void setNoStyle(bool no_style = true); - -signals: - void clicked(int); - void doubleClicked(int); - void pressed(int); - void released(int); - void toggled(int); - void highlighted(int, bool); - -public slots: - /** - * This slot should be called whenever the toolbar mode has - * potentially changed. This includes such events as text changing, - * orientation changing, etc. - */ - void modeChange(); - virtual void setTextLabel(const TQString&, bool tipToo); - -protected: - void paletteChange(const TQPalette &); - void leaveEvent(TQEvent *e); - void enterEvent(TQEvent *e); - void drawButton(TQPainter *p); - bool eventFilter (TQObject *o, TQEvent *e); - void showMenu(); - TQSize sizeHint() const; - TQSize minimumSizeHint() const; - TQSize minimumSize() const; - - /// @since 3.1 - bool isRaised() const; - /// @since 3.1 - bool isActive() const; - /// @since 3.1 - int iconTextMode() const; - -protected slots: - void slotClicked(); - void slotPressed(); - void slotReleased(); - void slotToggled(); - void slotDelayTimeout(); - -protected: - virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data ); -private: - KToolBarButtonPrivate *d; -}; - -/** -* List of @ref KToolBarButton objects. -* @internal -* @version $Id: ktoolbarbutton.h,v 1.26 2002/09/28 15:16:22 tjansen Exp $ -*/ -class KToolBarButtonList : public TQIntDict<KToolBarButton> -{ -public: - KToolBarButtonList(); - ~KToolBarButtonList() {} -}; - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde314/kurifilter.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde314/kurifilter.h deleted file mode 100644 index 4e7ad792..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde314/kurifilter.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,602 +0,0 @@ -/* - * This file is part of the KDE libraries - * Copyright (C) 2000 Yves Arrouye <yves@realnames.com> - * - * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Library General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - * along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. - **/ - -#ifndef __kurifilter_h__ -#define __kurifilter_h__ "$Id: kurifilter.h,v 1.27.2.1 2003/06/06 09:12:16 mueller Exp $" - -#include <tqstringlist.h> -#include <tqobject.h> - -#include <kurl.h> - -class KURIFilterPrivate; -class KURIFilterDataPrivate; - -class TQStringList; -class KCModule; - -/** -* This is a basic message object used for exchanging filtering -* information between the filter plugins and the application -* whenever the application requires more information about the -* URI than just a filtered version of it. Any application can -* create an instance of this class and send it to @ref KURIFilter -* to have the filter plugins fill the necessary information. -* -* @sect Example -* <pre> -* TQString text = "kde.org"; -* KURIFilterData d = text; -* bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filter( d ); -* if( filtered ) -* print ( "URI: %s\n"Filtered URI: %s\n URI Type: %i\n"Was Filtered: %i" -* text.latin1(), d.uri().url().latin1(), d.uriType(), filtered ); -* </pre> -* -* The above code should yield the following output: -* <pre> -* URI: kde.org -* Filtered URI: http://kde.org -* URI Type: 0 <== means NET_PROTOCOL -* Was Filtered: 1 <== means the URL was successfully filtered -* </pre> -* -* @short A message object for exchanging filtering URI info. -*/ - -class KURIFilterData -{ -friend class KURIFilterPlugin; - -public: - /** - * Describes the type of URI to be filtered. - * - * This enumerator prvoides the return value for - * @ref uriType. A brief description for each value: - * - * @li NET_PROTOCOL - Any network protocol: http, ftp, nttp, pop3, etc... - * @li LOCAL_FILE - A local file whose executable flag is not set - * @li LOCAL_DIR - A local directory - * @li EXECUTABLE - A local file whose executable flag is set - * @li HELP - A man or info page - * @li SHELL - A shell executable (ex: echo "Test..." >> ~/testfile) - * @li BLOCKED - A URI that should be blocked/filtered (ex: ad filtering) - * @li ERROR - An incorrect URI (ex: "~johndoe" when user johndoe - * does not exist in that system ) - * @li UNKNOWN - A URI that is not identified. Default value when - * a KURIFilterData is first created. - */ - enum URITypes { NET_PROTOCOL=0, LOCAL_FILE, LOCAL_DIR, EXECUTABLE, HELP, SHELL, BLOCKED, ERROR, UNKNOWN }; - - /** - * Default constructor. - * - * Creates a URIFilterData object. - */ - KURIFilterData() { init(); } - - /** - * Creates a URIFilterData object from the given URL. - * - * @param url is the URL to be filtered. - */ - KURIFilterData( const KURL& url ) { init( url); } - - /** - * Creates a URIFilterData object from the given string. - * - * @param url is the string to be filtered. - */ - KURIFilterData( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); } - - /** - * Copy constructor. - * - * Creates a URIFilterData object from another - * URI filter data object. - * - * @param data the uri filter data to be copied. - */ - KURIFilterData( const KURIFilterData& /*data*/); - - /** - * Destructor. - */ - ~KURIFilterData(); - - /** - * This method has been deprecated and will always return - * TRUE. You should instead use the result from the - * @ref KURIFilter::filterURI() calls. - * - * @deprecated - */ - bool hasBeenFiltered() const { return m_bFiltered; } - - /** - * Returns the filtered or the original URL. - * - * This function returns the filtered url if one - * of the plugins sucessfully filtered the original - * URL. Otherwise, it returns the original URL. - * See @ref #hasBeenFiltered() and - * - * @return the filtered or original url. - */ - KURL uri() const { return m_pURI; } - - /** - * Returns an error message. - * - * This functions returns the error message set - * by the plugin whenever the uri type is set to - * KURIFilterData::ERROR. Otherwise, it returns - * a TQString::null. - * - * @return the error message or a NULL when there is none. - */ - TQString errorMsg() const { return m_strErrMsg; } - - /** - * Returns the URI type. - * - * This method always returns KURIFilterData::UNKNOWN - * if the given URL was not filtered. - */ - URITypes uriType() const { return m_iType; } - - /** - * Sets the URL to be filtered. - * - * Use this function to set the string to be - * filtered when you construct an empty filter - * object. - * - * @param url the string to be filtered. - */ - void setData( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); } - - /** - * Same as above except the argument is a URL. - * - * Use this function to set the string to be - * filtered when you construct an empty filter - * object. - * - * @param url the URL to be filtered. - */ - void setData( const KURL& url ) { init( url ); } - - /** - * Sets the absolute path to be used whenever the supplied - * data is a relative local URL. - * - * NOTE: This function works only for a local resource and - * expects the absolute path to the relative URL set in this - * meta object. If you are extracting the absolute path from - * a KURL object, make sure you always set the argument below - * using KURL::path() instead of KURL::url() so that "file:/" - * would not be appended! Otherwise, the filter might not be - * able to make correct determination whether the relative URL - * locally exists! - * - * @param abs_path the abolute path to the local resource. - * @return true if absolute path is successfully set. Otherwise, false. - */ - bool setAbsolutePath( const TQString& /* abs_path */ ); - - /** - * Returns the absolute path if one has already been set. - */ - TQString absolutePath() const; - - /** - * Returns true if the supplied data has an absolute path. - */ - bool hasAbsolutePath() const; - - /** - * Returns the command line options and arguments for a - * local resource when present. - * - * @return options and arguments when present, otherwise TQString::null - */ - TQString argsAndOptions() const; - - /** - * Returns true if the current data is a local resource with - * command line options and arguments. - */ - bool hasArgsAndOptions() const; - - /** - * Returns the name of the icon that matches - * the current filtered URL. - * - * NOTE that this function will return a NULL - * string by default and when no associated icon - * is found. - * - * @return the name of the icon associated with the resource - */ - TQString iconName(); - - /** - * Overloaded assigenment operator. - * - * This function allows you to easily assign a KURL - * to a KURIFilterData object. - * - * @return an instance of a KURIFilterData object. - */ - KURIFilterData& operator=( const KURL& url ) { init( url ); return *this; } - - /** - * Overloaded assigenment operator. - * - * This function allows you to easily assign a QString - * to a KURIFilterData object. - * - * @return an instance of a KURIFilterData object. - */ - KURIFilterData& operator=( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); return *this; } - -protected: - - /** - * Initializes the KURIFilterData on construction. - */ - void init( const KURL& url = TQString::null ); - -private: - bool m_bFiltered; - bool m_bChanged; - - TQString m_strErrMsg; - TQString m_strIconName; - - KURL m_pURI; - URITypes m_iType; - KURIFilterDataPrivate *d; -}; - - -/** - * Base class for URI filter plugins. - * - * This class applies a single filter to a URI. All - * plugins designed to provide URI filtering functionalities - * should inherit from this abstract class and provide a - * specific filtering implementation. - * - * All inheriting classes need to implement the pure - * virtual function @ref filterURI. Otherwise, they - * would also become abstract. - * - * @short Abstract class for URI filter plugins. - */ -class KURIFilterPlugin : public QObject -{ - Q_OBJECT - -public: - - /** - * Constructs a filter plugin with a given name and - * priority. - * - * @param parent the parent object. - * @param name the name of the plugin. - * @param pri the priority of the plugin. - */ - KURIFilterPlugin( TQObject *parent = 0, const char *name = 0, double pri = 1.0 ); - - /** - * Returns the filter's name. - * - * @return A string naming the filter. - */ - virtual TQString name() const { return m_strName; } - - /** - * Returns the filter's priority. - * - * Each filter has an assigned priority, a float from 0 to 1. Filters - * with the lowest priority are first given a chance to filter a URI. - * - * @return The priority of the filter. - */ - virtual double priority() const { return m_dblPriority; } - - /** - * Filters a URI. - * - * @param data the URI data to be filtered. - * @return A boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed. - */ - virtual bool filterURI( KURIFilterData& data ) const = 0; - - /** - * Creates a configuration module for the filter. - * - * It is the responsability of the caller to delete the module - * once it is not needed anymore. - * - * @return A configuration module, @p null if the filter isn't configurable. - */ - virtual KCModule *configModule( TQWidget*, const char* ) const { return 0; } - - /** - * Returns the name of the configuration module for the filter. - * - * @return the name of a configuration module or @p null if none. - */ - virtual TQString configName() const { return name(); } - -protected: - - /** - * Sets the the URL in @p data to @p uri. - */ - void setFilteredURI ( KURIFilterData& data, const KURL& uri ) const; - - /** - * Sets the error message in @p data to @p errormsg. - */ - void setErrorMsg ( KURIFilterData& data, const TQString& errmsg ) const { - data.m_strErrMsg = errmsg; - } - - /** - * Sets the URI type in @p data to @p type. - */ - void setURIType ( KURIFilterData& data, KURIFilterData::URITypes type) const { - data.m_iType = type; - data.m_bChanged = true; - } - - /** - * Sets the arguments and options string in @p data - * to @p args if any were found during filterting. - */ - void setArguments( KURIFilterData& data, const TQString& args ) const; - - TQString m_strName; - double m_dblPriority; - -protected: - virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data ); -private: - class KURIFilterPluginPrivate *d; -}; - - -class KURIFilterPluginList : public TQPtrList<KURIFilterPlugin> -{ -public: - virtual int compareItems(Item a, Item b) - { - double diff = ((KURIFilterPlugin *) a)->priority() - ((KURIFilterPlugin *) b)->priority(); - return diff < 0 ? -1 : (diff > 0 ? 1 : 0); - } - -private: - KURIFilterPrivate *d; - -}; - -/** - * Manages the filtering of a URI. - * - * The intention of this plugin class is to allow people to extend - * the functionality of KURL without modifying it directly. This - * way KURL will remain a generic parser capable of parsing any - * generic URL that adheres to specifications. - * - * The KURIFilter class applies a number of filters to a URI, - * and returns the filtered version whenever possible. The filters - * are implemented using plugins to provide easy extensibility - * of the filtering mechanism. That is, new filters can be added in - * the future by simply inheriting from @ref KURIFilterPlugin and - * implementing the @ref KURIFilterPlugin::filterURI method. - * - * Use of this plugin-manager class is straight forward. Since - * it is a singleton object, all you have to do is obtain an instance - * by doing @p KURIFilter::self() and use any of the public member - * functions to preform the filtering. - * - * @sect Example - * - * To simply filter a given string: - * <pre> - * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( "kde.org" ); - * </pre> - * - * You can alternatively use a KURL: - * <pre> - * KURL url = "kde.org"; - * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( url ); - * </pre> - * - * If you have a constant string or a constant URL, - * simply invoke the corresponding function to obtain - * the filtered string or URL instead of a boolean flag: - * <pre> - * TQString u = KURIFilter::self()->filteredURI( "kde.org" ); - * </pre> - * - * You can also specify only specific filter(s) to be applied - * by supplying the name(s) of the filter(s). By defualt all - * filters that are found are loaded when the KURIFilter object - * is created will be used. These names are taken from the - * enteries in the \".desktop\" files. Here are a couple of - * examples: - * <pre> - * TQString text = "kde.org"; - * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, "KShortURIFilter" ); - * - * TQStringList list; - * list << "KShortURIFilter" << "MyFilter"; - * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, list ); - * </pre> - * - * KURIFilter also allows richer data exchange through a simple - * meta-object called @p KURIFilterData. Using this meta-object - * you can find out more information about the URL you want to - * filter. See @ref KURIFilterData for examples and details. - * - * @short Filters a given URL into its proper format whenever possible. - */ - -class KURIFilter -{ -public: - /** - * Destructor - */ - ~KURIFilter (); - - /** - * Return a static instance of KURIFilter. - */ - static KURIFilter* self(); - - /** - * Filters the URI given by the object URIFilterData. - * - * This filters the given data based on the specified - * filter list. If the list is empty all avaliable - * filter plugins would be used. If not, only those - * given in the list are used. - * - * @param data object that contains the URI to be filtered. - * @param filters specify the list filters to be used - * - * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed - */ - bool filterURI( KURIFilterData& data, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); - - /** - * Filters the URI given by the URL. - * - * This filters the given URL based on the specified - * filter list. If the list is empty all avaliable - * filter plugins would be used. If not, only those - * given in the list are used. - * - * @param uri the URI to filter. - * @param filters specify the list of filters to be used - * - * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed - */ - bool filterURI( KURL &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); - - /** - * Filters a string representing a URI. - * - * This filters the given string based on the specified - * filter list. If the list is empty all avaliable - * filter plugins would be used. If not, only those - * given in the list are used. - * - * @param uri The URI to filter. - * @param filters specify the list filters to be used - * - * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed - */ - bool filterURI( TQString &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); - - /** - * Returns the filtered URI. - * - * This filters the given URL based on the specified - * filter list. If the list is empty all avaliable - * filter plugins would be used. If not, only those - * given in the list are used. - * - * @param uri The URI to filter. - * @param filters specify the list filters to be used - * - * @return the filtered URI or null if it cannot be filtered - */ - KURL filteredURI( const KURL &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); - - /** - * Return a filtered string representation of a URI. - * - * This filters the given URL based on the specified - * filter list. If the list is empty all avaliable - * filter plugins would be used. If not, only those - * given in the list are used. - * - * @param uri the URI to filter. - * @param filters specify the list filters to be used - * - * @return the filtered URI or null if it cannot be filtered - */ - TQString filteredURI( const TQString &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); - - /** - * Return an iterator to iterate over all loaded - * plugins. - * - * @return a plugin iterator. - */ - TQPtrListIterator<KURIFilterPlugin> pluginsIterator() const; - - /** - * Return a list of the names of all loaded plugins - * - * @since 3.1 - * - * @return a TQStringList of plugin names - */ - TQStringList pluginNames() const; - -protected: - - /** - * A protected constructor. - * - * This constructor creates a KURIFilter and - * initializes all plugins it can find by invoking - * @ref loadPlugins. - */ - KURIFilter(); - - /** - * Loads all allowed plugins. - * - * This function loads all filters that have not - * been dis - */ - void loadPlugins(); - -private: - - static KURIFilter *m_self; - KURIFilterPluginList m_lstPlugins; - KURIFilterPrivate *d; - -}; - -#endif - diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde315/kaccelaction.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde315/kaccelaction.h deleted file mode 100644 index 8e422505..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde315/kaccelaction.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,564 +0,0 @@ -/* This file is part of the KDE libraries - Copyright (C) 2001,2002 Ellis Whitehead <ellis@kde.org> - - This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - - This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. -*/ - -#ifndef _KACCELACTION_H -#define _KACCELACTION_H - -#include <tqmap.h> -#include <tqptrvector.h> -#include <tqstring.h> -#include <tqvaluevector.h> - -#include <kshortcut.h> - -class KAccelBase; - -class TQObject; -class KConfig; -class KConfigBase; - -/** - * @internal - * A KAccelAction prepresents an action that can be executed using - * an accelerator key. Each KAccelAction has a name, a label, a - * "What's this" string and a @ref KShortcut. The user can configure and - * enable/disable them using @ref KKeyDialog. - * - * <pre> - * 1) KAccelAction = "Run Command" - * Default3 = "Alt+F2" - * Default4 = "Meta+Enter;Alt+F2" - * 1) KShortcut = "Meta+Enter" - * 1) KKeySequence = "Meta+Enter" - * 1) KKey = "Meta+Enter" - * 1) Meta+Enter - * 2) Meta+Keypad_Enter - * 2) KShortcut = "Alt+F2" - * 1) KKeySequence = "Alt+F2" - * 1) Alt+F2 - * 2) KAccelAction = "Something" - * Default3 = "" - * Default4 = "" - * 1) KShortcut = "Meta+X,Asterisk" - * 1) KKeySequence = "Meta+X,Asterisk" - * 1) KKey = "Meta+X" - * 1) Meta+X - * 2) KKey = "Asterisk" - * 1) Shift+8 (English layout) - * 2) Keypad_Asterisk - * </pre> - * @short An accelerator action - * @see KAccel - * @see KGlobalAccel - * @see KKeyChooser - * @see KKeyDialog - */ -class KAccelAction -{ - public: - /** - * Creates an empty KAccelAction. - * @see clear() - */ - KAccelAction(); - - /** - * Copy constructor. - */ - KAccelAction( const KAccelAction& ); - - /** - * Creates a new KAccelAction. - * @param sName the name of the accelerator - * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) - * @param sWhatsThis the What's This text (18n!) - * @param cutDef3 the default shortcut for 3 modifier systems - * @param cutDef4 the default shortcut for 4 modifier systems - * @param pObjSlot the receiver of a signal when the key has been - * pressed - * @param psMethodSlot the slot to connect for key presses. Receives - * an int, as set by @ref setID(), as only argument - * @param bConfigurable if true the user can configure the shortcut - * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled - */ - KAccelAction( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, - const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4, - const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, - bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled ); - ~KAccelAction(); - - /** - * Clears the accelerator. - */ - void clear(); - - /** - * Re-initialized the KAccelAction. - * @param sName the name of the accelerator - * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) - * @param sWhatsThis the What's This text (18n!) - * @param cutDef3 the default shortcut for 3 modifier systems - * @param cutDef4 the default shortcut for 4 modifier systems - * @param pObjSlot the receiver of a signal when the key has been - * pressed - * @param psMethodSlot the slot to connect for key presses. Receives - * an int, as set by @ref setID(), as only argument - * @param bConfigurable if true the user can configure the shortcut - * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - */ - bool init( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, - const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4, - const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, - bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled ); - - /** - * Copies this KAccelAction. - */ - KAccelAction& operator=( const KAccelAction& ); - - /** - * Returns the name of the accelerator action. - * @return the name of the accelerator action, can be null if not - * set - */ - const TQString& name() const { return m_sName; } - - /** - * Returns the label of the accelerator action. - * @return the label of the accelerator action, can be null if - * not set - */ - const TQString& label() const { return m_sLabel; } - - /** - * Returns the What's This text of the accelerator action. - * @return the What's This text of the accelerator action, can be - * null if not set - */ - const TQString& whatsThis() const { return m_sWhatsThis; } - - /** - * The shortcut that is actually used (may be used configured). - * @return the shortcut of the KAccelAction, can be null if not set - * @see shortcutDefault() - */ - const KShortcut& shortcut() const { return m_cut; } - - /** - * The default shortcut for this system. - * @return the default shortcut on this system, can be null if not set - * @see shortcut() - * @see shortcutDefault3() - * @see shortcutDefault4() - */ - const KShortcut& shortcutDefault() const; - - /** - * The default shortcut for 3 modifier systems. - * @return the default shortcut for 3 modifier systems, can be null - * if not set - * @see shortcutDefault() - * @see shortcutDefault4() - * @see useFourModifierKeys() - */ - const KShortcut& shortcutDefault3() const { return m_cutDefault3; } - - /** - * The default shortcut for 4 modifier systems. - * @return the default shortcut for 4 modifier systems, can be null - * if not set - * @see shortcutDefault() - * @see shortcutDefault3() - * @see useFourModifierKeys() - */ - const KShortcut& shortcutDefault4() const { return m_cutDefault4; } - - /** - * Returns the receiver of signals. - * @return the receiver of signals (can be 0 if not set) - */ - const TQObject* objSlotPtr() const { return m_pObjSlot; } - - /** - * Returns the slot for the signal. - * @return the slot for the signal - */ - const char* methodSlotPtr() const { return m_psMethodSlot; } - - /** - * Checks whether the user can configure the action. - * @return true if configurable, false otherwise - */ - bool isConfigurable() const { return m_bConfigurable; } - - /** - * Checks whether the action is enabled. - * @return true if enabled, false otherwise - */ - bool isEnabled() const { return m_bEnabled; } - - /** - * Sets the name of the accelerator action. - * @param name the new name - */ - void setName( const TQString& name ); - - /** - * Sets the user-readable label of the accelerator action. - * @param label the new label (i18n!) - */ - void setLabel( const TQString& label ); - - /** - * Sets the What's This text for the accelerator action. - * @param whatsThis the new What's This text (i18n!) - */ - void setWhatsThis( const TQString& whatsThis ); - - /** - * Sets the new shortcut of the accelerator action. - * @param rgCuts the shortcut to set - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - */ - bool setShortcut( const KShortcut& rgCuts ); - - /** - * Sets the slot of the accelerator action. - * @param pObjSlot the receiver object of the signal - * @param psMethodSlot the slot for the signal - */ - void setSlot( const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot ); - - /** - * Enables or disabled configuring the action. - * @param configurable true to enable configurability, false to disable - */ - void setConfigurable( bool configurable ); - - /** - * Enables or disabled the action. - * @param configurable true to enable the action, false to disable - */ - void setEnabled( bool enable ); - - /** - * Retrieves the id set using @ref setID. - * @return the id of the accelerator action - */ - int getID() const { return m_nIDAccel; } - - /** - * Allows you to set an id that will be used as the action - * signal's argument. - * - * @param n the new id - * @see @ref getID() - */ - void setID( int n ) { m_nIDAccel = n; } - - /** - * Checkes whether the action is connected (emits signals). - * @return true if connected, false otherwise - */ - bool isConnected() const; - - /** - * Sets a key sequence of the action's shortcut. - * @param i the position of the sequence - * @param keySeq the new new sequence - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see KShortcut::setSeq() - */ - bool setKeySequence( uint i, const KKeySequence &keySeq ); - - /** - * Clears the action's shortcut. It will not contain any sequences after - * calling this method. - * @see KShortcut::clear() - */ - void clearShortcut(); - - /** - * Checks whether the action's shortcut contains the given key sequence. - * @param keySeq the key sequence to check - * @return true if the shortcut contains the given sequence - * @see KShortcut::contains() - */ - bool contains( const KKeySequence &keySeq ); - - /** - * Returns the string representation of the action's shortcut. - * @return the string representation of the action's shortcut. - * @see KShortcut::toString() - */ - TQString toString() const; - - /** - * @internal - */ - TQString toStringInternal() const; - - /** - * Returns true if four modifier keys will be used. - * @return true if four modifier keys will be used. - */ - static bool useFourModifierKeys(); - - /** - * Selects 3 or 4 modifier default shortcuts. - * @param use true to use 4 modifier shortcuts, false to use - * 3 modifier shortcuts - */ - static void useFourModifierKeys( bool use ); - - protected: - TQString m_sName, - m_sLabel, - m_sWhatsThis; - KShortcut m_cut; - KShortcut m_cutDefault3, m_cutDefault4; - const TQObject* m_pObjSlot; - const char* m_psMethodSlot; - bool m_bConfigurable, - m_bEnabled; - int m_nIDAccel; - uint m_nConnections; - - void incConnections(); - void decConnections(); - - private: - static int g_bUseFourModifierKeys; - class KAccelActionPrivate* d; - - friend class KAccelActions; - friend class KAccelBase; -}; - -//--------------------------------------------------------------------- -// KAccelActions -//--------------------------------------------------------------------- - -/** - * @internal - * This class represents a collection of @ref KAccelAction objects. - * - * @short A collection of accelerator actions - * @see KAccelAction - */ -class KAccelActions -{ - public: - /** - * Creates a new, empty KAccelActions object. - */ - KAccelActions(); - - /** - * Copy constructor (deep copy). - */ - KAccelActions( const KAccelActions& ); - virtual ~KAccelActions(); - - /** - * Removes all items from this collection. - */ - void clear(); - - /** - * Initializes this object with the given actions. - * It will make a deep copy of all actions. - * @param actions the actions to copy - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - */ - bool init( const KAccelActions &actions ); - - /** - * Loads the actions from the given configuration file. - * - * @param config the configuration file to load from - * @param sGroup the group in the configuration file - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - */ - bool init( KConfigBase& config, const TQString& sGroup ); - - /** - * Updates the shortcuts of all actions in this object - * with the shortcuts from the given object. - * @param shortcuts the collection that contains the new - * shortcuts - */ - void updateShortcuts( KAccelActions &shortcuts ); - - /** - * Retrieves the index of the action with the given name. - * @param sAction the action to search - * @return the index of the action, or -1 if not found - */ - int actionIndex( const TQString& sAction ) const; - - /** - * Returns the action with the given @p index. - * @param index the index of an action. You must not - * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index - * @see count() - */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( uint index ); - - /** - * Returns the action with the given @p index. - * @param index the index of an action. You must not - * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index - * @see count() - */ - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( uint index ) const; - - /** - * Returns the action with the given name. - * @param aAction the name of the action to search - * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0 - * if not found - */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); - - /** - * Returns the action with the given name. - * @param aAction the name of the action to search - * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0 - * if not found - */ - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; - - /** - * Returns the action with the given key sequence. - * @param cut the sequence to search for - * @return the KAccelAction with the given sequence, or 0 - * if not found - */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( KKeySequence cut ); - - /** - * Returns the action with the given @p index. - * @param index the index of an action. You must not - * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index - * @see actionPtr() - * @see count() - */ - KAccelAction& operator []( uint index ); - - /** - * Returns the action with the given @p index. - * @param index the index of an action. You must not - * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index - * @see actionPtr() - * @see count() - */ - const KAccelAction& operator []( uint index ) const; - - /** - * Inserts an action into the collection. - * @param sName the name of the accelerator - * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) - * @param sWhatsThis the What's This text (18n!) - * @param cutDef3 the default shortcut for 3 modifier systems - * @param cutDef4 the default shortcut for 4 modifier systems - * @param pObjSlot the receiver of a signal when the key has been - * pressed - * @param psMethodSlot the slot to connect for key presses. Receives - * an int, as set by @ref setID(), as only argument - * @param bConfigurable if true the user can configure the shortcut - * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled - * @return the new action - */ - KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, - const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, - const TQObject* pObjSlot = 0, const char* psMethodSlot = 0, - bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true ); - - /** - * Inserts an action into the collection. - * @param sName the name of the accelerator - * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) - * @return the new action - */ - KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel ); - - /** - * Removes the given action. - * @param sAction the name of the action. - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - */ - bool remove( const TQString& sAction ); - - /** - * Loads the actions from the given configuration file. - * - * @param sConfigGroup the group in the configuration file - * @param pConfig the configuration file to load from - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - */ - bool readActions( const TQString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ); - - /** - * Writes the actions to the given configuration file. - * - * @param sConfigGroup the group in the configuration file - * @param pConfig the configuration file to save to - * @param bWriteAll true to write all actions - * @param bGlobal true to write to the global configuration file - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - */ - bool writeActions( const TQString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0, - bool bWriteAll = false, bool bGlobal = false ) const; - - /** - * Emit a keycodeChanged signal. - */ - void emitKeycodeChanged(); - - /** - * Returns the number of actions in the collection. - * @return the number of actions - */ - uint count() const; - - protected: - KAccelBase* m_pKAccelBase; - KAccelAction** m_prgActions; - uint m_nSizeAllocated, m_nSize; - - void resize( uint ); - void insertPtr( KAccelAction* ); - - private: - class KAccelActionsPrivate* d; - - KAccelActions( KAccelBase* ); - void initPrivate( KAccelBase* ); - KAccelActions& operator =( KAccelActions& ); - - friend class KAccelBase; -}; - -#endif // _KACCELACTION_H diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde315/kaccelbase.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde315/kaccelbase.h deleted file mode 100644 index 03fa9c87..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde315/kaccelbase.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,229 +0,0 @@ -/* This file is part of the KDE libraries - Copyright (C) 2001 Ellis Whitehead <ellis@kde.org> - - This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - - This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. -*/ - -#ifndef _KACCELBASE_H -#define _KACCELBASE_H - -#include <tqmap.h> -#include <tqptrvector.h> -#include <tqstring.h> -#include <tqvaluevector.h> -#include <tqvaluelist.h> - -#include "kaccelaction.h" -#include "kkeyserver_x11.h" - -class TQPopupMenu; -class TQWidget; - -//---------------------------------------------------- - -/** - * @internal - * Handle keyboard accelerators. - * - * Allow an user to configure - * key bindings through application configuration files or through the - * @ref KKeyChooser GUI. - * - * A @ref KAccel contains a list of accelerator items. Each accelerator item - * consists of an action name and a keyboard code combined with modifiers - * (Shift, Ctrl and Alt.) - * - * For example, "Ctrl+P" could be a shortcut for printing a document. The key - * codes are listed in ckey.h. "Print" could be the action name for printing. - * The action name identifies the key binding in configuration files and the - * @ref KKeyChooser GUI. - * - * When pressed, an accelerator key calls the slot to which it has been - * connected. Accelerator items can be connected so that a key will activate - * two different slots. - * - * A KAccel object handles key events sent to its parent widget and to all - * children of this parent widget. - * - * Key binding reconfiguration during run time can be prevented by specifying - * that an accelerator item is not configurable when it is inserted. A special - * group of non-configurable key bindings are known as the - * standard accelerators. - * - * The standard accelerators appear repeatedly in applications for - * standard document actions such as printing and saving. Convenience methods are - * available to insert and connect these accelerators which are configurable on - * a desktop-wide basis. - * - * It is possible for a user to choose to have no key associated with - * an action. - * - * The translated first argument for @ref insertItem() is used only - * in the configuration dialog. - *<pre> - * KAccel *a = new KAccel( myWindow ); - * // Insert an action "Scroll Up" which is associated with the "Up" key: - * a->insertItem( i18n("Scroll up"), "Scroll Up", "Up" ); - * // Insert an action "Scroll Down" which is not associated with any key: - * a->insertItem( i18n("Scroll down"), "Scroll Down", 0); - * a->connectItem( "Scroll up", myWindow, TQT_SLOT( scrollUp() ) ); - * // a->insertStdItem( KStdAccel::Print ); //not necessary, since it - * // is done automatially with the - * // connect below! - * a->connectItem(KStdAccel::Print, myWindow, TQT_SLOT( printDoc() ) ); - * - * a->readSettings(); - *</pre> - * - * If a shortcut has a menu entry as well, you could insert them like - * this. The example is again the @ref KStdAccel::Print from above. - * - * <pre> - * int id; - * id = popup->insertItem("&Print",this, TQT_SLOT(printDoc())); - * a->changeMenuAccel(popup, id, KStdAccel::Print ); - * </pre> - * - * If you want a somewhat "exotic" name for your standard print action, like - * id = popup->insertItem(i18n("Print &Document"),this, TQT_SLOT(printDoc())); - * it might be a good idea to insert the standard action before as - * a->insertStdItem( KStdAccel::Print, i18n("Print Document") ) - * as well, so that the user can easily find the corresponding function. - * - * This technique works for other actions as well. Your "scroll up" function - * in a menu could be done with - * - * <pre> - * id = popup->insertItem(i18n"Scroll &up",this, TQT_SLOT(scrollUp())); - * a->changeMenuAccel(popup, id, "Scroll Up" ); - * </pre> - * - * Please keep the order right: First insert all functions in the - * acceleratior, then call a -> @ref readSettings() and @em then build your - * menu structure. - * - * @short Configurable key binding support. - * @version $Id: kaccelbase.h,v 1.22 2002/10/06 18:19:39 ellis Exp $ - */ - -class KAccelBase -{ - public: - enum Init { QT_KEYS = 0x00, NATIVE_KEYS = 0x01 }; - enum Signal { KEYCODE_CHANGED }; - - KAccelBase( int fInitCode ); - virtual ~KAccelBase(); - - uint actionCount() const; - KAccelActions& actions(); - bool isEnabled() const; - - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKey& key ); - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKeyServer::Key& key ); - - const TQString& configGroup() const { return m_sConfigGroup; } - void setConfigGroup( const TQString& group ); - void setConfigGlobal( bool global ); - virtual void setEnabled( bool bEnabled ) = 0; - bool getAutoUpdate() { return m_bAutoUpdate; } - // return value of AutoUpdate flag before this call. - bool setAutoUpdate( bool bAuto ); - -// Procedures for manipulating Actions. - //void clearActions(); - - KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sDesc ); - KAccelAction* insert( - const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sDesc, const TQString& sHelp, - const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, - const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, - bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true ); - bool remove( const TQString& sAction ); - bool setActionSlot( const TQString& sAction, const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot ); - - bool updateConnections(); - - bool setShortcut( const TQString& sAction, const KShortcut& cut ); - -// Modify individual Action sub-items - bool setActionEnabled( const TQString& sAction, bool bEnable ); - - /** - * Read all key associations from @p config, or (if @p config - * is zero) from the application's configuration file - * @ref KGlobal::config(). - * - * The group in which the configuration is stored can be - * set with @ref setConfigGroup(). - */ - void readSettings( KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ); - - /** - * Write the current configurable associations to @p config, - * or (if @p config is zero) to the application's - * configuration file. - */ - void writeSettings( KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ) const; - - TQPopupMenu* createPopupMenu( TQWidget* pParent, const KKeySequence& ); - - // Protected methods - protected: - void slotRemoveAction( KAccelAction* ); - - void createKeyList( TQValueVector<struct X>& rgKeys ); - bool insertConnection( KAccelAction* ); - bool removeConnection( KAccelAction* ); - - virtual bool emitSignal( Signal ) = 0; - virtual bool connectKey( KAccelAction&, const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; - virtual bool connectKey( const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; - virtual bool disconnectKey( KAccelAction&, const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; - virtual bool disconnectKey( const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; - - protected: - struct ActionInfo - { - KAccelAction* pAction; - uint iSeq, iVariation; - //ActionInfo* pInfoNext; // nil if only one action uses this key. - - ActionInfo() { pAction = 0; iSeq = 0xffff; iVariation = 0xffff; } - ActionInfo( KAccelAction* _pAction, uint _iSeq, uint _iVariation ) - { pAction = _pAction; iSeq = _iSeq; iVariation = _iVariation; } - }; - typedef TQMap<KKeyServer::Key, ActionInfo> KKeyToActionMap; - - KAccelActions m_rgActions; - KKeyToActionMap m_mapKeyToAction; - TQValueList<KAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique; - bool m_bNativeKeys; // Use native key codes instead of Qt codes - bool m_bEnabled; - bool m_bConfigIsGlobal; - TQString m_sConfigGroup; - bool m_bAutoUpdate; - KAccelAction* mtemp_pActionRemoving; - - private: - KAccelBase& operator =( const KAccelBase& ); - - friend class KAccelActions; -}; - -#endif // _KACCELBASE_H diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde315/kicontheme.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde315/kicontheme.h deleted file mode 100644 index 97cd9eac..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde315/kicontheme.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,331 +0,0 @@ -/* vi: ts=8 sts=4 sw=4 - * - * $Id: kicontheme.h,v 1.26.2.1 2003/09/21 20:10:28 mcamen Exp $ - * - * This file is part of the KDE project, module kdecore. - * Copyright (C) 2000 Geert Jansen <jansen@kde.org> - * Antonio Larrosa <larrosa@kde.org> - * - * This is free software; it comes under the GNU Library General - * Public License, version 2. See the file "COPYING.LIB" for the - * exact licensing terms. - * - */ - -#ifndef __KIconTheme_h_Included__ -#define __KIconTheme_h_Included__ - -#include <tqstring.h> -#include <tqstringlist.h> -#include <tqptrlist.h> - -class KConfig; -//class KIconThemeDir; - -class KIconThemePrivate; - -class KIconPrivate; - -/** - * One icon as found by KIconTheme. Also serves as a namespace containing - * icon related constants. - * @see KIconEffect - * @see KIconTheme - * @see KIconLoader - */ -class KIcon -{ -public: - KIcon() { size = 0; } - - /** - * Return true if this icon is valid, false otherwise. - */ - bool isValid() const { return size != 0; } - - /** - * Defines the context of the icon. - */ - enum Context { - Any, ///< Some icon with unknown purpose. - Action, ///< An action icon (e.g. 'save', 'print'). - Application, ///< An icon that represents an application. - Device, ///< An icon that represents a device. - FileSystem, ///< An icon that represents a file system. - MimeType ///< An icon that represents a mime type (or file type). - }; - - /** - * The type of the icon. - */ - enum Type { - Fixed, ///< Fixed-size icon. - Scalable, ///< Scalable-size icon. - Threshold ///< A threshold icon. - }; - - /** - * The type of a match. - */ - enum MatchType { - MatchExact, ///< Only try to find an exact match. - MatchBest ///< Take the best match if there is no exact match. - - }; - - // if you add a group here, make sure to change the config reading in - // KIconLoader too - /** - * The group an an icon. - */ - enum Group { NoGroup=-1, Desktop=0, FirstGroup=0, Toolbar, - MainToolbar, Small, Panel, LastGroup, User }; - - /** - * These are the standard sizes for icons. - */ - enum StdSizes { - /// small icons for menu entries - SizeSmall=16, - /// medium sized icons for the desktop - SizeMedium=32, - /// large sized icons for the panel - SizeLarge=48 }; - - /** - * Defines the possible states of an icon. - */ - enum States { DefaultState, ///< The default state. - ActiveState, ///< Icon is active. - DisabledState, ///< Icon is disabled. - LastState ///< Last state (last constant) - }; - - /** - * This defines an overlay, a semi-transparent image that is - * projected onto the icon. They are used to show that the file - * represented by the icon is, for example, locked, zipped or hidden. - */ - enum Overlays { - LockOverlay=0x100, ///< a file is locked - ZipOverlay=0x200, ///< a file is zipped - LinkOverlay=0x400, ///< a fileis a link - HiddenOverlay=0x800, ///< a file is hidden - ShareOverlay=0x1000, ///< a file is shared - OverlayMask = ~0xff - }; - - /** - * The size in pixels of the icon. - */ - int size; - - /** - * The context of the icon. - */ - Context context; - - /** - * The type of the icon: Fixed, Scalable or Threshold. - **/ - Type type; - - /** - * The threshold in case type == Threshold - */ - int threshold; - - /** - * The full path of the icon. - */ - TQString path; - -private: - KIconPrivate *d; -}; - -inline KIcon::Group& operator++(KIcon::Group& group) { group = static_cast<KIcon::Group>(group+1); return group; } -inline KIcon::Group operator++(KIcon::Group& group,int) { KIcon::Group ret = group; ++group; return ret; } - -/** - * Class to use/access icon themes in KDE. This class is used by the - * iconloader but can be used by others too. - * @see KIconLoader - */ -class KIconTheme -{ -public: - /** - * Load an icon theme by name. - * @param name the name of the theme (e.g. "hicolor" or "keramik") - * @param appName the name of the application. Can be null. This argument - * allows applications to have themed application icons. - */ - KIconTheme(const TQString& name, const TQString& appName=TQString::null); - ~KIconTheme(); - - /** - * The stylized name of the icon theme. - * @return the (human-readable) name of the theme - */ - TQString name() const { return mName; } - - /** - * A description for the icon theme. - * @return a human-readable description of the theme, TQString::null - * if there is none - */ - TQString description() const { return mDesc; } - - /** - * Return the name of the "example" icon. This can be used to - * present the theme to the user. - * @return the name of the example icon, TQString::null if there is none - */ - TQString example() const; - - /** - * Return the name of the screenshot. - * @return the name of the screenshot, TQString::null if there is none - */ - TQString screenshot() const; - - /** - * Returns the name of this theme's link overlay. - * @return the name of the link overlay - */ - TQString linkOverlay() const; - - /** - * Returns the name of this theme's zip overlay. - * @return the name of the zip overlay - */ - TQString zipOverlay() const; - - /** - * Returns the name of this theme's lock overlay. - * @return the name of the lock overlay - */ - TQString lockOverlay() const; - - /** - * Returns the name of this theme's share overlay. - * @return the name of the share overlay - * @since 3.1 - */ - TQString shareOverlay () const; - - /** - * Returns the toplevel theme directory. - * @return the directory of the theme - */ - TQString dir() const { return mDir; } - - /** - * The themes this icon theme falls back on. - * @return a list of icon themes that are used as fall-backs - */ - TQStringList inherits() const { return mInherits; } - - /** - * The icon theme exists? - * @return true if the icon theme is valid - */ - bool isValid() const; - - /** - * The icon theme should be hidden to the user? - * @return true if the icon theme is hidden - * @since 3.1 - */ - bool isHidden() const; - - /** - * The minimum display depth required for this theme. This can either - * be 8 or 32. - * @return the minimum bpp (8 or 32) - */ - int depth() const { return mDepth; } - - /** - * The default size of this theme for a certain icon group. - * @param group The icon group. See @ref #KIcon::Group. - * @return The default size in pixels for the given icon group. - */ - int defaultSize(KIcon::Group group) const; - - /** - * Query available sizes for a group. - * @param group The icon group. See @ref #KIcon::Group. - * @return a list of available sized for the given group - */ - TQValueList<int> querySizes(KIcon::Group group) const; - - /** - * Query available icons for a size and context. - * @param size the size of the icons - * @param context the context of the icons - * @return the list of icon names - */ - TQStringList queryIcons(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const; - - /** - * Query available icons for a context and preferred size. - * @param size the size of the icons - * @param context the context of the icons - * @return the list of icon names - */ - TQStringList queryIconsByContext(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const; - - - /** - * Lookup an icon in the theme. - * @param name The name of the icon, without extension. - * @param size The desired size of the icon. - * @param match The matching mode. KIcon::MatchExact returns an icon - * only if matches exactly. KIcon::MatchBest returns the best matching - * icon. - * @return A KIcon class that describes the icon. If an icon is found, - * @see KIcon::isValid will return true, and false otherwise. - */ - KIcon iconPath(const TQString& name, int size, KIcon::MatchType match) const; - - /** - * List all icon themes installed on the system, global and local. - * @return the list of all icon themes - */ - static TQStringList list(); - - /** - * Returns the current icon theme. - * @return the name of the current theme - */ - static TQString current(); - - /** - * Reconfigure the theme. - */ - static void reconfigure(); - - /** - * Returns the default icon theme. - * @return the name of the default theme name - * @since 3.1 - */ - static TQString defaultThemeName(); - -private: - int mDefSize[8]; - TQValueList<int> mSizes[8]; - - int mDepth; - TQString mDir, mName, mDesc; - TQStringList mInherits; -// TQPtrList<KIconThemeDir> mDirs; - KIconThemePrivate *d; - - static TQString *_theme; - static TQStringList *_theme_list; -}; - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde315/kkeyserver_x11.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde315/kkeyserver_x11.h deleted file mode 100644 index 48d6c334..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde315/kkeyserver_x11.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,435 +0,0 @@ -#ifndef _KKEYSERVER_X11_H -#define _KKEYSERVER_X11_H - -#include "kshortcut.h" -#include "kkeynative.h" - -/** - * A collection of functions for the conversion of key presses and - * their modifiers from the window system (X11) specific format - * to the generic format and vice-versa. - */ -namespace KKeyServer -{ - /** - * Supplement enum KKey::ModFlag - * @since 3.1 - */ - enum ExtraModFlag { MODE_SWITCH = 0x2000 }; - - struct CodeMod { int code, mod; }; - - /** - * Represents a key symbol. - * @see KKey - * @see KKeyServer - */ - struct Sym - { - public: - /// the actual value of the symbol - uint m_sym; - - /// Creates a null symbol. - Sym() - { m_sym = 0; } - /** - * Creates asymbol with the given value. - * @param sym the value - */ - Sym( uint sym ) - { m_sym = sym; } - /** - * Creates a symbol from the given string description. - * @param s the description of the symbol - * @see toString() - */ - Sym( const TQString& s ) - { init( s ); } - - /** - * Initializes the symbol with the given Qt key code. - * @param keyQt the qt key code - * @return true if succesful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key - */ - bool initQt( int keyQt ); - - /** - * Initializes the key with the given string description. - * @param s the string description - * @return true if succesful, false otherwise - * @see toString() - */ - bool init( const TQString &s ); - - /** - * Returns the qt key code of the symbol. - * @return the qt key code - */ - int qt() const; - - /** - * @internal - */ - TQString toStringInternal() const; - - /** - * Returns the string representation of the symbol. - * @return the string representation of the symbol - */ - TQString toString() const; - - /** - * Returns the mods that are required for this symbol as - * ORed @ref KKey::ModFlag's. For example, Break requires a - * Ctrl to be valid. - * @return the required @ref KKey::ModFlag's - * @see KKey::ModFlag - */ - uint getModsRequired() const; - - /** - * TODO: please find out what this method does and document it - */ - uint getSymVariation() const; - - /** - * Casts the symbol to its integer representation. - */ - operator uint() const { return m_sym; } - - /** - * Overloaded operator to convert ints to Sym. - */ - Sym& operator =( uint sym ) { m_sym = sym; return *this; } - - private: - TQString toString( bool bUserSpace ) const; - - static void capitalizeKeyname( TQString& ); - }; - - /** - * Represents a key press. - * @see KKey - */ - struct Key - { - /// Code for native Keys in Qt - enum { CODE_FOR_QT = 256 }; - - /// The code of the key - uint m_code; - - /// The modifiers of the key - uint m_mod; - - /// The symbol of the key - uint m_sym; - - /** - * Initializes the key with a @ref KKey. - * @param key the key to get the data from - * @param bQt true to take the Qt keycode, false - * for the native key code - * @see Qt::Key - * @see KKeyNative - */ - bool init( const KKey& key, bool bQt ); - - /** - * Checks whether the key code is a native code. - * @return true if native code of the window system, - * false if it is a Qt keycode - * @see Qt::Key - * @see KKeyNative - */ - bool isNative() const { return m_code != CODE_FOR_QT; } - - /** - * Returns the code of the key. - * @return the code of the key - */ - uint code() const { return m_code; } - - /** - * Returns the modifiers of the key. - * @return the modifiers of the key - */ - uint mod() const { return m_mod; } - - /** - * Returns the symbol of the key. - * @return the symbol of the key - */ - uint sym() const { return m_sym; } - - /** - * Returns the qt key code. - * @return the qt key code - */ - int keyCodeQt() const { return (int) m_sym; } - - /** - * Sets the qt key code. - * @param keyQt the qt key code - */ - void setKeycodeQt( int keyQt ) - { m_code = CODE_FOR_QT; m_sym = keyQt; } - - /** - * Initializes this key with a @ref KKeyNative. - * @return this key - */ - Key& operator =( const KKeyNative& key ); - - /** - * Compares this key with the given Key object. Returns a - * negative number if the given Key is larger, 0 if they - * are equal and a positive number this Key is larger. The - * returned value is the difference between the symbol, modifier - * or code, whatever is non-zero first. - * - * @param key the key to compare with this key - * @return a negative number if the given Key is larger, 0 if - * they are equal and a positive number this Key is larger - */ - int compare( const Key& key ) const; - - /** - * Compares the symbol, modifiers and code of both keys. - * @see compare() - */ - bool operator ==( const Key& b ) const - { return compare( b ) == 0; } - - /** - * Compares the symbol, modifiers and code of both keys. - * @see compare() - */ - bool operator <( const Key& b ) const - { return compare( b ) < 0; } - - /** - * Converts this Key to a KKey. - * @return the KKey - */ - KKey key() const; - }; - - /** - * TODO: please document this class - */ - struct Variations - { - enum { MAX_VARIATIONS = 4 }; - - Key m_rgkey[MAX_VARIATIONS]; - uint m_nVariations; - - Variations() { m_nVariations = 0; } - - void init( const KKey&, bool bQt ); - - uint count() const { return m_nVariations; } - const Key& key( uint i ) const { return m_rgkey[i]; } - }; - - /// TODO: please document - bool initializeMods(); - - /** - * Returns the equivalent X modifier mask of the given modifier flag. - * @param modFlag the generic flags to check - * @return the window system specific flags - */ - uint modX( KKey::ModFlag modFlag ); - - /** - * Returns true if the current keyboard layout supports the Win key. - * Specifically, whether the Super or Meta keys are assigned to an X modifier. - * @return true if the keyboard has a Win key - * @see modXWin() - */ - bool keyboardHasWinKey(); - - /** - * Returns the X11 Shift modifier mask/flag. - * @return the X11 Shift modifier mask/flag. - * @see accelModMaskX() - */ - uint modXShift(); - - /** - * Returns the X11 Lock modifier mask/flag. - * @return the X11 Lock modifier mask/flag. - * @see accelModMaskX() - */ - uint modXLock(); - - /** - * Returns the X11 Ctrl modifier mask/flag. - * @return the X11 Ctrl modifier mask/flag. - * @see accelModMaskX() - */ - uint modXCtrl(); - - /** - * Returns the X11 Alt (Mod1) modifier mask/flag. - * @return the X11 Alt (Mod1) modifier mask/flag. - * @see accelModMaskX() - */ - uint modXAlt(); - - /** - * Returns the X11 NumLock modifier mask/flag. - * @return the X11 NumLock modifier mask/flag. - * @see accelModMaskX() - */ - uint modXNumLock(); - - /** - * Returns the X11 Win (Mod3) modifier mask/flag. - * @return the X11 Win (Mod3) modifier mask/flag. - * @see keyboardHasWinKey() - * @see accelModMaskX() - */ - uint modXWin(); - - /** - * Returns the X11 ScrollLock modifier mask/flag. - * @return the X11 ScrollLock modifier mask/flag. - * @see accelModMaskX() - */ - uint modXScrollLock(); - - /** - * Returns bitwise OR'ed mask containing Shift, Ctrl, Alt, and - * Win (if available). - * @see modXShift() - * @see modXLock() - * @see modXCtrl() - * @see modXAlt() - * @see modXNumLock() - * @see modXWin() - * @see modXScrollLock() - */ - uint accelModMaskX(); - - /** - * Extracts the symbol from the given Qt key and - * converts it to a symbol. - * @param keyQt the qt key code - * @param sym if successful, the symbol will be written here - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key - * @see Sym - */ - bool keyQtToSym( int keyQt, uint& sym ); - - /** - * Extracts the modifiers from the given Qt key and - * converts them in a mask of ORed @ref KKey::ModFlag modifiers. - * @param keyQt the qt key code - * @param mod if successful, the modifiers will be written here - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key - */ - bool keyQtToMod( int keyQt, uint& mod ); - - /** - * Converts the given symbol to a Qt key code. - * @param sym the symbol - * @param keyQt if successful, the qt key code will be written here - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key - * @see Sym - */ - bool symToKeyQt( uint sym, int& keyQt ); - - /** - * Converts the mask of ORed @ref KKey::ModFlag modifiers to - * a mask of ORed Qt key code modifiers. - * @param the mask of @ref KKey::ModFlag modifiers - * @param the mask of Qt key code modifiers will be written here, - * if successful - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key - * @see KKey - */ - bool modToModQt( uint mod, int& modQt ); - - /** - * Converts the mask of ORed @ref KKey::ModFlag modifiers to - * a mask of ORed X11 modifiers. - * @param the mask of @ref KKey::ModFlag modifiers - * @param the mask of X11 modifiers will be written here, - * if successful - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see KKey - */ - bool modToModX( uint mod, uint& modX ); - - /** - * Converts the mask of ORed X11 modifiers to - * a mask of ORed Qt key code modifiers. - * @param the mask of X11 modifiers - * @param the mask of Qt key code modifiers will be written here - * if successful - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key - */ - bool modXToModQt( uint modX, int& modQt ); - - /** - * Converts the mask of ORed X11 modifiers to - * a mask of ORed @ref KKey::ModFlag modifiers. - * @param the mask of X11 modifiers - * @param the mask of @ref KKey::ModFlag modifiers will be written here, - * if successful - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see KKey - */ - bool modXToMod( uint modX, uint& mod ); - - /** - * Converts a X11 key code and a mask of ORed X11 modifiers - * into a X11 symbol. - * converts it to a symbol. - * @param codeX the X11 key code - * @param modX the mask of ORed X11 modifiers - * @param sym if successful, the X11 symbol will be written here - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key - * @see Sym - */ - bool codeXToSym( uchar codeX, uint modX, uint& symX ); - - /** - * @internal - */ - TQString modToStringInternal( uint mod ); - - /** - * Converts the mask of ORed @ref KKey::ModFlag modifiers to a - * user-readable string. - * @param mod the mask of ORed @ref KKey::ModFlag modifiers - * @return the user-readable string - */ - TQString modToStringUser( uint mod ); - - /** - * @internal - * Unimplemented? - */ - bool stringToSymMod( const TQString&, uint& sym, uint& mod ); - - /** - * @internal - * Unimplemented? - */ - void keyQtToKeyX( uint keyCombQt, unsigned char *pKeyCodeX, uint *pKeySymX, uint *pKeyModX ); -} - -#endif // !_KKEYSERVER_X11_H diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde315/konsole_part.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde315/konsole_part.h deleted file mode 100644 index 6aba7064..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde315/konsole_part.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,223 +0,0 @@ -/* - This file is part of the KDE system - Copyright (C) 1999,2000 Boloni Laszlo - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. - */ - -#ifndef __KONSOLE_PART_H__ -#define __KONSOLE_PART_H__ - -#include <kparts/browserextension.h> -#include <kparts/factory.h> - - -#include <kdialogbase.h> - -#include <kde_terminal_interface.h> - -//#include "schema.h" -//#include "session.h" - -class KInstance; -class konsoleBrowserExtension; -class TQPushButton; -class TQSpinBox; -class KPopupMenu; -class TQCheckBox; -class KRootPixmap; -class KToggleAction; -class KSelectAction; - -namespace KParts { class GUIActivateEvent; } - -class konsoleFactory : public KParts::Factory -{ - Q_OBJECT -public: - konsoleFactory(); - virtual ~konsoleFactory(); - - virtual KParts::Part* createPartObject(TQWidget *parentWidget = 0, const char *widgetName = 0, - TQObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0, - const char* classname = "KParts::Part", - const TQStringList &args = TQStringList()); - - static KInstance *instance(); - - private: - static KInstance *s_instance; - static KAboutData *s_aboutData; -}; - -////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -class konsolePart: public KParts::ReadOnlyPart, public TerminalInterface -{ - Q_OBJECT - public: - konsolePart(TQWidget *parentWidget, const char *widgetName, TQObject * parent, const char *name, const char *classname = 0); - virtual ~konsolePart(); - -signals: - void processExited(); - void receivedData( const TQString& s ); - protected: - virtual bool openURL( const KURL & url ); - virtual bool openFile() {return false;} // never used - virtual bool closeURL() {return true;} - virtual void guiActivateEvent( KParts::GUIActivateEvent * event ); - - protected slots: - void showShell(); - void slotProcessExited(); - void slotReceivedData( const TQString& s ); - -// void doneSession(TESession*); - void sessionDestroyed(); -// void configureRequest(TEWidget*,int,int x,int y); - void updateTitle(); - void enableMasterModeConnections(); - - private slots: - void emitOpenURLRequest(const TQString &url); - - void readProperties(); - void saveProperties(); - - void sendSignal(int n); - void closeCurrentSession(); - - void notifySize(int,int); - - void slotToggleFrame(); - void slotSelectScrollbar(); - void slotSelectFont(); - void schema_menu_check(); - void keytab_menu_activated(int item); - void updateSchemaMenu(); - void setSchema(int n); - void pixmap_menu_activated(int item); - void schema_menu_activated(int item); - void slotHistoryType(); - void slotSelectBell(); - void slotSelectLineSpacing(); - void slotBlinkingCursor(); - void slotWordSeps(); - void fontNotFound(); - - private: - konsoleBrowserExtension *m_extension; - KURL currentURL; - - void makeGUI(); - void applySettingsToGUI(); - - void setFont(int fontno); -// void setSchema(ColorSchema* s); - void updateKeytabMenu(); - - bool doOpenStream( const TQString& ); - bool doWriteStream( const TQByteArray& ); - bool doCloseStream(); - - TQWidget* parentWidget; -// TEWidget* te; -// TESession* se; -// ColorSchemaList* colors; - KRootPixmap* rootxpm; - - KToggleAction* blinkingCursor; - KToggleAction* showFrame; - - KSelectAction* selectBell; - KSelectAction* selectFont; - KSelectAction* selectLineSpacing; - KSelectAction* selectScrollbar; - - KPopupMenu* m_keytab; - KPopupMenu* m_schema; - KPopupMenu* m_signals; - KPopupMenu* m_options; - KPopupMenu* m_popupMenu; - - TQFont defaultFont; - - TQString pmPath; // pixmap path - TQString s_schema; - TQString s_kconfigSchema; - TQString s_word_seps; // characters that are considered part of a word - TQString fontNotFound_par; - - bool b_framevis:1; - bool b_histEnabled:1; - - int curr_schema; // current schema no - int n_bell; - int n_font; - int n_keytab; - int n_render; - int n_scroll; - unsigned m_histSize; - bool m_runningShell; - bool m_streamEnabled; -public: - // these are the implementations for the TermEmuInterface - // functions... - void startProgram( const TQString& program, - const TQStrList& args ); - void showShellInDir( const TQString& dir ); - void sendInput( const TQString& text ); -}; - -////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -/*class HistoryTypeDialog : public KDialogBase -{ - Q_OBJECT -public: - HistoryTypeDialog(const HistoryType& histType, - unsigned int histSize, - TQWidget *parent); - -public slots: - void slotDefault(); - void slotSetUnlimited(); - void slotHistEnable(bool); - - unsigned int nbLines() const; - bool isOn() const; - -protected: - TQCheckBox* m_btnEnable; - TQSpinBox* m_size; - TQPushButton* m_setUnlimited; -};*/ - -////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -class konsoleBrowserExtension : public KParts::BrowserExtension -{ - Q_OBJECT - friend class konsolePart; - public: - konsoleBrowserExtension(konsolePart *parent); - virtual ~konsoleBrowserExtension(); - - void emitOpenURLRequest(const KURL &url); -}; - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde315/kpanelmenu.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde315/kpanelmenu.h deleted file mode 100644 index 032350ad..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde315/kpanelmenu.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,181 +0,0 @@ -/***************************************************************** - -Copyright (c) 1996-2000 the kicker authors. See file AUTHORS. - (c) 2001 Michael Goffioul <goffioul@imec.be> - -Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy -of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal -in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights -to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell -copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is -furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: - -The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in -all copies or substantial portions of the Software. - -THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR -IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, -FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE -AUTHORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN -AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN -CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. - -******************************************************************/ - -#ifndef __KPANELMENU_H__ -#define __KPANELMENU_H__ - -#include <tqstring.h> -#include <kpopupmenu.h> -#include <kgenericfactory.h> - -class KPanelMenuPrivate; - -/** - * Base class to build dynamically loaded menu entries for the K-menu, or the panel. - * - * This class allows to build menu entries that will be dynamically added either to - * the K-menu, or to the panel as a normal button. These dynamic menus are located - * in shared libraries that will be loaded at runtime by Kicker (the KDE panel). - * - * To build such a menu, you have to inherit this class and implement the pure virtual - * functions #initialize() and @ref slotExec(). You also have to provide a factory - * object in your library, see @ref KLibFactory. This factory is only used to construct - * the menu object. - * - * Finally, you also have to provide a desktop file describing your dynamic menu. The - * relevant entries are: Name, Comment, Icon and X-KDE-Library (which contains the - * library name without any extension). This desktop file has to be installed in - * $KDEDIR/share/apps/kicker/menuext/. - * - * @short Base class to build dynamically loaded menu entries for the K-menu, or the panel. - * @author The kicker maintainer, Michael Goffioul <goffioul@imec.be> - */ -class KPanelMenu : public KPopupMenu -{ - Q_OBJECT - -public: - /** - * Construct a KPanelMenu object. This is the normal constructor to use when - * building extrernal menu entries. - */ - KPanelMenu(TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0); - /** - * Constructor used internally by Kicker. You don't really want to use it. - * @param startDir a directory to associate with this menu - * @see path(), setPath() - */ - KPanelMenu(const TQString &startDir, TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0); - /** - * Destructor. - */ - virtual ~KPanelMenu(); - - /** - * Get the directory path associated with this menu, or TQString::null if - * there's no such associated path. - * @return the associated directory path - * @see setPath() - */ - const TQString& path() const; - /** - * Set a directory path to be associated with this menu. - * @param p the directory path - * @see path() - */ - void setPath(const TQString &p); - /** - * Tell if the menu has been initialized, that is it already contains items. - * This is useful when you need to know if you have to clear the menu, or to - * fill it. - * @return the initial state - * @see setInitialized(), initialize() - */ - bool initialized() const; - /** - * Set the initial state. Set it to true when you menu is filled with the items - * you want. - * @param on the initial state - * @see initialized(), initialize() - */ - void setInitialized(bool on); - - /** - * Disable the automatic clearing of the menu. Kicker uses a cache system for - * its menus. After a specific configurable delay, the menu will be cleared. - * Use this function if you want to disable kicker's cache system, and avoid - * the clearing of your menu. - */ - void disableAutoClear(); - -public slots: - /** - * Reinitialize the menu: the menu is first cleared, the initial state is set - * to false, and finally #initialize() is called. Use this if you want to - * refill your menu immediately. - */ - void reinitialize(); - /** - * Deinitialize the menu: the menu is cleared and the initialized state is set to - * false. #initialize() is NOT called. It will be called before the menu is - * next shown, however. Use this slot if you want a delayed reinitialization. - * @since 3.1 - */ - void deinitialize(); - -protected slots: - /** - * This slot is called just before the menu is shown. This allows your menu - * to update itself if needed. However you should instead re-implement - * #initialize to provide this feature. This function is responsible for - * the cache system handling, so if you re-implement it, you should call - * the base function also. Calls #initialize(). - * @see disableAutoClear() - */ - virtual void slotAboutToShow(); - /** - * This is slot is called when an item from the menu has been selected. Your - * applet is then supposed to perform some action. You must re-implement this - * function. - * @param id the ID associated with the selected item - */ - virtual void slotExec(int id) = 0; - /** - * This slots is called to initialize the menu. It is called automatically by - * @ref slotAboutToShow(). By re-implementing this functions, you can reconstruct - * the menu before it is being shown. At the end of this function, you should - * call @ref setInitialize() with true to tell the system that the menu is OK. - * You applet must re-implement this function. - * @see slotAboutToShow(), initialized(), setInitialized() - */ - virtual void initialize() = 0; - /** - * Clears the menu, and update the initial state accordingly. - * @see initialized() - */ - void slotClear(); - -protected: - /** - * Re-implemented for internal reasons. - */ - virtual void hideEvent(TQHideEvent *ev); - /** - * For internal use only. Used by constructors. - */ - void init(const TQString& path = TQString::null); - -protected: - virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data ); -private: - void internalInitialize(); - KPanelMenuPrivate *d; -}; - -#define K_EXPORT_KICKER_MENUEXT( libname, classname ) \ - K_EXPORT_COMPONENT_FACTORY( \ - kickermenu_##libname, \ - KGenericFactory<classname>("libkickermenu_" #libname) ) - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde315/krecentdirs.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde315/krecentdirs.h deleted file mode 100644 index 61a50706..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde315/krecentdirs.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,68 +0,0 @@ -/* -*- c++ -*- - * Copyright (C)2000 Waldo Bastian <bastian@kde.org> - * - * All rights reserved. - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without - * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions - * are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the - * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND - * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE - * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE - * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE - * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL - * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS - * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) - * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT - * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY - * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF - * SUCH DAMAGE. - * - */ -#ifndef __KRECENTDIRS_H -#define __KRECENTDIRS_H - -#include <tqstringlist.h> - -/** - * The goal of this class is to make sure that, when the user needs to - * specify a file via the file selection dialog, this dialog will start - * in the directory most likely to contain the desired files. - * - * This works as follows: Each time the file selection dialog is - * shown, the programmer can specify a "file-class". The file-dialog will - * then start with the directory associated with this file-class. When - * the dialog closes, the directory currently shown in the file-dialog - * will be associated with the file-class. - * - * A file-class can either start with ':' or with '::'. If it starts with - * a single ':' the file-class is specific to the current application. - * If the file-class starts with '::' it is global to all applications. - */ -class KRecentDirs -{ -public: - /** - * Returns a list of directories associated with this file-class. - * The most recently used directory is at the front of the list. - */ - static TQStringList list(const TQString &fileClass); - - /** - * Returns the most recently used directory accociated with this file-class. - */ - static TQString dir(const TQString &fileClass); - - /** - * Associates @p directory with @p fileClass - */ - static void add(const TQString &fileClass, const TQString &directory); -}; - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde315/ksycocafactory.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde315/ksycocafactory.h deleted file mode 100644 index 1959edda..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde315/ksycocafactory.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,137 +0,0 @@ -/* This file is part of the KDE libraries - * Copyright (C) 1999 Waldo Bastian <bastian@kde.org> - * - * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - * License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation; - * - * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Library General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - * along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. - **/ - -#ifndef __ksycocafactory_h__ -#define __ksycocafactory_h__ "$Id: ksycocafactory.h,v 1.13 2002/09/21 15:07:27 tjansen Exp $" - -#include "ksycocatype.h" -#include "ksycocaentry.h" - -#include <tqdict.h> -#include <tqptrlist.h> -class KSycoca; -class TQStringList; -class TQString; -class KSycocaDict; -class KSycocaResourceList; - -typedef TQDict<KSycocaEntry::Ptr> KSycocaEntryDict; - -/** - * @internal - * Base class for sycoca factories - */ -class KSycocaFactory -{ -public: - virtual KSycocaFactoryId factoryId() const = 0; - -protected: // virtual class - /** - * Create a factory which can be used to lookup from/create a database - * (depending on KSycoca::isBuilding()) - */ - KSycocaFactory( KSycocaFactoryId factory_id ); - -public: - virtual ~KSycocaFactory(); - - /** - * @return the position of the factory in the sycoca file - */ - int offset() { return mOffset; } - - /** - * @return the dict, for special use by KBuildSycoca - */ - KSycocaEntryDict * entryDict() { return m_entryDict; } - - /** - * Construct an entry from a config file. - * To be implemented in the real factories. - */ - virtual KSycocaEntry *createEntry(const TQString &file, const char *resource) = 0; - - /** - * Add an entry - */ - virtual void addEntry(KSycocaEntry *newEntry, const char *resource); - - /** - * Read an entry from the database - */ - virtual KSycocaEntry *createEntry(int offset)=0; - - /** - * Get a list of all entries from the database. - */ - KSycocaEntry::List allEntries(); - - /** - * Saves all entries it maintains as well as index files - * for these entries to the stream 'str'. - * - * Also sets mOffset to the starting position. - * - * The stream is positioned at the end of the last index. - * - * Don't forget to call the parent first when you override - * this function. - */ - virtual void save(TQDataStream &str); - - /** - * Writes out a header to the stream 'str'. - * The baseclass positions the stream correctly. - * - * Don't forget to call the parent first when you override - * this function. - */ - virtual void saveHeader(TQDataStream &str); - - /** - * @return the resources for which this factory is responsible. - */ - virtual const KSycocaResourceList * resourceList() const { return m_resourceList; } - -private: - int mOffset; - -protected: - int m_sycocaDictOffset; - int m_beginEntryOffset; - int m_endEntryOffset; - TQDataStream *m_str; - - KSycocaResourceList *m_resourceList; - KSycocaEntryDict *m_entryDict; - KSycocaDict *m_sycocaDict; -protected: - virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data ); -}; - -/** This, instead of a typedef, allows to declare "class ..." in header files - * @internal - */ -class KSycocaFactoryList : public TQPtrList<KSycocaFactory> -{ -public: - KSycocaFactoryList() { } -}; - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde315/ktoolbarbutton.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde315/ktoolbarbutton.h deleted file mode 100644 index 6fafb1ed..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde315/ktoolbarbutton.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,317 +0,0 @@ -/* This file is part of the KDE libraries - Copyright (C) 1997, 1998 Stephan Kulow (coolo@kde.org) - (C) 1997, 1998 Sven Radej (radej@kde.org) - (C) 1997, 1998 Mark Donohoe (donohoe@kde.org) - (C) 1997, 1998 Matthias Ettrich (ettrich@kde.org) - (C) 2000 Kurt Granroth (granroth@kde.org) - - This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation. - - This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. -*/ - -// $Id: ktoolbarbutton.h,v 1.26 2002/09/28 15:16:22 tjansen Exp $ -#ifndef _KTOOLBARBUTTON_H -#define _KTOOLBARBUTTON_H - -#include <tqpixmap.h> -#include <tqtoolbutton.h> -#include <tqintdict.h> -#include <tqstring.h> -#include <kglobal.h> - -class KToolBar; -class KToolBarButtonPrivate; -class KInstance; -class TQEvent; -class TQPopupMenu; -class TQPainter; - -/** - * A toolbar button. This is used internally by @ref KToolBar, use the - * KToolBar methods instead. - * @internal - */ -class KToolBarButton : public QToolButton -{ - Q_OBJECT - -public: - /** - * Construct a button with an icon loaded by the button itself. - * This will trust the button to load the correct icon with the - * correct size. - * - * @param icon Name of icon to load (may be absolute or relative) - * @param id Id of this button - * @param parent This button's parent - * @param name This button's internal name - * @param txt This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise) - */ - KToolBarButton(const TQString& icon, int id, TQWidget *parent, - const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null, - KInstance *_instance = KGlobal::instance()); - - /** - * Construct a button with an existing pixmap. It is not - * recommended that you use this as the internal icon loading code - * will almost always get it "right". - * - * @param icon Name of icon to load (may be absolute or relative) - * @param id Id of this button - * @param parent This button's parent - * @param name This button's internal name - * @param txt This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise) - */ - KToolBarButton(const TQPixmap& pixmap, int id, TQWidget *parent, - const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null); - - /** - * Construct a separator button - * - * @param parent This button's parent - * @param name This button's internal name - */ - KToolBarButton(TQWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L); - - /** - * Standard destructor - */ - ~KToolBarButton(); - -#ifndef KDE_NO_COMPAT - /** - * @deprecated - * Set the pixmap directly for this button. This pixmap should be - * the active one... the dimmed and disabled pixmaps are constructed - * based on this one. However, don't use this function unless you - * are positive that you don't want to use @ref setIcon. - * - * @param pixmap The active pixmap - */ - // this one is from TQButton, so #ifdef-ing it out doesn't break BC - virtual void setPixmap(const TQPixmap &pixmap); - - /** - * @deprecated - * Force the button to use this pixmap as the default one rather - * then generating it using effects. - * - * @param pixmap The pixmap to use as the default (normal) one - */ - void setDefaultPixmap(const TQPixmap& pixmap); - - /** - * @deprecated - * Force the button to use this pixmap when disabled one rather then - * generating it using effects. - * - * @param pixmap The pixmap to use when disabled - */ - void setDisabledPixmap(const TQPixmap& pixmap); -#endif - - /** - * Set the text for this button. The text will be either used as a - * tooltip (IconOnly) or will be along side the icon - * - * @param text The button (or tooltip) text - */ - virtual void setText(const TQString &text); - - /** - * Set the icon for this button. The icon will be loaded internally - * with the correct size. This function is preferred over @ref setIconSet - * - * @param icon The name of the icon - */ - virtual void setIcon(const TQString &icon); - - /// @since 3.1 - virtual void setIcon( const TQPixmap &pixmap ) - { TQToolButton::setIcon( pixmap ); } - - /** - * Set the pixmaps for this toolbar button from a TQIconSet. - * If you call this you don't need to call any of the other methods - * that set icons or pixmaps. - * @param iconset The iconset to use - */ - virtual void setIconSet( const TQIconSet &iconset ); - -#ifndef KDE_NO_COMPAT - /** - * @deprecated - * Set the active icon for this button. The pixmap itself is loaded - * internally based on the icon size... .. the disabled and default - * pixmaps, however will only be constructed if @ref #generate is - * true. This function is preferred over @ref setPixmap - * - * @param icon The name of the active icon - * @param generate If true, then the other icons are automagically - * generated from this one - */ - void setIcon(const TQString &icon, bool /*generate*/ ) { setIcon( icon ); } - - /** - * @deprecated - * Force the button to use this icon as the default one rather - * then generating it using effects. - * - * @param icon The icon to use as the default (normal) one - */ - void setDefaultIcon(const TQString& icon); - - /** - * @deprecated - * Force the button to use this icon when disabled one rather then - * generating it using effects. - * - * @param icon The icon to use when disabled - */ - void setDisabledIcon(const TQString& icon); -#endif - - /** - * Turn this button on or off - * - * @param flag true or false - */ - void on(bool flag = true); - - /** - * Toggle this button - */ - void toggle(); - - /** - * Turn this button into a toggle button or disable the toggle - * aspects of it. This does not toggle the button itself. - * Use @ref toggle() for that. - * - * @param toggle true or false - */ - void setToggle(bool toggle = true); - - /** - * Return a pointer to this button's popup menu (if it exists) - */ - TQPopupMenu *popup(); - - /** - * Give this button a popup menu. There will not be a delay when - * you press the button. Use @ref setDelayedPopup if you want that - * behavior. You can also make the popup-menu - * "sticky", i.e. visible until a selection is made or the mouse is - * clikced elsewhere, by simply setting the second argument to true. - * This "sticky" button feature allows you to make a selection without - * having to press and hold down the mouse while making a selection. - * - * @param p The new popup menu - * @param toggle if true, makes the button "sticky" (toggled) - */ - void setPopup (TQPopupMenu *p, bool toggle = false); - - /** - * Gives this button a delayed popup menu. - * - * This function allows you to add a delayed popup menu to the button. - * The popup menu is then only displayed when the button is pressed and - * held down for about half a second. You can also make the popup-menu - * "sticky", i.e. visible until a selection is made or the mouse is - * clikced elsewhere, by simply setting the second argument to true. - * This "sticky" button feature allows you to make a selection without - * having to press and hold down the mouse while making a selection. - * - * @param p the new popup menu - * @param toggle if true, makes the button "sticky" (toggled) - */ - void setDelayedPopup(TQPopupMenu *p, bool toggle = false); - - /** - * Turn this button into a radio button - * - * @param f true or false - */ - void setRadio(bool f = true); - - /** - * Toolbar buttons naturally will assume the global styles - * concerning icons, icons sizes, etc. You can use this function to - * explicitely turn this off, if you like. - * - * @param no_style Will disable styles if true - */ - void setNoStyle(bool no_style = true); - -signals: - void clicked(int); - void doubleClicked(int); - void pressed(int); - void released(int); - void toggled(int); - void highlighted(int, bool); - -public slots: - /** - * This slot should be called whenever the toolbar mode has - * potentially changed. This includes such events as text changing, - * orientation changing, etc. - */ - void modeChange(); - virtual void setTextLabel(const TQString&, bool tipToo); - -protected: - void paletteChange(const TQPalette &); - void leaveEvent(TQEvent *e); - void enterEvent(TQEvent *e); - void drawButton(TQPainter *p); - bool eventFilter (TQObject *o, TQEvent *e); - void showMenu(); - TQSize sizeHint() const; - TQSize minimumSizeHint() const; - TQSize minimumSize() const; - - /// @since 3.1 - bool isRaised() const; - /// @since 3.1 - bool isActive() const; - /// @since 3.1 - int iconTextMode() const; - -protected slots: - void slotClicked(); - void slotPressed(); - void slotReleased(); - void slotToggled(); - void slotDelayTimeout(); - -protected: - virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data ); -private: - KToolBarButtonPrivate *d; -}; - -/** -* List of @ref KToolBarButton objects. -* @internal -* @version $Id: ktoolbarbutton.h,v 1.26 2002/09/28 15:16:22 tjansen Exp $ -*/ -class KToolBarButtonList : public TQIntDict<KToolBarButton> -{ -public: - KToolBarButtonList(); - ~KToolBarButtonList() {} -}; - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde315/kurifilter.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde315/kurifilter.h deleted file mode 100644 index 4e7ad792..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde315/kurifilter.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,602 +0,0 @@ -/* - * This file is part of the KDE libraries - * Copyright (C) 2000 Yves Arrouye <yves@realnames.com> - * - * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Library General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - * along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. - **/ - -#ifndef __kurifilter_h__ -#define __kurifilter_h__ "$Id: kurifilter.h,v 1.27.2.1 2003/06/06 09:12:16 mueller Exp $" - -#include <tqstringlist.h> -#include <tqobject.h> - -#include <kurl.h> - -class KURIFilterPrivate; -class KURIFilterDataPrivate; - -class TQStringList; -class KCModule; - -/** -* This is a basic message object used for exchanging filtering -* information between the filter plugins and the application -* whenever the application requires more information about the -* URI than just a filtered version of it. Any application can -* create an instance of this class and send it to @ref KURIFilter -* to have the filter plugins fill the necessary information. -* -* @sect Example -* <pre> -* TQString text = "kde.org"; -* KURIFilterData d = text; -* bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filter( d ); -* if( filtered ) -* print ( "URI: %s\n"Filtered URI: %s\n URI Type: %i\n"Was Filtered: %i" -* text.latin1(), d.uri().url().latin1(), d.uriType(), filtered ); -* </pre> -* -* The above code should yield the following output: -* <pre> -* URI: kde.org -* Filtered URI: http://kde.org -* URI Type: 0 <== means NET_PROTOCOL -* Was Filtered: 1 <== means the URL was successfully filtered -* </pre> -* -* @short A message object for exchanging filtering URI info. -*/ - -class KURIFilterData -{ -friend class KURIFilterPlugin; - -public: - /** - * Describes the type of URI to be filtered. - * - * This enumerator prvoides the return value for - * @ref uriType. A brief description for each value: - * - * @li NET_PROTOCOL - Any network protocol: http, ftp, nttp, pop3, etc... - * @li LOCAL_FILE - A local file whose executable flag is not set - * @li LOCAL_DIR - A local directory - * @li EXECUTABLE - A local file whose executable flag is set - * @li HELP - A man or info page - * @li SHELL - A shell executable (ex: echo "Test..." >> ~/testfile) - * @li BLOCKED - A URI that should be blocked/filtered (ex: ad filtering) - * @li ERROR - An incorrect URI (ex: "~johndoe" when user johndoe - * does not exist in that system ) - * @li UNKNOWN - A URI that is not identified. Default value when - * a KURIFilterData is first created. - */ - enum URITypes { NET_PROTOCOL=0, LOCAL_FILE, LOCAL_DIR, EXECUTABLE, HELP, SHELL, BLOCKED, ERROR, UNKNOWN }; - - /** - * Default constructor. - * - * Creates a URIFilterData object. - */ - KURIFilterData() { init(); } - - /** - * Creates a URIFilterData object from the given URL. - * - * @param url is the URL to be filtered. - */ - KURIFilterData( const KURL& url ) { init( url); } - - /** - * Creates a URIFilterData object from the given string. - * - * @param url is the string to be filtered. - */ - KURIFilterData( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); } - - /** - * Copy constructor. - * - * Creates a URIFilterData object from another - * URI filter data object. - * - * @param data the uri filter data to be copied. - */ - KURIFilterData( const KURIFilterData& /*data*/); - - /** - * Destructor. - */ - ~KURIFilterData(); - - /** - * This method has been deprecated and will always return - * TRUE. You should instead use the result from the - * @ref KURIFilter::filterURI() calls. - * - * @deprecated - */ - bool hasBeenFiltered() const { return m_bFiltered; } - - /** - * Returns the filtered or the original URL. - * - * This function returns the filtered url if one - * of the plugins sucessfully filtered the original - * URL. Otherwise, it returns the original URL. - * See @ref #hasBeenFiltered() and - * - * @return the filtered or original url. - */ - KURL uri() const { return m_pURI; } - - /** - * Returns an error message. - * - * This functions returns the error message set - * by the plugin whenever the uri type is set to - * KURIFilterData::ERROR. Otherwise, it returns - * a TQString::null. - * - * @return the error message or a NULL when there is none. - */ - TQString errorMsg() const { return m_strErrMsg; } - - /** - * Returns the URI type. - * - * This method always returns KURIFilterData::UNKNOWN - * if the given URL was not filtered. - */ - URITypes uriType() const { return m_iType; } - - /** - * Sets the URL to be filtered. - * - * Use this function to set the string to be - * filtered when you construct an empty filter - * object. - * - * @param url the string to be filtered. - */ - void setData( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); } - - /** - * Same as above except the argument is a URL. - * - * Use this function to set the string to be - * filtered when you construct an empty filter - * object. - * - * @param url the URL to be filtered. - */ - void setData( const KURL& url ) { init( url ); } - - /** - * Sets the absolute path to be used whenever the supplied - * data is a relative local URL. - * - * NOTE: This function works only for a local resource and - * expects the absolute path to the relative URL set in this - * meta object. If you are extracting the absolute path from - * a KURL object, make sure you always set the argument below - * using KURL::path() instead of KURL::url() so that "file:/" - * would not be appended! Otherwise, the filter might not be - * able to make correct determination whether the relative URL - * locally exists! - * - * @param abs_path the abolute path to the local resource. - * @return true if absolute path is successfully set. Otherwise, false. - */ - bool setAbsolutePath( const TQString& /* abs_path */ ); - - /** - * Returns the absolute path if one has already been set. - */ - TQString absolutePath() const; - - /** - * Returns true if the supplied data has an absolute path. - */ - bool hasAbsolutePath() const; - - /** - * Returns the command line options and arguments for a - * local resource when present. - * - * @return options and arguments when present, otherwise TQString::null - */ - TQString argsAndOptions() const; - - /** - * Returns true if the current data is a local resource with - * command line options and arguments. - */ - bool hasArgsAndOptions() const; - - /** - * Returns the name of the icon that matches - * the current filtered URL. - * - * NOTE that this function will return a NULL - * string by default and when no associated icon - * is found. - * - * @return the name of the icon associated with the resource - */ - TQString iconName(); - - /** - * Overloaded assigenment operator. - * - * This function allows you to easily assign a KURL - * to a KURIFilterData object. - * - * @return an instance of a KURIFilterData object. - */ - KURIFilterData& operator=( const KURL& url ) { init( url ); return *this; } - - /** - * Overloaded assigenment operator. - * - * This function allows you to easily assign a QString - * to a KURIFilterData object. - * - * @return an instance of a KURIFilterData object. - */ - KURIFilterData& operator=( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); return *this; } - -protected: - - /** - * Initializes the KURIFilterData on construction. - */ - void init( const KURL& url = TQString::null ); - -private: - bool m_bFiltered; - bool m_bChanged; - - TQString m_strErrMsg; - TQString m_strIconName; - - KURL m_pURI; - URITypes m_iType; - KURIFilterDataPrivate *d; -}; - - -/** - * Base class for URI filter plugins. - * - * This class applies a single filter to a URI. All - * plugins designed to provide URI filtering functionalities - * should inherit from this abstract class and provide a - * specific filtering implementation. - * - * All inheriting classes need to implement the pure - * virtual function @ref filterURI. Otherwise, they - * would also become abstract. - * - * @short Abstract class for URI filter plugins. - */ -class KURIFilterPlugin : public QObject -{ - Q_OBJECT - -public: - - /** - * Constructs a filter plugin with a given name and - * priority. - * - * @param parent the parent object. - * @param name the name of the plugin. - * @param pri the priority of the plugin. - */ - KURIFilterPlugin( TQObject *parent = 0, const char *name = 0, double pri = 1.0 ); - - /** - * Returns the filter's name. - * - * @return A string naming the filter. - */ - virtual TQString name() const { return m_strName; } - - /** - * Returns the filter's priority. - * - * Each filter has an assigned priority, a float from 0 to 1. Filters - * with the lowest priority are first given a chance to filter a URI. - * - * @return The priority of the filter. - */ - virtual double priority() const { return m_dblPriority; } - - /** - * Filters a URI. - * - * @param data the URI data to be filtered. - * @return A boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed. - */ - virtual bool filterURI( KURIFilterData& data ) const = 0; - - /** - * Creates a configuration module for the filter. - * - * It is the responsability of the caller to delete the module - * once it is not needed anymore. - * - * @return A configuration module, @p null if the filter isn't configurable. - */ - virtual KCModule *configModule( TQWidget*, const char* ) const { return 0; } - - /** - * Returns the name of the configuration module for the filter. - * - * @return the name of a configuration module or @p null if none. - */ - virtual TQString configName() const { return name(); } - -protected: - - /** - * Sets the the URL in @p data to @p uri. - */ - void setFilteredURI ( KURIFilterData& data, const KURL& uri ) const; - - /** - * Sets the error message in @p data to @p errormsg. - */ - void setErrorMsg ( KURIFilterData& data, const TQString& errmsg ) const { - data.m_strErrMsg = errmsg; - } - - /** - * Sets the URI type in @p data to @p type. - */ - void setURIType ( KURIFilterData& data, KURIFilterData::URITypes type) const { - data.m_iType = type; - data.m_bChanged = true; - } - - /** - * Sets the arguments and options string in @p data - * to @p args if any were found during filterting. - */ - void setArguments( KURIFilterData& data, const TQString& args ) const; - - TQString m_strName; - double m_dblPriority; - -protected: - virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data ); -private: - class KURIFilterPluginPrivate *d; -}; - - -class KURIFilterPluginList : public TQPtrList<KURIFilterPlugin> -{ -public: - virtual int compareItems(Item a, Item b) - { - double diff = ((KURIFilterPlugin *) a)->priority() - ((KURIFilterPlugin *) b)->priority(); - return diff < 0 ? -1 : (diff > 0 ? 1 : 0); - } - -private: - KURIFilterPrivate *d; - -}; - -/** - * Manages the filtering of a URI. - * - * The intention of this plugin class is to allow people to extend - * the functionality of KURL without modifying it directly. This - * way KURL will remain a generic parser capable of parsing any - * generic URL that adheres to specifications. - * - * The KURIFilter class applies a number of filters to a URI, - * and returns the filtered version whenever possible. The filters - * are implemented using plugins to provide easy extensibility - * of the filtering mechanism. That is, new filters can be added in - * the future by simply inheriting from @ref KURIFilterPlugin and - * implementing the @ref KURIFilterPlugin::filterURI method. - * - * Use of this plugin-manager class is straight forward. Since - * it is a singleton object, all you have to do is obtain an instance - * by doing @p KURIFilter::self() and use any of the public member - * functions to preform the filtering. - * - * @sect Example - * - * To simply filter a given string: - * <pre> - * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( "kde.org" ); - * </pre> - * - * You can alternatively use a KURL: - * <pre> - * KURL url = "kde.org"; - * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( url ); - * </pre> - * - * If you have a constant string or a constant URL, - * simply invoke the corresponding function to obtain - * the filtered string or URL instead of a boolean flag: - * <pre> - * TQString u = KURIFilter::self()->filteredURI( "kde.org" ); - * </pre> - * - * You can also specify only specific filter(s) to be applied - * by supplying the name(s) of the filter(s). By defualt all - * filters that are found are loaded when the KURIFilter object - * is created will be used. These names are taken from the - * enteries in the \".desktop\" files. Here are a couple of - * examples: - * <pre> - * TQString text = "kde.org"; - * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, "KShortURIFilter" ); - * - * TQStringList list; - * list << "KShortURIFilter" << "MyFilter"; - * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, list ); - * </pre> - * - * KURIFilter also allows richer data exchange through a simple - * meta-object called @p KURIFilterData. Using this meta-object - * you can find out more information about the URL you want to - * filter. See @ref KURIFilterData for examples and details. - * - * @short Filters a given URL into its proper format whenever possible. - */ - -class KURIFilter -{ -public: - /** - * Destructor - */ - ~KURIFilter (); - - /** - * Return a static instance of KURIFilter. - */ - static KURIFilter* self(); - - /** - * Filters the URI given by the object URIFilterData. - * - * This filters the given data based on the specified - * filter list. If the list is empty all avaliable - * filter plugins would be used. If not, only those - * given in the list are used. - * - * @param data object that contains the URI to be filtered. - * @param filters specify the list filters to be used - * - * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed - */ - bool filterURI( KURIFilterData& data, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); - - /** - * Filters the URI given by the URL. - * - * This filters the given URL based on the specified - * filter list. If the list is empty all avaliable - * filter plugins would be used. If not, only those - * given in the list are used. - * - * @param uri the URI to filter. - * @param filters specify the list of filters to be used - * - * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed - */ - bool filterURI( KURL &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); - - /** - * Filters a string representing a URI. - * - * This filters the given string based on the specified - * filter list. If the list is empty all avaliable - * filter plugins would be used. If not, only those - * given in the list are used. - * - * @param uri The URI to filter. - * @param filters specify the list filters to be used - * - * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed - */ - bool filterURI( TQString &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); - - /** - * Returns the filtered URI. - * - * This filters the given URL based on the specified - * filter list. If the list is empty all avaliable - * filter plugins would be used. If not, only those - * given in the list are used. - * - * @param uri The URI to filter. - * @param filters specify the list filters to be used - * - * @return the filtered URI or null if it cannot be filtered - */ - KURL filteredURI( const KURL &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); - - /** - * Return a filtered string representation of a URI. - * - * This filters the given URL based on the specified - * filter list. If the list is empty all avaliable - * filter plugins would be used. If not, only those - * given in the list are used. - * - * @param uri the URI to filter. - * @param filters specify the list filters to be used - * - * @return the filtered URI or null if it cannot be filtered - */ - TQString filteredURI( const TQString &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); - - /** - * Return an iterator to iterate over all loaded - * plugins. - * - * @return a plugin iterator. - */ - TQPtrListIterator<KURIFilterPlugin> pluginsIterator() const; - - /** - * Return a list of the names of all loaded plugins - * - * @since 3.1 - * - * @return a TQStringList of plugin names - */ - TQStringList pluginNames() const; - -protected: - - /** - * A protected constructor. - * - * This constructor creates a KURIFilter and - * initializes all plugins it can find by invoking - * @ref loadPlugins. - */ - KURIFilter(); - - /** - * Loads all allowed plugins. - * - * This function loads all filters that have not - * been dis - */ - void loadPlugins(); - -private: - - static KURIFilter *m_self; - KURIFilterPluginList m_lstPlugins; - KURIFilterPrivate *d; - -}; - -#endif - diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde320/configwidget.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde320/configwidget.h deleted file mode 100644 index e289743a..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde320/configwidget.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,58 +0,0 @@ -/* - This file is part of libkresources. - Copyright (c) 2002 Tobias Koenig <tokoe@kde.org> - Copyright (c) 2002 Jan-Pascal van Best <janpascal@vanbest.org> - - This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - - This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. -*/ - -#ifndef KRESOURCES_CONFIGWIDGET_H -#define KRESOURCES_CONFIGWIDGET_H - -#include "resource.h" - -#include <kconfig.h> - -#include <tqwidget.h> - -namespace KRES { - -class ConfigWidget : public QWidget -{ - Q_OBJECT - public: - ConfigWidget( TQWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0 ); - - /** - Sets the widget to 'edit' mode. Reimplement this method if you are - interested in the mode change (to disable some GUI element for - example). By default the widget is in 'create new' mode. - */ - virtual void setInEditMode( bool value ); - - public slots: - virtual void loadSettings( Resource *resource ) = 0; - virtual void saveSettings( Resource *resource ) = 0; - - signals: - void setReadOnly( bool value ); - - protected: - Resource *mResource; -}; - -} -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde320/kaccelaction.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde320/kaccelaction.h deleted file mode 100644 index 0418297c..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde320/kaccelaction.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,564 +0,0 @@ -/* This file is part of the KDE libraries - Copyright (C) 2001,2002 Ellis Whitehead <ellis@kde.org> - - This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - - This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. -*/ - -#ifndef _KACCELACTION_H -#define _KACCELACTION_H - -#include <tqmap.h> -#include <tqptrvector.h> -#include <tqstring.h> -#include <tqvaluevector.h> - -#include <kshortcut.h> - -class KAccelBase; - -class TQObject; -class KConfig; -class KConfigBase; - -/** - * @internal - * A KAccelAction prepresents an action that can be executed using - * an accelerator key. Each KAccelAction has a name, a label, a - * "What's this" string and a KShortcut. The user can configure and - * enable/disable them using KKeyDialog. - * - * \code - * 1) KAccelAction = "Run Command" - * Default3 = "Alt+F2" - * Default4 = "Meta+Enter;Alt+F2" - * 1) KShortcut = "Meta+Enter" - * 1) KKeySequence = "Meta+Enter" - * 1) KKey = "Meta+Enter" - * 1) Meta+Enter - * 2) Meta+Keypad_Enter - * 2) KShortcut = "Alt+F2" - * 1) KKeySequence = "Alt+F2" - * 1) Alt+F2 - * 2) KAccelAction = "Something" - * Default3 = "" - * Default4 = "" - * 1) KShortcut = "Meta+X,Asterisk" - * 1) KKeySequence = "Meta+X,Asterisk" - * 1) KKey = "Meta+X" - * 1) Meta+X - * 2) KKey = "Asterisk" - * 1) Shift+8 (English layout) - * 2) Keypad_Asterisk - * \endcode - * @short An accelerator action - * @see KAccel - * @see KGlobalAccel - * @see KKeyChooser - * @see KKeyDialog - */ -class KAccelAction -{ - public: - /** - * Creates an empty KAccelAction. - * @see clear() - */ - KAccelAction(); - - /** - * Copy constructor. - */ - KAccelAction( const KAccelAction& ); - - /** - * Creates a new KAccelAction. - * @param sName the name of the accelerator - * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) - * @param sWhatsThis the What's This text (18n!) - * @param cutDef3 the default shortcut for 3 modifier systems - * @param cutDef4 the default shortcut for 4 modifier systems - * @param pObjSlot the receiver of a signal when the key has been - * pressed - * @param psMethodSlot the slot to connect for key presses. Receives - * an int, as set by setID(), as only argument - * @param bConfigurable if true the user can configure the shortcut - * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled - */ - KAccelAction( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, - const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4, - const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, - bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled ); - ~KAccelAction(); - - /** - * Clears the accelerator. - */ - void clear(); - - /** - * Re-initialized the KAccelAction. - * @param sName the name of the accelerator - * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) - * @param sWhatsThis the What's This text (18n!) - * @param cutDef3 the default shortcut for 3 modifier systems - * @param cutDef4 the default shortcut for 4 modifier systems - * @param pObjSlot the receiver of a signal when the key has been - * pressed - * @param psMethodSlot the slot to connect for key presses. Receives - * an int, as set by setID(), as only argument - * @param bConfigurable if true the user can configure the shortcut - * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - */ - bool init( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, - const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4, - const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, - bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled ); - - /** - * Copies this KAccelAction. - */ - KAccelAction& operator=( const KAccelAction& ); - - /** - * Returns the name of the accelerator action. - * @return the name of the accelerator action, can be null if not - * set - */ - const TQString& name() const { return m_sName; } - - /** - * Returns the label of the accelerator action. - * @return the label of the accelerator action, can be null if - * not set - */ - const TQString& label() const { return m_sLabel; } - - /** - * Returns the What's This text of the accelerator action. - * @return the What's This text of the accelerator action, can be - * null if not set - */ - const TQString& whatsThis() const { return m_sWhatsThis; } - - /** - * The shortcut that is actually used (may be used configured). - * @return the shortcut of the KAccelAction, can be null if not set - * @see shortcutDefault() - */ - const KShortcut& shortcut() const { return m_cut; } - - /** - * The default shortcut for this system. - * @return the default shortcut on this system, can be null if not set - * @see shortcut() - * @see shortcutDefault3() - * @see shortcutDefault4() - */ - const KShortcut& shortcutDefault() const; - - /** - * The default shortcut for 3 modifier systems. - * @return the default shortcut for 3 modifier systems, can be null - * if not set - * @see shortcutDefault() - * @see shortcutDefault4() - * @see useFourModifierKeys() - */ - const KShortcut& shortcutDefault3() const { return m_cutDefault3; } - - /** - * The default shortcut for 4 modifier systems. - * @return the default shortcut for 4 modifier systems, can be null - * if not set - * @see shortcutDefault() - * @see shortcutDefault3() - * @see useFourModifierKeys() - */ - const KShortcut& shortcutDefault4() const { return m_cutDefault4; } - - /** - * Returns the receiver of signals. - * @return the receiver of signals (can be 0 if not set) - */ - const TQObject* objSlotPtr() const { return m_pObjSlot; } - - /** - * Returns the slot for the signal. - * @return the slot for the signal - */ - const char* methodSlotPtr() const { return m_psMethodSlot; } - - /** - * Checks whether the user can configure the action. - * @return true if configurable, false otherwise - */ - bool isConfigurable() const { return m_bConfigurable; } - - /** - * Checks whether the action is enabled. - * @return true if enabled, false otherwise - */ - bool isEnabled() const { return m_bEnabled; } - - /** - * Sets the name of the accelerator action. - * @param name the new name - */ - void setName( const TQString& name ); - - /** - * Sets the user-readable label of the accelerator action. - * @param label the new label (i18n!) - */ - void setLabel( const TQString& label ); - - /** - * Sets the What's This text for the accelerator action. - * @param whatsThis the new What's This text (i18n!) - */ - void setWhatsThis( const TQString& whatsThis ); - - /** - * Sets the new shortcut of the accelerator action. - * @param rgCuts the shortcut to set - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - */ - bool setShortcut( const KShortcut& rgCuts ); - - /** - * Sets the slot of the accelerator action. - * @param pObjSlot the receiver object of the signal - * @param psMethodSlot the slot for the signal - */ - void setSlot( const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot ); - - /** - * Enables or disabled configuring the action. - * @param configurable true to enable configurability, false to disable - */ - void setConfigurable( bool configurable ); - - /** - * Enables or disabled the action. - * @param configurable true to enable the action, false to disable - */ - void setEnabled( bool enable ); - - /** - * Retrieves the id set using setID. - * @return the id of the accelerator action - */ - int getID() const { return m_nIDAccel; } - - /** - * Allows you to set an id that will be used as the action - * signal's argument. - * - * @param n the new id - * @see getID() - */ - void setID( int n ) { m_nIDAccel = n; } - - /** - * Checkes whether the action is connected (emits signals). - * @return true if connected, false otherwise - */ - bool isConnected() const; - - /** - * Sets a key sequence of the action's shortcut. - * @param i the position of the sequence - * @param keySeq the new new sequence - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see KShortcut::setSeq() - */ - bool setKeySequence( uint i, const KKeySequence &keySeq ); - - /** - * Clears the action's shortcut. It will not contain any sequences after - * calling this method. - * @see KShortcut::clear() - */ - void clearShortcut(); - - /** - * Checks whether the action's shortcut contains the given key sequence. - * @param keySeq the key sequence to check - * @return true if the shortcut contains the given sequence - * @see KShortcut::contains() - */ - bool contains( const KKeySequence &keySeq ); - - /** - * Returns the string representation of the action's shortcut. - * @return the string representation of the action's shortcut. - * @see KShortcut::toString() - */ - TQString toString() const; - - /** - * @internal - */ - TQString toStringInternal() const; - - /** - * Returns true if four modifier keys will be used. - * @return true if four modifier keys will be used. - */ - static bool useFourModifierKeys(); - - /** - * Selects 3 or 4 modifier default shortcuts. - * @param use true to use 4 modifier shortcuts, false to use - * 3 modifier shortcuts - */ - static void useFourModifierKeys( bool use ); - - protected: - TQString m_sName, - m_sLabel, - m_sWhatsThis; - KShortcut m_cut; - KShortcut m_cutDefault3, m_cutDefault4; - const TQObject* m_pObjSlot; - const char* m_psMethodSlot; - bool m_bConfigurable, - m_bEnabled; - int m_nIDAccel; - uint m_nConnections; - - void incConnections(); - void decConnections(); - - private: - static int g_bUseFourModifierKeys; - class KAccelActionPrivate* d; - - friend class KAccelActions; - friend class KAccelBase; -}; - -//--------------------------------------------------------------------- -// KAccelActions -//--------------------------------------------------------------------- - -/** - * @internal - * This class represents a collection of KAccelAction objects. - * - * @short A collection of accelerator actions - * @see KAccelAction - */ -class KAccelActions -{ - public: - /** - * Creates a new, empty KAccelActions object. - */ - KAccelActions(); - - /** - * Copy constructor (deep copy). - */ - KAccelActions( const KAccelActions& ); - virtual ~KAccelActions(); - - /** - * Removes all items from this collection. - */ - void clear(); - - /** - * Initializes this object with the given actions. - * It will make a deep copy of all actions. - * @param actions the actions to copy - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - */ - bool init( const KAccelActions &actions ); - - /** - * Loads the actions from the given configuration file. - * - * @param config the configuration file to load from - * @param sGroup the group in the configuration file - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - */ - bool init( KConfigBase& config, const TQString& sGroup ); - - /** - * Updates the shortcuts of all actions in this object - * with the shortcuts from the given object. - * @param shortcuts the collection that contains the new - * shortcuts - */ - void updateShortcuts( KAccelActions &shortcuts ); - - /** - * Retrieves the index of the action with the given name. - * @param sAction the action to search - * @return the index of the action, or -1 if not found - */ - int actionIndex( const TQString& sAction ) const; - - /** - * Returns the action with the given @p index. - * @param index the index of an action. You must not - * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index - * @see count() - */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( uint index ); - - /** - * Returns the action with the given @p index. - * @param index the index of an action. You must not - * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index - * @see count() - */ - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( uint index ) const; - - /** - * Returns the action with the given name. - * @param aAction the name of the action to search - * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0 - * if not found - */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); - - /** - * Returns the action with the given name. - * @param aAction the name of the action to search - * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0 - * if not found - */ - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; - - /** - * Returns the action with the given key sequence. - * @param cut the sequence to search for - * @return the KAccelAction with the given sequence, or 0 - * if not found - */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( KKeySequence cut ); - - /** - * Returns the action with the given @p index. - * @param index the index of an action. You must not - * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index - * @see actionPtr() - * @see count() - */ - KAccelAction& operator []( uint index ); - - /** - * Returns the action with the given @p index. - * @param index the index of an action. You must not - * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index - * @see actionPtr() - * @see count() - */ - const KAccelAction& operator []( uint index ) const; - - /** - * Inserts an action into the collection. - * @param sName the name of the accelerator - * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) - * @param sWhatsThis the What's This text (18n!) - * @param cutDef3 the default shortcut for 3 modifier systems - * @param cutDef4 the default shortcut for 4 modifier systems - * @param pObjSlot the receiver of a signal when the key has been - * pressed - * @param psMethodSlot the slot to connect for key presses. Receives - * an int, as set by setID(), as only argument - * @param bConfigurable if true the user can configure the shortcut - * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled - * @return the new action - */ - KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, - const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, - const TQObject* pObjSlot = 0, const char* psMethodSlot = 0, - bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true ); - - /** - * Inserts an action into the collection. - * @param sName the name of the accelerator - * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) - * @return the new action - */ - KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel ); - - /** - * Removes the given action. - * @param sAction the name of the action. - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - */ - bool remove( const TQString& sAction ); - - /** - * Loads the actions from the given configuration file. - * - * @param sConfigGroup the group in the configuration file - * @param pConfig the configuration file to load from - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - */ - bool readActions( const TQString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ); - - /** - * Writes the actions to the given configuration file. - * - * @param sConfigGroup the group in the configuration file - * @param pConfig the configuration file to save to - * @param bWriteAll true to write all actions - * @param bGlobal true to write to the global configuration file - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - */ - bool writeActions( const TQString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0, - bool bWriteAll = false, bool bGlobal = false ) const; - - /** - * Emit a keycodeChanged signal. - */ - void emitKeycodeChanged(); - - /** - * Returns the number of actions in the collection. - * @return the number of actions - */ - uint count() const; - - protected: - KAccelBase* m_pKAccelBase; - KAccelAction** m_prgActions; - uint m_nSizeAllocated, m_nSize; - - void resize( uint ); - void insertPtr( KAccelAction* ); - - private: - class KAccelActionsPrivate* d; - - KAccelActions( KAccelBase* ); - void initPrivate( KAccelBase* ); - KAccelActions& operator =( KAccelActions& ); - - friend class KAccelBase; -}; - -#endif // _KACCELACTION_H diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde320/kaccelbase.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde320/kaccelbase.h deleted file mode 100644 index e2ec66e9..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde320/kaccelbase.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,230 +0,0 @@ -/* This file is part of the KDE libraries - Copyright (C) 2001 Ellis Whitehead <ellis@kde.org> - - This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - - This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. -*/ - -#ifndef _KACCELBASE_H -#define _KACCELBASE_H - -#include <tqmap.h> -#include <tqptrvector.h> -#include <tqstring.h> -#include <tqvaluevector.h> -#include <tqvaluelist.h> - -#include "kaccelaction.h" -#include "kkeyserver_x11.h" - -class TQPopupMenu; -class TQWidget; - -//---------------------------------------------------- - -/** - * @internal - * Handle keyboard accelerators. - * - * Allow an user to configure - * key bindings through application configuration files or through the - * KKeyChooser GUI. - * - * A KAccel contains a list of accelerator items. Each accelerator item - * consists of an action name and a keyboard code combined with modifiers - * (Shift, Ctrl and Alt.) - * - * For example, "Ctrl+P" could be a shortcut for printing a document. The key - * codes are listed in ckey.h. "Print" could be the action name for printing. - * The action name identifies the key binding in configuration files and the - * KKeyChooser GUI. - * - * When pressed, an accelerator key calls the slot to which it has been - * connected. Accelerator items can be connected so that a key will activate - * two different slots. - * - * A KAccel object handles key events sent to its parent widget and to all - * children of this parent widget. - * - * Key binding reconfiguration during run time can be prevented by specifying - * that an accelerator item is not configurable when it is inserted. A special - * group of non-configurable key bindings are known as the - * standard accelerators. - * - * The standard accelerators appear repeatedly in applications for - * standard document actions such as printing and saving. Convenience methods are - * available to insert and connect these accelerators which are configurable on - * a desktop-wide basis. - * - * It is possible for a user to choose to have no key associated with - * an action. - * - * The translated first argument for insertItem() is used only - * in the configuration dialog. - *\code - * KAccel *a = new KAccel( myWindow ); - * // Insert an action "Scroll Up" which is associated with the "Up" key: - * a->insertItem( i18n("Scroll Up"), "Scroll Up", "Up" ); - * // Insert an action "Scroll Down" which is not associated with any key: - * a->insertItem( i18n("Scroll Down"), "Scroll Down", 0); - * a->connectItem( "Scroll up", myWindow, TQT_SLOT( scrollUp() ) ); - * // a->insertStdItem( KStdAccel::Print ); //not necessary, since it - * // is done automatially with the - * // connect below! - * a->connectItem(KStdAccel::Print, myWindow, TQT_SLOT( printDoc() ) ); - * - * a->readSettings(); - *\endcode - * - * If a shortcut has a menu entry as well, you could insert them like - * this. The example is again the KStdAccel::Print from above. - * - * \code - * int id; - * id = popup->insertItem("&Print",this, TQT_SLOT(printDoc())); - * a->changeMenuAccel(popup, id, KStdAccel::Print ); - * \endcode - * - * If you want a somewhat "exotic" name for your standard print action, like - * id = popup->insertItem(i18n("Print &Document"),this, TQT_SLOT(printDoc())); - * it might be a good idea to insert the standard action before as - * a->insertStdItem( KStdAccel::Print, i18n("Print Document") ) - * as well, so that the user can easily find the corresponding function. - * - * This technique works for other actions as well. Your "scroll up" function - * in a menu could be done with - * - * \code - * id = popup->insertItem(i18n"Scroll &up",this, TQT_SLOT(scrollUp())); - * a->changeMenuAccel(popup, id, "Scroll Up" ); - * \endcode - * - * Please keep the order right: First insert all functions in the - * acceleratior, then call a -> readSettings() and @em then build your - * menu structure. - * - * @short Configurable key binding support. - * @version $Id: kaccelbase.h,v 1.26 2003/08/16 19:44:57 coolo Exp $ - */ - -class KAccelBase -{ - public: - enum Init { QT_KEYS = 0x00, NATIVE_KEYS = 0x01 }; - enum Signal { KEYCODE_CHANGED }; - - KAccelBase( int fInitCode ); - virtual ~KAccelBase(); - - uint actionCount() const; - KAccelActions& actions(); - bool isEnabled() const; - - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKey& key ); - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKeyServer::Key& key ); - - const TQString& configGroup() const { return m_sConfigGroup; } - void setConfigGroup( const TQString& group ); - void setConfigGlobal( bool global ); - virtual void setEnabled( bool bEnabled ) = 0; - bool getAutoUpdate() { return m_bAutoUpdate; } - // return value of AutoUpdate flag before this call. - bool setAutoUpdate( bool bAuto ); - -// Procedures for manipulating Actions. - //void clearActions(); - - KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sDesc ); - KAccelAction* insert( - const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sDesc, const TQString& sHelp, - const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, - const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, - bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true ); - bool remove( const TQString& sAction ); - bool setActionSlot( const TQString& sAction, const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot ); - - bool updateConnections(); - - bool setShortcut( const TQString& sAction, const KShortcut& cut ); - -// Modify individual Action sub-items - bool setActionEnabled( const TQString& sAction, bool bEnable ); - - /** - * Read all key associations from @p config, or (if @p config - * is zero) from the application's configuration file - * KGlobal::config(). - * - * The group in which the configuration is stored can be - * set with setConfigGroup(). - */ - void readSettings( KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ); - - /** - * Write the current configurable associations to @p config, - * or (if @p config is zero) to the application's - * configuration file. - */ - void writeSettings( KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ) const; - - TQPopupMenu* createPopupMenu( TQWidget* pParent, const KKeySequence& ); - - // Protected methods - protected: - void slotRemoveAction( KAccelAction* ); - - struct X; - void createKeyList( TQValueVector<struct X>& rgKeys ); - bool insertConnection( KAccelAction* ); - bool removeConnection( KAccelAction* ); - - virtual bool emitSignal( Signal ) = 0; - virtual bool connectKey( KAccelAction&, const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; - virtual bool connectKey( const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; - virtual bool disconnectKey( KAccelAction&, const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; - virtual bool disconnectKey( const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; - - protected: - struct ActionInfo - { - KAccelAction* pAction; - uint iSeq, iVariation; - //ActionInfo* pInfoNext; // nil if only one action uses this key. - - ActionInfo() { pAction = 0; iSeq = 0xffff; iVariation = 0xffff; } - ActionInfo( KAccelAction* _pAction, uint _iSeq, uint _iVariation ) - { pAction = _pAction; iSeq = _iSeq; iVariation = _iVariation; } - }; - typedef TQMap<KKeyServer::Key, ActionInfo> KKeyToActionMap; - - KAccelActions m_rgActions; - KKeyToActionMap m_mapKeyToAction; - TQValueList<KAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique; - bool m_bNativeKeys; // Use native key codes instead of Qt codes - bool m_bEnabled; - bool m_bConfigIsGlobal; - TQString m_sConfigGroup; - bool m_bAutoUpdate; - KAccelAction* mtemp_pActionRemoving; - - private: - KAccelBase& operator =( const KAccelBase& ); - - friend class KAccelActions; -}; - -#endif // _KACCELBASE_H diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde320/kicontheme.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde320/kicontheme.h deleted file mode 100644 index 4c15c2d9..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde320/kicontheme.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,334 +0,0 @@ -/* vi: ts=8 sts=4 sw=4 - * - * $Id: kicontheme.h,v 1.29 2003/11/02 14:50:34 carewolf Exp $ - * - * This file is part of the KDE project, module kdecore. - * Copyright (C) 2000 Geert Jansen <jansen@kde.org> - * Antonio Larrosa <larrosa@kde.org> - * - * This is free software; it comes under the GNU Library General - * Public License, version 2. See the file "COPYING.LIB" for the - * exact licensing terms. - * - */ - -#ifndef __KIconTheme_h_Included__ -#define __KIconTheme_h_Included__ - -#include <tqstring.h> -#include <tqstringlist.h> -#include <tqptrlist.h> - -class KConfig; -//class KIconThemeDir; - -class KIconThemePrivate; - -class KIconPrivate; - -/** - * One icon as found by KIconTheme. Also serves as a namespace containing - * icon related constants. - * @see KIconEffect - * @see KIconTheme - * @see KIconLoader - */ -class KIcon -{ -public: - KIcon() { size = 0; } - - /** - * Return true if this icon is valid, false otherwise. - */ - bool isValid() const { return size != 0; } - - /** - * Defines the context of the icon. - */ - enum Context { - Any, ///< Some icon with unknown purpose. - Action, ///< An action icon (e.g. 'save', 'print'). - Application, ///< An icon that represents an application. - Device, ///< An icon that represents a device. - FileSystem, ///< An icon that represents a file system. - MimeType ///< An icon that represents a mime type (or file type). - }; - - /** - * The type of the icon. - */ - enum Type { - Fixed, ///< Fixed-size icon. - Scalable, ///< Scalable-size icon. - Threshold ///< A threshold icon. - }; - - /** - * The type of a match. - */ - enum MatchType { - MatchExact, ///< Only try to find an exact match. - MatchBest ///< Take the best match if there is no exact match. - - }; - - // if you add a group here, make sure to change the config reading in - // KIconLoader too - /** - * The group an an icon. - */ - enum Group { NoGroup=-1, Desktop=0, FirstGroup=0, Toolbar, - MainToolbar, Small, Panel, LastGroup, User }; - - /** - * These are the standard sizes for icons. - */ - enum StdSizes { - /// small icons for menu entries - SizeSmall=16, - /// medium sized icons for the desktop - SizeMedium=32, - /// large sized icons for the panel - SizeLarge=48, - /// huge sized icons for iconviews - SizeHuge=64 - }; - - /** - * Defines the possible states of an icon. - */ - enum States { DefaultState, ///< The default state. - ActiveState, ///< Icon is active. - DisabledState, ///< Icon is disabled. - LastState ///< Last state (last constant) - }; - - /** - * This defines an overlay, a semi-transparent image that is - * projected onto the icon. They are used to show that the file - * represented by the icon is, for example, locked, zipped or hidden. - */ - enum Overlays { - LockOverlay=0x100, ///< a file is locked - ZipOverlay=0x200, ///< a file is zipped - LinkOverlay=0x400, ///< a fileis a link - HiddenOverlay=0x800, ///< a file is hidden - ShareOverlay=0x1000, ///< a file is shared - OverlayMask = ~0xff - }; - - /** - * The size in pixels of the icon. - */ - int size; - - /** - * The context of the icon. - */ - Context context; - - /** - * The type of the icon: Fixed, Scalable or Threshold. - **/ - Type type; - - /** - * The threshold in case type == Threshold - */ - int threshold; - - /** - * The full path of the icon. - */ - TQString path; - -private: - KIconPrivate *d; -}; - -inline KIcon::Group& operator++(KIcon::Group& group) { group = static_cast<KIcon::Group>(group+1); return group; } -inline KIcon::Group operator++(KIcon::Group& group,int) { KIcon::Group ret = group; ++group; return ret; } - -/** - * Class to use/access icon themes in KDE. This class is used by the - * iconloader but can be used by others too. - * @see KIconLoader - */ -class KIconTheme -{ -public: - /** - * Load an icon theme by name. - * @param name the name of the theme (e.g. "hicolor" or "keramik") - * @param appName the name of the application. Can be null. This argument - * allows applications to have themed application icons. - */ - KIconTheme(const TQString& name, const TQString& appName=TQString::null); - ~KIconTheme(); - - /** - * The stylized name of the icon theme. - * @return the (human-readable) name of the theme - */ - TQString name() const { return mName; } - - /** - * A description for the icon theme. - * @return a human-readable description of the theme, TQString::null - * if there is none - */ - TQString description() const { return mDesc; } - - /** - * Return the name of the "example" icon. This can be used to - * present the theme to the user. - * @return the name of the example icon, TQString::null if there is none - */ - TQString example() const; - - /** - * Return the name of the screenshot. - * @return the name of the screenshot, TQString::null if there is none - */ - TQString screenshot() const; - - /** - * Returns the name of this theme's link overlay. - * @return the name of the link overlay - */ - TQString linkOverlay() const; - - /** - * Returns the name of this theme's zip overlay. - * @return the name of the zip overlay - */ - TQString zipOverlay() const; - - /** - * Returns the name of this theme's lock overlay. - * @return the name of the lock overlay - */ - TQString lockOverlay() const; - - /** - * Returns the name of this theme's share overlay. - * @return the name of the share overlay - * @since 3.1 - */ - TQString shareOverlay () const; - - /** - * Returns the toplevel theme directory. - * @return the directory of the theme - */ - TQString dir() const { return mDir; } - - /** - * The themes this icon theme falls back on. - * @return a list of icon themes that are used as fall-backs - */ - TQStringList inherits() const { return mInherits; } - - /** - * The icon theme exists? - * @return true if the icon theme is valid - */ - bool isValid() const; - - /** - * The icon theme should be hidden to the user? - * @return true if the icon theme is hidden - * @since 3.1 - */ - bool isHidden() const; - - /** - * The minimum display depth required for this theme. This can either - * be 8 or 32. - * @return the minimum bpp (8 or 32) - */ - int depth() const { return mDepth; } - - /** - * The default size of this theme for a certain icon group. - * @param group The icon group. See KIcon::Group. - * @return The default size in pixels for the given icon group. - */ - int defaultSize(KIcon::Group group) const; - - /** - * Query available sizes for a group. - * @param group The icon group. See KIcon::Group. - * @return a list of available sized for the given group - */ - TQValueList<int> querySizes(KIcon::Group group) const; - - /** - * Query available icons for a size and context. - * @param size the size of the icons - * @param context the context of the icons - * @return the list of icon names - */ - TQStringList queryIcons(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const; - - /** - * Query available icons for a context and preferred size. - * @param size the size of the icons - * @param context the context of the icons - * @return the list of icon names - */ - TQStringList queryIconsByContext(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const; - - - /** - * Lookup an icon in the theme. - * @param name The name of the icon, without extension. - * @param size The desired size of the icon. - * @param match The matching mode. KIcon::MatchExact returns an icon - * only if matches exactly. KIcon::MatchBest returns the best matching - * icon. - * @return A KIcon class that describes the icon. If an icon is found, - * @see KIcon::isValid will return true, and false otherwise. - */ - KIcon iconPath(const TQString& name, int size, KIcon::MatchType match) const; - - /** - * List all icon themes installed on the system, global and local. - * @return the list of all icon themes - */ - static TQStringList list(); - - /** - * Returns the current icon theme. - * @return the name of the current theme - */ - static TQString current(); - - /** - * Reconfigure the theme. - */ - static void reconfigure(); - - /** - * Returns the default icon theme. - * @return the name of the default theme name - * @since 3.1 - */ - static TQString defaultThemeName(); - -private: - int mDefSize[8]; - TQValueList<int> mSizes[8]; - - int mDepth; - TQString mDir, mName, mDesc; - TQStringList mInherits; -// TQPtrList<KIconThemeDir> mDirs; - KIconThemePrivate *d; - - static TQString *_theme; - static TQStringList *_theme_list; -}; - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde320/kkeyserver_x11.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde320/kkeyserver_x11.h deleted file mode 100644 index 1271f506..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde320/kkeyserver_x11.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,433 +0,0 @@ -#ifndef _KKEYSERVER_X11_H -#define _KKEYSERVER_X11_H - -#include "kshortcut.h" -#include "kkeynative.h" - -/** - * A collection of functions for the conversion of key presses and - * their modifiers from the window system (X11) specific format - * to the generic format and vice-versa. - */ -namespace KKeyServer -{ - /** - * Supplement enum KKey::ModFlag - * @since 3.1 - */ - enum ExtraModFlag { MODE_SWITCH = 0x2000 }; - - /** - * Represents a key symbol. - * @see KKey - * @see KKeyServer - */ - struct Sym - { - public: - /// the actual value of the symbol - uint m_sym; - - /// Creates a null symbol. - Sym() - { m_sym = 0; } - /** - * Creates asymbol with the given value. - * @param sym the value - */ - Sym( uint sym ) - { m_sym = sym; } - /** - * Creates a symbol from the given string description. - * @param s the description of the symbol - * @see toString() - */ - Sym( const TQString& s ) - { init( s ); } - - /** - * Initializes the symbol with the given Qt key code. - * @param keyQt the qt key code - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key - */ - bool initQt( int keyQt ); - - /** - * Initializes the key with the given string description. - * @param s the string description - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see toString() - */ - bool init( const TQString &s ); - - /** - * Returns the qt key code of the symbol. - * @return the qt key code - */ - int qt() const; - - /** - * @internal - */ - TQString toStringInternal() const; - - /** - * Returns the string representation of the symbol. - * @return the string representation of the symbol - */ - TQString toString() const; - - /** - * Returns the mods that are required for this symbol as - * ORed KKey::ModFlag's. For example, Break requires a - * Ctrl to be valid. - * @return the required KKey::ModFlag's - * @see KKey::ModFlag - */ - uint getModsRequired() const; - - /** - * TODO: please find out what this method does and document it - */ - uint getSymVariation() const; - - /** - * Casts the symbol to its integer representation. - */ - operator uint() const { return m_sym; } - - /** - * Overloaded operator to convert ints to Sym. - */ - Sym& operator =( uint sym ) { m_sym = sym; return *this; } - - private: - TQString toString( bool bUserSpace ) const; - - static void capitalizeKeyname( TQString& ); - }; - - /** - * Represents a key press. - * @see KKey - */ - struct Key - { - /// Code for native Keys in Qt - enum { CODE_FOR_QT = 256 }; - - /// The code of the key - uint m_code; - - /// The modifiers of the key - uint m_mod; - - /// The symbol of the key - uint m_sym; - - /** - * Initializes the key with a KKey. - * @param key the key to get the data from - * @param bQt true to take the Qt keycode, false - * for the native key code - * @see Qt::Key - * @see KKeyNative - */ - bool init( const KKey& key, bool bQt ); - - /** - * Checks whether the key code is a native code. - * @return true if native code of the window system, - * false if it is a Qt keycode - * @see Qt::Key - * @see KKeyNative - */ - bool isNative() const { return m_code != CODE_FOR_QT; } - - /** - * Returns the code of the key. - * @return the code of the key - */ - uint code() const { return m_code; } - - /** - * Returns the modifiers of the key. - * @return the modifiers of the key - */ - uint mod() const { return m_mod; } - - /** - * Returns the symbol of the key. - * @return the symbol of the key - */ - uint sym() const { return m_sym; } - - /** - * Returns the qt key code. - * @return the qt key code - */ - int keyCodeQt() const { return (int) m_sym; } - - /** - * Sets the qt key code. - * @param keyQt the qt key code - */ - void setKeycodeQt( int keyQt ) - { m_code = CODE_FOR_QT; m_sym = keyQt; } - - /** - * Initializes this key with a KKeyNative. - * @return this key - */ - Key& operator =( const KKeyNative& key ); - - /** - * Compares this key with the given Key object. Returns a - * negative number if the given Key is larger, 0 if they - * are equal and a positive number this Key is larger. The - * returned value is the difference between the symbol, modifier - * or code, whatever is non-zero first. - * - * @param key the key to compare with this key - * @return a negative number if the given Key is larger, 0 if - * they are equal and a positive number this Key is larger - */ - int compare( const Key& key ) const; - - /** - * Compares the symbol, modifiers and code of both keys. - * @see compare() - */ - bool operator ==( const Key& b ) const - { return compare( b ) == 0; } - - /** - * Compares the symbol, modifiers and code of both keys. - * @see compare() - */ - bool operator <( const Key& b ) const - { return compare( b ) < 0; } - - /** - * Converts this Key to a KKey. - * @return the KKey - */ - KKey key() const; - }; - - /** - * TODO: please document this class - */ - struct Variations - { - enum { MAX_VARIATIONS = 4 }; - - Key m_rgkey[MAX_VARIATIONS]; - uint m_nVariations; - - Variations() { m_nVariations = 0; } - - void init( const KKey&, bool bQt ); - - uint count() const { return m_nVariations; } - const Key& key( uint i ) const { return m_rgkey[i]; } - }; - - /// TODO: please document - bool initializeMods(); - - /** - * Returns the equivalent X modifier mask of the given modifier flag. - * @param modFlag the generic flags to check - * @return the window system specific flags - */ - uint modX( KKey::ModFlag modFlag ); - - /** - * Returns true if the current keyboard layout supports the Win key. - * Specifically, whether the Super or Meta keys are assigned to an X modifier. - * @return true if the keyboard has a Win key - * @see modXWin() - */ - bool keyboardHasWinKey(); - - /** - * Returns the X11 Shift modifier mask/flag. - * @return the X11 Shift modifier mask/flag. - * @see accelModMaskX() - */ - uint modXShift(); - - /** - * Returns the X11 Lock modifier mask/flag. - * @return the X11 Lock modifier mask/flag. - * @see accelModMaskX() - */ - uint modXLock(); - - /** - * Returns the X11 Ctrl modifier mask/flag. - * @return the X11 Ctrl modifier mask/flag. - * @see accelModMaskX() - */ - uint modXCtrl(); - - /** - * Returns the X11 Alt (Mod1) modifier mask/flag. - * @return the X11 Alt (Mod1) modifier mask/flag. - * @see accelModMaskX() - */ - uint modXAlt(); - - /** - * Returns the X11 NumLock modifier mask/flag. - * @return the X11 NumLock modifier mask/flag. - * @see accelModMaskX() - */ - uint modXNumLock(); - - /** - * Returns the X11 Win (Mod3) modifier mask/flag. - * @return the X11 Win (Mod3) modifier mask/flag. - * @see keyboardHasWinKey() - * @see accelModMaskX() - */ - uint modXWin(); - - /** - * Returns the X11 ScrollLock modifier mask/flag. - * @return the X11 ScrollLock modifier mask/flag. - * @see accelModMaskX() - */ - uint modXScrollLock(); - - /** - * Returns bitwise OR'ed mask containing Shift, Ctrl, Alt, and - * Win (if available). - * @see modXShift() - * @see modXLock() - * @see modXCtrl() - * @see modXAlt() - * @see modXNumLock() - * @see modXWin() - * @see modXScrollLock() - */ - uint accelModMaskX(); - - /** - * Extracts the symbol from the given Qt key and - * converts it to a symbol. - * @param keyQt the qt key code - * @param sym if successful, the symbol will be written here - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key - * @see Sym - */ - bool keyQtToSym( int keyQt, uint& sym ); - - /** - * Extracts the modifiers from the given Qt key and - * converts them in a mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers. - * @param keyQt the qt key code - * @param mod if successful, the modifiers will be written here - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key - */ - bool keyQtToMod( int keyQt, uint& mod ); - - /** - * Converts the given symbol to a Qt key code. - * @param sym the symbol - * @param keyQt if successful, the qt key code will be written here - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key - * @see Sym - */ - bool symToKeyQt( uint sym, int& keyQt ); - - /** - * Converts the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers to - * a mask of ORed Qt key code modifiers. - * @param mod the mask of KKey::ModFlag modifiers - * @param modQt the mask of Qt key code modifiers will be written here, - * if successful - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key - * @see KKey - */ - bool modToModQt( uint mod, int& modQt ); - - /** - * Converts the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers to - * a mask of ORed X11 modifiers. - * @param mod the mask of KKey::ModFlag modifiers - * @param modX the mask of X11 modifiers will be written here, - * if successful - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see KKey - */ - bool modToModX( uint mod, uint& modX ); - - /** - * Converts the mask of ORed X11 modifiers to - * a mask of ORed Qt key code modifiers. - * @param modX the mask of X11 modifiers - * @param modQt the mask of Qt key code modifiers will be written here - * if successful - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key - */ - bool modXToModQt( uint modX, int& modQt ); - - /** - * Converts the mask of ORed X11 modifiers to - * a mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers. - * @param modX the mask of X11 modifiers - * @param mod the mask of KKey::ModFlag modifiers will be written here, - * if successful - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see KKey - */ - bool modXToMod( uint modX, uint& mod ); - - /** - * Converts a X11 key code and a mask of ORed X11 modifiers - * into a X11 symbol. - * converts it to a symbol. - * @param codeX the X11 key code - * @param modX the mask of ORed X11 modifiers - * @param symX if successful, the X11 symbol will be written here - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key - * @see Sym - */ - bool codeXToSym( uchar codeX, uint modX, uint& symX ); - - /** - * @internal - */ - TQString modToStringInternal( uint mod ); - - /** - * Converts the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers to a - * user-readable string. - * @param mod the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers - * @return the user-readable string - */ - TQString modToStringUser( uint mod ); - - /** - * @internal - * Unimplemented? - */ - bool stringToSymMod( const TQString&, uint& sym, uint& mod ); - - /** - * @internal - * Unimplemented? - */ - void keyQtToKeyX( uint keyCombQt, unsigned char *pKeyCodeX, uint *pKeySymX, uint *pKeyModX ); -} - -#endif // !_KKEYSERVER_X11_H diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde320/konsole_part.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde320/konsole_part.h deleted file mode 100644 index 6aba7064..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde320/konsole_part.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,223 +0,0 @@ -/* - This file is part of the KDE system - Copyright (C) 1999,2000 Boloni Laszlo - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. - */ - -#ifndef __KONSOLE_PART_H__ -#define __KONSOLE_PART_H__ - -#include <kparts/browserextension.h> -#include <kparts/factory.h> - - -#include <kdialogbase.h> - -#include <kde_terminal_interface.h> - -//#include "schema.h" -//#include "session.h" - -class KInstance; -class konsoleBrowserExtension; -class TQPushButton; -class TQSpinBox; -class KPopupMenu; -class TQCheckBox; -class KRootPixmap; -class KToggleAction; -class KSelectAction; - -namespace KParts { class GUIActivateEvent; } - -class konsoleFactory : public KParts::Factory -{ - Q_OBJECT -public: - konsoleFactory(); - virtual ~konsoleFactory(); - - virtual KParts::Part* createPartObject(TQWidget *parentWidget = 0, const char *widgetName = 0, - TQObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0, - const char* classname = "KParts::Part", - const TQStringList &args = TQStringList()); - - static KInstance *instance(); - - private: - static KInstance *s_instance; - static KAboutData *s_aboutData; -}; - -////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -class konsolePart: public KParts::ReadOnlyPart, public TerminalInterface -{ - Q_OBJECT - public: - konsolePart(TQWidget *parentWidget, const char *widgetName, TQObject * parent, const char *name, const char *classname = 0); - virtual ~konsolePart(); - -signals: - void processExited(); - void receivedData( const TQString& s ); - protected: - virtual bool openURL( const KURL & url ); - virtual bool openFile() {return false;} // never used - virtual bool closeURL() {return true;} - virtual void guiActivateEvent( KParts::GUIActivateEvent * event ); - - protected slots: - void showShell(); - void slotProcessExited(); - void slotReceivedData( const TQString& s ); - -// void doneSession(TESession*); - void sessionDestroyed(); -// void configureRequest(TEWidget*,int,int x,int y); - void updateTitle(); - void enableMasterModeConnections(); - - private slots: - void emitOpenURLRequest(const TQString &url); - - void readProperties(); - void saveProperties(); - - void sendSignal(int n); - void closeCurrentSession(); - - void notifySize(int,int); - - void slotToggleFrame(); - void slotSelectScrollbar(); - void slotSelectFont(); - void schema_menu_check(); - void keytab_menu_activated(int item); - void updateSchemaMenu(); - void setSchema(int n); - void pixmap_menu_activated(int item); - void schema_menu_activated(int item); - void slotHistoryType(); - void slotSelectBell(); - void slotSelectLineSpacing(); - void slotBlinkingCursor(); - void slotWordSeps(); - void fontNotFound(); - - private: - konsoleBrowserExtension *m_extension; - KURL currentURL; - - void makeGUI(); - void applySettingsToGUI(); - - void setFont(int fontno); -// void setSchema(ColorSchema* s); - void updateKeytabMenu(); - - bool doOpenStream( const TQString& ); - bool doWriteStream( const TQByteArray& ); - bool doCloseStream(); - - TQWidget* parentWidget; -// TEWidget* te; -// TESession* se; -// ColorSchemaList* colors; - KRootPixmap* rootxpm; - - KToggleAction* blinkingCursor; - KToggleAction* showFrame; - - KSelectAction* selectBell; - KSelectAction* selectFont; - KSelectAction* selectLineSpacing; - KSelectAction* selectScrollbar; - - KPopupMenu* m_keytab; - KPopupMenu* m_schema; - KPopupMenu* m_signals; - KPopupMenu* m_options; - KPopupMenu* m_popupMenu; - - TQFont defaultFont; - - TQString pmPath; // pixmap path - TQString s_schema; - TQString s_kconfigSchema; - TQString s_word_seps; // characters that are considered part of a word - TQString fontNotFound_par; - - bool b_framevis:1; - bool b_histEnabled:1; - - int curr_schema; // current schema no - int n_bell; - int n_font; - int n_keytab; - int n_render; - int n_scroll; - unsigned m_histSize; - bool m_runningShell; - bool m_streamEnabled; -public: - // these are the implementations for the TermEmuInterface - // functions... - void startProgram( const TQString& program, - const TQStrList& args ); - void showShellInDir( const TQString& dir ); - void sendInput( const TQString& text ); -}; - -////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -/*class HistoryTypeDialog : public KDialogBase -{ - Q_OBJECT -public: - HistoryTypeDialog(const HistoryType& histType, - unsigned int histSize, - TQWidget *parent); - -public slots: - void slotDefault(); - void slotSetUnlimited(); - void slotHistEnable(bool); - - unsigned int nbLines() const; - bool isOn() const; - -protected: - TQCheckBox* m_btnEnable; - TQSpinBox* m_size; - TQPushButton* m_setUnlimited; -};*/ - -////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -class konsoleBrowserExtension : public KParts::BrowserExtension -{ - Q_OBJECT - friend class konsolePart; - public: - konsoleBrowserExtension(konsolePart *parent); - virtual ~konsoleBrowserExtension(); - - void emitOpenURLRequest(const KURL &url); -}; - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde320/kpanelmenu.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde320/kpanelmenu.h deleted file mode 100644 index 1803e808..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde320/kpanelmenu.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,181 +0,0 @@ -/***************************************************************** - -Copyright (c) 1996-2000 the kicker authors. See file AUTHORS. - (c) 2001 Michael Goffioul <goffioul@imec.be> - -Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy -of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal -in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights -to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell -copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is -furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: - -The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in -all copies or substantial portions of the Software. - -THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR -IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, -FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE -AUTHORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN -AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN -CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. - -******************************************************************/ - -#ifndef __KPANELMENU_H__ -#define __KPANELMENU_H__ - -#include <tqstring.h> -#include <kpopupmenu.h> -#include <kgenericfactory.h> - -class KPanelMenuPrivate; - -/** - * Base class to build dynamically loaded menu entries for the K-menu, or the panel. - * - * This class allows to build menu entries that will be dynamically added either to - * the K-menu, or to the panel as a normal button. These dynamic menus are located - * in shared libraries that will be loaded at runtime by Kicker (the KDE panel). - * - * To build such a menu, you have to inherit this class and implement the pure virtual - * functions #initialize() and slotExec(). You also have to provide a factory - * object in your library, see KLibFactory. This factory is only used to construct - * the menu object. - * - * Finally, you also have to provide a desktop file describing your dynamic menu. The - * relevant entries are: Name, Comment, Icon and X-KDE-Library (which contains the - * library name without any extension). This desktop file has to be installed in - * $KDEDIR/share/apps/kicker/menuext/. - * - * @short Base class to build dynamically loaded menu entries for the K-menu, or the panel. - * @author The kicker maintainer, Michael Goffioul <goffioul@imec.be> - */ -class KPanelMenu : public KPopupMenu -{ - Q_OBJECT - -public: - /** - * Construct a KPanelMenu object. This is the normal constructor to use when - * building extrernal menu entries. - */ - KPanelMenu(TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0); - /** - * Constructor used internally by Kicker. You don't really want to use it. - * @param startDir a directory to associate with this menu - * @see path(), setPath() - */ - KPanelMenu(const TQString &startDir, TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0); - /** - * Destructor. - */ - virtual ~KPanelMenu(); - - /** - * Get the directory path associated with this menu, or TQString::null if - * there's no such associated path. - * @return the associated directory path - * @see setPath() - */ - const TQString& path() const; - /** - * Set a directory path to be associated with this menu. - * @param p the directory path - * @see path() - */ - void setPath(const TQString &p); - /** - * Tell if the menu has been initialized, that is it already contains items. - * This is useful when you need to know if you have to clear the menu, or to - * fill it. - * @return the initial state - * @see setInitialized(), initialize() - */ - bool initialized() const; - /** - * Set the initial state. Set it to true when you menu is filled with the items - * you want. - * @param on the initial state - * @see initialized(), initialize() - */ - void setInitialized(bool on); - - /** - * Disable the automatic clearing of the menu. Kicker uses a cache system for - * its menus. After a specific configurable delay, the menu will be cleared. - * Use this function if you want to disable kicker's cache system, and avoid - * the clearing of your menu. - */ - void disableAutoClear(); - -public slots: - /** - * Reinitialize the menu: the menu is first cleared, the initial state is set - * to false, and finally #initialize() is called. Use this if you want to - * refill your menu immediately. - */ - void reinitialize(); - /** - * Deinitialize the menu: the menu is cleared and the initialized state is set to - * false. #initialize() is NOT called. It will be called before the menu is - * next shown, however. Use this slot if you want a delayed reinitialization. - * @since 3.1 - */ - void deinitialize(); - -protected slots: - /** - * This slot is called just before the menu is shown. This allows your menu - * to update itself if needed. However you should instead re-implement - * #initialize to provide this feature. This function is responsible for - * the cache system handling, so if you re-implement it, you should call - * the base function also. Calls #initialize(). - * @see disableAutoClear() - */ - virtual void slotAboutToShow(); - /** - * This is slot is called when an item from the menu has been selected. Your - * applet is then supposed to perform some action. You must re-implement this - * function. - * @param id the ID associated with the selected item - */ - virtual void slotExec(int id) = 0; - /** - * This slots is called to initialize the menu. It is called automatically by - * slotAboutToShow(). By re-implementing this functions, you can reconstruct - * the menu before it is being shown. At the end of this function, you should - * call setInitialize() with true to tell the system that the menu is OK. - * You applet must re-implement this function. - * @see slotAboutToShow(), initialized(), setInitialized() - */ - virtual void initialize() = 0; - /** - * Clears the menu, and update the initial state accordingly. - * @see initialized() - */ - void slotClear(); - -protected: - /** - * Re-implemented for internal reasons. - */ - virtual void hideEvent(TQHideEvent *ev); - /** - * For internal use only. Used by constructors. - */ - void init(const TQString& path = TQString::null); - -protected: - virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data ); -private: - void internalInitialize(); - KPanelMenuPrivate *d; -}; - -#define K_EXPORT_KICKER_MENUEXT( libname, classname ) \ - K_EXPORT_COMPONENT_FACTORY( \ - kickermenu_##libname, \ - KGenericFactory<classname>("libkickermenu_" #libname) ) - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde320/krecentdirs.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde320/krecentdirs.h deleted file mode 100644 index 61a50706..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde320/krecentdirs.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,68 +0,0 @@ -/* -*- c++ -*- - * Copyright (C)2000 Waldo Bastian <bastian@kde.org> - * - * All rights reserved. - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without - * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions - * are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the - * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND - * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE - * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE - * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE - * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL - * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS - * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) - * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT - * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY - * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF - * SUCH DAMAGE. - * - */ -#ifndef __KRECENTDIRS_H -#define __KRECENTDIRS_H - -#include <tqstringlist.h> - -/** - * The goal of this class is to make sure that, when the user needs to - * specify a file via the file selection dialog, this dialog will start - * in the directory most likely to contain the desired files. - * - * This works as follows: Each time the file selection dialog is - * shown, the programmer can specify a "file-class". The file-dialog will - * then start with the directory associated with this file-class. When - * the dialog closes, the directory currently shown in the file-dialog - * will be associated with the file-class. - * - * A file-class can either start with ':' or with '::'. If it starts with - * a single ':' the file-class is specific to the current application. - * If the file-class starts with '::' it is global to all applications. - */ -class KRecentDirs -{ -public: - /** - * Returns a list of directories associated with this file-class. - * The most recently used directory is at the front of the list. - */ - static TQStringList list(const TQString &fileClass); - - /** - * Returns the most recently used directory accociated with this file-class. - */ - static TQString dir(const TQString &fileClass); - - /** - * Associates @p directory with @p fileClass - */ - static void add(const TQString &fileClass, const TQString &directory); -}; - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde320/ksharedptr.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde320/ksharedptr.h deleted file mode 100644 index 8189276a..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde320/ksharedptr.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,171 +0,0 @@ -/* This file is part of the KDE libraries - Copyright (c) 1999 Waldo Bastian <bastian@kde.org> - - This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation. - - This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. -*/ -#ifndef KSharedPTR_H -#define KSharedPTR_H - -/** - * Reference counting for shared objects. If you derive your object - * from this class, then you may use it in conjunction with - * KSharedPtr to control the lifetime of your object. - * - * Specifically, all classes that derive from KShared have an internal - * counter keeping track of how many other objects have a reference to - * their object. If used with KSharedPtr, then your object will - * not be deleted until all references to the object have been - * released. - * - * You should probably not ever use any of the methods in this class - * directly -- let the KSharedPtr take care of that. Just derive - * your class from KShared and forget about it. - * - * @author Waldo Bastian <bastian@kde.org> - * @version $Id: ksharedptr.h,v 1.22 2003/08/20 08:01:42 coolo Exp $ - */ -class KShared { -public: - /** - * Standard constructor. This will initialize the reference count - * on this object to 0. - */ - KShared() : count(0) { } - - /** - * Copy constructor. This will @em not actually copy the objects - * but it will initialize the reference count on this object to 0. - */ - KShared( const KShared & ) : count(0) { } - - /** - * Overloaded assignment operator. - */ - KShared &operator=(const KShared & ) { return *this; } - - /** - * Increases the reference count by one. - */ - void _KShared_ref() const { count++; } - - /** - * Releases a reference (decreases the reference count by one). If - * the count goes to 0, this object will delete itself. - */ - void _KShared_unref() const { if (!--count) delete this; } - - /** - * Return the current number of references held. - * - * @return Number of references - */ - int _KShared_count() const { return count; } - -protected: - virtual ~KShared() { } -private: - mutable int count; -}; - -/** - * Can be used to control the lifetime of an object that has derived - * KShared. As long a someone holds a KSharedPtr on some KShared - * object it won't become deleted but is deleted once its reference - * count is 0. This struct emulates C++ pointers perfectly. So just - * use it like a simple C++ pointer. - * - * KShared and KSharedPtr are preferred over QShared / QSharedPtr - * since they are more safe. - * - * @author Waldo Bastian <bastian@kde.org> - * @version $Id: ksharedptr.h,v 1.22 2003/08/20 08:01:42 coolo Exp $ - */ -template< class T > -struct KSharedPtr -{ -public: -/** - * Creates a null pointer. - */ - KSharedPtr() - : ptr(0) { } - /** - * Creates a new pointer. - * @param t the pointer - */ - KSharedPtr( T* t ) - : ptr(t) { if ( ptr ) ptr->KShared::_KShared_ref(); } - - /** - * Copies a pointer. - * @param p the pointer to copy - */ - KSharedPtr( const KSharedPtr& p ) - : ptr(p.ptr) { if ( ptr ) ptr->KShared::_KShared_ref(); } - - /** - * Unreferences the object that this pointer points to. If it was - * the last reference, the object will be deleted. - */ - ~KSharedPtr() { if ( ptr ) ptr->KShared::_KShared_unref(); } - - KSharedPtr<T>& operator= ( const KSharedPtr<T>& p ) { - if ( ptr == p.ptr ) return *this; - if ( ptr ) ptr->KShared::_KShared_unref(); - ptr = p.ptr; - if ( ptr ) ptr->KShared::_KShared_ref(); - return *this; - } - KSharedPtr<T>& operator= ( T* p ) { - if ( ptr == p ) return *this; - if ( ptr ) ptr->KShared::_KShared_unref(); - ptr = p; - if ( ptr ) ptr->KShared::_KShared_ref(); - return *this; - } - bool operator== ( const KSharedPtr<T>& p ) const { return ( ptr == p.ptr ); } - bool operator!= ( const KSharedPtr<T>& p ) const { return ( ptr != p.ptr ); } - bool operator== ( const T* p ) const { return ( ptr == p ); } - bool operator!= ( const T* p ) const { return ( ptr != p ); } - bool operator!() const { return ( ptr == 0 ); } - operator T*() const { return ptr; } - - /** - * Returns the pointer. - * @return the pointer - */ - T* data() { return ptr; } - - /** - * Returns the pointer. - * @return the pointer - */ - const T* data() const { return ptr; } - - const T& operator*() const { return *ptr; } - T& operator*() { return *ptr; } - const T* operator->() const { return ptr; } - T* operator->() { return ptr; } - - /** - * Returns the number of references. - * @return the number of references - */ - int count() const { return ptr->KShared::_KShared_count(); } // for debugging purposes -private: - T* ptr; -}; - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde320/ksycocafactory.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde320/ksycocafactory.h deleted file mode 100644 index 2a114ee0..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde320/ksycocafactory.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,143 +0,0 @@ -/* This file is part of the KDE libraries - * Copyright (C) 1999 Waldo Bastian <bastian@kde.org> - * - * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - * License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation; - * - * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Library General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - * along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. - **/ - -#ifndef __ksycocafactory_h__ -#define __ksycocafactory_h__ "$Id: ksycocafactory.h,v 1.14 2003/10/29 17:59:18 waba Exp $" - -#include "ksycocatype.h" -#include "ksycocaentry.h" - -#include <tqdict.h> -#include <tqptrlist.h> -class KSycoca; -class TQStringList; -class TQString; -class KSycocaDict; -class KSycocaResourceList; - -typedef TQDict<KSycocaEntry::Ptr> KSycocaEntryDict; - -/** - * @internal - * Base class for sycoca factories - */ -class KSycocaFactory -{ -public: - virtual KSycocaFactoryId factoryId() const = 0; - -protected: // virtual class - /** - * Create a factory which can be used to lookup from/create a database - * (depending on KSycoca::isBuilding()) - */ - KSycocaFactory( KSycocaFactoryId factory_id ); - -public: - virtual ~KSycocaFactory(); - - /** - * @return the position of the factory in the sycoca file - */ - int offset() { return mOffset; } - - /** - * @return the dict, for special use by KBuildSycoca - */ - KSycocaEntryDict * entryDict() { return m_entryDict; } - - /** - * Construct an entry from a config file. - * To be implemented in the real factories. - */ - virtual KSycocaEntry *createEntry(const TQString &file, const char *resource) = 0; - - /** - * Add an entry - */ - virtual void addEntry(KSycocaEntry *newEntry, const char *resource); - - /** - * Remove an entry - * Not very fast, use with care. O(N) - */ - void removeEntry(KSycocaEntry *newEntry); - - /** - * Read an entry from the database - */ - virtual KSycocaEntry *createEntry(int offset)=0; - - /** - * Get a list of all entries from the database. - */ - KSycocaEntry::List allEntries(); - - /** - * Saves all entries it maintains as well as index files - * for these entries to the stream 'str'. - * - * Also sets mOffset to the starting position. - * - * The stream is positioned at the end of the last index. - * - * Don't forget to call the parent first when you override - * this function. - */ - virtual void save(TQDataStream &str); - - /** - * Writes out a header to the stream 'str'. - * The baseclass positions the stream correctly. - * - * Don't forget to call the parent first when you override - * this function. - */ - virtual void saveHeader(TQDataStream &str); - - /** - * @return the resources for which this factory is responsible. - */ - virtual const KSycocaResourceList * resourceList() const { return m_resourceList; } - -private: - int mOffset; - -protected: - int m_sycocaDictOffset; - int m_beginEntryOffset; - int m_endEntryOffset; - TQDataStream *m_str; - - KSycocaResourceList *m_resourceList; - KSycocaEntryDict *m_entryDict; - KSycocaDict *m_sycocaDict; -protected: - virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data ); -}; - -/** This, instead of a typedef, allows to declare "class ..." in header files - * @internal - */ -class KSycocaFactoryList : public TQPtrList<KSycocaFactory> -{ -public: - KSycocaFactoryList() { } -}; - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde320/ktoolbarbutton.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde320/ktoolbarbutton.h deleted file mode 100644 index 5b7a85f9..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde320/ktoolbarbutton.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,315 +0,0 @@ -/* This file is part of the KDE libraries - Copyright (C) 1997, 1998 Stephan Kulow (coolo@kde.org) - (C) 1997, 1998 Sven Radej (radej@kde.org) - (C) 1997, 1998 Mark Donohoe (donohoe@kde.org) - (C) 1997, 1998 Matthias Ettrich (ettrich@kde.org) - (C) 2000 Kurt Granroth (granroth@kde.org) - - This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation. - - This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. -*/ - -// $Id: ktoolbarbutton.h,v 1.34 2003/09/09 12:40:58 bhards Exp $ -#ifndef _KTOOLBARBUTTON_H -#define _KTOOLBARBUTTON_H - -#include <tqpixmap.h> -#include <tqtoolbutton.h> -#include <tqintdict.h> -#include <tqstring.h> -#include <kglobal.h> - -class KToolBar; -class KToolBarButtonPrivate; -class KInstance; -class TQEvent; -class TQPopupMenu; -class TQPainter; - -/** - * A toolbar button. This is used internally by KToolBar, use the - * KToolBar methods instead. - * @internal - */ -class KToolBarButton : public QToolButton -{ - Q_OBJECT - -public: - /** - * Construct a button with an icon loaded by the button itself. - * This will trust the button to load the correct icon with the - * correct size. - * - * @param icon Name of icon to load (may be absolute or relative) - * @param id Id of this button - * @param parent This button's parent - * @param name This button's internal name - * @param txt This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise) - */ - KToolBarButton(const TQString& icon, int id, TQWidget *parent, - const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null, - KInstance *_instance = KGlobal::instance()); - - /** - * Construct a button with an existing pixmap. It is not - * recommended that you use this as the internal icon loading code - * will almost always get it "right". - * - * @param pixmap Name of icon to load (may be absolute or relative) - * @param id Id of this button - * @param parent This button's parent - * @param name This button's internal name - * @param txt This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise) - */ - KToolBarButton(const TQPixmap& pixmap, int id, TQWidget *parent, - const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null); - - /** - * Construct a separator button - * - * @param parent This button's parent - * @param name This button's internal name - */ - KToolBarButton(TQWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L); - - /** - * Standard destructor - */ - ~KToolBarButton(); - -#ifndef KDE_NO_COMPAT - /** - * @deprecated - * Set the pixmap directly for this button. This pixmap should be - * the active one... the dimmed and disabled pixmaps are constructed - * based on this one. However, don't use this function unless you - * are positive that you don't want to use setIcon. - * - * @param pixmap The active pixmap - */ - // this one is from TQButton, so #ifdef-ing it out doesn't break BC - virtual void setPixmap(const TQPixmap &pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED; - - /** - * @deprecated - * Force the button to use this pixmap as the default one rather - * then generating it using effects. - * - * @param pixmap The pixmap to use as the default (normal) one - */ - void setDefaultPixmap(const TQPixmap& pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED; - - /** - * @deprecated - * Force the button to use this pixmap when disabled one rather then - * generating it using effects. - * - * @param pixmap The pixmap to use when disabled - */ - void setDisabledPixmap(const TQPixmap& pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED; -#endif - - /** - * Set the text for this button. The text will be either used as a - * tooltip (IconOnly) or will be along side the icon - * - * @param text The button (or tooltip) text - */ - virtual void setText(const TQString &text); - - /** - * Set the icon for this button. The icon will be loaded internally - * with the correct size. This function is preferred over setIconSet - * - * @param icon The name of the icon - */ - virtual void setIcon(const TQString &icon); - - /// @since 3.1 - virtual void setIcon( const TQPixmap &pixmap ) - { TQToolButton::setIcon( pixmap ); } - - /** - * Set the pixmaps for this toolbar button from a TQIconSet. - * If you call this you don't need to call any of the other methods - * that set icons or pixmaps. - * @param iconset The iconset to use - */ - virtual void setIconSet( const TQIconSet &iconset ); - -#ifndef KDE_NO_COMPAT - /** - * @deprecated - * Set the active icon for this button. The pixmap itself is loaded - * internally based on the icon size... .. the disabled and default - * pixmaps, however will only be constructed if generate is - * true. This function is preferred over setPixmap - * - * @param icon The name of the active icon - * @param generate If true, then the other icons are automagically - * generated from this one - */ - KDE_DEPRECATED void setIcon(const TQString &icon, bool generate ) { Q_UNUSED(generate); setIcon( icon ); } - - /** - * @deprecated - * Force the button to use this icon as the default one rather - * then generating it using effects. - * - * @param icon The icon to use as the default (normal) one - */ - void setDefaultIcon(const TQString& icon) KDE_DEPRECATED; - - /** - * @deprecated - * Force the button to use this icon when disabled one rather then - * generating it using effects. - * - * @param icon The icon to use when disabled - */ - void setDisabledIcon(const TQString& icon) KDE_DEPRECATED; -#endif - - /** - * Turn this button on or off - * - * @param flag true or false - */ - void on(bool flag = true); - - /** - * Toggle this button - */ - void toggle(); - - /** - * Turn this button into a toggle button or disable the toggle - * aspects of it. This does not toggle the button itself. - * Use toggle() for that. - * - * @param toggle true or false - */ - void setToggle(bool toggle = true); - - /** - * Return a pointer to this button's popup menu (if it exists) - */ - TQPopupMenu *popup(); - - /** - * Returns the button's id. - * @since 3.2 - */ - int id() const; - - /** - * Give this button a popup menu. There will not be a delay when - * you press the button. Use setDelayedPopup if you want that - * behavior. - * - * @param p The new popup menu - * @param unused Has no effect - ignore it. - */ - void setPopup (TQPopupMenu *p, bool unused = false); - - /** - * Gives this button a delayed popup menu. - * - * This function allows you to add a delayed popup menu to the button. - * The popup menu is then only displayed when the button is pressed and - * held down for about half a second. - * - * @param p the new popup menu - * @param unused Has no effect - ignore it. - */ - void setDelayedPopup(TQPopupMenu *p, bool unused = false); - - /** - * Turn this button into a radio button - * - * @param f true or false - */ - void setRadio(bool f = true); - - /** - * Toolbar buttons naturally will assume the global styles - * concerning icons, icons sizes, etc. You can use this function to - * explicitly turn this off, if you like. - * - * @param no_style Will disable styles if true - */ - void setNoStyle(bool no_style = true); - -signals: - void clicked(int); - void doubleClicked(int); - void pressed(int); - void released(int); - void toggled(int); - void highlighted(int, bool); - -public slots: - /** - * This slot should be called whenever the toolbar mode has - * potentially changed. This includes such events as text changing, - * orientation changing, etc. - */ - void modeChange(); - virtual void setTextLabel(const TQString&, bool tipToo); - -protected: - void paletteChange(const TQPalette &); - void leaveEvent(TQEvent *e); - void enterEvent(TQEvent *e); - void drawButton(TQPainter *p); - bool eventFilter (TQObject *o, TQEvent *e); - void showMenu(); - TQSize sizeHint() const; - TQSize minimumSizeHint() const; - TQSize minimumSize() const; - - /// @since 3.1 - bool isRaised() const; - /// @since 3.1 - bool isActive() const; - /// @since 3.1 - int iconTextMode() const; - -protected slots: - void slotClicked(); - void slotPressed(); - void slotReleased(); - void slotToggled(); - void slotDelayTimeout(); - -protected: - virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data ); -private: - KToolBarButtonPrivate *d; -}; - -/** -* List of KToolBarButton objects. -* @internal -* @version $Id: ktoolbarbutton.h,v 1.34 2003/09/09 12:40:58 bhards Exp $ -*/ -class KToolBarButtonList : public TQIntDict<KToolBarButton> -{ -public: - KToolBarButtonList(); - ~KToolBarButtonList() {} -}; - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde320/kurifilter.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde320/kurifilter.h deleted file mode 100644 index 834bff8a..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde320/kurifilter.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,644 +0,0 @@ -/* - * This file is part of the KDE libraries - * Copyright (C) 2000-2001,2003 Dawit Alemayehu <adawit at kde.org> - * - * Original author - * Copyright (C) 2000 Yves Arrouye <yves@realnames.com> - * - * - * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Library General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - * along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. - **/ - -#ifndef __kurifilter_h__ -#define __kurifilter_h__ "$Id: kurifilter.h,v 1.41 2003/08/30 08:56:21 raabe Exp $" - -#include <tqptrlist.h> -#include <tqobject.h> -#include <tqstringlist.h> - -#include <kurl.h> -#include <kdemacros.h> - -class KURIFilterPrivate; -class KURIFilterDataPrivate; - -class KCModule; - -/** -* A basic message object used for exchanging filtering -* information between the filter plugins and the application -* requesting the filtering service. -* -* Use this object if you require a more detailed information -* about the URI you want to filter. Any application can create -* an instance of this class and send it to KURIFilter to -* have the plugins fill out all possible information about the -* URI. -* -* \b Example -* -* \code -* TQString text = "kde.org"; -* KURIFilterData d = text; -* bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filter( d ); -* cout << "URL: " << text.latin1() << endl -* << "Filtered URL: " << d.uri().url().latin1() << endl -* << "URI Type: " << d.uriType() << endl -* << "Was Filtered: " << filtered << endl; -* \endcode -* -* The above code should yield the following output: -* \code -* URI: kde.org -* Filtered URI: http://kde.org -* URI Type: 0 <== means NET_PROTOCOL -* Was Filtered: 1 <== means the URL was successfully filtered -* \endcode -* -* @short A message object for exchanging filtering URI info. -* @author Dawit Alemayehu <adawit at kde.org> -*/ - -class KURIFilterData -{ -friend class KURIFilterPlugin; - -public: - /** - * Describes the type of the URI that was filtered. - * Here is a brief description of the types: - * - * @li NET_PROTOCOL - Any network protocol: http, ftp, nttp, pop3, etc... - * @li LOCAL_FILE - A local file whose executable flag is not set - * @li LOCAL_DIR - A local directory - * @li EXECUTABLE - A local file whose executable flag is set - * @li HELP - A man or info page - * @li SHELL - A shell executable (ex: echo "Test..." >> ~/testfile) - * @li BLOCKED - A URI that should be blocked/filtered (ex: ad filtering) - * @li ERROR - An incorrect URI (ex: "~johndoe" when user johndoe - * does not exist in that system ) - * @li UNKNOWN - A URI that is not identified. Default value when - * a KURIFilterData is first created. - */ - enum URITypes { NET_PROTOCOL=0, LOCAL_FILE, LOCAL_DIR, EXECUTABLE, HELP, SHELL, BLOCKED, ERROR, UNKNOWN }; - - /** - * Default constructor. - * - * Creates a URIFilterData object. - */ - KURIFilterData() { init(); } - - /** - * Creates a URIFilterData object from the given URL. - * - * @param url is the URL to be filtered. - */ - KURIFilterData( const KURL& url ) { init( url); } - - /** - * Creates a URIFilterData object from the given string. - * - * @param url is the string to be filtered. - */ - KURIFilterData( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); } - - /** - * Copy constructor. - * - * Creates a URIFilterData object from another - * URI filter data object. - * - * @param data the uri filter data to be copied. - */ - KURIFilterData( const KURIFilterData& data); - - /** - * Destructor. - */ - ~KURIFilterData(); - - /** - * This method has been deprecated and will always return - * true. You should instead use the result from the - * KURIFilter::filterURI() calls. - * - * @deprecated - */ - KDE_DEPRECATED bool hasBeenFiltered() const { return true; } - - /** - * Returns the filtered or the original URL. - * - * This function returns the filtered url if one - * of the plugins successfully filtered the original - * URL. Otherwise, it returns the original URL. - * See hasBeenFiltered() and - * - * @return the filtered or original url. - */ - KURL uri() const { return m_pURI; } - - /** - * Returns an error message. - * - * This functions returns the error message set - * by the plugin whenever the uri type is set to - * KURIFilterData::ERROR. Otherwise, it returns - * a TQString::null. - * - * @return the error message or a NULL when there is none. - */ - TQString errorMsg() const { return m_strErrMsg; } - - /** - * Returns the URI type. - * - * This method always returns KURIFilterData::UNKNOWN - * if the given URL was not filtered. - * @return the type of the URI - */ - URITypes uriType() const { return m_iType; } - - /** - * Sets the URL to be filtered. - * - * Use this function to set the string to be - * filtered when you construct an empty filter - * object. - * - * @param url the string to be filtered. - */ - void setData( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); } - - /** - * Same as above except the argument is a URL. - * - * Use this function to set the string to be - * filtered when you construct an empty filter - * object. - * - * @param url the URL to be filtered. - */ - void setData( const KURL& url ) { init( url ); } - - /** - * Sets the absolute path to be used whenever the supplied - * data is a relative local URL. - * - * NOTE: This function should only be used for local resources, - * i.e. the "file:/" protocol. It is useful for specifying the - * absolute path in cases where the actual URL might be relative. - * meta object. If deriving the path from a KURL, make sure you - * set the argument for this function to the result of calling - * path () instead of url (). - * - * @param abs_path the abolute path to the local resource. - * @return true if absolute path is successfully set. Otherwise, false. - */ - bool setAbsolutePath( const TQString& abs_path ); - - /** - * Returns the absolute path if one has already been set. - * @return the absolute path, or TQString::null - * @see hasAbsolutePath() - */ - TQString absolutePath() const; - - /** - * Checks whether the supplied data had an absolute path. - * @return true if the supplied data has an absolute path - * @see absolutePath() - */ - bool hasAbsolutePath() const; - - /** - * Returns the command line options and arguments for a - * local resource when present. - * - * @return options and arguments when present, otherwise TQString::null - */ - TQString argsAndOptions() const; - - /** - * Checks whether the current data is a local resource with - * command line options and arguments. - * @return true if the current data has command line options and arguments - */ - bool hasArgsAndOptions() const; - - /** - * Returns the name of the icon that matches - * the current filtered URL. - * - * NOTE that this function will return a NULL - * string by default and when no associated icon - * is found. - * - * @return the name of the icon associated with the resource, - * or TQString::null if not found - */ - TQString iconName(); - - /** - * Check whether the provided uri is executable or not. - * - * Setting this to false ensures that typing the name of - * an executable does not start that application. This is - * useful in the location bar of a browser. The default - * value is true. - * - * @since 3.2 - */ - void setCheckForExecutables (bool check); - - /** - * @return true if the filters should attempt to check whether the - * supplied uri is an executable. False otherwise. - * - * @since 3.2 - */ - bool checkForExecutables() const { return m_bCheckForExecutables; } - - /** - * @return the string as typed by the user, before any URL processing is done - * @since 3.2 - */ - TQString typedString() const; - - /** - * Overloaded assigenment operator. - * - * This function allows you to easily assign a KURL - * to a KURIFilterData object. - * - * @return an instance of a KURIFilterData object. - */ - KURIFilterData& operator=( const KURL& url ) { init( url ); return *this; } - - /** - * Overloaded assigenment operator. - * - * This function allows you to easily assign a QString - * to a KURIFilterData object. - * - * @return an instance of a KURIFilterData object. - */ - KURIFilterData& operator=( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); return *this; } - -protected: - - /** - * Initializes the KURIFilterData on construction. - * @param url the URL to initialize the object with - */ - void init( const KURL& url); - - /** - * Initializes the KURIFilterData on construction. - * @param url the URL to initialize the object with - */ - void init( const TQString& url = TQString::null ); - -private: - bool m_bCheckForExecutables; - bool m_bChanged; - - TQString m_strErrMsg; - TQString m_strIconName; - - KURL m_pURI; - URITypes m_iType; - KURIFilterDataPrivate *d; -}; - - -/** - * Base class for URI filter plugins. - * - * This class applies a single filter to a URI. All plugins designed - * to provide URI filtering service should inherit from this abstract - * class and provide a concrete implementation. - * - * All inheriting classes need to implement the pure virtual function - * filterURI. - * - * @short Abstract class for URI filter plugins. - */ -class KURIFilterPlugin : public QObject -{ - Q_OBJECT - -public: - - /** - * Constructs a filter plugin with a given name and - * priority. - * - * @param parent the parent object, or 0 for no parent - * @param name the name of the plugin, or 0 for no name - * @param pri the priority of the plugin. - */ - KURIFilterPlugin( TQObject *parent = 0, const char *name = 0, double pri = 1.0 ); - - /** - * Returns the filter's name. - * - * @return A string naming the filter. - */ - virtual TQString name() const { return m_strName; } - - /** - * Returns the filter's priority. - * - * Each filter has an assigned priority, a float from 0 to 1. Filters - * with the lowest priority are first given a chance to filter a URI. - * - * @return The priority of the filter. - */ - virtual double priority() const { return m_dblPriority; } - - /** - * Filters a URI. - * - * @param data the URI data to be filtered. - * @return A boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed. - */ - virtual bool filterURI( KURIFilterData& data ) const = 0; - - /** - * Creates a configuration module for the filter. - * - * It is the responsibility of the caller to delete the module - * once it is not needed anymore. - * - * @return A configuration module, 0 if the filter isn't configurable. - */ - virtual KCModule *configModule( TQWidget*, const char* ) const { return 0; } - - /** - * Returns the name of the configuration module for the filter. - * - * @return the name of a configuration module or TQString::null if none. - */ - virtual TQString configName() const { return name(); } - -protected: - - /** - * Sets the the URL in @p data to @p uri. - */ - void setFilteredURI ( KURIFilterData& data, const KURL& uri ) const; - - /** - * Sets the error message in @p data to @p errormsg. - */ - void setErrorMsg ( KURIFilterData& data, const TQString& errmsg ) const { - data.m_strErrMsg = errmsg; - } - - /** - * Sets the URI type in @p data to @p type. - */ - void setURIType ( KURIFilterData& data, KURIFilterData::URITypes type) const { - data.m_iType = type; - data.m_bChanged = true; - } - - /** - * Sets the arguments and options string in @p data - * to @p args if any were found during filterting. - */ - void setArguments( KURIFilterData& data, const TQString& args ) const; - - TQString m_strName; - double m_dblPriority; - -protected: - virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data ); -private: - class KURIFilterPluginPrivate *d; -}; - - -/** - * A list of filter plugins. - */ -class KURIFilterPluginList : public TQPtrList<KURIFilterPlugin> -{ -public: - virtual int compareItems(Item a, Item b) - { - double diff = ((KURIFilterPlugin *) a)->priority() - ((KURIFilterPlugin *) b)->priority(); - return diff < 0 ? -1 : (diff > 0 ? 1 : 0); - } - -private: - KURIFilterPrivate *d; - -}; - -/** - * Manages the filtering of URIs. - * - * The intention of this plugin class is to allow people to extend the - * functionality of KURL without modifying it directly. This way KURL will - * remain a generic parser capable of parsing any generic URL that adheres - * to specifications. - * - * The KURIFilter class applies a number of filters to a URI and returns the - * filtered version whenever possible. The filters are implemented using - * plugins to provide easy extensibility of the filtering mechanism. New - * filters can be added in the future by simply inheriting from - * KURIFilterPlugin and implementing the KURIFilterPlugin::filterURI - * method. - * - * Use of this plugin-manager class is straight forward. Since it is a - * singleton object, all you have to do is obtain an instance by doing - * @p KURIFilter::self() and use any of the public member functions to - * preform the filtering. - * - * \b Example - * - * To simply filter a given string: - * - * \code - * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( "kde.org" ); - * \endcode - * - * You can alternatively use a KURL: - * - * \code - * KURL url = "kde.org"; - * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( url ); - * \endcode - * - * If you have a constant string or a constant URL, simply invoke the - * corresponding function to obtain the filtered string or URL instead - * of a boolean flag: - * - * \code - * TQString u = KURIFilter::self()->filteredURI( "kde.org" ); - * \endcode - * - * You can also restrict the filter(s) to be used by supplying - * the name of the filter(s) to use. By defualt all available - * filters will be used. To use specific filters, add the names - * of the filters you want to use to a TQStringList and invoke - * the appropriate filtering function. The examples below show - * the use of specific filters. The first one uses a single - * filter called kshorturifilter while the second example uses - * multiple filters: - * - * \code - * TQString text = "kde.org"; - * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, "kshorturifilter" ); - * \endcode - * - * \code - * TQStringList list; - * list << "kshorturifilter" << "localdomainfilter"; - * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, list ); - * \endcode - * - * KURIFilter also allows richer data exchange through a simple - * meta-object called @p KURIFilterData. Using this meta-object - * you can find out more information about the URL you want to - * filter. See KURIFilterData for examples and details. - * - * @short Filters a given URL into its proper format whenever possible. - */ - -class KURIFilter -{ -public: - /** - * Destructor - */ - ~KURIFilter (); - - /** - * Returns an instance of KURIFilter. - */ - static KURIFilter* self(); - - /** - * Filters the URI given by the object URIFilterData. - * - * The given URL is filtered based on the specified list of filters. - * If the list is empty all available filters would be used. - * - * @param data object that contains the URI to be filtered. - * @param filters specify the list of filters to be used. - * - * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed - */ - bool filterURI( KURIFilterData& data, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); - - /** - * Filters the URI given by the URL. - * - * The given URL is filtered based on the specified list of filters. - * If the list is empty all available filters would be used. - * - * @param uri the URI to filter. - * @param filters specify the list of filters to be used. - * - * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed - */ - bool filterURI( KURL &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); - - /** - * Filters a string representing a URI. - * - * The given URL is filtered based on the specified list of filters. - * If the list is empty all available filters would be used. - * - * @param uri The URI to filter. - * @param filters specify the list of filters to be used. - * - * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed - */ - bool filterURI( TQString &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); - - /** - * Returns the filtered URI. - * - * The given URL is filtered based on the specified list of filters. - * If the list is empty all available filters would be used. - * - * @param uri The URI to filter. - * @param filters specify the list of filters to be used. - * - * @return the filtered URI or null if it cannot be filtered - */ - KURL filteredURI( const KURL &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); - - /** - * Return a filtered string representation of a URI. - * - * The given URL is filtered based on the specified list of filters. - * If the list is empty all available filters would be used. - * - * @param uri the URI to filter. - * @param filters specify the list of filters to be used. - * - * @return the filtered URI or null if it cannot be filtered - */ - TQString filteredURI( const TQString &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); - - /** - * Return an iterator to iterate over all loaded - * plugins. - * - * @return a plugin iterator. - */ - TQPtrListIterator<KURIFilterPlugin> pluginsIterator() const; - - /** - * Return a list of the names of all loaded plugins. - * - * @return a TQStringList of plugin names - * @since 3.1 - */ - TQStringList pluginNames() const; - -protected: - - /** - * A protected constructor. - * - * This constructor creates a KURIFilter and - * initializes all plugins it can find by invoking - * loadPlugins. - */ - KURIFilter(); - - /** - * Loads all allowed plugins. - * - * This function loads all filters that have not - * been disbled. - */ - void loadPlugins(); - -private: - static KURIFilter *m_self; - KURIFilterPluginList m_lstPlugins; - KURIFilterPrivate *d; -}; - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde320/selectdialog.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde320/selectdialog.h deleted file mode 100644 index 680d48ef..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde320/selectdialog.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,87 +0,0 @@ -/* - This file is part of libkresources. - - Copyright (c) 2002 Tobias Koenig <tokoe@kde.org> - Copyright (c) 2002 Jan-Pascal van Best <janpascal@vanbest.org> - Copyright (c) 2003 Cornelius Schumacher <schumacher@kde.org> - - This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - - This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. -*/ - -#ifndef KRESOURCES_SELECTDIALOG_H -#define KRESOURCES_SELECTDIALOG_H - -#include <tqobject.h> -#include <tqptrlist.h> -#include <tqmap.h> - -#include <kdialog.h> - -class KListBox; - -namespace KRES { - -class Resource; - -/** - * Dialog for selecting a resource. - * - * Example: - * - * \code - * - * TQPtrList<Resource> list = ... // can be retrived from KRES::Manager (e.g. KABC::AddressBook) - * - * KABC::Resource *res = KABC::SelectDialog::getResource( list, parentWdg ); - * if ( !res ) { - * // no resource selected - * } else { - * // do something with resource - * } - * \endcode - */ -class SelectDialog -{ - public: - /** - * Constructor. - * @param list The list of available resources - * @param parent The parent widget - * @param name The name of the dialog - */ - SelectDialog( TQPtrList<Resource> list, TQWidget *parent = 0, - const char *name = 0); - - /** - * Returns selected resource. - */ - Resource *resource(); - - /** - * Opens a dialog showing the available resources and returns the resource the - * user has selected. Returns 0, if the dialog was canceled. - */ - static Resource *getResource( TQPtrList<Resource> list, TQWidget *parent = 0 ); - - private: - KListBox *mResourceId; - - TQMap<int, Resource*> mResourceMap; -}; - -} - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde321/configwidget.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde321/configwidget.h deleted file mode 100644 index e289743a..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde321/configwidget.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,58 +0,0 @@ -/* - This file is part of libkresources. - Copyright (c) 2002 Tobias Koenig <tokoe@kde.org> - Copyright (c) 2002 Jan-Pascal van Best <janpascal@vanbest.org> - - This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - - This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. -*/ - -#ifndef KRESOURCES_CONFIGWIDGET_H -#define KRESOURCES_CONFIGWIDGET_H - -#include "resource.h" - -#include <kconfig.h> - -#include <tqwidget.h> - -namespace KRES { - -class ConfigWidget : public QWidget -{ - Q_OBJECT - public: - ConfigWidget( TQWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0 ); - - /** - Sets the widget to 'edit' mode. Reimplement this method if you are - interested in the mode change (to disable some GUI element for - example). By default the widget is in 'create new' mode. - */ - virtual void setInEditMode( bool value ); - - public slots: - virtual void loadSettings( Resource *resource ) = 0; - virtual void saveSettings( Resource *resource ) = 0; - - signals: - void setReadOnly( bool value ); - - protected: - Resource *mResource; -}; - -} -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde321/kaccelaction.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde321/kaccelaction.h deleted file mode 100644 index 0418297c..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde321/kaccelaction.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,564 +0,0 @@ -/* This file is part of the KDE libraries - Copyright (C) 2001,2002 Ellis Whitehead <ellis@kde.org> - - This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - - This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. -*/ - -#ifndef _KACCELACTION_H -#define _KACCELACTION_H - -#include <tqmap.h> -#include <tqptrvector.h> -#include <tqstring.h> -#include <tqvaluevector.h> - -#include <kshortcut.h> - -class KAccelBase; - -class TQObject; -class KConfig; -class KConfigBase; - -/** - * @internal - * A KAccelAction prepresents an action that can be executed using - * an accelerator key. Each KAccelAction has a name, a label, a - * "What's this" string and a KShortcut. The user can configure and - * enable/disable them using KKeyDialog. - * - * \code - * 1) KAccelAction = "Run Command" - * Default3 = "Alt+F2" - * Default4 = "Meta+Enter;Alt+F2" - * 1) KShortcut = "Meta+Enter" - * 1) KKeySequence = "Meta+Enter" - * 1) KKey = "Meta+Enter" - * 1) Meta+Enter - * 2) Meta+Keypad_Enter - * 2) KShortcut = "Alt+F2" - * 1) KKeySequence = "Alt+F2" - * 1) Alt+F2 - * 2) KAccelAction = "Something" - * Default3 = "" - * Default4 = "" - * 1) KShortcut = "Meta+X,Asterisk" - * 1) KKeySequence = "Meta+X,Asterisk" - * 1) KKey = "Meta+X" - * 1) Meta+X - * 2) KKey = "Asterisk" - * 1) Shift+8 (English layout) - * 2) Keypad_Asterisk - * \endcode - * @short An accelerator action - * @see KAccel - * @see KGlobalAccel - * @see KKeyChooser - * @see KKeyDialog - */ -class KAccelAction -{ - public: - /** - * Creates an empty KAccelAction. - * @see clear() - */ - KAccelAction(); - - /** - * Copy constructor. - */ - KAccelAction( const KAccelAction& ); - - /** - * Creates a new KAccelAction. - * @param sName the name of the accelerator - * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) - * @param sWhatsThis the What's This text (18n!) - * @param cutDef3 the default shortcut for 3 modifier systems - * @param cutDef4 the default shortcut for 4 modifier systems - * @param pObjSlot the receiver of a signal when the key has been - * pressed - * @param psMethodSlot the slot to connect for key presses. Receives - * an int, as set by setID(), as only argument - * @param bConfigurable if true the user can configure the shortcut - * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled - */ - KAccelAction( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, - const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4, - const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, - bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled ); - ~KAccelAction(); - - /** - * Clears the accelerator. - */ - void clear(); - - /** - * Re-initialized the KAccelAction. - * @param sName the name of the accelerator - * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) - * @param sWhatsThis the What's This text (18n!) - * @param cutDef3 the default shortcut for 3 modifier systems - * @param cutDef4 the default shortcut for 4 modifier systems - * @param pObjSlot the receiver of a signal when the key has been - * pressed - * @param psMethodSlot the slot to connect for key presses. Receives - * an int, as set by setID(), as only argument - * @param bConfigurable if true the user can configure the shortcut - * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - */ - bool init( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, - const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4, - const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, - bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled ); - - /** - * Copies this KAccelAction. - */ - KAccelAction& operator=( const KAccelAction& ); - - /** - * Returns the name of the accelerator action. - * @return the name of the accelerator action, can be null if not - * set - */ - const TQString& name() const { return m_sName; } - - /** - * Returns the label of the accelerator action. - * @return the label of the accelerator action, can be null if - * not set - */ - const TQString& label() const { return m_sLabel; } - - /** - * Returns the What's This text of the accelerator action. - * @return the What's This text of the accelerator action, can be - * null if not set - */ - const TQString& whatsThis() const { return m_sWhatsThis; } - - /** - * The shortcut that is actually used (may be used configured). - * @return the shortcut of the KAccelAction, can be null if not set - * @see shortcutDefault() - */ - const KShortcut& shortcut() const { return m_cut; } - - /** - * The default shortcut for this system. - * @return the default shortcut on this system, can be null if not set - * @see shortcut() - * @see shortcutDefault3() - * @see shortcutDefault4() - */ - const KShortcut& shortcutDefault() const; - - /** - * The default shortcut for 3 modifier systems. - * @return the default shortcut for 3 modifier systems, can be null - * if not set - * @see shortcutDefault() - * @see shortcutDefault4() - * @see useFourModifierKeys() - */ - const KShortcut& shortcutDefault3() const { return m_cutDefault3; } - - /** - * The default shortcut for 4 modifier systems. - * @return the default shortcut for 4 modifier systems, can be null - * if not set - * @see shortcutDefault() - * @see shortcutDefault3() - * @see useFourModifierKeys() - */ - const KShortcut& shortcutDefault4() const { return m_cutDefault4; } - - /** - * Returns the receiver of signals. - * @return the receiver of signals (can be 0 if not set) - */ - const TQObject* objSlotPtr() const { return m_pObjSlot; } - - /** - * Returns the slot for the signal. - * @return the slot for the signal - */ - const char* methodSlotPtr() const { return m_psMethodSlot; } - - /** - * Checks whether the user can configure the action. - * @return true if configurable, false otherwise - */ - bool isConfigurable() const { return m_bConfigurable; } - - /** - * Checks whether the action is enabled. - * @return true if enabled, false otherwise - */ - bool isEnabled() const { return m_bEnabled; } - - /** - * Sets the name of the accelerator action. - * @param name the new name - */ - void setName( const TQString& name ); - - /** - * Sets the user-readable label of the accelerator action. - * @param label the new label (i18n!) - */ - void setLabel( const TQString& label ); - - /** - * Sets the What's This text for the accelerator action. - * @param whatsThis the new What's This text (i18n!) - */ - void setWhatsThis( const TQString& whatsThis ); - - /** - * Sets the new shortcut of the accelerator action. - * @param rgCuts the shortcut to set - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - */ - bool setShortcut( const KShortcut& rgCuts ); - - /** - * Sets the slot of the accelerator action. - * @param pObjSlot the receiver object of the signal - * @param psMethodSlot the slot for the signal - */ - void setSlot( const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot ); - - /** - * Enables or disabled configuring the action. - * @param configurable true to enable configurability, false to disable - */ - void setConfigurable( bool configurable ); - - /** - * Enables or disabled the action. - * @param configurable true to enable the action, false to disable - */ - void setEnabled( bool enable ); - - /** - * Retrieves the id set using setID. - * @return the id of the accelerator action - */ - int getID() const { return m_nIDAccel; } - - /** - * Allows you to set an id that will be used as the action - * signal's argument. - * - * @param n the new id - * @see getID() - */ - void setID( int n ) { m_nIDAccel = n; } - - /** - * Checkes whether the action is connected (emits signals). - * @return true if connected, false otherwise - */ - bool isConnected() const; - - /** - * Sets a key sequence of the action's shortcut. - * @param i the position of the sequence - * @param keySeq the new new sequence - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see KShortcut::setSeq() - */ - bool setKeySequence( uint i, const KKeySequence &keySeq ); - - /** - * Clears the action's shortcut. It will not contain any sequences after - * calling this method. - * @see KShortcut::clear() - */ - void clearShortcut(); - - /** - * Checks whether the action's shortcut contains the given key sequence. - * @param keySeq the key sequence to check - * @return true if the shortcut contains the given sequence - * @see KShortcut::contains() - */ - bool contains( const KKeySequence &keySeq ); - - /** - * Returns the string representation of the action's shortcut. - * @return the string representation of the action's shortcut. - * @see KShortcut::toString() - */ - TQString toString() const; - - /** - * @internal - */ - TQString toStringInternal() const; - - /** - * Returns true if four modifier keys will be used. - * @return true if four modifier keys will be used. - */ - static bool useFourModifierKeys(); - - /** - * Selects 3 or 4 modifier default shortcuts. - * @param use true to use 4 modifier shortcuts, false to use - * 3 modifier shortcuts - */ - static void useFourModifierKeys( bool use ); - - protected: - TQString m_sName, - m_sLabel, - m_sWhatsThis; - KShortcut m_cut; - KShortcut m_cutDefault3, m_cutDefault4; - const TQObject* m_pObjSlot; - const char* m_psMethodSlot; - bool m_bConfigurable, - m_bEnabled; - int m_nIDAccel; - uint m_nConnections; - - void incConnections(); - void decConnections(); - - private: - static int g_bUseFourModifierKeys; - class KAccelActionPrivate* d; - - friend class KAccelActions; - friend class KAccelBase; -}; - -//--------------------------------------------------------------------- -// KAccelActions -//--------------------------------------------------------------------- - -/** - * @internal - * This class represents a collection of KAccelAction objects. - * - * @short A collection of accelerator actions - * @see KAccelAction - */ -class KAccelActions -{ - public: - /** - * Creates a new, empty KAccelActions object. - */ - KAccelActions(); - - /** - * Copy constructor (deep copy). - */ - KAccelActions( const KAccelActions& ); - virtual ~KAccelActions(); - - /** - * Removes all items from this collection. - */ - void clear(); - - /** - * Initializes this object with the given actions. - * It will make a deep copy of all actions. - * @param actions the actions to copy - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - */ - bool init( const KAccelActions &actions ); - - /** - * Loads the actions from the given configuration file. - * - * @param config the configuration file to load from - * @param sGroup the group in the configuration file - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - */ - bool init( KConfigBase& config, const TQString& sGroup ); - - /** - * Updates the shortcuts of all actions in this object - * with the shortcuts from the given object. - * @param shortcuts the collection that contains the new - * shortcuts - */ - void updateShortcuts( KAccelActions &shortcuts ); - - /** - * Retrieves the index of the action with the given name. - * @param sAction the action to search - * @return the index of the action, or -1 if not found - */ - int actionIndex( const TQString& sAction ) const; - - /** - * Returns the action with the given @p index. - * @param index the index of an action. You must not - * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index - * @see count() - */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( uint index ); - - /** - * Returns the action with the given @p index. - * @param index the index of an action. You must not - * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index - * @see count() - */ - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( uint index ) const; - - /** - * Returns the action with the given name. - * @param aAction the name of the action to search - * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0 - * if not found - */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); - - /** - * Returns the action with the given name. - * @param aAction the name of the action to search - * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0 - * if not found - */ - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; - - /** - * Returns the action with the given key sequence. - * @param cut the sequence to search for - * @return the KAccelAction with the given sequence, or 0 - * if not found - */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( KKeySequence cut ); - - /** - * Returns the action with the given @p index. - * @param index the index of an action. You must not - * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index - * @see actionPtr() - * @see count() - */ - KAccelAction& operator []( uint index ); - - /** - * Returns the action with the given @p index. - * @param index the index of an action. You must not - * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index - * @see actionPtr() - * @see count() - */ - const KAccelAction& operator []( uint index ) const; - - /** - * Inserts an action into the collection. - * @param sName the name of the accelerator - * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) - * @param sWhatsThis the What's This text (18n!) - * @param cutDef3 the default shortcut for 3 modifier systems - * @param cutDef4 the default shortcut for 4 modifier systems - * @param pObjSlot the receiver of a signal when the key has been - * pressed - * @param psMethodSlot the slot to connect for key presses. Receives - * an int, as set by setID(), as only argument - * @param bConfigurable if true the user can configure the shortcut - * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled - * @return the new action - */ - KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, - const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, - const TQObject* pObjSlot = 0, const char* psMethodSlot = 0, - bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true ); - - /** - * Inserts an action into the collection. - * @param sName the name of the accelerator - * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) - * @return the new action - */ - KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel ); - - /** - * Removes the given action. - * @param sAction the name of the action. - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - */ - bool remove( const TQString& sAction ); - - /** - * Loads the actions from the given configuration file. - * - * @param sConfigGroup the group in the configuration file - * @param pConfig the configuration file to load from - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - */ - bool readActions( const TQString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ); - - /** - * Writes the actions to the given configuration file. - * - * @param sConfigGroup the group in the configuration file - * @param pConfig the configuration file to save to - * @param bWriteAll true to write all actions - * @param bGlobal true to write to the global configuration file - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - */ - bool writeActions( const TQString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0, - bool bWriteAll = false, bool bGlobal = false ) const; - - /** - * Emit a keycodeChanged signal. - */ - void emitKeycodeChanged(); - - /** - * Returns the number of actions in the collection. - * @return the number of actions - */ - uint count() const; - - protected: - KAccelBase* m_pKAccelBase; - KAccelAction** m_prgActions; - uint m_nSizeAllocated, m_nSize; - - void resize( uint ); - void insertPtr( KAccelAction* ); - - private: - class KAccelActionsPrivate* d; - - KAccelActions( KAccelBase* ); - void initPrivate( KAccelBase* ); - KAccelActions& operator =( KAccelActions& ); - - friend class KAccelBase; -}; - -#endif // _KACCELACTION_H diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde321/kaccelbase.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde321/kaccelbase.h deleted file mode 100644 index e2ec66e9..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde321/kaccelbase.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,230 +0,0 @@ -/* This file is part of the KDE libraries - Copyright (C) 2001 Ellis Whitehead <ellis@kde.org> - - This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - - This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. -*/ - -#ifndef _KACCELBASE_H -#define _KACCELBASE_H - -#include <tqmap.h> -#include <tqptrvector.h> -#include <tqstring.h> -#include <tqvaluevector.h> -#include <tqvaluelist.h> - -#include "kaccelaction.h" -#include "kkeyserver_x11.h" - -class TQPopupMenu; -class TQWidget; - -//---------------------------------------------------- - -/** - * @internal - * Handle keyboard accelerators. - * - * Allow an user to configure - * key bindings through application configuration files or through the - * KKeyChooser GUI. - * - * A KAccel contains a list of accelerator items. Each accelerator item - * consists of an action name and a keyboard code combined with modifiers - * (Shift, Ctrl and Alt.) - * - * For example, "Ctrl+P" could be a shortcut for printing a document. The key - * codes are listed in ckey.h. "Print" could be the action name for printing. - * The action name identifies the key binding in configuration files and the - * KKeyChooser GUI. - * - * When pressed, an accelerator key calls the slot to which it has been - * connected. Accelerator items can be connected so that a key will activate - * two different slots. - * - * A KAccel object handles key events sent to its parent widget and to all - * children of this parent widget. - * - * Key binding reconfiguration during run time can be prevented by specifying - * that an accelerator item is not configurable when it is inserted. A special - * group of non-configurable key bindings are known as the - * standard accelerators. - * - * The standard accelerators appear repeatedly in applications for - * standard document actions such as printing and saving. Convenience methods are - * available to insert and connect these accelerators which are configurable on - * a desktop-wide basis. - * - * It is possible for a user to choose to have no key associated with - * an action. - * - * The translated first argument for insertItem() is used only - * in the configuration dialog. - *\code - * KAccel *a = new KAccel( myWindow ); - * // Insert an action "Scroll Up" which is associated with the "Up" key: - * a->insertItem( i18n("Scroll Up"), "Scroll Up", "Up" ); - * // Insert an action "Scroll Down" which is not associated with any key: - * a->insertItem( i18n("Scroll Down"), "Scroll Down", 0); - * a->connectItem( "Scroll up", myWindow, TQT_SLOT( scrollUp() ) ); - * // a->insertStdItem( KStdAccel::Print ); //not necessary, since it - * // is done automatially with the - * // connect below! - * a->connectItem(KStdAccel::Print, myWindow, TQT_SLOT( printDoc() ) ); - * - * a->readSettings(); - *\endcode - * - * If a shortcut has a menu entry as well, you could insert them like - * this. The example is again the KStdAccel::Print from above. - * - * \code - * int id; - * id = popup->insertItem("&Print",this, TQT_SLOT(printDoc())); - * a->changeMenuAccel(popup, id, KStdAccel::Print ); - * \endcode - * - * If you want a somewhat "exotic" name for your standard print action, like - * id = popup->insertItem(i18n("Print &Document"),this, TQT_SLOT(printDoc())); - * it might be a good idea to insert the standard action before as - * a->insertStdItem( KStdAccel::Print, i18n("Print Document") ) - * as well, so that the user can easily find the corresponding function. - * - * This technique works for other actions as well. Your "scroll up" function - * in a menu could be done with - * - * \code - * id = popup->insertItem(i18n"Scroll &up",this, TQT_SLOT(scrollUp())); - * a->changeMenuAccel(popup, id, "Scroll Up" ); - * \endcode - * - * Please keep the order right: First insert all functions in the - * acceleratior, then call a -> readSettings() and @em then build your - * menu structure. - * - * @short Configurable key binding support. - * @version $Id: kaccelbase.h,v 1.26 2003/08/16 19:44:57 coolo Exp $ - */ - -class KAccelBase -{ - public: - enum Init { QT_KEYS = 0x00, NATIVE_KEYS = 0x01 }; - enum Signal { KEYCODE_CHANGED }; - - KAccelBase( int fInitCode ); - virtual ~KAccelBase(); - - uint actionCount() const; - KAccelActions& actions(); - bool isEnabled() const; - - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKey& key ); - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKeyServer::Key& key ); - - const TQString& configGroup() const { return m_sConfigGroup; } - void setConfigGroup( const TQString& group ); - void setConfigGlobal( bool global ); - virtual void setEnabled( bool bEnabled ) = 0; - bool getAutoUpdate() { return m_bAutoUpdate; } - // return value of AutoUpdate flag before this call. - bool setAutoUpdate( bool bAuto ); - -// Procedures for manipulating Actions. - //void clearActions(); - - KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sDesc ); - KAccelAction* insert( - const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sDesc, const TQString& sHelp, - const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, - const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, - bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true ); - bool remove( const TQString& sAction ); - bool setActionSlot( const TQString& sAction, const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot ); - - bool updateConnections(); - - bool setShortcut( const TQString& sAction, const KShortcut& cut ); - -// Modify individual Action sub-items - bool setActionEnabled( const TQString& sAction, bool bEnable ); - - /** - * Read all key associations from @p config, or (if @p config - * is zero) from the application's configuration file - * KGlobal::config(). - * - * The group in which the configuration is stored can be - * set with setConfigGroup(). - */ - void readSettings( KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ); - - /** - * Write the current configurable associations to @p config, - * or (if @p config is zero) to the application's - * configuration file. - */ - void writeSettings( KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ) const; - - TQPopupMenu* createPopupMenu( TQWidget* pParent, const KKeySequence& ); - - // Protected methods - protected: - void slotRemoveAction( KAccelAction* ); - - struct X; - void createKeyList( TQValueVector<struct X>& rgKeys ); - bool insertConnection( KAccelAction* ); - bool removeConnection( KAccelAction* ); - - virtual bool emitSignal( Signal ) = 0; - virtual bool connectKey( KAccelAction&, const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; - virtual bool connectKey( const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; - virtual bool disconnectKey( KAccelAction&, const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; - virtual bool disconnectKey( const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; - - protected: - struct ActionInfo - { - KAccelAction* pAction; - uint iSeq, iVariation; - //ActionInfo* pInfoNext; // nil if only one action uses this key. - - ActionInfo() { pAction = 0; iSeq = 0xffff; iVariation = 0xffff; } - ActionInfo( KAccelAction* _pAction, uint _iSeq, uint _iVariation ) - { pAction = _pAction; iSeq = _iSeq; iVariation = _iVariation; } - }; - typedef TQMap<KKeyServer::Key, ActionInfo> KKeyToActionMap; - - KAccelActions m_rgActions; - KKeyToActionMap m_mapKeyToAction; - TQValueList<KAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique; - bool m_bNativeKeys; // Use native key codes instead of Qt codes - bool m_bEnabled; - bool m_bConfigIsGlobal; - TQString m_sConfigGroup; - bool m_bAutoUpdate; - KAccelAction* mtemp_pActionRemoving; - - private: - KAccelBase& operator =( const KAccelBase& ); - - friend class KAccelActions; -}; - -#endif // _KACCELBASE_H diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde321/kicontheme.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde321/kicontheme.h deleted file mode 100644 index 4c15c2d9..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde321/kicontheme.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,334 +0,0 @@ -/* vi: ts=8 sts=4 sw=4 - * - * $Id: kicontheme.h,v 1.29 2003/11/02 14:50:34 carewolf Exp $ - * - * This file is part of the KDE project, module kdecore. - * Copyright (C) 2000 Geert Jansen <jansen@kde.org> - * Antonio Larrosa <larrosa@kde.org> - * - * This is free software; it comes under the GNU Library General - * Public License, version 2. See the file "COPYING.LIB" for the - * exact licensing terms. - * - */ - -#ifndef __KIconTheme_h_Included__ -#define __KIconTheme_h_Included__ - -#include <tqstring.h> -#include <tqstringlist.h> -#include <tqptrlist.h> - -class KConfig; -//class KIconThemeDir; - -class KIconThemePrivate; - -class KIconPrivate; - -/** - * One icon as found by KIconTheme. Also serves as a namespace containing - * icon related constants. - * @see KIconEffect - * @see KIconTheme - * @see KIconLoader - */ -class KIcon -{ -public: - KIcon() { size = 0; } - - /** - * Return true if this icon is valid, false otherwise. - */ - bool isValid() const { return size != 0; } - - /** - * Defines the context of the icon. - */ - enum Context { - Any, ///< Some icon with unknown purpose. - Action, ///< An action icon (e.g. 'save', 'print'). - Application, ///< An icon that represents an application. - Device, ///< An icon that represents a device. - FileSystem, ///< An icon that represents a file system. - MimeType ///< An icon that represents a mime type (or file type). - }; - - /** - * The type of the icon. - */ - enum Type { - Fixed, ///< Fixed-size icon. - Scalable, ///< Scalable-size icon. - Threshold ///< A threshold icon. - }; - - /** - * The type of a match. - */ - enum MatchType { - MatchExact, ///< Only try to find an exact match. - MatchBest ///< Take the best match if there is no exact match. - - }; - - // if you add a group here, make sure to change the config reading in - // KIconLoader too - /** - * The group an an icon. - */ - enum Group { NoGroup=-1, Desktop=0, FirstGroup=0, Toolbar, - MainToolbar, Small, Panel, LastGroup, User }; - - /** - * These are the standard sizes for icons. - */ - enum StdSizes { - /// small icons for menu entries - SizeSmall=16, - /// medium sized icons for the desktop - SizeMedium=32, - /// large sized icons for the panel - SizeLarge=48, - /// huge sized icons for iconviews - SizeHuge=64 - }; - - /** - * Defines the possible states of an icon. - */ - enum States { DefaultState, ///< The default state. - ActiveState, ///< Icon is active. - DisabledState, ///< Icon is disabled. - LastState ///< Last state (last constant) - }; - - /** - * This defines an overlay, a semi-transparent image that is - * projected onto the icon. They are used to show that the file - * represented by the icon is, for example, locked, zipped or hidden. - */ - enum Overlays { - LockOverlay=0x100, ///< a file is locked - ZipOverlay=0x200, ///< a file is zipped - LinkOverlay=0x400, ///< a fileis a link - HiddenOverlay=0x800, ///< a file is hidden - ShareOverlay=0x1000, ///< a file is shared - OverlayMask = ~0xff - }; - - /** - * The size in pixels of the icon. - */ - int size; - - /** - * The context of the icon. - */ - Context context; - - /** - * The type of the icon: Fixed, Scalable or Threshold. - **/ - Type type; - - /** - * The threshold in case type == Threshold - */ - int threshold; - - /** - * The full path of the icon. - */ - TQString path; - -private: - KIconPrivate *d; -}; - -inline KIcon::Group& operator++(KIcon::Group& group) { group = static_cast<KIcon::Group>(group+1); return group; } -inline KIcon::Group operator++(KIcon::Group& group,int) { KIcon::Group ret = group; ++group; return ret; } - -/** - * Class to use/access icon themes in KDE. This class is used by the - * iconloader but can be used by others too. - * @see KIconLoader - */ -class KIconTheme -{ -public: - /** - * Load an icon theme by name. - * @param name the name of the theme (e.g. "hicolor" or "keramik") - * @param appName the name of the application. Can be null. This argument - * allows applications to have themed application icons. - */ - KIconTheme(const TQString& name, const TQString& appName=TQString::null); - ~KIconTheme(); - - /** - * The stylized name of the icon theme. - * @return the (human-readable) name of the theme - */ - TQString name() const { return mName; } - - /** - * A description for the icon theme. - * @return a human-readable description of the theme, TQString::null - * if there is none - */ - TQString description() const { return mDesc; } - - /** - * Return the name of the "example" icon. This can be used to - * present the theme to the user. - * @return the name of the example icon, TQString::null if there is none - */ - TQString example() const; - - /** - * Return the name of the screenshot. - * @return the name of the screenshot, TQString::null if there is none - */ - TQString screenshot() const; - - /** - * Returns the name of this theme's link overlay. - * @return the name of the link overlay - */ - TQString linkOverlay() const; - - /** - * Returns the name of this theme's zip overlay. - * @return the name of the zip overlay - */ - TQString zipOverlay() const; - - /** - * Returns the name of this theme's lock overlay. - * @return the name of the lock overlay - */ - TQString lockOverlay() const; - - /** - * Returns the name of this theme's share overlay. - * @return the name of the share overlay - * @since 3.1 - */ - TQString shareOverlay () const; - - /** - * Returns the toplevel theme directory. - * @return the directory of the theme - */ - TQString dir() const { return mDir; } - - /** - * The themes this icon theme falls back on. - * @return a list of icon themes that are used as fall-backs - */ - TQStringList inherits() const { return mInherits; } - - /** - * The icon theme exists? - * @return true if the icon theme is valid - */ - bool isValid() const; - - /** - * The icon theme should be hidden to the user? - * @return true if the icon theme is hidden - * @since 3.1 - */ - bool isHidden() const; - - /** - * The minimum display depth required for this theme. This can either - * be 8 or 32. - * @return the minimum bpp (8 or 32) - */ - int depth() const { return mDepth; } - - /** - * The default size of this theme for a certain icon group. - * @param group The icon group. See KIcon::Group. - * @return The default size in pixels for the given icon group. - */ - int defaultSize(KIcon::Group group) const; - - /** - * Query available sizes for a group. - * @param group The icon group. See KIcon::Group. - * @return a list of available sized for the given group - */ - TQValueList<int> querySizes(KIcon::Group group) const; - - /** - * Query available icons for a size and context. - * @param size the size of the icons - * @param context the context of the icons - * @return the list of icon names - */ - TQStringList queryIcons(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const; - - /** - * Query available icons for a context and preferred size. - * @param size the size of the icons - * @param context the context of the icons - * @return the list of icon names - */ - TQStringList queryIconsByContext(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const; - - - /** - * Lookup an icon in the theme. - * @param name The name of the icon, without extension. - * @param size The desired size of the icon. - * @param match The matching mode. KIcon::MatchExact returns an icon - * only if matches exactly. KIcon::MatchBest returns the best matching - * icon. - * @return A KIcon class that describes the icon. If an icon is found, - * @see KIcon::isValid will return true, and false otherwise. - */ - KIcon iconPath(const TQString& name, int size, KIcon::MatchType match) const; - - /** - * List all icon themes installed on the system, global and local. - * @return the list of all icon themes - */ - static TQStringList list(); - - /** - * Returns the current icon theme. - * @return the name of the current theme - */ - static TQString current(); - - /** - * Reconfigure the theme. - */ - static void reconfigure(); - - /** - * Returns the default icon theme. - * @return the name of the default theme name - * @since 3.1 - */ - static TQString defaultThemeName(); - -private: - int mDefSize[8]; - TQValueList<int> mSizes[8]; - - int mDepth; - TQString mDir, mName, mDesc; - TQStringList mInherits; -// TQPtrList<KIconThemeDir> mDirs; - KIconThemePrivate *d; - - static TQString *_theme; - static TQStringList *_theme_list; -}; - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde321/kkeyserver_x11.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde321/kkeyserver_x11.h deleted file mode 100644 index 1271f506..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde321/kkeyserver_x11.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,433 +0,0 @@ -#ifndef _KKEYSERVER_X11_H -#define _KKEYSERVER_X11_H - -#include "kshortcut.h" -#include "kkeynative.h" - -/** - * A collection of functions for the conversion of key presses and - * their modifiers from the window system (X11) specific format - * to the generic format and vice-versa. - */ -namespace KKeyServer -{ - /** - * Supplement enum KKey::ModFlag - * @since 3.1 - */ - enum ExtraModFlag { MODE_SWITCH = 0x2000 }; - - /** - * Represents a key symbol. - * @see KKey - * @see KKeyServer - */ - struct Sym - { - public: - /// the actual value of the symbol - uint m_sym; - - /// Creates a null symbol. - Sym() - { m_sym = 0; } - /** - * Creates asymbol with the given value. - * @param sym the value - */ - Sym( uint sym ) - { m_sym = sym; } - /** - * Creates a symbol from the given string description. - * @param s the description of the symbol - * @see toString() - */ - Sym( const TQString& s ) - { init( s ); } - - /** - * Initializes the symbol with the given Qt key code. - * @param keyQt the qt key code - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key - */ - bool initQt( int keyQt ); - - /** - * Initializes the key with the given string description. - * @param s the string description - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see toString() - */ - bool init( const TQString &s ); - - /** - * Returns the qt key code of the symbol. - * @return the qt key code - */ - int qt() const; - - /** - * @internal - */ - TQString toStringInternal() const; - - /** - * Returns the string representation of the symbol. - * @return the string representation of the symbol - */ - TQString toString() const; - - /** - * Returns the mods that are required for this symbol as - * ORed KKey::ModFlag's. For example, Break requires a - * Ctrl to be valid. - * @return the required KKey::ModFlag's - * @see KKey::ModFlag - */ - uint getModsRequired() const; - - /** - * TODO: please find out what this method does and document it - */ - uint getSymVariation() const; - - /** - * Casts the symbol to its integer representation. - */ - operator uint() const { return m_sym; } - - /** - * Overloaded operator to convert ints to Sym. - */ - Sym& operator =( uint sym ) { m_sym = sym; return *this; } - - private: - TQString toString( bool bUserSpace ) const; - - static void capitalizeKeyname( TQString& ); - }; - - /** - * Represents a key press. - * @see KKey - */ - struct Key - { - /// Code for native Keys in Qt - enum { CODE_FOR_QT = 256 }; - - /// The code of the key - uint m_code; - - /// The modifiers of the key - uint m_mod; - - /// The symbol of the key - uint m_sym; - - /** - * Initializes the key with a KKey. - * @param key the key to get the data from - * @param bQt true to take the Qt keycode, false - * for the native key code - * @see Qt::Key - * @see KKeyNative - */ - bool init( const KKey& key, bool bQt ); - - /** - * Checks whether the key code is a native code. - * @return true if native code of the window system, - * false if it is a Qt keycode - * @see Qt::Key - * @see KKeyNative - */ - bool isNative() const { return m_code != CODE_FOR_QT; } - - /** - * Returns the code of the key. - * @return the code of the key - */ - uint code() const { return m_code; } - - /** - * Returns the modifiers of the key. - * @return the modifiers of the key - */ - uint mod() const { return m_mod; } - - /** - * Returns the symbol of the key. - * @return the symbol of the key - */ - uint sym() const { return m_sym; } - - /** - * Returns the qt key code. - * @return the qt key code - */ - int keyCodeQt() const { return (int) m_sym; } - - /** - * Sets the qt key code. - * @param keyQt the qt key code - */ - void setKeycodeQt( int keyQt ) - { m_code = CODE_FOR_QT; m_sym = keyQt; } - - /** - * Initializes this key with a KKeyNative. - * @return this key - */ - Key& operator =( const KKeyNative& key ); - - /** - * Compares this key with the given Key object. Returns a - * negative number if the given Key is larger, 0 if they - * are equal and a positive number this Key is larger. The - * returned value is the difference between the symbol, modifier - * or code, whatever is non-zero first. - * - * @param key the key to compare with this key - * @return a negative number if the given Key is larger, 0 if - * they are equal and a positive number this Key is larger - */ - int compare( const Key& key ) const; - - /** - * Compares the symbol, modifiers and code of both keys. - * @see compare() - */ - bool operator ==( const Key& b ) const - { return compare( b ) == 0; } - - /** - * Compares the symbol, modifiers and code of both keys. - * @see compare() - */ - bool operator <( const Key& b ) const - { return compare( b ) < 0; } - - /** - * Converts this Key to a KKey. - * @return the KKey - */ - KKey key() const; - }; - - /** - * TODO: please document this class - */ - struct Variations - { - enum { MAX_VARIATIONS = 4 }; - - Key m_rgkey[MAX_VARIATIONS]; - uint m_nVariations; - - Variations() { m_nVariations = 0; } - - void init( const KKey&, bool bQt ); - - uint count() const { return m_nVariations; } - const Key& key( uint i ) const { return m_rgkey[i]; } - }; - - /// TODO: please document - bool initializeMods(); - - /** - * Returns the equivalent X modifier mask of the given modifier flag. - * @param modFlag the generic flags to check - * @return the window system specific flags - */ - uint modX( KKey::ModFlag modFlag ); - - /** - * Returns true if the current keyboard layout supports the Win key. - * Specifically, whether the Super or Meta keys are assigned to an X modifier. - * @return true if the keyboard has a Win key - * @see modXWin() - */ - bool keyboardHasWinKey(); - - /** - * Returns the X11 Shift modifier mask/flag. - * @return the X11 Shift modifier mask/flag. - * @see accelModMaskX() - */ - uint modXShift(); - - /** - * Returns the X11 Lock modifier mask/flag. - * @return the X11 Lock modifier mask/flag. - * @see accelModMaskX() - */ - uint modXLock(); - - /** - * Returns the X11 Ctrl modifier mask/flag. - * @return the X11 Ctrl modifier mask/flag. - * @see accelModMaskX() - */ - uint modXCtrl(); - - /** - * Returns the X11 Alt (Mod1) modifier mask/flag. - * @return the X11 Alt (Mod1) modifier mask/flag. - * @see accelModMaskX() - */ - uint modXAlt(); - - /** - * Returns the X11 NumLock modifier mask/flag. - * @return the X11 NumLock modifier mask/flag. - * @see accelModMaskX() - */ - uint modXNumLock(); - - /** - * Returns the X11 Win (Mod3) modifier mask/flag. - * @return the X11 Win (Mod3) modifier mask/flag. - * @see keyboardHasWinKey() - * @see accelModMaskX() - */ - uint modXWin(); - - /** - * Returns the X11 ScrollLock modifier mask/flag. - * @return the X11 ScrollLock modifier mask/flag. - * @see accelModMaskX() - */ - uint modXScrollLock(); - - /** - * Returns bitwise OR'ed mask containing Shift, Ctrl, Alt, and - * Win (if available). - * @see modXShift() - * @see modXLock() - * @see modXCtrl() - * @see modXAlt() - * @see modXNumLock() - * @see modXWin() - * @see modXScrollLock() - */ - uint accelModMaskX(); - - /** - * Extracts the symbol from the given Qt key and - * converts it to a symbol. - * @param keyQt the qt key code - * @param sym if successful, the symbol will be written here - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key - * @see Sym - */ - bool keyQtToSym( int keyQt, uint& sym ); - - /** - * Extracts the modifiers from the given Qt key and - * converts them in a mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers. - * @param keyQt the qt key code - * @param mod if successful, the modifiers will be written here - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key - */ - bool keyQtToMod( int keyQt, uint& mod ); - - /** - * Converts the given symbol to a Qt key code. - * @param sym the symbol - * @param keyQt if successful, the qt key code will be written here - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key - * @see Sym - */ - bool symToKeyQt( uint sym, int& keyQt ); - - /** - * Converts the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers to - * a mask of ORed Qt key code modifiers. - * @param mod the mask of KKey::ModFlag modifiers - * @param modQt the mask of Qt key code modifiers will be written here, - * if successful - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key - * @see KKey - */ - bool modToModQt( uint mod, int& modQt ); - - /** - * Converts the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers to - * a mask of ORed X11 modifiers. - * @param mod the mask of KKey::ModFlag modifiers - * @param modX the mask of X11 modifiers will be written here, - * if successful - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see KKey - */ - bool modToModX( uint mod, uint& modX ); - - /** - * Converts the mask of ORed X11 modifiers to - * a mask of ORed Qt key code modifiers. - * @param modX the mask of X11 modifiers - * @param modQt the mask of Qt key code modifiers will be written here - * if successful - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key - */ - bool modXToModQt( uint modX, int& modQt ); - - /** - * Converts the mask of ORed X11 modifiers to - * a mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers. - * @param modX the mask of X11 modifiers - * @param mod the mask of KKey::ModFlag modifiers will be written here, - * if successful - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see KKey - */ - bool modXToMod( uint modX, uint& mod ); - - /** - * Converts a X11 key code and a mask of ORed X11 modifiers - * into a X11 symbol. - * converts it to a symbol. - * @param codeX the X11 key code - * @param modX the mask of ORed X11 modifiers - * @param symX if successful, the X11 symbol will be written here - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key - * @see Sym - */ - bool codeXToSym( uchar codeX, uint modX, uint& symX ); - - /** - * @internal - */ - TQString modToStringInternal( uint mod ); - - /** - * Converts the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers to a - * user-readable string. - * @param mod the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers - * @return the user-readable string - */ - TQString modToStringUser( uint mod ); - - /** - * @internal - * Unimplemented? - */ - bool stringToSymMod( const TQString&, uint& sym, uint& mod ); - - /** - * @internal - * Unimplemented? - */ - void keyQtToKeyX( uint keyCombQt, unsigned char *pKeyCodeX, uint *pKeySymX, uint *pKeyModX ); -} - -#endif // !_KKEYSERVER_X11_H diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde321/konsole_part.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde321/konsole_part.h deleted file mode 100644 index 6aba7064..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde321/konsole_part.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,223 +0,0 @@ -/* - This file is part of the KDE system - Copyright (C) 1999,2000 Boloni Laszlo - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. - */ - -#ifndef __KONSOLE_PART_H__ -#define __KONSOLE_PART_H__ - -#include <kparts/browserextension.h> -#include <kparts/factory.h> - - -#include <kdialogbase.h> - -#include <kde_terminal_interface.h> - -//#include "schema.h" -//#include "session.h" - -class KInstance; -class konsoleBrowserExtension; -class TQPushButton; -class TQSpinBox; -class KPopupMenu; -class TQCheckBox; -class KRootPixmap; -class KToggleAction; -class KSelectAction; - -namespace KParts { class GUIActivateEvent; } - -class konsoleFactory : public KParts::Factory -{ - Q_OBJECT -public: - konsoleFactory(); - virtual ~konsoleFactory(); - - virtual KParts::Part* createPartObject(TQWidget *parentWidget = 0, const char *widgetName = 0, - TQObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0, - const char* classname = "KParts::Part", - const TQStringList &args = TQStringList()); - - static KInstance *instance(); - - private: - static KInstance *s_instance; - static KAboutData *s_aboutData; -}; - -////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -class konsolePart: public KParts::ReadOnlyPart, public TerminalInterface -{ - Q_OBJECT - public: - konsolePart(TQWidget *parentWidget, const char *widgetName, TQObject * parent, const char *name, const char *classname = 0); - virtual ~konsolePart(); - -signals: - void processExited(); - void receivedData( const TQString& s ); - protected: - virtual bool openURL( const KURL & url ); - virtual bool openFile() {return false;} // never used - virtual bool closeURL() {return true;} - virtual void guiActivateEvent( KParts::GUIActivateEvent * event ); - - protected slots: - void showShell(); - void slotProcessExited(); - void slotReceivedData( const TQString& s ); - -// void doneSession(TESession*); - void sessionDestroyed(); -// void configureRequest(TEWidget*,int,int x,int y); - void updateTitle(); - void enableMasterModeConnections(); - - private slots: - void emitOpenURLRequest(const TQString &url); - - void readProperties(); - void saveProperties(); - - void sendSignal(int n); - void closeCurrentSession(); - - void notifySize(int,int); - - void slotToggleFrame(); - void slotSelectScrollbar(); - void slotSelectFont(); - void schema_menu_check(); - void keytab_menu_activated(int item); - void updateSchemaMenu(); - void setSchema(int n); - void pixmap_menu_activated(int item); - void schema_menu_activated(int item); - void slotHistoryType(); - void slotSelectBell(); - void slotSelectLineSpacing(); - void slotBlinkingCursor(); - void slotWordSeps(); - void fontNotFound(); - - private: - konsoleBrowserExtension *m_extension; - KURL currentURL; - - void makeGUI(); - void applySettingsToGUI(); - - void setFont(int fontno); -// void setSchema(ColorSchema* s); - void updateKeytabMenu(); - - bool doOpenStream( const TQString& ); - bool doWriteStream( const TQByteArray& ); - bool doCloseStream(); - - TQWidget* parentWidget; -// TEWidget* te; -// TESession* se; -// ColorSchemaList* colors; - KRootPixmap* rootxpm; - - KToggleAction* blinkingCursor; - KToggleAction* showFrame; - - KSelectAction* selectBell; - KSelectAction* selectFont; - KSelectAction* selectLineSpacing; - KSelectAction* selectScrollbar; - - KPopupMenu* m_keytab; - KPopupMenu* m_schema; - KPopupMenu* m_signals; - KPopupMenu* m_options; - KPopupMenu* m_popupMenu; - - TQFont defaultFont; - - TQString pmPath; // pixmap path - TQString s_schema; - TQString s_kconfigSchema; - TQString s_word_seps; // characters that are considered part of a word - TQString fontNotFound_par; - - bool b_framevis:1; - bool b_histEnabled:1; - - int curr_schema; // current schema no - int n_bell; - int n_font; - int n_keytab; - int n_render; - int n_scroll; - unsigned m_histSize; - bool m_runningShell; - bool m_streamEnabled; -public: - // these are the implementations for the TermEmuInterface - // functions... - void startProgram( const TQString& program, - const TQStrList& args ); - void showShellInDir( const TQString& dir ); - void sendInput( const TQString& text ); -}; - -////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -/*class HistoryTypeDialog : public KDialogBase -{ - Q_OBJECT -public: - HistoryTypeDialog(const HistoryType& histType, - unsigned int histSize, - TQWidget *parent); - -public slots: - void slotDefault(); - void slotSetUnlimited(); - void slotHistEnable(bool); - - unsigned int nbLines() const; - bool isOn() const; - -protected: - TQCheckBox* m_btnEnable; - TQSpinBox* m_size; - TQPushButton* m_setUnlimited; -};*/ - -////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -class konsoleBrowserExtension : public KParts::BrowserExtension -{ - Q_OBJECT - friend class konsolePart; - public: - konsoleBrowserExtension(konsolePart *parent); - virtual ~konsoleBrowserExtension(); - - void emitOpenURLRequest(const KURL &url); -}; - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde321/kpanelmenu.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde321/kpanelmenu.h deleted file mode 100644 index 1803e808..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde321/kpanelmenu.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,181 +0,0 @@ -/***************************************************************** - -Copyright (c) 1996-2000 the kicker authors. See file AUTHORS. - (c) 2001 Michael Goffioul <goffioul@imec.be> - -Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy -of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal -in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights -to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell -copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is -furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: - -The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in -all copies or substantial portions of the Software. - -THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR -IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, -FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE -AUTHORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN -AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN -CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. - -******************************************************************/ - -#ifndef __KPANELMENU_H__ -#define __KPANELMENU_H__ - -#include <tqstring.h> -#include <kpopupmenu.h> -#include <kgenericfactory.h> - -class KPanelMenuPrivate; - -/** - * Base class to build dynamically loaded menu entries for the K-menu, or the panel. - * - * This class allows to build menu entries that will be dynamically added either to - * the K-menu, or to the panel as a normal button. These dynamic menus are located - * in shared libraries that will be loaded at runtime by Kicker (the KDE panel). - * - * To build such a menu, you have to inherit this class and implement the pure virtual - * functions #initialize() and slotExec(). You also have to provide a factory - * object in your library, see KLibFactory. This factory is only used to construct - * the menu object. - * - * Finally, you also have to provide a desktop file describing your dynamic menu. The - * relevant entries are: Name, Comment, Icon and X-KDE-Library (which contains the - * library name without any extension). This desktop file has to be installed in - * $KDEDIR/share/apps/kicker/menuext/. - * - * @short Base class to build dynamically loaded menu entries for the K-menu, or the panel. - * @author The kicker maintainer, Michael Goffioul <goffioul@imec.be> - */ -class KPanelMenu : public KPopupMenu -{ - Q_OBJECT - -public: - /** - * Construct a KPanelMenu object. This is the normal constructor to use when - * building extrernal menu entries. - */ - KPanelMenu(TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0); - /** - * Constructor used internally by Kicker. You don't really want to use it. - * @param startDir a directory to associate with this menu - * @see path(), setPath() - */ - KPanelMenu(const TQString &startDir, TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0); - /** - * Destructor. - */ - virtual ~KPanelMenu(); - - /** - * Get the directory path associated with this menu, or TQString::null if - * there's no such associated path. - * @return the associated directory path - * @see setPath() - */ - const TQString& path() const; - /** - * Set a directory path to be associated with this menu. - * @param p the directory path - * @see path() - */ - void setPath(const TQString &p); - /** - * Tell if the menu has been initialized, that is it already contains items. - * This is useful when you need to know if you have to clear the menu, or to - * fill it. - * @return the initial state - * @see setInitialized(), initialize() - */ - bool initialized() const; - /** - * Set the initial state. Set it to true when you menu is filled with the items - * you want. - * @param on the initial state - * @see initialized(), initialize() - */ - void setInitialized(bool on); - - /** - * Disable the automatic clearing of the menu. Kicker uses a cache system for - * its menus. After a specific configurable delay, the menu will be cleared. - * Use this function if you want to disable kicker's cache system, and avoid - * the clearing of your menu. - */ - void disableAutoClear(); - -public slots: - /** - * Reinitialize the menu: the menu is first cleared, the initial state is set - * to false, and finally #initialize() is called. Use this if you want to - * refill your menu immediately. - */ - void reinitialize(); - /** - * Deinitialize the menu: the menu is cleared and the initialized state is set to - * false. #initialize() is NOT called. It will be called before the menu is - * next shown, however. Use this slot if you want a delayed reinitialization. - * @since 3.1 - */ - void deinitialize(); - -protected slots: - /** - * This slot is called just before the menu is shown. This allows your menu - * to update itself if needed. However you should instead re-implement - * #initialize to provide this feature. This function is responsible for - * the cache system handling, so if you re-implement it, you should call - * the base function also. Calls #initialize(). - * @see disableAutoClear() - */ - virtual void slotAboutToShow(); - /** - * This is slot is called when an item from the menu has been selected. Your - * applet is then supposed to perform some action. You must re-implement this - * function. - * @param id the ID associated with the selected item - */ - virtual void slotExec(int id) = 0; - /** - * This slots is called to initialize the menu. It is called automatically by - * slotAboutToShow(). By re-implementing this functions, you can reconstruct - * the menu before it is being shown. At the end of this function, you should - * call setInitialize() with true to tell the system that the menu is OK. - * You applet must re-implement this function. - * @see slotAboutToShow(), initialized(), setInitialized() - */ - virtual void initialize() = 0; - /** - * Clears the menu, and update the initial state accordingly. - * @see initialized() - */ - void slotClear(); - -protected: - /** - * Re-implemented for internal reasons. - */ - virtual void hideEvent(TQHideEvent *ev); - /** - * For internal use only. Used by constructors. - */ - void init(const TQString& path = TQString::null); - -protected: - virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data ); -private: - void internalInitialize(); - KPanelMenuPrivate *d; -}; - -#define K_EXPORT_KICKER_MENUEXT( libname, classname ) \ - K_EXPORT_COMPONENT_FACTORY( \ - kickermenu_##libname, \ - KGenericFactory<classname>("libkickermenu_" #libname) ) - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde321/krecentdirs.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde321/krecentdirs.h deleted file mode 100644 index 61a50706..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde321/krecentdirs.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,68 +0,0 @@ -/* -*- c++ -*- - * Copyright (C)2000 Waldo Bastian <bastian@kde.org> - * - * All rights reserved. - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without - * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions - * are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the - * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND - * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE - * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE - * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE - * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL - * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS - * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) - * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT - * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY - * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF - * SUCH DAMAGE. - * - */ -#ifndef __KRECENTDIRS_H -#define __KRECENTDIRS_H - -#include <tqstringlist.h> - -/** - * The goal of this class is to make sure that, when the user needs to - * specify a file via the file selection dialog, this dialog will start - * in the directory most likely to contain the desired files. - * - * This works as follows: Each time the file selection dialog is - * shown, the programmer can specify a "file-class". The file-dialog will - * then start with the directory associated with this file-class. When - * the dialog closes, the directory currently shown in the file-dialog - * will be associated with the file-class. - * - * A file-class can either start with ':' or with '::'. If it starts with - * a single ':' the file-class is specific to the current application. - * If the file-class starts with '::' it is global to all applications. - */ -class KRecentDirs -{ -public: - /** - * Returns a list of directories associated with this file-class. - * The most recently used directory is at the front of the list. - */ - static TQStringList list(const TQString &fileClass); - - /** - * Returns the most recently used directory accociated with this file-class. - */ - static TQString dir(const TQString &fileClass); - - /** - * Associates @p directory with @p fileClass - */ - static void add(const TQString &fileClass, const TQString &directory); -}; - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde321/ksharedptr.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde321/ksharedptr.h deleted file mode 100644 index e8dc8774..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde321/ksharedptr.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,171 +0,0 @@ -/* This file is part of the KDE libraries - Copyright (c) 1999 Waldo Bastian <bastian@kde.org> - - This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation. - - This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. -*/ -#ifndef KSharedPTR_H -#define KSharedPTR_H - -/** - * Reference counting for shared objects. If you derive your object - * from this class, then you may use it in conjunction with - * KSharedPtr to control the lifetime of your object. - * - * Specifically, all classes that derive from KShared have an internal - * counter keeping track of how many other objects have a reference to - * their object. If used with KSharedPtr, then your object will - * not be deleted until all references to the object have been - * released. - * - * You should probably not ever use any of the methods in this class - * directly -- let the KSharedPtr take care of that. Just derive - * your class from KShared and forget about it. - * - * @author Waldo Bastian <bastian@kde.org> - * @version $Id: ksharedptr.h,v 1.22 2003/08/20 08:01:42 coolo Exp $ - */ -class KShared { -public: - /** - * Standard constructor. This will initialize the reference count - * on this object to 0. - */ - KShared() : count(0) { } - - /** - * Copy constructor. This will @em not actually copy the objects - * but it will initialize the reference count on this object to 0. - */ - KShared( const KShared & ) : count(0) { } - - /** - * Overloaded assignment operator. - */ - KShared &operator=(const KShared & ) { return *this; } - - /** - * Increases the reference count by one. - */ - void _KShared_ref() const { count++; } - - /** - * Releases a reference (decreases the reference count by one). If - * the count goes to 0, this object will delete itself. - */ - void _KShared_unref() const { if (!--count) delete this; } - - /** - * Return the current number of references held. - * - * @return Number of references - */ - int _KShared_count() const { return count; } - -protected: - virtual ~KShared() { } -private: - mutable int count; -}; - -/** - * Can be used to control the lifetime of an object that has derived - * KShared. As long a someone holds a KSharedPtr on some KShared - * object it won't become deleted but is deleted once its reference - * count is 0. This struct emulates C++ pointers perfectly. So just - * use it like a simple C++ pointer. - * - * KShared and KSharedPtr are preferred over QShared / QSharedPtr - * since they are more safe. - * - * @author Waldo Bastian <bastian@kde.org> - * @version $Id: ksharedptr.h,v 1.22 2003/08/20 08:01:42 coolo Exp $ - */ -template< class T > -struct KSharedPtr -{ -public: -/** - * Creates a null pointer. - */ - KSharedPtr() - : ptr(0) { } - /** - * Creates a new pointer. - * @param t the pointer - */ - KSharedPtr( T* t ) - : ptr(t) { if ( ptr ) ptr->_KShared_ref(); } - - /** - * Copies a pointer. - * @param p the pointer to copy - */ - KSharedPtr( const KSharedPtr& p ) - : ptr(p.ptr) { if ( ptr ) ptr->_KShared_ref(); } - - /** - * Unreferences the object that this pointer points to. If it was - * the last reference, the object will be deleted. - */ - ~KSharedPtr() { if ( ptr ) ptr->_KShared_unref(); } - - KSharedPtr<T>& operator= ( const KSharedPtr<T>& p ) { - if ( ptr == p.ptr ) return *this; - if ( ptr ) ptr->_KShared_unref(); - ptr = p.ptr; - if ( ptr ) ptr->_KShared_ref(); - return *this; - } - KSharedPtr<T>& operator= ( T* p ) { - if ( ptr == p ) return *this; - if ( ptr ) ptr->_KShared_unref(); - ptr = p; - if ( ptr ) ptr->_KShared_ref(); - return *this; - } - bool operator== ( const KSharedPtr<T>& p ) const { return ( ptr == p.ptr ); } - bool operator!= ( const KSharedPtr<T>& p ) const { return ( ptr != p.ptr ); } - bool operator== ( const T* p ) const { return ( ptr == p ); } - bool operator!= ( const T* p ) const { return ( ptr != p ); } - bool operator!() const { return ( ptr == 0 ); } - operator T*() const { return ptr; } - - /** - * Returns the pointer. - * @return the pointer - */ - T* data() { return ptr; } - - /** - * Returns the pointer. - * @return the pointer - */ - const T* data() const { return ptr; } - - const T& operator*() const { return *ptr; } - T& operator*() { return *ptr; } - const T* operator->() const { return ptr; } - T* operator->() { return ptr; } - - /** - * Returns the number of references. - * @return the number of references - */ - int count() const { return ptr->_KShared_count(); } // for debugging purposes -private: - T* ptr; -}; - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde321/ksycocafactory.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde321/ksycocafactory.h deleted file mode 100644 index 2a114ee0..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde321/ksycocafactory.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,143 +0,0 @@ -/* This file is part of the KDE libraries - * Copyright (C) 1999 Waldo Bastian <bastian@kde.org> - * - * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - * License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation; - * - * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Library General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - * along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. - **/ - -#ifndef __ksycocafactory_h__ -#define __ksycocafactory_h__ "$Id: ksycocafactory.h,v 1.14 2003/10/29 17:59:18 waba Exp $" - -#include "ksycocatype.h" -#include "ksycocaentry.h" - -#include <tqdict.h> -#include <tqptrlist.h> -class KSycoca; -class TQStringList; -class TQString; -class KSycocaDict; -class KSycocaResourceList; - -typedef TQDict<KSycocaEntry::Ptr> KSycocaEntryDict; - -/** - * @internal - * Base class for sycoca factories - */ -class KSycocaFactory -{ -public: - virtual KSycocaFactoryId factoryId() const = 0; - -protected: // virtual class - /** - * Create a factory which can be used to lookup from/create a database - * (depending on KSycoca::isBuilding()) - */ - KSycocaFactory( KSycocaFactoryId factory_id ); - -public: - virtual ~KSycocaFactory(); - - /** - * @return the position of the factory in the sycoca file - */ - int offset() { return mOffset; } - - /** - * @return the dict, for special use by KBuildSycoca - */ - KSycocaEntryDict * entryDict() { return m_entryDict; } - - /** - * Construct an entry from a config file. - * To be implemented in the real factories. - */ - virtual KSycocaEntry *createEntry(const TQString &file, const char *resource) = 0; - - /** - * Add an entry - */ - virtual void addEntry(KSycocaEntry *newEntry, const char *resource); - - /** - * Remove an entry - * Not very fast, use with care. O(N) - */ - void removeEntry(KSycocaEntry *newEntry); - - /** - * Read an entry from the database - */ - virtual KSycocaEntry *createEntry(int offset)=0; - - /** - * Get a list of all entries from the database. - */ - KSycocaEntry::List allEntries(); - - /** - * Saves all entries it maintains as well as index files - * for these entries to the stream 'str'. - * - * Also sets mOffset to the starting position. - * - * The stream is positioned at the end of the last index. - * - * Don't forget to call the parent first when you override - * this function. - */ - virtual void save(TQDataStream &str); - - /** - * Writes out a header to the stream 'str'. - * The baseclass positions the stream correctly. - * - * Don't forget to call the parent first when you override - * this function. - */ - virtual void saveHeader(TQDataStream &str); - - /** - * @return the resources for which this factory is responsible. - */ - virtual const KSycocaResourceList * resourceList() const { return m_resourceList; } - -private: - int mOffset; - -protected: - int m_sycocaDictOffset; - int m_beginEntryOffset; - int m_endEntryOffset; - TQDataStream *m_str; - - KSycocaResourceList *m_resourceList; - KSycocaEntryDict *m_entryDict; - KSycocaDict *m_sycocaDict; -protected: - virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data ); -}; - -/** This, instead of a typedef, allows to declare "class ..." in header files - * @internal - */ -class KSycocaFactoryList : public TQPtrList<KSycocaFactory> -{ -public: - KSycocaFactoryList() { } -}; - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde321/ktoolbarbutton.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde321/ktoolbarbutton.h deleted file mode 100644 index 5b7a85f9..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde321/ktoolbarbutton.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,315 +0,0 @@ -/* This file is part of the KDE libraries - Copyright (C) 1997, 1998 Stephan Kulow (coolo@kde.org) - (C) 1997, 1998 Sven Radej (radej@kde.org) - (C) 1997, 1998 Mark Donohoe (donohoe@kde.org) - (C) 1997, 1998 Matthias Ettrich (ettrich@kde.org) - (C) 2000 Kurt Granroth (granroth@kde.org) - - This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation. - - This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. -*/ - -// $Id: ktoolbarbutton.h,v 1.34 2003/09/09 12:40:58 bhards Exp $ -#ifndef _KTOOLBARBUTTON_H -#define _KTOOLBARBUTTON_H - -#include <tqpixmap.h> -#include <tqtoolbutton.h> -#include <tqintdict.h> -#include <tqstring.h> -#include <kglobal.h> - -class KToolBar; -class KToolBarButtonPrivate; -class KInstance; -class TQEvent; -class TQPopupMenu; -class TQPainter; - -/** - * A toolbar button. This is used internally by KToolBar, use the - * KToolBar methods instead. - * @internal - */ -class KToolBarButton : public QToolButton -{ - Q_OBJECT - -public: - /** - * Construct a button with an icon loaded by the button itself. - * This will trust the button to load the correct icon with the - * correct size. - * - * @param icon Name of icon to load (may be absolute or relative) - * @param id Id of this button - * @param parent This button's parent - * @param name This button's internal name - * @param txt This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise) - */ - KToolBarButton(const TQString& icon, int id, TQWidget *parent, - const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null, - KInstance *_instance = KGlobal::instance()); - - /** - * Construct a button with an existing pixmap. It is not - * recommended that you use this as the internal icon loading code - * will almost always get it "right". - * - * @param pixmap Name of icon to load (may be absolute or relative) - * @param id Id of this button - * @param parent This button's parent - * @param name This button's internal name - * @param txt This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise) - */ - KToolBarButton(const TQPixmap& pixmap, int id, TQWidget *parent, - const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null); - - /** - * Construct a separator button - * - * @param parent This button's parent - * @param name This button's internal name - */ - KToolBarButton(TQWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L); - - /** - * Standard destructor - */ - ~KToolBarButton(); - -#ifndef KDE_NO_COMPAT - /** - * @deprecated - * Set the pixmap directly for this button. This pixmap should be - * the active one... the dimmed and disabled pixmaps are constructed - * based on this one. However, don't use this function unless you - * are positive that you don't want to use setIcon. - * - * @param pixmap The active pixmap - */ - // this one is from TQButton, so #ifdef-ing it out doesn't break BC - virtual void setPixmap(const TQPixmap &pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED; - - /** - * @deprecated - * Force the button to use this pixmap as the default one rather - * then generating it using effects. - * - * @param pixmap The pixmap to use as the default (normal) one - */ - void setDefaultPixmap(const TQPixmap& pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED; - - /** - * @deprecated - * Force the button to use this pixmap when disabled one rather then - * generating it using effects. - * - * @param pixmap The pixmap to use when disabled - */ - void setDisabledPixmap(const TQPixmap& pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED; -#endif - - /** - * Set the text for this button. The text will be either used as a - * tooltip (IconOnly) or will be along side the icon - * - * @param text The button (or tooltip) text - */ - virtual void setText(const TQString &text); - - /** - * Set the icon for this button. The icon will be loaded internally - * with the correct size. This function is preferred over setIconSet - * - * @param icon The name of the icon - */ - virtual void setIcon(const TQString &icon); - - /// @since 3.1 - virtual void setIcon( const TQPixmap &pixmap ) - { TQToolButton::setIcon( pixmap ); } - - /** - * Set the pixmaps for this toolbar button from a TQIconSet. - * If you call this you don't need to call any of the other methods - * that set icons or pixmaps. - * @param iconset The iconset to use - */ - virtual void setIconSet( const TQIconSet &iconset ); - -#ifndef KDE_NO_COMPAT - /** - * @deprecated - * Set the active icon for this button. The pixmap itself is loaded - * internally based on the icon size... .. the disabled and default - * pixmaps, however will only be constructed if generate is - * true. This function is preferred over setPixmap - * - * @param icon The name of the active icon - * @param generate If true, then the other icons are automagically - * generated from this one - */ - KDE_DEPRECATED void setIcon(const TQString &icon, bool generate ) { Q_UNUSED(generate); setIcon( icon ); } - - /** - * @deprecated - * Force the button to use this icon as the default one rather - * then generating it using effects. - * - * @param icon The icon to use as the default (normal) one - */ - void setDefaultIcon(const TQString& icon) KDE_DEPRECATED; - - /** - * @deprecated - * Force the button to use this icon when disabled one rather then - * generating it using effects. - * - * @param icon The icon to use when disabled - */ - void setDisabledIcon(const TQString& icon) KDE_DEPRECATED; -#endif - - /** - * Turn this button on or off - * - * @param flag true or false - */ - void on(bool flag = true); - - /** - * Toggle this button - */ - void toggle(); - - /** - * Turn this button into a toggle button or disable the toggle - * aspects of it. This does not toggle the button itself. - * Use toggle() for that. - * - * @param toggle true or false - */ - void setToggle(bool toggle = true); - - /** - * Return a pointer to this button's popup menu (if it exists) - */ - TQPopupMenu *popup(); - - /** - * Returns the button's id. - * @since 3.2 - */ - int id() const; - - /** - * Give this button a popup menu. There will not be a delay when - * you press the button. Use setDelayedPopup if you want that - * behavior. - * - * @param p The new popup menu - * @param unused Has no effect - ignore it. - */ - void setPopup (TQPopupMenu *p, bool unused = false); - - /** - * Gives this button a delayed popup menu. - * - * This function allows you to add a delayed popup menu to the button. - * The popup menu is then only displayed when the button is pressed and - * held down for about half a second. - * - * @param p the new popup menu - * @param unused Has no effect - ignore it. - */ - void setDelayedPopup(TQPopupMenu *p, bool unused = false); - - /** - * Turn this button into a radio button - * - * @param f true or false - */ - void setRadio(bool f = true); - - /** - * Toolbar buttons naturally will assume the global styles - * concerning icons, icons sizes, etc. You can use this function to - * explicitly turn this off, if you like. - * - * @param no_style Will disable styles if true - */ - void setNoStyle(bool no_style = true); - -signals: - void clicked(int); - void doubleClicked(int); - void pressed(int); - void released(int); - void toggled(int); - void highlighted(int, bool); - -public slots: - /** - * This slot should be called whenever the toolbar mode has - * potentially changed. This includes such events as text changing, - * orientation changing, etc. - */ - void modeChange(); - virtual void setTextLabel(const TQString&, bool tipToo); - -protected: - void paletteChange(const TQPalette &); - void leaveEvent(TQEvent *e); - void enterEvent(TQEvent *e); - void drawButton(TQPainter *p); - bool eventFilter (TQObject *o, TQEvent *e); - void showMenu(); - TQSize sizeHint() const; - TQSize minimumSizeHint() const; - TQSize minimumSize() const; - - /// @since 3.1 - bool isRaised() const; - /// @since 3.1 - bool isActive() const; - /// @since 3.1 - int iconTextMode() const; - -protected slots: - void slotClicked(); - void slotPressed(); - void slotReleased(); - void slotToggled(); - void slotDelayTimeout(); - -protected: - virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data ); -private: - KToolBarButtonPrivate *d; -}; - -/** -* List of KToolBarButton objects. -* @internal -* @version $Id: ktoolbarbutton.h,v 1.34 2003/09/09 12:40:58 bhards Exp $ -*/ -class KToolBarButtonList : public TQIntDict<KToolBarButton> -{ -public: - KToolBarButtonList(); - ~KToolBarButtonList() {} -}; - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde321/kurifilter.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde321/kurifilter.h deleted file mode 100644 index 834bff8a..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde321/kurifilter.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,644 +0,0 @@ -/* - * This file is part of the KDE libraries - * Copyright (C) 2000-2001,2003 Dawit Alemayehu <adawit at kde.org> - * - * Original author - * Copyright (C) 2000 Yves Arrouye <yves@realnames.com> - * - * - * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Library General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - * along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. - **/ - -#ifndef __kurifilter_h__ -#define __kurifilter_h__ "$Id: kurifilter.h,v 1.41 2003/08/30 08:56:21 raabe Exp $" - -#include <tqptrlist.h> -#include <tqobject.h> -#include <tqstringlist.h> - -#include <kurl.h> -#include <kdemacros.h> - -class KURIFilterPrivate; -class KURIFilterDataPrivate; - -class KCModule; - -/** -* A basic message object used for exchanging filtering -* information between the filter plugins and the application -* requesting the filtering service. -* -* Use this object if you require a more detailed information -* about the URI you want to filter. Any application can create -* an instance of this class and send it to KURIFilter to -* have the plugins fill out all possible information about the -* URI. -* -* \b Example -* -* \code -* TQString text = "kde.org"; -* KURIFilterData d = text; -* bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filter( d ); -* cout << "URL: " << text.latin1() << endl -* << "Filtered URL: " << d.uri().url().latin1() << endl -* << "URI Type: " << d.uriType() << endl -* << "Was Filtered: " << filtered << endl; -* \endcode -* -* The above code should yield the following output: -* \code -* URI: kde.org -* Filtered URI: http://kde.org -* URI Type: 0 <== means NET_PROTOCOL -* Was Filtered: 1 <== means the URL was successfully filtered -* \endcode -* -* @short A message object for exchanging filtering URI info. -* @author Dawit Alemayehu <adawit at kde.org> -*/ - -class KURIFilterData -{ -friend class KURIFilterPlugin; - -public: - /** - * Describes the type of the URI that was filtered. - * Here is a brief description of the types: - * - * @li NET_PROTOCOL - Any network protocol: http, ftp, nttp, pop3, etc... - * @li LOCAL_FILE - A local file whose executable flag is not set - * @li LOCAL_DIR - A local directory - * @li EXECUTABLE - A local file whose executable flag is set - * @li HELP - A man or info page - * @li SHELL - A shell executable (ex: echo "Test..." >> ~/testfile) - * @li BLOCKED - A URI that should be blocked/filtered (ex: ad filtering) - * @li ERROR - An incorrect URI (ex: "~johndoe" when user johndoe - * does not exist in that system ) - * @li UNKNOWN - A URI that is not identified. Default value when - * a KURIFilterData is first created. - */ - enum URITypes { NET_PROTOCOL=0, LOCAL_FILE, LOCAL_DIR, EXECUTABLE, HELP, SHELL, BLOCKED, ERROR, UNKNOWN }; - - /** - * Default constructor. - * - * Creates a URIFilterData object. - */ - KURIFilterData() { init(); } - - /** - * Creates a URIFilterData object from the given URL. - * - * @param url is the URL to be filtered. - */ - KURIFilterData( const KURL& url ) { init( url); } - - /** - * Creates a URIFilterData object from the given string. - * - * @param url is the string to be filtered. - */ - KURIFilterData( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); } - - /** - * Copy constructor. - * - * Creates a URIFilterData object from another - * URI filter data object. - * - * @param data the uri filter data to be copied. - */ - KURIFilterData( const KURIFilterData& data); - - /** - * Destructor. - */ - ~KURIFilterData(); - - /** - * This method has been deprecated and will always return - * true. You should instead use the result from the - * KURIFilter::filterURI() calls. - * - * @deprecated - */ - KDE_DEPRECATED bool hasBeenFiltered() const { return true; } - - /** - * Returns the filtered or the original URL. - * - * This function returns the filtered url if one - * of the plugins successfully filtered the original - * URL. Otherwise, it returns the original URL. - * See hasBeenFiltered() and - * - * @return the filtered or original url. - */ - KURL uri() const { return m_pURI; } - - /** - * Returns an error message. - * - * This functions returns the error message set - * by the plugin whenever the uri type is set to - * KURIFilterData::ERROR. Otherwise, it returns - * a TQString::null. - * - * @return the error message or a NULL when there is none. - */ - TQString errorMsg() const { return m_strErrMsg; } - - /** - * Returns the URI type. - * - * This method always returns KURIFilterData::UNKNOWN - * if the given URL was not filtered. - * @return the type of the URI - */ - URITypes uriType() const { return m_iType; } - - /** - * Sets the URL to be filtered. - * - * Use this function to set the string to be - * filtered when you construct an empty filter - * object. - * - * @param url the string to be filtered. - */ - void setData( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); } - - /** - * Same as above except the argument is a URL. - * - * Use this function to set the string to be - * filtered when you construct an empty filter - * object. - * - * @param url the URL to be filtered. - */ - void setData( const KURL& url ) { init( url ); } - - /** - * Sets the absolute path to be used whenever the supplied - * data is a relative local URL. - * - * NOTE: This function should only be used for local resources, - * i.e. the "file:/" protocol. It is useful for specifying the - * absolute path in cases where the actual URL might be relative. - * meta object. If deriving the path from a KURL, make sure you - * set the argument for this function to the result of calling - * path () instead of url (). - * - * @param abs_path the abolute path to the local resource. - * @return true if absolute path is successfully set. Otherwise, false. - */ - bool setAbsolutePath( const TQString& abs_path ); - - /** - * Returns the absolute path if one has already been set. - * @return the absolute path, or TQString::null - * @see hasAbsolutePath() - */ - TQString absolutePath() const; - - /** - * Checks whether the supplied data had an absolute path. - * @return true if the supplied data has an absolute path - * @see absolutePath() - */ - bool hasAbsolutePath() const; - - /** - * Returns the command line options and arguments for a - * local resource when present. - * - * @return options and arguments when present, otherwise TQString::null - */ - TQString argsAndOptions() const; - - /** - * Checks whether the current data is a local resource with - * command line options and arguments. - * @return true if the current data has command line options and arguments - */ - bool hasArgsAndOptions() const; - - /** - * Returns the name of the icon that matches - * the current filtered URL. - * - * NOTE that this function will return a NULL - * string by default and when no associated icon - * is found. - * - * @return the name of the icon associated with the resource, - * or TQString::null if not found - */ - TQString iconName(); - - /** - * Check whether the provided uri is executable or not. - * - * Setting this to false ensures that typing the name of - * an executable does not start that application. This is - * useful in the location bar of a browser. The default - * value is true. - * - * @since 3.2 - */ - void setCheckForExecutables (bool check); - - /** - * @return true if the filters should attempt to check whether the - * supplied uri is an executable. False otherwise. - * - * @since 3.2 - */ - bool checkForExecutables() const { return m_bCheckForExecutables; } - - /** - * @return the string as typed by the user, before any URL processing is done - * @since 3.2 - */ - TQString typedString() const; - - /** - * Overloaded assigenment operator. - * - * This function allows you to easily assign a KURL - * to a KURIFilterData object. - * - * @return an instance of a KURIFilterData object. - */ - KURIFilterData& operator=( const KURL& url ) { init( url ); return *this; } - - /** - * Overloaded assigenment operator. - * - * This function allows you to easily assign a QString - * to a KURIFilterData object. - * - * @return an instance of a KURIFilterData object. - */ - KURIFilterData& operator=( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); return *this; } - -protected: - - /** - * Initializes the KURIFilterData on construction. - * @param url the URL to initialize the object with - */ - void init( const KURL& url); - - /** - * Initializes the KURIFilterData on construction. - * @param url the URL to initialize the object with - */ - void init( const TQString& url = TQString::null ); - -private: - bool m_bCheckForExecutables; - bool m_bChanged; - - TQString m_strErrMsg; - TQString m_strIconName; - - KURL m_pURI; - URITypes m_iType; - KURIFilterDataPrivate *d; -}; - - -/** - * Base class for URI filter plugins. - * - * This class applies a single filter to a URI. All plugins designed - * to provide URI filtering service should inherit from this abstract - * class and provide a concrete implementation. - * - * All inheriting classes need to implement the pure virtual function - * filterURI. - * - * @short Abstract class for URI filter plugins. - */ -class KURIFilterPlugin : public QObject -{ - Q_OBJECT - -public: - - /** - * Constructs a filter plugin with a given name and - * priority. - * - * @param parent the parent object, or 0 for no parent - * @param name the name of the plugin, or 0 for no name - * @param pri the priority of the plugin. - */ - KURIFilterPlugin( TQObject *parent = 0, const char *name = 0, double pri = 1.0 ); - - /** - * Returns the filter's name. - * - * @return A string naming the filter. - */ - virtual TQString name() const { return m_strName; } - - /** - * Returns the filter's priority. - * - * Each filter has an assigned priority, a float from 0 to 1. Filters - * with the lowest priority are first given a chance to filter a URI. - * - * @return The priority of the filter. - */ - virtual double priority() const { return m_dblPriority; } - - /** - * Filters a URI. - * - * @param data the URI data to be filtered. - * @return A boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed. - */ - virtual bool filterURI( KURIFilterData& data ) const = 0; - - /** - * Creates a configuration module for the filter. - * - * It is the responsibility of the caller to delete the module - * once it is not needed anymore. - * - * @return A configuration module, 0 if the filter isn't configurable. - */ - virtual KCModule *configModule( TQWidget*, const char* ) const { return 0; } - - /** - * Returns the name of the configuration module for the filter. - * - * @return the name of a configuration module or TQString::null if none. - */ - virtual TQString configName() const { return name(); } - -protected: - - /** - * Sets the the URL in @p data to @p uri. - */ - void setFilteredURI ( KURIFilterData& data, const KURL& uri ) const; - - /** - * Sets the error message in @p data to @p errormsg. - */ - void setErrorMsg ( KURIFilterData& data, const TQString& errmsg ) const { - data.m_strErrMsg = errmsg; - } - - /** - * Sets the URI type in @p data to @p type. - */ - void setURIType ( KURIFilterData& data, KURIFilterData::URITypes type) const { - data.m_iType = type; - data.m_bChanged = true; - } - - /** - * Sets the arguments and options string in @p data - * to @p args if any were found during filterting. - */ - void setArguments( KURIFilterData& data, const TQString& args ) const; - - TQString m_strName; - double m_dblPriority; - -protected: - virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data ); -private: - class KURIFilterPluginPrivate *d; -}; - - -/** - * A list of filter plugins. - */ -class KURIFilterPluginList : public TQPtrList<KURIFilterPlugin> -{ -public: - virtual int compareItems(Item a, Item b) - { - double diff = ((KURIFilterPlugin *) a)->priority() - ((KURIFilterPlugin *) b)->priority(); - return diff < 0 ? -1 : (diff > 0 ? 1 : 0); - } - -private: - KURIFilterPrivate *d; - -}; - -/** - * Manages the filtering of URIs. - * - * The intention of this plugin class is to allow people to extend the - * functionality of KURL without modifying it directly. This way KURL will - * remain a generic parser capable of parsing any generic URL that adheres - * to specifications. - * - * The KURIFilter class applies a number of filters to a URI and returns the - * filtered version whenever possible. The filters are implemented using - * plugins to provide easy extensibility of the filtering mechanism. New - * filters can be added in the future by simply inheriting from - * KURIFilterPlugin and implementing the KURIFilterPlugin::filterURI - * method. - * - * Use of this plugin-manager class is straight forward. Since it is a - * singleton object, all you have to do is obtain an instance by doing - * @p KURIFilter::self() and use any of the public member functions to - * preform the filtering. - * - * \b Example - * - * To simply filter a given string: - * - * \code - * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( "kde.org" ); - * \endcode - * - * You can alternatively use a KURL: - * - * \code - * KURL url = "kde.org"; - * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( url ); - * \endcode - * - * If you have a constant string or a constant URL, simply invoke the - * corresponding function to obtain the filtered string or URL instead - * of a boolean flag: - * - * \code - * TQString u = KURIFilter::self()->filteredURI( "kde.org" ); - * \endcode - * - * You can also restrict the filter(s) to be used by supplying - * the name of the filter(s) to use. By defualt all available - * filters will be used. To use specific filters, add the names - * of the filters you want to use to a TQStringList and invoke - * the appropriate filtering function. The examples below show - * the use of specific filters. The first one uses a single - * filter called kshorturifilter while the second example uses - * multiple filters: - * - * \code - * TQString text = "kde.org"; - * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, "kshorturifilter" ); - * \endcode - * - * \code - * TQStringList list; - * list << "kshorturifilter" << "localdomainfilter"; - * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, list ); - * \endcode - * - * KURIFilter also allows richer data exchange through a simple - * meta-object called @p KURIFilterData. Using this meta-object - * you can find out more information about the URL you want to - * filter. See KURIFilterData for examples and details. - * - * @short Filters a given URL into its proper format whenever possible. - */ - -class KURIFilter -{ -public: - /** - * Destructor - */ - ~KURIFilter (); - - /** - * Returns an instance of KURIFilter. - */ - static KURIFilter* self(); - - /** - * Filters the URI given by the object URIFilterData. - * - * The given URL is filtered based on the specified list of filters. - * If the list is empty all available filters would be used. - * - * @param data object that contains the URI to be filtered. - * @param filters specify the list of filters to be used. - * - * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed - */ - bool filterURI( KURIFilterData& data, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); - - /** - * Filters the URI given by the URL. - * - * The given URL is filtered based on the specified list of filters. - * If the list is empty all available filters would be used. - * - * @param uri the URI to filter. - * @param filters specify the list of filters to be used. - * - * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed - */ - bool filterURI( KURL &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); - - /** - * Filters a string representing a URI. - * - * The given URL is filtered based on the specified list of filters. - * If the list is empty all available filters would be used. - * - * @param uri The URI to filter. - * @param filters specify the list of filters to be used. - * - * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed - */ - bool filterURI( TQString &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); - - /** - * Returns the filtered URI. - * - * The given URL is filtered based on the specified list of filters. - * If the list is empty all available filters would be used. - * - * @param uri The URI to filter. - * @param filters specify the list of filters to be used. - * - * @return the filtered URI or null if it cannot be filtered - */ - KURL filteredURI( const KURL &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); - - /** - * Return a filtered string representation of a URI. - * - * The given URL is filtered based on the specified list of filters. - * If the list is empty all available filters would be used. - * - * @param uri the URI to filter. - * @param filters specify the list of filters to be used. - * - * @return the filtered URI or null if it cannot be filtered - */ - TQString filteredURI( const TQString &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); - - /** - * Return an iterator to iterate over all loaded - * plugins. - * - * @return a plugin iterator. - */ - TQPtrListIterator<KURIFilterPlugin> pluginsIterator() const; - - /** - * Return a list of the names of all loaded plugins. - * - * @return a TQStringList of plugin names - * @since 3.1 - */ - TQStringList pluginNames() const; - -protected: - - /** - * A protected constructor. - * - * This constructor creates a KURIFilter and - * initializes all plugins it can find by invoking - * loadPlugins. - */ - KURIFilter(); - - /** - * Loads all allowed plugins. - * - * This function loads all filters that have not - * been disbled. - */ - void loadPlugins(); - -private: - static KURIFilter *m_self; - KURIFilterPluginList m_lstPlugins; - KURIFilterPrivate *d; -}; - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde321/selectdialog.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde321/selectdialog.h deleted file mode 100644 index 680d48ef..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde321/selectdialog.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,87 +0,0 @@ -/* - This file is part of libkresources. - - Copyright (c) 2002 Tobias Koenig <tokoe@kde.org> - Copyright (c) 2002 Jan-Pascal van Best <janpascal@vanbest.org> - Copyright (c) 2003 Cornelius Schumacher <schumacher@kde.org> - - This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - - This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. -*/ - -#ifndef KRESOURCES_SELECTDIALOG_H -#define KRESOURCES_SELECTDIALOG_H - -#include <tqobject.h> -#include <tqptrlist.h> -#include <tqmap.h> - -#include <kdialog.h> - -class KListBox; - -namespace KRES { - -class Resource; - -/** - * Dialog for selecting a resource. - * - * Example: - * - * \code - * - * TQPtrList<Resource> list = ... // can be retrived from KRES::Manager (e.g. KABC::AddressBook) - * - * KABC::Resource *res = KABC::SelectDialog::getResource( list, parentWdg ); - * if ( !res ) { - * // no resource selected - * } else { - * // do something with resource - * } - * \endcode - */ -class SelectDialog -{ - public: - /** - * Constructor. - * @param list The list of available resources - * @param parent The parent widget - * @param name The name of the dialog - */ - SelectDialog( TQPtrList<Resource> list, TQWidget *parent = 0, - const char *name = 0); - - /** - * Returns selected resource. - */ - Resource *resource(); - - /** - * Opens a dialog showing the available resources and returns the resource the - * user has selected. Returns 0, if the dialog was canceled. - */ - static Resource *getResource( TQPtrList<Resource> list, TQWidget *parent = 0 ); - - private: - KListBox *mResourceId; - - TQMap<int, Resource*> mResourceMap; -}; - -} - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde322/configwidget.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde322/configwidget.h deleted file mode 100644 index e289743a..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde322/configwidget.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,58 +0,0 @@ -/* - This file is part of libkresources. - Copyright (c) 2002 Tobias Koenig <tokoe@kde.org> - Copyright (c) 2002 Jan-Pascal van Best <janpascal@vanbest.org> - - This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - - This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. -*/ - -#ifndef KRESOURCES_CONFIGWIDGET_H -#define KRESOURCES_CONFIGWIDGET_H - -#include "resource.h" - -#include <kconfig.h> - -#include <tqwidget.h> - -namespace KRES { - -class ConfigWidget : public QWidget -{ - Q_OBJECT - public: - ConfigWidget( TQWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0 ); - - /** - Sets the widget to 'edit' mode. Reimplement this method if you are - interested in the mode change (to disable some GUI element for - example). By default the widget is in 'create new' mode. - */ - virtual void setInEditMode( bool value ); - - public slots: - virtual void loadSettings( Resource *resource ) = 0; - virtual void saveSettings( Resource *resource ) = 0; - - signals: - void setReadOnly( bool value ); - - protected: - Resource *mResource; -}; - -} -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde322/kaccelaction.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde322/kaccelaction.h deleted file mode 100644 index 0418297c..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde322/kaccelaction.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,564 +0,0 @@ -/* This file is part of the KDE libraries - Copyright (C) 2001,2002 Ellis Whitehead <ellis@kde.org> - - This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - - This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. -*/ - -#ifndef _KACCELACTION_H -#define _KACCELACTION_H - -#include <tqmap.h> -#include <tqptrvector.h> -#include <tqstring.h> -#include <tqvaluevector.h> - -#include <kshortcut.h> - -class KAccelBase; - -class TQObject; -class KConfig; -class KConfigBase; - -/** - * @internal - * A KAccelAction prepresents an action that can be executed using - * an accelerator key. Each KAccelAction has a name, a label, a - * "What's this" string and a KShortcut. The user can configure and - * enable/disable them using KKeyDialog. - * - * \code - * 1) KAccelAction = "Run Command" - * Default3 = "Alt+F2" - * Default4 = "Meta+Enter;Alt+F2" - * 1) KShortcut = "Meta+Enter" - * 1) KKeySequence = "Meta+Enter" - * 1) KKey = "Meta+Enter" - * 1) Meta+Enter - * 2) Meta+Keypad_Enter - * 2) KShortcut = "Alt+F2" - * 1) KKeySequence = "Alt+F2" - * 1) Alt+F2 - * 2) KAccelAction = "Something" - * Default3 = "" - * Default4 = "" - * 1) KShortcut = "Meta+X,Asterisk" - * 1) KKeySequence = "Meta+X,Asterisk" - * 1) KKey = "Meta+X" - * 1) Meta+X - * 2) KKey = "Asterisk" - * 1) Shift+8 (English layout) - * 2) Keypad_Asterisk - * \endcode - * @short An accelerator action - * @see KAccel - * @see KGlobalAccel - * @see KKeyChooser - * @see KKeyDialog - */ -class KAccelAction -{ - public: - /** - * Creates an empty KAccelAction. - * @see clear() - */ - KAccelAction(); - - /** - * Copy constructor. - */ - KAccelAction( const KAccelAction& ); - - /** - * Creates a new KAccelAction. - * @param sName the name of the accelerator - * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) - * @param sWhatsThis the What's This text (18n!) - * @param cutDef3 the default shortcut for 3 modifier systems - * @param cutDef4 the default shortcut for 4 modifier systems - * @param pObjSlot the receiver of a signal when the key has been - * pressed - * @param psMethodSlot the slot to connect for key presses. Receives - * an int, as set by setID(), as only argument - * @param bConfigurable if true the user can configure the shortcut - * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled - */ - KAccelAction( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, - const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4, - const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, - bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled ); - ~KAccelAction(); - - /** - * Clears the accelerator. - */ - void clear(); - - /** - * Re-initialized the KAccelAction. - * @param sName the name of the accelerator - * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) - * @param sWhatsThis the What's This text (18n!) - * @param cutDef3 the default shortcut for 3 modifier systems - * @param cutDef4 the default shortcut for 4 modifier systems - * @param pObjSlot the receiver of a signal when the key has been - * pressed - * @param psMethodSlot the slot to connect for key presses. Receives - * an int, as set by setID(), as only argument - * @param bConfigurable if true the user can configure the shortcut - * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - */ - bool init( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, - const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4, - const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, - bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled ); - - /** - * Copies this KAccelAction. - */ - KAccelAction& operator=( const KAccelAction& ); - - /** - * Returns the name of the accelerator action. - * @return the name of the accelerator action, can be null if not - * set - */ - const TQString& name() const { return m_sName; } - - /** - * Returns the label of the accelerator action. - * @return the label of the accelerator action, can be null if - * not set - */ - const TQString& label() const { return m_sLabel; } - - /** - * Returns the What's This text of the accelerator action. - * @return the What's This text of the accelerator action, can be - * null if not set - */ - const TQString& whatsThis() const { return m_sWhatsThis; } - - /** - * The shortcut that is actually used (may be used configured). - * @return the shortcut of the KAccelAction, can be null if not set - * @see shortcutDefault() - */ - const KShortcut& shortcut() const { return m_cut; } - - /** - * The default shortcut for this system. - * @return the default shortcut on this system, can be null if not set - * @see shortcut() - * @see shortcutDefault3() - * @see shortcutDefault4() - */ - const KShortcut& shortcutDefault() const; - - /** - * The default shortcut for 3 modifier systems. - * @return the default shortcut for 3 modifier systems, can be null - * if not set - * @see shortcutDefault() - * @see shortcutDefault4() - * @see useFourModifierKeys() - */ - const KShortcut& shortcutDefault3() const { return m_cutDefault3; } - - /** - * The default shortcut for 4 modifier systems. - * @return the default shortcut for 4 modifier systems, can be null - * if not set - * @see shortcutDefault() - * @see shortcutDefault3() - * @see useFourModifierKeys() - */ - const KShortcut& shortcutDefault4() const { return m_cutDefault4; } - - /** - * Returns the receiver of signals. - * @return the receiver of signals (can be 0 if not set) - */ - const TQObject* objSlotPtr() const { return m_pObjSlot; } - - /** - * Returns the slot for the signal. - * @return the slot for the signal - */ - const char* methodSlotPtr() const { return m_psMethodSlot; } - - /** - * Checks whether the user can configure the action. - * @return true if configurable, false otherwise - */ - bool isConfigurable() const { return m_bConfigurable; } - - /** - * Checks whether the action is enabled. - * @return true if enabled, false otherwise - */ - bool isEnabled() const { return m_bEnabled; } - - /** - * Sets the name of the accelerator action. - * @param name the new name - */ - void setName( const TQString& name ); - - /** - * Sets the user-readable label of the accelerator action. - * @param label the new label (i18n!) - */ - void setLabel( const TQString& label ); - - /** - * Sets the What's This text for the accelerator action. - * @param whatsThis the new What's This text (i18n!) - */ - void setWhatsThis( const TQString& whatsThis ); - - /** - * Sets the new shortcut of the accelerator action. - * @param rgCuts the shortcut to set - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - */ - bool setShortcut( const KShortcut& rgCuts ); - - /** - * Sets the slot of the accelerator action. - * @param pObjSlot the receiver object of the signal - * @param psMethodSlot the slot for the signal - */ - void setSlot( const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot ); - - /** - * Enables or disabled configuring the action. - * @param configurable true to enable configurability, false to disable - */ - void setConfigurable( bool configurable ); - - /** - * Enables or disabled the action. - * @param configurable true to enable the action, false to disable - */ - void setEnabled( bool enable ); - - /** - * Retrieves the id set using setID. - * @return the id of the accelerator action - */ - int getID() const { return m_nIDAccel; } - - /** - * Allows you to set an id that will be used as the action - * signal's argument. - * - * @param n the new id - * @see getID() - */ - void setID( int n ) { m_nIDAccel = n; } - - /** - * Checkes whether the action is connected (emits signals). - * @return true if connected, false otherwise - */ - bool isConnected() const; - - /** - * Sets a key sequence of the action's shortcut. - * @param i the position of the sequence - * @param keySeq the new new sequence - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see KShortcut::setSeq() - */ - bool setKeySequence( uint i, const KKeySequence &keySeq ); - - /** - * Clears the action's shortcut. It will not contain any sequences after - * calling this method. - * @see KShortcut::clear() - */ - void clearShortcut(); - - /** - * Checks whether the action's shortcut contains the given key sequence. - * @param keySeq the key sequence to check - * @return true if the shortcut contains the given sequence - * @see KShortcut::contains() - */ - bool contains( const KKeySequence &keySeq ); - - /** - * Returns the string representation of the action's shortcut. - * @return the string representation of the action's shortcut. - * @see KShortcut::toString() - */ - TQString toString() const; - - /** - * @internal - */ - TQString toStringInternal() const; - - /** - * Returns true if four modifier keys will be used. - * @return true if four modifier keys will be used. - */ - static bool useFourModifierKeys(); - - /** - * Selects 3 or 4 modifier default shortcuts. - * @param use true to use 4 modifier shortcuts, false to use - * 3 modifier shortcuts - */ - static void useFourModifierKeys( bool use ); - - protected: - TQString m_sName, - m_sLabel, - m_sWhatsThis; - KShortcut m_cut; - KShortcut m_cutDefault3, m_cutDefault4; - const TQObject* m_pObjSlot; - const char* m_psMethodSlot; - bool m_bConfigurable, - m_bEnabled; - int m_nIDAccel; - uint m_nConnections; - - void incConnections(); - void decConnections(); - - private: - static int g_bUseFourModifierKeys; - class KAccelActionPrivate* d; - - friend class KAccelActions; - friend class KAccelBase; -}; - -//--------------------------------------------------------------------- -// KAccelActions -//--------------------------------------------------------------------- - -/** - * @internal - * This class represents a collection of KAccelAction objects. - * - * @short A collection of accelerator actions - * @see KAccelAction - */ -class KAccelActions -{ - public: - /** - * Creates a new, empty KAccelActions object. - */ - KAccelActions(); - - /** - * Copy constructor (deep copy). - */ - KAccelActions( const KAccelActions& ); - virtual ~KAccelActions(); - - /** - * Removes all items from this collection. - */ - void clear(); - - /** - * Initializes this object with the given actions. - * It will make a deep copy of all actions. - * @param actions the actions to copy - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - */ - bool init( const KAccelActions &actions ); - - /** - * Loads the actions from the given configuration file. - * - * @param config the configuration file to load from - * @param sGroup the group in the configuration file - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - */ - bool init( KConfigBase& config, const TQString& sGroup ); - - /** - * Updates the shortcuts of all actions in this object - * with the shortcuts from the given object. - * @param shortcuts the collection that contains the new - * shortcuts - */ - void updateShortcuts( KAccelActions &shortcuts ); - - /** - * Retrieves the index of the action with the given name. - * @param sAction the action to search - * @return the index of the action, or -1 if not found - */ - int actionIndex( const TQString& sAction ) const; - - /** - * Returns the action with the given @p index. - * @param index the index of an action. You must not - * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index - * @see count() - */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( uint index ); - - /** - * Returns the action with the given @p index. - * @param index the index of an action. You must not - * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index - * @see count() - */ - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( uint index ) const; - - /** - * Returns the action with the given name. - * @param aAction the name of the action to search - * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0 - * if not found - */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); - - /** - * Returns the action with the given name. - * @param aAction the name of the action to search - * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0 - * if not found - */ - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; - - /** - * Returns the action with the given key sequence. - * @param cut the sequence to search for - * @return the KAccelAction with the given sequence, or 0 - * if not found - */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( KKeySequence cut ); - - /** - * Returns the action with the given @p index. - * @param index the index of an action. You must not - * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index - * @see actionPtr() - * @see count() - */ - KAccelAction& operator []( uint index ); - - /** - * Returns the action with the given @p index. - * @param index the index of an action. You must not - * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index - * @see actionPtr() - * @see count() - */ - const KAccelAction& operator []( uint index ) const; - - /** - * Inserts an action into the collection. - * @param sName the name of the accelerator - * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) - * @param sWhatsThis the What's This text (18n!) - * @param cutDef3 the default shortcut for 3 modifier systems - * @param cutDef4 the default shortcut for 4 modifier systems - * @param pObjSlot the receiver of a signal when the key has been - * pressed - * @param psMethodSlot the slot to connect for key presses. Receives - * an int, as set by setID(), as only argument - * @param bConfigurable if true the user can configure the shortcut - * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled - * @return the new action - */ - KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, - const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, - const TQObject* pObjSlot = 0, const char* psMethodSlot = 0, - bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true ); - - /** - * Inserts an action into the collection. - * @param sName the name of the accelerator - * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) - * @return the new action - */ - KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel ); - - /** - * Removes the given action. - * @param sAction the name of the action. - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - */ - bool remove( const TQString& sAction ); - - /** - * Loads the actions from the given configuration file. - * - * @param sConfigGroup the group in the configuration file - * @param pConfig the configuration file to load from - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - */ - bool readActions( const TQString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ); - - /** - * Writes the actions to the given configuration file. - * - * @param sConfigGroup the group in the configuration file - * @param pConfig the configuration file to save to - * @param bWriteAll true to write all actions - * @param bGlobal true to write to the global configuration file - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - */ - bool writeActions( const TQString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0, - bool bWriteAll = false, bool bGlobal = false ) const; - - /** - * Emit a keycodeChanged signal. - */ - void emitKeycodeChanged(); - - /** - * Returns the number of actions in the collection. - * @return the number of actions - */ - uint count() const; - - protected: - KAccelBase* m_pKAccelBase; - KAccelAction** m_prgActions; - uint m_nSizeAllocated, m_nSize; - - void resize( uint ); - void insertPtr( KAccelAction* ); - - private: - class KAccelActionsPrivate* d; - - KAccelActions( KAccelBase* ); - void initPrivate( KAccelBase* ); - KAccelActions& operator =( KAccelActions& ); - - friend class KAccelBase; -}; - -#endif // _KACCELACTION_H diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde322/kaccelbase.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde322/kaccelbase.h deleted file mode 100644 index e2ec66e9..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde322/kaccelbase.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,230 +0,0 @@ -/* This file is part of the KDE libraries - Copyright (C) 2001 Ellis Whitehead <ellis@kde.org> - - This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - - This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. -*/ - -#ifndef _KACCELBASE_H -#define _KACCELBASE_H - -#include <tqmap.h> -#include <tqptrvector.h> -#include <tqstring.h> -#include <tqvaluevector.h> -#include <tqvaluelist.h> - -#include "kaccelaction.h" -#include "kkeyserver_x11.h" - -class TQPopupMenu; -class TQWidget; - -//---------------------------------------------------- - -/** - * @internal - * Handle keyboard accelerators. - * - * Allow an user to configure - * key bindings through application configuration files or through the - * KKeyChooser GUI. - * - * A KAccel contains a list of accelerator items. Each accelerator item - * consists of an action name and a keyboard code combined with modifiers - * (Shift, Ctrl and Alt.) - * - * For example, "Ctrl+P" could be a shortcut for printing a document. The key - * codes are listed in ckey.h. "Print" could be the action name for printing. - * The action name identifies the key binding in configuration files and the - * KKeyChooser GUI. - * - * When pressed, an accelerator key calls the slot to which it has been - * connected. Accelerator items can be connected so that a key will activate - * two different slots. - * - * A KAccel object handles key events sent to its parent widget and to all - * children of this parent widget. - * - * Key binding reconfiguration during run time can be prevented by specifying - * that an accelerator item is not configurable when it is inserted. A special - * group of non-configurable key bindings are known as the - * standard accelerators. - * - * The standard accelerators appear repeatedly in applications for - * standard document actions such as printing and saving. Convenience methods are - * available to insert and connect these accelerators which are configurable on - * a desktop-wide basis. - * - * It is possible for a user to choose to have no key associated with - * an action. - * - * The translated first argument for insertItem() is used only - * in the configuration dialog. - *\code - * KAccel *a = new KAccel( myWindow ); - * // Insert an action "Scroll Up" which is associated with the "Up" key: - * a->insertItem( i18n("Scroll Up"), "Scroll Up", "Up" ); - * // Insert an action "Scroll Down" which is not associated with any key: - * a->insertItem( i18n("Scroll Down"), "Scroll Down", 0); - * a->connectItem( "Scroll up", myWindow, TQT_SLOT( scrollUp() ) ); - * // a->insertStdItem( KStdAccel::Print ); //not necessary, since it - * // is done automatially with the - * // connect below! - * a->connectItem(KStdAccel::Print, myWindow, TQT_SLOT( printDoc() ) ); - * - * a->readSettings(); - *\endcode - * - * If a shortcut has a menu entry as well, you could insert them like - * this. The example is again the KStdAccel::Print from above. - * - * \code - * int id; - * id = popup->insertItem("&Print",this, TQT_SLOT(printDoc())); - * a->changeMenuAccel(popup, id, KStdAccel::Print ); - * \endcode - * - * If you want a somewhat "exotic" name for your standard print action, like - * id = popup->insertItem(i18n("Print &Document"),this, TQT_SLOT(printDoc())); - * it might be a good idea to insert the standard action before as - * a->insertStdItem( KStdAccel::Print, i18n("Print Document") ) - * as well, so that the user can easily find the corresponding function. - * - * This technique works for other actions as well. Your "scroll up" function - * in a menu could be done with - * - * \code - * id = popup->insertItem(i18n"Scroll &up",this, TQT_SLOT(scrollUp())); - * a->changeMenuAccel(popup, id, "Scroll Up" ); - * \endcode - * - * Please keep the order right: First insert all functions in the - * acceleratior, then call a -> readSettings() and @em then build your - * menu structure. - * - * @short Configurable key binding support. - * @version $Id: kaccelbase.h,v 1.26 2003/08/16 19:44:57 coolo Exp $ - */ - -class KAccelBase -{ - public: - enum Init { QT_KEYS = 0x00, NATIVE_KEYS = 0x01 }; - enum Signal { KEYCODE_CHANGED }; - - KAccelBase( int fInitCode ); - virtual ~KAccelBase(); - - uint actionCount() const; - KAccelActions& actions(); - bool isEnabled() const; - - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKey& key ); - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKeyServer::Key& key ); - - const TQString& configGroup() const { return m_sConfigGroup; } - void setConfigGroup( const TQString& group ); - void setConfigGlobal( bool global ); - virtual void setEnabled( bool bEnabled ) = 0; - bool getAutoUpdate() { return m_bAutoUpdate; } - // return value of AutoUpdate flag before this call. - bool setAutoUpdate( bool bAuto ); - -// Procedures for manipulating Actions. - //void clearActions(); - - KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sDesc ); - KAccelAction* insert( - const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sDesc, const TQString& sHelp, - const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, - const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, - bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true ); - bool remove( const TQString& sAction ); - bool setActionSlot( const TQString& sAction, const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot ); - - bool updateConnections(); - - bool setShortcut( const TQString& sAction, const KShortcut& cut ); - -// Modify individual Action sub-items - bool setActionEnabled( const TQString& sAction, bool bEnable ); - - /** - * Read all key associations from @p config, or (if @p config - * is zero) from the application's configuration file - * KGlobal::config(). - * - * The group in which the configuration is stored can be - * set with setConfigGroup(). - */ - void readSettings( KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ); - - /** - * Write the current configurable associations to @p config, - * or (if @p config is zero) to the application's - * configuration file. - */ - void writeSettings( KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ) const; - - TQPopupMenu* createPopupMenu( TQWidget* pParent, const KKeySequence& ); - - // Protected methods - protected: - void slotRemoveAction( KAccelAction* ); - - struct X; - void createKeyList( TQValueVector<struct X>& rgKeys ); - bool insertConnection( KAccelAction* ); - bool removeConnection( KAccelAction* ); - - virtual bool emitSignal( Signal ) = 0; - virtual bool connectKey( KAccelAction&, const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; - virtual bool connectKey( const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; - virtual bool disconnectKey( KAccelAction&, const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; - virtual bool disconnectKey( const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; - - protected: - struct ActionInfo - { - KAccelAction* pAction; - uint iSeq, iVariation; - //ActionInfo* pInfoNext; // nil if only one action uses this key. - - ActionInfo() { pAction = 0; iSeq = 0xffff; iVariation = 0xffff; } - ActionInfo( KAccelAction* _pAction, uint _iSeq, uint _iVariation ) - { pAction = _pAction; iSeq = _iSeq; iVariation = _iVariation; } - }; - typedef TQMap<KKeyServer::Key, ActionInfo> KKeyToActionMap; - - KAccelActions m_rgActions; - KKeyToActionMap m_mapKeyToAction; - TQValueList<KAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique; - bool m_bNativeKeys; // Use native key codes instead of Qt codes - bool m_bEnabled; - bool m_bConfigIsGlobal; - TQString m_sConfigGroup; - bool m_bAutoUpdate; - KAccelAction* mtemp_pActionRemoving; - - private: - KAccelBase& operator =( const KAccelBase& ); - - friend class KAccelActions; -}; - -#endif // _KACCELBASE_H diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde322/kicontheme.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde322/kicontheme.h deleted file mode 100644 index 4c15c2d9..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde322/kicontheme.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,334 +0,0 @@ -/* vi: ts=8 sts=4 sw=4 - * - * $Id: kicontheme.h,v 1.29 2003/11/02 14:50:34 carewolf Exp $ - * - * This file is part of the KDE project, module kdecore. - * Copyright (C) 2000 Geert Jansen <jansen@kde.org> - * Antonio Larrosa <larrosa@kde.org> - * - * This is free software; it comes under the GNU Library General - * Public License, version 2. See the file "COPYING.LIB" for the - * exact licensing terms. - * - */ - -#ifndef __KIconTheme_h_Included__ -#define __KIconTheme_h_Included__ - -#include <tqstring.h> -#include <tqstringlist.h> -#include <tqptrlist.h> - -class KConfig; -//class KIconThemeDir; - -class KIconThemePrivate; - -class KIconPrivate; - -/** - * One icon as found by KIconTheme. Also serves as a namespace containing - * icon related constants. - * @see KIconEffect - * @see KIconTheme - * @see KIconLoader - */ -class KIcon -{ -public: - KIcon() { size = 0; } - - /** - * Return true if this icon is valid, false otherwise. - */ - bool isValid() const { return size != 0; } - - /** - * Defines the context of the icon. - */ - enum Context { - Any, ///< Some icon with unknown purpose. - Action, ///< An action icon (e.g. 'save', 'print'). - Application, ///< An icon that represents an application. - Device, ///< An icon that represents a device. - FileSystem, ///< An icon that represents a file system. - MimeType ///< An icon that represents a mime type (or file type). - }; - - /** - * The type of the icon. - */ - enum Type { - Fixed, ///< Fixed-size icon. - Scalable, ///< Scalable-size icon. - Threshold ///< A threshold icon. - }; - - /** - * The type of a match. - */ - enum MatchType { - MatchExact, ///< Only try to find an exact match. - MatchBest ///< Take the best match if there is no exact match. - - }; - - // if you add a group here, make sure to change the config reading in - // KIconLoader too - /** - * The group an an icon. - */ - enum Group { NoGroup=-1, Desktop=0, FirstGroup=0, Toolbar, - MainToolbar, Small, Panel, LastGroup, User }; - - /** - * These are the standard sizes for icons. - */ - enum StdSizes { - /// small icons for menu entries - SizeSmall=16, - /// medium sized icons for the desktop - SizeMedium=32, - /// large sized icons for the panel - SizeLarge=48, - /// huge sized icons for iconviews - SizeHuge=64 - }; - - /** - * Defines the possible states of an icon. - */ - enum States { DefaultState, ///< The default state. - ActiveState, ///< Icon is active. - DisabledState, ///< Icon is disabled. - LastState ///< Last state (last constant) - }; - - /** - * This defines an overlay, a semi-transparent image that is - * projected onto the icon. They are used to show that the file - * represented by the icon is, for example, locked, zipped or hidden. - */ - enum Overlays { - LockOverlay=0x100, ///< a file is locked - ZipOverlay=0x200, ///< a file is zipped - LinkOverlay=0x400, ///< a fileis a link - HiddenOverlay=0x800, ///< a file is hidden - ShareOverlay=0x1000, ///< a file is shared - OverlayMask = ~0xff - }; - - /** - * The size in pixels of the icon. - */ - int size; - - /** - * The context of the icon. - */ - Context context; - - /** - * The type of the icon: Fixed, Scalable or Threshold. - **/ - Type type; - - /** - * The threshold in case type == Threshold - */ - int threshold; - - /** - * The full path of the icon. - */ - TQString path; - -private: - KIconPrivate *d; -}; - -inline KIcon::Group& operator++(KIcon::Group& group) { group = static_cast<KIcon::Group>(group+1); return group; } -inline KIcon::Group operator++(KIcon::Group& group,int) { KIcon::Group ret = group; ++group; return ret; } - -/** - * Class to use/access icon themes in KDE. This class is used by the - * iconloader but can be used by others too. - * @see KIconLoader - */ -class KIconTheme -{ -public: - /** - * Load an icon theme by name. - * @param name the name of the theme (e.g. "hicolor" or "keramik") - * @param appName the name of the application. Can be null. This argument - * allows applications to have themed application icons. - */ - KIconTheme(const TQString& name, const TQString& appName=TQString::null); - ~KIconTheme(); - - /** - * The stylized name of the icon theme. - * @return the (human-readable) name of the theme - */ - TQString name() const { return mName; } - - /** - * A description for the icon theme. - * @return a human-readable description of the theme, TQString::null - * if there is none - */ - TQString description() const { return mDesc; } - - /** - * Return the name of the "example" icon. This can be used to - * present the theme to the user. - * @return the name of the example icon, TQString::null if there is none - */ - TQString example() const; - - /** - * Return the name of the screenshot. - * @return the name of the screenshot, TQString::null if there is none - */ - TQString screenshot() const; - - /** - * Returns the name of this theme's link overlay. - * @return the name of the link overlay - */ - TQString linkOverlay() const; - - /** - * Returns the name of this theme's zip overlay. - * @return the name of the zip overlay - */ - TQString zipOverlay() const; - - /** - * Returns the name of this theme's lock overlay. - * @return the name of the lock overlay - */ - TQString lockOverlay() const; - - /** - * Returns the name of this theme's share overlay. - * @return the name of the share overlay - * @since 3.1 - */ - TQString shareOverlay () const; - - /** - * Returns the toplevel theme directory. - * @return the directory of the theme - */ - TQString dir() const { return mDir; } - - /** - * The themes this icon theme falls back on. - * @return a list of icon themes that are used as fall-backs - */ - TQStringList inherits() const { return mInherits; } - - /** - * The icon theme exists? - * @return true if the icon theme is valid - */ - bool isValid() const; - - /** - * The icon theme should be hidden to the user? - * @return true if the icon theme is hidden - * @since 3.1 - */ - bool isHidden() const; - - /** - * The minimum display depth required for this theme. This can either - * be 8 or 32. - * @return the minimum bpp (8 or 32) - */ - int depth() const { return mDepth; } - - /** - * The default size of this theme for a certain icon group. - * @param group The icon group. See KIcon::Group. - * @return The default size in pixels for the given icon group. - */ - int defaultSize(KIcon::Group group) const; - - /** - * Query available sizes for a group. - * @param group The icon group. See KIcon::Group. - * @return a list of available sized for the given group - */ - TQValueList<int> querySizes(KIcon::Group group) const; - - /** - * Query available icons for a size and context. - * @param size the size of the icons - * @param context the context of the icons - * @return the list of icon names - */ - TQStringList queryIcons(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const; - - /** - * Query available icons for a context and preferred size. - * @param size the size of the icons - * @param context the context of the icons - * @return the list of icon names - */ - TQStringList queryIconsByContext(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const; - - - /** - * Lookup an icon in the theme. - * @param name The name of the icon, without extension. - * @param size The desired size of the icon. - * @param match The matching mode. KIcon::MatchExact returns an icon - * only if matches exactly. KIcon::MatchBest returns the best matching - * icon. - * @return A KIcon class that describes the icon. If an icon is found, - * @see KIcon::isValid will return true, and false otherwise. - */ - KIcon iconPath(const TQString& name, int size, KIcon::MatchType match) const; - - /** - * List all icon themes installed on the system, global and local. - * @return the list of all icon themes - */ - static TQStringList list(); - - /** - * Returns the current icon theme. - * @return the name of the current theme - */ - static TQString current(); - - /** - * Reconfigure the theme. - */ - static void reconfigure(); - - /** - * Returns the default icon theme. - * @return the name of the default theme name - * @since 3.1 - */ - static TQString defaultThemeName(); - -private: - int mDefSize[8]; - TQValueList<int> mSizes[8]; - - int mDepth; - TQString mDir, mName, mDesc; - TQStringList mInherits; -// TQPtrList<KIconThemeDir> mDirs; - KIconThemePrivate *d; - - static TQString *_theme; - static TQStringList *_theme_list; -}; - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde322/kkeyserver_x11.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde322/kkeyserver_x11.h deleted file mode 100644 index 1271f506..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde322/kkeyserver_x11.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,433 +0,0 @@ -#ifndef _KKEYSERVER_X11_H -#define _KKEYSERVER_X11_H - -#include "kshortcut.h" -#include "kkeynative.h" - -/** - * A collection of functions for the conversion of key presses and - * their modifiers from the window system (X11) specific format - * to the generic format and vice-versa. - */ -namespace KKeyServer -{ - /** - * Supplement enum KKey::ModFlag - * @since 3.1 - */ - enum ExtraModFlag { MODE_SWITCH = 0x2000 }; - - /** - * Represents a key symbol. - * @see KKey - * @see KKeyServer - */ - struct Sym - { - public: - /// the actual value of the symbol - uint m_sym; - - /// Creates a null symbol. - Sym() - { m_sym = 0; } - /** - * Creates asymbol with the given value. - * @param sym the value - */ - Sym( uint sym ) - { m_sym = sym; } - /** - * Creates a symbol from the given string description. - * @param s the description of the symbol - * @see toString() - */ - Sym( const TQString& s ) - { init( s ); } - - /** - * Initializes the symbol with the given Qt key code. - * @param keyQt the qt key code - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key - */ - bool initQt( int keyQt ); - - /** - * Initializes the key with the given string description. - * @param s the string description - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see toString() - */ - bool init( const TQString &s ); - - /** - * Returns the qt key code of the symbol. - * @return the qt key code - */ - int qt() const; - - /** - * @internal - */ - TQString toStringInternal() const; - - /** - * Returns the string representation of the symbol. - * @return the string representation of the symbol - */ - TQString toString() const; - - /** - * Returns the mods that are required for this symbol as - * ORed KKey::ModFlag's. For example, Break requires a - * Ctrl to be valid. - * @return the required KKey::ModFlag's - * @see KKey::ModFlag - */ - uint getModsRequired() const; - - /** - * TODO: please find out what this method does and document it - */ - uint getSymVariation() const; - - /** - * Casts the symbol to its integer representation. - */ - operator uint() const { return m_sym; } - - /** - * Overloaded operator to convert ints to Sym. - */ - Sym& operator =( uint sym ) { m_sym = sym; return *this; } - - private: - TQString toString( bool bUserSpace ) const; - - static void capitalizeKeyname( TQString& ); - }; - - /** - * Represents a key press. - * @see KKey - */ - struct Key - { - /// Code for native Keys in Qt - enum { CODE_FOR_QT = 256 }; - - /// The code of the key - uint m_code; - - /// The modifiers of the key - uint m_mod; - - /// The symbol of the key - uint m_sym; - - /** - * Initializes the key with a KKey. - * @param key the key to get the data from - * @param bQt true to take the Qt keycode, false - * for the native key code - * @see Qt::Key - * @see KKeyNative - */ - bool init( const KKey& key, bool bQt ); - - /** - * Checks whether the key code is a native code. - * @return true if native code of the window system, - * false if it is a Qt keycode - * @see Qt::Key - * @see KKeyNative - */ - bool isNative() const { return m_code != CODE_FOR_QT; } - - /** - * Returns the code of the key. - * @return the code of the key - */ - uint code() const { return m_code; } - - /** - * Returns the modifiers of the key. - * @return the modifiers of the key - */ - uint mod() const { return m_mod; } - - /** - * Returns the symbol of the key. - * @return the symbol of the key - */ - uint sym() const { return m_sym; } - - /** - * Returns the qt key code. - * @return the qt key code - */ - int keyCodeQt() const { return (int) m_sym; } - - /** - * Sets the qt key code. - * @param keyQt the qt key code - */ - void setKeycodeQt( int keyQt ) - { m_code = CODE_FOR_QT; m_sym = keyQt; } - - /** - * Initializes this key with a KKeyNative. - * @return this key - */ - Key& operator =( const KKeyNative& key ); - - /** - * Compares this key with the given Key object. Returns a - * negative number if the given Key is larger, 0 if they - * are equal and a positive number this Key is larger. The - * returned value is the difference between the symbol, modifier - * or code, whatever is non-zero first. - * - * @param key the key to compare with this key - * @return a negative number if the given Key is larger, 0 if - * they are equal and a positive number this Key is larger - */ - int compare( const Key& key ) const; - - /** - * Compares the symbol, modifiers and code of both keys. - * @see compare() - */ - bool operator ==( const Key& b ) const - { return compare( b ) == 0; } - - /** - * Compares the symbol, modifiers and code of both keys. - * @see compare() - */ - bool operator <( const Key& b ) const - { return compare( b ) < 0; } - - /** - * Converts this Key to a KKey. - * @return the KKey - */ - KKey key() const; - }; - - /** - * TODO: please document this class - */ - struct Variations - { - enum { MAX_VARIATIONS = 4 }; - - Key m_rgkey[MAX_VARIATIONS]; - uint m_nVariations; - - Variations() { m_nVariations = 0; } - - void init( const KKey&, bool bQt ); - - uint count() const { return m_nVariations; } - const Key& key( uint i ) const { return m_rgkey[i]; } - }; - - /// TODO: please document - bool initializeMods(); - - /** - * Returns the equivalent X modifier mask of the given modifier flag. - * @param modFlag the generic flags to check - * @return the window system specific flags - */ - uint modX( KKey::ModFlag modFlag ); - - /** - * Returns true if the current keyboard layout supports the Win key. - * Specifically, whether the Super or Meta keys are assigned to an X modifier. - * @return true if the keyboard has a Win key - * @see modXWin() - */ - bool keyboardHasWinKey(); - - /** - * Returns the X11 Shift modifier mask/flag. - * @return the X11 Shift modifier mask/flag. - * @see accelModMaskX() - */ - uint modXShift(); - - /** - * Returns the X11 Lock modifier mask/flag. - * @return the X11 Lock modifier mask/flag. - * @see accelModMaskX() - */ - uint modXLock(); - - /** - * Returns the X11 Ctrl modifier mask/flag. - * @return the X11 Ctrl modifier mask/flag. - * @see accelModMaskX() - */ - uint modXCtrl(); - - /** - * Returns the X11 Alt (Mod1) modifier mask/flag. - * @return the X11 Alt (Mod1) modifier mask/flag. - * @see accelModMaskX() - */ - uint modXAlt(); - - /** - * Returns the X11 NumLock modifier mask/flag. - * @return the X11 NumLock modifier mask/flag. - * @see accelModMaskX() - */ - uint modXNumLock(); - - /** - * Returns the X11 Win (Mod3) modifier mask/flag. - * @return the X11 Win (Mod3) modifier mask/flag. - * @see keyboardHasWinKey() - * @see accelModMaskX() - */ - uint modXWin(); - - /** - * Returns the X11 ScrollLock modifier mask/flag. - * @return the X11 ScrollLock modifier mask/flag. - * @see accelModMaskX() - */ - uint modXScrollLock(); - - /** - * Returns bitwise OR'ed mask containing Shift, Ctrl, Alt, and - * Win (if available). - * @see modXShift() - * @see modXLock() - * @see modXCtrl() - * @see modXAlt() - * @see modXNumLock() - * @see modXWin() - * @see modXScrollLock() - */ - uint accelModMaskX(); - - /** - * Extracts the symbol from the given Qt key and - * converts it to a symbol. - * @param keyQt the qt key code - * @param sym if successful, the symbol will be written here - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key - * @see Sym - */ - bool keyQtToSym( int keyQt, uint& sym ); - - /** - * Extracts the modifiers from the given Qt key and - * converts them in a mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers. - * @param keyQt the qt key code - * @param mod if successful, the modifiers will be written here - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key - */ - bool keyQtToMod( int keyQt, uint& mod ); - - /** - * Converts the given symbol to a Qt key code. - * @param sym the symbol - * @param keyQt if successful, the qt key code will be written here - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key - * @see Sym - */ - bool symToKeyQt( uint sym, int& keyQt ); - - /** - * Converts the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers to - * a mask of ORed Qt key code modifiers. - * @param mod the mask of KKey::ModFlag modifiers - * @param modQt the mask of Qt key code modifiers will be written here, - * if successful - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key - * @see KKey - */ - bool modToModQt( uint mod, int& modQt ); - - /** - * Converts the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers to - * a mask of ORed X11 modifiers. - * @param mod the mask of KKey::ModFlag modifiers - * @param modX the mask of X11 modifiers will be written here, - * if successful - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see KKey - */ - bool modToModX( uint mod, uint& modX ); - - /** - * Converts the mask of ORed X11 modifiers to - * a mask of ORed Qt key code modifiers. - * @param modX the mask of X11 modifiers - * @param modQt the mask of Qt key code modifiers will be written here - * if successful - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key - */ - bool modXToModQt( uint modX, int& modQt ); - - /** - * Converts the mask of ORed X11 modifiers to - * a mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers. - * @param modX the mask of X11 modifiers - * @param mod the mask of KKey::ModFlag modifiers will be written here, - * if successful - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see KKey - */ - bool modXToMod( uint modX, uint& mod ); - - /** - * Converts a X11 key code and a mask of ORed X11 modifiers - * into a X11 symbol. - * converts it to a symbol. - * @param codeX the X11 key code - * @param modX the mask of ORed X11 modifiers - * @param symX if successful, the X11 symbol will be written here - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key - * @see Sym - */ - bool codeXToSym( uchar codeX, uint modX, uint& symX ); - - /** - * @internal - */ - TQString modToStringInternal( uint mod ); - - /** - * Converts the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers to a - * user-readable string. - * @param mod the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers - * @return the user-readable string - */ - TQString modToStringUser( uint mod ); - - /** - * @internal - * Unimplemented? - */ - bool stringToSymMod( const TQString&, uint& sym, uint& mod ); - - /** - * @internal - * Unimplemented? - */ - void keyQtToKeyX( uint keyCombQt, unsigned char *pKeyCodeX, uint *pKeySymX, uint *pKeyModX ); -} - -#endif // !_KKEYSERVER_X11_H diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde322/konsole_part.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde322/konsole_part.h deleted file mode 100644 index 6aba7064..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde322/konsole_part.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,223 +0,0 @@ -/* - This file is part of the KDE system - Copyright (C) 1999,2000 Boloni Laszlo - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. - */ - -#ifndef __KONSOLE_PART_H__ -#define __KONSOLE_PART_H__ - -#include <kparts/browserextension.h> -#include <kparts/factory.h> - - -#include <kdialogbase.h> - -#include <kde_terminal_interface.h> - -//#include "schema.h" -//#include "session.h" - -class KInstance; -class konsoleBrowserExtension; -class TQPushButton; -class TQSpinBox; -class KPopupMenu; -class TQCheckBox; -class KRootPixmap; -class KToggleAction; -class KSelectAction; - -namespace KParts { class GUIActivateEvent; } - -class konsoleFactory : public KParts::Factory -{ - Q_OBJECT -public: - konsoleFactory(); - virtual ~konsoleFactory(); - - virtual KParts::Part* createPartObject(TQWidget *parentWidget = 0, const char *widgetName = 0, - TQObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0, - const char* classname = "KParts::Part", - const TQStringList &args = TQStringList()); - - static KInstance *instance(); - - private: - static KInstance *s_instance; - static KAboutData *s_aboutData; -}; - -////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -class konsolePart: public KParts::ReadOnlyPart, public TerminalInterface -{ - Q_OBJECT - public: - konsolePart(TQWidget *parentWidget, const char *widgetName, TQObject * parent, const char *name, const char *classname = 0); - virtual ~konsolePart(); - -signals: - void processExited(); - void receivedData( const TQString& s ); - protected: - virtual bool openURL( const KURL & url ); - virtual bool openFile() {return false;} // never used - virtual bool closeURL() {return true;} - virtual void guiActivateEvent( KParts::GUIActivateEvent * event ); - - protected slots: - void showShell(); - void slotProcessExited(); - void slotReceivedData( const TQString& s ); - -// void doneSession(TESession*); - void sessionDestroyed(); -// void configureRequest(TEWidget*,int,int x,int y); - void updateTitle(); - void enableMasterModeConnections(); - - private slots: - void emitOpenURLRequest(const TQString &url); - - void readProperties(); - void saveProperties(); - - void sendSignal(int n); - void closeCurrentSession(); - - void notifySize(int,int); - - void slotToggleFrame(); - void slotSelectScrollbar(); - void slotSelectFont(); - void schema_menu_check(); - void keytab_menu_activated(int item); - void updateSchemaMenu(); - void setSchema(int n); - void pixmap_menu_activated(int item); - void schema_menu_activated(int item); - void slotHistoryType(); - void slotSelectBell(); - void slotSelectLineSpacing(); - void slotBlinkingCursor(); - void slotWordSeps(); - void fontNotFound(); - - private: - konsoleBrowserExtension *m_extension; - KURL currentURL; - - void makeGUI(); - void applySettingsToGUI(); - - void setFont(int fontno); -// void setSchema(ColorSchema* s); - void updateKeytabMenu(); - - bool doOpenStream( const TQString& ); - bool doWriteStream( const TQByteArray& ); - bool doCloseStream(); - - TQWidget* parentWidget; -// TEWidget* te; -// TESession* se; -// ColorSchemaList* colors; - KRootPixmap* rootxpm; - - KToggleAction* blinkingCursor; - KToggleAction* showFrame; - - KSelectAction* selectBell; - KSelectAction* selectFont; - KSelectAction* selectLineSpacing; - KSelectAction* selectScrollbar; - - KPopupMenu* m_keytab; - KPopupMenu* m_schema; - KPopupMenu* m_signals; - KPopupMenu* m_options; - KPopupMenu* m_popupMenu; - - TQFont defaultFont; - - TQString pmPath; // pixmap path - TQString s_schema; - TQString s_kconfigSchema; - TQString s_word_seps; // characters that are considered part of a word - TQString fontNotFound_par; - - bool b_framevis:1; - bool b_histEnabled:1; - - int curr_schema; // current schema no - int n_bell; - int n_font; - int n_keytab; - int n_render; - int n_scroll; - unsigned m_histSize; - bool m_runningShell; - bool m_streamEnabled; -public: - // these are the implementations for the TermEmuInterface - // functions... - void startProgram( const TQString& program, - const TQStrList& args ); - void showShellInDir( const TQString& dir ); - void sendInput( const TQString& text ); -}; - -////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -/*class HistoryTypeDialog : public KDialogBase -{ - Q_OBJECT -public: - HistoryTypeDialog(const HistoryType& histType, - unsigned int histSize, - TQWidget *parent); - -public slots: - void slotDefault(); - void slotSetUnlimited(); - void slotHistEnable(bool); - - unsigned int nbLines() const; - bool isOn() const; - -protected: - TQCheckBox* m_btnEnable; - TQSpinBox* m_size; - TQPushButton* m_setUnlimited; -};*/ - -////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -class konsoleBrowserExtension : public KParts::BrowserExtension -{ - Q_OBJECT - friend class konsolePart; - public: - konsoleBrowserExtension(konsolePart *parent); - virtual ~konsoleBrowserExtension(); - - void emitOpenURLRequest(const KURL &url); -}; - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde322/kpanelmenu.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde322/kpanelmenu.h deleted file mode 100644 index 1803e808..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde322/kpanelmenu.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,181 +0,0 @@ -/***************************************************************** - -Copyright (c) 1996-2000 the kicker authors. See file AUTHORS. - (c) 2001 Michael Goffioul <goffioul@imec.be> - -Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy -of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal -in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights -to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell -copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is -furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: - -The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in -all copies or substantial portions of the Software. - -THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR -IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, -FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE -AUTHORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN -AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN -CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. - -******************************************************************/ - -#ifndef __KPANELMENU_H__ -#define __KPANELMENU_H__ - -#include <tqstring.h> -#include <kpopupmenu.h> -#include <kgenericfactory.h> - -class KPanelMenuPrivate; - -/** - * Base class to build dynamically loaded menu entries for the K-menu, or the panel. - * - * This class allows to build menu entries that will be dynamically added either to - * the K-menu, or to the panel as a normal button. These dynamic menus are located - * in shared libraries that will be loaded at runtime by Kicker (the KDE panel). - * - * To build such a menu, you have to inherit this class and implement the pure virtual - * functions #initialize() and slotExec(). You also have to provide a factory - * object in your library, see KLibFactory. This factory is only used to construct - * the menu object. - * - * Finally, you also have to provide a desktop file describing your dynamic menu. The - * relevant entries are: Name, Comment, Icon and X-KDE-Library (which contains the - * library name without any extension). This desktop file has to be installed in - * $KDEDIR/share/apps/kicker/menuext/. - * - * @short Base class to build dynamically loaded menu entries for the K-menu, or the panel. - * @author The kicker maintainer, Michael Goffioul <goffioul@imec.be> - */ -class KPanelMenu : public KPopupMenu -{ - Q_OBJECT - -public: - /** - * Construct a KPanelMenu object. This is the normal constructor to use when - * building extrernal menu entries. - */ - KPanelMenu(TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0); - /** - * Constructor used internally by Kicker. You don't really want to use it. - * @param startDir a directory to associate with this menu - * @see path(), setPath() - */ - KPanelMenu(const TQString &startDir, TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0); - /** - * Destructor. - */ - virtual ~KPanelMenu(); - - /** - * Get the directory path associated with this menu, or TQString::null if - * there's no such associated path. - * @return the associated directory path - * @see setPath() - */ - const TQString& path() const; - /** - * Set a directory path to be associated with this menu. - * @param p the directory path - * @see path() - */ - void setPath(const TQString &p); - /** - * Tell if the menu has been initialized, that is it already contains items. - * This is useful when you need to know if you have to clear the menu, or to - * fill it. - * @return the initial state - * @see setInitialized(), initialize() - */ - bool initialized() const; - /** - * Set the initial state. Set it to true when you menu is filled with the items - * you want. - * @param on the initial state - * @see initialized(), initialize() - */ - void setInitialized(bool on); - - /** - * Disable the automatic clearing of the menu. Kicker uses a cache system for - * its menus. After a specific configurable delay, the menu will be cleared. - * Use this function if you want to disable kicker's cache system, and avoid - * the clearing of your menu. - */ - void disableAutoClear(); - -public slots: - /** - * Reinitialize the menu: the menu is first cleared, the initial state is set - * to false, and finally #initialize() is called. Use this if you want to - * refill your menu immediately. - */ - void reinitialize(); - /** - * Deinitialize the menu: the menu is cleared and the initialized state is set to - * false. #initialize() is NOT called. It will be called before the menu is - * next shown, however. Use this slot if you want a delayed reinitialization. - * @since 3.1 - */ - void deinitialize(); - -protected slots: - /** - * This slot is called just before the menu is shown. This allows your menu - * to update itself if needed. However you should instead re-implement - * #initialize to provide this feature. This function is responsible for - * the cache system handling, so if you re-implement it, you should call - * the base function also. Calls #initialize(). - * @see disableAutoClear() - */ - virtual void slotAboutToShow(); - /** - * This is slot is called when an item from the menu has been selected. Your - * applet is then supposed to perform some action. You must re-implement this - * function. - * @param id the ID associated with the selected item - */ - virtual void slotExec(int id) = 0; - /** - * This slots is called to initialize the menu. It is called automatically by - * slotAboutToShow(). By re-implementing this functions, you can reconstruct - * the menu before it is being shown. At the end of this function, you should - * call setInitialize() with true to tell the system that the menu is OK. - * You applet must re-implement this function. - * @see slotAboutToShow(), initialized(), setInitialized() - */ - virtual void initialize() = 0; - /** - * Clears the menu, and update the initial state accordingly. - * @see initialized() - */ - void slotClear(); - -protected: - /** - * Re-implemented for internal reasons. - */ - virtual void hideEvent(TQHideEvent *ev); - /** - * For internal use only. Used by constructors. - */ - void init(const TQString& path = TQString::null); - -protected: - virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data ); -private: - void internalInitialize(); - KPanelMenuPrivate *d; -}; - -#define K_EXPORT_KICKER_MENUEXT( libname, classname ) \ - K_EXPORT_COMPONENT_FACTORY( \ - kickermenu_##libname, \ - KGenericFactory<classname>("libkickermenu_" #libname) ) - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde322/krecentdirs.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde322/krecentdirs.h deleted file mode 100644 index 61a50706..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde322/krecentdirs.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,68 +0,0 @@ -/* -*- c++ -*- - * Copyright (C)2000 Waldo Bastian <bastian@kde.org> - * - * All rights reserved. - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without - * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions - * are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the - * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND - * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE - * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE - * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE - * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL - * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS - * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) - * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT - * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY - * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF - * SUCH DAMAGE. - * - */ -#ifndef __KRECENTDIRS_H -#define __KRECENTDIRS_H - -#include <tqstringlist.h> - -/** - * The goal of this class is to make sure that, when the user needs to - * specify a file via the file selection dialog, this dialog will start - * in the directory most likely to contain the desired files. - * - * This works as follows: Each time the file selection dialog is - * shown, the programmer can specify a "file-class". The file-dialog will - * then start with the directory associated with this file-class. When - * the dialog closes, the directory currently shown in the file-dialog - * will be associated with the file-class. - * - * A file-class can either start with ':' or with '::'. If it starts with - * a single ':' the file-class is specific to the current application. - * If the file-class starts with '::' it is global to all applications. - */ -class KRecentDirs -{ -public: - /** - * Returns a list of directories associated with this file-class. - * The most recently used directory is at the front of the list. - */ - static TQStringList list(const TQString &fileClass); - - /** - * Returns the most recently used directory accociated with this file-class. - */ - static TQString dir(const TQString &fileClass); - - /** - * Associates @p directory with @p fileClass - */ - static void add(const TQString &fileClass, const TQString &directory); -}; - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde322/ksharedptr.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde322/ksharedptr.h deleted file mode 100644 index e8dc8774..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde322/ksharedptr.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,171 +0,0 @@ -/* This file is part of the KDE libraries - Copyright (c) 1999 Waldo Bastian <bastian@kde.org> - - This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation. - - This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. -*/ -#ifndef KSharedPTR_H -#define KSharedPTR_H - -/** - * Reference counting for shared objects. If you derive your object - * from this class, then you may use it in conjunction with - * KSharedPtr to control the lifetime of your object. - * - * Specifically, all classes that derive from KShared have an internal - * counter keeping track of how many other objects have a reference to - * their object. If used with KSharedPtr, then your object will - * not be deleted until all references to the object have been - * released. - * - * You should probably not ever use any of the methods in this class - * directly -- let the KSharedPtr take care of that. Just derive - * your class from KShared and forget about it. - * - * @author Waldo Bastian <bastian@kde.org> - * @version $Id: ksharedptr.h,v 1.22 2003/08/20 08:01:42 coolo Exp $ - */ -class KShared { -public: - /** - * Standard constructor. This will initialize the reference count - * on this object to 0. - */ - KShared() : count(0) { } - - /** - * Copy constructor. This will @em not actually copy the objects - * but it will initialize the reference count on this object to 0. - */ - KShared( const KShared & ) : count(0) { } - - /** - * Overloaded assignment operator. - */ - KShared &operator=(const KShared & ) { return *this; } - - /** - * Increases the reference count by one. - */ - void _KShared_ref() const { count++; } - - /** - * Releases a reference (decreases the reference count by one). If - * the count goes to 0, this object will delete itself. - */ - void _KShared_unref() const { if (!--count) delete this; } - - /** - * Return the current number of references held. - * - * @return Number of references - */ - int _KShared_count() const { return count; } - -protected: - virtual ~KShared() { } -private: - mutable int count; -}; - -/** - * Can be used to control the lifetime of an object that has derived - * KShared. As long a someone holds a KSharedPtr on some KShared - * object it won't become deleted but is deleted once its reference - * count is 0. This struct emulates C++ pointers perfectly. So just - * use it like a simple C++ pointer. - * - * KShared and KSharedPtr are preferred over QShared / QSharedPtr - * since they are more safe. - * - * @author Waldo Bastian <bastian@kde.org> - * @version $Id: ksharedptr.h,v 1.22 2003/08/20 08:01:42 coolo Exp $ - */ -template< class T > -struct KSharedPtr -{ -public: -/** - * Creates a null pointer. - */ - KSharedPtr() - : ptr(0) { } - /** - * Creates a new pointer. - * @param t the pointer - */ - KSharedPtr( T* t ) - : ptr(t) { if ( ptr ) ptr->_KShared_ref(); } - - /** - * Copies a pointer. - * @param p the pointer to copy - */ - KSharedPtr( const KSharedPtr& p ) - : ptr(p.ptr) { if ( ptr ) ptr->_KShared_ref(); } - - /** - * Unreferences the object that this pointer points to. If it was - * the last reference, the object will be deleted. - */ - ~KSharedPtr() { if ( ptr ) ptr->_KShared_unref(); } - - KSharedPtr<T>& operator= ( const KSharedPtr<T>& p ) { - if ( ptr == p.ptr ) return *this; - if ( ptr ) ptr->_KShared_unref(); - ptr = p.ptr; - if ( ptr ) ptr->_KShared_ref(); - return *this; - } - KSharedPtr<T>& operator= ( T* p ) { - if ( ptr == p ) return *this; - if ( ptr ) ptr->_KShared_unref(); - ptr = p; - if ( ptr ) ptr->_KShared_ref(); - return *this; - } - bool operator== ( const KSharedPtr<T>& p ) const { return ( ptr == p.ptr ); } - bool operator!= ( const KSharedPtr<T>& p ) const { return ( ptr != p.ptr ); } - bool operator== ( const T* p ) const { return ( ptr == p ); } - bool operator!= ( const T* p ) const { return ( ptr != p ); } - bool operator!() const { return ( ptr == 0 ); } - operator T*() const { return ptr; } - - /** - * Returns the pointer. - * @return the pointer - */ - T* data() { return ptr; } - - /** - * Returns the pointer. - * @return the pointer - */ - const T* data() const { return ptr; } - - const T& operator*() const { return *ptr; } - T& operator*() { return *ptr; } - const T* operator->() const { return ptr; } - T* operator->() { return ptr; } - - /** - * Returns the number of references. - * @return the number of references - */ - int count() const { return ptr->_KShared_count(); } // for debugging purposes -private: - T* ptr; -}; - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde322/ksycocafactory.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde322/ksycocafactory.h deleted file mode 100644 index 2a114ee0..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde322/ksycocafactory.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,143 +0,0 @@ -/* This file is part of the KDE libraries - * Copyright (C) 1999 Waldo Bastian <bastian@kde.org> - * - * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - * License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation; - * - * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Library General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - * along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. - **/ - -#ifndef __ksycocafactory_h__ -#define __ksycocafactory_h__ "$Id: ksycocafactory.h,v 1.14 2003/10/29 17:59:18 waba Exp $" - -#include "ksycocatype.h" -#include "ksycocaentry.h" - -#include <tqdict.h> -#include <tqptrlist.h> -class KSycoca; -class TQStringList; -class TQString; -class KSycocaDict; -class KSycocaResourceList; - -typedef TQDict<KSycocaEntry::Ptr> KSycocaEntryDict; - -/** - * @internal - * Base class for sycoca factories - */ -class KSycocaFactory -{ -public: - virtual KSycocaFactoryId factoryId() const = 0; - -protected: // virtual class - /** - * Create a factory which can be used to lookup from/create a database - * (depending on KSycoca::isBuilding()) - */ - KSycocaFactory( KSycocaFactoryId factory_id ); - -public: - virtual ~KSycocaFactory(); - - /** - * @return the position of the factory in the sycoca file - */ - int offset() { return mOffset; } - - /** - * @return the dict, for special use by KBuildSycoca - */ - KSycocaEntryDict * entryDict() { return m_entryDict; } - - /** - * Construct an entry from a config file. - * To be implemented in the real factories. - */ - virtual KSycocaEntry *createEntry(const TQString &file, const char *resource) = 0; - - /** - * Add an entry - */ - virtual void addEntry(KSycocaEntry *newEntry, const char *resource); - - /** - * Remove an entry - * Not very fast, use with care. O(N) - */ - void removeEntry(KSycocaEntry *newEntry); - - /** - * Read an entry from the database - */ - virtual KSycocaEntry *createEntry(int offset)=0; - - /** - * Get a list of all entries from the database. - */ - KSycocaEntry::List allEntries(); - - /** - * Saves all entries it maintains as well as index files - * for these entries to the stream 'str'. - * - * Also sets mOffset to the starting position. - * - * The stream is positioned at the end of the last index. - * - * Don't forget to call the parent first when you override - * this function. - */ - virtual void save(TQDataStream &str); - - /** - * Writes out a header to the stream 'str'. - * The baseclass positions the stream correctly. - * - * Don't forget to call the parent first when you override - * this function. - */ - virtual void saveHeader(TQDataStream &str); - - /** - * @return the resources for which this factory is responsible. - */ - virtual const KSycocaResourceList * resourceList() const { return m_resourceList; } - -private: - int mOffset; - -protected: - int m_sycocaDictOffset; - int m_beginEntryOffset; - int m_endEntryOffset; - TQDataStream *m_str; - - KSycocaResourceList *m_resourceList; - KSycocaEntryDict *m_entryDict; - KSycocaDict *m_sycocaDict; -protected: - virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data ); -}; - -/** This, instead of a typedef, allows to declare "class ..." in header files - * @internal - */ -class KSycocaFactoryList : public TQPtrList<KSycocaFactory> -{ -public: - KSycocaFactoryList() { } -}; - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde322/ktoolbarbutton.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde322/ktoolbarbutton.h deleted file mode 100644 index 5b7a85f9..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde322/ktoolbarbutton.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,315 +0,0 @@ -/* This file is part of the KDE libraries - Copyright (C) 1997, 1998 Stephan Kulow (coolo@kde.org) - (C) 1997, 1998 Sven Radej (radej@kde.org) - (C) 1997, 1998 Mark Donohoe (donohoe@kde.org) - (C) 1997, 1998 Matthias Ettrich (ettrich@kde.org) - (C) 2000 Kurt Granroth (granroth@kde.org) - - This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation. - - This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. -*/ - -// $Id: ktoolbarbutton.h,v 1.34 2003/09/09 12:40:58 bhards Exp $ -#ifndef _KTOOLBARBUTTON_H -#define _KTOOLBARBUTTON_H - -#include <tqpixmap.h> -#include <tqtoolbutton.h> -#include <tqintdict.h> -#include <tqstring.h> -#include <kglobal.h> - -class KToolBar; -class KToolBarButtonPrivate; -class KInstance; -class TQEvent; -class TQPopupMenu; -class TQPainter; - -/** - * A toolbar button. This is used internally by KToolBar, use the - * KToolBar methods instead. - * @internal - */ -class KToolBarButton : public QToolButton -{ - Q_OBJECT - -public: - /** - * Construct a button with an icon loaded by the button itself. - * This will trust the button to load the correct icon with the - * correct size. - * - * @param icon Name of icon to load (may be absolute or relative) - * @param id Id of this button - * @param parent This button's parent - * @param name This button's internal name - * @param txt This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise) - */ - KToolBarButton(const TQString& icon, int id, TQWidget *parent, - const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null, - KInstance *_instance = KGlobal::instance()); - - /** - * Construct a button with an existing pixmap. It is not - * recommended that you use this as the internal icon loading code - * will almost always get it "right". - * - * @param pixmap Name of icon to load (may be absolute or relative) - * @param id Id of this button - * @param parent This button's parent - * @param name This button's internal name - * @param txt This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise) - */ - KToolBarButton(const TQPixmap& pixmap, int id, TQWidget *parent, - const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null); - - /** - * Construct a separator button - * - * @param parent This button's parent - * @param name This button's internal name - */ - KToolBarButton(TQWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L); - - /** - * Standard destructor - */ - ~KToolBarButton(); - -#ifndef KDE_NO_COMPAT - /** - * @deprecated - * Set the pixmap directly for this button. This pixmap should be - * the active one... the dimmed and disabled pixmaps are constructed - * based on this one. However, don't use this function unless you - * are positive that you don't want to use setIcon. - * - * @param pixmap The active pixmap - */ - // this one is from TQButton, so #ifdef-ing it out doesn't break BC - virtual void setPixmap(const TQPixmap &pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED; - - /** - * @deprecated - * Force the button to use this pixmap as the default one rather - * then generating it using effects. - * - * @param pixmap The pixmap to use as the default (normal) one - */ - void setDefaultPixmap(const TQPixmap& pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED; - - /** - * @deprecated - * Force the button to use this pixmap when disabled one rather then - * generating it using effects. - * - * @param pixmap The pixmap to use when disabled - */ - void setDisabledPixmap(const TQPixmap& pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED; -#endif - - /** - * Set the text for this button. The text will be either used as a - * tooltip (IconOnly) or will be along side the icon - * - * @param text The button (or tooltip) text - */ - virtual void setText(const TQString &text); - - /** - * Set the icon for this button. The icon will be loaded internally - * with the correct size. This function is preferred over setIconSet - * - * @param icon The name of the icon - */ - virtual void setIcon(const TQString &icon); - - /// @since 3.1 - virtual void setIcon( const TQPixmap &pixmap ) - { TQToolButton::setIcon( pixmap ); } - - /** - * Set the pixmaps for this toolbar button from a TQIconSet. - * If you call this you don't need to call any of the other methods - * that set icons or pixmaps. - * @param iconset The iconset to use - */ - virtual void setIconSet( const TQIconSet &iconset ); - -#ifndef KDE_NO_COMPAT - /** - * @deprecated - * Set the active icon for this button. The pixmap itself is loaded - * internally based on the icon size... .. the disabled and default - * pixmaps, however will only be constructed if generate is - * true. This function is preferred over setPixmap - * - * @param icon The name of the active icon - * @param generate If true, then the other icons are automagically - * generated from this one - */ - KDE_DEPRECATED void setIcon(const TQString &icon, bool generate ) { Q_UNUSED(generate); setIcon( icon ); } - - /** - * @deprecated - * Force the button to use this icon as the default one rather - * then generating it using effects. - * - * @param icon The icon to use as the default (normal) one - */ - void setDefaultIcon(const TQString& icon) KDE_DEPRECATED; - - /** - * @deprecated - * Force the button to use this icon when disabled one rather then - * generating it using effects. - * - * @param icon The icon to use when disabled - */ - void setDisabledIcon(const TQString& icon) KDE_DEPRECATED; -#endif - - /** - * Turn this button on or off - * - * @param flag true or false - */ - void on(bool flag = true); - - /** - * Toggle this button - */ - void toggle(); - - /** - * Turn this button into a toggle button or disable the toggle - * aspects of it. This does not toggle the button itself. - * Use toggle() for that. - * - * @param toggle true or false - */ - void setToggle(bool toggle = true); - - /** - * Return a pointer to this button's popup menu (if it exists) - */ - TQPopupMenu *popup(); - - /** - * Returns the button's id. - * @since 3.2 - */ - int id() const; - - /** - * Give this button a popup menu. There will not be a delay when - * you press the button. Use setDelayedPopup if you want that - * behavior. - * - * @param p The new popup menu - * @param unused Has no effect - ignore it. - */ - void setPopup (TQPopupMenu *p, bool unused = false); - - /** - * Gives this button a delayed popup menu. - * - * This function allows you to add a delayed popup menu to the button. - * The popup menu is then only displayed when the button is pressed and - * held down for about half a second. - * - * @param p the new popup menu - * @param unused Has no effect - ignore it. - */ - void setDelayedPopup(TQPopupMenu *p, bool unused = false); - - /** - * Turn this button into a radio button - * - * @param f true or false - */ - void setRadio(bool f = true); - - /** - * Toolbar buttons naturally will assume the global styles - * concerning icons, icons sizes, etc. You can use this function to - * explicitly turn this off, if you like. - * - * @param no_style Will disable styles if true - */ - void setNoStyle(bool no_style = true); - -signals: - void clicked(int); - void doubleClicked(int); - void pressed(int); - void released(int); - void toggled(int); - void highlighted(int, bool); - -public slots: - /** - * This slot should be called whenever the toolbar mode has - * potentially changed. This includes such events as text changing, - * orientation changing, etc. - */ - void modeChange(); - virtual void setTextLabel(const TQString&, bool tipToo); - -protected: - void paletteChange(const TQPalette &); - void leaveEvent(TQEvent *e); - void enterEvent(TQEvent *e); - void drawButton(TQPainter *p); - bool eventFilter (TQObject *o, TQEvent *e); - void showMenu(); - TQSize sizeHint() const; - TQSize minimumSizeHint() const; - TQSize minimumSize() const; - - /// @since 3.1 - bool isRaised() const; - /// @since 3.1 - bool isActive() const; - /// @since 3.1 - int iconTextMode() const; - -protected slots: - void slotClicked(); - void slotPressed(); - void slotReleased(); - void slotToggled(); - void slotDelayTimeout(); - -protected: - virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data ); -private: - KToolBarButtonPrivate *d; -}; - -/** -* List of KToolBarButton objects. -* @internal -* @version $Id: ktoolbarbutton.h,v 1.34 2003/09/09 12:40:58 bhards Exp $ -*/ -class KToolBarButtonList : public TQIntDict<KToolBarButton> -{ -public: - KToolBarButtonList(); - ~KToolBarButtonList() {} -}; - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde322/kurifilter.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde322/kurifilter.h deleted file mode 100644 index 834bff8a..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde322/kurifilter.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,644 +0,0 @@ -/* - * This file is part of the KDE libraries - * Copyright (C) 2000-2001,2003 Dawit Alemayehu <adawit at kde.org> - * - * Original author - * Copyright (C) 2000 Yves Arrouye <yves@realnames.com> - * - * - * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Library General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - * along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. - **/ - -#ifndef __kurifilter_h__ -#define __kurifilter_h__ "$Id: kurifilter.h,v 1.41 2003/08/30 08:56:21 raabe Exp $" - -#include <tqptrlist.h> -#include <tqobject.h> -#include <tqstringlist.h> - -#include <kurl.h> -#include <kdemacros.h> - -class KURIFilterPrivate; -class KURIFilterDataPrivate; - -class KCModule; - -/** -* A basic message object used for exchanging filtering -* information between the filter plugins and the application -* requesting the filtering service. -* -* Use this object if you require a more detailed information -* about the URI you want to filter. Any application can create -* an instance of this class and send it to KURIFilter to -* have the plugins fill out all possible information about the -* URI. -* -* \b Example -* -* \code -* TQString text = "kde.org"; -* KURIFilterData d = text; -* bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filter( d ); -* cout << "URL: " << text.latin1() << endl -* << "Filtered URL: " << d.uri().url().latin1() << endl -* << "URI Type: " << d.uriType() << endl -* << "Was Filtered: " << filtered << endl; -* \endcode -* -* The above code should yield the following output: -* \code -* URI: kde.org -* Filtered URI: http://kde.org -* URI Type: 0 <== means NET_PROTOCOL -* Was Filtered: 1 <== means the URL was successfully filtered -* \endcode -* -* @short A message object for exchanging filtering URI info. -* @author Dawit Alemayehu <adawit at kde.org> -*/ - -class KURIFilterData -{ -friend class KURIFilterPlugin; - -public: - /** - * Describes the type of the URI that was filtered. - * Here is a brief description of the types: - * - * @li NET_PROTOCOL - Any network protocol: http, ftp, nttp, pop3, etc... - * @li LOCAL_FILE - A local file whose executable flag is not set - * @li LOCAL_DIR - A local directory - * @li EXECUTABLE - A local file whose executable flag is set - * @li HELP - A man or info page - * @li SHELL - A shell executable (ex: echo "Test..." >> ~/testfile) - * @li BLOCKED - A URI that should be blocked/filtered (ex: ad filtering) - * @li ERROR - An incorrect URI (ex: "~johndoe" when user johndoe - * does not exist in that system ) - * @li UNKNOWN - A URI that is not identified. Default value when - * a KURIFilterData is first created. - */ - enum URITypes { NET_PROTOCOL=0, LOCAL_FILE, LOCAL_DIR, EXECUTABLE, HELP, SHELL, BLOCKED, ERROR, UNKNOWN }; - - /** - * Default constructor. - * - * Creates a URIFilterData object. - */ - KURIFilterData() { init(); } - - /** - * Creates a URIFilterData object from the given URL. - * - * @param url is the URL to be filtered. - */ - KURIFilterData( const KURL& url ) { init( url); } - - /** - * Creates a URIFilterData object from the given string. - * - * @param url is the string to be filtered. - */ - KURIFilterData( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); } - - /** - * Copy constructor. - * - * Creates a URIFilterData object from another - * URI filter data object. - * - * @param data the uri filter data to be copied. - */ - KURIFilterData( const KURIFilterData& data); - - /** - * Destructor. - */ - ~KURIFilterData(); - - /** - * This method has been deprecated and will always return - * true. You should instead use the result from the - * KURIFilter::filterURI() calls. - * - * @deprecated - */ - KDE_DEPRECATED bool hasBeenFiltered() const { return true; } - - /** - * Returns the filtered or the original URL. - * - * This function returns the filtered url if one - * of the plugins successfully filtered the original - * URL. Otherwise, it returns the original URL. - * See hasBeenFiltered() and - * - * @return the filtered or original url. - */ - KURL uri() const { return m_pURI; } - - /** - * Returns an error message. - * - * This functions returns the error message set - * by the plugin whenever the uri type is set to - * KURIFilterData::ERROR. Otherwise, it returns - * a TQString::null. - * - * @return the error message or a NULL when there is none. - */ - TQString errorMsg() const { return m_strErrMsg; } - - /** - * Returns the URI type. - * - * This method always returns KURIFilterData::UNKNOWN - * if the given URL was not filtered. - * @return the type of the URI - */ - URITypes uriType() const { return m_iType; } - - /** - * Sets the URL to be filtered. - * - * Use this function to set the string to be - * filtered when you construct an empty filter - * object. - * - * @param url the string to be filtered. - */ - void setData( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); } - - /** - * Same as above except the argument is a URL. - * - * Use this function to set the string to be - * filtered when you construct an empty filter - * object. - * - * @param url the URL to be filtered. - */ - void setData( const KURL& url ) { init( url ); } - - /** - * Sets the absolute path to be used whenever the supplied - * data is a relative local URL. - * - * NOTE: This function should only be used for local resources, - * i.e. the "file:/" protocol. It is useful for specifying the - * absolute path in cases where the actual URL might be relative. - * meta object. If deriving the path from a KURL, make sure you - * set the argument for this function to the result of calling - * path () instead of url (). - * - * @param abs_path the abolute path to the local resource. - * @return true if absolute path is successfully set. Otherwise, false. - */ - bool setAbsolutePath( const TQString& abs_path ); - - /** - * Returns the absolute path if one has already been set. - * @return the absolute path, or TQString::null - * @see hasAbsolutePath() - */ - TQString absolutePath() const; - - /** - * Checks whether the supplied data had an absolute path. - * @return true if the supplied data has an absolute path - * @see absolutePath() - */ - bool hasAbsolutePath() const; - - /** - * Returns the command line options and arguments for a - * local resource when present. - * - * @return options and arguments when present, otherwise TQString::null - */ - TQString argsAndOptions() const; - - /** - * Checks whether the current data is a local resource with - * command line options and arguments. - * @return true if the current data has command line options and arguments - */ - bool hasArgsAndOptions() const; - - /** - * Returns the name of the icon that matches - * the current filtered URL. - * - * NOTE that this function will return a NULL - * string by default and when no associated icon - * is found. - * - * @return the name of the icon associated with the resource, - * or TQString::null if not found - */ - TQString iconName(); - - /** - * Check whether the provided uri is executable or not. - * - * Setting this to false ensures that typing the name of - * an executable does not start that application. This is - * useful in the location bar of a browser. The default - * value is true. - * - * @since 3.2 - */ - void setCheckForExecutables (bool check); - - /** - * @return true if the filters should attempt to check whether the - * supplied uri is an executable. False otherwise. - * - * @since 3.2 - */ - bool checkForExecutables() const { return m_bCheckForExecutables; } - - /** - * @return the string as typed by the user, before any URL processing is done - * @since 3.2 - */ - TQString typedString() const; - - /** - * Overloaded assigenment operator. - * - * This function allows you to easily assign a KURL - * to a KURIFilterData object. - * - * @return an instance of a KURIFilterData object. - */ - KURIFilterData& operator=( const KURL& url ) { init( url ); return *this; } - - /** - * Overloaded assigenment operator. - * - * This function allows you to easily assign a QString - * to a KURIFilterData object. - * - * @return an instance of a KURIFilterData object. - */ - KURIFilterData& operator=( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); return *this; } - -protected: - - /** - * Initializes the KURIFilterData on construction. - * @param url the URL to initialize the object with - */ - void init( const KURL& url); - - /** - * Initializes the KURIFilterData on construction. - * @param url the URL to initialize the object with - */ - void init( const TQString& url = TQString::null ); - -private: - bool m_bCheckForExecutables; - bool m_bChanged; - - TQString m_strErrMsg; - TQString m_strIconName; - - KURL m_pURI; - URITypes m_iType; - KURIFilterDataPrivate *d; -}; - - -/** - * Base class for URI filter plugins. - * - * This class applies a single filter to a URI. All plugins designed - * to provide URI filtering service should inherit from this abstract - * class and provide a concrete implementation. - * - * All inheriting classes need to implement the pure virtual function - * filterURI. - * - * @short Abstract class for URI filter plugins. - */ -class KURIFilterPlugin : public QObject -{ - Q_OBJECT - -public: - - /** - * Constructs a filter plugin with a given name and - * priority. - * - * @param parent the parent object, or 0 for no parent - * @param name the name of the plugin, or 0 for no name - * @param pri the priority of the plugin. - */ - KURIFilterPlugin( TQObject *parent = 0, const char *name = 0, double pri = 1.0 ); - - /** - * Returns the filter's name. - * - * @return A string naming the filter. - */ - virtual TQString name() const { return m_strName; } - - /** - * Returns the filter's priority. - * - * Each filter has an assigned priority, a float from 0 to 1. Filters - * with the lowest priority are first given a chance to filter a URI. - * - * @return The priority of the filter. - */ - virtual double priority() const { return m_dblPriority; } - - /** - * Filters a URI. - * - * @param data the URI data to be filtered. - * @return A boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed. - */ - virtual bool filterURI( KURIFilterData& data ) const = 0; - - /** - * Creates a configuration module for the filter. - * - * It is the responsibility of the caller to delete the module - * once it is not needed anymore. - * - * @return A configuration module, 0 if the filter isn't configurable. - */ - virtual KCModule *configModule( TQWidget*, const char* ) const { return 0; } - - /** - * Returns the name of the configuration module for the filter. - * - * @return the name of a configuration module or TQString::null if none. - */ - virtual TQString configName() const { return name(); } - -protected: - - /** - * Sets the the URL in @p data to @p uri. - */ - void setFilteredURI ( KURIFilterData& data, const KURL& uri ) const; - - /** - * Sets the error message in @p data to @p errormsg. - */ - void setErrorMsg ( KURIFilterData& data, const TQString& errmsg ) const { - data.m_strErrMsg = errmsg; - } - - /** - * Sets the URI type in @p data to @p type. - */ - void setURIType ( KURIFilterData& data, KURIFilterData::URITypes type) const { - data.m_iType = type; - data.m_bChanged = true; - } - - /** - * Sets the arguments and options string in @p data - * to @p args if any were found during filterting. - */ - void setArguments( KURIFilterData& data, const TQString& args ) const; - - TQString m_strName; - double m_dblPriority; - -protected: - virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data ); -private: - class KURIFilterPluginPrivate *d; -}; - - -/** - * A list of filter plugins. - */ -class KURIFilterPluginList : public TQPtrList<KURIFilterPlugin> -{ -public: - virtual int compareItems(Item a, Item b) - { - double diff = ((KURIFilterPlugin *) a)->priority() - ((KURIFilterPlugin *) b)->priority(); - return diff < 0 ? -1 : (diff > 0 ? 1 : 0); - } - -private: - KURIFilterPrivate *d; - -}; - -/** - * Manages the filtering of URIs. - * - * The intention of this plugin class is to allow people to extend the - * functionality of KURL without modifying it directly. This way KURL will - * remain a generic parser capable of parsing any generic URL that adheres - * to specifications. - * - * The KURIFilter class applies a number of filters to a URI and returns the - * filtered version whenever possible. The filters are implemented using - * plugins to provide easy extensibility of the filtering mechanism. New - * filters can be added in the future by simply inheriting from - * KURIFilterPlugin and implementing the KURIFilterPlugin::filterURI - * method. - * - * Use of this plugin-manager class is straight forward. Since it is a - * singleton object, all you have to do is obtain an instance by doing - * @p KURIFilter::self() and use any of the public member functions to - * preform the filtering. - * - * \b Example - * - * To simply filter a given string: - * - * \code - * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( "kde.org" ); - * \endcode - * - * You can alternatively use a KURL: - * - * \code - * KURL url = "kde.org"; - * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( url ); - * \endcode - * - * If you have a constant string or a constant URL, simply invoke the - * corresponding function to obtain the filtered string or URL instead - * of a boolean flag: - * - * \code - * TQString u = KURIFilter::self()->filteredURI( "kde.org" ); - * \endcode - * - * You can also restrict the filter(s) to be used by supplying - * the name of the filter(s) to use. By defualt all available - * filters will be used. To use specific filters, add the names - * of the filters you want to use to a TQStringList and invoke - * the appropriate filtering function. The examples below show - * the use of specific filters. The first one uses a single - * filter called kshorturifilter while the second example uses - * multiple filters: - * - * \code - * TQString text = "kde.org"; - * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, "kshorturifilter" ); - * \endcode - * - * \code - * TQStringList list; - * list << "kshorturifilter" << "localdomainfilter"; - * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, list ); - * \endcode - * - * KURIFilter also allows richer data exchange through a simple - * meta-object called @p KURIFilterData. Using this meta-object - * you can find out more information about the URL you want to - * filter. See KURIFilterData for examples and details. - * - * @short Filters a given URL into its proper format whenever possible. - */ - -class KURIFilter -{ -public: - /** - * Destructor - */ - ~KURIFilter (); - - /** - * Returns an instance of KURIFilter. - */ - static KURIFilter* self(); - - /** - * Filters the URI given by the object URIFilterData. - * - * The given URL is filtered based on the specified list of filters. - * If the list is empty all available filters would be used. - * - * @param data object that contains the URI to be filtered. - * @param filters specify the list of filters to be used. - * - * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed - */ - bool filterURI( KURIFilterData& data, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); - - /** - * Filters the URI given by the URL. - * - * The given URL is filtered based on the specified list of filters. - * If the list is empty all available filters would be used. - * - * @param uri the URI to filter. - * @param filters specify the list of filters to be used. - * - * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed - */ - bool filterURI( KURL &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); - - /** - * Filters a string representing a URI. - * - * The given URL is filtered based on the specified list of filters. - * If the list is empty all available filters would be used. - * - * @param uri The URI to filter. - * @param filters specify the list of filters to be used. - * - * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed - */ - bool filterURI( TQString &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); - - /** - * Returns the filtered URI. - * - * The given URL is filtered based on the specified list of filters. - * If the list is empty all available filters would be used. - * - * @param uri The URI to filter. - * @param filters specify the list of filters to be used. - * - * @return the filtered URI or null if it cannot be filtered - */ - KURL filteredURI( const KURL &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); - - /** - * Return a filtered string representation of a URI. - * - * The given URL is filtered based on the specified list of filters. - * If the list is empty all available filters would be used. - * - * @param uri the URI to filter. - * @param filters specify the list of filters to be used. - * - * @return the filtered URI or null if it cannot be filtered - */ - TQString filteredURI( const TQString &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); - - /** - * Return an iterator to iterate over all loaded - * plugins. - * - * @return a plugin iterator. - */ - TQPtrListIterator<KURIFilterPlugin> pluginsIterator() const; - - /** - * Return a list of the names of all loaded plugins. - * - * @return a TQStringList of plugin names - * @since 3.1 - */ - TQStringList pluginNames() const; - -protected: - - /** - * A protected constructor. - * - * This constructor creates a KURIFilter and - * initializes all plugins it can find by invoking - * loadPlugins. - */ - KURIFilter(); - - /** - * Loads all allowed plugins. - * - * This function loads all filters that have not - * been disbled. - */ - void loadPlugins(); - -private: - static KURIFilter *m_self; - KURIFilterPluginList m_lstPlugins; - KURIFilterPrivate *d; -}; - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde322/selectdialog.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde322/selectdialog.h deleted file mode 100644 index 680d48ef..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde322/selectdialog.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,87 +0,0 @@ -/* - This file is part of libkresources. - - Copyright (c) 2002 Tobias Koenig <tokoe@kde.org> - Copyright (c) 2002 Jan-Pascal van Best <janpascal@vanbest.org> - Copyright (c) 2003 Cornelius Schumacher <schumacher@kde.org> - - This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - - This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. -*/ - -#ifndef KRESOURCES_SELECTDIALOG_H -#define KRESOURCES_SELECTDIALOG_H - -#include <tqobject.h> -#include <tqptrlist.h> -#include <tqmap.h> - -#include <kdialog.h> - -class KListBox; - -namespace KRES { - -class Resource; - -/** - * Dialog for selecting a resource. - * - * Example: - * - * \code - * - * TQPtrList<Resource> list = ... // can be retrived from KRES::Manager (e.g. KABC::AddressBook) - * - * KABC::Resource *res = KABC::SelectDialog::getResource( list, parentWdg ); - * if ( !res ) { - * // no resource selected - * } else { - * // do something with resource - * } - * \endcode - */ -class SelectDialog -{ - public: - /** - * Constructor. - * @param list The list of available resources - * @param parent The parent widget - * @param name The name of the dialog - */ - SelectDialog( TQPtrList<Resource> list, TQWidget *parent = 0, - const char *name = 0); - - /** - * Returns selected resource. - */ - Resource *resource(); - - /** - * Opens a dialog showing the available resources and returns the resource the - * user has selected. Returns 0, if the dialog was canceled. - */ - static Resource *getResource( TQPtrList<Resource> list, TQWidget *parent = 0 ); - - private: - KListBox *mResourceId; - - TQMap<int, Resource*> mResourceMap; -}; - -} - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde323/configwidget.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde323/configwidget.h deleted file mode 100644 index e289743a..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde323/configwidget.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,58 +0,0 @@ -/* - This file is part of libkresources. - Copyright (c) 2002 Tobias Koenig <tokoe@kde.org> - Copyright (c) 2002 Jan-Pascal van Best <janpascal@vanbest.org> - - This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - - This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. -*/ - -#ifndef KRESOURCES_CONFIGWIDGET_H -#define KRESOURCES_CONFIGWIDGET_H - -#include "resource.h" - -#include <kconfig.h> - -#include <tqwidget.h> - -namespace KRES { - -class ConfigWidget : public QWidget -{ - Q_OBJECT - public: - ConfigWidget( TQWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0 ); - - /** - Sets the widget to 'edit' mode. Reimplement this method if you are - interested in the mode change (to disable some GUI element for - example). By default the widget is in 'create new' mode. - */ - virtual void setInEditMode( bool value ); - - public slots: - virtual void loadSettings( Resource *resource ) = 0; - virtual void saveSettings( Resource *resource ) = 0; - - signals: - void setReadOnly( bool value ); - - protected: - Resource *mResource; -}; - -} -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde323/kaccelaction.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde323/kaccelaction.h deleted file mode 100644 index 0418297c..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde323/kaccelaction.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,564 +0,0 @@ -/* This file is part of the KDE libraries - Copyright (C) 2001,2002 Ellis Whitehead <ellis@kde.org> - - This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - - This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. -*/ - -#ifndef _KACCELACTION_H -#define _KACCELACTION_H - -#include <tqmap.h> -#include <tqptrvector.h> -#include <tqstring.h> -#include <tqvaluevector.h> - -#include <kshortcut.h> - -class KAccelBase; - -class TQObject; -class KConfig; -class KConfigBase; - -/** - * @internal - * A KAccelAction prepresents an action that can be executed using - * an accelerator key. Each KAccelAction has a name, a label, a - * "What's this" string and a KShortcut. The user can configure and - * enable/disable them using KKeyDialog. - * - * \code - * 1) KAccelAction = "Run Command" - * Default3 = "Alt+F2" - * Default4 = "Meta+Enter;Alt+F2" - * 1) KShortcut = "Meta+Enter" - * 1) KKeySequence = "Meta+Enter" - * 1) KKey = "Meta+Enter" - * 1) Meta+Enter - * 2) Meta+Keypad_Enter - * 2) KShortcut = "Alt+F2" - * 1) KKeySequence = "Alt+F2" - * 1) Alt+F2 - * 2) KAccelAction = "Something" - * Default3 = "" - * Default4 = "" - * 1) KShortcut = "Meta+X,Asterisk" - * 1) KKeySequence = "Meta+X,Asterisk" - * 1) KKey = "Meta+X" - * 1) Meta+X - * 2) KKey = "Asterisk" - * 1) Shift+8 (English layout) - * 2) Keypad_Asterisk - * \endcode - * @short An accelerator action - * @see KAccel - * @see KGlobalAccel - * @see KKeyChooser - * @see KKeyDialog - */ -class KAccelAction -{ - public: - /** - * Creates an empty KAccelAction. - * @see clear() - */ - KAccelAction(); - - /** - * Copy constructor. - */ - KAccelAction( const KAccelAction& ); - - /** - * Creates a new KAccelAction. - * @param sName the name of the accelerator - * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) - * @param sWhatsThis the What's This text (18n!) - * @param cutDef3 the default shortcut for 3 modifier systems - * @param cutDef4 the default shortcut for 4 modifier systems - * @param pObjSlot the receiver of a signal when the key has been - * pressed - * @param psMethodSlot the slot to connect for key presses. Receives - * an int, as set by setID(), as only argument - * @param bConfigurable if true the user can configure the shortcut - * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled - */ - KAccelAction( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, - const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4, - const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, - bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled ); - ~KAccelAction(); - - /** - * Clears the accelerator. - */ - void clear(); - - /** - * Re-initialized the KAccelAction. - * @param sName the name of the accelerator - * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) - * @param sWhatsThis the What's This text (18n!) - * @param cutDef3 the default shortcut for 3 modifier systems - * @param cutDef4 the default shortcut for 4 modifier systems - * @param pObjSlot the receiver of a signal when the key has been - * pressed - * @param psMethodSlot the slot to connect for key presses. Receives - * an int, as set by setID(), as only argument - * @param bConfigurable if true the user can configure the shortcut - * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - */ - bool init( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, - const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4, - const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, - bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled ); - - /** - * Copies this KAccelAction. - */ - KAccelAction& operator=( const KAccelAction& ); - - /** - * Returns the name of the accelerator action. - * @return the name of the accelerator action, can be null if not - * set - */ - const TQString& name() const { return m_sName; } - - /** - * Returns the label of the accelerator action. - * @return the label of the accelerator action, can be null if - * not set - */ - const TQString& label() const { return m_sLabel; } - - /** - * Returns the What's This text of the accelerator action. - * @return the What's This text of the accelerator action, can be - * null if not set - */ - const TQString& whatsThis() const { return m_sWhatsThis; } - - /** - * The shortcut that is actually used (may be used configured). - * @return the shortcut of the KAccelAction, can be null if not set - * @see shortcutDefault() - */ - const KShortcut& shortcut() const { return m_cut; } - - /** - * The default shortcut for this system. - * @return the default shortcut on this system, can be null if not set - * @see shortcut() - * @see shortcutDefault3() - * @see shortcutDefault4() - */ - const KShortcut& shortcutDefault() const; - - /** - * The default shortcut for 3 modifier systems. - * @return the default shortcut for 3 modifier systems, can be null - * if not set - * @see shortcutDefault() - * @see shortcutDefault4() - * @see useFourModifierKeys() - */ - const KShortcut& shortcutDefault3() const { return m_cutDefault3; } - - /** - * The default shortcut for 4 modifier systems. - * @return the default shortcut for 4 modifier systems, can be null - * if not set - * @see shortcutDefault() - * @see shortcutDefault3() - * @see useFourModifierKeys() - */ - const KShortcut& shortcutDefault4() const { return m_cutDefault4; } - - /** - * Returns the receiver of signals. - * @return the receiver of signals (can be 0 if not set) - */ - const TQObject* objSlotPtr() const { return m_pObjSlot; } - - /** - * Returns the slot for the signal. - * @return the slot for the signal - */ - const char* methodSlotPtr() const { return m_psMethodSlot; } - - /** - * Checks whether the user can configure the action. - * @return true if configurable, false otherwise - */ - bool isConfigurable() const { return m_bConfigurable; } - - /** - * Checks whether the action is enabled. - * @return true if enabled, false otherwise - */ - bool isEnabled() const { return m_bEnabled; } - - /** - * Sets the name of the accelerator action. - * @param name the new name - */ - void setName( const TQString& name ); - - /** - * Sets the user-readable label of the accelerator action. - * @param label the new label (i18n!) - */ - void setLabel( const TQString& label ); - - /** - * Sets the What's This text for the accelerator action. - * @param whatsThis the new What's This text (i18n!) - */ - void setWhatsThis( const TQString& whatsThis ); - - /** - * Sets the new shortcut of the accelerator action. - * @param rgCuts the shortcut to set - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - */ - bool setShortcut( const KShortcut& rgCuts ); - - /** - * Sets the slot of the accelerator action. - * @param pObjSlot the receiver object of the signal - * @param psMethodSlot the slot for the signal - */ - void setSlot( const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot ); - - /** - * Enables or disabled configuring the action. - * @param configurable true to enable configurability, false to disable - */ - void setConfigurable( bool configurable ); - - /** - * Enables or disabled the action. - * @param configurable true to enable the action, false to disable - */ - void setEnabled( bool enable ); - - /** - * Retrieves the id set using setID. - * @return the id of the accelerator action - */ - int getID() const { return m_nIDAccel; } - - /** - * Allows you to set an id that will be used as the action - * signal's argument. - * - * @param n the new id - * @see getID() - */ - void setID( int n ) { m_nIDAccel = n; } - - /** - * Checkes whether the action is connected (emits signals). - * @return true if connected, false otherwise - */ - bool isConnected() const; - - /** - * Sets a key sequence of the action's shortcut. - * @param i the position of the sequence - * @param keySeq the new new sequence - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see KShortcut::setSeq() - */ - bool setKeySequence( uint i, const KKeySequence &keySeq ); - - /** - * Clears the action's shortcut. It will not contain any sequences after - * calling this method. - * @see KShortcut::clear() - */ - void clearShortcut(); - - /** - * Checks whether the action's shortcut contains the given key sequence. - * @param keySeq the key sequence to check - * @return true if the shortcut contains the given sequence - * @see KShortcut::contains() - */ - bool contains( const KKeySequence &keySeq ); - - /** - * Returns the string representation of the action's shortcut. - * @return the string representation of the action's shortcut. - * @see KShortcut::toString() - */ - TQString toString() const; - - /** - * @internal - */ - TQString toStringInternal() const; - - /** - * Returns true if four modifier keys will be used. - * @return true if four modifier keys will be used. - */ - static bool useFourModifierKeys(); - - /** - * Selects 3 or 4 modifier default shortcuts. - * @param use true to use 4 modifier shortcuts, false to use - * 3 modifier shortcuts - */ - static void useFourModifierKeys( bool use ); - - protected: - TQString m_sName, - m_sLabel, - m_sWhatsThis; - KShortcut m_cut; - KShortcut m_cutDefault3, m_cutDefault4; - const TQObject* m_pObjSlot; - const char* m_psMethodSlot; - bool m_bConfigurable, - m_bEnabled; - int m_nIDAccel; - uint m_nConnections; - - void incConnections(); - void decConnections(); - - private: - static int g_bUseFourModifierKeys; - class KAccelActionPrivate* d; - - friend class KAccelActions; - friend class KAccelBase; -}; - -//--------------------------------------------------------------------- -// KAccelActions -//--------------------------------------------------------------------- - -/** - * @internal - * This class represents a collection of KAccelAction objects. - * - * @short A collection of accelerator actions - * @see KAccelAction - */ -class KAccelActions -{ - public: - /** - * Creates a new, empty KAccelActions object. - */ - KAccelActions(); - - /** - * Copy constructor (deep copy). - */ - KAccelActions( const KAccelActions& ); - virtual ~KAccelActions(); - - /** - * Removes all items from this collection. - */ - void clear(); - - /** - * Initializes this object with the given actions. - * It will make a deep copy of all actions. - * @param actions the actions to copy - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - */ - bool init( const KAccelActions &actions ); - - /** - * Loads the actions from the given configuration file. - * - * @param config the configuration file to load from - * @param sGroup the group in the configuration file - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - */ - bool init( KConfigBase& config, const TQString& sGroup ); - - /** - * Updates the shortcuts of all actions in this object - * with the shortcuts from the given object. - * @param shortcuts the collection that contains the new - * shortcuts - */ - void updateShortcuts( KAccelActions &shortcuts ); - - /** - * Retrieves the index of the action with the given name. - * @param sAction the action to search - * @return the index of the action, or -1 if not found - */ - int actionIndex( const TQString& sAction ) const; - - /** - * Returns the action with the given @p index. - * @param index the index of an action. You must not - * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index - * @see count() - */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( uint index ); - - /** - * Returns the action with the given @p index. - * @param index the index of an action. You must not - * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index - * @see count() - */ - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( uint index ) const; - - /** - * Returns the action with the given name. - * @param aAction the name of the action to search - * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0 - * if not found - */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); - - /** - * Returns the action with the given name. - * @param aAction the name of the action to search - * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0 - * if not found - */ - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; - - /** - * Returns the action with the given key sequence. - * @param cut the sequence to search for - * @return the KAccelAction with the given sequence, or 0 - * if not found - */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( KKeySequence cut ); - - /** - * Returns the action with the given @p index. - * @param index the index of an action. You must not - * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index - * @see actionPtr() - * @see count() - */ - KAccelAction& operator []( uint index ); - - /** - * Returns the action with the given @p index. - * @param index the index of an action. You must not - * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index - * @see actionPtr() - * @see count() - */ - const KAccelAction& operator []( uint index ) const; - - /** - * Inserts an action into the collection. - * @param sName the name of the accelerator - * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) - * @param sWhatsThis the What's This text (18n!) - * @param cutDef3 the default shortcut for 3 modifier systems - * @param cutDef4 the default shortcut for 4 modifier systems - * @param pObjSlot the receiver of a signal when the key has been - * pressed - * @param psMethodSlot the slot to connect for key presses. Receives - * an int, as set by setID(), as only argument - * @param bConfigurable if true the user can configure the shortcut - * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled - * @return the new action - */ - KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, - const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, - const TQObject* pObjSlot = 0, const char* psMethodSlot = 0, - bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true ); - - /** - * Inserts an action into the collection. - * @param sName the name of the accelerator - * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) - * @return the new action - */ - KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel ); - - /** - * Removes the given action. - * @param sAction the name of the action. - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - */ - bool remove( const TQString& sAction ); - - /** - * Loads the actions from the given configuration file. - * - * @param sConfigGroup the group in the configuration file - * @param pConfig the configuration file to load from - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - */ - bool readActions( const TQString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ); - - /** - * Writes the actions to the given configuration file. - * - * @param sConfigGroup the group in the configuration file - * @param pConfig the configuration file to save to - * @param bWriteAll true to write all actions - * @param bGlobal true to write to the global configuration file - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - */ - bool writeActions( const TQString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0, - bool bWriteAll = false, bool bGlobal = false ) const; - - /** - * Emit a keycodeChanged signal. - */ - void emitKeycodeChanged(); - - /** - * Returns the number of actions in the collection. - * @return the number of actions - */ - uint count() const; - - protected: - KAccelBase* m_pKAccelBase; - KAccelAction** m_prgActions; - uint m_nSizeAllocated, m_nSize; - - void resize( uint ); - void insertPtr( KAccelAction* ); - - private: - class KAccelActionsPrivate* d; - - KAccelActions( KAccelBase* ); - void initPrivate( KAccelBase* ); - KAccelActions& operator =( KAccelActions& ); - - friend class KAccelBase; -}; - -#endif // _KACCELACTION_H diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde323/kaccelbase.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde323/kaccelbase.h deleted file mode 100644 index e2ec66e9..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde323/kaccelbase.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,230 +0,0 @@ -/* This file is part of the KDE libraries - Copyright (C) 2001 Ellis Whitehead <ellis@kde.org> - - This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - - This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. -*/ - -#ifndef _KACCELBASE_H -#define _KACCELBASE_H - -#include <tqmap.h> -#include <tqptrvector.h> -#include <tqstring.h> -#include <tqvaluevector.h> -#include <tqvaluelist.h> - -#include "kaccelaction.h" -#include "kkeyserver_x11.h" - -class TQPopupMenu; -class TQWidget; - -//---------------------------------------------------- - -/** - * @internal - * Handle keyboard accelerators. - * - * Allow an user to configure - * key bindings through application configuration files or through the - * KKeyChooser GUI. - * - * A KAccel contains a list of accelerator items. Each accelerator item - * consists of an action name and a keyboard code combined with modifiers - * (Shift, Ctrl and Alt.) - * - * For example, "Ctrl+P" could be a shortcut for printing a document. The key - * codes are listed in ckey.h. "Print" could be the action name for printing. - * The action name identifies the key binding in configuration files and the - * KKeyChooser GUI. - * - * When pressed, an accelerator key calls the slot to which it has been - * connected. Accelerator items can be connected so that a key will activate - * two different slots. - * - * A KAccel object handles key events sent to its parent widget and to all - * children of this parent widget. - * - * Key binding reconfiguration during run time can be prevented by specifying - * that an accelerator item is not configurable when it is inserted. A special - * group of non-configurable key bindings are known as the - * standard accelerators. - * - * The standard accelerators appear repeatedly in applications for - * standard document actions such as printing and saving. Convenience methods are - * available to insert and connect these accelerators which are configurable on - * a desktop-wide basis. - * - * It is possible for a user to choose to have no key associated with - * an action. - * - * The translated first argument for insertItem() is used only - * in the configuration dialog. - *\code - * KAccel *a = new KAccel( myWindow ); - * // Insert an action "Scroll Up" which is associated with the "Up" key: - * a->insertItem( i18n("Scroll Up"), "Scroll Up", "Up" ); - * // Insert an action "Scroll Down" which is not associated with any key: - * a->insertItem( i18n("Scroll Down"), "Scroll Down", 0); - * a->connectItem( "Scroll up", myWindow, TQT_SLOT( scrollUp() ) ); - * // a->insertStdItem( KStdAccel::Print ); //not necessary, since it - * // is done automatially with the - * // connect below! - * a->connectItem(KStdAccel::Print, myWindow, TQT_SLOT( printDoc() ) ); - * - * a->readSettings(); - *\endcode - * - * If a shortcut has a menu entry as well, you could insert them like - * this. The example is again the KStdAccel::Print from above. - * - * \code - * int id; - * id = popup->insertItem("&Print",this, TQT_SLOT(printDoc())); - * a->changeMenuAccel(popup, id, KStdAccel::Print ); - * \endcode - * - * If you want a somewhat "exotic" name for your standard print action, like - * id = popup->insertItem(i18n("Print &Document"),this, TQT_SLOT(printDoc())); - * it might be a good idea to insert the standard action before as - * a->insertStdItem( KStdAccel::Print, i18n("Print Document") ) - * as well, so that the user can easily find the corresponding function. - * - * This technique works for other actions as well. Your "scroll up" function - * in a menu could be done with - * - * \code - * id = popup->insertItem(i18n"Scroll &up",this, TQT_SLOT(scrollUp())); - * a->changeMenuAccel(popup, id, "Scroll Up" ); - * \endcode - * - * Please keep the order right: First insert all functions in the - * acceleratior, then call a -> readSettings() and @em then build your - * menu structure. - * - * @short Configurable key binding support. - * @version $Id: kaccelbase.h,v 1.26 2003/08/16 19:44:57 coolo Exp $ - */ - -class KAccelBase -{ - public: - enum Init { QT_KEYS = 0x00, NATIVE_KEYS = 0x01 }; - enum Signal { KEYCODE_CHANGED }; - - KAccelBase( int fInitCode ); - virtual ~KAccelBase(); - - uint actionCount() const; - KAccelActions& actions(); - bool isEnabled() const; - - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKey& key ); - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKeyServer::Key& key ); - - const TQString& configGroup() const { return m_sConfigGroup; } - void setConfigGroup( const TQString& group ); - void setConfigGlobal( bool global ); - virtual void setEnabled( bool bEnabled ) = 0; - bool getAutoUpdate() { return m_bAutoUpdate; } - // return value of AutoUpdate flag before this call. - bool setAutoUpdate( bool bAuto ); - -// Procedures for manipulating Actions. - //void clearActions(); - - KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sDesc ); - KAccelAction* insert( - const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sDesc, const TQString& sHelp, - const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, - const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, - bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true ); - bool remove( const TQString& sAction ); - bool setActionSlot( const TQString& sAction, const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot ); - - bool updateConnections(); - - bool setShortcut( const TQString& sAction, const KShortcut& cut ); - -// Modify individual Action sub-items - bool setActionEnabled( const TQString& sAction, bool bEnable ); - - /** - * Read all key associations from @p config, or (if @p config - * is zero) from the application's configuration file - * KGlobal::config(). - * - * The group in which the configuration is stored can be - * set with setConfigGroup(). - */ - void readSettings( KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ); - - /** - * Write the current configurable associations to @p config, - * or (if @p config is zero) to the application's - * configuration file. - */ - void writeSettings( KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ) const; - - TQPopupMenu* createPopupMenu( TQWidget* pParent, const KKeySequence& ); - - // Protected methods - protected: - void slotRemoveAction( KAccelAction* ); - - struct X; - void createKeyList( TQValueVector<struct X>& rgKeys ); - bool insertConnection( KAccelAction* ); - bool removeConnection( KAccelAction* ); - - virtual bool emitSignal( Signal ) = 0; - virtual bool connectKey( KAccelAction&, const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; - virtual bool connectKey( const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; - virtual bool disconnectKey( KAccelAction&, const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; - virtual bool disconnectKey( const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; - - protected: - struct ActionInfo - { - KAccelAction* pAction; - uint iSeq, iVariation; - //ActionInfo* pInfoNext; // nil if only one action uses this key. - - ActionInfo() { pAction = 0; iSeq = 0xffff; iVariation = 0xffff; } - ActionInfo( KAccelAction* _pAction, uint _iSeq, uint _iVariation ) - { pAction = _pAction; iSeq = _iSeq; iVariation = _iVariation; } - }; - typedef TQMap<KKeyServer::Key, ActionInfo> KKeyToActionMap; - - KAccelActions m_rgActions; - KKeyToActionMap m_mapKeyToAction; - TQValueList<KAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique; - bool m_bNativeKeys; // Use native key codes instead of Qt codes - bool m_bEnabled; - bool m_bConfigIsGlobal; - TQString m_sConfigGroup; - bool m_bAutoUpdate; - KAccelAction* mtemp_pActionRemoving; - - private: - KAccelBase& operator =( const KAccelBase& ); - - friend class KAccelActions; -}; - -#endif // _KACCELBASE_H diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde323/kicontheme.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde323/kicontheme.h deleted file mode 100644 index 4c15c2d9..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde323/kicontheme.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,334 +0,0 @@ -/* vi: ts=8 sts=4 sw=4 - * - * $Id: kicontheme.h,v 1.29 2003/11/02 14:50:34 carewolf Exp $ - * - * This file is part of the KDE project, module kdecore. - * Copyright (C) 2000 Geert Jansen <jansen@kde.org> - * Antonio Larrosa <larrosa@kde.org> - * - * This is free software; it comes under the GNU Library General - * Public License, version 2. See the file "COPYING.LIB" for the - * exact licensing terms. - * - */ - -#ifndef __KIconTheme_h_Included__ -#define __KIconTheme_h_Included__ - -#include <tqstring.h> -#include <tqstringlist.h> -#include <tqptrlist.h> - -class KConfig; -//class KIconThemeDir; - -class KIconThemePrivate; - -class KIconPrivate; - -/** - * One icon as found by KIconTheme. Also serves as a namespace containing - * icon related constants. - * @see KIconEffect - * @see KIconTheme - * @see KIconLoader - */ -class KIcon -{ -public: - KIcon() { size = 0; } - - /** - * Return true if this icon is valid, false otherwise. - */ - bool isValid() const { return size != 0; } - - /** - * Defines the context of the icon. - */ - enum Context { - Any, ///< Some icon with unknown purpose. - Action, ///< An action icon (e.g. 'save', 'print'). - Application, ///< An icon that represents an application. - Device, ///< An icon that represents a device. - FileSystem, ///< An icon that represents a file system. - MimeType ///< An icon that represents a mime type (or file type). - }; - - /** - * The type of the icon. - */ - enum Type { - Fixed, ///< Fixed-size icon. - Scalable, ///< Scalable-size icon. - Threshold ///< A threshold icon. - }; - - /** - * The type of a match. - */ - enum MatchType { - MatchExact, ///< Only try to find an exact match. - MatchBest ///< Take the best match if there is no exact match. - - }; - - // if you add a group here, make sure to change the config reading in - // KIconLoader too - /** - * The group an an icon. - */ - enum Group { NoGroup=-1, Desktop=0, FirstGroup=0, Toolbar, - MainToolbar, Small, Panel, LastGroup, User }; - - /** - * These are the standard sizes for icons. - */ - enum StdSizes { - /// small icons for menu entries - SizeSmall=16, - /// medium sized icons for the desktop - SizeMedium=32, - /// large sized icons for the panel - SizeLarge=48, - /// huge sized icons for iconviews - SizeHuge=64 - }; - - /** - * Defines the possible states of an icon. - */ - enum States { DefaultState, ///< The default state. - ActiveState, ///< Icon is active. - DisabledState, ///< Icon is disabled. - LastState ///< Last state (last constant) - }; - - /** - * This defines an overlay, a semi-transparent image that is - * projected onto the icon. They are used to show that the file - * represented by the icon is, for example, locked, zipped or hidden. - */ - enum Overlays { - LockOverlay=0x100, ///< a file is locked - ZipOverlay=0x200, ///< a file is zipped - LinkOverlay=0x400, ///< a fileis a link - HiddenOverlay=0x800, ///< a file is hidden - ShareOverlay=0x1000, ///< a file is shared - OverlayMask = ~0xff - }; - - /** - * The size in pixels of the icon. - */ - int size; - - /** - * The context of the icon. - */ - Context context; - - /** - * The type of the icon: Fixed, Scalable or Threshold. - **/ - Type type; - - /** - * The threshold in case type == Threshold - */ - int threshold; - - /** - * The full path of the icon. - */ - TQString path; - -private: - KIconPrivate *d; -}; - -inline KIcon::Group& operator++(KIcon::Group& group) { group = static_cast<KIcon::Group>(group+1); return group; } -inline KIcon::Group operator++(KIcon::Group& group,int) { KIcon::Group ret = group; ++group; return ret; } - -/** - * Class to use/access icon themes in KDE. This class is used by the - * iconloader but can be used by others too. - * @see KIconLoader - */ -class KIconTheme -{ -public: - /** - * Load an icon theme by name. - * @param name the name of the theme (e.g. "hicolor" or "keramik") - * @param appName the name of the application. Can be null. This argument - * allows applications to have themed application icons. - */ - KIconTheme(const TQString& name, const TQString& appName=TQString::null); - ~KIconTheme(); - - /** - * The stylized name of the icon theme. - * @return the (human-readable) name of the theme - */ - TQString name() const { return mName; } - - /** - * A description for the icon theme. - * @return a human-readable description of the theme, TQString::null - * if there is none - */ - TQString description() const { return mDesc; } - - /** - * Return the name of the "example" icon. This can be used to - * present the theme to the user. - * @return the name of the example icon, TQString::null if there is none - */ - TQString example() const; - - /** - * Return the name of the screenshot. - * @return the name of the screenshot, TQString::null if there is none - */ - TQString screenshot() const; - - /** - * Returns the name of this theme's link overlay. - * @return the name of the link overlay - */ - TQString linkOverlay() const; - - /** - * Returns the name of this theme's zip overlay. - * @return the name of the zip overlay - */ - TQString zipOverlay() const; - - /** - * Returns the name of this theme's lock overlay. - * @return the name of the lock overlay - */ - TQString lockOverlay() const; - - /** - * Returns the name of this theme's share overlay. - * @return the name of the share overlay - * @since 3.1 - */ - TQString shareOverlay () const; - - /** - * Returns the toplevel theme directory. - * @return the directory of the theme - */ - TQString dir() const { return mDir; } - - /** - * The themes this icon theme falls back on. - * @return a list of icon themes that are used as fall-backs - */ - TQStringList inherits() const { return mInherits; } - - /** - * The icon theme exists? - * @return true if the icon theme is valid - */ - bool isValid() const; - - /** - * The icon theme should be hidden to the user? - * @return true if the icon theme is hidden - * @since 3.1 - */ - bool isHidden() const; - - /** - * The minimum display depth required for this theme. This can either - * be 8 or 32. - * @return the minimum bpp (8 or 32) - */ - int depth() const { return mDepth; } - - /** - * The default size of this theme for a certain icon group. - * @param group The icon group. See KIcon::Group. - * @return The default size in pixels for the given icon group. - */ - int defaultSize(KIcon::Group group) const; - - /** - * Query available sizes for a group. - * @param group The icon group. See KIcon::Group. - * @return a list of available sized for the given group - */ - TQValueList<int> querySizes(KIcon::Group group) const; - - /** - * Query available icons for a size and context. - * @param size the size of the icons - * @param context the context of the icons - * @return the list of icon names - */ - TQStringList queryIcons(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const; - - /** - * Query available icons for a context and preferred size. - * @param size the size of the icons - * @param context the context of the icons - * @return the list of icon names - */ - TQStringList queryIconsByContext(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const; - - - /** - * Lookup an icon in the theme. - * @param name The name of the icon, without extension. - * @param size The desired size of the icon. - * @param match The matching mode. KIcon::MatchExact returns an icon - * only if matches exactly. KIcon::MatchBest returns the best matching - * icon. - * @return A KIcon class that describes the icon. If an icon is found, - * @see KIcon::isValid will return true, and false otherwise. - */ - KIcon iconPath(const TQString& name, int size, KIcon::MatchType match) const; - - /** - * List all icon themes installed on the system, global and local. - * @return the list of all icon themes - */ - static TQStringList list(); - - /** - * Returns the current icon theme. - * @return the name of the current theme - */ - static TQString current(); - - /** - * Reconfigure the theme. - */ - static void reconfigure(); - - /** - * Returns the default icon theme. - * @return the name of the default theme name - * @since 3.1 - */ - static TQString defaultThemeName(); - -private: - int mDefSize[8]; - TQValueList<int> mSizes[8]; - - int mDepth; - TQString mDir, mName, mDesc; - TQStringList mInherits; -// TQPtrList<KIconThemeDir> mDirs; - KIconThemePrivate *d; - - static TQString *_theme; - static TQStringList *_theme_list; -}; - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde323/kkeyserver_x11.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde323/kkeyserver_x11.h deleted file mode 100644 index 1271f506..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde323/kkeyserver_x11.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,433 +0,0 @@ -#ifndef _KKEYSERVER_X11_H -#define _KKEYSERVER_X11_H - -#include "kshortcut.h" -#include "kkeynative.h" - -/** - * A collection of functions for the conversion of key presses and - * their modifiers from the window system (X11) specific format - * to the generic format and vice-versa. - */ -namespace KKeyServer -{ - /** - * Supplement enum KKey::ModFlag - * @since 3.1 - */ - enum ExtraModFlag { MODE_SWITCH = 0x2000 }; - - /** - * Represents a key symbol. - * @see KKey - * @see KKeyServer - */ - struct Sym - { - public: - /// the actual value of the symbol - uint m_sym; - - /// Creates a null symbol. - Sym() - { m_sym = 0; } - /** - * Creates asymbol with the given value. - * @param sym the value - */ - Sym( uint sym ) - { m_sym = sym; } - /** - * Creates a symbol from the given string description. - * @param s the description of the symbol - * @see toString() - */ - Sym( const TQString& s ) - { init( s ); } - - /** - * Initializes the symbol with the given Qt key code. - * @param keyQt the qt key code - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key - */ - bool initQt( int keyQt ); - - /** - * Initializes the key with the given string description. - * @param s the string description - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see toString() - */ - bool init( const TQString &s ); - - /** - * Returns the qt key code of the symbol. - * @return the qt key code - */ - int qt() const; - - /** - * @internal - */ - TQString toStringInternal() const; - - /** - * Returns the string representation of the symbol. - * @return the string representation of the symbol - */ - TQString toString() const; - - /** - * Returns the mods that are required for this symbol as - * ORed KKey::ModFlag's. For example, Break requires a - * Ctrl to be valid. - * @return the required KKey::ModFlag's - * @see KKey::ModFlag - */ - uint getModsRequired() const; - - /** - * TODO: please find out what this method does and document it - */ - uint getSymVariation() const; - - /** - * Casts the symbol to its integer representation. - */ - operator uint() const { return m_sym; } - - /** - * Overloaded operator to convert ints to Sym. - */ - Sym& operator =( uint sym ) { m_sym = sym; return *this; } - - private: - TQString toString( bool bUserSpace ) const; - - static void capitalizeKeyname( TQString& ); - }; - - /** - * Represents a key press. - * @see KKey - */ - struct Key - { - /// Code for native Keys in Qt - enum { CODE_FOR_QT = 256 }; - - /// The code of the key - uint m_code; - - /// The modifiers of the key - uint m_mod; - - /// The symbol of the key - uint m_sym; - - /** - * Initializes the key with a KKey. - * @param key the key to get the data from - * @param bQt true to take the Qt keycode, false - * for the native key code - * @see Qt::Key - * @see KKeyNative - */ - bool init( const KKey& key, bool bQt ); - - /** - * Checks whether the key code is a native code. - * @return true if native code of the window system, - * false if it is a Qt keycode - * @see Qt::Key - * @see KKeyNative - */ - bool isNative() const { return m_code != CODE_FOR_QT; } - - /** - * Returns the code of the key. - * @return the code of the key - */ - uint code() const { return m_code; } - - /** - * Returns the modifiers of the key. - * @return the modifiers of the key - */ - uint mod() const { return m_mod; } - - /** - * Returns the symbol of the key. - * @return the symbol of the key - */ - uint sym() const { return m_sym; } - - /** - * Returns the qt key code. - * @return the qt key code - */ - int keyCodeQt() const { return (int) m_sym; } - - /** - * Sets the qt key code. - * @param keyQt the qt key code - */ - void setKeycodeQt( int keyQt ) - { m_code = CODE_FOR_QT; m_sym = keyQt; } - - /** - * Initializes this key with a KKeyNative. - * @return this key - */ - Key& operator =( const KKeyNative& key ); - - /** - * Compares this key with the given Key object. Returns a - * negative number if the given Key is larger, 0 if they - * are equal and a positive number this Key is larger. The - * returned value is the difference between the symbol, modifier - * or code, whatever is non-zero first. - * - * @param key the key to compare with this key - * @return a negative number if the given Key is larger, 0 if - * they are equal and a positive number this Key is larger - */ - int compare( const Key& key ) const; - - /** - * Compares the symbol, modifiers and code of both keys. - * @see compare() - */ - bool operator ==( const Key& b ) const - { return compare( b ) == 0; } - - /** - * Compares the symbol, modifiers and code of both keys. - * @see compare() - */ - bool operator <( const Key& b ) const - { return compare( b ) < 0; } - - /** - * Converts this Key to a KKey. - * @return the KKey - */ - KKey key() const; - }; - - /** - * TODO: please document this class - */ - struct Variations - { - enum { MAX_VARIATIONS = 4 }; - - Key m_rgkey[MAX_VARIATIONS]; - uint m_nVariations; - - Variations() { m_nVariations = 0; } - - void init( const KKey&, bool bQt ); - - uint count() const { return m_nVariations; } - const Key& key( uint i ) const { return m_rgkey[i]; } - }; - - /// TODO: please document - bool initializeMods(); - - /** - * Returns the equivalent X modifier mask of the given modifier flag. - * @param modFlag the generic flags to check - * @return the window system specific flags - */ - uint modX( KKey::ModFlag modFlag ); - - /** - * Returns true if the current keyboard layout supports the Win key. - * Specifically, whether the Super or Meta keys are assigned to an X modifier. - * @return true if the keyboard has a Win key - * @see modXWin() - */ - bool keyboardHasWinKey(); - - /** - * Returns the X11 Shift modifier mask/flag. - * @return the X11 Shift modifier mask/flag. - * @see accelModMaskX() - */ - uint modXShift(); - - /** - * Returns the X11 Lock modifier mask/flag. - * @return the X11 Lock modifier mask/flag. - * @see accelModMaskX() - */ - uint modXLock(); - - /** - * Returns the X11 Ctrl modifier mask/flag. - * @return the X11 Ctrl modifier mask/flag. - * @see accelModMaskX() - */ - uint modXCtrl(); - - /** - * Returns the X11 Alt (Mod1) modifier mask/flag. - * @return the X11 Alt (Mod1) modifier mask/flag. - * @see accelModMaskX() - */ - uint modXAlt(); - - /** - * Returns the X11 NumLock modifier mask/flag. - * @return the X11 NumLock modifier mask/flag. - * @see accelModMaskX() - */ - uint modXNumLock(); - - /** - * Returns the X11 Win (Mod3) modifier mask/flag. - * @return the X11 Win (Mod3) modifier mask/flag. - * @see keyboardHasWinKey() - * @see accelModMaskX() - */ - uint modXWin(); - - /** - * Returns the X11 ScrollLock modifier mask/flag. - * @return the X11 ScrollLock modifier mask/flag. - * @see accelModMaskX() - */ - uint modXScrollLock(); - - /** - * Returns bitwise OR'ed mask containing Shift, Ctrl, Alt, and - * Win (if available). - * @see modXShift() - * @see modXLock() - * @see modXCtrl() - * @see modXAlt() - * @see modXNumLock() - * @see modXWin() - * @see modXScrollLock() - */ - uint accelModMaskX(); - - /** - * Extracts the symbol from the given Qt key and - * converts it to a symbol. - * @param keyQt the qt key code - * @param sym if successful, the symbol will be written here - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key - * @see Sym - */ - bool keyQtToSym( int keyQt, uint& sym ); - - /** - * Extracts the modifiers from the given Qt key and - * converts them in a mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers. - * @param keyQt the qt key code - * @param mod if successful, the modifiers will be written here - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key - */ - bool keyQtToMod( int keyQt, uint& mod ); - - /** - * Converts the given symbol to a Qt key code. - * @param sym the symbol - * @param keyQt if successful, the qt key code will be written here - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key - * @see Sym - */ - bool symToKeyQt( uint sym, int& keyQt ); - - /** - * Converts the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers to - * a mask of ORed Qt key code modifiers. - * @param mod the mask of KKey::ModFlag modifiers - * @param modQt the mask of Qt key code modifiers will be written here, - * if successful - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key - * @see KKey - */ - bool modToModQt( uint mod, int& modQt ); - - /** - * Converts the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers to - * a mask of ORed X11 modifiers. - * @param mod the mask of KKey::ModFlag modifiers - * @param modX the mask of X11 modifiers will be written here, - * if successful - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see KKey - */ - bool modToModX( uint mod, uint& modX ); - - /** - * Converts the mask of ORed X11 modifiers to - * a mask of ORed Qt key code modifiers. - * @param modX the mask of X11 modifiers - * @param modQt the mask of Qt key code modifiers will be written here - * if successful - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key - */ - bool modXToModQt( uint modX, int& modQt ); - - /** - * Converts the mask of ORed X11 modifiers to - * a mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers. - * @param modX the mask of X11 modifiers - * @param mod the mask of KKey::ModFlag modifiers will be written here, - * if successful - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see KKey - */ - bool modXToMod( uint modX, uint& mod ); - - /** - * Converts a X11 key code and a mask of ORed X11 modifiers - * into a X11 symbol. - * converts it to a symbol. - * @param codeX the X11 key code - * @param modX the mask of ORed X11 modifiers - * @param symX if successful, the X11 symbol will be written here - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key - * @see Sym - */ - bool codeXToSym( uchar codeX, uint modX, uint& symX ); - - /** - * @internal - */ - TQString modToStringInternal( uint mod ); - - /** - * Converts the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers to a - * user-readable string. - * @param mod the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers - * @return the user-readable string - */ - TQString modToStringUser( uint mod ); - - /** - * @internal - * Unimplemented? - */ - bool stringToSymMod( const TQString&, uint& sym, uint& mod ); - - /** - * @internal - * Unimplemented? - */ - void keyQtToKeyX( uint keyCombQt, unsigned char *pKeyCodeX, uint *pKeySymX, uint *pKeyModX ); -} - -#endif // !_KKEYSERVER_X11_H diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde323/konsole_part.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde323/konsole_part.h deleted file mode 100644 index 6aba7064..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde323/konsole_part.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,223 +0,0 @@ -/* - This file is part of the KDE system - Copyright (C) 1999,2000 Boloni Laszlo - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. - */ - -#ifndef __KONSOLE_PART_H__ -#define __KONSOLE_PART_H__ - -#include <kparts/browserextension.h> -#include <kparts/factory.h> - - -#include <kdialogbase.h> - -#include <kde_terminal_interface.h> - -//#include "schema.h" -//#include "session.h" - -class KInstance; -class konsoleBrowserExtension; -class TQPushButton; -class TQSpinBox; -class KPopupMenu; -class TQCheckBox; -class KRootPixmap; -class KToggleAction; -class KSelectAction; - -namespace KParts { class GUIActivateEvent; } - -class konsoleFactory : public KParts::Factory -{ - Q_OBJECT -public: - konsoleFactory(); - virtual ~konsoleFactory(); - - virtual KParts::Part* createPartObject(TQWidget *parentWidget = 0, const char *widgetName = 0, - TQObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0, - const char* classname = "KParts::Part", - const TQStringList &args = TQStringList()); - - static KInstance *instance(); - - private: - static KInstance *s_instance; - static KAboutData *s_aboutData; -}; - -////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -class konsolePart: public KParts::ReadOnlyPart, public TerminalInterface -{ - Q_OBJECT - public: - konsolePart(TQWidget *parentWidget, const char *widgetName, TQObject * parent, const char *name, const char *classname = 0); - virtual ~konsolePart(); - -signals: - void processExited(); - void receivedData( const TQString& s ); - protected: - virtual bool openURL( const KURL & url ); - virtual bool openFile() {return false;} // never used - virtual bool closeURL() {return true;} - virtual void guiActivateEvent( KParts::GUIActivateEvent * event ); - - protected slots: - void showShell(); - void slotProcessExited(); - void slotReceivedData( const TQString& s ); - -// void doneSession(TESession*); - void sessionDestroyed(); -// void configureRequest(TEWidget*,int,int x,int y); - void updateTitle(); - void enableMasterModeConnections(); - - private slots: - void emitOpenURLRequest(const TQString &url); - - void readProperties(); - void saveProperties(); - - void sendSignal(int n); - void closeCurrentSession(); - - void notifySize(int,int); - - void slotToggleFrame(); - void slotSelectScrollbar(); - void slotSelectFont(); - void schema_menu_check(); - void keytab_menu_activated(int item); - void updateSchemaMenu(); - void setSchema(int n); - void pixmap_menu_activated(int item); - void schema_menu_activated(int item); - void slotHistoryType(); - void slotSelectBell(); - void slotSelectLineSpacing(); - void slotBlinkingCursor(); - void slotWordSeps(); - void fontNotFound(); - - private: - konsoleBrowserExtension *m_extension; - KURL currentURL; - - void makeGUI(); - void applySettingsToGUI(); - - void setFont(int fontno); -// void setSchema(ColorSchema* s); - void updateKeytabMenu(); - - bool doOpenStream( const TQString& ); - bool doWriteStream( const TQByteArray& ); - bool doCloseStream(); - - TQWidget* parentWidget; -// TEWidget* te; -// TESession* se; -// ColorSchemaList* colors; - KRootPixmap* rootxpm; - - KToggleAction* blinkingCursor; - KToggleAction* showFrame; - - KSelectAction* selectBell; - KSelectAction* selectFont; - KSelectAction* selectLineSpacing; - KSelectAction* selectScrollbar; - - KPopupMenu* m_keytab; - KPopupMenu* m_schema; - KPopupMenu* m_signals; - KPopupMenu* m_options; - KPopupMenu* m_popupMenu; - - TQFont defaultFont; - - TQString pmPath; // pixmap path - TQString s_schema; - TQString s_kconfigSchema; - TQString s_word_seps; // characters that are considered part of a word - TQString fontNotFound_par; - - bool b_framevis:1; - bool b_histEnabled:1; - - int curr_schema; // current schema no - int n_bell; - int n_font; - int n_keytab; - int n_render; - int n_scroll; - unsigned m_histSize; - bool m_runningShell; - bool m_streamEnabled; -public: - // these are the implementations for the TermEmuInterface - // functions... - void startProgram( const TQString& program, - const TQStrList& args ); - void showShellInDir( const TQString& dir ); - void sendInput( const TQString& text ); -}; - -////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -/*class HistoryTypeDialog : public KDialogBase -{ - Q_OBJECT -public: - HistoryTypeDialog(const HistoryType& histType, - unsigned int histSize, - TQWidget *parent); - -public slots: - void slotDefault(); - void slotSetUnlimited(); - void slotHistEnable(bool); - - unsigned int nbLines() const; - bool isOn() const; - -protected: - TQCheckBox* m_btnEnable; - TQSpinBox* m_size; - TQPushButton* m_setUnlimited; -};*/ - -////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -class konsoleBrowserExtension : public KParts::BrowserExtension -{ - Q_OBJECT - friend class konsolePart; - public: - konsoleBrowserExtension(konsolePart *parent); - virtual ~konsoleBrowserExtension(); - - void emitOpenURLRequest(const KURL &url); -}; - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde323/kpanelmenu.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde323/kpanelmenu.h deleted file mode 100644 index 1803e808..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde323/kpanelmenu.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,181 +0,0 @@ -/***************************************************************** - -Copyright (c) 1996-2000 the kicker authors. See file AUTHORS. - (c) 2001 Michael Goffioul <goffioul@imec.be> - -Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy -of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal -in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights -to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell -copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is -furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: - -The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in -all copies or substantial portions of the Software. - -THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR -IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, -FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE -AUTHORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN -AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN -CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. - -******************************************************************/ - -#ifndef __KPANELMENU_H__ -#define __KPANELMENU_H__ - -#include <tqstring.h> -#include <kpopupmenu.h> -#include <kgenericfactory.h> - -class KPanelMenuPrivate; - -/** - * Base class to build dynamically loaded menu entries for the K-menu, or the panel. - * - * This class allows to build menu entries that will be dynamically added either to - * the K-menu, or to the panel as a normal button. These dynamic menus are located - * in shared libraries that will be loaded at runtime by Kicker (the KDE panel). - * - * To build such a menu, you have to inherit this class and implement the pure virtual - * functions #initialize() and slotExec(). You also have to provide a factory - * object in your library, see KLibFactory. This factory is only used to construct - * the menu object. - * - * Finally, you also have to provide a desktop file describing your dynamic menu. The - * relevant entries are: Name, Comment, Icon and X-KDE-Library (which contains the - * library name without any extension). This desktop file has to be installed in - * $KDEDIR/share/apps/kicker/menuext/. - * - * @short Base class to build dynamically loaded menu entries for the K-menu, or the panel. - * @author The kicker maintainer, Michael Goffioul <goffioul@imec.be> - */ -class KPanelMenu : public KPopupMenu -{ - Q_OBJECT - -public: - /** - * Construct a KPanelMenu object. This is the normal constructor to use when - * building extrernal menu entries. - */ - KPanelMenu(TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0); - /** - * Constructor used internally by Kicker. You don't really want to use it. - * @param startDir a directory to associate with this menu - * @see path(), setPath() - */ - KPanelMenu(const TQString &startDir, TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0); - /** - * Destructor. - */ - virtual ~KPanelMenu(); - - /** - * Get the directory path associated with this menu, or TQString::null if - * there's no such associated path. - * @return the associated directory path - * @see setPath() - */ - const TQString& path() const; - /** - * Set a directory path to be associated with this menu. - * @param p the directory path - * @see path() - */ - void setPath(const TQString &p); - /** - * Tell if the menu has been initialized, that is it already contains items. - * This is useful when you need to know if you have to clear the menu, or to - * fill it. - * @return the initial state - * @see setInitialized(), initialize() - */ - bool initialized() const; - /** - * Set the initial state. Set it to true when you menu is filled with the items - * you want. - * @param on the initial state - * @see initialized(), initialize() - */ - void setInitialized(bool on); - - /** - * Disable the automatic clearing of the menu. Kicker uses a cache system for - * its menus. After a specific configurable delay, the menu will be cleared. - * Use this function if you want to disable kicker's cache system, and avoid - * the clearing of your menu. - */ - void disableAutoClear(); - -public slots: - /** - * Reinitialize the menu: the menu is first cleared, the initial state is set - * to false, and finally #initialize() is called. Use this if you want to - * refill your menu immediately. - */ - void reinitialize(); - /** - * Deinitialize the menu: the menu is cleared and the initialized state is set to - * false. #initialize() is NOT called. It will be called before the menu is - * next shown, however. Use this slot if you want a delayed reinitialization. - * @since 3.1 - */ - void deinitialize(); - -protected slots: - /** - * This slot is called just before the menu is shown. This allows your menu - * to update itself if needed. However you should instead re-implement - * #initialize to provide this feature. This function is responsible for - * the cache system handling, so if you re-implement it, you should call - * the base function also. Calls #initialize(). - * @see disableAutoClear() - */ - virtual void slotAboutToShow(); - /** - * This is slot is called when an item from the menu has been selected. Your - * applet is then supposed to perform some action. You must re-implement this - * function. - * @param id the ID associated with the selected item - */ - virtual void slotExec(int id) = 0; - /** - * This slots is called to initialize the menu. It is called automatically by - * slotAboutToShow(). By re-implementing this functions, you can reconstruct - * the menu before it is being shown. At the end of this function, you should - * call setInitialize() with true to tell the system that the menu is OK. - * You applet must re-implement this function. - * @see slotAboutToShow(), initialized(), setInitialized() - */ - virtual void initialize() = 0; - /** - * Clears the menu, and update the initial state accordingly. - * @see initialized() - */ - void slotClear(); - -protected: - /** - * Re-implemented for internal reasons. - */ - virtual void hideEvent(TQHideEvent *ev); - /** - * For internal use only. Used by constructors. - */ - void init(const TQString& path = TQString::null); - -protected: - virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data ); -private: - void internalInitialize(); - KPanelMenuPrivate *d; -}; - -#define K_EXPORT_KICKER_MENUEXT( libname, classname ) \ - K_EXPORT_COMPONENT_FACTORY( \ - kickermenu_##libname, \ - KGenericFactory<classname>("libkickermenu_" #libname) ) - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde323/krecentdirs.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde323/krecentdirs.h deleted file mode 100644 index 61a50706..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde323/krecentdirs.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,68 +0,0 @@ -/* -*- c++ -*- - * Copyright (C)2000 Waldo Bastian <bastian@kde.org> - * - * All rights reserved. - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without - * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions - * are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the - * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND - * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE - * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE - * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE - * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL - * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS - * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) - * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT - * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY - * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF - * SUCH DAMAGE. - * - */ -#ifndef __KRECENTDIRS_H -#define __KRECENTDIRS_H - -#include <tqstringlist.h> - -/** - * The goal of this class is to make sure that, when the user needs to - * specify a file via the file selection dialog, this dialog will start - * in the directory most likely to contain the desired files. - * - * This works as follows: Each time the file selection dialog is - * shown, the programmer can specify a "file-class". The file-dialog will - * then start with the directory associated with this file-class. When - * the dialog closes, the directory currently shown in the file-dialog - * will be associated with the file-class. - * - * A file-class can either start with ':' or with '::'. If it starts with - * a single ':' the file-class is specific to the current application. - * If the file-class starts with '::' it is global to all applications. - */ -class KRecentDirs -{ -public: - /** - * Returns a list of directories associated with this file-class. - * The most recently used directory is at the front of the list. - */ - static TQStringList list(const TQString &fileClass); - - /** - * Returns the most recently used directory accociated with this file-class. - */ - static TQString dir(const TQString &fileClass); - - /** - * Associates @p directory with @p fileClass - */ - static void add(const TQString &fileClass, const TQString &directory); -}; - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde323/ksharedptr.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde323/ksharedptr.h deleted file mode 100644 index e8dc8774..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde323/ksharedptr.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,171 +0,0 @@ -/* This file is part of the KDE libraries - Copyright (c) 1999 Waldo Bastian <bastian@kde.org> - - This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation. - - This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. -*/ -#ifndef KSharedPTR_H -#define KSharedPTR_H - -/** - * Reference counting for shared objects. If you derive your object - * from this class, then you may use it in conjunction with - * KSharedPtr to control the lifetime of your object. - * - * Specifically, all classes that derive from KShared have an internal - * counter keeping track of how many other objects have a reference to - * their object. If used with KSharedPtr, then your object will - * not be deleted until all references to the object have been - * released. - * - * You should probably not ever use any of the methods in this class - * directly -- let the KSharedPtr take care of that. Just derive - * your class from KShared and forget about it. - * - * @author Waldo Bastian <bastian@kde.org> - * @version $Id: ksharedptr.h,v 1.22 2003/08/20 08:01:42 coolo Exp $ - */ -class KShared { -public: - /** - * Standard constructor. This will initialize the reference count - * on this object to 0. - */ - KShared() : count(0) { } - - /** - * Copy constructor. This will @em not actually copy the objects - * but it will initialize the reference count on this object to 0. - */ - KShared( const KShared & ) : count(0) { } - - /** - * Overloaded assignment operator. - */ - KShared &operator=(const KShared & ) { return *this; } - - /** - * Increases the reference count by one. - */ - void _KShared_ref() const { count++; } - - /** - * Releases a reference (decreases the reference count by one). If - * the count goes to 0, this object will delete itself. - */ - void _KShared_unref() const { if (!--count) delete this; } - - /** - * Return the current number of references held. - * - * @return Number of references - */ - int _KShared_count() const { return count; } - -protected: - virtual ~KShared() { } -private: - mutable int count; -}; - -/** - * Can be used to control the lifetime of an object that has derived - * KShared. As long a someone holds a KSharedPtr on some KShared - * object it won't become deleted but is deleted once its reference - * count is 0. This struct emulates C++ pointers perfectly. So just - * use it like a simple C++ pointer. - * - * KShared and KSharedPtr are preferred over QShared / QSharedPtr - * since they are more safe. - * - * @author Waldo Bastian <bastian@kde.org> - * @version $Id: ksharedptr.h,v 1.22 2003/08/20 08:01:42 coolo Exp $ - */ -template< class T > -struct KSharedPtr -{ -public: -/** - * Creates a null pointer. - */ - KSharedPtr() - : ptr(0) { } - /** - * Creates a new pointer. - * @param t the pointer - */ - KSharedPtr( T* t ) - : ptr(t) { if ( ptr ) ptr->_KShared_ref(); } - - /** - * Copies a pointer. - * @param p the pointer to copy - */ - KSharedPtr( const KSharedPtr& p ) - : ptr(p.ptr) { if ( ptr ) ptr->_KShared_ref(); } - - /** - * Unreferences the object that this pointer points to. If it was - * the last reference, the object will be deleted. - */ - ~KSharedPtr() { if ( ptr ) ptr->_KShared_unref(); } - - KSharedPtr<T>& operator= ( const KSharedPtr<T>& p ) { - if ( ptr == p.ptr ) return *this; - if ( ptr ) ptr->_KShared_unref(); - ptr = p.ptr; - if ( ptr ) ptr->_KShared_ref(); - return *this; - } - KSharedPtr<T>& operator= ( T* p ) { - if ( ptr == p ) return *this; - if ( ptr ) ptr->_KShared_unref(); - ptr = p; - if ( ptr ) ptr->_KShared_ref(); - return *this; - } - bool operator== ( const KSharedPtr<T>& p ) const { return ( ptr == p.ptr ); } - bool operator!= ( const KSharedPtr<T>& p ) const { return ( ptr != p.ptr ); } - bool operator== ( const T* p ) const { return ( ptr == p ); } - bool operator!= ( const T* p ) const { return ( ptr != p ); } - bool operator!() const { return ( ptr == 0 ); } - operator T*() const { return ptr; } - - /** - * Returns the pointer. - * @return the pointer - */ - T* data() { return ptr; } - - /** - * Returns the pointer. - * @return the pointer - */ - const T* data() const { return ptr; } - - const T& operator*() const { return *ptr; } - T& operator*() { return *ptr; } - const T* operator->() const { return ptr; } - T* operator->() { return ptr; } - - /** - * Returns the number of references. - * @return the number of references - */ - int count() const { return ptr->_KShared_count(); } // for debugging purposes -private: - T* ptr; -}; - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde323/ksycocafactory.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde323/ksycocafactory.h deleted file mode 100644 index 2a114ee0..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde323/ksycocafactory.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,143 +0,0 @@ -/* This file is part of the KDE libraries - * Copyright (C) 1999 Waldo Bastian <bastian@kde.org> - * - * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - * License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation; - * - * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Library General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - * along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. - **/ - -#ifndef __ksycocafactory_h__ -#define __ksycocafactory_h__ "$Id: ksycocafactory.h,v 1.14 2003/10/29 17:59:18 waba Exp $" - -#include "ksycocatype.h" -#include "ksycocaentry.h" - -#include <tqdict.h> -#include <tqptrlist.h> -class KSycoca; -class TQStringList; -class TQString; -class KSycocaDict; -class KSycocaResourceList; - -typedef TQDict<KSycocaEntry::Ptr> KSycocaEntryDict; - -/** - * @internal - * Base class for sycoca factories - */ -class KSycocaFactory -{ -public: - virtual KSycocaFactoryId factoryId() const = 0; - -protected: // virtual class - /** - * Create a factory which can be used to lookup from/create a database - * (depending on KSycoca::isBuilding()) - */ - KSycocaFactory( KSycocaFactoryId factory_id ); - -public: - virtual ~KSycocaFactory(); - - /** - * @return the position of the factory in the sycoca file - */ - int offset() { return mOffset; } - - /** - * @return the dict, for special use by KBuildSycoca - */ - KSycocaEntryDict * entryDict() { return m_entryDict; } - - /** - * Construct an entry from a config file. - * To be implemented in the real factories. - */ - virtual KSycocaEntry *createEntry(const TQString &file, const char *resource) = 0; - - /** - * Add an entry - */ - virtual void addEntry(KSycocaEntry *newEntry, const char *resource); - - /** - * Remove an entry - * Not very fast, use with care. O(N) - */ - void removeEntry(KSycocaEntry *newEntry); - - /** - * Read an entry from the database - */ - virtual KSycocaEntry *createEntry(int offset)=0; - - /** - * Get a list of all entries from the database. - */ - KSycocaEntry::List allEntries(); - - /** - * Saves all entries it maintains as well as index files - * for these entries to the stream 'str'. - * - * Also sets mOffset to the starting position. - * - * The stream is positioned at the end of the last index. - * - * Don't forget to call the parent first when you override - * this function. - */ - virtual void save(TQDataStream &str); - - /** - * Writes out a header to the stream 'str'. - * The baseclass positions the stream correctly. - * - * Don't forget to call the parent first when you override - * this function. - */ - virtual void saveHeader(TQDataStream &str); - - /** - * @return the resources for which this factory is responsible. - */ - virtual const KSycocaResourceList * resourceList() const { return m_resourceList; } - -private: - int mOffset; - -protected: - int m_sycocaDictOffset; - int m_beginEntryOffset; - int m_endEntryOffset; - TQDataStream *m_str; - - KSycocaResourceList *m_resourceList; - KSycocaEntryDict *m_entryDict; - KSycocaDict *m_sycocaDict; -protected: - virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data ); -}; - -/** This, instead of a typedef, allows to declare "class ..." in header files - * @internal - */ -class KSycocaFactoryList : public TQPtrList<KSycocaFactory> -{ -public: - KSycocaFactoryList() { } -}; - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde323/ktoolbarbutton.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde323/ktoolbarbutton.h deleted file mode 100644 index 5b7a85f9..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde323/ktoolbarbutton.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,315 +0,0 @@ -/* This file is part of the KDE libraries - Copyright (C) 1997, 1998 Stephan Kulow (coolo@kde.org) - (C) 1997, 1998 Sven Radej (radej@kde.org) - (C) 1997, 1998 Mark Donohoe (donohoe@kde.org) - (C) 1997, 1998 Matthias Ettrich (ettrich@kde.org) - (C) 2000 Kurt Granroth (granroth@kde.org) - - This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation. - - This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. -*/ - -// $Id: ktoolbarbutton.h,v 1.34 2003/09/09 12:40:58 bhards Exp $ -#ifndef _KTOOLBARBUTTON_H -#define _KTOOLBARBUTTON_H - -#include <tqpixmap.h> -#include <tqtoolbutton.h> -#include <tqintdict.h> -#include <tqstring.h> -#include <kglobal.h> - -class KToolBar; -class KToolBarButtonPrivate; -class KInstance; -class TQEvent; -class TQPopupMenu; -class TQPainter; - -/** - * A toolbar button. This is used internally by KToolBar, use the - * KToolBar methods instead. - * @internal - */ -class KToolBarButton : public QToolButton -{ - Q_OBJECT - -public: - /** - * Construct a button with an icon loaded by the button itself. - * This will trust the button to load the correct icon with the - * correct size. - * - * @param icon Name of icon to load (may be absolute or relative) - * @param id Id of this button - * @param parent This button's parent - * @param name This button's internal name - * @param txt This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise) - */ - KToolBarButton(const TQString& icon, int id, TQWidget *parent, - const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null, - KInstance *_instance = KGlobal::instance()); - - /** - * Construct a button with an existing pixmap. It is not - * recommended that you use this as the internal icon loading code - * will almost always get it "right". - * - * @param pixmap Name of icon to load (may be absolute or relative) - * @param id Id of this button - * @param parent This button's parent - * @param name This button's internal name - * @param txt This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise) - */ - KToolBarButton(const TQPixmap& pixmap, int id, TQWidget *parent, - const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null); - - /** - * Construct a separator button - * - * @param parent This button's parent - * @param name This button's internal name - */ - KToolBarButton(TQWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L); - - /** - * Standard destructor - */ - ~KToolBarButton(); - -#ifndef KDE_NO_COMPAT - /** - * @deprecated - * Set the pixmap directly for this button. This pixmap should be - * the active one... the dimmed and disabled pixmaps are constructed - * based on this one. However, don't use this function unless you - * are positive that you don't want to use setIcon. - * - * @param pixmap The active pixmap - */ - // this one is from TQButton, so #ifdef-ing it out doesn't break BC - virtual void setPixmap(const TQPixmap &pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED; - - /** - * @deprecated - * Force the button to use this pixmap as the default one rather - * then generating it using effects. - * - * @param pixmap The pixmap to use as the default (normal) one - */ - void setDefaultPixmap(const TQPixmap& pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED; - - /** - * @deprecated - * Force the button to use this pixmap when disabled one rather then - * generating it using effects. - * - * @param pixmap The pixmap to use when disabled - */ - void setDisabledPixmap(const TQPixmap& pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED; -#endif - - /** - * Set the text for this button. The text will be either used as a - * tooltip (IconOnly) or will be along side the icon - * - * @param text The button (or tooltip) text - */ - virtual void setText(const TQString &text); - - /** - * Set the icon for this button. The icon will be loaded internally - * with the correct size. This function is preferred over setIconSet - * - * @param icon The name of the icon - */ - virtual void setIcon(const TQString &icon); - - /// @since 3.1 - virtual void setIcon( const TQPixmap &pixmap ) - { TQToolButton::setIcon( pixmap ); } - - /** - * Set the pixmaps for this toolbar button from a TQIconSet. - * If you call this you don't need to call any of the other methods - * that set icons or pixmaps. - * @param iconset The iconset to use - */ - virtual void setIconSet( const TQIconSet &iconset ); - -#ifndef KDE_NO_COMPAT - /** - * @deprecated - * Set the active icon for this button. The pixmap itself is loaded - * internally based on the icon size... .. the disabled and default - * pixmaps, however will only be constructed if generate is - * true. This function is preferred over setPixmap - * - * @param icon The name of the active icon - * @param generate If true, then the other icons are automagically - * generated from this one - */ - KDE_DEPRECATED void setIcon(const TQString &icon, bool generate ) { Q_UNUSED(generate); setIcon( icon ); } - - /** - * @deprecated - * Force the button to use this icon as the default one rather - * then generating it using effects. - * - * @param icon The icon to use as the default (normal) one - */ - void setDefaultIcon(const TQString& icon) KDE_DEPRECATED; - - /** - * @deprecated - * Force the button to use this icon when disabled one rather then - * generating it using effects. - * - * @param icon The icon to use when disabled - */ - void setDisabledIcon(const TQString& icon) KDE_DEPRECATED; -#endif - - /** - * Turn this button on or off - * - * @param flag true or false - */ - void on(bool flag = true); - - /** - * Toggle this button - */ - void toggle(); - - /** - * Turn this button into a toggle button or disable the toggle - * aspects of it. This does not toggle the button itself. - * Use toggle() for that. - * - * @param toggle true or false - */ - void setToggle(bool toggle = true); - - /** - * Return a pointer to this button's popup menu (if it exists) - */ - TQPopupMenu *popup(); - - /** - * Returns the button's id. - * @since 3.2 - */ - int id() const; - - /** - * Give this button a popup menu. There will not be a delay when - * you press the button. Use setDelayedPopup if you want that - * behavior. - * - * @param p The new popup menu - * @param unused Has no effect - ignore it. - */ - void setPopup (TQPopupMenu *p, bool unused = false); - - /** - * Gives this button a delayed popup menu. - * - * This function allows you to add a delayed popup menu to the button. - * The popup menu is then only displayed when the button is pressed and - * held down for about half a second. - * - * @param p the new popup menu - * @param unused Has no effect - ignore it. - */ - void setDelayedPopup(TQPopupMenu *p, bool unused = false); - - /** - * Turn this button into a radio button - * - * @param f true or false - */ - void setRadio(bool f = true); - - /** - * Toolbar buttons naturally will assume the global styles - * concerning icons, icons sizes, etc. You can use this function to - * explicitly turn this off, if you like. - * - * @param no_style Will disable styles if true - */ - void setNoStyle(bool no_style = true); - -signals: - void clicked(int); - void doubleClicked(int); - void pressed(int); - void released(int); - void toggled(int); - void highlighted(int, bool); - -public slots: - /** - * This slot should be called whenever the toolbar mode has - * potentially changed. This includes such events as text changing, - * orientation changing, etc. - */ - void modeChange(); - virtual void setTextLabel(const TQString&, bool tipToo); - -protected: - void paletteChange(const TQPalette &); - void leaveEvent(TQEvent *e); - void enterEvent(TQEvent *e); - void drawButton(TQPainter *p); - bool eventFilter (TQObject *o, TQEvent *e); - void showMenu(); - TQSize sizeHint() const; - TQSize minimumSizeHint() const; - TQSize minimumSize() const; - - /// @since 3.1 - bool isRaised() const; - /// @since 3.1 - bool isActive() const; - /// @since 3.1 - int iconTextMode() const; - -protected slots: - void slotClicked(); - void slotPressed(); - void slotReleased(); - void slotToggled(); - void slotDelayTimeout(); - -protected: - virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data ); -private: - KToolBarButtonPrivate *d; -}; - -/** -* List of KToolBarButton objects. -* @internal -* @version $Id: ktoolbarbutton.h,v 1.34 2003/09/09 12:40:58 bhards Exp $ -*/ -class KToolBarButtonList : public TQIntDict<KToolBarButton> -{ -public: - KToolBarButtonList(); - ~KToolBarButtonList() {} -}; - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde323/kurifilter.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde323/kurifilter.h deleted file mode 100644 index 834bff8a..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde323/kurifilter.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,644 +0,0 @@ -/* - * This file is part of the KDE libraries - * Copyright (C) 2000-2001,2003 Dawit Alemayehu <adawit at kde.org> - * - * Original author - * Copyright (C) 2000 Yves Arrouye <yves@realnames.com> - * - * - * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Library General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - * along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. - **/ - -#ifndef __kurifilter_h__ -#define __kurifilter_h__ "$Id: kurifilter.h,v 1.41 2003/08/30 08:56:21 raabe Exp $" - -#include <tqptrlist.h> -#include <tqobject.h> -#include <tqstringlist.h> - -#include <kurl.h> -#include <kdemacros.h> - -class KURIFilterPrivate; -class KURIFilterDataPrivate; - -class KCModule; - -/** -* A basic message object used for exchanging filtering -* information between the filter plugins and the application -* requesting the filtering service. -* -* Use this object if you require a more detailed information -* about the URI you want to filter. Any application can create -* an instance of this class and send it to KURIFilter to -* have the plugins fill out all possible information about the -* URI. -* -* \b Example -* -* \code -* TQString text = "kde.org"; -* KURIFilterData d = text; -* bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filter( d ); -* cout << "URL: " << text.latin1() << endl -* << "Filtered URL: " << d.uri().url().latin1() << endl -* << "URI Type: " << d.uriType() << endl -* << "Was Filtered: " << filtered << endl; -* \endcode -* -* The above code should yield the following output: -* \code -* URI: kde.org -* Filtered URI: http://kde.org -* URI Type: 0 <== means NET_PROTOCOL -* Was Filtered: 1 <== means the URL was successfully filtered -* \endcode -* -* @short A message object for exchanging filtering URI info. -* @author Dawit Alemayehu <adawit at kde.org> -*/ - -class KURIFilterData -{ -friend class KURIFilterPlugin; - -public: - /** - * Describes the type of the URI that was filtered. - * Here is a brief description of the types: - * - * @li NET_PROTOCOL - Any network protocol: http, ftp, nttp, pop3, etc... - * @li LOCAL_FILE - A local file whose executable flag is not set - * @li LOCAL_DIR - A local directory - * @li EXECUTABLE - A local file whose executable flag is set - * @li HELP - A man or info page - * @li SHELL - A shell executable (ex: echo "Test..." >> ~/testfile) - * @li BLOCKED - A URI that should be blocked/filtered (ex: ad filtering) - * @li ERROR - An incorrect URI (ex: "~johndoe" when user johndoe - * does not exist in that system ) - * @li UNKNOWN - A URI that is not identified. Default value when - * a KURIFilterData is first created. - */ - enum URITypes { NET_PROTOCOL=0, LOCAL_FILE, LOCAL_DIR, EXECUTABLE, HELP, SHELL, BLOCKED, ERROR, UNKNOWN }; - - /** - * Default constructor. - * - * Creates a URIFilterData object. - */ - KURIFilterData() { init(); } - - /** - * Creates a URIFilterData object from the given URL. - * - * @param url is the URL to be filtered. - */ - KURIFilterData( const KURL& url ) { init( url); } - - /** - * Creates a URIFilterData object from the given string. - * - * @param url is the string to be filtered. - */ - KURIFilterData( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); } - - /** - * Copy constructor. - * - * Creates a URIFilterData object from another - * URI filter data object. - * - * @param data the uri filter data to be copied. - */ - KURIFilterData( const KURIFilterData& data); - - /** - * Destructor. - */ - ~KURIFilterData(); - - /** - * This method has been deprecated and will always return - * true. You should instead use the result from the - * KURIFilter::filterURI() calls. - * - * @deprecated - */ - KDE_DEPRECATED bool hasBeenFiltered() const { return true; } - - /** - * Returns the filtered or the original URL. - * - * This function returns the filtered url if one - * of the plugins successfully filtered the original - * URL. Otherwise, it returns the original URL. - * See hasBeenFiltered() and - * - * @return the filtered or original url. - */ - KURL uri() const { return m_pURI; } - - /** - * Returns an error message. - * - * This functions returns the error message set - * by the plugin whenever the uri type is set to - * KURIFilterData::ERROR. Otherwise, it returns - * a TQString::null. - * - * @return the error message or a NULL when there is none. - */ - TQString errorMsg() const { return m_strErrMsg; } - - /** - * Returns the URI type. - * - * This method always returns KURIFilterData::UNKNOWN - * if the given URL was not filtered. - * @return the type of the URI - */ - URITypes uriType() const { return m_iType; } - - /** - * Sets the URL to be filtered. - * - * Use this function to set the string to be - * filtered when you construct an empty filter - * object. - * - * @param url the string to be filtered. - */ - void setData( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); } - - /** - * Same as above except the argument is a URL. - * - * Use this function to set the string to be - * filtered when you construct an empty filter - * object. - * - * @param url the URL to be filtered. - */ - void setData( const KURL& url ) { init( url ); } - - /** - * Sets the absolute path to be used whenever the supplied - * data is a relative local URL. - * - * NOTE: This function should only be used for local resources, - * i.e. the "file:/" protocol. It is useful for specifying the - * absolute path in cases where the actual URL might be relative. - * meta object. If deriving the path from a KURL, make sure you - * set the argument for this function to the result of calling - * path () instead of url (). - * - * @param abs_path the abolute path to the local resource. - * @return true if absolute path is successfully set. Otherwise, false. - */ - bool setAbsolutePath( const TQString& abs_path ); - - /** - * Returns the absolute path if one has already been set. - * @return the absolute path, or TQString::null - * @see hasAbsolutePath() - */ - TQString absolutePath() const; - - /** - * Checks whether the supplied data had an absolute path. - * @return true if the supplied data has an absolute path - * @see absolutePath() - */ - bool hasAbsolutePath() const; - - /** - * Returns the command line options and arguments for a - * local resource when present. - * - * @return options and arguments when present, otherwise TQString::null - */ - TQString argsAndOptions() const; - - /** - * Checks whether the current data is a local resource with - * command line options and arguments. - * @return true if the current data has command line options and arguments - */ - bool hasArgsAndOptions() const; - - /** - * Returns the name of the icon that matches - * the current filtered URL. - * - * NOTE that this function will return a NULL - * string by default and when no associated icon - * is found. - * - * @return the name of the icon associated with the resource, - * or TQString::null if not found - */ - TQString iconName(); - - /** - * Check whether the provided uri is executable or not. - * - * Setting this to false ensures that typing the name of - * an executable does not start that application. This is - * useful in the location bar of a browser. The default - * value is true. - * - * @since 3.2 - */ - void setCheckForExecutables (bool check); - - /** - * @return true if the filters should attempt to check whether the - * supplied uri is an executable. False otherwise. - * - * @since 3.2 - */ - bool checkForExecutables() const { return m_bCheckForExecutables; } - - /** - * @return the string as typed by the user, before any URL processing is done - * @since 3.2 - */ - TQString typedString() const; - - /** - * Overloaded assigenment operator. - * - * This function allows you to easily assign a KURL - * to a KURIFilterData object. - * - * @return an instance of a KURIFilterData object. - */ - KURIFilterData& operator=( const KURL& url ) { init( url ); return *this; } - - /** - * Overloaded assigenment operator. - * - * This function allows you to easily assign a QString - * to a KURIFilterData object. - * - * @return an instance of a KURIFilterData object. - */ - KURIFilterData& operator=( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); return *this; } - -protected: - - /** - * Initializes the KURIFilterData on construction. - * @param url the URL to initialize the object with - */ - void init( const KURL& url); - - /** - * Initializes the KURIFilterData on construction. - * @param url the URL to initialize the object with - */ - void init( const TQString& url = TQString::null ); - -private: - bool m_bCheckForExecutables; - bool m_bChanged; - - TQString m_strErrMsg; - TQString m_strIconName; - - KURL m_pURI; - URITypes m_iType; - KURIFilterDataPrivate *d; -}; - - -/** - * Base class for URI filter plugins. - * - * This class applies a single filter to a URI. All plugins designed - * to provide URI filtering service should inherit from this abstract - * class and provide a concrete implementation. - * - * All inheriting classes need to implement the pure virtual function - * filterURI. - * - * @short Abstract class for URI filter plugins. - */ -class KURIFilterPlugin : public QObject -{ - Q_OBJECT - -public: - - /** - * Constructs a filter plugin with a given name and - * priority. - * - * @param parent the parent object, or 0 for no parent - * @param name the name of the plugin, or 0 for no name - * @param pri the priority of the plugin. - */ - KURIFilterPlugin( TQObject *parent = 0, const char *name = 0, double pri = 1.0 ); - - /** - * Returns the filter's name. - * - * @return A string naming the filter. - */ - virtual TQString name() const { return m_strName; } - - /** - * Returns the filter's priority. - * - * Each filter has an assigned priority, a float from 0 to 1. Filters - * with the lowest priority are first given a chance to filter a URI. - * - * @return The priority of the filter. - */ - virtual double priority() const { return m_dblPriority; } - - /** - * Filters a URI. - * - * @param data the URI data to be filtered. - * @return A boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed. - */ - virtual bool filterURI( KURIFilterData& data ) const = 0; - - /** - * Creates a configuration module for the filter. - * - * It is the responsibility of the caller to delete the module - * once it is not needed anymore. - * - * @return A configuration module, 0 if the filter isn't configurable. - */ - virtual KCModule *configModule( TQWidget*, const char* ) const { return 0; } - - /** - * Returns the name of the configuration module for the filter. - * - * @return the name of a configuration module or TQString::null if none. - */ - virtual TQString configName() const { return name(); } - -protected: - - /** - * Sets the the URL in @p data to @p uri. - */ - void setFilteredURI ( KURIFilterData& data, const KURL& uri ) const; - - /** - * Sets the error message in @p data to @p errormsg. - */ - void setErrorMsg ( KURIFilterData& data, const TQString& errmsg ) const { - data.m_strErrMsg = errmsg; - } - - /** - * Sets the URI type in @p data to @p type. - */ - void setURIType ( KURIFilterData& data, KURIFilterData::URITypes type) const { - data.m_iType = type; - data.m_bChanged = true; - } - - /** - * Sets the arguments and options string in @p data - * to @p args if any were found during filterting. - */ - void setArguments( KURIFilterData& data, const TQString& args ) const; - - TQString m_strName; - double m_dblPriority; - -protected: - virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data ); -private: - class KURIFilterPluginPrivate *d; -}; - - -/** - * A list of filter plugins. - */ -class KURIFilterPluginList : public TQPtrList<KURIFilterPlugin> -{ -public: - virtual int compareItems(Item a, Item b) - { - double diff = ((KURIFilterPlugin *) a)->priority() - ((KURIFilterPlugin *) b)->priority(); - return diff < 0 ? -1 : (diff > 0 ? 1 : 0); - } - -private: - KURIFilterPrivate *d; - -}; - -/** - * Manages the filtering of URIs. - * - * The intention of this plugin class is to allow people to extend the - * functionality of KURL without modifying it directly. This way KURL will - * remain a generic parser capable of parsing any generic URL that adheres - * to specifications. - * - * The KURIFilter class applies a number of filters to a URI and returns the - * filtered version whenever possible. The filters are implemented using - * plugins to provide easy extensibility of the filtering mechanism. New - * filters can be added in the future by simply inheriting from - * KURIFilterPlugin and implementing the KURIFilterPlugin::filterURI - * method. - * - * Use of this plugin-manager class is straight forward. Since it is a - * singleton object, all you have to do is obtain an instance by doing - * @p KURIFilter::self() and use any of the public member functions to - * preform the filtering. - * - * \b Example - * - * To simply filter a given string: - * - * \code - * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( "kde.org" ); - * \endcode - * - * You can alternatively use a KURL: - * - * \code - * KURL url = "kde.org"; - * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( url ); - * \endcode - * - * If you have a constant string or a constant URL, simply invoke the - * corresponding function to obtain the filtered string or URL instead - * of a boolean flag: - * - * \code - * TQString u = KURIFilter::self()->filteredURI( "kde.org" ); - * \endcode - * - * You can also restrict the filter(s) to be used by supplying - * the name of the filter(s) to use. By defualt all available - * filters will be used. To use specific filters, add the names - * of the filters you want to use to a TQStringList and invoke - * the appropriate filtering function. The examples below show - * the use of specific filters. The first one uses a single - * filter called kshorturifilter while the second example uses - * multiple filters: - * - * \code - * TQString text = "kde.org"; - * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, "kshorturifilter" ); - * \endcode - * - * \code - * TQStringList list; - * list << "kshorturifilter" << "localdomainfilter"; - * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, list ); - * \endcode - * - * KURIFilter also allows richer data exchange through a simple - * meta-object called @p KURIFilterData. Using this meta-object - * you can find out more information about the URL you want to - * filter. See KURIFilterData for examples and details. - * - * @short Filters a given URL into its proper format whenever possible. - */ - -class KURIFilter -{ -public: - /** - * Destructor - */ - ~KURIFilter (); - - /** - * Returns an instance of KURIFilter. - */ - static KURIFilter* self(); - - /** - * Filters the URI given by the object URIFilterData. - * - * The given URL is filtered based on the specified list of filters. - * If the list is empty all available filters would be used. - * - * @param data object that contains the URI to be filtered. - * @param filters specify the list of filters to be used. - * - * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed - */ - bool filterURI( KURIFilterData& data, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); - - /** - * Filters the URI given by the URL. - * - * The given URL is filtered based on the specified list of filters. - * If the list is empty all available filters would be used. - * - * @param uri the URI to filter. - * @param filters specify the list of filters to be used. - * - * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed - */ - bool filterURI( KURL &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); - - /** - * Filters a string representing a URI. - * - * The given URL is filtered based on the specified list of filters. - * If the list is empty all available filters would be used. - * - * @param uri The URI to filter. - * @param filters specify the list of filters to be used. - * - * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed - */ - bool filterURI( TQString &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); - - /** - * Returns the filtered URI. - * - * The given URL is filtered based on the specified list of filters. - * If the list is empty all available filters would be used. - * - * @param uri The URI to filter. - * @param filters specify the list of filters to be used. - * - * @return the filtered URI or null if it cannot be filtered - */ - KURL filteredURI( const KURL &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); - - /** - * Return a filtered string representation of a URI. - * - * The given URL is filtered based on the specified list of filters. - * If the list is empty all available filters would be used. - * - * @param uri the URI to filter. - * @param filters specify the list of filters to be used. - * - * @return the filtered URI or null if it cannot be filtered - */ - TQString filteredURI( const TQString &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); - - /** - * Return an iterator to iterate over all loaded - * plugins. - * - * @return a plugin iterator. - */ - TQPtrListIterator<KURIFilterPlugin> pluginsIterator() const; - - /** - * Return a list of the names of all loaded plugins. - * - * @return a TQStringList of plugin names - * @since 3.1 - */ - TQStringList pluginNames() const; - -protected: - - /** - * A protected constructor. - * - * This constructor creates a KURIFilter and - * initializes all plugins it can find by invoking - * loadPlugins. - */ - KURIFilter(); - - /** - * Loads all allowed plugins. - * - * This function loads all filters that have not - * been disbled. - */ - void loadPlugins(); - -private: - static KURIFilter *m_self; - KURIFilterPluginList m_lstPlugins; - KURIFilterPrivate *d; -}; - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde323/selectdialog.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde323/selectdialog.h deleted file mode 100644 index 680d48ef..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde323/selectdialog.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,87 +0,0 @@ -/* - This file is part of libkresources. - - Copyright (c) 2002 Tobias Koenig <tokoe@kde.org> - Copyright (c) 2002 Jan-Pascal van Best <janpascal@vanbest.org> - Copyright (c) 2003 Cornelius Schumacher <schumacher@kde.org> - - This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - - This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. -*/ - -#ifndef KRESOURCES_SELECTDIALOG_H -#define KRESOURCES_SELECTDIALOG_H - -#include <tqobject.h> -#include <tqptrlist.h> -#include <tqmap.h> - -#include <kdialog.h> - -class KListBox; - -namespace KRES { - -class Resource; - -/** - * Dialog for selecting a resource. - * - * Example: - * - * \code - * - * TQPtrList<Resource> list = ... // can be retrived from KRES::Manager (e.g. KABC::AddressBook) - * - * KABC::Resource *res = KABC::SelectDialog::getResource( list, parentWdg ); - * if ( !res ) { - * // no resource selected - * } else { - * // do something with resource - * } - * \endcode - */ -class SelectDialog -{ - public: - /** - * Constructor. - * @param list The list of available resources - * @param parent The parent widget - * @param name The name of the dialog - */ - SelectDialog( TQPtrList<Resource> list, TQWidget *parent = 0, - const char *name = 0); - - /** - * Returns selected resource. - */ - Resource *resource(); - - /** - * Opens a dialog showing the available resources and returns the resource the - * user has selected. Returns 0, if the dialog was canceled. - */ - static Resource *getResource( TQPtrList<Resource> list, TQWidget *parent = 0 ); - - private: - KListBox *mResourceId; - - TQMap<int, Resource*> mResourceMap; -}; - -} - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde330/configwidget.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde330/configwidget.h deleted file mode 100644 index e289743a..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde330/configwidget.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,58 +0,0 @@ -/* - This file is part of libkresources. - Copyright (c) 2002 Tobias Koenig <tokoe@kde.org> - Copyright (c) 2002 Jan-Pascal van Best <janpascal@vanbest.org> - - This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - - This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. -*/ - -#ifndef KRESOURCES_CONFIGWIDGET_H -#define KRESOURCES_CONFIGWIDGET_H - -#include "resource.h" - -#include <kconfig.h> - -#include <tqwidget.h> - -namespace KRES { - -class ConfigWidget : public QWidget -{ - Q_OBJECT - public: - ConfigWidget( TQWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0 ); - - /** - Sets the widget to 'edit' mode. Reimplement this method if you are - interested in the mode change (to disable some GUI element for - example). By default the widget is in 'create new' mode. - */ - virtual void setInEditMode( bool value ); - - public slots: - virtual void loadSettings( Resource *resource ) = 0; - virtual void saveSettings( Resource *resource ) = 0; - - signals: - void setReadOnly( bool value ); - - protected: - Resource *mResource; -}; - -} -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde330/kaccelaction.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde330/kaccelaction.h deleted file mode 100644 index 0418297c..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde330/kaccelaction.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,564 +0,0 @@ -/* This file is part of the KDE libraries - Copyright (C) 2001,2002 Ellis Whitehead <ellis@kde.org> - - This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - - This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. -*/ - -#ifndef _KACCELACTION_H -#define _KACCELACTION_H - -#include <tqmap.h> -#include <tqptrvector.h> -#include <tqstring.h> -#include <tqvaluevector.h> - -#include <kshortcut.h> - -class KAccelBase; - -class TQObject; -class KConfig; -class KConfigBase; - -/** - * @internal - * A KAccelAction prepresents an action that can be executed using - * an accelerator key. Each KAccelAction has a name, a label, a - * "What's this" string and a KShortcut. The user can configure and - * enable/disable them using KKeyDialog. - * - * \code - * 1) KAccelAction = "Run Command" - * Default3 = "Alt+F2" - * Default4 = "Meta+Enter;Alt+F2" - * 1) KShortcut = "Meta+Enter" - * 1) KKeySequence = "Meta+Enter" - * 1) KKey = "Meta+Enter" - * 1) Meta+Enter - * 2) Meta+Keypad_Enter - * 2) KShortcut = "Alt+F2" - * 1) KKeySequence = "Alt+F2" - * 1) Alt+F2 - * 2) KAccelAction = "Something" - * Default3 = "" - * Default4 = "" - * 1) KShortcut = "Meta+X,Asterisk" - * 1) KKeySequence = "Meta+X,Asterisk" - * 1) KKey = "Meta+X" - * 1) Meta+X - * 2) KKey = "Asterisk" - * 1) Shift+8 (English layout) - * 2) Keypad_Asterisk - * \endcode - * @short An accelerator action - * @see KAccel - * @see KGlobalAccel - * @see KKeyChooser - * @see KKeyDialog - */ -class KAccelAction -{ - public: - /** - * Creates an empty KAccelAction. - * @see clear() - */ - KAccelAction(); - - /** - * Copy constructor. - */ - KAccelAction( const KAccelAction& ); - - /** - * Creates a new KAccelAction. - * @param sName the name of the accelerator - * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) - * @param sWhatsThis the What's This text (18n!) - * @param cutDef3 the default shortcut for 3 modifier systems - * @param cutDef4 the default shortcut for 4 modifier systems - * @param pObjSlot the receiver of a signal when the key has been - * pressed - * @param psMethodSlot the slot to connect for key presses. Receives - * an int, as set by setID(), as only argument - * @param bConfigurable if true the user can configure the shortcut - * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled - */ - KAccelAction( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, - const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4, - const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, - bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled ); - ~KAccelAction(); - - /** - * Clears the accelerator. - */ - void clear(); - - /** - * Re-initialized the KAccelAction. - * @param sName the name of the accelerator - * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) - * @param sWhatsThis the What's This text (18n!) - * @param cutDef3 the default shortcut for 3 modifier systems - * @param cutDef4 the default shortcut for 4 modifier systems - * @param pObjSlot the receiver of a signal when the key has been - * pressed - * @param psMethodSlot the slot to connect for key presses. Receives - * an int, as set by setID(), as only argument - * @param bConfigurable if true the user can configure the shortcut - * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - */ - bool init( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, - const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4, - const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, - bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled ); - - /** - * Copies this KAccelAction. - */ - KAccelAction& operator=( const KAccelAction& ); - - /** - * Returns the name of the accelerator action. - * @return the name of the accelerator action, can be null if not - * set - */ - const TQString& name() const { return m_sName; } - - /** - * Returns the label of the accelerator action. - * @return the label of the accelerator action, can be null if - * not set - */ - const TQString& label() const { return m_sLabel; } - - /** - * Returns the What's This text of the accelerator action. - * @return the What's This text of the accelerator action, can be - * null if not set - */ - const TQString& whatsThis() const { return m_sWhatsThis; } - - /** - * The shortcut that is actually used (may be used configured). - * @return the shortcut of the KAccelAction, can be null if not set - * @see shortcutDefault() - */ - const KShortcut& shortcut() const { return m_cut; } - - /** - * The default shortcut for this system. - * @return the default shortcut on this system, can be null if not set - * @see shortcut() - * @see shortcutDefault3() - * @see shortcutDefault4() - */ - const KShortcut& shortcutDefault() const; - - /** - * The default shortcut for 3 modifier systems. - * @return the default shortcut for 3 modifier systems, can be null - * if not set - * @see shortcutDefault() - * @see shortcutDefault4() - * @see useFourModifierKeys() - */ - const KShortcut& shortcutDefault3() const { return m_cutDefault3; } - - /** - * The default shortcut for 4 modifier systems. - * @return the default shortcut for 4 modifier systems, can be null - * if not set - * @see shortcutDefault() - * @see shortcutDefault3() - * @see useFourModifierKeys() - */ - const KShortcut& shortcutDefault4() const { return m_cutDefault4; } - - /** - * Returns the receiver of signals. - * @return the receiver of signals (can be 0 if not set) - */ - const TQObject* objSlotPtr() const { return m_pObjSlot; } - - /** - * Returns the slot for the signal. - * @return the slot for the signal - */ - const char* methodSlotPtr() const { return m_psMethodSlot; } - - /** - * Checks whether the user can configure the action. - * @return true if configurable, false otherwise - */ - bool isConfigurable() const { return m_bConfigurable; } - - /** - * Checks whether the action is enabled. - * @return true if enabled, false otherwise - */ - bool isEnabled() const { return m_bEnabled; } - - /** - * Sets the name of the accelerator action. - * @param name the new name - */ - void setName( const TQString& name ); - - /** - * Sets the user-readable label of the accelerator action. - * @param label the new label (i18n!) - */ - void setLabel( const TQString& label ); - - /** - * Sets the What's This text for the accelerator action. - * @param whatsThis the new What's This text (i18n!) - */ - void setWhatsThis( const TQString& whatsThis ); - - /** - * Sets the new shortcut of the accelerator action. - * @param rgCuts the shortcut to set - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - */ - bool setShortcut( const KShortcut& rgCuts ); - - /** - * Sets the slot of the accelerator action. - * @param pObjSlot the receiver object of the signal - * @param psMethodSlot the slot for the signal - */ - void setSlot( const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot ); - - /** - * Enables or disabled configuring the action. - * @param configurable true to enable configurability, false to disable - */ - void setConfigurable( bool configurable ); - - /** - * Enables or disabled the action. - * @param configurable true to enable the action, false to disable - */ - void setEnabled( bool enable ); - - /** - * Retrieves the id set using setID. - * @return the id of the accelerator action - */ - int getID() const { return m_nIDAccel; } - - /** - * Allows you to set an id that will be used as the action - * signal's argument. - * - * @param n the new id - * @see getID() - */ - void setID( int n ) { m_nIDAccel = n; } - - /** - * Checkes whether the action is connected (emits signals). - * @return true if connected, false otherwise - */ - bool isConnected() const; - - /** - * Sets a key sequence of the action's shortcut. - * @param i the position of the sequence - * @param keySeq the new new sequence - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see KShortcut::setSeq() - */ - bool setKeySequence( uint i, const KKeySequence &keySeq ); - - /** - * Clears the action's shortcut. It will not contain any sequences after - * calling this method. - * @see KShortcut::clear() - */ - void clearShortcut(); - - /** - * Checks whether the action's shortcut contains the given key sequence. - * @param keySeq the key sequence to check - * @return true if the shortcut contains the given sequence - * @see KShortcut::contains() - */ - bool contains( const KKeySequence &keySeq ); - - /** - * Returns the string representation of the action's shortcut. - * @return the string representation of the action's shortcut. - * @see KShortcut::toString() - */ - TQString toString() const; - - /** - * @internal - */ - TQString toStringInternal() const; - - /** - * Returns true if four modifier keys will be used. - * @return true if four modifier keys will be used. - */ - static bool useFourModifierKeys(); - - /** - * Selects 3 or 4 modifier default shortcuts. - * @param use true to use 4 modifier shortcuts, false to use - * 3 modifier shortcuts - */ - static void useFourModifierKeys( bool use ); - - protected: - TQString m_sName, - m_sLabel, - m_sWhatsThis; - KShortcut m_cut; - KShortcut m_cutDefault3, m_cutDefault4; - const TQObject* m_pObjSlot; - const char* m_psMethodSlot; - bool m_bConfigurable, - m_bEnabled; - int m_nIDAccel; - uint m_nConnections; - - void incConnections(); - void decConnections(); - - private: - static int g_bUseFourModifierKeys; - class KAccelActionPrivate* d; - - friend class KAccelActions; - friend class KAccelBase; -}; - -//--------------------------------------------------------------------- -// KAccelActions -//--------------------------------------------------------------------- - -/** - * @internal - * This class represents a collection of KAccelAction objects. - * - * @short A collection of accelerator actions - * @see KAccelAction - */ -class KAccelActions -{ - public: - /** - * Creates a new, empty KAccelActions object. - */ - KAccelActions(); - - /** - * Copy constructor (deep copy). - */ - KAccelActions( const KAccelActions& ); - virtual ~KAccelActions(); - - /** - * Removes all items from this collection. - */ - void clear(); - - /** - * Initializes this object with the given actions. - * It will make a deep copy of all actions. - * @param actions the actions to copy - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - */ - bool init( const KAccelActions &actions ); - - /** - * Loads the actions from the given configuration file. - * - * @param config the configuration file to load from - * @param sGroup the group in the configuration file - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - */ - bool init( KConfigBase& config, const TQString& sGroup ); - - /** - * Updates the shortcuts of all actions in this object - * with the shortcuts from the given object. - * @param shortcuts the collection that contains the new - * shortcuts - */ - void updateShortcuts( KAccelActions &shortcuts ); - - /** - * Retrieves the index of the action with the given name. - * @param sAction the action to search - * @return the index of the action, or -1 if not found - */ - int actionIndex( const TQString& sAction ) const; - - /** - * Returns the action with the given @p index. - * @param index the index of an action. You must not - * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index - * @see count() - */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( uint index ); - - /** - * Returns the action with the given @p index. - * @param index the index of an action. You must not - * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index - * @see count() - */ - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( uint index ) const; - - /** - * Returns the action with the given name. - * @param aAction the name of the action to search - * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0 - * if not found - */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); - - /** - * Returns the action with the given name. - * @param aAction the name of the action to search - * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0 - * if not found - */ - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; - - /** - * Returns the action with the given key sequence. - * @param cut the sequence to search for - * @return the KAccelAction with the given sequence, or 0 - * if not found - */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( KKeySequence cut ); - - /** - * Returns the action with the given @p index. - * @param index the index of an action. You must not - * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index - * @see actionPtr() - * @see count() - */ - KAccelAction& operator []( uint index ); - - /** - * Returns the action with the given @p index. - * @param index the index of an action. You must not - * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index - * @see actionPtr() - * @see count() - */ - const KAccelAction& operator []( uint index ) const; - - /** - * Inserts an action into the collection. - * @param sName the name of the accelerator - * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) - * @param sWhatsThis the What's This text (18n!) - * @param cutDef3 the default shortcut for 3 modifier systems - * @param cutDef4 the default shortcut for 4 modifier systems - * @param pObjSlot the receiver of a signal when the key has been - * pressed - * @param psMethodSlot the slot to connect for key presses. Receives - * an int, as set by setID(), as only argument - * @param bConfigurable if true the user can configure the shortcut - * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled - * @return the new action - */ - KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, - const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, - const TQObject* pObjSlot = 0, const char* psMethodSlot = 0, - bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true ); - - /** - * Inserts an action into the collection. - * @param sName the name of the accelerator - * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) - * @return the new action - */ - KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel ); - - /** - * Removes the given action. - * @param sAction the name of the action. - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - */ - bool remove( const TQString& sAction ); - - /** - * Loads the actions from the given configuration file. - * - * @param sConfigGroup the group in the configuration file - * @param pConfig the configuration file to load from - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - */ - bool readActions( const TQString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ); - - /** - * Writes the actions to the given configuration file. - * - * @param sConfigGroup the group in the configuration file - * @param pConfig the configuration file to save to - * @param bWriteAll true to write all actions - * @param bGlobal true to write to the global configuration file - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - */ - bool writeActions( const TQString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0, - bool bWriteAll = false, bool bGlobal = false ) const; - - /** - * Emit a keycodeChanged signal. - */ - void emitKeycodeChanged(); - - /** - * Returns the number of actions in the collection. - * @return the number of actions - */ - uint count() const; - - protected: - KAccelBase* m_pKAccelBase; - KAccelAction** m_prgActions; - uint m_nSizeAllocated, m_nSize; - - void resize( uint ); - void insertPtr( KAccelAction* ); - - private: - class KAccelActionsPrivate* d; - - KAccelActions( KAccelBase* ); - void initPrivate( KAccelBase* ); - KAccelActions& operator =( KAccelActions& ); - - friend class KAccelBase; -}; - -#endif // _KACCELACTION_H diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde330/kaccelbase.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde330/kaccelbase.h deleted file mode 100644 index e2ec66e9..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde330/kaccelbase.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,230 +0,0 @@ -/* This file is part of the KDE libraries - Copyright (C) 2001 Ellis Whitehead <ellis@kde.org> - - This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - - This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. -*/ - -#ifndef _KACCELBASE_H -#define _KACCELBASE_H - -#include <tqmap.h> -#include <tqptrvector.h> -#include <tqstring.h> -#include <tqvaluevector.h> -#include <tqvaluelist.h> - -#include "kaccelaction.h" -#include "kkeyserver_x11.h" - -class TQPopupMenu; -class TQWidget; - -//---------------------------------------------------- - -/** - * @internal - * Handle keyboard accelerators. - * - * Allow an user to configure - * key bindings through application configuration files or through the - * KKeyChooser GUI. - * - * A KAccel contains a list of accelerator items. Each accelerator item - * consists of an action name and a keyboard code combined with modifiers - * (Shift, Ctrl and Alt.) - * - * For example, "Ctrl+P" could be a shortcut for printing a document. The key - * codes are listed in ckey.h. "Print" could be the action name for printing. - * The action name identifies the key binding in configuration files and the - * KKeyChooser GUI. - * - * When pressed, an accelerator key calls the slot to which it has been - * connected. Accelerator items can be connected so that a key will activate - * two different slots. - * - * A KAccel object handles key events sent to its parent widget and to all - * children of this parent widget. - * - * Key binding reconfiguration during run time can be prevented by specifying - * that an accelerator item is not configurable when it is inserted. A special - * group of non-configurable key bindings are known as the - * standard accelerators. - * - * The standard accelerators appear repeatedly in applications for - * standard document actions such as printing and saving. Convenience methods are - * available to insert and connect these accelerators which are configurable on - * a desktop-wide basis. - * - * It is possible for a user to choose to have no key associated with - * an action. - * - * The translated first argument for insertItem() is used only - * in the configuration dialog. - *\code - * KAccel *a = new KAccel( myWindow ); - * // Insert an action "Scroll Up" which is associated with the "Up" key: - * a->insertItem( i18n("Scroll Up"), "Scroll Up", "Up" ); - * // Insert an action "Scroll Down" which is not associated with any key: - * a->insertItem( i18n("Scroll Down"), "Scroll Down", 0); - * a->connectItem( "Scroll up", myWindow, TQT_SLOT( scrollUp() ) ); - * // a->insertStdItem( KStdAccel::Print ); //not necessary, since it - * // is done automatially with the - * // connect below! - * a->connectItem(KStdAccel::Print, myWindow, TQT_SLOT( printDoc() ) ); - * - * a->readSettings(); - *\endcode - * - * If a shortcut has a menu entry as well, you could insert them like - * this. The example is again the KStdAccel::Print from above. - * - * \code - * int id; - * id = popup->insertItem("&Print",this, TQT_SLOT(printDoc())); - * a->changeMenuAccel(popup, id, KStdAccel::Print ); - * \endcode - * - * If you want a somewhat "exotic" name for your standard print action, like - * id = popup->insertItem(i18n("Print &Document"),this, TQT_SLOT(printDoc())); - * it might be a good idea to insert the standard action before as - * a->insertStdItem( KStdAccel::Print, i18n("Print Document") ) - * as well, so that the user can easily find the corresponding function. - * - * This technique works for other actions as well. Your "scroll up" function - * in a menu could be done with - * - * \code - * id = popup->insertItem(i18n"Scroll &up",this, TQT_SLOT(scrollUp())); - * a->changeMenuAccel(popup, id, "Scroll Up" ); - * \endcode - * - * Please keep the order right: First insert all functions in the - * acceleratior, then call a -> readSettings() and @em then build your - * menu structure. - * - * @short Configurable key binding support. - * @version $Id: kaccelbase.h,v 1.26 2003/08/16 19:44:57 coolo Exp $ - */ - -class KAccelBase -{ - public: - enum Init { QT_KEYS = 0x00, NATIVE_KEYS = 0x01 }; - enum Signal { KEYCODE_CHANGED }; - - KAccelBase( int fInitCode ); - virtual ~KAccelBase(); - - uint actionCount() const; - KAccelActions& actions(); - bool isEnabled() const; - - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKey& key ); - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKeyServer::Key& key ); - - const TQString& configGroup() const { return m_sConfigGroup; } - void setConfigGroup( const TQString& group ); - void setConfigGlobal( bool global ); - virtual void setEnabled( bool bEnabled ) = 0; - bool getAutoUpdate() { return m_bAutoUpdate; } - // return value of AutoUpdate flag before this call. - bool setAutoUpdate( bool bAuto ); - -// Procedures for manipulating Actions. - //void clearActions(); - - KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sDesc ); - KAccelAction* insert( - const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sDesc, const TQString& sHelp, - const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, - const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, - bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true ); - bool remove( const TQString& sAction ); - bool setActionSlot( const TQString& sAction, const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot ); - - bool updateConnections(); - - bool setShortcut( const TQString& sAction, const KShortcut& cut ); - -// Modify individual Action sub-items - bool setActionEnabled( const TQString& sAction, bool bEnable ); - - /** - * Read all key associations from @p config, or (if @p config - * is zero) from the application's configuration file - * KGlobal::config(). - * - * The group in which the configuration is stored can be - * set with setConfigGroup(). - */ - void readSettings( KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ); - - /** - * Write the current configurable associations to @p config, - * or (if @p config is zero) to the application's - * configuration file. - */ - void writeSettings( KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ) const; - - TQPopupMenu* createPopupMenu( TQWidget* pParent, const KKeySequence& ); - - // Protected methods - protected: - void slotRemoveAction( KAccelAction* ); - - struct X; - void createKeyList( TQValueVector<struct X>& rgKeys ); - bool insertConnection( KAccelAction* ); - bool removeConnection( KAccelAction* ); - - virtual bool emitSignal( Signal ) = 0; - virtual bool connectKey( KAccelAction&, const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; - virtual bool connectKey( const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; - virtual bool disconnectKey( KAccelAction&, const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; - virtual bool disconnectKey( const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; - - protected: - struct ActionInfo - { - KAccelAction* pAction; - uint iSeq, iVariation; - //ActionInfo* pInfoNext; // nil if only one action uses this key. - - ActionInfo() { pAction = 0; iSeq = 0xffff; iVariation = 0xffff; } - ActionInfo( KAccelAction* _pAction, uint _iSeq, uint _iVariation ) - { pAction = _pAction; iSeq = _iSeq; iVariation = _iVariation; } - }; - typedef TQMap<KKeyServer::Key, ActionInfo> KKeyToActionMap; - - KAccelActions m_rgActions; - KKeyToActionMap m_mapKeyToAction; - TQValueList<KAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique; - bool m_bNativeKeys; // Use native key codes instead of Qt codes - bool m_bEnabled; - bool m_bConfigIsGlobal; - TQString m_sConfigGroup; - bool m_bAutoUpdate; - KAccelAction* mtemp_pActionRemoving; - - private: - KAccelBase& operator =( const KAccelBase& ); - - friend class KAccelActions; -}; - -#endif // _KACCELBASE_H diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde330/kicontheme.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde330/kicontheme.h deleted file mode 100644 index 82cd82bc..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde330/kicontheme.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,336 +0,0 @@ -/* vi: ts=8 sts=4 sw=4 - * - * $Id: kicontheme.h,v 1.30 2004/01/25 21:50:41 aseigo Exp $ - * - * This file is part of the KDE project, module kdecore. - * Copyright (C) 2000 Geert Jansen <jansen@kde.org> - * Antonio Larrosa <larrosa@kde.org> - * - * This is free software; it comes under the GNU Library General - * Public License, version 2. See the file "COPYING.LIB" for the - * exact licensing terms. - * - */ - -#ifndef __KIconTheme_h_Included__ -#define __KIconTheme_h_Included__ - -#include <tqstring.h> -#include <tqstringlist.h> -#include <tqptrlist.h> - -class KConfig; -//class KIconThemeDir; - -class KIconThemePrivate; - -class KIconPrivate; - -/** - * One icon as found by KIconTheme. Also serves as a namespace containing - * icon related constants. - * @see KIconEffect - * @see KIconTheme - * @see KIconLoader - */ -class KIcon -{ -public: - KIcon() { size = 0; } - - /** - * Return true if this icon is valid, false otherwise. - */ - bool isValid() const { return size != 0; } - - /** - * Defines the context of the icon. - */ - enum Context { - Any, ///< Some icon with unknown purpose. - Action, ///< An action icon (e.g. 'save', 'print'). - Application, ///< An icon that represents an application. - Device, ///< An icon that represents a device. - FileSystem, ///< An icon that represents a file system. - MimeType ///< An icon that represents a mime type (or file type). - }; - - /** - * The type of the icon. - */ - enum Type { - Fixed, ///< Fixed-size icon. - Scalable, ///< Scalable-size icon. - Threshold ///< A threshold icon. - }; - - /** - * The type of a match. - */ - enum MatchType { - MatchExact, ///< Only try to find an exact match. - MatchBest ///< Take the best match if there is no exact match. - - }; - - // if you add a group here, make sure to change the config reading in - // KIconLoader too - /** - * The group an an icon. - */ - enum Group { NoGroup=-1, Desktop=0, FirstGroup=0, Toolbar, - MainToolbar, Small, Panel, LastGroup, User }; - - /** - * These are the standard sizes for icons. - */ - enum StdSizes { - /// small icons for menu entries - SizeSmall=16, - /// slightly larger small icons for toolbars, panels, etc - SizeSmallMedium=22, - /// medium sized icons for the desktop - SizeMedium=32, - /// large sized icons for the panel - SizeLarge=48, - /// huge sized icons for iconviews - SizeHuge=64 - }; - - /** - * Defines the possible states of an icon. - */ - enum States { DefaultState, ///< The default state. - ActiveState, ///< Icon is active. - DisabledState, ///< Icon is disabled. - LastState ///< Last state (last constant) - }; - - /** - * This defines an overlay, a semi-transparent image that is - * projected onto the icon. They are used to show that the file - * represented by the icon is, for example, locked, zipped or hidden. - */ - enum Overlays { - LockOverlay=0x100, ///< a file is locked - ZipOverlay=0x200, ///< a file is zipped - LinkOverlay=0x400, ///< a fileis a link - HiddenOverlay=0x800, ///< a file is hidden - ShareOverlay=0x1000, ///< a file is shared - OverlayMask = ~0xff - }; - - /** - * The size in pixels of the icon. - */ - int size; - - /** - * The context of the icon. - */ - Context context; - - /** - * The type of the icon: Fixed, Scalable or Threshold. - **/ - Type type; - - /** - * The threshold in case type == Threshold - */ - int threshold; - - /** - * The full path of the icon. - */ - TQString path; - -private: - KIconPrivate *d; -}; - -inline KIcon::Group& operator++(KIcon::Group& group) { group = static_cast<KIcon::Group>(group+1); return group; } -inline KIcon::Group operator++(KIcon::Group& group,int) { KIcon::Group ret = group; ++group; return ret; } - -/** - * Class to use/access icon themes in KDE. This class is used by the - * iconloader but can be used by others too. - * @see KIconLoader - */ -class KIconTheme -{ -public: - /** - * Load an icon theme by name. - * @param name the name of the theme (e.g. "hicolor" or "keramik") - * @param appName the name of the application. Can be null. This argument - * allows applications to have themed application icons. - */ - KIconTheme(const TQString& name, const TQString& appName=TQString::null); - ~KIconTheme(); - - /** - * The stylized name of the icon theme. - * @return the (human-readable) name of the theme - */ - TQString name() const { return mName; } - - /** - * A description for the icon theme. - * @return a human-readable description of the theme, TQString::null - * if there is none - */ - TQString description() const { return mDesc; } - - /** - * Return the name of the "example" icon. This can be used to - * present the theme to the user. - * @return the name of the example icon, TQString::null if there is none - */ - TQString example() const; - - /** - * Return the name of the screenshot. - * @return the name of the screenshot, TQString::null if there is none - */ - TQString screenshot() const; - - /** - * Returns the name of this theme's link overlay. - * @return the name of the link overlay - */ - TQString linkOverlay() const; - - /** - * Returns the name of this theme's zip overlay. - * @return the name of the zip overlay - */ - TQString zipOverlay() const; - - /** - * Returns the name of this theme's lock overlay. - * @return the name of the lock overlay - */ - TQString lockOverlay() const; - - /** - * Returns the name of this theme's share overlay. - * @return the name of the share overlay - * @since 3.1 - */ - TQString shareOverlay () const; - - /** - * Returns the toplevel theme directory. - * @return the directory of the theme - */ - TQString dir() const { return mDir; } - - /** - * The themes this icon theme falls back on. - * @return a list of icon themes that are used as fall-backs - */ - TQStringList inherits() const { return mInherits; } - - /** - * The icon theme exists? - * @return true if the icon theme is valid - */ - bool isValid() const; - - /** - * The icon theme should be hidden to the user? - * @return true if the icon theme is hidden - * @since 3.1 - */ - bool isHidden() const; - - /** - * The minimum display depth required for this theme. This can either - * be 8 or 32. - * @return the minimum bpp (8 or 32) - */ - int depth() const { return mDepth; } - - /** - * The default size of this theme for a certain icon group. - * @param group The icon group. See KIcon::Group. - * @return The default size in pixels for the given icon group. - */ - int defaultSize(KIcon::Group group) const; - - /** - * Query available sizes for a group. - * @param group The icon group. See KIcon::Group. - * @return a list of available sized for the given group - */ - TQValueList<int> querySizes(KIcon::Group group) const; - - /** - * Query available icons for a size and context. - * @param size the size of the icons - * @param context the context of the icons - * @return the list of icon names - */ - TQStringList queryIcons(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const; - - /** - * Query available icons for a context and preferred size. - * @param size the size of the icons - * @param context the context of the icons - * @return the list of icon names - */ - TQStringList queryIconsByContext(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const; - - - /** - * Lookup an icon in the theme. - * @param name The name of the icon, without extension. - * @param size The desired size of the icon. - * @param match The matching mode. KIcon::MatchExact returns an icon - * only if matches exactly. KIcon::MatchBest returns the best matching - * icon. - * @return A KIcon class that describes the icon. If an icon is found, - * @see KIcon::isValid will return true, and false otherwise. - */ - KIcon iconPath(const TQString& name, int size, KIcon::MatchType match) const; - - /** - * List all icon themes installed on the system, global and local. - * @return the list of all icon themes - */ - static TQStringList list(); - - /** - * Returns the current icon theme. - * @return the name of the current theme - */ - static TQString current(); - - /** - * Reconfigure the theme. - */ - static void reconfigure(); - - /** - * Returns the default icon theme. - * @return the name of the default theme name - * @since 3.1 - */ - static TQString defaultThemeName(); - -private: - int mDefSize[8]; - TQValueList<int> mSizes[8]; - - int mDepth; - TQString mDir, mName, mDesc; - TQStringList mInherits; -// TQPtrList<KIconThemeDir> mDirs; - KIconThemePrivate *d; - - static TQString *_theme; - static TQStringList *_theme_list; -}; - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde330/kkeyserver_x11.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde330/kkeyserver_x11.h deleted file mode 100644 index 1271f506..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde330/kkeyserver_x11.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,433 +0,0 @@ -#ifndef _KKEYSERVER_X11_H -#define _KKEYSERVER_X11_H - -#include "kshortcut.h" -#include "kkeynative.h" - -/** - * A collection of functions for the conversion of key presses and - * their modifiers from the window system (X11) specific format - * to the generic format and vice-versa. - */ -namespace KKeyServer -{ - /** - * Supplement enum KKey::ModFlag - * @since 3.1 - */ - enum ExtraModFlag { MODE_SWITCH = 0x2000 }; - - /** - * Represents a key symbol. - * @see KKey - * @see KKeyServer - */ - struct Sym - { - public: - /// the actual value of the symbol - uint m_sym; - - /// Creates a null symbol. - Sym() - { m_sym = 0; } - /** - * Creates asymbol with the given value. - * @param sym the value - */ - Sym( uint sym ) - { m_sym = sym; } - /** - * Creates a symbol from the given string description. - * @param s the description of the symbol - * @see toString() - */ - Sym( const TQString& s ) - { init( s ); } - - /** - * Initializes the symbol with the given Qt key code. - * @param keyQt the qt key code - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key - */ - bool initQt( int keyQt ); - - /** - * Initializes the key with the given string description. - * @param s the string description - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see toString() - */ - bool init( const TQString &s ); - - /** - * Returns the qt key code of the symbol. - * @return the qt key code - */ - int qt() const; - - /** - * @internal - */ - TQString toStringInternal() const; - - /** - * Returns the string representation of the symbol. - * @return the string representation of the symbol - */ - TQString toString() const; - - /** - * Returns the mods that are required for this symbol as - * ORed KKey::ModFlag's. For example, Break requires a - * Ctrl to be valid. - * @return the required KKey::ModFlag's - * @see KKey::ModFlag - */ - uint getModsRequired() const; - - /** - * TODO: please find out what this method does and document it - */ - uint getSymVariation() const; - - /** - * Casts the symbol to its integer representation. - */ - operator uint() const { return m_sym; } - - /** - * Overloaded operator to convert ints to Sym. - */ - Sym& operator =( uint sym ) { m_sym = sym; return *this; } - - private: - TQString toString( bool bUserSpace ) const; - - static void capitalizeKeyname( TQString& ); - }; - - /** - * Represents a key press. - * @see KKey - */ - struct Key - { - /// Code for native Keys in Qt - enum { CODE_FOR_QT = 256 }; - - /// The code of the key - uint m_code; - - /// The modifiers of the key - uint m_mod; - - /// The symbol of the key - uint m_sym; - - /** - * Initializes the key with a KKey. - * @param key the key to get the data from - * @param bQt true to take the Qt keycode, false - * for the native key code - * @see Qt::Key - * @see KKeyNative - */ - bool init( const KKey& key, bool bQt ); - - /** - * Checks whether the key code is a native code. - * @return true if native code of the window system, - * false if it is a Qt keycode - * @see Qt::Key - * @see KKeyNative - */ - bool isNative() const { return m_code != CODE_FOR_QT; } - - /** - * Returns the code of the key. - * @return the code of the key - */ - uint code() const { return m_code; } - - /** - * Returns the modifiers of the key. - * @return the modifiers of the key - */ - uint mod() const { return m_mod; } - - /** - * Returns the symbol of the key. - * @return the symbol of the key - */ - uint sym() const { return m_sym; } - - /** - * Returns the qt key code. - * @return the qt key code - */ - int keyCodeQt() const { return (int) m_sym; } - - /** - * Sets the qt key code. - * @param keyQt the qt key code - */ - void setKeycodeQt( int keyQt ) - { m_code = CODE_FOR_QT; m_sym = keyQt; } - - /** - * Initializes this key with a KKeyNative. - * @return this key - */ - Key& operator =( const KKeyNative& key ); - - /** - * Compares this key with the given Key object. Returns a - * negative number if the given Key is larger, 0 if they - * are equal and a positive number this Key is larger. The - * returned value is the difference between the symbol, modifier - * or code, whatever is non-zero first. - * - * @param key the key to compare with this key - * @return a negative number if the given Key is larger, 0 if - * they are equal and a positive number this Key is larger - */ - int compare( const Key& key ) const; - - /** - * Compares the symbol, modifiers and code of both keys. - * @see compare() - */ - bool operator ==( const Key& b ) const - { return compare( b ) == 0; } - - /** - * Compares the symbol, modifiers and code of both keys. - * @see compare() - */ - bool operator <( const Key& b ) const - { return compare( b ) < 0; } - - /** - * Converts this Key to a KKey. - * @return the KKey - */ - KKey key() const; - }; - - /** - * TODO: please document this class - */ - struct Variations - { - enum { MAX_VARIATIONS = 4 }; - - Key m_rgkey[MAX_VARIATIONS]; - uint m_nVariations; - - Variations() { m_nVariations = 0; } - - void init( const KKey&, bool bQt ); - - uint count() const { return m_nVariations; } - const Key& key( uint i ) const { return m_rgkey[i]; } - }; - - /// TODO: please document - bool initializeMods(); - - /** - * Returns the equivalent X modifier mask of the given modifier flag. - * @param modFlag the generic flags to check - * @return the window system specific flags - */ - uint modX( KKey::ModFlag modFlag ); - - /** - * Returns true if the current keyboard layout supports the Win key. - * Specifically, whether the Super or Meta keys are assigned to an X modifier. - * @return true if the keyboard has a Win key - * @see modXWin() - */ - bool keyboardHasWinKey(); - - /** - * Returns the X11 Shift modifier mask/flag. - * @return the X11 Shift modifier mask/flag. - * @see accelModMaskX() - */ - uint modXShift(); - - /** - * Returns the X11 Lock modifier mask/flag. - * @return the X11 Lock modifier mask/flag. - * @see accelModMaskX() - */ - uint modXLock(); - - /** - * Returns the X11 Ctrl modifier mask/flag. - * @return the X11 Ctrl modifier mask/flag. - * @see accelModMaskX() - */ - uint modXCtrl(); - - /** - * Returns the X11 Alt (Mod1) modifier mask/flag. - * @return the X11 Alt (Mod1) modifier mask/flag. - * @see accelModMaskX() - */ - uint modXAlt(); - - /** - * Returns the X11 NumLock modifier mask/flag. - * @return the X11 NumLock modifier mask/flag. - * @see accelModMaskX() - */ - uint modXNumLock(); - - /** - * Returns the X11 Win (Mod3) modifier mask/flag. - * @return the X11 Win (Mod3) modifier mask/flag. - * @see keyboardHasWinKey() - * @see accelModMaskX() - */ - uint modXWin(); - - /** - * Returns the X11 ScrollLock modifier mask/flag. - * @return the X11 ScrollLock modifier mask/flag. - * @see accelModMaskX() - */ - uint modXScrollLock(); - - /** - * Returns bitwise OR'ed mask containing Shift, Ctrl, Alt, and - * Win (if available). - * @see modXShift() - * @see modXLock() - * @see modXCtrl() - * @see modXAlt() - * @see modXNumLock() - * @see modXWin() - * @see modXScrollLock() - */ - uint accelModMaskX(); - - /** - * Extracts the symbol from the given Qt key and - * converts it to a symbol. - * @param keyQt the qt key code - * @param sym if successful, the symbol will be written here - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key - * @see Sym - */ - bool keyQtToSym( int keyQt, uint& sym ); - - /** - * Extracts the modifiers from the given Qt key and - * converts them in a mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers. - * @param keyQt the qt key code - * @param mod if successful, the modifiers will be written here - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key - */ - bool keyQtToMod( int keyQt, uint& mod ); - - /** - * Converts the given symbol to a Qt key code. - * @param sym the symbol - * @param keyQt if successful, the qt key code will be written here - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key - * @see Sym - */ - bool symToKeyQt( uint sym, int& keyQt ); - - /** - * Converts the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers to - * a mask of ORed Qt key code modifiers. - * @param mod the mask of KKey::ModFlag modifiers - * @param modQt the mask of Qt key code modifiers will be written here, - * if successful - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key - * @see KKey - */ - bool modToModQt( uint mod, int& modQt ); - - /** - * Converts the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers to - * a mask of ORed X11 modifiers. - * @param mod the mask of KKey::ModFlag modifiers - * @param modX the mask of X11 modifiers will be written here, - * if successful - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see KKey - */ - bool modToModX( uint mod, uint& modX ); - - /** - * Converts the mask of ORed X11 modifiers to - * a mask of ORed Qt key code modifiers. - * @param modX the mask of X11 modifiers - * @param modQt the mask of Qt key code modifiers will be written here - * if successful - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key - */ - bool modXToModQt( uint modX, int& modQt ); - - /** - * Converts the mask of ORed X11 modifiers to - * a mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers. - * @param modX the mask of X11 modifiers - * @param mod the mask of KKey::ModFlag modifiers will be written here, - * if successful - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see KKey - */ - bool modXToMod( uint modX, uint& mod ); - - /** - * Converts a X11 key code and a mask of ORed X11 modifiers - * into a X11 symbol. - * converts it to a symbol. - * @param codeX the X11 key code - * @param modX the mask of ORed X11 modifiers - * @param symX if successful, the X11 symbol will be written here - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key - * @see Sym - */ - bool codeXToSym( uchar codeX, uint modX, uint& symX ); - - /** - * @internal - */ - TQString modToStringInternal( uint mod ); - - /** - * Converts the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers to a - * user-readable string. - * @param mod the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers - * @return the user-readable string - */ - TQString modToStringUser( uint mod ); - - /** - * @internal - * Unimplemented? - */ - bool stringToSymMod( const TQString&, uint& sym, uint& mod ); - - /** - * @internal - * Unimplemented? - */ - void keyQtToKeyX( uint keyCombQt, unsigned char *pKeyCodeX, uint *pKeySymX, uint *pKeyModX ); -} - -#endif // !_KKEYSERVER_X11_H diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde330/konsole_part.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde330/konsole_part.h deleted file mode 100644 index e264732c..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde330/konsole_part.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,229 +0,0 @@ -/* - This file is part of the KDE system - Copyright (C) 1999,2000 Boloni Laszlo - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. - */ - -#ifndef __KONSOLE_PART_H__ -#define __KONSOLE_PART_H__ - -#include <kparts/browserextension.h> -#include <kparts/factory.h> - - -#include <kdialogbase.h> - -#include <kde_terminal_interface.h> - -//#include "schema.h" -//#include "session.h" - -class KInstance; -class konsoleBrowserExtension; -class TQPushButton; -class TQSpinBox; -class KPopupMenu; -class TQCheckBox; -class KRootPixmap; -class KToggleAction; -class KSelectAction; - -namespace KParts { class GUIActivateEvent; } - -class konsoleFactory : public KParts::Factory -{ - Q_OBJECT -public: - konsoleFactory(); - virtual ~konsoleFactory(); - - virtual KParts::Part* createPartObject(TQWidget *parentWidget = 0, const char *widgetName = 0, - TQObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0, - const char* classname = "KParts::Part", - const TQStringList &args = TQStringList()); - - static KInstance *instance(); - - private: - static KInstance *s_instance; - static KAboutData *s_aboutData; -}; - -////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -class konsolePart: public KParts::ReadOnlyPart, public TerminalInterface -{ - Q_OBJECT - public: - konsolePart(TQWidget *parentWidget, const char *widgetName, TQObject * parent, const char *name, const char *classname = 0); - virtual ~konsolePart(); - -signals: - void processExited(); - void receivedData( const TQString& s ); - protected: - virtual bool openURL( const KURL & url ); - virtual bool openFile() {return false;} // never used - virtual bool closeURL() {return true;} - virtual void guiActivateEvent( KParts::GUIActivateEvent * event ); - - protected slots: - void showShell(); - void slotProcessExited(); - void slotReceivedData( const TQString& s ); - -// void doneSession(TESession*); - void sessionDestroyed(); -// void configureRequest(TEWidget*,int,int x,int y); - void updateTitle(); - void enableMasterModeConnections(); - - private slots: - void emitOpenURLRequest(const TQString &url); - - void readProperties(); - void saveProperties(); - - void sendSignal(int n); - void closeCurrentSession(); - - void notifySize(int,int); - - void slotToggleFrame(); - void slotSelectScrollbar(); - void slotSelectFont(); - void schema_menu_check(); - void keytab_menu_activated(int item); - void updateSchemaMenu(); - void setSchema(int n); - void pixmap_menu_activated(int item); - void schema_menu_activated(int item); - void slotHistoryType(); - void slotSelectBell(); - void slotSelectLineSpacing(); - void slotBlinkingCursor(); - void slotWordSeps(); - void fontNotFound(); - void slotSetEncoding(); - void slotFontChanged(); - - private: - konsoleBrowserExtension *m_extension; - KURL currentURL; - - void makeGUI(); - void applySettingsToGUI(); - - void setFont(int fontno); -// void setSchema(ColorSchema* s); - void updateKeytabMenu(); - - bool doOpenStream( const TQString& ); - bool doWriteStream( const TQByteArray& ); - bool doCloseStream(); - - TQWidget* parentWidget; -// TEWidget* te; -// TESession* se; -// ColorSchemaList* colors; - KRootPixmap* rootxpm; - - KToggleAction* blinkingCursor; - KToggleAction* showFrame; - - KSelectAction* selectBell; - KSelectAction* selectFont; - KSelectAction* selectLineSpacing; - KSelectAction* selectScrollbar; - KSelectAction* selectSetEncoding; - - KPopupMenu* m_keytab; - KPopupMenu* m_schema; - KPopupMenu* m_signals; - KPopupMenu* m_options; - KPopupMenu* m_popupMenu; - - TQFont defaultFont; - - TQString pmPath; // pixmap path - TQString s_schema; - TQString s_kconfigSchema; - TQString s_word_seps; // characters that are considered part of a word - TQString fontNotFound_par; - - bool b_framevis:1; - bool b_histEnabled:1; - - int curr_schema; // current schema no - int n_bell; - int n_font; - int n_keytab; - int n_render; - int n_scroll; - unsigned m_histSize; - bool m_runningShell; - bool m_streamEnabled; - int n_encoding; - -public: - // these are the implementations for the TermEmuInterface - // functions... - void startProgram( const TQString& program, - const TQStrList& args ); - void showShellInDir( const TQString& dir ); - void sendInput( const TQString& text ); -}; - -////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -/*class HistoryTypeDialog : public KDialogBase -{ - Q_OBJECT -public: - HistoryTypeDialog(const HistoryType& histType, - unsigned int histSize, - TQWidget *parent); - -public slots: - void slotDefault(); - void slotSetUnlimited(); - void slotHistEnable(bool); - - unsigned int nbLines() const; - bool isOn() const; - -protected: - TQCheckBox* m_btnEnable; - TQSpinBox* m_size; - TQPushButton* m_setUnlimited; -}; - -////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -*/ - -class konsoleBrowserExtension : public KParts::BrowserExtension -{ - Q_OBJECT - friend class konsolePart; - public: - konsoleBrowserExtension(konsolePart *parent); - virtual ~konsoleBrowserExtension(); - - void emitOpenURLRequest(const KURL &url); -}; - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde330/kpanelmenu.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde330/kpanelmenu.h deleted file mode 100644 index 4186156b..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde330/kpanelmenu.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,181 +0,0 @@ -/***************************************************************** - -Copyright (c) 1996-2000 the kicker authors. See file AUTHORS. - (c) 2001 Michael Goffioul <kdeprint@swing.be> - -Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy -of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal -in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights -to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell -copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is -furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: - -The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in -all copies or substantial portions of the Software. - -THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR -IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, -FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE -AUTHORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN -AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN -CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. - -******************************************************************/ - -#ifndef __KPANELMENU_H__ -#define __KPANELMENU_H__ - -#include <tqstring.h> -#include <kpopupmenu.h> -#include <kgenericfactory.h> - -class KPanelMenuPrivate; - -/** - * This class allows to build menu entries that will be dynamically added either to - * the K-menu, or to the panel as a normal button. These dynamic menus are located - * in shared libraries that will be loaded at runtime by Kicker (the KDE panel). - * - * To build such a menu, you have to inherit this class and implement the pure virtual - * functions #initialize() and slotExec(). You also have to provide a factory - * object in your library, see KLibFactory. This factory is only used to construct - * the menu object. - * - * Finally, you also have to provide a desktop file describing your dynamic menu. The - * relevant entries are: Name, Comment, Icon and X-KDE-Library (which contains the - * library name without any extension). This desktop file has to be installed in - * $KDEDIR/share/apps/kicker/menuext/. - * - * @short Base class to build dynamically loaded menu entries for the K-menu, or the panel. - * @author The kicker maintainer, Michael Goffioul <kdeprint@swing.be> - */ -class KPanelMenu : public KPopupMenu -{ - Q_OBJECT - -public: - /** - * Construct a KPanelMenu object. This is the normal constructor to use when - * building extrernal menu entries. - */ - KPanelMenu(TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0); - /** - * Constructor used internally by Kicker. You don't really want to use it. - * @param startDir a directory to associate with this menu - * @param parent parent object - * @param name name of the object - * @see path(), setPath() - */ - KPanelMenu(const TQString &startDir, TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0); - /** - * Destructor. - */ - virtual ~KPanelMenu(); - - /** - * Get the directory path associated with this menu, or TQString::null if - * there's no such associated path. - * @return the associated directory path - * @see setPath() - */ - const TQString& path() const; - /** - * Set a directory path to be associated with this menu. - * @param p the directory path - * @see path() - */ - void setPath(const TQString &p); - /** - * Tell if the menu has been initialized, that is it already contains items. - * This is useful when you need to know if you have to clear the menu, or to - * fill it. - * @return the initial state - * @see setInitialized(), initialize() - */ - bool initialized() const; - /** - * Set the initial state. Set it to true when you menu is filled with the items - * you want. - * @param on the initial state - * @see initialized(), initialize() - */ - void setInitialized(bool on); - - /** - * Disable the automatic clearing of the menu. Kicker uses a cache system for - * its menus. After a specific configurable delay, the menu will be cleared. - * Use this function if you want to disable kicker's cache system, and avoid - * the clearing of your menu. - */ - void disableAutoClear(); - -public slots: - /** - * Reinitialize the menu: the menu is first cleared, the initial state is set - * to false, and finally #initialize() is called. Use this if you want to - * refill your menu immediately. - */ - void reinitialize(); - /** - * Deinitialize the menu: the menu is cleared and the initialized state is set to - * false. #initialize() is NOT called. It will be called before the menu is - * next shown, however. Use this slot if you want a delayed reinitialization. - * @since 3.1 - */ - void deinitialize(); - -protected slots: - /** - * This slot is called just before the menu is shown. This allows your menu - * to update itself if needed. However you should instead re-implement - * #initialize to provide this feature. This function is responsible for - * the cache system handling, so if you re-implement it, you should call - * the base function also. Calls #initialize(). - * @see disableAutoClear() - */ - virtual void slotAboutToShow(); - /** - * This is slot is called when an item from the menu has been selected. Your - * applet is then supposed to perform some action. You must re-implement this - * function. - * @param id the ID associated with the selected item - */ - virtual void slotExec(int id) = 0; - /** - * This slots is called to initialize the menu. It is called automatically by - * slotAboutToShow(). By re-implementing this functions, you can reconstruct - * the menu before it is being shown. At the end of this function, you should - * call setInitialize() with true to tell the system that the menu is OK. - * You applet must re-implement this function. - * @see slotAboutToShow(), initialized(), setInitialized() - */ - virtual void initialize() = 0; - /** - * Clears the menu, and update the initial state accordingly. - * @see initialized() - */ - void slotClear(); - -protected: - /** - * Re-implemented for internal reasons. - */ - virtual void hideEvent(TQHideEvent *ev); - /** - * For internal use only. Used by constructors. - */ - void init(const TQString& path = TQString::null); - -protected: - virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data ); -private: - void internalInitialize(); - KPanelMenuPrivate *d; -}; - -#define K_EXPORT_KICKER_MENUEXT( libname, classname ) \ - K_EXPORT_COMPONENT_FACTORY( \ - kickermenu_##libname, \ - KGenericFactory<classname>("libkickermenu_" #libname) ) - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde330/krecentdirs.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde330/krecentdirs.h deleted file mode 100644 index 61a50706..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde330/krecentdirs.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,68 +0,0 @@ -/* -*- c++ -*- - * Copyright (C)2000 Waldo Bastian <bastian@kde.org> - * - * All rights reserved. - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without - * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions - * are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the - * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND - * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE - * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE - * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE - * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL - * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS - * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) - * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT - * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY - * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF - * SUCH DAMAGE. - * - */ -#ifndef __KRECENTDIRS_H -#define __KRECENTDIRS_H - -#include <tqstringlist.h> - -/** - * The goal of this class is to make sure that, when the user needs to - * specify a file via the file selection dialog, this dialog will start - * in the directory most likely to contain the desired files. - * - * This works as follows: Each time the file selection dialog is - * shown, the programmer can specify a "file-class". The file-dialog will - * then start with the directory associated with this file-class. When - * the dialog closes, the directory currently shown in the file-dialog - * will be associated with the file-class. - * - * A file-class can either start with ':' or with '::'. If it starts with - * a single ':' the file-class is specific to the current application. - * If the file-class starts with '::' it is global to all applications. - */ -class KRecentDirs -{ -public: - /** - * Returns a list of directories associated with this file-class. - * The most recently used directory is at the front of the list. - */ - static TQStringList list(const TQString &fileClass); - - /** - * Returns the most recently used directory accociated with this file-class. - */ - static TQString dir(const TQString &fileClass); - - /** - * Associates @p directory with @p fileClass - */ - static void add(const TQString &fileClass, const TQString &directory); -}; - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde330/ksharedptr.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde330/ksharedptr.h deleted file mode 100644 index da710a32..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde330/ksharedptr.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,175 +0,0 @@ -/* This file is part of the KDE libraries - Copyright (c) 1999 Waldo Bastian <bastian@kde.org> - - This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation. - - This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. -*/ -#ifndef KSharedPTR_H -#define KSharedPTR_H - -/** - * Reference counting for shared objects. If you derive your object - * from this class, then you may use it in conjunction with - * KSharedPtr to control the lifetime of your object. - * - * Specifically, all classes that derive from KShared have an internal - * counter keeping track of how many other objects have a reference to - * their object. If used with KSharedPtr, then your object will - * not be deleted until all references to the object have been - * released. - * - * You should probably not ever use any of the methods in this class - * directly -- let the KSharedPtr take care of that. Just derive - * your class from KShared and forget about it. - * - * @author Waldo Bastian <bastian@kde.org> - * @version $Id: ksharedptr.h,v 1.23 2004/02/04 12:16:03 raabe Exp $ - */ -class KShared { -public: - /** - * Standard constructor. This will initialize the reference count - * on this object to 0. - */ - KShared() : count(0) { } - - /** - * Copy constructor. This will @em not actually copy the objects - * but it will initialize the reference count on this object to 0. - */ - KShared( const KShared & ) : count(0) { } - - /** - * Overloaded assignment operator. - */ - KShared &operator=(const KShared & ) { return *this; } - - /** - * Increases the reference count by one. - */ - void _KShared_ref() const { count++; } - - /** - * Releases a reference (decreases the reference count by one). If - * the count goes to 0, this object will delete itself. - */ - void _KShared_unref() const { if (!--count) delete this; } - - /** - * Return the current number of references held. - * - * @return Number of references - */ - int _KShared_count() const { return count; } - -protected: - virtual ~KShared() { } -private: - mutable int count; -}; - -/** - * Can be used to control the lifetime of an object that has derived - * KShared. As long a someone holds a KSharedPtr on some KShared - * object it won't become deleted but is deleted once its reference - * count is 0. This struct emulates C++ pointers virtually perfectly. - * So just use it like a simple C++ pointer. - * - * KShared and KSharedPtr are preferred over QShared / QSharedPtr - * since they are more safe. - * - * WARNING: Please note that this class template provides an implicit - * conversion to T*. Do *not* change this pointer or the pointee (don't - * call delete on it, for instance) behind KSharedPtr's back. - * - * @author Waldo Bastian <bastian@kde.org> - * @version $Id: ksharedptr.h,v 1.23 2004/02/04 12:16:03 raabe Exp $ - */ -template< class T > -struct KSharedPtr -{ -public: -/** - * Creates a null pointer. - */ - KSharedPtr() - : ptr(0) { } - /** - * Creates a new pointer. - * @param t the pointer - */ - KSharedPtr( T* t ) - : ptr(t) { if ( ptr ) ptr->_KShared_ref(); } - - /** - * Copies a pointer. - * @param p the pointer to copy - */ - KSharedPtr( const KSharedPtr& p ) - : ptr(p.ptr) { if ( ptr ) ptr->_KShared_ref(); } - - /** - * Unreferences the object that this pointer points to. If it was - * the last reference, the object will be deleted. - */ - ~KSharedPtr() { if ( ptr ) ptr->_KShared_unref(); } - - KSharedPtr<T>& operator= ( const KSharedPtr<T>& p ) { - if ( ptr == p.ptr ) return *this; - if ( ptr ) ptr->_KShared_unref(); - ptr = p.ptr; - if ( ptr ) ptr->_KShared_ref(); - return *this; - } - KSharedPtr<T>& operator= ( T* p ) { - if ( ptr == p ) return *this; - if ( ptr ) ptr->_KShared_unref(); - ptr = p; - if ( ptr ) ptr->_KShared_ref(); - return *this; - } - bool operator== ( const KSharedPtr<T>& p ) const { return ( ptr == p.ptr ); } - bool operator!= ( const KSharedPtr<T>& p ) const { return ( ptr != p.ptr ); } - bool operator== ( const T* p ) const { return ( ptr == p ); } - bool operator!= ( const T* p ) const { return ( ptr != p ); } - bool operator!() const { return ( ptr == 0 ); } - operator T*() const { return ptr; } - - /** - * Returns the pointer. - * @return the pointer - */ - T* data() { return ptr; } - - /** - * Returns the pointer. - * @return the pointer - */ - const T* data() const { return ptr; } - - const T& operator*() const { return *ptr; } - T& operator*() { return *ptr; } - const T* operator->() const { return ptr; } - T* operator->() { return ptr; } - - /** - * Returns the number of references. - * @return the number of references - */ - int count() const { return ptr->_KShared_count(); } // for debugging purposes -private: - T* ptr; -}; - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde330/ksycocafactory.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde330/ksycocafactory.h deleted file mode 100644 index 2a114ee0..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde330/ksycocafactory.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,143 +0,0 @@ -/* This file is part of the KDE libraries - * Copyright (C) 1999 Waldo Bastian <bastian@kde.org> - * - * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - * License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation; - * - * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Library General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - * along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. - **/ - -#ifndef __ksycocafactory_h__ -#define __ksycocafactory_h__ "$Id: ksycocafactory.h,v 1.14 2003/10/29 17:59:18 waba Exp $" - -#include "ksycocatype.h" -#include "ksycocaentry.h" - -#include <tqdict.h> -#include <tqptrlist.h> -class KSycoca; -class TQStringList; -class TQString; -class KSycocaDict; -class KSycocaResourceList; - -typedef TQDict<KSycocaEntry::Ptr> KSycocaEntryDict; - -/** - * @internal - * Base class for sycoca factories - */ -class KSycocaFactory -{ -public: - virtual KSycocaFactoryId factoryId() const = 0; - -protected: // virtual class - /** - * Create a factory which can be used to lookup from/create a database - * (depending on KSycoca::isBuilding()) - */ - KSycocaFactory( KSycocaFactoryId factory_id ); - -public: - virtual ~KSycocaFactory(); - - /** - * @return the position of the factory in the sycoca file - */ - int offset() { return mOffset; } - - /** - * @return the dict, for special use by KBuildSycoca - */ - KSycocaEntryDict * entryDict() { return m_entryDict; } - - /** - * Construct an entry from a config file. - * To be implemented in the real factories. - */ - virtual KSycocaEntry *createEntry(const TQString &file, const char *resource) = 0; - - /** - * Add an entry - */ - virtual void addEntry(KSycocaEntry *newEntry, const char *resource); - - /** - * Remove an entry - * Not very fast, use with care. O(N) - */ - void removeEntry(KSycocaEntry *newEntry); - - /** - * Read an entry from the database - */ - virtual KSycocaEntry *createEntry(int offset)=0; - - /** - * Get a list of all entries from the database. - */ - KSycocaEntry::List allEntries(); - - /** - * Saves all entries it maintains as well as index files - * for these entries to the stream 'str'. - * - * Also sets mOffset to the starting position. - * - * The stream is positioned at the end of the last index. - * - * Don't forget to call the parent first when you override - * this function. - */ - virtual void save(TQDataStream &str); - - /** - * Writes out a header to the stream 'str'. - * The baseclass positions the stream correctly. - * - * Don't forget to call the parent first when you override - * this function. - */ - virtual void saveHeader(TQDataStream &str); - - /** - * @return the resources for which this factory is responsible. - */ - virtual const KSycocaResourceList * resourceList() const { return m_resourceList; } - -private: - int mOffset; - -protected: - int m_sycocaDictOffset; - int m_beginEntryOffset; - int m_endEntryOffset; - TQDataStream *m_str; - - KSycocaResourceList *m_resourceList; - KSycocaEntryDict *m_entryDict; - KSycocaDict *m_sycocaDict; -protected: - virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data ); -}; - -/** This, instead of a typedef, allows to declare "class ..." in header files - * @internal - */ -class KSycocaFactoryList : public TQPtrList<KSycocaFactory> -{ -public: - KSycocaFactoryList() { } -}; - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde330/ktoolbarbutton.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde330/ktoolbarbutton.h deleted file mode 100644 index f6b899fb..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde330/ktoolbarbutton.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,315 +0,0 @@ -/* This file is part of the KDE libraries - Copyright (C) 1997, 1998 Stephan Kulow (coolo@kde.org) - (C) 1997, 1998 Sven Radej (radej@kde.org) - (C) 1997, 1998 Mark Donohoe (donohoe@kde.org) - (C) 1997, 1998 Matthias Ettrich (ettrich@kde.org) - (C) 2000 Kurt Granroth (granroth@kde.org) - - This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation. - - This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. -*/ - -#ifndef _KTOOLBARBUTTON_H -#define _KTOOLBARBUTTON_H - -#include <tqpixmap.h> -#include <tqtoolbutton.h> -#include <tqintdict.h> -#include <tqstring.h> -#include <kglobal.h> - -class KToolBar; -class KToolBarButtonPrivate; -class KInstance; -class TQEvent; -class TQPopupMenu; -class TQPainter; - -/** - * A toolbar button. This is used internally by KToolBar, use the - * KToolBar methods instead. - * @internal - */ -class KToolBarButton : public QToolButton -{ - Q_OBJECT - -public: - /** - * Construct a button with an icon loaded by the button itself. - * This will trust the button to load the correct icon with the - * correct size. - * - * @param icon Name of icon to load (may be absolute or relative) - * @param id Id of this button - * @param parent This button's parent - * @param name This button's internal name - * @param txt This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise) - * @param _instance the instance to use for this button - */ - KToolBarButton(const TQString& icon, int id, TQWidget *parent, - const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null, - KInstance *_instance = KGlobal::instance()); - - /** - * Construct a button with an existing pixmap. It is not - * recommended that you use this as the internal icon loading code - * will almost always get it "right". - * - * @param pixmap Name of icon to load (may be absolute or relative) - * @param id Id of this button - * @param parent This button's parent - * @param name This button's internal name - * @param txt This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise) - */ - KToolBarButton(const TQPixmap& pixmap, int id, TQWidget *parent, - const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null); - - /** - * Construct a separator button - * - * @param parent This button's parent - * @param name This button's internal name - */ - KToolBarButton(TQWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L); - - /** - * Standard destructor - */ - ~KToolBarButton(); - -#ifndef KDE_NO_COMPAT - /** - * @deprecated - * Set the pixmap directly for this button. This pixmap should be - * the active one... the dimmed and disabled pixmaps are constructed - * based on this one. However, don't use this function unless you - * are positive that you don't want to use setIcon. - * - * @param pixmap The active pixmap - */ - // this one is from TQButton, so #ifdef-ing it out doesn't break BC - virtual void setPixmap(const TQPixmap &pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED; - - /** - * @deprecated - * Force the button to use this pixmap as the default one rather - * then generating it using effects. - * - * @param pixmap The pixmap to use as the default (normal) one - */ - void setDefaultPixmap(const TQPixmap& pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED; - - /** - * @deprecated - * Force the button to use this pixmap when disabled one rather then - * generating it using effects. - * - * @param pixmap The pixmap to use when disabled - */ - void setDisabledPixmap(const TQPixmap& pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED; -#endif - - /** - * Set the text for this button. The text will be either used as a - * tooltip (IconOnly) or will be along side the icon - * - * @param text The button (or tooltip) text - */ - virtual void setText(const TQString &text); - - /** - * Set the icon for this button. The icon will be loaded internally - * with the correct size. This function is preferred over setIconSet - * - * @param icon The name of the icon - */ - virtual void setIcon(const TQString &icon); - - /// @since 3.1 - virtual void setIcon( const TQPixmap &pixmap ) - { TQToolButton::setIcon( pixmap ); } - - /** - * Set the pixmaps for this toolbar button from a TQIconSet. - * If you call this you don't need to call any of the other methods - * that set icons or pixmaps. - * @param iconset The iconset to use - */ - virtual void setIconSet( const TQIconSet &iconset ); - -#ifndef KDE_NO_COMPAT - /** - * @deprecated - * Set the active icon for this button. The pixmap itself is loaded - * internally based on the icon size... .. the disabled and default - * pixmaps, however will only be constructed if generate is - * true. This function is preferred over setPixmap - * - * @param icon The name of the active icon - * @param generate If true, then the other icons are automagically - * generated from this one - */ - KDE_DEPRECATED void setIcon(const TQString &icon, bool generate ) { Q_UNUSED(generate); setIcon( icon ); } - - /** - * @deprecated - * Force the button to use this icon as the default one rather - * then generating it using effects. - * - * @param icon The icon to use as the default (normal) one - */ - void setDefaultIcon(const TQString& icon) KDE_DEPRECATED; - - /** - * @deprecated - * Force the button to use this icon when disabled one rather then - * generating it using effects. - * - * @param icon The icon to use when disabled - */ - void setDisabledIcon(const TQString& icon) KDE_DEPRECATED; -#endif - - /** - * Turn this button on or off - * - * @param flag true or false - */ - void on(bool flag = true); - - /** - * Toggle this button - */ - void toggle(); - - /** - * Turn this button into a toggle button or disable the toggle - * aspects of it. This does not toggle the button itself. - * Use toggle() for that. - * - * @param toggle true or false - */ - void setToggle(bool toggle = true); - - /** - * Return a pointer to this button's popup menu (if it exists) - */ - TQPopupMenu *popup(); - - /** - * Returns the button's id. - * @since 3.2 - */ - int id() const; - - /** - * Give this button a popup menu. There will not be a delay when - * you press the button. Use setDelayedPopup if you want that - * behavior. - * - * @param p The new popup menu - * @param unused Has no effect - ignore it. - */ - void setPopup (TQPopupMenu *p, bool unused = false); - - /** - * Gives this button a delayed popup menu. - * - * This function allows you to add a delayed popup menu to the button. - * The popup menu is then only displayed when the button is pressed and - * held down for about half a second. - * - * @param p the new popup menu - * @param unused Has no effect - ignore it. - */ - void setDelayedPopup(TQPopupMenu *p, bool unused = false); - - /** - * Turn this button into a radio button - * - * @param f true or false - */ - void setRadio(bool f = true); - - /** - * Toolbar buttons naturally will assume the global styles - * concerning icons, icons sizes, etc. You can use this function to - * explicitly turn this off, if you like. - * - * @param no_style Will disable styles if true - */ - void setNoStyle(bool no_style = true); - -signals: - void clicked(int); - void doubleClicked(int); - void pressed(int); - void released(int); - void toggled(int); - void highlighted(int, bool); - -public slots: - /** - * This slot should be called whenever the toolbar mode has - * potentially changed. This includes such events as text changing, - * orientation changing, etc. - */ - void modeChange(); - virtual void setTextLabel(const TQString&, bool tipToo); - -protected: - void paletteChange(const TQPalette &); - void leaveEvent(TQEvent *e); - void enterEvent(TQEvent *e); - void drawButton(TQPainter *p); - bool eventFilter (TQObject *o, TQEvent *e); - void showMenu(); - TQSize sizeHint() const; - TQSize minimumSizeHint() const; - TQSize minimumSize() const; - - /// @since 3.1 - bool isRaised() const; - /// @since 3.1 - bool isActive() const; - /// @since 3.1 - int iconTextMode() const; - -protected slots: - void slotClicked(); - void slotPressed(); - void slotReleased(); - void slotToggled(); - void slotDelayTimeout(); - -protected: - virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data ); -private: - KToolBarButtonPrivate *d; -}; - -/** -* List of KToolBarButton objects. -* @internal -* @version $Id: ktoolbarbutton.h,v 1.36 2004/03/18 02:50:16 bmeyer Exp $ -*/ -class KToolBarButtonList : public TQIntDict<KToolBarButton> -{ -public: - KToolBarButtonList(); - ~KToolBarButtonList() {} -}; - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde330/kurifilter.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde330/kurifilter.h deleted file mode 100644 index 834bff8a..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde330/kurifilter.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,644 +0,0 @@ -/* - * This file is part of the KDE libraries - * Copyright (C) 2000-2001,2003 Dawit Alemayehu <adawit at kde.org> - * - * Original author - * Copyright (C) 2000 Yves Arrouye <yves@realnames.com> - * - * - * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Library General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - * along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. - **/ - -#ifndef __kurifilter_h__ -#define __kurifilter_h__ "$Id: kurifilter.h,v 1.41 2003/08/30 08:56:21 raabe Exp $" - -#include <tqptrlist.h> -#include <tqobject.h> -#include <tqstringlist.h> - -#include <kurl.h> -#include <kdemacros.h> - -class KURIFilterPrivate; -class KURIFilterDataPrivate; - -class KCModule; - -/** -* A basic message object used for exchanging filtering -* information between the filter plugins and the application -* requesting the filtering service. -* -* Use this object if you require a more detailed information -* about the URI you want to filter. Any application can create -* an instance of this class and send it to KURIFilter to -* have the plugins fill out all possible information about the -* URI. -* -* \b Example -* -* \code -* TQString text = "kde.org"; -* KURIFilterData d = text; -* bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filter( d ); -* cout << "URL: " << text.latin1() << endl -* << "Filtered URL: " << d.uri().url().latin1() << endl -* << "URI Type: " << d.uriType() << endl -* << "Was Filtered: " << filtered << endl; -* \endcode -* -* The above code should yield the following output: -* \code -* URI: kde.org -* Filtered URI: http://kde.org -* URI Type: 0 <== means NET_PROTOCOL -* Was Filtered: 1 <== means the URL was successfully filtered -* \endcode -* -* @short A message object for exchanging filtering URI info. -* @author Dawit Alemayehu <adawit at kde.org> -*/ - -class KURIFilterData -{ -friend class KURIFilterPlugin; - -public: - /** - * Describes the type of the URI that was filtered. - * Here is a brief description of the types: - * - * @li NET_PROTOCOL - Any network protocol: http, ftp, nttp, pop3, etc... - * @li LOCAL_FILE - A local file whose executable flag is not set - * @li LOCAL_DIR - A local directory - * @li EXECUTABLE - A local file whose executable flag is set - * @li HELP - A man or info page - * @li SHELL - A shell executable (ex: echo "Test..." >> ~/testfile) - * @li BLOCKED - A URI that should be blocked/filtered (ex: ad filtering) - * @li ERROR - An incorrect URI (ex: "~johndoe" when user johndoe - * does not exist in that system ) - * @li UNKNOWN - A URI that is not identified. Default value when - * a KURIFilterData is first created. - */ - enum URITypes { NET_PROTOCOL=0, LOCAL_FILE, LOCAL_DIR, EXECUTABLE, HELP, SHELL, BLOCKED, ERROR, UNKNOWN }; - - /** - * Default constructor. - * - * Creates a URIFilterData object. - */ - KURIFilterData() { init(); } - - /** - * Creates a URIFilterData object from the given URL. - * - * @param url is the URL to be filtered. - */ - KURIFilterData( const KURL& url ) { init( url); } - - /** - * Creates a URIFilterData object from the given string. - * - * @param url is the string to be filtered. - */ - KURIFilterData( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); } - - /** - * Copy constructor. - * - * Creates a URIFilterData object from another - * URI filter data object. - * - * @param data the uri filter data to be copied. - */ - KURIFilterData( const KURIFilterData& data); - - /** - * Destructor. - */ - ~KURIFilterData(); - - /** - * This method has been deprecated and will always return - * true. You should instead use the result from the - * KURIFilter::filterURI() calls. - * - * @deprecated - */ - KDE_DEPRECATED bool hasBeenFiltered() const { return true; } - - /** - * Returns the filtered or the original URL. - * - * This function returns the filtered url if one - * of the plugins successfully filtered the original - * URL. Otherwise, it returns the original URL. - * See hasBeenFiltered() and - * - * @return the filtered or original url. - */ - KURL uri() const { return m_pURI; } - - /** - * Returns an error message. - * - * This functions returns the error message set - * by the plugin whenever the uri type is set to - * KURIFilterData::ERROR. Otherwise, it returns - * a TQString::null. - * - * @return the error message or a NULL when there is none. - */ - TQString errorMsg() const { return m_strErrMsg; } - - /** - * Returns the URI type. - * - * This method always returns KURIFilterData::UNKNOWN - * if the given URL was not filtered. - * @return the type of the URI - */ - URITypes uriType() const { return m_iType; } - - /** - * Sets the URL to be filtered. - * - * Use this function to set the string to be - * filtered when you construct an empty filter - * object. - * - * @param url the string to be filtered. - */ - void setData( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); } - - /** - * Same as above except the argument is a URL. - * - * Use this function to set the string to be - * filtered when you construct an empty filter - * object. - * - * @param url the URL to be filtered. - */ - void setData( const KURL& url ) { init( url ); } - - /** - * Sets the absolute path to be used whenever the supplied - * data is a relative local URL. - * - * NOTE: This function should only be used for local resources, - * i.e. the "file:/" protocol. It is useful for specifying the - * absolute path in cases where the actual URL might be relative. - * meta object. If deriving the path from a KURL, make sure you - * set the argument for this function to the result of calling - * path () instead of url (). - * - * @param abs_path the abolute path to the local resource. - * @return true if absolute path is successfully set. Otherwise, false. - */ - bool setAbsolutePath( const TQString& abs_path ); - - /** - * Returns the absolute path if one has already been set. - * @return the absolute path, or TQString::null - * @see hasAbsolutePath() - */ - TQString absolutePath() const; - - /** - * Checks whether the supplied data had an absolute path. - * @return true if the supplied data has an absolute path - * @see absolutePath() - */ - bool hasAbsolutePath() const; - - /** - * Returns the command line options and arguments for a - * local resource when present. - * - * @return options and arguments when present, otherwise TQString::null - */ - TQString argsAndOptions() const; - - /** - * Checks whether the current data is a local resource with - * command line options and arguments. - * @return true if the current data has command line options and arguments - */ - bool hasArgsAndOptions() const; - - /** - * Returns the name of the icon that matches - * the current filtered URL. - * - * NOTE that this function will return a NULL - * string by default and when no associated icon - * is found. - * - * @return the name of the icon associated with the resource, - * or TQString::null if not found - */ - TQString iconName(); - - /** - * Check whether the provided uri is executable or not. - * - * Setting this to false ensures that typing the name of - * an executable does not start that application. This is - * useful in the location bar of a browser. The default - * value is true. - * - * @since 3.2 - */ - void setCheckForExecutables (bool check); - - /** - * @return true if the filters should attempt to check whether the - * supplied uri is an executable. False otherwise. - * - * @since 3.2 - */ - bool checkForExecutables() const { return m_bCheckForExecutables; } - - /** - * @return the string as typed by the user, before any URL processing is done - * @since 3.2 - */ - TQString typedString() const; - - /** - * Overloaded assigenment operator. - * - * This function allows you to easily assign a KURL - * to a KURIFilterData object. - * - * @return an instance of a KURIFilterData object. - */ - KURIFilterData& operator=( const KURL& url ) { init( url ); return *this; } - - /** - * Overloaded assigenment operator. - * - * This function allows you to easily assign a QString - * to a KURIFilterData object. - * - * @return an instance of a KURIFilterData object. - */ - KURIFilterData& operator=( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); return *this; } - -protected: - - /** - * Initializes the KURIFilterData on construction. - * @param url the URL to initialize the object with - */ - void init( const KURL& url); - - /** - * Initializes the KURIFilterData on construction. - * @param url the URL to initialize the object with - */ - void init( const TQString& url = TQString::null ); - -private: - bool m_bCheckForExecutables; - bool m_bChanged; - - TQString m_strErrMsg; - TQString m_strIconName; - - KURL m_pURI; - URITypes m_iType; - KURIFilterDataPrivate *d; -}; - - -/** - * Base class for URI filter plugins. - * - * This class applies a single filter to a URI. All plugins designed - * to provide URI filtering service should inherit from this abstract - * class and provide a concrete implementation. - * - * All inheriting classes need to implement the pure virtual function - * filterURI. - * - * @short Abstract class for URI filter plugins. - */ -class KURIFilterPlugin : public QObject -{ - Q_OBJECT - -public: - - /** - * Constructs a filter plugin with a given name and - * priority. - * - * @param parent the parent object, or 0 for no parent - * @param name the name of the plugin, or 0 for no name - * @param pri the priority of the plugin. - */ - KURIFilterPlugin( TQObject *parent = 0, const char *name = 0, double pri = 1.0 ); - - /** - * Returns the filter's name. - * - * @return A string naming the filter. - */ - virtual TQString name() const { return m_strName; } - - /** - * Returns the filter's priority. - * - * Each filter has an assigned priority, a float from 0 to 1. Filters - * with the lowest priority are first given a chance to filter a URI. - * - * @return The priority of the filter. - */ - virtual double priority() const { return m_dblPriority; } - - /** - * Filters a URI. - * - * @param data the URI data to be filtered. - * @return A boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed. - */ - virtual bool filterURI( KURIFilterData& data ) const = 0; - - /** - * Creates a configuration module for the filter. - * - * It is the responsibility of the caller to delete the module - * once it is not needed anymore. - * - * @return A configuration module, 0 if the filter isn't configurable. - */ - virtual KCModule *configModule( TQWidget*, const char* ) const { return 0; } - - /** - * Returns the name of the configuration module for the filter. - * - * @return the name of a configuration module or TQString::null if none. - */ - virtual TQString configName() const { return name(); } - -protected: - - /** - * Sets the the URL in @p data to @p uri. - */ - void setFilteredURI ( KURIFilterData& data, const KURL& uri ) const; - - /** - * Sets the error message in @p data to @p errormsg. - */ - void setErrorMsg ( KURIFilterData& data, const TQString& errmsg ) const { - data.m_strErrMsg = errmsg; - } - - /** - * Sets the URI type in @p data to @p type. - */ - void setURIType ( KURIFilterData& data, KURIFilterData::URITypes type) const { - data.m_iType = type; - data.m_bChanged = true; - } - - /** - * Sets the arguments and options string in @p data - * to @p args if any were found during filterting. - */ - void setArguments( KURIFilterData& data, const TQString& args ) const; - - TQString m_strName; - double m_dblPriority; - -protected: - virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data ); -private: - class KURIFilterPluginPrivate *d; -}; - - -/** - * A list of filter plugins. - */ -class KURIFilterPluginList : public TQPtrList<KURIFilterPlugin> -{ -public: - virtual int compareItems(Item a, Item b) - { - double diff = ((KURIFilterPlugin *) a)->priority() - ((KURIFilterPlugin *) b)->priority(); - return diff < 0 ? -1 : (diff > 0 ? 1 : 0); - } - -private: - KURIFilterPrivate *d; - -}; - -/** - * Manages the filtering of URIs. - * - * The intention of this plugin class is to allow people to extend the - * functionality of KURL without modifying it directly. This way KURL will - * remain a generic parser capable of parsing any generic URL that adheres - * to specifications. - * - * The KURIFilter class applies a number of filters to a URI and returns the - * filtered version whenever possible. The filters are implemented using - * plugins to provide easy extensibility of the filtering mechanism. New - * filters can be added in the future by simply inheriting from - * KURIFilterPlugin and implementing the KURIFilterPlugin::filterURI - * method. - * - * Use of this plugin-manager class is straight forward. Since it is a - * singleton object, all you have to do is obtain an instance by doing - * @p KURIFilter::self() and use any of the public member functions to - * preform the filtering. - * - * \b Example - * - * To simply filter a given string: - * - * \code - * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( "kde.org" ); - * \endcode - * - * You can alternatively use a KURL: - * - * \code - * KURL url = "kde.org"; - * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( url ); - * \endcode - * - * If you have a constant string or a constant URL, simply invoke the - * corresponding function to obtain the filtered string or URL instead - * of a boolean flag: - * - * \code - * TQString u = KURIFilter::self()->filteredURI( "kde.org" ); - * \endcode - * - * You can also restrict the filter(s) to be used by supplying - * the name of the filter(s) to use. By defualt all available - * filters will be used. To use specific filters, add the names - * of the filters you want to use to a TQStringList and invoke - * the appropriate filtering function. The examples below show - * the use of specific filters. The first one uses a single - * filter called kshorturifilter while the second example uses - * multiple filters: - * - * \code - * TQString text = "kde.org"; - * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, "kshorturifilter" ); - * \endcode - * - * \code - * TQStringList list; - * list << "kshorturifilter" << "localdomainfilter"; - * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, list ); - * \endcode - * - * KURIFilter also allows richer data exchange through a simple - * meta-object called @p KURIFilterData. Using this meta-object - * you can find out more information about the URL you want to - * filter. See KURIFilterData for examples and details. - * - * @short Filters a given URL into its proper format whenever possible. - */ - -class KURIFilter -{ -public: - /** - * Destructor - */ - ~KURIFilter (); - - /** - * Returns an instance of KURIFilter. - */ - static KURIFilter* self(); - - /** - * Filters the URI given by the object URIFilterData. - * - * The given URL is filtered based on the specified list of filters. - * If the list is empty all available filters would be used. - * - * @param data object that contains the URI to be filtered. - * @param filters specify the list of filters to be used. - * - * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed - */ - bool filterURI( KURIFilterData& data, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); - - /** - * Filters the URI given by the URL. - * - * The given URL is filtered based on the specified list of filters. - * If the list is empty all available filters would be used. - * - * @param uri the URI to filter. - * @param filters specify the list of filters to be used. - * - * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed - */ - bool filterURI( KURL &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); - - /** - * Filters a string representing a URI. - * - * The given URL is filtered based on the specified list of filters. - * If the list is empty all available filters would be used. - * - * @param uri The URI to filter. - * @param filters specify the list of filters to be used. - * - * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed - */ - bool filterURI( TQString &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); - - /** - * Returns the filtered URI. - * - * The given URL is filtered based on the specified list of filters. - * If the list is empty all available filters would be used. - * - * @param uri The URI to filter. - * @param filters specify the list of filters to be used. - * - * @return the filtered URI or null if it cannot be filtered - */ - KURL filteredURI( const KURL &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); - - /** - * Return a filtered string representation of a URI. - * - * The given URL is filtered based on the specified list of filters. - * If the list is empty all available filters would be used. - * - * @param uri the URI to filter. - * @param filters specify the list of filters to be used. - * - * @return the filtered URI or null if it cannot be filtered - */ - TQString filteredURI( const TQString &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); - - /** - * Return an iterator to iterate over all loaded - * plugins. - * - * @return a plugin iterator. - */ - TQPtrListIterator<KURIFilterPlugin> pluginsIterator() const; - - /** - * Return a list of the names of all loaded plugins. - * - * @return a TQStringList of plugin names - * @since 3.1 - */ - TQStringList pluginNames() const; - -protected: - - /** - * A protected constructor. - * - * This constructor creates a KURIFilter and - * initializes all plugins it can find by invoking - * loadPlugins. - */ - KURIFilter(); - - /** - * Loads all allowed plugins. - * - * This function loads all filters that have not - * been disbled. - */ - void loadPlugins(); - -private: - static KURIFilter *m_self; - KURIFilterPluginList m_lstPlugins; - KURIFilterPrivate *d; -}; - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde330/selectdialog.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde330/selectdialog.h deleted file mode 100644 index 680d48ef..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde330/selectdialog.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,87 +0,0 @@ -/* - This file is part of libkresources. - - Copyright (c) 2002 Tobias Koenig <tokoe@kde.org> - Copyright (c) 2002 Jan-Pascal van Best <janpascal@vanbest.org> - Copyright (c) 2003 Cornelius Schumacher <schumacher@kde.org> - - This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - - This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. -*/ - -#ifndef KRESOURCES_SELECTDIALOG_H -#define KRESOURCES_SELECTDIALOG_H - -#include <tqobject.h> -#include <tqptrlist.h> -#include <tqmap.h> - -#include <kdialog.h> - -class KListBox; - -namespace KRES { - -class Resource; - -/** - * Dialog for selecting a resource. - * - * Example: - * - * \code - * - * TQPtrList<Resource> list = ... // can be retrived from KRES::Manager (e.g. KABC::AddressBook) - * - * KABC::Resource *res = KABC::SelectDialog::getResource( list, parentWdg ); - * if ( !res ) { - * // no resource selected - * } else { - * // do something with resource - * } - * \endcode - */ -class SelectDialog -{ - public: - /** - * Constructor. - * @param list The list of available resources - * @param parent The parent widget - * @param name The name of the dialog - */ - SelectDialog( TQPtrList<Resource> list, TQWidget *parent = 0, - const char *name = 0); - - /** - * Returns selected resource. - */ - Resource *resource(); - - /** - * Opens a dialog showing the available resources and returns the resource the - * user has selected. Returns 0, if the dialog was canceled. - */ - static Resource *getResource( TQPtrList<Resource> list, TQWidget *parent = 0 ); - - private: - KListBox *mResourceId; - - TQMap<int, Resource*> mResourceMap; -}; - -} - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde331/configwidget.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde331/configwidget.h deleted file mode 100644 index e289743a..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde331/configwidget.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,58 +0,0 @@ -/* - This file is part of libkresources. - Copyright (c) 2002 Tobias Koenig <tokoe@kde.org> - Copyright (c) 2002 Jan-Pascal van Best <janpascal@vanbest.org> - - This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - - This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. -*/ - -#ifndef KRESOURCES_CONFIGWIDGET_H -#define KRESOURCES_CONFIGWIDGET_H - -#include "resource.h" - -#include <kconfig.h> - -#include <tqwidget.h> - -namespace KRES { - -class ConfigWidget : public QWidget -{ - Q_OBJECT - public: - ConfigWidget( TQWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0 ); - - /** - Sets the widget to 'edit' mode. Reimplement this method if you are - interested in the mode change (to disable some GUI element for - example). By default the widget is in 'create new' mode. - */ - virtual void setInEditMode( bool value ); - - public slots: - virtual void loadSettings( Resource *resource ) = 0; - virtual void saveSettings( Resource *resource ) = 0; - - signals: - void setReadOnly( bool value ); - - protected: - Resource *mResource; -}; - -} -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde331/kaccelaction.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde331/kaccelaction.h deleted file mode 100644 index 0418297c..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde331/kaccelaction.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,564 +0,0 @@ -/* This file is part of the KDE libraries - Copyright (C) 2001,2002 Ellis Whitehead <ellis@kde.org> - - This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - - This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. -*/ - -#ifndef _KACCELACTION_H -#define _KACCELACTION_H - -#include <tqmap.h> -#include <tqptrvector.h> -#include <tqstring.h> -#include <tqvaluevector.h> - -#include <kshortcut.h> - -class KAccelBase; - -class TQObject; -class KConfig; -class KConfigBase; - -/** - * @internal - * A KAccelAction prepresents an action that can be executed using - * an accelerator key. Each KAccelAction has a name, a label, a - * "What's this" string and a KShortcut. The user can configure and - * enable/disable them using KKeyDialog. - * - * \code - * 1) KAccelAction = "Run Command" - * Default3 = "Alt+F2" - * Default4 = "Meta+Enter;Alt+F2" - * 1) KShortcut = "Meta+Enter" - * 1) KKeySequence = "Meta+Enter" - * 1) KKey = "Meta+Enter" - * 1) Meta+Enter - * 2) Meta+Keypad_Enter - * 2) KShortcut = "Alt+F2" - * 1) KKeySequence = "Alt+F2" - * 1) Alt+F2 - * 2) KAccelAction = "Something" - * Default3 = "" - * Default4 = "" - * 1) KShortcut = "Meta+X,Asterisk" - * 1) KKeySequence = "Meta+X,Asterisk" - * 1) KKey = "Meta+X" - * 1) Meta+X - * 2) KKey = "Asterisk" - * 1) Shift+8 (English layout) - * 2) Keypad_Asterisk - * \endcode - * @short An accelerator action - * @see KAccel - * @see KGlobalAccel - * @see KKeyChooser - * @see KKeyDialog - */ -class KAccelAction -{ - public: - /** - * Creates an empty KAccelAction. - * @see clear() - */ - KAccelAction(); - - /** - * Copy constructor. - */ - KAccelAction( const KAccelAction& ); - - /** - * Creates a new KAccelAction. - * @param sName the name of the accelerator - * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) - * @param sWhatsThis the What's This text (18n!) - * @param cutDef3 the default shortcut for 3 modifier systems - * @param cutDef4 the default shortcut for 4 modifier systems - * @param pObjSlot the receiver of a signal when the key has been - * pressed - * @param psMethodSlot the slot to connect for key presses. Receives - * an int, as set by setID(), as only argument - * @param bConfigurable if true the user can configure the shortcut - * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled - */ - KAccelAction( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, - const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4, - const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, - bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled ); - ~KAccelAction(); - - /** - * Clears the accelerator. - */ - void clear(); - - /** - * Re-initialized the KAccelAction. - * @param sName the name of the accelerator - * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) - * @param sWhatsThis the What's This text (18n!) - * @param cutDef3 the default shortcut for 3 modifier systems - * @param cutDef4 the default shortcut for 4 modifier systems - * @param pObjSlot the receiver of a signal when the key has been - * pressed - * @param psMethodSlot the slot to connect for key presses. Receives - * an int, as set by setID(), as only argument - * @param bConfigurable if true the user can configure the shortcut - * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - */ - bool init( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, - const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4, - const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, - bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled ); - - /** - * Copies this KAccelAction. - */ - KAccelAction& operator=( const KAccelAction& ); - - /** - * Returns the name of the accelerator action. - * @return the name of the accelerator action, can be null if not - * set - */ - const TQString& name() const { return m_sName; } - - /** - * Returns the label of the accelerator action. - * @return the label of the accelerator action, can be null if - * not set - */ - const TQString& label() const { return m_sLabel; } - - /** - * Returns the What's This text of the accelerator action. - * @return the What's This text of the accelerator action, can be - * null if not set - */ - const TQString& whatsThis() const { return m_sWhatsThis; } - - /** - * The shortcut that is actually used (may be used configured). - * @return the shortcut of the KAccelAction, can be null if not set - * @see shortcutDefault() - */ - const KShortcut& shortcut() const { return m_cut; } - - /** - * The default shortcut for this system. - * @return the default shortcut on this system, can be null if not set - * @see shortcut() - * @see shortcutDefault3() - * @see shortcutDefault4() - */ - const KShortcut& shortcutDefault() const; - - /** - * The default shortcut for 3 modifier systems. - * @return the default shortcut for 3 modifier systems, can be null - * if not set - * @see shortcutDefault() - * @see shortcutDefault4() - * @see useFourModifierKeys() - */ - const KShortcut& shortcutDefault3() const { return m_cutDefault3; } - - /** - * The default shortcut for 4 modifier systems. - * @return the default shortcut for 4 modifier systems, can be null - * if not set - * @see shortcutDefault() - * @see shortcutDefault3() - * @see useFourModifierKeys() - */ - const KShortcut& shortcutDefault4() const { return m_cutDefault4; } - - /** - * Returns the receiver of signals. - * @return the receiver of signals (can be 0 if not set) - */ - const TQObject* objSlotPtr() const { return m_pObjSlot; } - - /** - * Returns the slot for the signal. - * @return the slot for the signal - */ - const char* methodSlotPtr() const { return m_psMethodSlot; } - - /** - * Checks whether the user can configure the action. - * @return true if configurable, false otherwise - */ - bool isConfigurable() const { return m_bConfigurable; } - - /** - * Checks whether the action is enabled. - * @return true if enabled, false otherwise - */ - bool isEnabled() const { return m_bEnabled; } - - /** - * Sets the name of the accelerator action. - * @param name the new name - */ - void setName( const TQString& name ); - - /** - * Sets the user-readable label of the accelerator action. - * @param label the new label (i18n!) - */ - void setLabel( const TQString& label ); - - /** - * Sets the What's This text for the accelerator action. - * @param whatsThis the new What's This text (i18n!) - */ - void setWhatsThis( const TQString& whatsThis ); - - /** - * Sets the new shortcut of the accelerator action. - * @param rgCuts the shortcut to set - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - */ - bool setShortcut( const KShortcut& rgCuts ); - - /** - * Sets the slot of the accelerator action. - * @param pObjSlot the receiver object of the signal - * @param psMethodSlot the slot for the signal - */ - void setSlot( const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot ); - - /** - * Enables or disabled configuring the action. - * @param configurable true to enable configurability, false to disable - */ - void setConfigurable( bool configurable ); - - /** - * Enables or disabled the action. - * @param configurable true to enable the action, false to disable - */ - void setEnabled( bool enable ); - - /** - * Retrieves the id set using setID. - * @return the id of the accelerator action - */ - int getID() const { return m_nIDAccel; } - - /** - * Allows you to set an id that will be used as the action - * signal's argument. - * - * @param n the new id - * @see getID() - */ - void setID( int n ) { m_nIDAccel = n; } - - /** - * Checkes whether the action is connected (emits signals). - * @return true if connected, false otherwise - */ - bool isConnected() const; - - /** - * Sets a key sequence of the action's shortcut. - * @param i the position of the sequence - * @param keySeq the new new sequence - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see KShortcut::setSeq() - */ - bool setKeySequence( uint i, const KKeySequence &keySeq ); - - /** - * Clears the action's shortcut. It will not contain any sequences after - * calling this method. - * @see KShortcut::clear() - */ - void clearShortcut(); - - /** - * Checks whether the action's shortcut contains the given key sequence. - * @param keySeq the key sequence to check - * @return true if the shortcut contains the given sequence - * @see KShortcut::contains() - */ - bool contains( const KKeySequence &keySeq ); - - /** - * Returns the string representation of the action's shortcut. - * @return the string representation of the action's shortcut. - * @see KShortcut::toString() - */ - TQString toString() const; - - /** - * @internal - */ - TQString toStringInternal() const; - - /** - * Returns true if four modifier keys will be used. - * @return true if four modifier keys will be used. - */ - static bool useFourModifierKeys(); - - /** - * Selects 3 or 4 modifier default shortcuts. - * @param use true to use 4 modifier shortcuts, false to use - * 3 modifier shortcuts - */ - static void useFourModifierKeys( bool use ); - - protected: - TQString m_sName, - m_sLabel, - m_sWhatsThis; - KShortcut m_cut; - KShortcut m_cutDefault3, m_cutDefault4; - const TQObject* m_pObjSlot; - const char* m_psMethodSlot; - bool m_bConfigurable, - m_bEnabled; - int m_nIDAccel; - uint m_nConnections; - - void incConnections(); - void decConnections(); - - private: - static int g_bUseFourModifierKeys; - class KAccelActionPrivate* d; - - friend class KAccelActions; - friend class KAccelBase; -}; - -//--------------------------------------------------------------------- -// KAccelActions -//--------------------------------------------------------------------- - -/** - * @internal - * This class represents a collection of KAccelAction objects. - * - * @short A collection of accelerator actions - * @see KAccelAction - */ -class KAccelActions -{ - public: - /** - * Creates a new, empty KAccelActions object. - */ - KAccelActions(); - - /** - * Copy constructor (deep copy). - */ - KAccelActions( const KAccelActions& ); - virtual ~KAccelActions(); - - /** - * Removes all items from this collection. - */ - void clear(); - - /** - * Initializes this object with the given actions. - * It will make a deep copy of all actions. - * @param actions the actions to copy - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - */ - bool init( const KAccelActions &actions ); - - /** - * Loads the actions from the given configuration file. - * - * @param config the configuration file to load from - * @param sGroup the group in the configuration file - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - */ - bool init( KConfigBase& config, const TQString& sGroup ); - - /** - * Updates the shortcuts of all actions in this object - * with the shortcuts from the given object. - * @param shortcuts the collection that contains the new - * shortcuts - */ - void updateShortcuts( KAccelActions &shortcuts ); - - /** - * Retrieves the index of the action with the given name. - * @param sAction the action to search - * @return the index of the action, or -1 if not found - */ - int actionIndex( const TQString& sAction ) const; - - /** - * Returns the action with the given @p index. - * @param index the index of an action. You must not - * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index - * @see count() - */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( uint index ); - - /** - * Returns the action with the given @p index. - * @param index the index of an action. You must not - * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index - * @see count() - */ - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( uint index ) const; - - /** - * Returns the action with the given name. - * @param aAction the name of the action to search - * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0 - * if not found - */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); - - /** - * Returns the action with the given name. - * @param aAction the name of the action to search - * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0 - * if not found - */ - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; - - /** - * Returns the action with the given key sequence. - * @param cut the sequence to search for - * @return the KAccelAction with the given sequence, or 0 - * if not found - */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( KKeySequence cut ); - - /** - * Returns the action with the given @p index. - * @param index the index of an action. You must not - * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index - * @see actionPtr() - * @see count() - */ - KAccelAction& operator []( uint index ); - - /** - * Returns the action with the given @p index. - * @param index the index of an action. You must not - * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index - * @see actionPtr() - * @see count() - */ - const KAccelAction& operator []( uint index ) const; - - /** - * Inserts an action into the collection. - * @param sName the name of the accelerator - * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) - * @param sWhatsThis the What's This text (18n!) - * @param cutDef3 the default shortcut for 3 modifier systems - * @param cutDef4 the default shortcut for 4 modifier systems - * @param pObjSlot the receiver of a signal when the key has been - * pressed - * @param psMethodSlot the slot to connect for key presses. Receives - * an int, as set by setID(), as only argument - * @param bConfigurable if true the user can configure the shortcut - * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled - * @return the new action - */ - KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, - const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, - const TQObject* pObjSlot = 0, const char* psMethodSlot = 0, - bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true ); - - /** - * Inserts an action into the collection. - * @param sName the name of the accelerator - * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) - * @return the new action - */ - KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel ); - - /** - * Removes the given action. - * @param sAction the name of the action. - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - */ - bool remove( const TQString& sAction ); - - /** - * Loads the actions from the given configuration file. - * - * @param sConfigGroup the group in the configuration file - * @param pConfig the configuration file to load from - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - */ - bool readActions( const TQString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ); - - /** - * Writes the actions to the given configuration file. - * - * @param sConfigGroup the group in the configuration file - * @param pConfig the configuration file to save to - * @param bWriteAll true to write all actions - * @param bGlobal true to write to the global configuration file - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - */ - bool writeActions( const TQString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0, - bool bWriteAll = false, bool bGlobal = false ) const; - - /** - * Emit a keycodeChanged signal. - */ - void emitKeycodeChanged(); - - /** - * Returns the number of actions in the collection. - * @return the number of actions - */ - uint count() const; - - protected: - KAccelBase* m_pKAccelBase; - KAccelAction** m_prgActions; - uint m_nSizeAllocated, m_nSize; - - void resize( uint ); - void insertPtr( KAccelAction* ); - - private: - class KAccelActionsPrivate* d; - - KAccelActions( KAccelBase* ); - void initPrivate( KAccelBase* ); - KAccelActions& operator =( KAccelActions& ); - - friend class KAccelBase; -}; - -#endif // _KACCELACTION_H diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde331/kaccelbase.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde331/kaccelbase.h deleted file mode 100644 index e2ec66e9..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde331/kaccelbase.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,230 +0,0 @@ -/* This file is part of the KDE libraries - Copyright (C) 2001 Ellis Whitehead <ellis@kde.org> - - This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - - This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. -*/ - -#ifndef _KACCELBASE_H -#define _KACCELBASE_H - -#include <tqmap.h> -#include <tqptrvector.h> -#include <tqstring.h> -#include <tqvaluevector.h> -#include <tqvaluelist.h> - -#include "kaccelaction.h" -#include "kkeyserver_x11.h" - -class TQPopupMenu; -class TQWidget; - -//---------------------------------------------------- - -/** - * @internal - * Handle keyboard accelerators. - * - * Allow an user to configure - * key bindings through application configuration files or through the - * KKeyChooser GUI. - * - * A KAccel contains a list of accelerator items. Each accelerator item - * consists of an action name and a keyboard code combined with modifiers - * (Shift, Ctrl and Alt.) - * - * For example, "Ctrl+P" could be a shortcut for printing a document. The key - * codes are listed in ckey.h. "Print" could be the action name for printing. - * The action name identifies the key binding in configuration files and the - * KKeyChooser GUI. - * - * When pressed, an accelerator key calls the slot to which it has been - * connected. Accelerator items can be connected so that a key will activate - * two different slots. - * - * A KAccel object handles key events sent to its parent widget and to all - * children of this parent widget. - * - * Key binding reconfiguration during run time can be prevented by specifying - * that an accelerator item is not configurable when it is inserted. A special - * group of non-configurable key bindings are known as the - * standard accelerators. - * - * The standard accelerators appear repeatedly in applications for - * standard document actions such as printing and saving. Convenience methods are - * available to insert and connect these accelerators which are configurable on - * a desktop-wide basis. - * - * It is possible for a user to choose to have no key associated with - * an action. - * - * The translated first argument for insertItem() is used only - * in the configuration dialog. - *\code - * KAccel *a = new KAccel( myWindow ); - * // Insert an action "Scroll Up" which is associated with the "Up" key: - * a->insertItem( i18n("Scroll Up"), "Scroll Up", "Up" ); - * // Insert an action "Scroll Down" which is not associated with any key: - * a->insertItem( i18n("Scroll Down"), "Scroll Down", 0); - * a->connectItem( "Scroll up", myWindow, TQT_SLOT( scrollUp() ) ); - * // a->insertStdItem( KStdAccel::Print ); //not necessary, since it - * // is done automatially with the - * // connect below! - * a->connectItem(KStdAccel::Print, myWindow, TQT_SLOT( printDoc() ) ); - * - * a->readSettings(); - *\endcode - * - * If a shortcut has a menu entry as well, you could insert them like - * this. The example is again the KStdAccel::Print from above. - * - * \code - * int id; - * id = popup->insertItem("&Print",this, TQT_SLOT(printDoc())); - * a->changeMenuAccel(popup, id, KStdAccel::Print ); - * \endcode - * - * If you want a somewhat "exotic" name for your standard print action, like - * id = popup->insertItem(i18n("Print &Document"),this, TQT_SLOT(printDoc())); - * it might be a good idea to insert the standard action before as - * a->insertStdItem( KStdAccel::Print, i18n("Print Document") ) - * as well, so that the user can easily find the corresponding function. - * - * This technique works for other actions as well. Your "scroll up" function - * in a menu could be done with - * - * \code - * id = popup->insertItem(i18n"Scroll &up",this, TQT_SLOT(scrollUp())); - * a->changeMenuAccel(popup, id, "Scroll Up" ); - * \endcode - * - * Please keep the order right: First insert all functions in the - * acceleratior, then call a -> readSettings() and @em then build your - * menu structure. - * - * @short Configurable key binding support. - * @version $Id: kaccelbase.h,v 1.26 2003/08/16 19:44:57 coolo Exp $ - */ - -class KAccelBase -{ - public: - enum Init { QT_KEYS = 0x00, NATIVE_KEYS = 0x01 }; - enum Signal { KEYCODE_CHANGED }; - - KAccelBase( int fInitCode ); - virtual ~KAccelBase(); - - uint actionCount() const; - KAccelActions& actions(); - bool isEnabled() const; - - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKey& key ); - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKeyServer::Key& key ); - - const TQString& configGroup() const { return m_sConfigGroup; } - void setConfigGroup( const TQString& group ); - void setConfigGlobal( bool global ); - virtual void setEnabled( bool bEnabled ) = 0; - bool getAutoUpdate() { return m_bAutoUpdate; } - // return value of AutoUpdate flag before this call. - bool setAutoUpdate( bool bAuto ); - -// Procedures for manipulating Actions. - //void clearActions(); - - KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sDesc ); - KAccelAction* insert( - const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sDesc, const TQString& sHelp, - const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, - const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, - bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true ); - bool remove( const TQString& sAction ); - bool setActionSlot( const TQString& sAction, const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot ); - - bool updateConnections(); - - bool setShortcut( const TQString& sAction, const KShortcut& cut ); - -// Modify individual Action sub-items - bool setActionEnabled( const TQString& sAction, bool bEnable ); - - /** - * Read all key associations from @p config, or (if @p config - * is zero) from the application's configuration file - * KGlobal::config(). - * - * The group in which the configuration is stored can be - * set with setConfigGroup(). - */ - void readSettings( KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ); - - /** - * Write the current configurable associations to @p config, - * or (if @p config is zero) to the application's - * configuration file. - */ - void writeSettings( KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ) const; - - TQPopupMenu* createPopupMenu( TQWidget* pParent, const KKeySequence& ); - - // Protected methods - protected: - void slotRemoveAction( KAccelAction* ); - - struct X; - void createKeyList( TQValueVector<struct X>& rgKeys ); - bool insertConnection( KAccelAction* ); - bool removeConnection( KAccelAction* ); - - virtual bool emitSignal( Signal ) = 0; - virtual bool connectKey( KAccelAction&, const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; - virtual bool connectKey( const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; - virtual bool disconnectKey( KAccelAction&, const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; - virtual bool disconnectKey( const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; - - protected: - struct ActionInfo - { - KAccelAction* pAction; - uint iSeq, iVariation; - //ActionInfo* pInfoNext; // nil if only one action uses this key. - - ActionInfo() { pAction = 0; iSeq = 0xffff; iVariation = 0xffff; } - ActionInfo( KAccelAction* _pAction, uint _iSeq, uint _iVariation ) - { pAction = _pAction; iSeq = _iSeq; iVariation = _iVariation; } - }; - typedef TQMap<KKeyServer::Key, ActionInfo> KKeyToActionMap; - - KAccelActions m_rgActions; - KKeyToActionMap m_mapKeyToAction; - TQValueList<KAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique; - bool m_bNativeKeys; // Use native key codes instead of Qt codes - bool m_bEnabled; - bool m_bConfigIsGlobal; - TQString m_sConfigGroup; - bool m_bAutoUpdate; - KAccelAction* mtemp_pActionRemoving; - - private: - KAccelBase& operator =( const KAccelBase& ); - - friend class KAccelActions; -}; - -#endif // _KACCELBASE_H diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde331/kicontheme.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde331/kicontheme.h deleted file mode 100644 index 591a5e5e..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde331/kicontheme.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,338 +0,0 @@ -/* vi: ts=8 sts=4 sw=4 - * - * $Id: kicontheme.h,v 1.31 2004/05/31 17:18:02 montanaro Exp $ - * - * This file is part of the KDE project, module kdecore. - * Copyright (C) 2000 Geert Jansen <jansen@kde.org> - * Antonio Larrosa <larrosa@kde.org> - * - * This is free software; it comes under the GNU Library General - * Public License, version 2. See the file "COPYING.LIB" for the - * exact licensing terms. - * - */ - -#ifndef __KIconTheme_h_Included__ -#define __KIconTheme_h_Included__ - -#include <tqstring.h> -#include <tqstringlist.h> -#include <tqptrlist.h> - -class KConfig; -//class KIconThemeDir; - -class KIconThemePrivate; - -class KIconPrivate; - -/** - * One icon as found by KIconTheme. Also serves as a namespace containing - * icon related constants. - * @see KIconEffect - * @see KIconTheme - * @see KIconLoader - */ -class KIcon -{ -public: - KIcon() { size = 0; } - - /** - * Return true if this icon is valid, false otherwise. - */ - bool isValid() const { return size != 0; } - - /** - * Defines the context of the icon. - */ - enum Context { - Any, ///< Some icon with unknown purpose. - Action, ///< An action icon (e.g. 'save', 'print'). - Application, ///< An icon that represents an application. - Device, ///< An icon that represents a device. - FileSystem, ///< An icon that represents a file system. - MimeType ///< An icon that represents a mime type (or file type). - }; - - /** - * The type of the icon. - */ - enum Type { - Fixed, ///< Fixed-size icon. - Scalable, ///< Scalable-size icon. - Threshold ///< A threshold icon. - }; - - /** - * The type of a match. - */ - enum MatchType { - MatchExact, ///< Only try to find an exact match. - MatchBest ///< Take the best match if there is no exact match. - - }; - - // if you add a group here, make sure to change the config reading in - // KIconLoader too - /** - * The group an an icon. - */ - enum Group { NoGroup=-1, Desktop=0, FirstGroup=0, Toolbar, - MainToolbar, Small, Panel, LastGroup, User }; - - /** - * These are the standard sizes for icons. - */ - enum StdSizes { - /// small icons for menu entries - SizeSmall=16, - /// slightly larger small icons for toolbars, panels, etc - SizeSmallMedium=22, - /// medium sized icons for the desktop - SizeMedium=32, - /// large sized icons for the panel - SizeLarge=48, - /// huge sized icons for iconviews - SizeHuge=64, - /// enormous (ugh!) sized icons for iconviews - SizeEnormous=128 - }; - - /** - * Defines the possible states of an icon. - */ - enum States { DefaultState, ///< The default state. - ActiveState, ///< Icon is active. - DisabledState, ///< Icon is disabled. - LastState ///< Last state (last constant) - }; - - /** - * This defines an overlay, a semi-transparent image that is - * projected onto the icon. They are used to show that the file - * represented by the icon is, for example, locked, zipped or hidden. - */ - enum Overlays { - LockOverlay=0x100, ///< a file is locked - ZipOverlay=0x200, ///< a file is zipped - LinkOverlay=0x400, ///< a fileis a link - HiddenOverlay=0x800, ///< a file is hidden - ShareOverlay=0x1000, ///< a file is shared - OverlayMask = ~0xff - }; - - /** - * The size in pixels of the icon. - */ - int size; - - /** - * The context of the icon. - */ - Context context; - - /** - * The type of the icon: Fixed, Scalable or Threshold. - **/ - Type type; - - /** - * The threshold in case type == Threshold - */ - int threshold; - - /** - * The full path of the icon. - */ - TQString path; - -private: - KIconPrivate *d; -}; - -inline KIcon::Group& operator++(KIcon::Group& group) { group = static_cast<KIcon::Group>(group+1); return group; } -inline KIcon::Group operator++(KIcon::Group& group,int) { KIcon::Group ret = group; ++group; return ret; } - -/** - * Class to use/access icon themes in KDE. This class is used by the - * iconloader but can be used by others too. - * @see KIconLoader - */ -class KIconTheme -{ -public: - /** - * Load an icon theme by name. - * @param name the name of the theme (e.g. "hicolor" or "keramik") - * @param appName the name of the application. Can be null. This argument - * allows applications to have themed application icons. - */ - KIconTheme(const TQString& name, const TQString& appName=TQString::null); - ~KIconTheme(); - - /** - * The stylized name of the icon theme. - * @return the (human-readable) name of the theme - */ - TQString name() const { return mName; } - - /** - * A description for the icon theme. - * @return a human-readable description of the theme, TQString::null - * if there is none - */ - TQString description() const { return mDesc; } - - /** - * Return the name of the "example" icon. This can be used to - * present the theme to the user. - * @return the name of the example icon, TQString::null if there is none - */ - TQString example() const; - - /** - * Return the name of the screenshot. - * @return the name of the screenshot, TQString::null if there is none - */ - TQString screenshot() const; - - /** - * Returns the name of this theme's link overlay. - * @return the name of the link overlay - */ - TQString linkOverlay() const; - - /** - * Returns the name of this theme's zip overlay. - * @return the name of the zip overlay - */ - TQString zipOverlay() const; - - /** - * Returns the name of this theme's lock overlay. - * @return the name of the lock overlay - */ - TQString lockOverlay() const; - - /** - * Returns the name of this theme's share overlay. - * @return the name of the share overlay - * @since 3.1 - */ - TQString shareOverlay () const; - - /** - * Returns the toplevel theme directory. - * @return the directory of the theme - */ - TQString dir() const { return mDir; } - - /** - * The themes this icon theme falls back on. - * @return a list of icon themes that are used as fall-backs - */ - TQStringList inherits() const { return mInherits; } - - /** - * The icon theme exists? - * @return true if the icon theme is valid - */ - bool isValid() const; - - /** - * The icon theme should be hidden to the user? - * @return true if the icon theme is hidden - * @since 3.1 - */ - bool isHidden() const; - - /** - * The minimum display depth required for this theme. This can either - * be 8 or 32. - * @return the minimum bpp (8 or 32) - */ - int depth() const { return mDepth; } - - /** - * The default size of this theme for a certain icon group. - * @param group The icon group. See KIcon::Group. - * @return The default size in pixels for the given icon group. - */ - int defaultSize(KIcon::Group group) const; - - /** - * Query available sizes for a group. - * @param group The icon group. See KIcon::Group. - * @return a list of available sized for the given group - */ - TQValueList<int> querySizes(KIcon::Group group) const; - - /** - * Query available icons for a size and context. - * @param size the size of the icons - * @param context the context of the icons - * @return the list of icon names - */ - TQStringList queryIcons(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const; - - /** - * Query available icons for a context and preferred size. - * @param size the size of the icons - * @param context the context of the icons - * @return the list of icon names - */ - TQStringList queryIconsByContext(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const; - - - /** - * Lookup an icon in the theme. - * @param name The name of the icon, without extension. - * @param size The desired size of the icon. - * @param match The matching mode. KIcon::MatchExact returns an icon - * only if matches exactly. KIcon::MatchBest returns the best matching - * icon. - * @return A KIcon class that describes the icon. If an icon is found, - * @see KIcon::isValid will return true, and false otherwise. - */ - KIcon iconPath(const TQString& name, int size, KIcon::MatchType match) const; - - /** - * List all icon themes installed on the system, global and local. - * @return the list of all icon themes - */ - static TQStringList list(); - - /** - * Returns the current icon theme. - * @return the name of the current theme - */ - static TQString current(); - - /** - * Reconfigure the theme. - */ - static void reconfigure(); - - /** - * Returns the default icon theme. - * @return the name of the default theme name - * @since 3.1 - */ - static TQString defaultThemeName(); - -private: - int mDefSize[8]; - TQValueList<int> mSizes[8]; - - int mDepth; - TQString mDir, mName, mDesc; - TQStringList mInherits; -// TQPtrList<KIconThemeDir> mDirs; - KIconThemePrivate *d; - - static TQString *_theme; - static TQStringList *_theme_list; -}; - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde331/kkeyserver_x11.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde331/kkeyserver_x11.h deleted file mode 100644 index 1271f506..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde331/kkeyserver_x11.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,433 +0,0 @@ -#ifndef _KKEYSERVER_X11_H -#define _KKEYSERVER_X11_H - -#include "kshortcut.h" -#include "kkeynative.h" - -/** - * A collection of functions for the conversion of key presses and - * their modifiers from the window system (X11) specific format - * to the generic format and vice-versa. - */ -namespace KKeyServer -{ - /** - * Supplement enum KKey::ModFlag - * @since 3.1 - */ - enum ExtraModFlag { MODE_SWITCH = 0x2000 }; - - /** - * Represents a key symbol. - * @see KKey - * @see KKeyServer - */ - struct Sym - { - public: - /// the actual value of the symbol - uint m_sym; - - /// Creates a null symbol. - Sym() - { m_sym = 0; } - /** - * Creates asymbol with the given value. - * @param sym the value - */ - Sym( uint sym ) - { m_sym = sym; } - /** - * Creates a symbol from the given string description. - * @param s the description of the symbol - * @see toString() - */ - Sym( const TQString& s ) - { init( s ); } - - /** - * Initializes the symbol with the given Qt key code. - * @param keyQt the qt key code - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key - */ - bool initQt( int keyQt ); - - /** - * Initializes the key with the given string description. - * @param s the string description - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see toString() - */ - bool init( const TQString &s ); - - /** - * Returns the qt key code of the symbol. - * @return the qt key code - */ - int qt() const; - - /** - * @internal - */ - TQString toStringInternal() const; - - /** - * Returns the string representation of the symbol. - * @return the string representation of the symbol - */ - TQString toString() const; - - /** - * Returns the mods that are required for this symbol as - * ORed KKey::ModFlag's. For example, Break requires a - * Ctrl to be valid. - * @return the required KKey::ModFlag's - * @see KKey::ModFlag - */ - uint getModsRequired() const; - - /** - * TODO: please find out what this method does and document it - */ - uint getSymVariation() const; - - /** - * Casts the symbol to its integer representation. - */ - operator uint() const { return m_sym; } - - /** - * Overloaded operator to convert ints to Sym. - */ - Sym& operator =( uint sym ) { m_sym = sym; return *this; } - - private: - TQString toString( bool bUserSpace ) const; - - static void capitalizeKeyname( TQString& ); - }; - - /** - * Represents a key press. - * @see KKey - */ - struct Key - { - /// Code for native Keys in Qt - enum { CODE_FOR_QT = 256 }; - - /// The code of the key - uint m_code; - - /// The modifiers of the key - uint m_mod; - - /// The symbol of the key - uint m_sym; - - /** - * Initializes the key with a KKey. - * @param key the key to get the data from - * @param bQt true to take the Qt keycode, false - * for the native key code - * @see Qt::Key - * @see KKeyNative - */ - bool init( const KKey& key, bool bQt ); - - /** - * Checks whether the key code is a native code. - * @return true if native code of the window system, - * false if it is a Qt keycode - * @see Qt::Key - * @see KKeyNative - */ - bool isNative() const { return m_code != CODE_FOR_QT; } - - /** - * Returns the code of the key. - * @return the code of the key - */ - uint code() const { return m_code; } - - /** - * Returns the modifiers of the key. - * @return the modifiers of the key - */ - uint mod() const { return m_mod; } - - /** - * Returns the symbol of the key. - * @return the symbol of the key - */ - uint sym() const { return m_sym; } - - /** - * Returns the qt key code. - * @return the qt key code - */ - int keyCodeQt() const { return (int) m_sym; } - - /** - * Sets the qt key code. - * @param keyQt the qt key code - */ - void setKeycodeQt( int keyQt ) - { m_code = CODE_FOR_QT; m_sym = keyQt; } - - /** - * Initializes this key with a KKeyNative. - * @return this key - */ - Key& operator =( const KKeyNative& key ); - - /** - * Compares this key with the given Key object. Returns a - * negative number if the given Key is larger, 0 if they - * are equal and a positive number this Key is larger. The - * returned value is the difference between the symbol, modifier - * or code, whatever is non-zero first. - * - * @param key the key to compare with this key - * @return a negative number if the given Key is larger, 0 if - * they are equal and a positive number this Key is larger - */ - int compare( const Key& key ) const; - - /** - * Compares the symbol, modifiers and code of both keys. - * @see compare() - */ - bool operator ==( const Key& b ) const - { return compare( b ) == 0; } - - /** - * Compares the symbol, modifiers and code of both keys. - * @see compare() - */ - bool operator <( const Key& b ) const - { return compare( b ) < 0; } - - /** - * Converts this Key to a KKey. - * @return the KKey - */ - KKey key() const; - }; - - /** - * TODO: please document this class - */ - struct Variations - { - enum { MAX_VARIATIONS = 4 }; - - Key m_rgkey[MAX_VARIATIONS]; - uint m_nVariations; - - Variations() { m_nVariations = 0; } - - void init( const KKey&, bool bQt ); - - uint count() const { return m_nVariations; } - const Key& key( uint i ) const { return m_rgkey[i]; } - }; - - /// TODO: please document - bool initializeMods(); - - /** - * Returns the equivalent X modifier mask of the given modifier flag. - * @param modFlag the generic flags to check - * @return the window system specific flags - */ - uint modX( KKey::ModFlag modFlag ); - - /** - * Returns true if the current keyboard layout supports the Win key. - * Specifically, whether the Super or Meta keys are assigned to an X modifier. - * @return true if the keyboard has a Win key - * @see modXWin() - */ - bool keyboardHasWinKey(); - - /** - * Returns the X11 Shift modifier mask/flag. - * @return the X11 Shift modifier mask/flag. - * @see accelModMaskX() - */ - uint modXShift(); - - /** - * Returns the X11 Lock modifier mask/flag. - * @return the X11 Lock modifier mask/flag. - * @see accelModMaskX() - */ - uint modXLock(); - - /** - * Returns the X11 Ctrl modifier mask/flag. - * @return the X11 Ctrl modifier mask/flag. - * @see accelModMaskX() - */ - uint modXCtrl(); - - /** - * Returns the X11 Alt (Mod1) modifier mask/flag. - * @return the X11 Alt (Mod1) modifier mask/flag. - * @see accelModMaskX() - */ - uint modXAlt(); - - /** - * Returns the X11 NumLock modifier mask/flag. - * @return the X11 NumLock modifier mask/flag. - * @see accelModMaskX() - */ - uint modXNumLock(); - - /** - * Returns the X11 Win (Mod3) modifier mask/flag. - * @return the X11 Win (Mod3) modifier mask/flag. - * @see keyboardHasWinKey() - * @see accelModMaskX() - */ - uint modXWin(); - - /** - * Returns the X11 ScrollLock modifier mask/flag. - * @return the X11 ScrollLock modifier mask/flag. - * @see accelModMaskX() - */ - uint modXScrollLock(); - - /** - * Returns bitwise OR'ed mask containing Shift, Ctrl, Alt, and - * Win (if available). - * @see modXShift() - * @see modXLock() - * @see modXCtrl() - * @see modXAlt() - * @see modXNumLock() - * @see modXWin() - * @see modXScrollLock() - */ - uint accelModMaskX(); - - /** - * Extracts the symbol from the given Qt key and - * converts it to a symbol. - * @param keyQt the qt key code - * @param sym if successful, the symbol will be written here - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key - * @see Sym - */ - bool keyQtToSym( int keyQt, uint& sym ); - - /** - * Extracts the modifiers from the given Qt key and - * converts them in a mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers. - * @param keyQt the qt key code - * @param mod if successful, the modifiers will be written here - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key - */ - bool keyQtToMod( int keyQt, uint& mod ); - - /** - * Converts the given symbol to a Qt key code. - * @param sym the symbol - * @param keyQt if successful, the qt key code will be written here - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key - * @see Sym - */ - bool symToKeyQt( uint sym, int& keyQt ); - - /** - * Converts the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers to - * a mask of ORed Qt key code modifiers. - * @param mod the mask of KKey::ModFlag modifiers - * @param modQt the mask of Qt key code modifiers will be written here, - * if successful - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key - * @see KKey - */ - bool modToModQt( uint mod, int& modQt ); - - /** - * Converts the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers to - * a mask of ORed X11 modifiers. - * @param mod the mask of KKey::ModFlag modifiers - * @param modX the mask of X11 modifiers will be written here, - * if successful - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see KKey - */ - bool modToModX( uint mod, uint& modX ); - - /** - * Converts the mask of ORed X11 modifiers to - * a mask of ORed Qt key code modifiers. - * @param modX the mask of X11 modifiers - * @param modQt the mask of Qt key code modifiers will be written here - * if successful - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key - */ - bool modXToModQt( uint modX, int& modQt ); - - /** - * Converts the mask of ORed X11 modifiers to - * a mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers. - * @param modX the mask of X11 modifiers - * @param mod the mask of KKey::ModFlag modifiers will be written here, - * if successful - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see KKey - */ - bool modXToMod( uint modX, uint& mod ); - - /** - * Converts a X11 key code and a mask of ORed X11 modifiers - * into a X11 symbol. - * converts it to a symbol. - * @param codeX the X11 key code - * @param modX the mask of ORed X11 modifiers - * @param symX if successful, the X11 symbol will be written here - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key - * @see Sym - */ - bool codeXToSym( uchar codeX, uint modX, uint& symX ); - - /** - * @internal - */ - TQString modToStringInternal( uint mod ); - - /** - * Converts the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers to a - * user-readable string. - * @param mod the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers - * @return the user-readable string - */ - TQString modToStringUser( uint mod ); - - /** - * @internal - * Unimplemented? - */ - bool stringToSymMod( const TQString&, uint& sym, uint& mod ); - - /** - * @internal - * Unimplemented? - */ - void keyQtToKeyX( uint keyCombQt, unsigned char *pKeyCodeX, uint *pKeySymX, uint *pKeyModX ); -} - -#endif // !_KKEYSERVER_X11_H diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde331/konsole_part.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde331/konsole_part.h deleted file mode 100644 index e264732c..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde331/konsole_part.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,229 +0,0 @@ -/* - This file is part of the KDE system - Copyright (C) 1999,2000 Boloni Laszlo - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. - */ - -#ifndef __KONSOLE_PART_H__ -#define __KONSOLE_PART_H__ - -#include <kparts/browserextension.h> -#include <kparts/factory.h> - - -#include <kdialogbase.h> - -#include <kde_terminal_interface.h> - -//#include "schema.h" -//#include "session.h" - -class KInstance; -class konsoleBrowserExtension; -class TQPushButton; -class TQSpinBox; -class KPopupMenu; -class TQCheckBox; -class KRootPixmap; -class KToggleAction; -class KSelectAction; - -namespace KParts { class GUIActivateEvent; } - -class konsoleFactory : public KParts::Factory -{ - Q_OBJECT -public: - konsoleFactory(); - virtual ~konsoleFactory(); - - virtual KParts::Part* createPartObject(TQWidget *parentWidget = 0, const char *widgetName = 0, - TQObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0, - const char* classname = "KParts::Part", - const TQStringList &args = TQStringList()); - - static KInstance *instance(); - - private: - static KInstance *s_instance; - static KAboutData *s_aboutData; -}; - -////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -class konsolePart: public KParts::ReadOnlyPart, public TerminalInterface -{ - Q_OBJECT - public: - konsolePart(TQWidget *parentWidget, const char *widgetName, TQObject * parent, const char *name, const char *classname = 0); - virtual ~konsolePart(); - -signals: - void processExited(); - void receivedData( const TQString& s ); - protected: - virtual bool openURL( const KURL & url ); - virtual bool openFile() {return false;} // never used - virtual bool closeURL() {return true;} - virtual void guiActivateEvent( KParts::GUIActivateEvent * event ); - - protected slots: - void showShell(); - void slotProcessExited(); - void slotReceivedData( const TQString& s ); - -// void doneSession(TESession*); - void sessionDestroyed(); -// void configureRequest(TEWidget*,int,int x,int y); - void updateTitle(); - void enableMasterModeConnections(); - - private slots: - void emitOpenURLRequest(const TQString &url); - - void readProperties(); - void saveProperties(); - - void sendSignal(int n); - void closeCurrentSession(); - - void notifySize(int,int); - - void slotToggleFrame(); - void slotSelectScrollbar(); - void slotSelectFont(); - void schema_menu_check(); - void keytab_menu_activated(int item); - void updateSchemaMenu(); - void setSchema(int n); - void pixmap_menu_activated(int item); - void schema_menu_activated(int item); - void slotHistoryType(); - void slotSelectBell(); - void slotSelectLineSpacing(); - void slotBlinkingCursor(); - void slotWordSeps(); - void fontNotFound(); - void slotSetEncoding(); - void slotFontChanged(); - - private: - konsoleBrowserExtension *m_extension; - KURL currentURL; - - void makeGUI(); - void applySettingsToGUI(); - - void setFont(int fontno); -// void setSchema(ColorSchema* s); - void updateKeytabMenu(); - - bool doOpenStream( const TQString& ); - bool doWriteStream( const TQByteArray& ); - bool doCloseStream(); - - TQWidget* parentWidget; -// TEWidget* te; -// TESession* se; -// ColorSchemaList* colors; - KRootPixmap* rootxpm; - - KToggleAction* blinkingCursor; - KToggleAction* showFrame; - - KSelectAction* selectBell; - KSelectAction* selectFont; - KSelectAction* selectLineSpacing; - KSelectAction* selectScrollbar; - KSelectAction* selectSetEncoding; - - KPopupMenu* m_keytab; - KPopupMenu* m_schema; - KPopupMenu* m_signals; - KPopupMenu* m_options; - KPopupMenu* m_popupMenu; - - TQFont defaultFont; - - TQString pmPath; // pixmap path - TQString s_schema; - TQString s_kconfigSchema; - TQString s_word_seps; // characters that are considered part of a word - TQString fontNotFound_par; - - bool b_framevis:1; - bool b_histEnabled:1; - - int curr_schema; // current schema no - int n_bell; - int n_font; - int n_keytab; - int n_render; - int n_scroll; - unsigned m_histSize; - bool m_runningShell; - bool m_streamEnabled; - int n_encoding; - -public: - // these are the implementations for the TermEmuInterface - // functions... - void startProgram( const TQString& program, - const TQStrList& args ); - void showShellInDir( const TQString& dir ); - void sendInput( const TQString& text ); -}; - -////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -/*class HistoryTypeDialog : public KDialogBase -{ - Q_OBJECT -public: - HistoryTypeDialog(const HistoryType& histType, - unsigned int histSize, - TQWidget *parent); - -public slots: - void slotDefault(); - void slotSetUnlimited(); - void slotHistEnable(bool); - - unsigned int nbLines() const; - bool isOn() const; - -protected: - TQCheckBox* m_btnEnable; - TQSpinBox* m_size; - TQPushButton* m_setUnlimited; -}; - -////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -*/ - -class konsoleBrowserExtension : public KParts::BrowserExtension -{ - Q_OBJECT - friend class konsolePart; - public: - konsoleBrowserExtension(konsolePart *parent); - virtual ~konsoleBrowserExtension(); - - void emitOpenURLRequest(const KURL &url); -}; - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde331/kpanelmenu.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde331/kpanelmenu.h deleted file mode 100644 index 4186156b..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde331/kpanelmenu.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,181 +0,0 @@ -/***************************************************************** - -Copyright (c) 1996-2000 the kicker authors. See file AUTHORS. - (c) 2001 Michael Goffioul <kdeprint@swing.be> - -Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy -of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal -in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights -to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell -copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is -furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: - -The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in -all copies or substantial portions of the Software. - -THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR -IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, -FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE -AUTHORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN -AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN -CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. - -******************************************************************/ - -#ifndef __KPANELMENU_H__ -#define __KPANELMENU_H__ - -#include <tqstring.h> -#include <kpopupmenu.h> -#include <kgenericfactory.h> - -class KPanelMenuPrivate; - -/** - * This class allows to build menu entries that will be dynamically added either to - * the K-menu, or to the panel as a normal button. These dynamic menus are located - * in shared libraries that will be loaded at runtime by Kicker (the KDE panel). - * - * To build such a menu, you have to inherit this class and implement the pure virtual - * functions #initialize() and slotExec(). You also have to provide a factory - * object in your library, see KLibFactory. This factory is only used to construct - * the menu object. - * - * Finally, you also have to provide a desktop file describing your dynamic menu. The - * relevant entries are: Name, Comment, Icon and X-KDE-Library (which contains the - * library name without any extension). This desktop file has to be installed in - * $KDEDIR/share/apps/kicker/menuext/. - * - * @short Base class to build dynamically loaded menu entries for the K-menu, or the panel. - * @author The kicker maintainer, Michael Goffioul <kdeprint@swing.be> - */ -class KPanelMenu : public KPopupMenu -{ - Q_OBJECT - -public: - /** - * Construct a KPanelMenu object. This is the normal constructor to use when - * building extrernal menu entries. - */ - KPanelMenu(TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0); - /** - * Constructor used internally by Kicker. You don't really want to use it. - * @param startDir a directory to associate with this menu - * @param parent parent object - * @param name name of the object - * @see path(), setPath() - */ - KPanelMenu(const TQString &startDir, TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0); - /** - * Destructor. - */ - virtual ~KPanelMenu(); - - /** - * Get the directory path associated with this menu, or TQString::null if - * there's no such associated path. - * @return the associated directory path - * @see setPath() - */ - const TQString& path() const; - /** - * Set a directory path to be associated with this menu. - * @param p the directory path - * @see path() - */ - void setPath(const TQString &p); - /** - * Tell if the menu has been initialized, that is it already contains items. - * This is useful when you need to know if you have to clear the menu, or to - * fill it. - * @return the initial state - * @see setInitialized(), initialize() - */ - bool initialized() const; - /** - * Set the initial state. Set it to true when you menu is filled with the items - * you want. - * @param on the initial state - * @see initialized(), initialize() - */ - void setInitialized(bool on); - - /** - * Disable the automatic clearing of the menu. Kicker uses a cache system for - * its menus. After a specific configurable delay, the menu will be cleared. - * Use this function if you want to disable kicker's cache system, and avoid - * the clearing of your menu. - */ - void disableAutoClear(); - -public slots: - /** - * Reinitialize the menu: the menu is first cleared, the initial state is set - * to false, and finally #initialize() is called. Use this if you want to - * refill your menu immediately. - */ - void reinitialize(); - /** - * Deinitialize the menu: the menu is cleared and the initialized state is set to - * false. #initialize() is NOT called. It will be called before the menu is - * next shown, however. Use this slot if you want a delayed reinitialization. - * @since 3.1 - */ - void deinitialize(); - -protected slots: - /** - * This slot is called just before the menu is shown. This allows your menu - * to update itself if needed. However you should instead re-implement - * #initialize to provide this feature. This function is responsible for - * the cache system handling, so if you re-implement it, you should call - * the base function also. Calls #initialize(). - * @see disableAutoClear() - */ - virtual void slotAboutToShow(); - /** - * This is slot is called when an item from the menu has been selected. Your - * applet is then supposed to perform some action. You must re-implement this - * function. - * @param id the ID associated with the selected item - */ - virtual void slotExec(int id) = 0; - /** - * This slots is called to initialize the menu. It is called automatically by - * slotAboutToShow(). By re-implementing this functions, you can reconstruct - * the menu before it is being shown. At the end of this function, you should - * call setInitialize() with true to tell the system that the menu is OK. - * You applet must re-implement this function. - * @see slotAboutToShow(), initialized(), setInitialized() - */ - virtual void initialize() = 0; - /** - * Clears the menu, and update the initial state accordingly. - * @see initialized() - */ - void slotClear(); - -protected: - /** - * Re-implemented for internal reasons. - */ - virtual void hideEvent(TQHideEvent *ev); - /** - * For internal use only. Used by constructors. - */ - void init(const TQString& path = TQString::null); - -protected: - virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data ); -private: - void internalInitialize(); - KPanelMenuPrivate *d; -}; - -#define K_EXPORT_KICKER_MENUEXT( libname, classname ) \ - K_EXPORT_COMPONENT_FACTORY( \ - kickermenu_##libname, \ - KGenericFactory<classname>("libkickermenu_" #libname) ) - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde331/krecentdirs.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde331/krecentdirs.h deleted file mode 100644 index 61a50706..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde331/krecentdirs.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,68 +0,0 @@ -/* -*- c++ -*- - * Copyright (C)2000 Waldo Bastian <bastian@kde.org> - * - * All rights reserved. - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without - * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions - * are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the - * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND - * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE - * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE - * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE - * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL - * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS - * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) - * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT - * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY - * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF - * SUCH DAMAGE. - * - */ -#ifndef __KRECENTDIRS_H -#define __KRECENTDIRS_H - -#include <tqstringlist.h> - -/** - * The goal of this class is to make sure that, when the user needs to - * specify a file via the file selection dialog, this dialog will start - * in the directory most likely to contain the desired files. - * - * This works as follows: Each time the file selection dialog is - * shown, the programmer can specify a "file-class". The file-dialog will - * then start with the directory associated with this file-class. When - * the dialog closes, the directory currently shown in the file-dialog - * will be associated with the file-class. - * - * A file-class can either start with ':' or with '::'. If it starts with - * a single ':' the file-class is specific to the current application. - * If the file-class starts with '::' it is global to all applications. - */ -class KRecentDirs -{ -public: - /** - * Returns a list of directories associated with this file-class. - * The most recently used directory is at the front of the list. - */ - static TQStringList list(const TQString &fileClass); - - /** - * Returns the most recently used directory accociated with this file-class. - */ - static TQString dir(const TQString &fileClass); - - /** - * Associates @p directory with @p fileClass - */ - static void add(const TQString &fileClass, const TQString &directory); -}; - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde331/ksharedptr.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde331/ksharedptr.h deleted file mode 100644 index da710a32..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde331/ksharedptr.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,175 +0,0 @@ -/* This file is part of the KDE libraries - Copyright (c) 1999 Waldo Bastian <bastian@kde.org> - - This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation. - - This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. -*/ -#ifndef KSharedPTR_H -#define KSharedPTR_H - -/** - * Reference counting for shared objects. If you derive your object - * from this class, then you may use it in conjunction with - * KSharedPtr to control the lifetime of your object. - * - * Specifically, all classes that derive from KShared have an internal - * counter keeping track of how many other objects have a reference to - * their object. If used with KSharedPtr, then your object will - * not be deleted until all references to the object have been - * released. - * - * You should probably not ever use any of the methods in this class - * directly -- let the KSharedPtr take care of that. Just derive - * your class from KShared and forget about it. - * - * @author Waldo Bastian <bastian@kde.org> - * @version $Id: ksharedptr.h,v 1.23 2004/02/04 12:16:03 raabe Exp $ - */ -class KShared { -public: - /** - * Standard constructor. This will initialize the reference count - * on this object to 0. - */ - KShared() : count(0) { } - - /** - * Copy constructor. This will @em not actually copy the objects - * but it will initialize the reference count on this object to 0. - */ - KShared( const KShared & ) : count(0) { } - - /** - * Overloaded assignment operator. - */ - KShared &operator=(const KShared & ) { return *this; } - - /** - * Increases the reference count by one. - */ - void _KShared_ref() const { count++; } - - /** - * Releases a reference (decreases the reference count by one). If - * the count goes to 0, this object will delete itself. - */ - void _KShared_unref() const { if (!--count) delete this; } - - /** - * Return the current number of references held. - * - * @return Number of references - */ - int _KShared_count() const { return count; } - -protected: - virtual ~KShared() { } -private: - mutable int count; -}; - -/** - * Can be used to control the lifetime of an object that has derived - * KShared. As long a someone holds a KSharedPtr on some KShared - * object it won't become deleted but is deleted once its reference - * count is 0. This struct emulates C++ pointers virtually perfectly. - * So just use it like a simple C++ pointer. - * - * KShared and KSharedPtr are preferred over QShared / QSharedPtr - * since they are more safe. - * - * WARNING: Please note that this class template provides an implicit - * conversion to T*. Do *not* change this pointer or the pointee (don't - * call delete on it, for instance) behind KSharedPtr's back. - * - * @author Waldo Bastian <bastian@kde.org> - * @version $Id: ksharedptr.h,v 1.23 2004/02/04 12:16:03 raabe Exp $ - */ -template< class T > -struct KSharedPtr -{ -public: -/** - * Creates a null pointer. - */ - KSharedPtr() - : ptr(0) { } - /** - * Creates a new pointer. - * @param t the pointer - */ - KSharedPtr( T* t ) - : ptr(t) { if ( ptr ) ptr->_KShared_ref(); } - - /** - * Copies a pointer. - * @param p the pointer to copy - */ - KSharedPtr( const KSharedPtr& p ) - : ptr(p.ptr) { if ( ptr ) ptr->_KShared_ref(); } - - /** - * Unreferences the object that this pointer points to. If it was - * the last reference, the object will be deleted. - */ - ~KSharedPtr() { if ( ptr ) ptr->_KShared_unref(); } - - KSharedPtr<T>& operator= ( const KSharedPtr<T>& p ) { - if ( ptr == p.ptr ) return *this; - if ( ptr ) ptr->_KShared_unref(); - ptr = p.ptr; - if ( ptr ) ptr->_KShared_ref(); - return *this; - } - KSharedPtr<T>& operator= ( T* p ) { - if ( ptr == p ) return *this; - if ( ptr ) ptr->_KShared_unref(); - ptr = p; - if ( ptr ) ptr->_KShared_ref(); - return *this; - } - bool operator== ( const KSharedPtr<T>& p ) const { return ( ptr == p.ptr ); } - bool operator!= ( const KSharedPtr<T>& p ) const { return ( ptr != p.ptr ); } - bool operator== ( const T* p ) const { return ( ptr == p ); } - bool operator!= ( const T* p ) const { return ( ptr != p ); } - bool operator!() const { return ( ptr == 0 ); } - operator T*() const { return ptr; } - - /** - * Returns the pointer. - * @return the pointer - */ - T* data() { return ptr; } - - /** - * Returns the pointer. - * @return the pointer - */ - const T* data() const { return ptr; } - - const T& operator*() const { return *ptr; } - T& operator*() { return *ptr; } - const T* operator->() const { return ptr; } - T* operator->() { return ptr; } - - /** - * Returns the number of references. - * @return the number of references - */ - int count() const { return ptr->_KShared_count(); } // for debugging purposes -private: - T* ptr; -}; - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde331/ksycocafactory.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde331/ksycocafactory.h deleted file mode 100644 index 2a114ee0..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde331/ksycocafactory.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,143 +0,0 @@ -/* This file is part of the KDE libraries - * Copyright (C) 1999 Waldo Bastian <bastian@kde.org> - * - * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - * License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation; - * - * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Library General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - * along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. - **/ - -#ifndef __ksycocafactory_h__ -#define __ksycocafactory_h__ "$Id: ksycocafactory.h,v 1.14 2003/10/29 17:59:18 waba Exp $" - -#include "ksycocatype.h" -#include "ksycocaentry.h" - -#include <tqdict.h> -#include <tqptrlist.h> -class KSycoca; -class TQStringList; -class TQString; -class KSycocaDict; -class KSycocaResourceList; - -typedef TQDict<KSycocaEntry::Ptr> KSycocaEntryDict; - -/** - * @internal - * Base class for sycoca factories - */ -class KSycocaFactory -{ -public: - virtual KSycocaFactoryId factoryId() const = 0; - -protected: // virtual class - /** - * Create a factory which can be used to lookup from/create a database - * (depending on KSycoca::isBuilding()) - */ - KSycocaFactory( KSycocaFactoryId factory_id ); - -public: - virtual ~KSycocaFactory(); - - /** - * @return the position of the factory in the sycoca file - */ - int offset() { return mOffset; } - - /** - * @return the dict, for special use by KBuildSycoca - */ - KSycocaEntryDict * entryDict() { return m_entryDict; } - - /** - * Construct an entry from a config file. - * To be implemented in the real factories. - */ - virtual KSycocaEntry *createEntry(const TQString &file, const char *resource) = 0; - - /** - * Add an entry - */ - virtual void addEntry(KSycocaEntry *newEntry, const char *resource); - - /** - * Remove an entry - * Not very fast, use with care. O(N) - */ - void removeEntry(KSycocaEntry *newEntry); - - /** - * Read an entry from the database - */ - virtual KSycocaEntry *createEntry(int offset)=0; - - /** - * Get a list of all entries from the database. - */ - KSycocaEntry::List allEntries(); - - /** - * Saves all entries it maintains as well as index files - * for these entries to the stream 'str'. - * - * Also sets mOffset to the starting position. - * - * The stream is positioned at the end of the last index. - * - * Don't forget to call the parent first when you override - * this function. - */ - virtual void save(TQDataStream &str); - - /** - * Writes out a header to the stream 'str'. - * The baseclass positions the stream correctly. - * - * Don't forget to call the parent first when you override - * this function. - */ - virtual void saveHeader(TQDataStream &str); - - /** - * @return the resources for which this factory is responsible. - */ - virtual const KSycocaResourceList * resourceList() const { return m_resourceList; } - -private: - int mOffset; - -protected: - int m_sycocaDictOffset; - int m_beginEntryOffset; - int m_endEntryOffset; - TQDataStream *m_str; - - KSycocaResourceList *m_resourceList; - KSycocaEntryDict *m_entryDict; - KSycocaDict *m_sycocaDict; -protected: - virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data ); -}; - -/** This, instead of a typedef, allows to declare "class ..." in header files - * @internal - */ -class KSycocaFactoryList : public TQPtrList<KSycocaFactory> -{ -public: - KSycocaFactoryList() { } -}; - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde331/ktoolbarbutton.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde331/ktoolbarbutton.h deleted file mode 100644 index f6b899fb..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde331/ktoolbarbutton.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,315 +0,0 @@ -/* This file is part of the KDE libraries - Copyright (C) 1997, 1998 Stephan Kulow (coolo@kde.org) - (C) 1997, 1998 Sven Radej (radej@kde.org) - (C) 1997, 1998 Mark Donohoe (donohoe@kde.org) - (C) 1997, 1998 Matthias Ettrich (ettrich@kde.org) - (C) 2000 Kurt Granroth (granroth@kde.org) - - This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation. - - This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. -*/ - -#ifndef _KTOOLBARBUTTON_H -#define _KTOOLBARBUTTON_H - -#include <tqpixmap.h> -#include <tqtoolbutton.h> -#include <tqintdict.h> -#include <tqstring.h> -#include <kglobal.h> - -class KToolBar; -class KToolBarButtonPrivate; -class KInstance; -class TQEvent; -class TQPopupMenu; -class TQPainter; - -/** - * A toolbar button. This is used internally by KToolBar, use the - * KToolBar methods instead. - * @internal - */ -class KToolBarButton : public QToolButton -{ - Q_OBJECT - -public: - /** - * Construct a button with an icon loaded by the button itself. - * This will trust the button to load the correct icon with the - * correct size. - * - * @param icon Name of icon to load (may be absolute or relative) - * @param id Id of this button - * @param parent This button's parent - * @param name This button's internal name - * @param txt This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise) - * @param _instance the instance to use for this button - */ - KToolBarButton(const TQString& icon, int id, TQWidget *parent, - const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null, - KInstance *_instance = KGlobal::instance()); - - /** - * Construct a button with an existing pixmap. It is not - * recommended that you use this as the internal icon loading code - * will almost always get it "right". - * - * @param pixmap Name of icon to load (may be absolute or relative) - * @param id Id of this button - * @param parent This button's parent - * @param name This button's internal name - * @param txt This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise) - */ - KToolBarButton(const TQPixmap& pixmap, int id, TQWidget *parent, - const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null); - - /** - * Construct a separator button - * - * @param parent This button's parent - * @param name This button's internal name - */ - KToolBarButton(TQWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L); - - /** - * Standard destructor - */ - ~KToolBarButton(); - -#ifndef KDE_NO_COMPAT - /** - * @deprecated - * Set the pixmap directly for this button. This pixmap should be - * the active one... the dimmed and disabled pixmaps are constructed - * based on this one. However, don't use this function unless you - * are positive that you don't want to use setIcon. - * - * @param pixmap The active pixmap - */ - // this one is from TQButton, so #ifdef-ing it out doesn't break BC - virtual void setPixmap(const TQPixmap &pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED; - - /** - * @deprecated - * Force the button to use this pixmap as the default one rather - * then generating it using effects. - * - * @param pixmap The pixmap to use as the default (normal) one - */ - void setDefaultPixmap(const TQPixmap& pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED; - - /** - * @deprecated - * Force the button to use this pixmap when disabled one rather then - * generating it using effects. - * - * @param pixmap The pixmap to use when disabled - */ - void setDisabledPixmap(const TQPixmap& pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED; -#endif - - /** - * Set the text for this button. The text will be either used as a - * tooltip (IconOnly) or will be along side the icon - * - * @param text The button (or tooltip) text - */ - virtual void setText(const TQString &text); - - /** - * Set the icon for this button. The icon will be loaded internally - * with the correct size. This function is preferred over setIconSet - * - * @param icon The name of the icon - */ - virtual void setIcon(const TQString &icon); - - /// @since 3.1 - virtual void setIcon( const TQPixmap &pixmap ) - { TQToolButton::setIcon( pixmap ); } - - /** - * Set the pixmaps for this toolbar button from a TQIconSet. - * If you call this you don't need to call any of the other methods - * that set icons or pixmaps. - * @param iconset The iconset to use - */ - virtual void setIconSet( const TQIconSet &iconset ); - -#ifndef KDE_NO_COMPAT - /** - * @deprecated - * Set the active icon for this button. The pixmap itself is loaded - * internally based on the icon size... .. the disabled and default - * pixmaps, however will only be constructed if generate is - * true. This function is preferred over setPixmap - * - * @param icon The name of the active icon - * @param generate If true, then the other icons are automagically - * generated from this one - */ - KDE_DEPRECATED void setIcon(const TQString &icon, bool generate ) { Q_UNUSED(generate); setIcon( icon ); } - - /** - * @deprecated - * Force the button to use this icon as the default one rather - * then generating it using effects. - * - * @param icon The icon to use as the default (normal) one - */ - void setDefaultIcon(const TQString& icon) KDE_DEPRECATED; - - /** - * @deprecated - * Force the button to use this icon when disabled one rather then - * generating it using effects. - * - * @param icon The icon to use when disabled - */ - void setDisabledIcon(const TQString& icon) KDE_DEPRECATED; -#endif - - /** - * Turn this button on or off - * - * @param flag true or false - */ - void on(bool flag = true); - - /** - * Toggle this button - */ - void toggle(); - - /** - * Turn this button into a toggle button or disable the toggle - * aspects of it. This does not toggle the button itself. - * Use toggle() for that. - * - * @param toggle true or false - */ - void setToggle(bool toggle = true); - - /** - * Return a pointer to this button's popup menu (if it exists) - */ - TQPopupMenu *popup(); - - /** - * Returns the button's id. - * @since 3.2 - */ - int id() const; - - /** - * Give this button a popup menu. There will not be a delay when - * you press the button. Use setDelayedPopup if you want that - * behavior. - * - * @param p The new popup menu - * @param unused Has no effect - ignore it. - */ - void setPopup (TQPopupMenu *p, bool unused = false); - - /** - * Gives this button a delayed popup menu. - * - * This function allows you to add a delayed popup menu to the button. - * The popup menu is then only displayed when the button is pressed and - * held down for about half a second. - * - * @param p the new popup menu - * @param unused Has no effect - ignore it. - */ - void setDelayedPopup(TQPopupMenu *p, bool unused = false); - - /** - * Turn this button into a radio button - * - * @param f true or false - */ - void setRadio(bool f = true); - - /** - * Toolbar buttons naturally will assume the global styles - * concerning icons, icons sizes, etc. You can use this function to - * explicitly turn this off, if you like. - * - * @param no_style Will disable styles if true - */ - void setNoStyle(bool no_style = true); - -signals: - void clicked(int); - void doubleClicked(int); - void pressed(int); - void released(int); - void toggled(int); - void highlighted(int, bool); - -public slots: - /** - * This slot should be called whenever the toolbar mode has - * potentially changed. This includes such events as text changing, - * orientation changing, etc. - */ - void modeChange(); - virtual void setTextLabel(const TQString&, bool tipToo); - -protected: - void paletteChange(const TQPalette &); - void leaveEvent(TQEvent *e); - void enterEvent(TQEvent *e); - void drawButton(TQPainter *p); - bool eventFilter (TQObject *o, TQEvent *e); - void showMenu(); - TQSize sizeHint() const; - TQSize minimumSizeHint() const; - TQSize minimumSize() const; - - /// @since 3.1 - bool isRaised() const; - /// @since 3.1 - bool isActive() const; - /// @since 3.1 - int iconTextMode() const; - -protected slots: - void slotClicked(); - void slotPressed(); - void slotReleased(); - void slotToggled(); - void slotDelayTimeout(); - -protected: - virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data ); -private: - KToolBarButtonPrivate *d; -}; - -/** -* List of KToolBarButton objects. -* @internal -* @version $Id: ktoolbarbutton.h,v 1.36 2004/03/18 02:50:16 bmeyer Exp $ -*/ -class KToolBarButtonList : public TQIntDict<KToolBarButton> -{ -public: - KToolBarButtonList(); - ~KToolBarButtonList() {} -}; - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde331/kurifilter.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde331/kurifilter.h deleted file mode 100644 index 834bff8a..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde331/kurifilter.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,644 +0,0 @@ -/* - * This file is part of the KDE libraries - * Copyright (C) 2000-2001,2003 Dawit Alemayehu <adawit at kde.org> - * - * Original author - * Copyright (C) 2000 Yves Arrouye <yves@realnames.com> - * - * - * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Library General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - * along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. - **/ - -#ifndef __kurifilter_h__ -#define __kurifilter_h__ "$Id: kurifilter.h,v 1.41 2003/08/30 08:56:21 raabe Exp $" - -#include <tqptrlist.h> -#include <tqobject.h> -#include <tqstringlist.h> - -#include <kurl.h> -#include <kdemacros.h> - -class KURIFilterPrivate; -class KURIFilterDataPrivate; - -class KCModule; - -/** -* A basic message object used for exchanging filtering -* information between the filter plugins and the application -* requesting the filtering service. -* -* Use this object if you require a more detailed information -* about the URI you want to filter. Any application can create -* an instance of this class and send it to KURIFilter to -* have the plugins fill out all possible information about the -* URI. -* -* \b Example -* -* \code -* TQString text = "kde.org"; -* KURIFilterData d = text; -* bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filter( d ); -* cout << "URL: " << text.latin1() << endl -* << "Filtered URL: " << d.uri().url().latin1() << endl -* << "URI Type: " << d.uriType() << endl -* << "Was Filtered: " << filtered << endl; -* \endcode -* -* The above code should yield the following output: -* \code -* URI: kde.org -* Filtered URI: http://kde.org -* URI Type: 0 <== means NET_PROTOCOL -* Was Filtered: 1 <== means the URL was successfully filtered -* \endcode -* -* @short A message object for exchanging filtering URI info. -* @author Dawit Alemayehu <adawit at kde.org> -*/ - -class KURIFilterData -{ -friend class KURIFilterPlugin; - -public: - /** - * Describes the type of the URI that was filtered. - * Here is a brief description of the types: - * - * @li NET_PROTOCOL - Any network protocol: http, ftp, nttp, pop3, etc... - * @li LOCAL_FILE - A local file whose executable flag is not set - * @li LOCAL_DIR - A local directory - * @li EXECUTABLE - A local file whose executable flag is set - * @li HELP - A man or info page - * @li SHELL - A shell executable (ex: echo "Test..." >> ~/testfile) - * @li BLOCKED - A URI that should be blocked/filtered (ex: ad filtering) - * @li ERROR - An incorrect URI (ex: "~johndoe" when user johndoe - * does not exist in that system ) - * @li UNKNOWN - A URI that is not identified. Default value when - * a KURIFilterData is first created. - */ - enum URITypes { NET_PROTOCOL=0, LOCAL_FILE, LOCAL_DIR, EXECUTABLE, HELP, SHELL, BLOCKED, ERROR, UNKNOWN }; - - /** - * Default constructor. - * - * Creates a URIFilterData object. - */ - KURIFilterData() { init(); } - - /** - * Creates a URIFilterData object from the given URL. - * - * @param url is the URL to be filtered. - */ - KURIFilterData( const KURL& url ) { init( url); } - - /** - * Creates a URIFilterData object from the given string. - * - * @param url is the string to be filtered. - */ - KURIFilterData( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); } - - /** - * Copy constructor. - * - * Creates a URIFilterData object from another - * URI filter data object. - * - * @param data the uri filter data to be copied. - */ - KURIFilterData( const KURIFilterData& data); - - /** - * Destructor. - */ - ~KURIFilterData(); - - /** - * This method has been deprecated and will always return - * true. You should instead use the result from the - * KURIFilter::filterURI() calls. - * - * @deprecated - */ - KDE_DEPRECATED bool hasBeenFiltered() const { return true; } - - /** - * Returns the filtered or the original URL. - * - * This function returns the filtered url if one - * of the plugins successfully filtered the original - * URL. Otherwise, it returns the original URL. - * See hasBeenFiltered() and - * - * @return the filtered or original url. - */ - KURL uri() const { return m_pURI; } - - /** - * Returns an error message. - * - * This functions returns the error message set - * by the plugin whenever the uri type is set to - * KURIFilterData::ERROR. Otherwise, it returns - * a TQString::null. - * - * @return the error message or a NULL when there is none. - */ - TQString errorMsg() const { return m_strErrMsg; } - - /** - * Returns the URI type. - * - * This method always returns KURIFilterData::UNKNOWN - * if the given URL was not filtered. - * @return the type of the URI - */ - URITypes uriType() const { return m_iType; } - - /** - * Sets the URL to be filtered. - * - * Use this function to set the string to be - * filtered when you construct an empty filter - * object. - * - * @param url the string to be filtered. - */ - void setData( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); } - - /** - * Same as above except the argument is a URL. - * - * Use this function to set the string to be - * filtered when you construct an empty filter - * object. - * - * @param url the URL to be filtered. - */ - void setData( const KURL& url ) { init( url ); } - - /** - * Sets the absolute path to be used whenever the supplied - * data is a relative local URL. - * - * NOTE: This function should only be used for local resources, - * i.e. the "file:/" protocol. It is useful for specifying the - * absolute path in cases where the actual URL might be relative. - * meta object. If deriving the path from a KURL, make sure you - * set the argument for this function to the result of calling - * path () instead of url (). - * - * @param abs_path the abolute path to the local resource. - * @return true if absolute path is successfully set. Otherwise, false. - */ - bool setAbsolutePath( const TQString& abs_path ); - - /** - * Returns the absolute path if one has already been set. - * @return the absolute path, or TQString::null - * @see hasAbsolutePath() - */ - TQString absolutePath() const; - - /** - * Checks whether the supplied data had an absolute path. - * @return true if the supplied data has an absolute path - * @see absolutePath() - */ - bool hasAbsolutePath() const; - - /** - * Returns the command line options and arguments for a - * local resource when present. - * - * @return options and arguments when present, otherwise TQString::null - */ - TQString argsAndOptions() const; - - /** - * Checks whether the current data is a local resource with - * command line options and arguments. - * @return true if the current data has command line options and arguments - */ - bool hasArgsAndOptions() const; - - /** - * Returns the name of the icon that matches - * the current filtered URL. - * - * NOTE that this function will return a NULL - * string by default and when no associated icon - * is found. - * - * @return the name of the icon associated with the resource, - * or TQString::null if not found - */ - TQString iconName(); - - /** - * Check whether the provided uri is executable or not. - * - * Setting this to false ensures that typing the name of - * an executable does not start that application. This is - * useful in the location bar of a browser. The default - * value is true. - * - * @since 3.2 - */ - void setCheckForExecutables (bool check); - - /** - * @return true if the filters should attempt to check whether the - * supplied uri is an executable. False otherwise. - * - * @since 3.2 - */ - bool checkForExecutables() const { return m_bCheckForExecutables; } - - /** - * @return the string as typed by the user, before any URL processing is done - * @since 3.2 - */ - TQString typedString() const; - - /** - * Overloaded assigenment operator. - * - * This function allows you to easily assign a KURL - * to a KURIFilterData object. - * - * @return an instance of a KURIFilterData object. - */ - KURIFilterData& operator=( const KURL& url ) { init( url ); return *this; } - - /** - * Overloaded assigenment operator. - * - * This function allows you to easily assign a QString - * to a KURIFilterData object. - * - * @return an instance of a KURIFilterData object. - */ - KURIFilterData& operator=( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); return *this; } - -protected: - - /** - * Initializes the KURIFilterData on construction. - * @param url the URL to initialize the object with - */ - void init( const KURL& url); - - /** - * Initializes the KURIFilterData on construction. - * @param url the URL to initialize the object with - */ - void init( const TQString& url = TQString::null ); - -private: - bool m_bCheckForExecutables; - bool m_bChanged; - - TQString m_strErrMsg; - TQString m_strIconName; - - KURL m_pURI; - URITypes m_iType; - KURIFilterDataPrivate *d; -}; - - -/** - * Base class for URI filter plugins. - * - * This class applies a single filter to a URI. All plugins designed - * to provide URI filtering service should inherit from this abstract - * class and provide a concrete implementation. - * - * All inheriting classes need to implement the pure virtual function - * filterURI. - * - * @short Abstract class for URI filter plugins. - */ -class KURIFilterPlugin : public QObject -{ - Q_OBJECT - -public: - - /** - * Constructs a filter plugin with a given name and - * priority. - * - * @param parent the parent object, or 0 for no parent - * @param name the name of the plugin, or 0 for no name - * @param pri the priority of the plugin. - */ - KURIFilterPlugin( TQObject *parent = 0, const char *name = 0, double pri = 1.0 ); - - /** - * Returns the filter's name. - * - * @return A string naming the filter. - */ - virtual TQString name() const { return m_strName; } - - /** - * Returns the filter's priority. - * - * Each filter has an assigned priority, a float from 0 to 1. Filters - * with the lowest priority are first given a chance to filter a URI. - * - * @return The priority of the filter. - */ - virtual double priority() const { return m_dblPriority; } - - /** - * Filters a URI. - * - * @param data the URI data to be filtered. - * @return A boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed. - */ - virtual bool filterURI( KURIFilterData& data ) const = 0; - - /** - * Creates a configuration module for the filter. - * - * It is the responsibility of the caller to delete the module - * once it is not needed anymore. - * - * @return A configuration module, 0 if the filter isn't configurable. - */ - virtual KCModule *configModule( TQWidget*, const char* ) const { return 0; } - - /** - * Returns the name of the configuration module for the filter. - * - * @return the name of a configuration module or TQString::null if none. - */ - virtual TQString configName() const { return name(); } - -protected: - - /** - * Sets the the URL in @p data to @p uri. - */ - void setFilteredURI ( KURIFilterData& data, const KURL& uri ) const; - - /** - * Sets the error message in @p data to @p errormsg. - */ - void setErrorMsg ( KURIFilterData& data, const TQString& errmsg ) const { - data.m_strErrMsg = errmsg; - } - - /** - * Sets the URI type in @p data to @p type. - */ - void setURIType ( KURIFilterData& data, KURIFilterData::URITypes type) const { - data.m_iType = type; - data.m_bChanged = true; - } - - /** - * Sets the arguments and options string in @p data - * to @p args if any were found during filterting. - */ - void setArguments( KURIFilterData& data, const TQString& args ) const; - - TQString m_strName; - double m_dblPriority; - -protected: - virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data ); -private: - class KURIFilterPluginPrivate *d; -}; - - -/** - * A list of filter plugins. - */ -class KURIFilterPluginList : public TQPtrList<KURIFilterPlugin> -{ -public: - virtual int compareItems(Item a, Item b) - { - double diff = ((KURIFilterPlugin *) a)->priority() - ((KURIFilterPlugin *) b)->priority(); - return diff < 0 ? -1 : (diff > 0 ? 1 : 0); - } - -private: - KURIFilterPrivate *d; - -}; - -/** - * Manages the filtering of URIs. - * - * The intention of this plugin class is to allow people to extend the - * functionality of KURL without modifying it directly. This way KURL will - * remain a generic parser capable of parsing any generic URL that adheres - * to specifications. - * - * The KURIFilter class applies a number of filters to a URI and returns the - * filtered version whenever possible. The filters are implemented using - * plugins to provide easy extensibility of the filtering mechanism. New - * filters can be added in the future by simply inheriting from - * KURIFilterPlugin and implementing the KURIFilterPlugin::filterURI - * method. - * - * Use of this plugin-manager class is straight forward. Since it is a - * singleton object, all you have to do is obtain an instance by doing - * @p KURIFilter::self() and use any of the public member functions to - * preform the filtering. - * - * \b Example - * - * To simply filter a given string: - * - * \code - * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( "kde.org" ); - * \endcode - * - * You can alternatively use a KURL: - * - * \code - * KURL url = "kde.org"; - * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( url ); - * \endcode - * - * If you have a constant string or a constant URL, simply invoke the - * corresponding function to obtain the filtered string or URL instead - * of a boolean flag: - * - * \code - * TQString u = KURIFilter::self()->filteredURI( "kde.org" ); - * \endcode - * - * You can also restrict the filter(s) to be used by supplying - * the name of the filter(s) to use. By defualt all available - * filters will be used. To use specific filters, add the names - * of the filters you want to use to a TQStringList and invoke - * the appropriate filtering function. The examples below show - * the use of specific filters. The first one uses a single - * filter called kshorturifilter while the second example uses - * multiple filters: - * - * \code - * TQString text = "kde.org"; - * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, "kshorturifilter" ); - * \endcode - * - * \code - * TQStringList list; - * list << "kshorturifilter" << "localdomainfilter"; - * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, list ); - * \endcode - * - * KURIFilter also allows richer data exchange through a simple - * meta-object called @p KURIFilterData. Using this meta-object - * you can find out more information about the URL you want to - * filter. See KURIFilterData for examples and details. - * - * @short Filters a given URL into its proper format whenever possible. - */ - -class KURIFilter -{ -public: - /** - * Destructor - */ - ~KURIFilter (); - - /** - * Returns an instance of KURIFilter. - */ - static KURIFilter* self(); - - /** - * Filters the URI given by the object URIFilterData. - * - * The given URL is filtered based on the specified list of filters. - * If the list is empty all available filters would be used. - * - * @param data object that contains the URI to be filtered. - * @param filters specify the list of filters to be used. - * - * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed - */ - bool filterURI( KURIFilterData& data, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); - - /** - * Filters the URI given by the URL. - * - * The given URL is filtered based on the specified list of filters. - * If the list is empty all available filters would be used. - * - * @param uri the URI to filter. - * @param filters specify the list of filters to be used. - * - * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed - */ - bool filterURI( KURL &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); - - /** - * Filters a string representing a URI. - * - * The given URL is filtered based on the specified list of filters. - * If the list is empty all available filters would be used. - * - * @param uri The URI to filter. - * @param filters specify the list of filters to be used. - * - * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed - */ - bool filterURI( TQString &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); - - /** - * Returns the filtered URI. - * - * The given URL is filtered based on the specified list of filters. - * If the list is empty all available filters would be used. - * - * @param uri The URI to filter. - * @param filters specify the list of filters to be used. - * - * @return the filtered URI or null if it cannot be filtered - */ - KURL filteredURI( const KURL &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); - - /** - * Return a filtered string representation of a URI. - * - * The given URL is filtered based on the specified list of filters. - * If the list is empty all available filters would be used. - * - * @param uri the URI to filter. - * @param filters specify the list of filters to be used. - * - * @return the filtered URI or null if it cannot be filtered - */ - TQString filteredURI( const TQString &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); - - /** - * Return an iterator to iterate over all loaded - * plugins. - * - * @return a plugin iterator. - */ - TQPtrListIterator<KURIFilterPlugin> pluginsIterator() const; - - /** - * Return a list of the names of all loaded plugins. - * - * @return a TQStringList of plugin names - * @since 3.1 - */ - TQStringList pluginNames() const; - -protected: - - /** - * A protected constructor. - * - * This constructor creates a KURIFilter and - * initializes all plugins it can find by invoking - * loadPlugins. - */ - KURIFilter(); - - /** - * Loads all allowed plugins. - * - * This function loads all filters that have not - * been disbled. - */ - void loadPlugins(); - -private: - static KURIFilter *m_self; - KURIFilterPluginList m_lstPlugins; - KURIFilterPrivate *d; -}; - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde331/selectdialog.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde331/selectdialog.h deleted file mode 100644 index 680d48ef..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde331/selectdialog.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,87 +0,0 @@ -/* - This file is part of libkresources. - - Copyright (c) 2002 Tobias Koenig <tokoe@kde.org> - Copyright (c) 2002 Jan-Pascal van Best <janpascal@vanbest.org> - Copyright (c) 2003 Cornelius Schumacher <schumacher@kde.org> - - This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - - This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. -*/ - -#ifndef KRESOURCES_SELECTDIALOG_H -#define KRESOURCES_SELECTDIALOG_H - -#include <tqobject.h> -#include <tqptrlist.h> -#include <tqmap.h> - -#include <kdialog.h> - -class KListBox; - -namespace KRES { - -class Resource; - -/** - * Dialog for selecting a resource. - * - * Example: - * - * \code - * - * TQPtrList<Resource> list = ... // can be retrived from KRES::Manager (e.g. KABC::AddressBook) - * - * KABC::Resource *res = KABC::SelectDialog::getResource( list, parentWdg ); - * if ( !res ) { - * // no resource selected - * } else { - * // do something with resource - * } - * \endcode - */ -class SelectDialog -{ - public: - /** - * Constructor. - * @param list The list of available resources - * @param parent The parent widget - * @param name The name of the dialog - */ - SelectDialog( TQPtrList<Resource> list, TQWidget *parent = 0, - const char *name = 0); - - /** - * Returns selected resource. - */ - Resource *resource(); - - /** - * Opens a dialog showing the available resources and returns the resource the - * user has selected. Returns 0, if the dialog was canceled. - */ - static Resource *getResource( TQPtrList<Resource> list, TQWidget *parent = 0 ); - - private: - KListBox *mResourceId; - - TQMap<int, Resource*> mResourceMap; -}; - -} - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde332/configwidget.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde332/configwidget.h deleted file mode 100644 index e289743a..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde332/configwidget.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,58 +0,0 @@ -/* - This file is part of libkresources. - Copyright (c) 2002 Tobias Koenig <tokoe@kde.org> - Copyright (c) 2002 Jan-Pascal van Best <janpascal@vanbest.org> - - This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - - This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. -*/ - -#ifndef KRESOURCES_CONFIGWIDGET_H -#define KRESOURCES_CONFIGWIDGET_H - -#include "resource.h" - -#include <kconfig.h> - -#include <tqwidget.h> - -namespace KRES { - -class ConfigWidget : public QWidget -{ - Q_OBJECT - public: - ConfigWidget( TQWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0 ); - - /** - Sets the widget to 'edit' mode. Reimplement this method if you are - interested in the mode change (to disable some GUI element for - example). By default the widget is in 'create new' mode. - */ - virtual void setInEditMode( bool value ); - - public slots: - virtual void loadSettings( Resource *resource ) = 0; - virtual void saveSettings( Resource *resource ) = 0; - - signals: - void setReadOnly( bool value ); - - protected: - Resource *mResource; -}; - -} -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde332/kaccelaction.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde332/kaccelaction.h deleted file mode 100644 index 0418297c..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde332/kaccelaction.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,564 +0,0 @@ -/* This file is part of the KDE libraries - Copyright (C) 2001,2002 Ellis Whitehead <ellis@kde.org> - - This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - - This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. -*/ - -#ifndef _KACCELACTION_H -#define _KACCELACTION_H - -#include <tqmap.h> -#include <tqptrvector.h> -#include <tqstring.h> -#include <tqvaluevector.h> - -#include <kshortcut.h> - -class KAccelBase; - -class TQObject; -class KConfig; -class KConfigBase; - -/** - * @internal - * A KAccelAction prepresents an action that can be executed using - * an accelerator key. Each KAccelAction has a name, a label, a - * "What's this" string and a KShortcut. The user can configure and - * enable/disable them using KKeyDialog. - * - * \code - * 1) KAccelAction = "Run Command" - * Default3 = "Alt+F2" - * Default4 = "Meta+Enter;Alt+F2" - * 1) KShortcut = "Meta+Enter" - * 1) KKeySequence = "Meta+Enter" - * 1) KKey = "Meta+Enter" - * 1) Meta+Enter - * 2) Meta+Keypad_Enter - * 2) KShortcut = "Alt+F2" - * 1) KKeySequence = "Alt+F2" - * 1) Alt+F2 - * 2) KAccelAction = "Something" - * Default3 = "" - * Default4 = "" - * 1) KShortcut = "Meta+X,Asterisk" - * 1) KKeySequence = "Meta+X,Asterisk" - * 1) KKey = "Meta+X" - * 1) Meta+X - * 2) KKey = "Asterisk" - * 1) Shift+8 (English layout) - * 2) Keypad_Asterisk - * \endcode - * @short An accelerator action - * @see KAccel - * @see KGlobalAccel - * @see KKeyChooser - * @see KKeyDialog - */ -class KAccelAction -{ - public: - /** - * Creates an empty KAccelAction. - * @see clear() - */ - KAccelAction(); - - /** - * Copy constructor. - */ - KAccelAction( const KAccelAction& ); - - /** - * Creates a new KAccelAction. - * @param sName the name of the accelerator - * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) - * @param sWhatsThis the What's This text (18n!) - * @param cutDef3 the default shortcut for 3 modifier systems - * @param cutDef4 the default shortcut for 4 modifier systems - * @param pObjSlot the receiver of a signal when the key has been - * pressed - * @param psMethodSlot the slot to connect for key presses. Receives - * an int, as set by setID(), as only argument - * @param bConfigurable if true the user can configure the shortcut - * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled - */ - KAccelAction( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, - const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4, - const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, - bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled ); - ~KAccelAction(); - - /** - * Clears the accelerator. - */ - void clear(); - - /** - * Re-initialized the KAccelAction. - * @param sName the name of the accelerator - * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) - * @param sWhatsThis the What's This text (18n!) - * @param cutDef3 the default shortcut for 3 modifier systems - * @param cutDef4 the default shortcut for 4 modifier systems - * @param pObjSlot the receiver of a signal when the key has been - * pressed - * @param psMethodSlot the slot to connect for key presses. Receives - * an int, as set by setID(), as only argument - * @param bConfigurable if true the user can configure the shortcut - * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - */ - bool init( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, - const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4, - const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, - bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled ); - - /** - * Copies this KAccelAction. - */ - KAccelAction& operator=( const KAccelAction& ); - - /** - * Returns the name of the accelerator action. - * @return the name of the accelerator action, can be null if not - * set - */ - const TQString& name() const { return m_sName; } - - /** - * Returns the label of the accelerator action. - * @return the label of the accelerator action, can be null if - * not set - */ - const TQString& label() const { return m_sLabel; } - - /** - * Returns the What's This text of the accelerator action. - * @return the What's This text of the accelerator action, can be - * null if not set - */ - const TQString& whatsThis() const { return m_sWhatsThis; } - - /** - * The shortcut that is actually used (may be used configured). - * @return the shortcut of the KAccelAction, can be null if not set - * @see shortcutDefault() - */ - const KShortcut& shortcut() const { return m_cut; } - - /** - * The default shortcut for this system. - * @return the default shortcut on this system, can be null if not set - * @see shortcut() - * @see shortcutDefault3() - * @see shortcutDefault4() - */ - const KShortcut& shortcutDefault() const; - - /** - * The default shortcut for 3 modifier systems. - * @return the default shortcut for 3 modifier systems, can be null - * if not set - * @see shortcutDefault() - * @see shortcutDefault4() - * @see useFourModifierKeys() - */ - const KShortcut& shortcutDefault3() const { return m_cutDefault3; } - - /** - * The default shortcut for 4 modifier systems. - * @return the default shortcut for 4 modifier systems, can be null - * if not set - * @see shortcutDefault() - * @see shortcutDefault3() - * @see useFourModifierKeys() - */ - const KShortcut& shortcutDefault4() const { return m_cutDefault4; } - - /** - * Returns the receiver of signals. - * @return the receiver of signals (can be 0 if not set) - */ - const TQObject* objSlotPtr() const { return m_pObjSlot; } - - /** - * Returns the slot for the signal. - * @return the slot for the signal - */ - const char* methodSlotPtr() const { return m_psMethodSlot; } - - /** - * Checks whether the user can configure the action. - * @return true if configurable, false otherwise - */ - bool isConfigurable() const { return m_bConfigurable; } - - /** - * Checks whether the action is enabled. - * @return true if enabled, false otherwise - */ - bool isEnabled() const { return m_bEnabled; } - - /** - * Sets the name of the accelerator action. - * @param name the new name - */ - void setName( const TQString& name ); - - /** - * Sets the user-readable label of the accelerator action. - * @param label the new label (i18n!) - */ - void setLabel( const TQString& label ); - - /** - * Sets the What's This text for the accelerator action. - * @param whatsThis the new What's This text (i18n!) - */ - void setWhatsThis( const TQString& whatsThis ); - - /** - * Sets the new shortcut of the accelerator action. - * @param rgCuts the shortcut to set - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - */ - bool setShortcut( const KShortcut& rgCuts ); - - /** - * Sets the slot of the accelerator action. - * @param pObjSlot the receiver object of the signal - * @param psMethodSlot the slot for the signal - */ - void setSlot( const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot ); - - /** - * Enables or disabled configuring the action. - * @param configurable true to enable configurability, false to disable - */ - void setConfigurable( bool configurable ); - - /** - * Enables or disabled the action. - * @param configurable true to enable the action, false to disable - */ - void setEnabled( bool enable ); - - /** - * Retrieves the id set using setID. - * @return the id of the accelerator action - */ - int getID() const { return m_nIDAccel; } - - /** - * Allows you to set an id that will be used as the action - * signal's argument. - * - * @param n the new id - * @see getID() - */ - void setID( int n ) { m_nIDAccel = n; } - - /** - * Checkes whether the action is connected (emits signals). - * @return true if connected, false otherwise - */ - bool isConnected() const; - - /** - * Sets a key sequence of the action's shortcut. - * @param i the position of the sequence - * @param keySeq the new new sequence - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see KShortcut::setSeq() - */ - bool setKeySequence( uint i, const KKeySequence &keySeq ); - - /** - * Clears the action's shortcut. It will not contain any sequences after - * calling this method. - * @see KShortcut::clear() - */ - void clearShortcut(); - - /** - * Checks whether the action's shortcut contains the given key sequence. - * @param keySeq the key sequence to check - * @return true if the shortcut contains the given sequence - * @see KShortcut::contains() - */ - bool contains( const KKeySequence &keySeq ); - - /** - * Returns the string representation of the action's shortcut. - * @return the string representation of the action's shortcut. - * @see KShortcut::toString() - */ - TQString toString() const; - - /** - * @internal - */ - TQString toStringInternal() const; - - /** - * Returns true if four modifier keys will be used. - * @return true if four modifier keys will be used. - */ - static bool useFourModifierKeys(); - - /** - * Selects 3 or 4 modifier default shortcuts. - * @param use true to use 4 modifier shortcuts, false to use - * 3 modifier shortcuts - */ - static void useFourModifierKeys( bool use ); - - protected: - TQString m_sName, - m_sLabel, - m_sWhatsThis; - KShortcut m_cut; - KShortcut m_cutDefault3, m_cutDefault4; - const TQObject* m_pObjSlot; - const char* m_psMethodSlot; - bool m_bConfigurable, - m_bEnabled; - int m_nIDAccel; - uint m_nConnections; - - void incConnections(); - void decConnections(); - - private: - static int g_bUseFourModifierKeys; - class KAccelActionPrivate* d; - - friend class KAccelActions; - friend class KAccelBase; -}; - -//--------------------------------------------------------------------- -// KAccelActions -//--------------------------------------------------------------------- - -/** - * @internal - * This class represents a collection of KAccelAction objects. - * - * @short A collection of accelerator actions - * @see KAccelAction - */ -class KAccelActions -{ - public: - /** - * Creates a new, empty KAccelActions object. - */ - KAccelActions(); - - /** - * Copy constructor (deep copy). - */ - KAccelActions( const KAccelActions& ); - virtual ~KAccelActions(); - - /** - * Removes all items from this collection. - */ - void clear(); - - /** - * Initializes this object with the given actions. - * It will make a deep copy of all actions. - * @param actions the actions to copy - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - */ - bool init( const KAccelActions &actions ); - - /** - * Loads the actions from the given configuration file. - * - * @param config the configuration file to load from - * @param sGroup the group in the configuration file - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - */ - bool init( KConfigBase& config, const TQString& sGroup ); - - /** - * Updates the shortcuts of all actions in this object - * with the shortcuts from the given object. - * @param shortcuts the collection that contains the new - * shortcuts - */ - void updateShortcuts( KAccelActions &shortcuts ); - - /** - * Retrieves the index of the action with the given name. - * @param sAction the action to search - * @return the index of the action, or -1 if not found - */ - int actionIndex( const TQString& sAction ) const; - - /** - * Returns the action with the given @p index. - * @param index the index of an action. You must not - * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index - * @see count() - */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( uint index ); - - /** - * Returns the action with the given @p index. - * @param index the index of an action. You must not - * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index - * @see count() - */ - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( uint index ) const; - - /** - * Returns the action with the given name. - * @param aAction the name of the action to search - * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0 - * if not found - */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); - - /** - * Returns the action with the given name. - * @param aAction the name of the action to search - * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0 - * if not found - */ - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; - - /** - * Returns the action with the given key sequence. - * @param cut the sequence to search for - * @return the KAccelAction with the given sequence, or 0 - * if not found - */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( KKeySequence cut ); - - /** - * Returns the action with the given @p index. - * @param index the index of an action. You must not - * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index - * @see actionPtr() - * @see count() - */ - KAccelAction& operator []( uint index ); - - /** - * Returns the action with the given @p index. - * @param index the index of an action. You must not - * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index - * @see actionPtr() - * @see count() - */ - const KAccelAction& operator []( uint index ) const; - - /** - * Inserts an action into the collection. - * @param sName the name of the accelerator - * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) - * @param sWhatsThis the What's This text (18n!) - * @param cutDef3 the default shortcut for 3 modifier systems - * @param cutDef4 the default shortcut for 4 modifier systems - * @param pObjSlot the receiver of a signal when the key has been - * pressed - * @param psMethodSlot the slot to connect for key presses. Receives - * an int, as set by setID(), as only argument - * @param bConfigurable if true the user can configure the shortcut - * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled - * @return the new action - */ - KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, - const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, - const TQObject* pObjSlot = 0, const char* psMethodSlot = 0, - bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true ); - - /** - * Inserts an action into the collection. - * @param sName the name of the accelerator - * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) - * @return the new action - */ - KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel ); - - /** - * Removes the given action. - * @param sAction the name of the action. - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - */ - bool remove( const TQString& sAction ); - - /** - * Loads the actions from the given configuration file. - * - * @param sConfigGroup the group in the configuration file - * @param pConfig the configuration file to load from - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - */ - bool readActions( const TQString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ); - - /** - * Writes the actions to the given configuration file. - * - * @param sConfigGroup the group in the configuration file - * @param pConfig the configuration file to save to - * @param bWriteAll true to write all actions - * @param bGlobal true to write to the global configuration file - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - */ - bool writeActions( const TQString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0, - bool bWriteAll = false, bool bGlobal = false ) const; - - /** - * Emit a keycodeChanged signal. - */ - void emitKeycodeChanged(); - - /** - * Returns the number of actions in the collection. - * @return the number of actions - */ - uint count() const; - - protected: - KAccelBase* m_pKAccelBase; - KAccelAction** m_prgActions; - uint m_nSizeAllocated, m_nSize; - - void resize( uint ); - void insertPtr( KAccelAction* ); - - private: - class KAccelActionsPrivate* d; - - KAccelActions( KAccelBase* ); - void initPrivate( KAccelBase* ); - KAccelActions& operator =( KAccelActions& ); - - friend class KAccelBase; -}; - -#endif // _KACCELACTION_H diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde332/kaccelbase.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde332/kaccelbase.h deleted file mode 100644 index e2ec66e9..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde332/kaccelbase.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,230 +0,0 @@ -/* This file is part of the KDE libraries - Copyright (C) 2001 Ellis Whitehead <ellis@kde.org> - - This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - - This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. -*/ - -#ifndef _KACCELBASE_H -#define _KACCELBASE_H - -#include <tqmap.h> -#include <tqptrvector.h> -#include <tqstring.h> -#include <tqvaluevector.h> -#include <tqvaluelist.h> - -#include "kaccelaction.h" -#include "kkeyserver_x11.h" - -class TQPopupMenu; -class TQWidget; - -//---------------------------------------------------- - -/** - * @internal - * Handle keyboard accelerators. - * - * Allow an user to configure - * key bindings through application configuration files or through the - * KKeyChooser GUI. - * - * A KAccel contains a list of accelerator items. Each accelerator item - * consists of an action name and a keyboard code combined with modifiers - * (Shift, Ctrl and Alt.) - * - * For example, "Ctrl+P" could be a shortcut for printing a document. The key - * codes are listed in ckey.h. "Print" could be the action name for printing. - * The action name identifies the key binding in configuration files and the - * KKeyChooser GUI. - * - * When pressed, an accelerator key calls the slot to which it has been - * connected. Accelerator items can be connected so that a key will activate - * two different slots. - * - * A KAccel object handles key events sent to its parent widget and to all - * children of this parent widget. - * - * Key binding reconfiguration during run time can be prevented by specifying - * that an accelerator item is not configurable when it is inserted. A special - * group of non-configurable key bindings are known as the - * standard accelerators. - * - * The standard accelerators appear repeatedly in applications for - * standard document actions such as printing and saving. Convenience methods are - * available to insert and connect these accelerators which are configurable on - * a desktop-wide basis. - * - * It is possible for a user to choose to have no key associated with - * an action. - * - * The translated first argument for insertItem() is used only - * in the configuration dialog. - *\code - * KAccel *a = new KAccel( myWindow ); - * // Insert an action "Scroll Up" which is associated with the "Up" key: - * a->insertItem( i18n("Scroll Up"), "Scroll Up", "Up" ); - * // Insert an action "Scroll Down" which is not associated with any key: - * a->insertItem( i18n("Scroll Down"), "Scroll Down", 0); - * a->connectItem( "Scroll up", myWindow, TQT_SLOT( scrollUp() ) ); - * // a->insertStdItem( KStdAccel::Print ); //not necessary, since it - * // is done automatially with the - * // connect below! - * a->connectItem(KStdAccel::Print, myWindow, TQT_SLOT( printDoc() ) ); - * - * a->readSettings(); - *\endcode - * - * If a shortcut has a menu entry as well, you could insert them like - * this. The example is again the KStdAccel::Print from above. - * - * \code - * int id; - * id = popup->insertItem("&Print",this, TQT_SLOT(printDoc())); - * a->changeMenuAccel(popup, id, KStdAccel::Print ); - * \endcode - * - * If you want a somewhat "exotic" name for your standard print action, like - * id = popup->insertItem(i18n("Print &Document"),this, TQT_SLOT(printDoc())); - * it might be a good idea to insert the standard action before as - * a->insertStdItem( KStdAccel::Print, i18n("Print Document") ) - * as well, so that the user can easily find the corresponding function. - * - * This technique works for other actions as well. Your "scroll up" function - * in a menu could be done with - * - * \code - * id = popup->insertItem(i18n"Scroll &up",this, TQT_SLOT(scrollUp())); - * a->changeMenuAccel(popup, id, "Scroll Up" ); - * \endcode - * - * Please keep the order right: First insert all functions in the - * acceleratior, then call a -> readSettings() and @em then build your - * menu structure. - * - * @short Configurable key binding support. - * @version $Id: kaccelbase.h,v 1.26 2003/08/16 19:44:57 coolo Exp $ - */ - -class KAccelBase -{ - public: - enum Init { QT_KEYS = 0x00, NATIVE_KEYS = 0x01 }; - enum Signal { KEYCODE_CHANGED }; - - KAccelBase( int fInitCode ); - virtual ~KAccelBase(); - - uint actionCount() const; - KAccelActions& actions(); - bool isEnabled() const; - - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKey& key ); - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKeyServer::Key& key ); - - const TQString& configGroup() const { return m_sConfigGroup; } - void setConfigGroup( const TQString& group ); - void setConfigGlobal( bool global ); - virtual void setEnabled( bool bEnabled ) = 0; - bool getAutoUpdate() { return m_bAutoUpdate; } - // return value of AutoUpdate flag before this call. - bool setAutoUpdate( bool bAuto ); - -// Procedures for manipulating Actions. - //void clearActions(); - - KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sDesc ); - KAccelAction* insert( - const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sDesc, const TQString& sHelp, - const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, - const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, - bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true ); - bool remove( const TQString& sAction ); - bool setActionSlot( const TQString& sAction, const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot ); - - bool updateConnections(); - - bool setShortcut( const TQString& sAction, const KShortcut& cut ); - -// Modify individual Action sub-items - bool setActionEnabled( const TQString& sAction, bool bEnable ); - - /** - * Read all key associations from @p config, or (if @p config - * is zero) from the application's configuration file - * KGlobal::config(). - * - * The group in which the configuration is stored can be - * set with setConfigGroup(). - */ - void readSettings( KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ); - - /** - * Write the current configurable associations to @p config, - * or (if @p config is zero) to the application's - * configuration file. - */ - void writeSettings( KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ) const; - - TQPopupMenu* createPopupMenu( TQWidget* pParent, const KKeySequence& ); - - // Protected methods - protected: - void slotRemoveAction( KAccelAction* ); - - struct X; - void createKeyList( TQValueVector<struct X>& rgKeys ); - bool insertConnection( KAccelAction* ); - bool removeConnection( KAccelAction* ); - - virtual bool emitSignal( Signal ) = 0; - virtual bool connectKey( KAccelAction&, const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; - virtual bool connectKey( const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; - virtual bool disconnectKey( KAccelAction&, const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; - virtual bool disconnectKey( const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; - - protected: - struct ActionInfo - { - KAccelAction* pAction; - uint iSeq, iVariation; - //ActionInfo* pInfoNext; // nil if only one action uses this key. - - ActionInfo() { pAction = 0; iSeq = 0xffff; iVariation = 0xffff; } - ActionInfo( KAccelAction* _pAction, uint _iSeq, uint _iVariation ) - { pAction = _pAction; iSeq = _iSeq; iVariation = _iVariation; } - }; - typedef TQMap<KKeyServer::Key, ActionInfo> KKeyToActionMap; - - KAccelActions m_rgActions; - KKeyToActionMap m_mapKeyToAction; - TQValueList<KAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique; - bool m_bNativeKeys; // Use native key codes instead of Qt codes - bool m_bEnabled; - bool m_bConfigIsGlobal; - TQString m_sConfigGroup; - bool m_bAutoUpdate; - KAccelAction* mtemp_pActionRemoving; - - private: - KAccelBase& operator =( const KAccelBase& ); - - friend class KAccelActions; -}; - -#endif // _KACCELBASE_H diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde332/kicontheme.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde332/kicontheme.h deleted file mode 100644 index 73167a0f..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde332/kicontheme.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,338 +0,0 @@ -/* vi: ts=8 sts=4 sw=4 - * - * $Id: kicontheme.h,v 1.31 2004/05/31 17:18:02 montanaro Exp $ - * - * This file is part of the KDE project, module kdecore. - * Copyright (C) 2000 Geert Jansen <jansen@kde.org> - * Antonio Larrosa <larrosa@kde.org> - * - * This is free software; it comes under the GNU Library General - * Public License, version 2. See the file "COPYING.LIB" for the - * exact licensing terms. - * - */ - -#ifndef __KIconTheme_h_Included__ -#define __KIconTheme_h_Included__ - -#include <tqstring.h> -#include <tqstringlist.h> -#include <tqptrlist.h> - -class KConfig; -//class KIconThemeDir; - -class KIconThemePrivate; - -class KIconPrivate; - -/** - * One icon as found by KIconTheme. Also serves as a namespace containing - * icon related constants. - * @see KIconEffect - * @see KIconTheme - * @see KIconLoader - */ -class KIcon -{ -public: - KIcon() { size = 0; } - - /** - * Return true if this icon is valid, false otherwise. - */ - bool isValid() const { return size != 0; } - - /** - * Defines the context of the icon. - */ - enum Context { - Any, ///< Some icon with unknown purpose. - Action, ///< An action icon (e.g. 'save', 'print'). - Application, ///< An icon that represents an application. - Device, ///< An icon that represents a device. - FileSystem, ///< An icon that represents a file system. - MimeType ///< An icon that represents a mime type (or file type). - }; - - /** - * The type of the icon. - */ - enum Type { - Fixed, ///< Fixed-size icon. - Scalable, ///< Scalable-size icon. - Threshold ///< A threshold icon. - }; - - /** - * The type of a match. - */ - enum MatchType { - MatchExact, ///< Only try to find an exact match. - MatchBest ///< Take the best match if there is no exact match. - - }; - - // if you add a group here, make sure to change the config reading in - // KIconLoader too - /** - * The group an an icon. - */ - enum Group { NoGroup=-1, Desktop=0, FirstGroup=0, Toolbar, - MainToolbar, Small, Panel, LastGroup, User }; - - /** - * These are the standard sizes for icons. - */ - enum StdSizes { - /// small icons for menu entries - SizeSmall=16, - /// slightly larger small icons for toolbars, panels, etc - SizeSmallMedium=22, - /// medium sized icons for the desktop - SizeMedium=32, - /// large sized icons for the panel - SizeLarge=48, - /// huge sized icons for iconviews - SizeHuge=64, - /// enormous (ugh!) sized icons for iconviews - SizeEnormous=128 - }; - - /** - * Defines the possible states of an icon. - */ - enum States { DefaultState, ///< The default state. - ActiveState, ///< Icon is active. - DisabledState, ///< Icon is disabled. - LastState ///< Last state (last constant) - }; - - /** - * This defines an overlay, a semi-transparent image that is - * projected onto the icon. They are used to show that the file - * represented by the icon is, for example, locked, zipped or hidden. - */ - enum Overlays { - LockOverlay=0x100, ///< a file is locked - ZipOverlay=0x200, ///< a file is zipped - LinkOverlay=0x400, ///< a fileis a link - HiddenOverlay=0x800, ///< a file is hidden - ShareOverlay=0x1000, ///< a file is shared - OverlayMask = ~0xff - }; - - /** - * The size in pixels of the icon. - */ - int size; - - /** - * The context of the icon. - */ - Context context; - - /** - * The type of the icon: Fixed, Scalable or Threshold. - **/ - Type type; - - /** - * The threshold in case type == Threshold - */ - int threshold; - - /** - * The full path of the icon. - */ - TQString path; - -private: - KIconPrivate *d; -}; - -inline KIcon::Group& operator++(KIcon::Group& group) { group = static_cast<KIcon::Group>(group+1); return group; } -inline KIcon::Group operator++(KIcon::Group& group,int) { KIcon::Group ret = group; ++group; return ret; } - -/** - * Class to use/access icon themes in KDE. This class is used by the - * iconloader but can be used by others too. - * @see KIconLoader - */ -class KIconTheme -{ -public: - /** - * Load an icon theme by name. - * @param name the name of the theme (e.g. "hicolor" or "keramik") - * @param appName the name of the application. Can be null. This argument - * allows applications to have themed application icons. - */ - KIconTheme(const TQString& name, const TQString& appName=TQString::null); - ~KIconTheme(); - - /** - * The stylized name of the icon theme. - * @return the (human-readable) name of the theme - */ - TQString name() const { return mName; } - - /** - * A description for the icon theme. - * @return a human-readable description of the theme, TQString::null - * if there is none - */ - TQString description() const { return mDesc; } - - /** - * Return the name of the "example" icon. This can be used to - * present the theme to the user. - * @return the name of the example icon, TQString::null if there is none - */ - TQString example() const; - - /** - * Return the name of the screenshot. - * @return the name of the screenshot, TQString::null if there is none - */ - TQString screenshot() const; - - /** - * Returns the name of this theme's link overlay. - * @return the name of the link overlay - */ - TQString linkOverlay() const; - - /** - * Returns the name of this theme's zip overlay. - * @return the name of the zip overlay - */ - TQString zipOverlay() const; - - /** - * Returns the name of this theme's lock overlay. - * @return the name of the lock overlay - */ - TQString lockOverlay() const; - - /** - * Returns the name of this theme's share overlay. - * @return the name of the share overlay - * @since 3.1 - */ - TQString shareOverlay () const; - - /** - * Returns the toplevel theme directory. - * @return the directory of the theme - */ - TQString dir() const { return mDir; } - - /** - * The themes this icon theme falls back on. - * @return a list of icon themes that are used as fall-backs - */ - TQStringList inherits() const { return mInherits; } - - /** - * The icon theme exists? - * @return true if the icon theme is valid - */ - bool isValid() const; - - /** - * The icon theme should be hidden to the user? - * @return true if the icon theme is hidden - * @since 3.1 - */ - bool isHidden() const; - - /** - * The minimum display depth required for this theme. This can either - * be 8 or 32. - * @return the minimum bpp (8 or 32) - */ - int depth() const { return mDepth; } - - /** - * The default size of this theme for a certain icon group. - * @param group The icon group. See KIcon::Group. - * @return The default size in pixels for the given icon group. - */ - int defaultSize(KIcon::Group group) const; - - /** - * Query available sizes for a group. - * @param group The icon group. See KIcon::Group. - * @return a list of available sized for the given group - */ - TQValueList<int> querySizes(KIcon::Group group) const; - - /** - * Query available icons for a size and context. - * @param size the size of the icons - * @param context the context of the icons - * @return the list of icon names - */ - TQStringList queryIcons(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const; - - /** - * Query available icons for a context and preferred size. - * @param size the size of the icons - * @param context the context of the icons - * @return the list of icon names - */ - TQStringList queryIconsByContext(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const; - - - /** - * Lookup an icon in the theme. - * @param name The name of the icon, without extension. - * @param size The desired size of the icon. - * @param match The matching mode. KIcon::MatchExact returns an icon - * only if matches exactly. KIcon::MatchBest returns the best matching - * icon. - * @return A KIcon class that describes the icon. If an icon is found, - * @see KIcon::isValid will return true, and false otherwise. - */ - KIcon iconPath(const TQString& name, int size, KIcon::MatchType match) const; - - /** - * List all icon themes installed on the system, global and local. - * @return the list of all icon themes - */ - static TQStringList list(); - - /** - * Returns the current icon theme. - * @return the name of the current theme - */ - static TQString current(); - - /** - * Reconfigure the theme. - */ - static void reconfigure(); - - /** - * Returns the default icon theme. - * @return the name of the default theme name - * @since 3.1 - */ - static TQString defaultThemeName(); - -private: - int mDefSize[8]; - TQValueList<int> mSizes[8]; - - int mDepth; - TQString mDir, mName, mDesc; - TQStringList mInherits; -// TQPtrList<KIconThemeDir> mDirs; -// KIconThemePrivate *d; - - static TQString *_theme; - static TQStringList *_theme_list; -}; - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde332/kkeyserver_x11.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde332/kkeyserver_x11.h deleted file mode 100644 index 1271f506..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde332/kkeyserver_x11.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,433 +0,0 @@ -#ifndef _KKEYSERVER_X11_H -#define _KKEYSERVER_X11_H - -#include "kshortcut.h" -#include "kkeynative.h" - -/** - * A collection of functions for the conversion of key presses and - * their modifiers from the window system (X11) specific format - * to the generic format and vice-versa. - */ -namespace KKeyServer -{ - /** - * Supplement enum KKey::ModFlag - * @since 3.1 - */ - enum ExtraModFlag { MODE_SWITCH = 0x2000 }; - - /** - * Represents a key symbol. - * @see KKey - * @see KKeyServer - */ - struct Sym - { - public: - /// the actual value of the symbol - uint m_sym; - - /// Creates a null symbol. - Sym() - { m_sym = 0; } - /** - * Creates asymbol with the given value. - * @param sym the value - */ - Sym( uint sym ) - { m_sym = sym; } - /** - * Creates a symbol from the given string description. - * @param s the description of the symbol - * @see toString() - */ - Sym( const TQString& s ) - { init( s ); } - - /** - * Initializes the symbol with the given Qt key code. - * @param keyQt the qt key code - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key - */ - bool initQt( int keyQt ); - - /** - * Initializes the key with the given string description. - * @param s the string description - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see toString() - */ - bool init( const TQString &s ); - - /** - * Returns the qt key code of the symbol. - * @return the qt key code - */ - int qt() const; - - /** - * @internal - */ - TQString toStringInternal() const; - - /** - * Returns the string representation of the symbol. - * @return the string representation of the symbol - */ - TQString toString() const; - - /** - * Returns the mods that are required for this symbol as - * ORed KKey::ModFlag's. For example, Break requires a - * Ctrl to be valid. - * @return the required KKey::ModFlag's - * @see KKey::ModFlag - */ - uint getModsRequired() const; - - /** - * TODO: please find out what this method does and document it - */ - uint getSymVariation() const; - - /** - * Casts the symbol to its integer representation. - */ - operator uint() const { return m_sym; } - - /** - * Overloaded operator to convert ints to Sym. - */ - Sym& operator =( uint sym ) { m_sym = sym; return *this; } - - private: - TQString toString( bool bUserSpace ) const; - - static void capitalizeKeyname( TQString& ); - }; - - /** - * Represents a key press. - * @see KKey - */ - struct Key - { - /// Code for native Keys in Qt - enum { CODE_FOR_QT = 256 }; - - /// The code of the key - uint m_code; - - /// The modifiers of the key - uint m_mod; - - /// The symbol of the key - uint m_sym; - - /** - * Initializes the key with a KKey. - * @param key the key to get the data from - * @param bQt true to take the Qt keycode, false - * for the native key code - * @see Qt::Key - * @see KKeyNative - */ - bool init( const KKey& key, bool bQt ); - - /** - * Checks whether the key code is a native code. - * @return true if native code of the window system, - * false if it is a Qt keycode - * @see Qt::Key - * @see KKeyNative - */ - bool isNative() const { return m_code != CODE_FOR_QT; } - - /** - * Returns the code of the key. - * @return the code of the key - */ - uint code() const { return m_code; } - - /** - * Returns the modifiers of the key. - * @return the modifiers of the key - */ - uint mod() const { return m_mod; } - - /** - * Returns the symbol of the key. - * @return the symbol of the key - */ - uint sym() const { return m_sym; } - - /** - * Returns the qt key code. - * @return the qt key code - */ - int keyCodeQt() const { return (int) m_sym; } - - /** - * Sets the qt key code. - * @param keyQt the qt key code - */ - void setKeycodeQt( int keyQt ) - { m_code = CODE_FOR_QT; m_sym = keyQt; } - - /** - * Initializes this key with a KKeyNative. - * @return this key - */ - Key& operator =( const KKeyNative& key ); - - /** - * Compares this key with the given Key object. Returns a - * negative number if the given Key is larger, 0 if they - * are equal and a positive number this Key is larger. The - * returned value is the difference between the symbol, modifier - * or code, whatever is non-zero first. - * - * @param key the key to compare with this key - * @return a negative number if the given Key is larger, 0 if - * they are equal and a positive number this Key is larger - */ - int compare( const Key& key ) const; - - /** - * Compares the symbol, modifiers and code of both keys. - * @see compare() - */ - bool operator ==( const Key& b ) const - { return compare( b ) == 0; } - - /** - * Compares the symbol, modifiers and code of both keys. - * @see compare() - */ - bool operator <( const Key& b ) const - { return compare( b ) < 0; } - - /** - * Converts this Key to a KKey. - * @return the KKey - */ - KKey key() const; - }; - - /** - * TODO: please document this class - */ - struct Variations - { - enum { MAX_VARIATIONS = 4 }; - - Key m_rgkey[MAX_VARIATIONS]; - uint m_nVariations; - - Variations() { m_nVariations = 0; } - - void init( const KKey&, bool bQt ); - - uint count() const { return m_nVariations; } - const Key& key( uint i ) const { return m_rgkey[i]; } - }; - - /// TODO: please document - bool initializeMods(); - - /** - * Returns the equivalent X modifier mask of the given modifier flag. - * @param modFlag the generic flags to check - * @return the window system specific flags - */ - uint modX( KKey::ModFlag modFlag ); - - /** - * Returns true if the current keyboard layout supports the Win key. - * Specifically, whether the Super or Meta keys are assigned to an X modifier. - * @return true if the keyboard has a Win key - * @see modXWin() - */ - bool keyboardHasWinKey(); - - /** - * Returns the X11 Shift modifier mask/flag. - * @return the X11 Shift modifier mask/flag. - * @see accelModMaskX() - */ - uint modXShift(); - - /** - * Returns the X11 Lock modifier mask/flag. - * @return the X11 Lock modifier mask/flag. - * @see accelModMaskX() - */ - uint modXLock(); - - /** - * Returns the X11 Ctrl modifier mask/flag. - * @return the X11 Ctrl modifier mask/flag. - * @see accelModMaskX() - */ - uint modXCtrl(); - - /** - * Returns the X11 Alt (Mod1) modifier mask/flag. - * @return the X11 Alt (Mod1) modifier mask/flag. - * @see accelModMaskX() - */ - uint modXAlt(); - - /** - * Returns the X11 NumLock modifier mask/flag. - * @return the X11 NumLock modifier mask/flag. - * @see accelModMaskX() - */ - uint modXNumLock(); - - /** - * Returns the X11 Win (Mod3) modifier mask/flag. - * @return the X11 Win (Mod3) modifier mask/flag. - * @see keyboardHasWinKey() - * @see accelModMaskX() - */ - uint modXWin(); - - /** - * Returns the X11 ScrollLock modifier mask/flag. - * @return the X11 ScrollLock modifier mask/flag. - * @see accelModMaskX() - */ - uint modXScrollLock(); - - /** - * Returns bitwise OR'ed mask containing Shift, Ctrl, Alt, and - * Win (if available). - * @see modXShift() - * @see modXLock() - * @see modXCtrl() - * @see modXAlt() - * @see modXNumLock() - * @see modXWin() - * @see modXScrollLock() - */ - uint accelModMaskX(); - - /** - * Extracts the symbol from the given Qt key and - * converts it to a symbol. - * @param keyQt the qt key code - * @param sym if successful, the symbol will be written here - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key - * @see Sym - */ - bool keyQtToSym( int keyQt, uint& sym ); - - /** - * Extracts the modifiers from the given Qt key and - * converts them in a mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers. - * @param keyQt the qt key code - * @param mod if successful, the modifiers will be written here - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key - */ - bool keyQtToMod( int keyQt, uint& mod ); - - /** - * Converts the given symbol to a Qt key code. - * @param sym the symbol - * @param keyQt if successful, the qt key code will be written here - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key - * @see Sym - */ - bool symToKeyQt( uint sym, int& keyQt ); - - /** - * Converts the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers to - * a mask of ORed Qt key code modifiers. - * @param mod the mask of KKey::ModFlag modifiers - * @param modQt the mask of Qt key code modifiers will be written here, - * if successful - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key - * @see KKey - */ - bool modToModQt( uint mod, int& modQt ); - - /** - * Converts the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers to - * a mask of ORed X11 modifiers. - * @param mod the mask of KKey::ModFlag modifiers - * @param modX the mask of X11 modifiers will be written here, - * if successful - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see KKey - */ - bool modToModX( uint mod, uint& modX ); - - /** - * Converts the mask of ORed X11 modifiers to - * a mask of ORed Qt key code modifiers. - * @param modX the mask of X11 modifiers - * @param modQt the mask of Qt key code modifiers will be written here - * if successful - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key - */ - bool modXToModQt( uint modX, int& modQt ); - - /** - * Converts the mask of ORed X11 modifiers to - * a mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers. - * @param modX the mask of X11 modifiers - * @param mod the mask of KKey::ModFlag modifiers will be written here, - * if successful - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see KKey - */ - bool modXToMod( uint modX, uint& mod ); - - /** - * Converts a X11 key code and a mask of ORed X11 modifiers - * into a X11 symbol. - * converts it to a symbol. - * @param codeX the X11 key code - * @param modX the mask of ORed X11 modifiers - * @param symX if successful, the X11 symbol will be written here - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key - * @see Sym - */ - bool codeXToSym( uchar codeX, uint modX, uint& symX ); - - /** - * @internal - */ - TQString modToStringInternal( uint mod ); - - /** - * Converts the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers to a - * user-readable string. - * @param mod the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers - * @return the user-readable string - */ - TQString modToStringUser( uint mod ); - - /** - * @internal - * Unimplemented? - */ - bool stringToSymMod( const TQString&, uint& sym, uint& mod ); - - /** - * @internal - * Unimplemented? - */ - void keyQtToKeyX( uint keyCombQt, unsigned char *pKeyCodeX, uint *pKeySymX, uint *pKeyModX ); -} - -#endif // !_KKEYSERVER_X11_H diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde332/konsole_part.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde332/konsole_part.h deleted file mode 100644 index e264732c..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde332/konsole_part.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,229 +0,0 @@ -/* - This file is part of the KDE system - Copyright (C) 1999,2000 Boloni Laszlo - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. - */ - -#ifndef __KONSOLE_PART_H__ -#define __KONSOLE_PART_H__ - -#include <kparts/browserextension.h> -#include <kparts/factory.h> - - -#include <kdialogbase.h> - -#include <kde_terminal_interface.h> - -//#include "schema.h" -//#include "session.h" - -class KInstance; -class konsoleBrowserExtension; -class TQPushButton; -class TQSpinBox; -class KPopupMenu; -class TQCheckBox; -class KRootPixmap; -class KToggleAction; -class KSelectAction; - -namespace KParts { class GUIActivateEvent; } - -class konsoleFactory : public KParts::Factory -{ - Q_OBJECT -public: - konsoleFactory(); - virtual ~konsoleFactory(); - - virtual KParts::Part* createPartObject(TQWidget *parentWidget = 0, const char *widgetName = 0, - TQObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0, - const char* classname = "KParts::Part", - const TQStringList &args = TQStringList()); - - static KInstance *instance(); - - private: - static KInstance *s_instance; - static KAboutData *s_aboutData; -}; - -////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -class konsolePart: public KParts::ReadOnlyPart, public TerminalInterface -{ - Q_OBJECT - public: - konsolePart(TQWidget *parentWidget, const char *widgetName, TQObject * parent, const char *name, const char *classname = 0); - virtual ~konsolePart(); - -signals: - void processExited(); - void receivedData( const TQString& s ); - protected: - virtual bool openURL( const KURL & url ); - virtual bool openFile() {return false;} // never used - virtual bool closeURL() {return true;} - virtual void guiActivateEvent( KParts::GUIActivateEvent * event ); - - protected slots: - void showShell(); - void slotProcessExited(); - void slotReceivedData( const TQString& s ); - -// void doneSession(TESession*); - void sessionDestroyed(); -// void configureRequest(TEWidget*,int,int x,int y); - void updateTitle(); - void enableMasterModeConnections(); - - private slots: - void emitOpenURLRequest(const TQString &url); - - void readProperties(); - void saveProperties(); - - void sendSignal(int n); - void closeCurrentSession(); - - void notifySize(int,int); - - void slotToggleFrame(); - void slotSelectScrollbar(); - void slotSelectFont(); - void schema_menu_check(); - void keytab_menu_activated(int item); - void updateSchemaMenu(); - void setSchema(int n); - void pixmap_menu_activated(int item); - void schema_menu_activated(int item); - void slotHistoryType(); - void slotSelectBell(); - void slotSelectLineSpacing(); - void slotBlinkingCursor(); - void slotWordSeps(); - void fontNotFound(); - void slotSetEncoding(); - void slotFontChanged(); - - private: - konsoleBrowserExtension *m_extension; - KURL currentURL; - - void makeGUI(); - void applySettingsToGUI(); - - void setFont(int fontno); -// void setSchema(ColorSchema* s); - void updateKeytabMenu(); - - bool doOpenStream( const TQString& ); - bool doWriteStream( const TQByteArray& ); - bool doCloseStream(); - - TQWidget* parentWidget; -// TEWidget* te; -// TESession* se; -// ColorSchemaList* colors; - KRootPixmap* rootxpm; - - KToggleAction* blinkingCursor; - KToggleAction* showFrame; - - KSelectAction* selectBell; - KSelectAction* selectFont; - KSelectAction* selectLineSpacing; - KSelectAction* selectScrollbar; - KSelectAction* selectSetEncoding; - - KPopupMenu* m_keytab; - KPopupMenu* m_schema; - KPopupMenu* m_signals; - KPopupMenu* m_options; - KPopupMenu* m_popupMenu; - - TQFont defaultFont; - - TQString pmPath; // pixmap path - TQString s_schema; - TQString s_kconfigSchema; - TQString s_word_seps; // characters that are considered part of a word - TQString fontNotFound_par; - - bool b_framevis:1; - bool b_histEnabled:1; - - int curr_schema; // current schema no - int n_bell; - int n_font; - int n_keytab; - int n_render; - int n_scroll; - unsigned m_histSize; - bool m_runningShell; - bool m_streamEnabled; - int n_encoding; - -public: - // these are the implementations for the TermEmuInterface - // functions... - void startProgram( const TQString& program, - const TQStrList& args ); - void showShellInDir( const TQString& dir ); - void sendInput( const TQString& text ); -}; - -////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -/*class HistoryTypeDialog : public KDialogBase -{ - Q_OBJECT -public: - HistoryTypeDialog(const HistoryType& histType, - unsigned int histSize, - TQWidget *parent); - -public slots: - void slotDefault(); - void slotSetUnlimited(); - void slotHistEnable(bool); - - unsigned int nbLines() const; - bool isOn() const; - -protected: - TQCheckBox* m_btnEnable; - TQSpinBox* m_size; - TQPushButton* m_setUnlimited; -}; - -////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -*/ - -class konsoleBrowserExtension : public KParts::BrowserExtension -{ - Q_OBJECT - friend class konsolePart; - public: - konsoleBrowserExtension(konsolePart *parent); - virtual ~konsoleBrowserExtension(); - - void emitOpenURLRequest(const KURL &url); -}; - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde332/kpanelmenu.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde332/kpanelmenu.h deleted file mode 100644 index 4186156b..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde332/kpanelmenu.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,181 +0,0 @@ -/***************************************************************** - -Copyright (c) 1996-2000 the kicker authors. See file AUTHORS. - (c) 2001 Michael Goffioul <kdeprint@swing.be> - -Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy -of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal -in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights -to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell -copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is -furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: - -The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in -all copies or substantial portions of the Software. - -THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR -IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, -FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE -AUTHORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN -AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN -CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. - -******************************************************************/ - -#ifndef __KPANELMENU_H__ -#define __KPANELMENU_H__ - -#include <tqstring.h> -#include <kpopupmenu.h> -#include <kgenericfactory.h> - -class KPanelMenuPrivate; - -/** - * This class allows to build menu entries that will be dynamically added either to - * the K-menu, or to the panel as a normal button. These dynamic menus are located - * in shared libraries that will be loaded at runtime by Kicker (the KDE panel). - * - * To build such a menu, you have to inherit this class and implement the pure virtual - * functions #initialize() and slotExec(). You also have to provide a factory - * object in your library, see KLibFactory. This factory is only used to construct - * the menu object. - * - * Finally, you also have to provide a desktop file describing your dynamic menu. The - * relevant entries are: Name, Comment, Icon and X-KDE-Library (which contains the - * library name without any extension). This desktop file has to be installed in - * $KDEDIR/share/apps/kicker/menuext/. - * - * @short Base class to build dynamically loaded menu entries for the K-menu, or the panel. - * @author The kicker maintainer, Michael Goffioul <kdeprint@swing.be> - */ -class KPanelMenu : public KPopupMenu -{ - Q_OBJECT - -public: - /** - * Construct a KPanelMenu object. This is the normal constructor to use when - * building extrernal menu entries. - */ - KPanelMenu(TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0); - /** - * Constructor used internally by Kicker. You don't really want to use it. - * @param startDir a directory to associate with this menu - * @param parent parent object - * @param name name of the object - * @see path(), setPath() - */ - KPanelMenu(const TQString &startDir, TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0); - /** - * Destructor. - */ - virtual ~KPanelMenu(); - - /** - * Get the directory path associated with this menu, or TQString::null if - * there's no such associated path. - * @return the associated directory path - * @see setPath() - */ - const TQString& path() const; - /** - * Set a directory path to be associated with this menu. - * @param p the directory path - * @see path() - */ - void setPath(const TQString &p); - /** - * Tell if the menu has been initialized, that is it already contains items. - * This is useful when you need to know if you have to clear the menu, or to - * fill it. - * @return the initial state - * @see setInitialized(), initialize() - */ - bool initialized() const; - /** - * Set the initial state. Set it to true when you menu is filled with the items - * you want. - * @param on the initial state - * @see initialized(), initialize() - */ - void setInitialized(bool on); - - /** - * Disable the automatic clearing of the menu. Kicker uses a cache system for - * its menus. After a specific configurable delay, the menu will be cleared. - * Use this function if you want to disable kicker's cache system, and avoid - * the clearing of your menu. - */ - void disableAutoClear(); - -public slots: - /** - * Reinitialize the menu: the menu is first cleared, the initial state is set - * to false, and finally #initialize() is called. Use this if you want to - * refill your menu immediately. - */ - void reinitialize(); - /** - * Deinitialize the menu: the menu is cleared and the initialized state is set to - * false. #initialize() is NOT called. It will be called before the menu is - * next shown, however. Use this slot if you want a delayed reinitialization. - * @since 3.1 - */ - void deinitialize(); - -protected slots: - /** - * This slot is called just before the menu is shown. This allows your menu - * to update itself if needed. However you should instead re-implement - * #initialize to provide this feature. This function is responsible for - * the cache system handling, so if you re-implement it, you should call - * the base function also. Calls #initialize(). - * @see disableAutoClear() - */ - virtual void slotAboutToShow(); - /** - * This is slot is called when an item from the menu has been selected. Your - * applet is then supposed to perform some action. You must re-implement this - * function. - * @param id the ID associated with the selected item - */ - virtual void slotExec(int id) = 0; - /** - * This slots is called to initialize the menu. It is called automatically by - * slotAboutToShow(). By re-implementing this functions, you can reconstruct - * the menu before it is being shown. At the end of this function, you should - * call setInitialize() with true to tell the system that the menu is OK. - * You applet must re-implement this function. - * @see slotAboutToShow(), initialized(), setInitialized() - */ - virtual void initialize() = 0; - /** - * Clears the menu, and update the initial state accordingly. - * @see initialized() - */ - void slotClear(); - -protected: - /** - * Re-implemented for internal reasons. - */ - virtual void hideEvent(TQHideEvent *ev); - /** - * For internal use only. Used by constructors. - */ - void init(const TQString& path = TQString::null); - -protected: - virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data ); -private: - void internalInitialize(); - KPanelMenuPrivate *d; -}; - -#define K_EXPORT_KICKER_MENUEXT( libname, classname ) \ - K_EXPORT_COMPONENT_FACTORY( \ - kickermenu_##libname, \ - KGenericFactory<classname>("libkickermenu_" #libname) ) - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde332/krecentdirs.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde332/krecentdirs.h deleted file mode 100644 index 61a50706..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde332/krecentdirs.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,68 +0,0 @@ -/* -*- c++ -*- - * Copyright (C)2000 Waldo Bastian <bastian@kde.org> - * - * All rights reserved. - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without - * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions - * are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the - * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND - * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE - * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE - * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE - * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL - * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS - * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) - * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT - * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY - * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF - * SUCH DAMAGE. - * - */ -#ifndef __KRECENTDIRS_H -#define __KRECENTDIRS_H - -#include <tqstringlist.h> - -/** - * The goal of this class is to make sure that, when the user needs to - * specify a file via the file selection dialog, this dialog will start - * in the directory most likely to contain the desired files. - * - * This works as follows: Each time the file selection dialog is - * shown, the programmer can specify a "file-class". The file-dialog will - * then start with the directory associated with this file-class. When - * the dialog closes, the directory currently shown in the file-dialog - * will be associated with the file-class. - * - * A file-class can either start with ':' or with '::'. If it starts with - * a single ':' the file-class is specific to the current application. - * If the file-class starts with '::' it is global to all applications. - */ -class KRecentDirs -{ -public: - /** - * Returns a list of directories associated with this file-class. - * The most recently used directory is at the front of the list. - */ - static TQStringList list(const TQString &fileClass); - - /** - * Returns the most recently used directory accociated with this file-class. - */ - static TQString dir(const TQString &fileClass); - - /** - * Associates @p directory with @p fileClass - */ - static void add(const TQString &fileClass, const TQString &directory); -}; - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde332/ksharedptr.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde332/ksharedptr.h deleted file mode 100644 index da710a32..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde332/ksharedptr.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,175 +0,0 @@ -/* This file is part of the KDE libraries - Copyright (c) 1999 Waldo Bastian <bastian@kde.org> - - This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation. - - This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. -*/ -#ifndef KSharedPTR_H -#define KSharedPTR_H - -/** - * Reference counting for shared objects. If you derive your object - * from this class, then you may use it in conjunction with - * KSharedPtr to control the lifetime of your object. - * - * Specifically, all classes that derive from KShared have an internal - * counter keeping track of how many other objects have a reference to - * their object. If used with KSharedPtr, then your object will - * not be deleted until all references to the object have been - * released. - * - * You should probably not ever use any of the methods in this class - * directly -- let the KSharedPtr take care of that. Just derive - * your class from KShared and forget about it. - * - * @author Waldo Bastian <bastian@kde.org> - * @version $Id: ksharedptr.h,v 1.23 2004/02/04 12:16:03 raabe Exp $ - */ -class KShared { -public: - /** - * Standard constructor. This will initialize the reference count - * on this object to 0. - */ - KShared() : count(0) { } - - /** - * Copy constructor. This will @em not actually copy the objects - * but it will initialize the reference count on this object to 0. - */ - KShared( const KShared & ) : count(0) { } - - /** - * Overloaded assignment operator. - */ - KShared &operator=(const KShared & ) { return *this; } - - /** - * Increases the reference count by one. - */ - void _KShared_ref() const { count++; } - - /** - * Releases a reference (decreases the reference count by one). If - * the count goes to 0, this object will delete itself. - */ - void _KShared_unref() const { if (!--count) delete this; } - - /** - * Return the current number of references held. - * - * @return Number of references - */ - int _KShared_count() const { return count; } - -protected: - virtual ~KShared() { } -private: - mutable int count; -}; - -/** - * Can be used to control the lifetime of an object that has derived - * KShared. As long a someone holds a KSharedPtr on some KShared - * object it won't become deleted but is deleted once its reference - * count is 0. This struct emulates C++ pointers virtually perfectly. - * So just use it like a simple C++ pointer. - * - * KShared and KSharedPtr are preferred over QShared / QSharedPtr - * since they are more safe. - * - * WARNING: Please note that this class template provides an implicit - * conversion to T*. Do *not* change this pointer or the pointee (don't - * call delete on it, for instance) behind KSharedPtr's back. - * - * @author Waldo Bastian <bastian@kde.org> - * @version $Id: ksharedptr.h,v 1.23 2004/02/04 12:16:03 raabe Exp $ - */ -template< class T > -struct KSharedPtr -{ -public: -/** - * Creates a null pointer. - */ - KSharedPtr() - : ptr(0) { } - /** - * Creates a new pointer. - * @param t the pointer - */ - KSharedPtr( T* t ) - : ptr(t) { if ( ptr ) ptr->_KShared_ref(); } - - /** - * Copies a pointer. - * @param p the pointer to copy - */ - KSharedPtr( const KSharedPtr& p ) - : ptr(p.ptr) { if ( ptr ) ptr->_KShared_ref(); } - - /** - * Unreferences the object that this pointer points to. If it was - * the last reference, the object will be deleted. - */ - ~KSharedPtr() { if ( ptr ) ptr->_KShared_unref(); } - - KSharedPtr<T>& operator= ( const KSharedPtr<T>& p ) { - if ( ptr == p.ptr ) return *this; - if ( ptr ) ptr->_KShared_unref(); - ptr = p.ptr; - if ( ptr ) ptr->_KShared_ref(); - return *this; - } - KSharedPtr<T>& operator= ( T* p ) { - if ( ptr == p ) return *this; - if ( ptr ) ptr->_KShared_unref(); - ptr = p; - if ( ptr ) ptr->_KShared_ref(); - return *this; - } - bool operator== ( const KSharedPtr<T>& p ) const { return ( ptr == p.ptr ); } - bool operator!= ( const KSharedPtr<T>& p ) const { return ( ptr != p.ptr ); } - bool operator== ( const T* p ) const { return ( ptr == p ); } - bool operator!= ( const T* p ) const { return ( ptr != p ); } - bool operator!() const { return ( ptr == 0 ); } - operator T*() const { return ptr; } - - /** - * Returns the pointer. - * @return the pointer - */ - T* data() { return ptr; } - - /** - * Returns the pointer. - * @return the pointer - */ - const T* data() const { return ptr; } - - const T& operator*() const { return *ptr; } - T& operator*() { return *ptr; } - const T* operator->() const { return ptr; } - T* operator->() { return ptr; } - - /** - * Returns the number of references. - * @return the number of references - */ - int count() const { return ptr->_KShared_count(); } // for debugging purposes -private: - T* ptr; -}; - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde332/ksycocafactory.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde332/ksycocafactory.h deleted file mode 100644 index 2a114ee0..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde332/ksycocafactory.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,143 +0,0 @@ -/* This file is part of the KDE libraries - * Copyright (C) 1999 Waldo Bastian <bastian@kde.org> - * - * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - * License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation; - * - * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Library General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - * along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. - **/ - -#ifndef __ksycocafactory_h__ -#define __ksycocafactory_h__ "$Id: ksycocafactory.h,v 1.14 2003/10/29 17:59:18 waba Exp $" - -#include "ksycocatype.h" -#include "ksycocaentry.h" - -#include <tqdict.h> -#include <tqptrlist.h> -class KSycoca; -class TQStringList; -class TQString; -class KSycocaDict; -class KSycocaResourceList; - -typedef TQDict<KSycocaEntry::Ptr> KSycocaEntryDict; - -/** - * @internal - * Base class for sycoca factories - */ -class KSycocaFactory -{ -public: - virtual KSycocaFactoryId factoryId() const = 0; - -protected: // virtual class - /** - * Create a factory which can be used to lookup from/create a database - * (depending on KSycoca::isBuilding()) - */ - KSycocaFactory( KSycocaFactoryId factory_id ); - -public: - virtual ~KSycocaFactory(); - - /** - * @return the position of the factory in the sycoca file - */ - int offset() { return mOffset; } - - /** - * @return the dict, for special use by KBuildSycoca - */ - KSycocaEntryDict * entryDict() { return m_entryDict; } - - /** - * Construct an entry from a config file. - * To be implemented in the real factories. - */ - virtual KSycocaEntry *createEntry(const TQString &file, const char *resource) = 0; - - /** - * Add an entry - */ - virtual void addEntry(KSycocaEntry *newEntry, const char *resource); - - /** - * Remove an entry - * Not very fast, use with care. O(N) - */ - void removeEntry(KSycocaEntry *newEntry); - - /** - * Read an entry from the database - */ - virtual KSycocaEntry *createEntry(int offset)=0; - - /** - * Get a list of all entries from the database. - */ - KSycocaEntry::List allEntries(); - - /** - * Saves all entries it maintains as well as index files - * for these entries to the stream 'str'. - * - * Also sets mOffset to the starting position. - * - * The stream is positioned at the end of the last index. - * - * Don't forget to call the parent first when you override - * this function. - */ - virtual void save(TQDataStream &str); - - /** - * Writes out a header to the stream 'str'. - * The baseclass positions the stream correctly. - * - * Don't forget to call the parent first when you override - * this function. - */ - virtual void saveHeader(TQDataStream &str); - - /** - * @return the resources for which this factory is responsible. - */ - virtual const KSycocaResourceList * resourceList() const { return m_resourceList; } - -private: - int mOffset; - -protected: - int m_sycocaDictOffset; - int m_beginEntryOffset; - int m_endEntryOffset; - TQDataStream *m_str; - - KSycocaResourceList *m_resourceList; - KSycocaEntryDict *m_entryDict; - KSycocaDict *m_sycocaDict; -protected: - virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data ); -}; - -/** This, instead of a typedef, allows to declare "class ..." in header files - * @internal - */ -class KSycocaFactoryList : public TQPtrList<KSycocaFactory> -{ -public: - KSycocaFactoryList() { } -}; - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde332/ktoolbarbutton.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde332/ktoolbarbutton.h deleted file mode 100644 index f6b899fb..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde332/ktoolbarbutton.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,315 +0,0 @@ -/* This file is part of the KDE libraries - Copyright (C) 1997, 1998 Stephan Kulow (coolo@kde.org) - (C) 1997, 1998 Sven Radej (radej@kde.org) - (C) 1997, 1998 Mark Donohoe (donohoe@kde.org) - (C) 1997, 1998 Matthias Ettrich (ettrich@kde.org) - (C) 2000 Kurt Granroth (granroth@kde.org) - - This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation. - - This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. -*/ - -#ifndef _KTOOLBARBUTTON_H -#define _KTOOLBARBUTTON_H - -#include <tqpixmap.h> -#include <tqtoolbutton.h> -#include <tqintdict.h> -#include <tqstring.h> -#include <kglobal.h> - -class KToolBar; -class KToolBarButtonPrivate; -class KInstance; -class TQEvent; -class TQPopupMenu; -class TQPainter; - -/** - * A toolbar button. This is used internally by KToolBar, use the - * KToolBar methods instead. - * @internal - */ -class KToolBarButton : public QToolButton -{ - Q_OBJECT - -public: - /** - * Construct a button with an icon loaded by the button itself. - * This will trust the button to load the correct icon with the - * correct size. - * - * @param icon Name of icon to load (may be absolute or relative) - * @param id Id of this button - * @param parent This button's parent - * @param name This button's internal name - * @param txt This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise) - * @param _instance the instance to use for this button - */ - KToolBarButton(const TQString& icon, int id, TQWidget *parent, - const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null, - KInstance *_instance = KGlobal::instance()); - - /** - * Construct a button with an existing pixmap. It is not - * recommended that you use this as the internal icon loading code - * will almost always get it "right". - * - * @param pixmap Name of icon to load (may be absolute or relative) - * @param id Id of this button - * @param parent This button's parent - * @param name This button's internal name - * @param txt This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise) - */ - KToolBarButton(const TQPixmap& pixmap, int id, TQWidget *parent, - const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null); - - /** - * Construct a separator button - * - * @param parent This button's parent - * @param name This button's internal name - */ - KToolBarButton(TQWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L); - - /** - * Standard destructor - */ - ~KToolBarButton(); - -#ifndef KDE_NO_COMPAT - /** - * @deprecated - * Set the pixmap directly for this button. This pixmap should be - * the active one... the dimmed and disabled pixmaps are constructed - * based on this one. However, don't use this function unless you - * are positive that you don't want to use setIcon. - * - * @param pixmap The active pixmap - */ - // this one is from TQButton, so #ifdef-ing it out doesn't break BC - virtual void setPixmap(const TQPixmap &pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED; - - /** - * @deprecated - * Force the button to use this pixmap as the default one rather - * then generating it using effects. - * - * @param pixmap The pixmap to use as the default (normal) one - */ - void setDefaultPixmap(const TQPixmap& pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED; - - /** - * @deprecated - * Force the button to use this pixmap when disabled one rather then - * generating it using effects. - * - * @param pixmap The pixmap to use when disabled - */ - void setDisabledPixmap(const TQPixmap& pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED; -#endif - - /** - * Set the text for this button. The text will be either used as a - * tooltip (IconOnly) or will be along side the icon - * - * @param text The button (or tooltip) text - */ - virtual void setText(const TQString &text); - - /** - * Set the icon for this button. The icon will be loaded internally - * with the correct size. This function is preferred over setIconSet - * - * @param icon The name of the icon - */ - virtual void setIcon(const TQString &icon); - - /// @since 3.1 - virtual void setIcon( const TQPixmap &pixmap ) - { TQToolButton::setIcon( pixmap ); } - - /** - * Set the pixmaps for this toolbar button from a TQIconSet. - * If you call this you don't need to call any of the other methods - * that set icons or pixmaps. - * @param iconset The iconset to use - */ - virtual void setIconSet( const TQIconSet &iconset ); - -#ifndef KDE_NO_COMPAT - /** - * @deprecated - * Set the active icon for this button. The pixmap itself is loaded - * internally based on the icon size... .. the disabled and default - * pixmaps, however will only be constructed if generate is - * true. This function is preferred over setPixmap - * - * @param icon The name of the active icon - * @param generate If true, then the other icons are automagically - * generated from this one - */ - KDE_DEPRECATED void setIcon(const TQString &icon, bool generate ) { Q_UNUSED(generate); setIcon( icon ); } - - /** - * @deprecated - * Force the button to use this icon as the default one rather - * then generating it using effects. - * - * @param icon The icon to use as the default (normal) one - */ - void setDefaultIcon(const TQString& icon) KDE_DEPRECATED; - - /** - * @deprecated - * Force the button to use this icon when disabled one rather then - * generating it using effects. - * - * @param icon The icon to use when disabled - */ - void setDisabledIcon(const TQString& icon) KDE_DEPRECATED; -#endif - - /** - * Turn this button on or off - * - * @param flag true or false - */ - void on(bool flag = true); - - /** - * Toggle this button - */ - void toggle(); - - /** - * Turn this button into a toggle button or disable the toggle - * aspects of it. This does not toggle the button itself. - * Use toggle() for that. - * - * @param toggle true or false - */ - void setToggle(bool toggle = true); - - /** - * Return a pointer to this button's popup menu (if it exists) - */ - TQPopupMenu *popup(); - - /** - * Returns the button's id. - * @since 3.2 - */ - int id() const; - - /** - * Give this button a popup menu. There will not be a delay when - * you press the button. Use setDelayedPopup if you want that - * behavior. - * - * @param p The new popup menu - * @param unused Has no effect - ignore it. - */ - void setPopup (TQPopupMenu *p, bool unused = false); - - /** - * Gives this button a delayed popup menu. - * - * This function allows you to add a delayed popup menu to the button. - * The popup menu is then only displayed when the button is pressed and - * held down for about half a second. - * - * @param p the new popup menu - * @param unused Has no effect - ignore it. - */ - void setDelayedPopup(TQPopupMenu *p, bool unused = false); - - /** - * Turn this button into a radio button - * - * @param f true or false - */ - void setRadio(bool f = true); - - /** - * Toolbar buttons naturally will assume the global styles - * concerning icons, icons sizes, etc. You can use this function to - * explicitly turn this off, if you like. - * - * @param no_style Will disable styles if true - */ - void setNoStyle(bool no_style = true); - -signals: - void clicked(int); - void doubleClicked(int); - void pressed(int); - void released(int); - void toggled(int); - void highlighted(int, bool); - -public slots: - /** - * This slot should be called whenever the toolbar mode has - * potentially changed. This includes such events as text changing, - * orientation changing, etc. - */ - void modeChange(); - virtual void setTextLabel(const TQString&, bool tipToo); - -protected: - void paletteChange(const TQPalette &); - void leaveEvent(TQEvent *e); - void enterEvent(TQEvent *e); - void drawButton(TQPainter *p); - bool eventFilter (TQObject *o, TQEvent *e); - void showMenu(); - TQSize sizeHint() const; - TQSize minimumSizeHint() const; - TQSize minimumSize() const; - - /// @since 3.1 - bool isRaised() const; - /// @since 3.1 - bool isActive() const; - /// @since 3.1 - int iconTextMode() const; - -protected slots: - void slotClicked(); - void slotPressed(); - void slotReleased(); - void slotToggled(); - void slotDelayTimeout(); - -protected: - virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data ); -private: - KToolBarButtonPrivate *d; -}; - -/** -* List of KToolBarButton objects. -* @internal -* @version $Id: ktoolbarbutton.h,v 1.36 2004/03/18 02:50:16 bmeyer Exp $ -*/ -class KToolBarButtonList : public TQIntDict<KToolBarButton> -{ -public: - KToolBarButtonList(); - ~KToolBarButtonList() {} -}; - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde332/kurifilter.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde332/kurifilter.h deleted file mode 100644 index 834bff8a..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde332/kurifilter.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,644 +0,0 @@ -/* - * This file is part of the KDE libraries - * Copyright (C) 2000-2001,2003 Dawit Alemayehu <adawit at kde.org> - * - * Original author - * Copyright (C) 2000 Yves Arrouye <yves@realnames.com> - * - * - * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Library General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - * along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. - **/ - -#ifndef __kurifilter_h__ -#define __kurifilter_h__ "$Id: kurifilter.h,v 1.41 2003/08/30 08:56:21 raabe Exp $" - -#include <tqptrlist.h> -#include <tqobject.h> -#include <tqstringlist.h> - -#include <kurl.h> -#include <kdemacros.h> - -class KURIFilterPrivate; -class KURIFilterDataPrivate; - -class KCModule; - -/** -* A basic message object used for exchanging filtering -* information between the filter plugins and the application -* requesting the filtering service. -* -* Use this object if you require a more detailed information -* about the URI you want to filter. Any application can create -* an instance of this class and send it to KURIFilter to -* have the plugins fill out all possible information about the -* URI. -* -* \b Example -* -* \code -* TQString text = "kde.org"; -* KURIFilterData d = text; -* bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filter( d ); -* cout << "URL: " << text.latin1() << endl -* << "Filtered URL: " << d.uri().url().latin1() << endl -* << "URI Type: " << d.uriType() << endl -* << "Was Filtered: " << filtered << endl; -* \endcode -* -* The above code should yield the following output: -* \code -* URI: kde.org -* Filtered URI: http://kde.org -* URI Type: 0 <== means NET_PROTOCOL -* Was Filtered: 1 <== means the URL was successfully filtered -* \endcode -* -* @short A message object for exchanging filtering URI info. -* @author Dawit Alemayehu <adawit at kde.org> -*/ - -class KURIFilterData -{ -friend class KURIFilterPlugin; - -public: - /** - * Describes the type of the URI that was filtered. - * Here is a brief description of the types: - * - * @li NET_PROTOCOL - Any network protocol: http, ftp, nttp, pop3, etc... - * @li LOCAL_FILE - A local file whose executable flag is not set - * @li LOCAL_DIR - A local directory - * @li EXECUTABLE - A local file whose executable flag is set - * @li HELP - A man or info page - * @li SHELL - A shell executable (ex: echo "Test..." >> ~/testfile) - * @li BLOCKED - A URI that should be blocked/filtered (ex: ad filtering) - * @li ERROR - An incorrect URI (ex: "~johndoe" when user johndoe - * does not exist in that system ) - * @li UNKNOWN - A URI that is not identified. Default value when - * a KURIFilterData is first created. - */ - enum URITypes { NET_PROTOCOL=0, LOCAL_FILE, LOCAL_DIR, EXECUTABLE, HELP, SHELL, BLOCKED, ERROR, UNKNOWN }; - - /** - * Default constructor. - * - * Creates a URIFilterData object. - */ - KURIFilterData() { init(); } - - /** - * Creates a URIFilterData object from the given URL. - * - * @param url is the URL to be filtered. - */ - KURIFilterData( const KURL& url ) { init( url); } - - /** - * Creates a URIFilterData object from the given string. - * - * @param url is the string to be filtered. - */ - KURIFilterData( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); } - - /** - * Copy constructor. - * - * Creates a URIFilterData object from another - * URI filter data object. - * - * @param data the uri filter data to be copied. - */ - KURIFilterData( const KURIFilterData& data); - - /** - * Destructor. - */ - ~KURIFilterData(); - - /** - * This method has been deprecated and will always return - * true. You should instead use the result from the - * KURIFilter::filterURI() calls. - * - * @deprecated - */ - KDE_DEPRECATED bool hasBeenFiltered() const { return true; } - - /** - * Returns the filtered or the original URL. - * - * This function returns the filtered url if one - * of the plugins successfully filtered the original - * URL. Otherwise, it returns the original URL. - * See hasBeenFiltered() and - * - * @return the filtered or original url. - */ - KURL uri() const { return m_pURI; } - - /** - * Returns an error message. - * - * This functions returns the error message set - * by the plugin whenever the uri type is set to - * KURIFilterData::ERROR. Otherwise, it returns - * a TQString::null. - * - * @return the error message or a NULL when there is none. - */ - TQString errorMsg() const { return m_strErrMsg; } - - /** - * Returns the URI type. - * - * This method always returns KURIFilterData::UNKNOWN - * if the given URL was not filtered. - * @return the type of the URI - */ - URITypes uriType() const { return m_iType; } - - /** - * Sets the URL to be filtered. - * - * Use this function to set the string to be - * filtered when you construct an empty filter - * object. - * - * @param url the string to be filtered. - */ - void setData( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); } - - /** - * Same as above except the argument is a URL. - * - * Use this function to set the string to be - * filtered when you construct an empty filter - * object. - * - * @param url the URL to be filtered. - */ - void setData( const KURL& url ) { init( url ); } - - /** - * Sets the absolute path to be used whenever the supplied - * data is a relative local URL. - * - * NOTE: This function should only be used for local resources, - * i.e. the "file:/" protocol. It is useful for specifying the - * absolute path in cases where the actual URL might be relative. - * meta object. If deriving the path from a KURL, make sure you - * set the argument for this function to the result of calling - * path () instead of url (). - * - * @param abs_path the abolute path to the local resource. - * @return true if absolute path is successfully set. Otherwise, false. - */ - bool setAbsolutePath( const TQString& abs_path ); - - /** - * Returns the absolute path if one has already been set. - * @return the absolute path, or TQString::null - * @see hasAbsolutePath() - */ - TQString absolutePath() const; - - /** - * Checks whether the supplied data had an absolute path. - * @return true if the supplied data has an absolute path - * @see absolutePath() - */ - bool hasAbsolutePath() const; - - /** - * Returns the command line options and arguments for a - * local resource when present. - * - * @return options and arguments when present, otherwise TQString::null - */ - TQString argsAndOptions() const; - - /** - * Checks whether the current data is a local resource with - * command line options and arguments. - * @return true if the current data has command line options and arguments - */ - bool hasArgsAndOptions() const; - - /** - * Returns the name of the icon that matches - * the current filtered URL. - * - * NOTE that this function will return a NULL - * string by default and when no associated icon - * is found. - * - * @return the name of the icon associated with the resource, - * or TQString::null if not found - */ - TQString iconName(); - - /** - * Check whether the provided uri is executable or not. - * - * Setting this to false ensures that typing the name of - * an executable does not start that application. This is - * useful in the location bar of a browser. The default - * value is true. - * - * @since 3.2 - */ - void setCheckForExecutables (bool check); - - /** - * @return true if the filters should attempt to check whether the - * supplied uri is an executable. False otherwise. - * - * @since 3.2 - */ - bool checkForExecutables() const { return m_bCheckForExecutables; } - - /** - * @return the string as typed by the user, before any URL processing is done - * @since 3.2 - */ - TQString typedString() const; - - /** - * Overloaded assigenment operator. - * - * This function allows you to easily assign a KURL - * to a KURIFilterData object. - * - * @return an instance of a KURIFilterData object. - */ - KURIFilterData& operator=( const KURL& url ) { init( url ); return *this; } - - /** - * Overloaded assigenment operator. - * - * This function allows you to easily assign a QString - * to a KURIFilterData object. - * - * @return an instance of a KURIFilterData object. - */ - KURIFilterData& operator=( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); return *this; } - -protected: - - /** - * Initializes the KURIFilterData on construction. - * @param url the URL to initialize the object with - */ - void init( const KURL& url); - - /** - * Initializes the KURIFilterData on construction. - * @param url the URL to initialize the object with - */ - void init( const TQString& url = TQString::null ); - -private: - bool m_bCheckForExecutables; - bool m_bChanged; - - TQString m_strErrMsg; - TQString m_strIconName; - - KURL m_pURI; - URITypes m_iType; - KURIFilterDataPrivate *d; -}; - - -/** - * Base class for URI filter plugins. - * - * This class applies a single filter to a URI. All plugins designed - * to provide URI filtering service should inherit from this abstract - * class and provide a concrete implementation. - * - * All inheriting classes need to implement the pure virtual function - * filterURI. - * - * @short Abstract class for URI filter plugins. - */ -class KURIFilterPlugin : public QObject -{ - Q_OBJECT - -public: - - /** - * Constructs a filter plugin with a given name and - * priority. - * - * @param parent the parent object, or 0 for no parent - * @param name the name of the plugin, or 0 for no name - * @param pri the priority of the plugin. - */ - KURIFilterPlugin( TQObject *parent = 0, const char *name = 0, double pri = 1.0 ); - - /** - * Returns the filter's name. - * - * @return A string naming the filter. - */ - virtual TQString name() const { return m_strName; } - - /** - * Returns the filter's priority. - * - * Each filter has an assigned priority, a float from 0 to 1. Filters - * with the lowest priority are first given a chance to filter a URI. - * - * @return The priority of the filter. - */ - virtual double priority() const { return m_dblPriority; } - - /** - * Filters a URI. - * - * @param data the URI data to be filtered. - * @return A boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed. - */ - virtual bool filterURI( KURIFilterData& data ) const = 0; - - /** - * Creates a configuration module for the filter. - * - * It is the responsibility of the caller to delete the module - * once it is not needed anymore. - * - * @return A configuration module, 0 if the filter isn't configurable. - */ - virtual KCModule *configModule( TQWidget*, const char* ) const { return 0; } - - /** - * Returns the name of the configuration module for the filter. - * - * @return the name of a configuration module or TQString::null if none. - */ - virtual TQString configName() const { return name(); } - -protected: - - /** - * Sets the the URL in @p data to @p uri. - */ - void setFilteredURI ( KURIFilterData& data, const KURL& uri ) const; - - /** - * Sets the error message in @p data to @p errormsg. - */ - void setErrorMsg ( KURIFilterData& data, const TQString& errmsg ) const { - data.m_strErrMsg = errmsg; - } - - /** - * Sets the URI type in @p data to @p type. - */ - void setURIType ( KURIFilterData& data, KURIFilterData::URITypes type) const { - data.m_iType = type; - data.m_bChanged = true; - } - - /** - * Sets the arguments and options string in @p data - * to @p args if any were found during filterting. - */ - void setArguments( KURIFilterData& data, const TQString& args ) const; - - TQString m_strName; - double m_dblPriority; - -protected: - virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data ); -private: - class KURIFilterPluginPrivate *d; -}; - - -/** - * A list of filter plugins. - */ -class KURIFilterPluginList : public TQPtrList<KURIFilterPlugin> -{ -public: - virtual int compareItems(Item a, Item b) - { - double diff = ((KURIFilterPlugin *) a)->priority() - ((KURIFilterPlugin *) b)->priority(); - return diff < 0 ? -1 : (diff > 0 ? 1 : 0); - } - -private: - KURIFilterPrivate *d; - -}; - -/** - * Manages the filtering of URIs. - * - * The intention of this plugin class is to allow people to extend the - * functionality of KURL without modifying it directly. This way KURL will - * remain a generic parser capable of parsing any generic URL that adheres - * to specifications. - * - * The KURIFilter class applies a number of filters to a URI and returns the - * filtered version whenever possible. The filters are implemented using - * plugins to provide easy extensibility of the filtering mechanism. New - * filters can be added in the future by simply inheriting from - * KURIFilterPlugin and implementing the KURIFilterPlugin::filterURI - * method. - * - * Use of this plugin-manager class is straight forward. Since it is a - * singleton object, all you have to do is obtain an instance by doing - * @p KURIFilter::self() and use any of the public member functions to - * preform the filtering. - * - * \b Example - * - * To simply filter a given string: - * - * \code - * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( "kde.org" ); - * \endcode - * - * You can alternatively use a KURL: - * - * \code - * KURL url = "kde.org"; - * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( url ); - * \endcode - * - * If you have a constant string or a constant URL, simply invoke the - * corresponding function to obtain the filtered string or URL instead - * of a boolean flag: - * - * \code - * TQString u = KURIFilter::self()->filteredURI( "kde.org" ); - * \endcode - * - * You can also restrict the filter(s) to be used by supplying - * the name of the filter(s) to use. By defualt all available - * filters will be used. To use specific filters, add the names - * of the filters you want to use to a TQStringList and invoke - * the appropriate filtering function. The examples below show - * the use of specific filters. The first one uses a single - * filter called kshorturifilter while the second example uses - * multiple filters: - * - * \code - * TQString text = "kde.org"; - * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, "kshorturifilter" ); - * \endcode - * - * \code - * TQStringList list; - * list << "kshorturifilter" << "localdomainfilter"; - * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, list ); - * \endcode - * - * KURIFilter also allows richer data exchange through a simple - * meta-object called @p KURIFilterData. Using this meta-object - * you can find out more information about the URL you want to - * filter. See KURIFilterData for examples and details. - * - * @short Filters a given URL into its proper format whenever possible. - */ - -class KURIFilter -{ -public: - /** - * Destructor - */ - ~KURIFilter (); - - /** - * Returns an instance of KURIFilter. - */ - static KURIFilter* self(); - - /** - * Filters the URI given by the object URIFilterData. - * - * The given URL is filtered based on the specified list of filters. - * If the list is empty all available filters would be used. - * - * @param data object that contains the URI to be filtered. - * @param filters specify the list of filters to be used. - * - * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed - */ - bool filterURI( KURIFilterData& data, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); - - /** - * Filters the URI given by the URL. - * - * The given URL is filtered based on the specified list of filters. - * If the list is empty all available filters would be used. - * - * @param uri the URI to filter. - * @param filters specify the list of filters to be used. - * - * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed - */ - bool filterURI( KURL &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); - - /** - * Filters a string representing a URI. - * - * The given URL is filtered based on the specified list of filters. - * If the list is empty all available filters would be used. - * - * @param uri The URI to filter. - * @param filters specify the list of filters to be used. - * - * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed - */ - bool filterURI( TQString &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); - - /** - * Returns the filtered URI. - * - * The given URL is filtered based on the specified list of filters. - * If the list is empty all available filters would be used. - * - * @param uri The URI to filter. - * @param filters specify the list of filters to be used. - * - * @return the filtered URI or null if it cannot be filtered - */ - KURL filteredURI( const KURL &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); - - /** - * Return a filtered string representation of a URI. - * - * The given URL is filtered based on the specified list of filters. - * If the list is empty all available filters would be used. - * - * @param uri the URI to filter. - * @param filters specify the list of filters to be used. - * - * @return the filtered URI or null if it cannot be filtered - */ - TQString filteredURI( const TQString &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); - - /** - * Return an iterator to iterate over all loaded - * plugins. - * - * @return a plugin iterator. - */ - TQPtrListIterator<KURIFilterPlugin> pluginsIterator() const; - - /** - * Return a list of the names of all loaded plugins. - * - * @return a TQStringList of plugin names - * @since 3.1 - */ - TQStringList pluginNames() const; - -protected: - - /** - * A protected constructor. - * - * This constructor creates a KURIFilter and - * initializes all plugins it can find by invoking - * loadPlugins. - */ - KURIFilter(); - - /** - * Loads all allowed plugins. - * - * This function loads all filters that have not - * been disbled. - */ - void loadPlugins(); - -private: - static KURIFilter *m_self; - KURIFilterPluginList m_lstPlugins; - KURIFilterPrivate *d; -}; - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde332/selectdialog.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde332/selectdialog.h deleted file mode 100644 index 680d48ef..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde332/selectdialog.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,87 +0,0 @@ -/* - This file is part of libkresources. - - Copyright (c) 2002 Tobias Koenig <tokoe@kde.org> - Copyright (c) 2002 Jan-Pascal van Best <janpascal@vanbest.org> - Copyright (c) 2003 Cornelius Schumacher <schumacher@kde.org> - - This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - - This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. -*/ - -#ifndef KRESOURCES_SELECTDIALOG_H -#define KRESOURCES_SELECTDIALOG_H - -#include <tqobject.h> -#include <tqptrlist.h> -#include <tqmap.h> - -#include <kdialog.h> - -class KListBox; - -namespace KRES { - -class Resource; - -/** - * Dialog for selecting a resource. - * - * Example: - * - * \code - * - * TQPtrList<Resource> list = ... // can be retrived from KRES::Manager (e.g. KABC::AddressBook) - * - * KABC::Resource *res = KABC::SelectDialog::getResource( list, parentWdg ); - * if ( !res ) { - * // no resource selected - * } else { - * // do something with resource - * } - * \endcode - */ -class SelectDialog -{ - public: - /** - * Constructor. - * @param list The list of available resources - * @param parent The parent widget - * @param name The name of the dialog - */ - SelectDialog( TQPtrList<Resource> list, TQWidget *parent = 0, - const char *name = 0); - - /** - * Returns selected resource. - */ - Resource *resource(); - - /** - * Opens a dialog showing the available resources and returns the resource the - * user has selected. Returns 0, if the dialog was canceled. - */ - static Resource *getResource( TQPtrList<Resource> list, TQWidget *parent = 0 ); - - private: - KListBox *mResourceId; - - TQMap<int, Resource*> mResourceMap; -}; - -} - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde340/configwidget.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde340/configwidget.h deleted file mode 100644 index 47917edd..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde340/configwidget.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,58 +0,0 @@ -/* - This file is part of libkresources. - Copyright (c) 2002 Tobias Koenig <tokoe@kde.org> - Copyright (c) 2002 Jan-Pascal van Best <janpascal@vanbest.org> - - This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - - This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. -*/ - -#ifndef KRESOURCES_CONFIGWIDGET_H -#define KRESOURCES_CONFIGWIDGET_H - -#include "resource.h" - -#include <kconfig.h> - -#include <tqwidget.h> - -namespace KRES { - -class KRESOURCES_EXPORT ConfigWidget : public QWidget -{ - Q_OBJECT - public: - ConfigWidget( TQWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0 ); - - /** - Sets the widget to 'edit' mode. Reimplement this method if you are - interested in the mode change (to disable some GUI element for - example). By default the widget is in 'create new' mode. - */ - virtual void setInEditMode( bool value ); - - public slots: - virtual void loadSettings( Resource *resource ) = 0; - virtual void saveSettings( Resource *resource ) = 0; - - signals: - void setReadOnly( bool value ); - - protected: - Resource *mResource; -}; - -} -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde340/kaccelaction.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde340/kaccelaction.h deleted file mode 100644 index b868ee6f..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde340/kaccelaction.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,564 +0,0 @@ -/* This file is part of the KDE libraries - Copyright (C) 2001,2002 Ellis Whitehead <ellis@kde.org> - - This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - - This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. -*/ - -#ifndef _KACCELACTION_H -#define _KACCELACTION_H - -#include <tqmap.h> -#include <tqptrvector.h> -#include <tqstring.h> -#include <tqvaluevector.h> - -#include <kshortcut.h> - -class KAccelBase; - -class TQObject; -class KConfig; -class KConfigBase; - -/** - * @internal - * A KAccelAction prepresents an action that can be executed using - * an accelerator key. Each KAccelAction has a name, a label, a - * "What's this" string and a KShortcut. The user can configure and - * enable/disable them using KKeyDialog. - * - * \code - * 1) KAccelAction = "Run Command" - * Default3 = "Alt+F2" - * Default4 = "Meta+Enter;Alt+F2" - * 1) KShortcut = "Meta+Enter" - * 1) KKeySequence = "Meta+Enter" - * 1) KKey = "Meta+Enter" - * 1) Meta+Enter - * 2) Meta+Keypad_Enter - * 2) KShortcut = "Alt+F2" - * 1) KKeySequence = "Alt+F2" - * 1) Alt+F2 - * 2) KAccelAction = "Something" - * Default3 = "" - * Default4 = "" - * 1) KShortcut = "Meta+X,Asterisk" - * 1) KKeySequence = "Meta+X,Asterisk" - * 1) KKey = "Meta+X" - * 1) Meta+X - * 2) KKey = "Asterisk" - * 1) Shift+8 (English layout) - * 2) Keypad_Asterisk - * \endcode - * @short An accelerator action - * @see KAccel - * @see KGlobalAccel - * @see KKeyChooser - * @see KKeyDialog - */ -class KDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction -{ - public: - /** - * Creates an empty KAccelAction. - * @see clear() - */ - KAccelAction(); - - /** - * Copy constructor. - */ - KAccelAction( const KAccelAction& ); - - /** - * Creates a new KAccelAction. - * @param sName the name of the accelerator - * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) - * @param sWhatsThis the What's This text (18n!) - * @param cutDef3 the default shortcut for 3 modifier systems - * @param cutDef4 the default shortcut for 4 modifier systems - * @param pObjSlot the receiver of a signal when the key has been - * pressed - * @param psMethodSlot the slot to connect for key presses. Receives - * an int, as set by setID(), as only argument - * @param bConfigurable if true the user can configure the shortcut - * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled - */ - KAccelAction( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, - const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4, - const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, - bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled ); - ~KAccelAction(); - - /** - * Clears the accelerator. - */ - void clear(); - - /** - * Re-initialized the KAccelAction. - * @param sName the name of the accelerator - * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) - * @param sWhatsThis the What's This text (18n!) - * @param cutDef3 the default shortcut for 3 modifier systems - * @param cutDef4 the default shortcut for 4 modifier systems - * @param pObjSlot the receiver of a signal when the key has been - * pressed - * @param psMethodSlot the slot to connect for key presses. Receives - * an int, as set by setID(), as only argument - * @param bConfigurable if true the user can configure the shortcut - * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - */ - bool init( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, - const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4, - const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, - bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled ); - - /** - * Copies this KAccelAction. - */ - KAccelAction& operator=( const KAccelAction& ); - - /** - * Returns the name of the accelerator action. - * @return the name of the accelerator action, can be null if not - * set - */ - const TQString& name() const { return m_sName; } - - /** - * Returns the label of the accelerator action. - * @return the label of the accelerator action, can be null if - * not set - */ - const TQString& label() const { return m_sLabel; } - - /** - * Returns the What's This text of the accelerator action. - * @return the What's This text of the accelerator action, can be - * null if not set - */ - const TQString& whatsThis() const { return m_sWhatsThis; } - - /** - * The shortcut that is actually used (may be used configured). - * @return the shortcut of the KAccelAction, can be null if not set - * @see shortcutDefault() - */ - const KShortcut& shortcut() const { return m_cut; } - - /** - * The default shortcut for this system. - * @return the default shortcut on this system, can be null if not set - * @see shortcut() - * @see shortcutDefault3() - * @see shortcutDefault4() - */ - const KShortcut& shortcutDefault() const; - - /** - * The default shortcut for 3 modifier systems. - * @return the default shortcut for 3 modifier systems, can be null - * if not set - * @see shortcutDefault() - * @see shortcutDefault4() - * @see useFourModifierKeys() - */ - const KShortcut& shortcutDefault3() const { return m_cutDefault3; } - - /** - * The default shortcut for 4 modifier systems. - * @return the default shortcut for 4 modifier systems, can be null - * if not set - * @see shortcutDefault() - * @see shortcutDefault3() - * @see useFourModifierKeys() - */ - const KShortcut& shortcutDefault4() const { return m_cutDefault4; } - - /** - * Returns the receiver of signals. - * @return the receiver of signals (can be 0 if not set) - */ - const TQObject* objSlotPtr() const { return m_pObjSlot; } - - /** - * Returns the slot for the signal. - * @return the slot for the signal - */ - const char* methodSlotPtr() const { return m_psMethodSlot; } - - /** - * Checks whether the user can configure the action. - * @return true if configurable, false otherwise - */ - bool isConfigurable() const { return m_bConfigurable; } - - /** - * Checks whether the action is enabled. - * @return true if enabled, false otherwise - */ - bool isEnabled() const { return m_bEnabled; } - - /** - * Sets the name of the accelerator action. - * @param name the new name - */ - void setName( const TQString& name ); - - /** - * Sets the user-readable label of the accelerator action. - * @param label the new label (i18n!) - */ - void setLabel( const TQString& label ); - - /** - * Sets the What's This text for the accelerator action. - * @param whatsThis the new What's This text (i18n!) - */ - void setWhatsThis( const TQString& whatsThis ); - - /** - * Sets the new shortcut of the accelerator action. - * @param rgCuts the shortcut to set - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - */ - bool setShortcut( const KShortcut& rgCuts ); - - /** - * Sets the slot of the accelerator action. - * @param pObjSlot the receiver object of the signal - * @param psMethodSlot the slot for the signal - */ - void setSlot( const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot ); - - /** - * Enables or disabled configuring the action. - * @param configurable true to enable configurability, false to disable - */ - void setConfigurable( bool configurable ); - - /** - * Enables or disabled the action. - * @param configurable true to enable the action, false to disable - */ - void setEnabled( bool enable ); - - /** - * Retrieves the id set using setID. - * @return the id of the accelerator action - */ - int getID() const { return m_nIDAccel; } - - /** - * Allows you to set an id that will be used as the action - * signal's argument. - * - * @param n the new id - * @see getID() - */ - void setID( int n ) { m_nIDAccel = n; } - - /** - * Checkes whether the action is connected (emits signals). - * @return true if connected, false otherwise - */ - bool isConnected() const; - - /** - * Sets a key sequence of the action's shortcut. - * @param i the position of the sequence - * @param keySeq the new new sequence - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see KShortcut::setSeq() - */ - bool setKeySequence( uint i, const KKeySequence &keySeq ); - - /** - * Clears the action's shortcut. It will not contain any sequences after - * calling this method. - * @see KShortcut::clear() - */ - void clearShortcut(); - - /** - * Checks whether the action's shortcut contains the given key sequence. - * @param keySeq the key sequence to check - * @return true if the shortcut contains the given sequence - * @see KShortcut::contains() - */ - bool contains( const KKeySequence &keySeq ); - - /** - * Returns the string representation of the action's shortcut. - * @return the string representation of the action's shortcut. - * @see KShortcut::toString() - */ - TQString toString() const; - - /** - * @internal - */ - TQString toStringInternal() const; - - /** - * Returns true if four modifier keys will be used. - * @return true if four modifier keys will be used. - */ - static bool useFourModifierKeys(); - - /** - * Selects 3 or 4 modifier default shortcuts. - * @param use true to use 4 modifier shortcuts, false to use - * 3 modifier shortcuts - */ - static void useFourModifierKeys( bool use ); - - protected: - TQString m_sName, - m_sLabel, - m_sWhatsThis; - KShortcut m_cut; - KShortcut m_cutDefault3, m_cutDefault4; - const TQObject* m_pObjSlot; - const char* m_psMethodSlot; - bool m_bConfigurable, - m_bEnabled; - int m_nIDAccel; - uint m_nConnections; - - void incConnections(); - void decConnections(); - - private: - static int g_bUseFourModifierKeys; - class KAccelActionPrivate* d; - - friend class KAccelActions; - friend class KAccelBase; -}; - -//--------------------------------------------------------------------- -// KAccelActions -//--------------------------------------------------------------------- - -/** - * @internal - * This class represents a collection of KAccelAction objects. - * - * @short A collection of accelerator actions - * @see KAccelAction - */ -class KDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions -{ - public: - /** - * Creates a new, empty KAccelActions object. - */ - KAccelActions(); - - /** - * Copy constructor (deep copy). - */ - KAccelActions( const KAccelActions& ); - virtual ~KAccelActions(); - - /** - * Removes all items from this collection. - */ - void clear(); - - /** - * Initializes this object with the given actions. - * It will make a deep copy of all actions. - * @param actions the actions to copy - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - */ - bool init( const KAccelActions &actions ); - - /** - * Loads the actions from the given configuration file. - * - * @param config the configuration file to load from - * @param sGroup the group in the configuration file - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - */ - bool init( KConfigBase& config, const TQString& sGroup ); - - /** - * Updates the shortcuts of all actions in this object - * with the shortcuts from the given object. - * @param shortcuts the collection that contains the new - * shortcuts - */ - void updateShortcuts( KAccelActions &shortcuts ); - - /** - * Retrieves the index of the action with the given name. - * @param sAction the action to search - * @return the index of the action, or -1 if not found - */ - int actionIndex( const TQString& sAction ) const; - - /** - * Returns the action with the given @p index. - * @param index the index of an action. You must not - * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index - * @see count() - */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( uint index ); - - /** - * Returns the action with the given @p index. - * @param index the index of an action. You must not - * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index - * @see count() - */ - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( uint index ) const; - - /** - * Returns the action with the given name. - * @param aAction the name of the action to search - * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0 - * if not found - */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); - - /** - * Returns the action with the given name. - * @param aAction the name of the action to search - * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0 - * if not found - */ - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; - - /** - * Returns the action with the given key sequence. - * @param cut the sequence to search for - * @return the KAccelAction with the given sequence, or 0 - * if not found - */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( KKeySequence cut ); - - /** - * Returns the action with the given @p index. - * @param index the index of an action. You must not - * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index - * @see actionPtr() - * @see count() - */ - KAccelAction& operator []( uint index ); - - /** - * Returns the action with the given @p index. - * @param index the index of an action. You must not - * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index - * @see actionPtr() - * @see count() - */ - const KAccelAction& operator []( uint index ) const; - - /** - * Inserts an action into the collection. - * @param sName the name of the accelerator - * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) - * @param sWhatsThis the What's This text (18n!) - * @param cutDef3 the default shortcut for 3 modifier systems - * @param cutDef4 the default shortcut for 4 modifier systems - * @param pObjSlot the receiver of a signal when the key has been - * pressed - * @param psMethodSlot the slot to connect for key presses. Receives - * an int, as set by setID(), as only argument - * @param bConfigurable if true the user can configure the shortcut - * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled - * @return the new action - */ - KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, - const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, - const TQObject* pObjSlot = 0, const char* psMethodSlot = 0, - bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true ); - - /** - * Inserts an action into the collection. - * @param sName the name of the accelerator - * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) - * @return the new action - */ - KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel ); - - /** - * Removes the given action. - * @param sAction the name of the action. - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - */ - bool remove( const TQString& sAction ); - - /** - * Loads the actions from the given configuration file. - * - * @param sConfigGroup the group in the configuration file - * @param pConfig the configuration file to load from - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - */ - bool readActions( const TQString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ); - - /** - * Writes the actions to the given configuration file. - * - * @param sConfigGroup the group in the configuration file - * @param pConfig the configuration file to save to - * @param bWriteAll true to write all actions - * @param bGlobal true to write to the global configuration file - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - */ - bool writeActions( const TQString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0, - bool bWriteAll = false, bool bGlobal = false ) const; - - /** - * Emit a keycodeChanged signal. - */ - void emitKeycodeChanged(); - - /** - * Returns the number of actions in the collection. - * @return the number of actions - */ - uint count() const; - - protected: - KAccelBase* m_pKAccelBase; - KAccelAction** m_prgActions; - uint m_nSizeAllocated, m_nSize; - - void resize( uint ); - void insertPtr( KAccelAction* ); - - private: - class KAccelActionsPrivate* d; - - KAccelActions( KAccelBase* ); - void initPrivate( KAccelBase* ); - KAccelActions& operator =( KAccelActions& ); - - friend class KAccelBase; -}; - -#endif // _KACCELACTION_H diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde340/kaccelbase.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde340/kaccelbase.h deleted file mode 100644 index 0238c63a..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde340/kaccelbase.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,229 +0,0 @@ -/* This file is part of the KDE libraries - Copyright (C) 2001 Ellis Whitehead <ellis@kde.org> - - This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - - This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. -*/ - -#ifndef _KACCELBASE_H -#define _KACCELBASE_H - -#include <tqmap.h> -#include <tqptrvector.h> -#include <tqstring.h> -#include <tqvaluevector.h> -#include <tqvaluelist.h> - -#include "kaccelaction.h" -#include "kkeyserver.h" - -class TQPopupMenu; -class TQWidget; - -//---------------------------------------------------- - -/** - * @internal - * Handle keyboard accelerators. - * - * Allow an user to configure - * key bindings through application configuration files or through the - * KKeyChooser GUI. - * - * A KAccel contains a list of accelerator items. Each accelerator item - * consists of an action name and a keyboard code combined with modifiers - * (Shift, Ctrl and Alt.) - * - * For example, "Ctrl+P" could be a shortcut for printing a document. The key - * codes are listed in ckey.h. "Print" could be the action name for printing. - * The action name identifies the key binding in configuration files and the - * KKeyChooser GUI. - * - * When pressed, an accelerator key calls the slot to which it has been - * connected. Accelerator items can be connected so that a key will activate - * two different slots. - * - * A KAccel object handles key events sent to its parent widget and to all - * children of this parent widget. - * - * Key binding reconfiguration during run time can be prevented by specifying - * that an accelerator item is not configurable when it is inserted. A special - * group of non-configurable key bindings are known as the - * standard accelerators. - * - * The standard accelerators appear repeatedly in applications for - * standard document actions such as printing and saving. Convenience methods are - * available to insert and connect these accelerators which are configurable on - * a desktop-wide basis. - * - * It is possible for a user to choose to have no key associated with - * an action. - * - * The translated first argument for insertItem() is used only - * in the configuration dialog. - *\code - * KAccel *a = new KAccel( myWindow ); - * // Insert an action "Scroll Up" which is associated with the "Up" key: - * a->insertItem( i18n("Scroll Up"), "Scroll Up", "Up" ); - * // Insert an action "Scroll Down" which is not associated with any key: - * a->insertItem( i18n("Scroll Down"), "Scroll Down", 0); - * a->connectItem( "Scroll up", myWindow, TQT_SLOT( scrollUp() ) ); - * // a->insertStdItem( KStdAccel::Print ); //not necessary, since it - * // is done automatially with the - * // connect below! - * a->connectItem(KStdAccel::Print, myWindow, TQT_SLOT( printDoc() ) ); - * - * a->readSettings(); - *\endcode - * - * If a shortcut has a menu entry as well, you could insert them like - * this. The example is again the KStdAccel::Print from above. - * - * \code - * int id; - * id = popup->insertItem("&Print",this, TQT_SLOT(printDoc())); - * a->changeMenuAccel(popup, id, KStdAccel::Print ); - * \endcode - * - * If you want a somewhat "exotic" name for your standard print action, like - * id = popup->insertItem(i18n("Print &Document"),this, TQT_SLOT(printDoc())); - * it might be a good idea to insert the standard action before as - * a->insertStdItem( KStdAccel::Print, i18n("Print Document") ) - * as well, so that the user can easily find the corresponding function. - * - * This technique works for other actions as well. Your "scroll up" function - * in a menu could be done with - * - * \code - * id = popup->insertItem(i18n"Scroll &up",this, TQT_SLOT(scrollUp())); - * a->changeMenuAccel(popup, id, "Scroll Up" ); - * \endcode - * - * Please keep the order right: First insert all functions in the - * acceleratior, then call a -> readSettings() and @em then build your - * menu structure. - * - * @short Configurable key binding support. - */ - -class KDECORE_EXPORT KAccelBase -{ - public: - enum Init { QT_KEYS = 0x00, NATIVE_KEYS = 0x01 }; - enum Signal { KEYCODE_CHANGED }; - - KAccelBase( int fInitCode ); - virtual ~KAccelBase(); - - uint actionCount() const; - KAccelActions& actions(); - bool isEnabled() const; - - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKey& key ); - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKeyServer::Key& key ); - - const TQString& configGroup() const { return m_sConfigGroup; } - void setConfigGroup( const TQString& group ); - void setConfigGlobal( bool global ); - virtual void setEnabled( bool bEnabled ) = 0; - bool getAutoUpdate() { return m_bAutoUpdate; } - // return value of AutoUpdate flag before this call. - bool setAutoUpdate( bool bAuto ); - -// Procedures for manipulating Actions. - //void clearActions(); - - KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sDesc ); - KAccelAction* insert( - const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sDesc, const TQString& sHelp, - const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, - const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, - bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true ); - bool remove( const TQString& sAction ); - bool setActionSlot( const TQString& sAction, const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot ); - - bool updateConnections(); - - bool setShortcut( const TQString& sAction, const KShortcut& cut ); - -// Modify individual Action sub-items - bool setActionEnabled( const TQString& sAction, bool bEnable ); - - /** - * Read all key associations from @p config, or (if @p config - * is zero) from the application's configuration file - * KGlobal::config(). - * - * The group in which the configuration is stored can be - * set with setConfigGroup(). - */ - void readSettings( KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ); - - /** - * Write the current configurable associations to @p config, - * or (if @p config is zero) to the application's - * configuration file. - */ - void writeSettings( KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ) const; - - TQPopupMenu* createPopupMenu( TQWidget* pParent, const KKeySequence& ); - - // Protected methods - protected: - void slotRemoveAction( KAccelAction* ); - - struct X; - void createKeyList( TQValueVector<struct X>& rgKeys ); - bool insertConnection( KAccelAction* ); - bool removeConnection( KAccelAction* ); - - virtual bool emitSignal( Signal ) = 0; - virtual bool connectKey( KAccelAction&, const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; - virtual bool connectKey( const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; - virtual bool disconnectKey( KAccelAction&, const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; - virtual bool disconnectKey( const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; - - protected: - struct ActionInfo - { - KAccelAction* pAction; - uint iSeq, iVariation; - //ActionInfo* pInfoNext; // nil if only one action uses this key. - - ActionInfo() { pAction = 0; iSeq = 0xffff; iVariation = 0xffff; } - ActionInfo( KAccelAction* _pAction, uint _iSeq, uint _iVariation ) - { pAction = _pAction; iSeq = _iSeq; iVariation = _iVariation; } - }; - typedef TQMap<KKeyServer::Key, ActionInfo> KKeyToActionMap; - - KAccelActions m_rgActions; - KKeyToActionMap m_mapKeyToAction; - TQValueList<KAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique; - bool m_bNativeKeys; // Use native key codes instead of Qt codes - bool m_bEnabled; - bool m_bConfigIsGlobal; - TQString m_sConfigGroup; - bool m_bAutoUpdate; - KAccelAction* mtemp_pActionRemoving; - - private: - KAccelBase& operator =( const KAccelBase& ); - - friend class KAccelActions; -}; - -#endif // _KACCELBASE_H diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde340/kicontheme.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde340/kicontheme.h deleted file mode 100644 index a22019f7..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde340/kicontheme.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,355 +0,0 @@ -/* vi: ts=8 sts=4 sw=4 - * - * This file is part of the KDE project, module kdecore. - * Copyright (C) 2000 Geert Jansen <jansen@kde.org> - * Antonio Larrosa <larrosa@kde.org> - * - * This is free software; it comes under the GNU Library General - * Public License, version 2. See the file "COPYING.LIB" for the - * exact licensing terms. - * - */ - -#ifndef __KIconTheme_h_Included__ -#define __KIconTheme_h_Included__ - -#include <tqstring.h> -#include <tqstringlist.h> -#include <tqptrlist.h> -#include "kdelibs_export.h" - -class KConfig; -//class KIconThemeDir; - -class KIconThemePrivate; - -class KIconPrivate; - -/** - * One icon as found by KIconTheme. Also serves as a namespace containing - * icon related constants. - * @see KIconEffect - * @see KIconTheme - * @see KIconLoader - */ -class KDECORE_EXPORT KIcon -{ -public: - KIcon() { size = 0; } - - /** - * Return true if this icon is valid, false otherwise. - */ - bool isValid() const { return size != 0; } - - /** - * Defines the context of the icon. - */ - enum Context { - Any, ///< Some icon with unknown purpose. - Action, ///< An action icon (e.g. 'save', 'print'). - Application, ///< An icon that represents an application. - Device, ///< An icon that represents a device. - FileSystem, ///< An icon that represents a file system. - MimeType ///< An icon that represents a mime type (or file type). - }; - - /** - * The type of the icon. - */ - enum Type { - Fixed, ///< Fixed-size icon. - Scalable, ///< Scalable-size icon. - Threshold ///< A threshold icon. - }; - - /** - * The type of a match. - */ - enum MatchType { - MatchExact, ///< Only try to find an exact match. - MatchBest ///< Take the best match if there is no exact match. - - }; - - // if you add a group here, make sure to change the config reading in - // KIconLoader too - /** - * The group of the icon. - */ - enum Group { - /// No group - NoGroup=-1, - /// Desktop icons - Desktop=0, - /// First group - FirstGroup=0, - /// Toolbar icons - Toolbar, - /// Main toolbar icons - MainToolbar, - /// Small icons - Small, - /// Panel (Kicker) icons - Panel, - /// Last group - LastGroup, - /// User icons - User - }; - - /** - * These are the standard sizes for icons. - */ - enum StdSizes { - /// small icons for menu entries - SizeSmall=16, - /// slightly larger small icons for toolbars, panels, etc - SizeSmallMedium=22, - /// medium sized icons for the desktop - SizeMedium=32, - /// large sized icons for the panel - SizeLarge=48, - /// huge sized icons for iconviews - SizeHuge=64, - /// enormous sized icons for iconviews - SizeEnormous=128 - }; - - /** - * Defines the possible states of an icon. - */ - enum States { DefaultState, ///< The default state. - ActiveState, ///< Icon is active. - DisabledState, ///< Icon is disabled. - LastState ///< Last state (last constant) - }; - - /** - * This defines an overlay, a semi-transparent image that is - * projected onto the icon. They are used to show that the file - * represented by the icon is, for example, locked, zipped or hidden. - */ - enum Overlays { - LockOverlay=0x100, ///< a file is locked - ZipOverlay=0x200, ///< a file is zipped - LinkOverlay=0x400, ///< a file is a link - HiddenOverlay=0x800, ///< a file is hidden - ShareOverlay=0x1000, ///< a file is shared - OverlayMask = ~0xff - }; - - /** - * The size in pixels of the icon. - */ - int size; - - /** - * The context of the icon. - */ - Context context; - - /** - * The type of the icon: Fixed, Scalable or Threshold. - **/ - Type type; - - /** - * The threshold in case type == Threshold - */ - int threshold; - - /** - * The full path of the icon. - */ - TQString path; - -private: - KIconPrivate *d; -}; - -inline KIcon::Group& operator++(KIcon::Group& group) { group = static_cast<KIcon::Group>(group+1); return group; } -inline KIcon::Group operator++(KIcon::Group& group,int) { KIcon::Group ret = group; ++group; return ret; } - -/** - * Class to use/access icon themes in KDE. This class is used by the - * iconloader but can be used by others too. - * @see KIconLoader - */ -class KDECORE_EXPORT KIconTheme -{ -public: - /** - * Load an icon theme by name. - * @param name the name of the theme (e.g. "hicolor" or "keramik") - * @param appName the name of the application. Can be null. This argument - * allows applications to have themed application icons. - */ - KIconTheme(const TQString& name, const TQString& appName=TQString::null); - ~KIconTheme(); - - /** - * The stylized name of the icon theme. - * @return the (human-readable) name of the theme - */ - TQString name() const { return mName; } - - /** - * A description for the icon theme. - * @return a human-readable description of the theme, TQString::null - * if there is none - */ - TQString description() const { return mDesc; } - - /** - * Return the name of the "example" icon. This can be used to - * present the theme to the user. - * @return the name of the example icon, TQString::null if there is none - */ - TQString example() const; - - /** - * Return the name of the screenshot. - * @return the name of the screenshot, TQString::null if there is none - */ - TQString screenshot() const; - - /** - * Returns the name of this theme's link overlay. - * @return the name of the link overlay - */ - TQString linkOverlay() const; - - /** - * Returns the name of this theme's zip overlay. - * @return the name of the zip overlay - */ - TQString zipOverlay() const; - - /** - * Returns the name of this theme's lock overlay. - * @return the name of the lock overlay - */ - TQString lockOverlay() const; - - /** - * Returns the name of this theme's share overlay. - * @return the name of the share overlay - * @since 3.1 - */ - TQString shareOverlay () const; - - /** - * Returns the toplevel theme directory. - * @return the directory of the theme - */ - TQString dir() const { return mDir; } - - /** - * The themes this icon theme falls back on. - * @return a list of icon themes that are used as fall-backs - */ - TQStringList inherits() const { return mInherits; } - - /** - * The icon theme exists? - * @return true if the icon theme is valid - */ - bool isValid() const; - - /** - * The icon theme should be hidden to the user? - * @return true if the icon theme is hidden - * @since 3.1 - */ - bool isHidden() const; - - /** - * The minimum display depth required for this theme. This can either - * be 8 or 32. - * @return the minimum bpp (8 or 32) - */ - int depth() const { return mDepth; } - - /** - * The default size of this theme for a certain icon group. - * @param group The icon group. See KIcon::Group. - * @return The default size in pixels for the given icon group. - */ - int defaultSize(KIcon::Group group) const; - - /** - * Query available sizes for a group. - * @param group The icon group. See KIcon::Group. - * @return a list of available sized for the given group - */ - TQValueList<int> querySizes(KIcon::Group group) const; - - /** - * Query available icons for a size and context. - * @param size the size of the icons - * @param context the context of the icons - * @return the list of icon names - */ - TQStringList queryIcons(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const; - - /** - * Query available icons for a context and preferred size. - * @param size the size of the icons - * @param context the context of the icons - * @return the list of icon names - */ - TQStringList queryIconsByContext(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const; - - - /** - * Lookup an icon in the theme. - * @param name The name of the icon, without extension. - * @param size The desired size of the icon. - * @param match The matching mode. KIcon::MatchExact returns an icon - * only if matches exactly. KIcon::MatchBest returns the best matching - * icon. - * @return A KIcon class that describes the icon. If an icon is found, - * @see KIcon::isValid will return true, and false otherwise. - */ - KIcon iconPath(const TQString& name, int size, KIcon::MatchType match) const; - - /** - * List all icon themes installed on the system, global and local. - * @return the list of all icon themes - */ - static TQStringList list(); - - /** - * Returns the current icon theme. - * @return the name of the current theme - */ - static TQString current(); - - /** - * Reconfigure the theme. - */ - static void reconfigure(); - - /** - * Returns the default icon theme. - * @return the name of the default theme name - * @since 3.1 - */ - static TQString defaultThemeName(); - -private: - int mDefSize[8]; - TQValueList<int> mSizes[8]; - - int mDepth; - TQString mDir, mName, mDesc; - TQStringList mInherits; -// TQPtrList<KIconThemeDir> mDirs; -// KIconThemePrivate *d; - - static TQString *_theme; - static TQStringList *_theme_list; -}; - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde340/kkeyserver.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde340/kkeyserver.h deleted file mode 100644 index ef673ea9..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde340/kkeyserver.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,29 +0,0 @@ -/* - Copyright (C) 2001 Ellis Whitehead <ellis@kde.org> - - Win32 port: - Copyright (C) 2004 Jaroslaw Staniek <js@iidea.pl> - - This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - - This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. -*/ - -#ifndef _KKEYSERVER_H -#define _KKEYSERVER_H - -//FOR COMPATIBILITY -#include "kkeyserver_x11.h" - -#endif // !_KKEYSERVER_H diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde340/kkeyserver_x11.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde340/kkeyserver_x11.h deleted file mode 100644 index 47d3bbaa..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde340/kkeyserver_x11.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,461 +0,0 @@ -/* - Copyright (C) 2001 Ellis Whitehead <ellis@kde.org> - - Win32 port: - Copyright (C) 2004 Jaroslaw Staniek <js@iidea.pl> - - This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - - This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. -*/ - -#ifndef _KKEYSERVER_X11_H -#define _KKEYSERVER_X11_H - -#include "kshortcut.h" -#include "kkeynative.h" - -/** - * A collection of functions for the conversion of key presses and - * their modifiers from the window system specific format - * to the generic format and vice-versa. - */ -namespace KKeyServer -{ - /** - * Supplement enum KKey::ModFlag - * @since 3.1 - */ - enum ExtraModFlag { MODE_SWITCH = 0x2000 }; - - /** - * Represents a key symbol. - * @see KKey - * @see KKeyServer - */ - struct KDECORE_EXPORT Sym - { - public: - /// the actual value of the symbol - uint m_sym; - - /// Creates a null symbol. - Sym() - { m_sym = 0; } - /** - * Creates asymbol with the given value. - * @param sym the value - */ - Sym( uint sym ) - { m_sym = sym; } - /** - * Creates a symbol from the given string description. - * @param s the description of the symbol - * @see toString() - */ - Sym( const TQString& s ) - { init( s ); } - - /** - * Initializes the symbol with the given Qt key code. - * @param keyQt the qt key code - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key - */ - bool initQt( int keyQt ); - - /** - * Initializes the key with the given string description. - * @param s the string description - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see toString() - */ - bool init( const TQString &s ); - - /** - * Returns the qt key code of the symbol. - * @return the qt key code - */ - int qt() const; - - /** - * @internal - */ - TQString toStringInternal() const; - - /** - * Returns the string representation of the symbol. - * @return the string representation of the symbol - */ - TQString toString() const; - - /** - * Returns the mods that are required for this symbol as - * ORed KKey::ModFlag's. For example, Break requires a - * Ctrl to be valid. - * @return the required KKey::ModFlag's - * @see KKey::ModFlag - */ - uint getModsRequired() const; - - /** - * TODO: please find out what this method does and document it - */ - uint getSymVariation() const; - - /** - * Casts the symbol to its integer representation. - */ - operator uint() const { return m_sym; } - - /** - * Overloaded operator to convert ints to Sym. - */ - Sym& operator =( uint sym ) { m_sym = sym; return *this; } - - private: - TQString toString( bool bUserSpace ) const; - - static void capitalizeKeyname( TQString& ); - }; - - /** - * Represents a key press. - * @see KKey - */ - struct KDECORE_EXPORT Key - { - /// Code for native Keys in Qt - enum { CODE_FOR_QT = 256 }; - - /// The code of the key - uint m_code; - - /// The modifiers of the key - uint m_mod; - - /// The symbol of the key - uint m_sym; - - /** - * Initializes the key with a KKey. - * @param key the key to get the data from - * @param bQt true to take the Qt keycode, false - * for the native key code - * @see Qt::Key - * @see KKeyNative - */ - bool init( const KKey& key, bool bQt ); - - /** - * Checks whether the key code is a native code. - * @return true if native code of the window system, - * false if it is a Qt keycode - * @see Qt::Key - * @see KKeyNative - */ - bool isNative() const { return m_code != CODE_FOR_QT; } - - /** - * Returns the code of the key. - * @return the code of the key - */ - uint code() const { return m_code; } - - /** - * Returns the modifiers of the key. - * @return the modifiers of the key - */ - uint mod() const { return m_mod; } - - /** - * Returns the symbol of the key. - * @return the symbol of the key - */ - uint sym() const { return m_sym; } - - /** - * Returns the qt key code. - * @return the qt key code - */ - int keyCodeQt() const { return (int) m_sym; } - - /** - * Sets the qt key code. - * @param keyQt the qt key code - */ - void setKeycodeQt( int keyQt ) - { m_code = CODE_FOR_QT; m_sym = keyQt; } - - /** - * Initializes this key with a KKeyNative. - * @return this key - */ - Key& operator =( const KKeyNative& key ); - - /** - * Compares this key with the given Key object. Returns a - * negative number if the given Key is larger, 0 if they - * are equal and a positive number this Key is larger. The - * returned value is the difference between the symbol, modifier - * or code, whatever is non-zero first. - * - * @param key the key to compare with this key - * @return a negative number if the given Key is larger, 0 if - * they are equal and a positive number this Key is larger - */ - int compare( const Key& key ) const; - - /** - * Compares the symbol, modifiers and code of both keys. - * @see compare() - */ - bool operator ==( const Key& b ) const - { return compare( b ) == 0; } - - /** - * Compares the symbol, modifiers and code of both keys. - * @see compare() - */ - bool operator <( const Key& b ) const - { return compare( b ) < 0; } - - /** - * Converts this Key to a KKey. - * @return the KKey - */ - KKey key() const; - }; - - /** - * TODO: please document this class - */ - struct KDECORE_EXPORT Variations - { - enum { MAX_VARIATIONS = 4 }; - - Key m_rgkey[MAX_VARIATIONS]; - uint m_nVariations; - - Variations() { m_nVariations = 0; } - - void init( const KKey&, bool bQt ); - - uint count() const { return m_nVariations; } - const Key& key( uint i ) const { return m_rgkey[i]; } - }; - - /// TODO: please document - KDECORE_EXPORT bool initializeMods(); - - /** - * Returns the equivalent X modifier mask of the given modifier flag. - * @param modFlag the generic flags to check - * @return the window system specific flags - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT uint modX( KKey::ModFlag modFlag ); - - /** - * Returns true if the current keyboard layout supports the Win key. - * Specifically, whether the Super or Meta keys are assigned to an X modifier. - * @return true if the keyboard has a Win key - * @see modXWin() - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT bool keyboardHasWinKey(); - - /** - * Returns the X11 Shift modifier mask/flag. - * @return the X11 Shift modifier mask/flag. - * @see accelModMaskX() - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT uint modXShift(); - - /** - * Returns the X11 Lock modifier mask/flag. - * @return the X11 Lock modifier mask/flag. - * @see accelModMaskX() - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT uint modXLock(); - - /** - * Returns the X11 Ctrl modifier mask/flag. - * @return the X11 Ctrl modifier mask/flag. - * @see accelModMaskX() - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT uint modXCtrl(); - - /** - * Returns the X11 Alt (Mod1) modifier mask/flag. - * @return the X11 Alt (Mod1) modifier mask/flag. - * @see accelModMaskX() - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT uint modXAlt(); - - /** - * Returns the X11 NumLock modifier mask/flag. - * @return the X11 NumLock modifier mask/flag. - * @see accelModMaskX() - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT uint modXNumLock(); - - /** - * Returns the X11 Win (Mod3) modifier mask/flag. - * @return the X11 Win (Mod3) modifier mask/flag. - * @see keyboardHasWinKey() - * @see accelModMaskX() - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT uint modXWin(); - - /** - * Returns the X11 ScrollLock modifier mask/flag. - * @return the X11 ScrollLock modifier mask/flag. - * @see accelModMaskX() - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT uint modXScrollLock(); - - /** - * Returns bitwise OR'ed mask containing Shift, Ctrl, Alt, and - * Win (if available). - * @see modXShift() - * @see modXLock() - * @see modXCtrl() - * @see modXAlt() - * @see modXNumLock() - * @see modXWin() - * @see modXScrollLock() - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT uint accelModMaskX(); - - /** - * Extracts the symbol from the given Qt key and - * converts it to a symbol. - * @param keyQt the qt key code - * @param sym if successful, the symbol will be written here - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key - * @see Sym - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT bool keyQtToSym( int keyQt, uint& sym ); - - /** - * Extracts the modifiers from the given Qt key and - * converts them in a mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers. - * @param keyQt the qt key code - * @param mod if successful, the modifiers will be written here - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT bool keyQtToMod( int keyQt, uint& mod ); - - /** - * Converts the given symbol to a Qt key code. - * @param sym the symbol - * @param keyQt if successful, the qt key code will be written here - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key - * @see Sym - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT bool symToKeyQt( uint sym, int& keyQt ); - - /** - * Converts the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers to - * a mask of ORed Qt key code modifiers. - * @param mod the mask of KKey::ModFlag modifiers - * @param modQt the mask of Qt key code modifiers will be written here, - * if successful - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key - * @see KKey - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT bool modToModQt( uint mod, int& modQt ); - - /** - * Converts the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers to - * a mask of ORed X11 modifiers. - * @param mod the mask of KKey::ModFlag modifiers - * @param modX the mask of X11 modifiers will be written here, - * if successful - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see KKey - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT bool modToModX( uint mod, uint& modX ); - - /** - * Converts the mask of ORed X11 modifiers to - * a mask of ORed Qt key code modifiers. - * @param modX the mask of X11 modifiers - * @param modQt the mask of Qt key code modifiers will be written here - * if successful - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key - */ - //wrapped for win32 - KDECORE_EXPORT bool modXToModQt( uint modX, int& modQt ); - - /** - * Converts the Qt-compatible button state to x11 modifier. - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT int qtButtonStateToMod( Qt::ButtonState s ); - - /** - * Converts the mask of ORed X11 modifiers to - * a mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers. - * @param modX the mask of X11 modifiers - * @param mod the mask of KKey::ModFlag modifiers will be written here, - * if successful - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see KKey - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT bool modXToMod( uint modX, uint& mod ); - - /** - * Converts a X11 key code and a mask of ORed X11 modifiers - * into a X11 symbol. - * converts it to a symbol. - * @param codeX the X11 key code - * @param modX the mask of ORed X11 modifiers - * @param symX if successful, the X11 symbol will be written here - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key - * @see Sym - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT bool codeXToSym( uchar codeX, uint modX, uint& symX ); - - /** - * @internal - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT TQString modToStringInternal( uint mod ); - - /** - * Converts the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers to a - * user-readable string. - * @param mod the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers - * @return the user-readable string - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT TQString modToStringUser( uint mod ); - - /** - * @internal - * Unimplemented? - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT bool stringToSymMod( const TQString&, uint& sym, uint& mod ); - - /** - * @internal - * Unimplemented? - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT void keyQtToKeyX( uint keyCombQt, unsigned char *pKeyCodeX, uint *pKeySymX, uint *pKeyModX ); -} - -#endif // !_KKEYSERVER_X11_H diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde340/konsole_part.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde340/konsole_part.h deleted file mode 100644 index 51c49f5e..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde340/konsole_part.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,228 +0,0 @@ -/* - This file is part of the KDE system - Copyright (C) 1999,2000 Boloni Laszlo - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. - */ - -#ifndef __KONSOLE_PART_H__ -#define __KONSOLE_PART_H__ - -#include <kparts/browserextension.h> -#include <kparts/factory.h> - - -#include <kdialogbase.h> - -#include <kde_terminal_interface.h> - -//#include "schema.h" -//#include "session.h" - -class KInstance; -class konsoleBrowserExtension; -class TQPushButton; -class TQSpinBox; -class KPopupMenu; -class TQCheckBox; -class KRootPixmap; -class KToggleAction; -class KSelectAction; - -namespace KParts { class GUIActivateEvent; } - -class konsoleFactory : public KParts::Factory -{ - Q_OBJECT -public: - konsoleFactory(); - virtual ~konsoleFactory(); - - virtual KParts::Part* createPartObject(TQWidget *parentWidget = 0, const char *widgetName = 0, - TQObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0, - const char* classname = "KParts::Part", - const TQStringList &args = TQStringList()); - - static KInstance *instance(); - - private: - static KInstance *s_instance; - static KAboutData *s_aboutData; -}; - -////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -class konsolePart: public KParts::ReadOnlyPart, public TerminalInterface -{ - Q_OBJECT - public: - konsolePart(TQWidget *parentWidget, const char *widgetName, TQObject * parent, const char *name, const char *classname = 0); - virtual ~konsolePart(); - -signals: - void processExited(); - void receivedData( const TQString& s ); - protected: - virtual bool openURL( const KURL & url ); - virtual bool openFile() {return false;} // never used - virtual bool closeURL() {return true;} - virtual void guiActivateEvent( KParts::GUIActivateEvent * event ); - - protected slots: - void showShell(); - void slotProcessExited(); - void slotReceivedData( const TQString& s ); - -// void doneSession(TESession*); - void sessionDestroyed(); -// void configureRequest(TEWidget*,int,int x,int y); - void updateTitle(); - void enableMasterModeConnections(); - - private slots: - void emitOpenURLRequest(const TQString &url); - - void readProperties(); - void saveProperties(); - - void sendSignal(int n); - void closeCurrentSession(); - - void notifySize(int,int); - - void slotToggleFrame(); - void slotSelectScrollbar(); - void slotSelectFont(); - void schema_menu_check(); - void keytab_menu_activated(int item); - void updateSchemaMenu(); - void setSchema(int n); - void pixmap_menu_activated(int item); - void schema_menu_activated(int item); - void slotHistoryType(); - void slotSelectBell(); - void slotSelectLineSpacing(); - void slotBlinkingCursor(); - void slotWordSeps(); - void fontNotFound(); - void slotSetEncoding(); - void slotFontChanged(); - - private: - konsoleBrowserExtension *m_extension; - KURL currentURL; - - void makeGUI(); - void applySettingsToGUI(); - - void setFont(int fontno); -// void setSchema(ColorSchema* s); - void updateKeytabMenu(); - - bool doOpenStream( const TQString& ); - bool doWriteStream( const TQByteArray& ); - bool doCloseStream(); - - TQWidget* parentWidget; -// TEWidget* te; -// TESession* se; -// ColorSchemaList* colors; - KRootPixmap* rootxpm; - - KToggleAction* blinkingCursor; - KToggleAction* showFrame; - - KSelectAction* selectBell; - KSelectAction* selectFont; - KSelectAction* selectLineSpacing; - KSelectAction* selectScrollbar; - KSelectAction* selectSetEncoding; - - KPopupMenu* m_keytab; - KPopupMenu* m_schema; - KPopupMenu* m_signals; - KPopupMenu* m_options; - KPopupMenu* m_popupMenu; - - TQFont defaultFont; - - TQString pmPath; // pixmap path - TQString s_schema; - TQString s_kconfigSchema; - TQString s_word_seps; // characters that are considered part of a word - TQString fontNotFound_par; - - bool b_framevis:1; - bool b_histEnabled:1; - - int curr_schema; // current schema no - int n_bell; - int n_font; - int n_keytab; - int n_render; - int n_scroll; - unsigned m_histSize; - bool m_runningShell; - bool m_streamEnabled; - int n_encoding; - -public: - // these are the implementations for the TermEmuInterface - // functions... - void startProgram( const TQString& program, - const TQStrList& args ); - void showShellInDir( const TQString& dir ); - void sendInput( const TQString& text ); -}; - -////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -/*class HistoryTypeDialog : public KDialogBase -{ - Q_OBJECT -public: - HistoryTypeDialog(const HistoryType& histType, - unsigned int histSize, - TQWidget *parent); - -public slots: - void slotDefault(); - void slotSetUnlimited(); - void slotHistEnable(bool); - - unsigned int nbLines() const; - bool isOn() const; - -protected: - TQCheckBox* m_btnEnable; - TQSpinBox* m_size; - TQPushButton* m_setUnlimited; -};*/ - -////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -class konsoleBrowserExtension : public KParts::BrowserExtension -{ - Q_OBJECT - friend class konsolePart; - public: - konsoleBrowserExtension(konsolePart *parent); - virtual ~konsoleBrowserExtension(); - - void emitOpenURLRequest(const KURL &url); -}; - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde340/kpanelmenu.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde340/kpanelmenu.h deleted file mode 100644 index de0b065e..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde340/kpanelmenu.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,182 +0,0 @@ -/***************************************************************** - -Copyright (c) 1996-2000 the kicker authors. See file AUTHORS. - (c) 2001 Michael Goffioul <kdeprint@swing.be> - -Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy -of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal -in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights -to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell -copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is -furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: - -The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in -all copies or substantial portions of the Software. - -THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR -IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, -FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE -AUTHORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN -AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN -CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. - -******************************************************************/ - -#ifndef __KPANELMENU_H__ -#define __KPANELMENU_H__ - -#include <tqstring.h> -#include <kpopupmenu.h> -#include <kgenericfactory.h> - -class KPanelMenuPrivate; - -/** - * @short Base class to build dynamically loaded menu entries for the K-menu, or the panel. - * - * This class allows to build menu entries that will be dynamically added either to - * the K-menu, or to the panel as a normal button. These dynamic menus are located - * in shared libraries that will be loaded at runtime by Kicker (the %KDE panel). - * - * To build such a menu, you have to inherit this class and implement the pure virtual - * functions #initialize() and slotExec(). You also have to provide a factory - * object in your library, see KLibFactory. This factory is only used to construct - * the menu object. - * - * Finally, you also have to provide a desktop file describing your dynamic menu. The - * relevant entries are: Name, Comment, Icon and X-KDE-Library (which contains the - * library name without any extension). This desktop file has to be installed in - * $KDEDIR/share/apps/kicker/menuext/. - * - * @author The kicker maintainers, Michael Goffioul <kdeprint@swing.be> - */ -class KDEUI_EXPORT KPanelMenu : public KPopupMenu -{ - Q_OBJECT - -public: - /** - * Construct a KPanelMenu object. This is the normal constructor to use when - * building extrernal menu entries. - */ - KPanelMenu(TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0); - /** - * Constructor used internally by Kicker. You don't really want to use it. - * @param startDir a directory to associate with this menu - * @param parent parent object - * @param name name of the object - * @see path(), setPath() - */ - KPanelMenu(const TQString &startDir, TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0); - /** - * Destructor. - */ - virtual ~KPanelMenu(); - - /** - * Get the directory path associated with this menu, or TQString::null if - * there's no such associated path. - * @return the associated directory path - * @see setPath() - */ - const TQString& path() const; - /** - * Set a directory path to be associated with this menu. - * @param p the directory path - * @see path() - */ - void setPath(const TQString &p); - /** - * Tell if the menu has been initialized, that is it already contains items. - * This is useful when you need to know if you have to clear the menu, or to - * fill it. - * @return the initial state - * @see setInitialized(), initialize() - */ - bool initialized() const; - /** - * Set the initial state. Set it to true when you menu is filled with the items - * you want. - * @param on the initial state - * @see initialized(), initialize() - */ - void setInitialized(bool on); - - /** - * Disable the automatic clearing of the menu. Kicker uses a cache system for - * its menus. After a specific configurable delay, the menu will be cleared. - * Use this function if you want to disable kicker's cache system, and avoid - * the clearing of your menu. - */ - void disableAutoClear(); - -public slots: - /** - * Reinitialize the menu: the menu is first cleared, the initial state is set - * to false, and finally #initialize() is called. Use this if you want to - * refill your menu immediately. - */ - void reinitialize(); - /** - * Deinitialize the menu: the menu is cleared and the initialized state is set to - * false. #initialize() is NOT called. It will be called before the menu is - * next shown, however. Use this slot if you want a delayed reinitialization. - * @since 3.1 - */ - void deinitialize(); - -protected slots: - /** - * This slot is called just before the menu is shown. This allows your menu - * to update itself if needed. However you should instead re-implement - * #initialize to provide this feature. This function is responsible for - * the cache system handling, so if you re-implement it, you should call - * the base function also. Calls #initialize(). - * @see disableAutoClear() - */ - virtual void slotAboutToShow(); - /** - * This is slot is called when an item from the menu has been selected. Your - * applet is then supposed to perform some action. You must re-implement this - * function. - * @param id the ID associated with the selected item - */ - virtual void slotExec(int id) = 0; - /** - * This slots is called to initialize the menu. It is called automatically by - * slotAboutToShow(). By re-implementing this functions, you can reconstruct - * the menu before it is being shown. At the end of this function, you should - * call setInitialize() with true to tell the system that the menu is OK. - * You applet must re-implement this function. - * @see slotAboutToShow(), initialized(), setInitialized() - */ - virtual void initialize() = 0; - /** - * Clears the menu, and update the initial state accordingly. - * @see initialized() - */ - void slotClear(); - -protected: - /** - * Re-implemented for internal reasons. - */ - virtual void hideEvent(TQHideEvent *ev); - /** - * For internal use only. Used by constructors. - */ - void init(const TQString& path = TQString::null); - -protected: - virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data ); -private: - void internalInitialize(); - KPanelMenuPrivate *d; -}; - -#define K_EXPORT_KICKER_MENUEXT( libname, classname ) \ - K_EXPORT_COMPONENT_FACTORY( \ - kickermenu_##libname, \ - KGenericFactory<classname>("libkickermenu_" #libname) ) - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde340/krecentdirs.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde340/krecentdirs.h deleted file mode 100644 index 439fb6fe..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde340/krecentdirs.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,70 +0,0 @@ -/* -*- c++ -*- - * Copyright (C)2000 Waldo Bastian <bastian@kde.org> - * - * All rights reserved. - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without - * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions - * are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the - * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND - * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE - * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE - * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE - * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL - * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS - * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) - * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT - * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY - * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF - * SUCH DAMAGE. - * - */ -#ifndef __KRECENTDIRS_H -#define __KRECENTDIRS_H - -#include <tqstringlist.h> - -#include <kdelibs_export.h> - -/** - * The goal of this class is to make sure that, when the user needs to - * specify a file via the file selection dialog, this dialog will start - * in the directory most likely to contain the desired files. - * - * This works as follows: Each time the file selection dialog is - * shown, the programmer can specify a "file-class". The file-dialog will - * then start with the directory associated with this file-class. When - * the dialog closes, the directory currently shown in the file-dialog - * will be associated with the file-class. - * - * A file-class can either start with ':' or with '::'. If it starts with - * a single ':' the file-class is specific to the current application. - * If the file-class starts with '::' it is global to all applications. - */ -class KIO_EXPORT KRecentDirs -{ -public: - /** - * Returns a list of directories associated with this file-class. - * The most recently used directory is at the front of the list. - */ - static TQStringList list(const TQString &fileClass); - - /** - * Returns the most recently used directory accociated with this file-class. - */ - static TQString dir(const TQString &fileClass); - - /** - * Associates @p directory with @p fileClass - */ - static void add(const TQString &fileClass, const TQString &directory); -}; - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde340/ksharedptr.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde340/ksharedptr.h deleted file mode 100644 index ada08413..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde340/ksharedptr.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,175 +0,0 @@ -/* This file is part of the KDE libraries - Copyright (c) 1999 Waldo Bastian <bastian@kde.org> - - This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation. - - This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. -*/ -#ifndef KSharedPTR_H -#define KSharedPTR_H - -#include "kdelibs_export.h" - -/** - * Reference counting for shared objects. If you derive your object - * from this class, then you may use it in conjunction with - * KSharedPtr to control the lifetime of your object. - * - * Specifically, all classes that derive from KShared have an internal - * counter keeping track of how many other objects have a reference to - * their object. If used with KSharedPtr, then your object will - * not be deleted until all references to the object have been - * released. - * - * You should probably not ever use any of the methods in this class - * directly -- let the KSharedPtr take care of that. Just derive - * your class from KShared and forget about it. - * - * @author Waldo Bastian <bastian@kde.org> - */ -class KDECORE_EXPORT KShared { -public: - /** - * Standard constructor. This will initialize the reference count - * on this object to 0. - */ - KShared() : count(0) { } - - /** - * Copy constructor. This will @em not actually copy the objects - * but it will initialize the reference count on this object to 0. - */ - KShared( const KShared & ) : count(0) { } - - /** - * Overloaded assignment operator. - */ - KShared &operator=(const KShared & ) { return *this; } - - /** - * Increases the reference count by one. - */ - void _KShared_ref() const { count++; } - - /** - * Releases a reference (decreases the reference count by one). If - * the count goes to 0, this object will delete itself. - */ - void _KShared_unref() const { if (!--count) delete this; } - - /** - * Return the current number of references held. - * - * @return Number of references - */ - int _KShared_count() const { return count; } - -protected: - virtual ~KShared() { } -private: - mutable int count; -}; - -/** - * Can be used to control the lifetime of an object that has derived - * KShared. As long a someone holds a KSharedPtr on some KShared - * object it won't become deleted but is deleted once its reference - * count is 0. This struct emulates C++ pointers virtually perfectly. - * So just use it like a simple C++ pointer. - * - * KShared and KSharedPtr are preferred over QShared / QSharedPtr - * since they are more safe. - * - * WARNING: Please note that this class template provides an implicit - * conversion to T*. Do *not* change this pointer or the pointee (don't - * call delete on it, for instance) behind KSharedPtr's back. - * - * @author Waldo Bastian <bastian@kde.org> - */ -template< class T > -class KSharedPtr -{ -public: -/** - * Creates a null pointer. - */ - KSharedPtr() - : ptr(0) { } - /** - * Creates a new pointer. - * @param t the pointer - */ - KSharedPtr( T* t ) - : ptr(t) { if ( ptr ) ptr->_KShared_ref(); } - - /** - * Copies a pointer. - * @param p the pointer to copy - */ - KSharedPtr( const KSharedPtr& p ) - : ptr(p.ptr) { if ( ptr ) ptr->_KShared_ref(); } - - /** - * Unreferences the object that this pointer points to. If it was - * the last reference, the object will be deleted. - */ - ~KSharedPtr() { if ( ptr ) ptr->_KShared_unref(); } - - KSharedPtr<T>& operator= ( const KSharedPtr<T>& p ) { - if ( ptr == p.ptr ) return *this; - if ( ptr ) ptr->_KShared_unref(); - ptr = p.ptr; - if ( ptr ) ptr->_KShared_ref(); - return *this; - } - KSharedPtr<T>& operator= ( T* p ) { - if ( ptr == p ) return *this; - if ( ptr ) ptr->_KShared_unref(); - ptr = p; - if ( ptr ) ptr->_KShared_ref(); - return *this; - } - bool operator== ( const KSharedPtr<T>& p ) const { return ( ptr == p.ptr ); } - bool operator!= ( const KSharedPtr<T>& p ) const { return ( ptr != p.ptr ); } - bool operator== ( const T* p ) const { return ( ptr == p ); } - bool operator!= ( const T* p ) const { return ( ptr != p ); } - bool operator!() const { return ( ptr == 0 ); } - operator T*() const { return ptr; } - - /** - * Returns the pointer. - * @return the pointer - */ - T* data() { return ptr; } - - /** - * Returns the pointer. - * @return the pointer - */ - const T* data() const { return ptr; } - - const T& operator*() const { return *ptr; } - T& operator*() { return *ptr; } - const T* operator->() const { return ptr; } - T* operator->() { return ptr; } - - /** - * Returns the number of references. - * @return the number of references - */ - int count() const { return ptr->_KShared_count(); } // for debugging purposes -private: - T* ptr; -}; - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde340/ksycocafactory.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde340/ksycocafactory.h deleted file mode 100644 index 536da286..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde340/ksycocafactory.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,143 +0,0 @@ -/* This file is part of the KDE libraries - * Copyright (C) 1999 Waldo Bastian <bastian@kde.org> - * - * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - * License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation; - * - * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Library General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - * along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. - **/ - -#ifndef __ksycocafactory_h__ -#define __ksycocafactory_h__ - -#include "ksycocatype.h" -#include "ksycocaentry.h" - -#include <tqdict.h> -#include <tqptrlist.h> -class KSycoca; -class TQStringList; -class TQString; -class KSycocaDict; -class KSycocaResourceList; - -typedef TQDict<KSycocaEntry::Ptr> KSycocaEntryDict; - -/** - * @internal - * Base class for sycoca factories - */ -class KDECORE_EXPORT KSycocaFactory -{ -public: - virtual KSycocaFactoryId factoryId() const = 0; - -protected: // virtual class - /** - * Create a factory which can be used to lookup from/create a database - * (depending on KSycoca::isBuilding()) - */ - KSycocaFactory( KSycocaFactoryId factory_id ); - -public: - virtual ~KSycocaFactory(); - - /** - * @return the position of the factory in the sycoca file - */ - int offset() { return mOffset; } - - /** - * @return the dict, for special use by KBuildSycoca - */ - KSycocaEntryDict * entryDict() { return m_entryDict; } - - /** - * Construct an entry from a config file. - * To be implemented in the real factories. - */ - virtual KSycocaEntry *createEntry(const TQString &file, const char *resource) = 0; - - /** - * Add an entry - */ - virtual void addEntry(KSycocaEntry *newEntry, const char *resource); - - /** - * Remove an entry - * Not very fast, use with care. O(N) - */ - void removeEntry(KSycocaEntry *newEntry); - - /** - * Read an entry from the database - */ - virtual KSycocaEntry *createEntry(int offset)=0; - - /** - * Get a list of all entries from the database. - */ - KSycocaEntry::List allEntries(); - - /** - * Saves all entries it maintains as well as index files - * for these entries to the stream 'str'. - * - * Also sets mOffset to the starting position. - * - * The stream is positioned at the end of the last index. - * - * Don't forget to call the parent first when you override - * this function. - */ - virtual void save(TQDataStream &str); - - /** - * Writes out a header to the stream 'str'. - * The baseclass positions the stream correctly. - * - * Don't forget to call the parent first when you override - * this function. - */ - virtual void saveHeader(TQDataStream &str); - - /** - * @return the resources for which this factory is responsible. - */ - virtual const KSycocaResourceList * resourceList() const { return m_resourceList; } - -private: - int mOffset; - -protected: - int m_sycocaDictOffset; - int m_beginEntryOffset; - int m_endEntryOffset; - TQDataStream *m_str; - - KSycocaResourceList *m_resourceList; - KSycocaEntryDict *m_entryDict; - KSycocaDict *m_sycocaDict; -protected: - virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data ); -}; - -/** This, instead of a typedef, allows to declare "class ..." in header files - * @internal - */ -class KDECORE_EXPORT KSycocaFactoryList : public TQPtrList<KSycocaFactory> -{ -public: - KSycocaFactoryList() { } -}; - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde340/ktoolbarbutton.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde340/ktoolbarbutton.h deleted file mode 100644 index 297c296b..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde340/ktoolbarbutton.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,329 +0,0 @@ -/* This file is part of the KDE libraries - Copyright (C) 1997, 1998 Stephan Kulow (coolo@kde.org) - (C) 1997, 1998 Sven Radej (radej@kde.org) - (C) 1997, 1998 Mark Donohoe (donohoe@kde.org) - (C) 1997, 1998 Matthias Ettrich (ettrich@kde.org) - (C) 2000 Kurt Granroth (granroth@kde.org) - - This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation. - - This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. -*/ - -#ifndef _KTOOLBARBUTTON_H -#define _KTOOLBARBUTTON_H - -#include <tqpixmap.h> -#include <tqtoolbutton.h> -#include <tqintdict.h> -#include <tqstring.h> -#include <kglobal.h> - -class KToolBar; -class KToolBarButtonPrivate; -class KInstance; -class TQEvent; -class TQPopupMenu; -class TQPainter; - -/** - * A toolbar button. This is used internally by KToolBar, use the - * KToolBar methods instead. - * @internal - */ -class KDEUI_EXPORT KToolBarButton : public QToolButton -{ - Q_OBJECT - -public: - /** - * Construct a button with an icon loaded by the button itself. - * This will trust the button to load the correct icon with the - * correct size. - * - * @param icon Name of icon to load (may be absolute or relative) - * @param id Id of this button - * @param parent This button's parent - * @param name This button's internal name - * @param txt This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise) - * @param _instance the instance to use for this button - */ - KToolBarButton(const TQString& icon, int id, TQWidget *parent, - const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null, - KInstance *_instance = KGlobal::instance()); - - /** - * Construct a button with an existing pixmap. It is not - * recommended that you use this as the internal icon loading code - * will almost always get it "right". - * - * @param pixmap Name of icon to load (may be absolute or relative) - * @param id Id of this button - * @param parent This button's parent - * @param name This button's internal name - * @param txt This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise) - */ - KToolBarButton(const TQPixmap& pixmap, int id, TQWidget *parent, - const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null); - - /** - * Construct a separator button - * - * @param parent This button's parent - * @param name This button's internal name - */ - KToolBarButton(TQWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L); - - /** - * Standard destructor - */ - ~KToolBarButton(); - -#ifndef KDE_NO_COMPAT - /** - * @deprecated - * Set the pixmap directly for this button. This pixmap should be - * the active one... the dimmed and disabled pixmaps are constructed - * based on this one. However, don't use this function unless you - * are positive that you don't want to use setIcon. - * - * @param pixmap The active pixmap - */ - // this one is from TQButton, so #ifdef-ing it out doesn't break BC - virtual void setPixmap(const TQPixmap &pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED; - - /** - * @deprecated - * Force the button to use this pixmap as the default one rather - * then generating it using effects. - * - * @param pixmap The pixmap to use as the default (normal) one - */ - void setDefaultPixmap(const TQPixmap& pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED; - - /** - * @deprecated - * Force the button to use this pixmap when disabled one rather then - * generating it using effects. - * - * @param pixmap The pixmap to use when disabled - */ - void setDisabledPixmap(const TQPixmap& pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED; -#endif - - /** - * Set the text for this button. The text will be either used as a - * tooltip (IconOnly) or will be along side the icon - * - * @param text The button (or tooltip) text - */ - virtual void setText(const TQString &text); - - /** - * Set the icon for this button. The icon will be loaded internally - * with the correct size. This function is preferred over setIconSet - * - * @param icon The name of the icon - */ - virtual void setIcon(const TQString &icon); - - /// @since 3.1 - virtual void setIcon( const TQPixmap &pixmap ) - { TQToolButton::setIcon( pixmap ); } - - /** - * Set the pixmaps for this toolbar button from a TQIconSet. - * If you call this you don't need to call any of the other methods - * that set icons or pixmaps. - * @param iconset The iconset to use - */ - virtual void setIconSet( const TQIconSet &iconset ); - -#ifndef KDE_NO_COMPAT - /** - * @deprecated - * Set the active icon for this button. The pixmap itself is loaded - * internally based on the icon size... .. the disabled and default - * pixmaps, however will only be constructed if generate is - * true. This function is preferred over setPixmap - * - * @param icon The name of the active icon - * @param generate If true, then the other icons are automagically - * generated from this one - */ - KDE_DEPRECATED void setIcon(const TQString &icon, bool generate ) { Q_UNUSED(generate); setIcon( icon ); } - - /** - * @deprecated - * Force the button to use this icon as the default one rather - * then generating it using effects. - * - * @param icon The icon to use as the default (normal) one - */ - void setDefaultIcon(const TQString& icon) KDE_DEPRECATED; - - /** - * @deprecated - * Force the button to use this icon when disabled one rather then - * generating it using effects. - * - * @param icon The icon to use when disabled - */ - void setDisabledIcon(const TQString& icon) KDE_DEPRECATED; -#endif - - /** - * Turn this button on or off - * - * @param flag true or false - */ - void on(bool flag = true); - - /** - * Toggle this button - */ - void toggle(); - - /** - * Turn this button into a toggle button or disable the toggle - * aspects of it. This does not toggle the button itself. - * Use toggle() for that. - * - * @param toggle true or false - */ - void setToggle(bool toggle = true); - - /** - * Return a pointer to this button's popup menu (if it exists) - */ - TQPopupMenu *popup(); - - /** - * Returns the button's id. - * @since 3.2 - */ - int id() const; - - /** - * Give this button a popup menu. There will not be a delay when - * you press the button. Use setDelayedPopup if you want that - * behavior. - * - * @param p The new popup menu - * @param unused Has no effect - ignore it. - */ - void setPopup (TQPopupMenu *p, bool unused = false); - - /** - * Gives this button a delayed popup menu. - * - * This function allows you to add a delayed popup menu to the button. - * The popup menu is then only displayed when the button is pressed and - * held down for about half a second. - * - * @param p the new popup menu - * @param unused Has no effect - ignore it. - */ - void setDelayedPopup(TQPopupMenu *p, bool unused = false); - - /** - * Turn this button into a radio button - * - * @param f true or false - */ - void setRadio(bool f = true); - - /** - * Toolbar buttons naturally will assume the global styles - * concerning icons, icons sizes, etc. You can use this function to - * explicitly turn this off, if you like. - * - * @param no_style Will disable styles if true - */ - void setNoStyle(bool no_style = true); - -signals: - /** - * Emitted when the toolbar button is clicked (with LMB or MMB) - */ - void clicked(int); - /** - * Emitted when the toolbar button is clicked (with any mouse button) - * @param state makes it possible to find out which button was pressed, - * and whether any keyboard modifiers were held. - * @since 3.4 - */ - void buttonClicked(int, Qt::ButtonState state); - void doubleClicked(int); - void pressed(int); - void released(int); - void toggled(int); - void highlighted(int, bool); - -public slots: - /** - * This slot should be called whenever the toolbar mode has - * potentially changed. This includes such events as text changing, - * orientation changing, etc. - */ - void modeChange(); - virtual void setTextLabel(const TQString&, bool tipToo); - -protected: - void paletteChange(const TQPalette &); - void leaveEvent(TQEvent *e); - void enterEvent(TQEvent *e); - void drawButton(TQPainter *p); - bool eventFilter (TQObject *o, TQEvent *e); - /// @since 3.4 - void mousePressEvent( TQMouseEvent * ); - /// @since 3.4 - void mouseReleaseEvent( TQMouseEvent * ); - void showMenu(); - TQSize sizeHint() const; - TQSize minimumSizeHint() const; - TQSize minimumSize() const; - - /// @since 3.1 - bool isRaised() const; - /// @since 3.1 - bool isActive() const; - /// @since 3.1 - int iconTextMode() const; - -protected slots: - void slotClicked(); - void slotPressed(); - void slotReleased(); - void slotToggled(); - void slotDelayTimeout(); - -protected: - virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data ); -private: - KToolBarButtonPrivate *d; -}; - -/** -* List of KToolBarButton objects. -* @internal -* @version $Id: ktoolbarbutton.h,v 1.39 2004/12/22 14:08:36 faure Exp $ -*/ -class KDEUI_EXPORT KToolBarButtonList : public TQIntDict<KToolBarButton> -{ -public: - KToolBarButtonList(); - ~KToolBarButtonList() {} -}; - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde340/kurifilter.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde340/kurifilter.h deleted file mode 100644 index 61c8aca6..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde340/kurifilter.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,647 +0,0 @@ -/* - * This file is part of the KDE libraries - * Copyright (C) 2000-2001,2003 Dawit Alemayehu <adawit at kde.org> - * - * Original author - * Copyright (C) 2000 Yves Arrouye <yves@realnames.com> - * - * - * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Library General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - * along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. - **/ - -#ifndef __kurifilter_h__ -#define __kurifilter_h__ - -#include <tqptrlist.h> -#include <tqobject.h> -#include <tqstringlist.h> - -#include <kurl.h> - -#ifdef Q_OS_WIN -#undef ERROR -#endif - -class KURIFilterPrivate; -class KURIFilterDataPrivate; - -class KCModule; - -/** -* A basic message object used for exchanging filtering -* information between the filter plugins and the application -* requesting the filtering service. -* -* Use this object if you require a more detailed information -* about the URI you want to filter. Any application can create -* an instance of this class and send it to KURIFilter to -* have the plugins fill out all possible information about the -* URI. -* -* \b Example -* -* \code -* TQString text = "kde.org"; -* KURIFilterData d = text; -* bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filter( d ); -* cout << "URL: " << text.latin1() << endl -* << "Filtered URL: " << d.uri().url().latin1() << endl -* << "URI Type: " << d.uriType() << endl -* << "Was Filtered: " << filtered << endl; -* \endcode -* -* The above code should yield the following output: -* \code -* URI: kde.org -* Filtered URI: http://kde.org -* URI Type: 0 <== means NET_PROTOCOL -* Was Filtered: 1 <== means the URL was successfully filtered -* \endcode -* -* @short A message object for exchanging filtering URI info. -* @author Dawit Alemayehu <adawit at kde.org> -*/ - -class KIO_EXPORT KURIFilterData -{ -friend class KURIFilterPlugin; - -public: - /** - * Describes the type of the URI that was filtered. - * Here is a brief description of the types: - * - * @li NET_PROTOCOL - Any network protocol: http, ftp, nttp, pop3, etc... - * @li LOCAL_FILE - A local file whose executable flag is not set - * @li LOCAL_DIR - A local directory - * @li EXECUTABLE - A local file whose executable flag is set - * @li HELP - A man or info page - * @li SHELL - A shell executable (ex: echo "Test..." >> ~/testfile) - * @li BLOCKED - A URI that should be blocked/filtered (ex: ad filtering) - * @li ERROR - An incorrect URI (ex: "~johndoe" when user johndoe - * does not exist in that system ) - * @li UNKNOWN - A URI that is not identified. Default value when - * a KURIFilterData is first created. - */ - enum URITypes { NET_PROTOCOL=0, LOCAL_FILE, LOCAL_DIR, EXECUTABLE, HELP, SHELL, BLOCKED, ERROR, UNKNOWN }; - - /** - * Default constructor. - * - * Creates a URIFilterData object. - */ - KURIFilterData() { init(); } - - /** - * Creates a URIFilterData object from the given URL. - * - * @param url is the URL to be filtered. - */ - KURIFilterData( const KURL& url ) { init( url); } - - /** - * Creates a URIFilterData object from the given string. - * - * @param url is the string to be filtered. - */ - KURIFilterData( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); } - - /** - * Copy constructor. - * - * Creates a URIFilterData object from another - * URI filter data object. - * - * @param data the uri filter data to be copied. - */ - KURIFilterData( const KURIFilterData& data); - - /** - * Destructor. - */ - ~KURIFilterData(); - - /** - * This method has been deprecated and will always return - * true. You should instead use the result from the - * KURIFilter::filterURI() calls. - * - * @deprecated - */ - KDE_DEPRECATED bool hasBeenFiltered() const { return true; } - - /** - * Returns the filtered or the original URL. - * - * This function returns the filtered url if one - * of the plugins successfully filtered the original - * URL. Otherwise, it returns the original URL. - * See hasBeenFiltered() and - * - * @return the filtered or original url. - */ - KURL uri() const { return m_pURI; } - - /** - * Returns an error message. - * - * This functions returns the error message set - * by the plugin whenever the uri type is set to - * KURIFilterData::ERROR. Otherwise, it returns - * a TQString::null. - * - * @return the error message or a NULL when there is none. - */ - TQString errorMsg() const { return m_strErrMsg; } - - /** - * Returns the URI type. - * - * This method always returns KURIFilterData::UNKNOWN - * if the given URL was not filtered. - * @return the type of the URI - */ - URITypes uriType() const { return m_iType; } - - /** - * Sets the URL to be filtered. - * - * Use this function to set the string to be - * filtered when you construct an empty filter - * object. - * - * @param url the string to be filtered. - */ - void setData( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); } - - /** - * Same as above except the argument is a URL. - * - * Use this function to set the string to be - * filtered when you construct an empty filter - * object. - * - * @param url the URL to be filtered. - */ - void setData( const KURL& url ) { init( url ); } - - /** - * Sets the absolute path to be used whenever the supplied - * data is a relative local URL. - * - * NOTE: This function should only be used for local resources, - * i.e. the "file:/" protocol. It is useful for specifying the - * absolute path in cases where the actual URL might be relative. - * meta object. If deriving the path from a KURL, make sure you - * set the argument for this function to the result of calling - * path () instead of url (). - * - * @param abs_path the abolute path to the local resource. - * @return true if absolute path is successfully set. Otherwise, false. - */ - bool setAbsolutePath( const TQString& abs_path ); - - /** - * Returns the absolute path if one has already been set. - * @return the absolute path, or TQString::null - * @see hasAbsolutePath() - */ - TQString absolutePath() const; - - /** - * Checks whether the supplied data had an absolute path. - * @return true if the supplied data has an absolute path - * @see absolutePath() - */ - bool hasAbsolutePath() const; - - /** - * Returns the command line options and arguments for a - * local resource when present. - * - * @return options and arguments when present, otherwise TQString::null - */ - TQString argsAndOptions() const; - - /** - * Checks whether the current data is a local resource with - * command line options and arguments. - * @return true if the current data has command line options and arguments - */ - bool hasArgsAndOptions() const; - - /** - * Returns the name of the icon that matches - * the current filtered URL. - * - * NOTE that this function will return a NULL - * string by default and when no associated icon - * is found. - * - * @return the name of the icon associated with the resource, - * or TQString::null if not found - */ - TQString iconName(); - - /** - * Check whether the provided uri is executable or not. - * - * Setting this to false ensures that typing the name of - * an executable does not start that application. This is - * useful in the location bar of a browser. The default - * value is true. - * - * @since 3.2 - */ - void setCheckForExecutables (bool check); - - /** - * @return true if the filters should attempt to check whether the - * supplied uri is an executable. False otherwise. - * - * @since 3.2 - */ - bool checkForExecutables() const { return m_bCheckForExecutables; } - - /** - * @return the string as typed by the user, before any URL processing is done - * @since 3.2 - */ - TQString typedString() const; - - /** - * Overloaded assigenment operator. - * - * This function allows you to easily assign a KURL - * to a KURIFilterData object. - * - * @return an instance of a KURIFilterData object. - */ - KURIFilterData& operator=( const KURL& url ) { init( url ); return *this; } - - /** - * Overloaded assigenment operator. - * - * This function allows you to easily assign a QString - * to a KURIFilterData object. - * - * @return an instance of a KURIFilterData object. - */ - KURIFilterData& operator=( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); return *this; } - -protected: - - /** - * Initializes the KURIFilterData on construction. - * @param url the URL to initialize the object with - */ - void init( const KURL& url); - - /** - * Initializes the KURIFilterData on construction. - * @param url the URL to initialize the object with - */ - void init( const TQString& url = TQString::null ); - -private: - bool m_bCheckForExecutables; - bool m_bChanged; - - TQString m_strErrMsg; - TQString m_strIconName; - - KURL m_pURI; - URITypes m_iType; - KURIFilterDataPrivate *d; -}; - - -/** - * Base class for URI filter plugins. - * - * This class applies a single filter to a URI. All plugins designed - * to provide URI filtering service should inherit from this abstract - * class and provide a concrete implementation. - * - * All inheriting classes need to implement the pure virtual function - * filterURI. - * - * @short Abstract class for URI filter plugins. - */ -class KIO_EXPORT KURIFilterPlugin : public QObject -{ - Q_OBJECT - -public: - - /** - * Constructs a filter plugin with a given name and - * priority. - * - * @param parent the parent object, or 0 for no parent - * @param name the name of the plugin, or 0 for no name - * @param pri the priority of the plugin. - */ - KURIFilterPlugin( TQObject *parent = 0, const char *name = 0, double pri = 1.0 ); - - /** - * Returns the filter's name. - * - * @return A string naming the filter. - */ - virtual TQString name() const { return m_strName; } - - /** - * Returns the filter's priority. - * - * Each filter has an assigned priority, a float from 0 to 1. Filters - * with the lowest priority are first given a chance to filter a URI. - * - * @return The priority of the filter. - */ - virtual double priority() const { return m_dblPriority; } - - /** - * Filters a URI. - * - * @param data the URI data to be filtered. - * @return A boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed. - */ - virtual bool filterURI( KURIFilterData& data ) const = 0; - - /** - * Creates a configuration module for the filter. - * - * It is the responsibility of the caller to delete the module - * once it is not needed anymore. - * - * @return A configuration module, 0 if the filter isn't configurable. - */ - virtual KCModule *configModule( TQWidget*, const char* ) const { return 0; } - - /** - * Returns the name of the configuration module for the filter. - * - * @return the name of a configuration module or TQString::null if none. - */ - virtual TQString configName() const { return name(); } - -protected: - - /** - * Sets the the URL in @p data to @p uri. - */ - void setFilteredURI ( KURIFilterData& data, const KURL& uri ) const; - - /** - * Sets the error message in @p data to @p errormsg. - */ - void setErrorMsg ( KURIFilterData& data, const TQString& errmsg ) const { - data.m_strErrMsg = errmsg; - } - - /** - * Sets the URI type in @p data to @p type. - */ - void setURIType ( KURIFilterData& data, KURIFilterData::URITypes type) const { - data.m_iType = type; - data.m_bChanged = true; - } - - /** - * Sets the arguments and options string in @p data - * to @p args if any were found during filterting. - */ - void setArguments( KURIFilterData& data, const TQString& args ) const; - - TQString m_strName; - double m_dblPriority; - -protected: - virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data ); -private: - class KURIFilterPluginPrivate *d; -}; - - -/** - * A list of filter plugins. - */ -class KIO_EXPORT KURIFilterPluginList : public TQPtrList<KURIFilterPlugin> -{ -public: - virtual int compareItems(Item a, Item b) - { - double diff = ((KURIFilterPlugin *) a)->priority() - ((KURIFilterPlugin *) b)->priority(); - return diff < 0 ? -1 : (diff > 0 ? 1 : 0); - } - -private: - KURIFilterPrivate *d; - -}; - -/** - * Manages the filtering of URIs. - * - * The intention of this plugin class is to allow people to extend the - * functionality of KURL without modifying it directly. This way KURL will - * remain a generic parser capable of parsing any generic URL that adheres - * to specifications. - * - * The KURIFilter class applies a number of filters to a URI and returns the - * filtered version whenever possible. The filters are implemented using - * plugins to provide easy extensibility of the filtering mechanism. New - * filters can be added in the future by simply inheriting from - * KURIFilterPlugin and implementing the KURIFilterPlugin::filterURI - * method. - * - * Use of this plugin-manager class is straight forward. Since it is a - * singleton object, all you have to do is obtain an instance by doing - * @p KURIFilter::self() and use any of the public member functions to - * preform the filtering. - * - * \b Example - * - * To simply filter a given string: - * - * \code - * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( "kde.org" ); - * \endcode - * - * You can alternatively use a KURL: - * - * \code - * KURL url = "kde.org"; - * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( url ); - * \endcode - * - * If you have a constant string or a constant URL, simply invoke the - * corresponding function to obtain the filtered string or URL instead - * of a boolean flag: - * - * \code - * TQString u = KURIFilter::self()->filteredURI( "kde.org" ); - * \endcode - * - * You can also restrict the filter(s) to be used by supplying - * the name of the filter(s) to use. By defualt all available - * filters will be used. To use specific filters, add the names - * of the filters you want to use to a TQStringList and invoke - * the appropriate filtering function. The examples below show - * the use of specific filters. The first one uses a single - * filter called kshorturifilter while the second example uses - * multiple filters: - * - * \code - * TQString text = "kde.org"; - * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, "kshorturifilter" ); - * \endcode - * - * \code - * TQStringList list; - * list << "kshorturifilter" << "localdomainfilter"; - * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, list ); - * \endcode - * - * KURIFilter also allows richer data exchange through a simple - * meta-object called @p KURIFilterData. Using this meta-object - * you can find out more information about the URL you want to - * filter. See KURIFilterData for examples and details. - * - * @short Filters a given URL into its proper format whenever possible. - */ - -class KIO_EXPORT KURIFilter -{ -public: - /** - * Destructor - */ - ~KURIFilter (); - - /** - * Returns an instance of KURIFilter. - */ - static KURIFilter* self(); - - /** - * Filters the URI given by the object URIFilterData. - * - * The given URL is filtered based on the specified list of filters. - * If the list is empty all available filters would be used. - * - * @param data object that contains the URI to be filtered. - * @param filters specify the list of filters to be used. - * - * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed - */ - bool filterURI( KURIFilterData& data, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); - - /** - * Filters the URI given by the URL. - * - * The given URL is filtered based on the specified list of filters. - * If the list is empty all available filters would be used. - * - * @param uri the URI to filter. - * @param filters specify the list of filters to be used. - * - * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed - */ - bool filterURI( KURL &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); - - /** - * Filters a string representing a URI. - * - * The given URL is filtered based on the specified list of filters. - * If the list is empty all available filters would be used. - * - * @param uri The URI to filter. - * @param filters specify the list of filters to be used. - * - * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed - */ - bool filterURI( TQString &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); - - /** - * Returns the filtered URI. - * - * The given URL is filtered based on the specified list of filters. - * If the list is empty all available filters would be used. - * - * @param uri The URI to filter. - * @param filters specify the list of filters to be used. - * - * @return the filtered URI or null if it cannot be filtered - */ - KURL filteredURI( const KURL &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); - - /** - * Return a filtered string representation of a URI. - * - * The given URL is filtered based on the specified list of filters. - * If the list is empty all available filters would be used. - * - * @param uri the URI to filter. - * @param filters specify the list of filters to be used. - * - * @return the filtered URI or null if it cannot be filtered - */ - TQString filteredURI( const TQString &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); - - /** - * Return an iterator to iterate over all loaded - * plugins. - * - * @return a plugin iterator. - */ - TQPtrListIterator<KURIFilterPlugin> pluginsIterator() const; - - /** - * Return a list of the names of all loaded plugins. - * - * @return a TQStringList of plugin names - * @since 3.1 - */ - TQStringList pluginNames() const; - -protected: - - /** - * A protected constructor. - * - * This constructor creates a KURIFilter and - * initializes all plugins it can find by invoking - * loadPlugins. - */ - KURIFilter(); - - /** - * Loads all allowed plugins. - * - * This function loads all filters that have not - * been disbled. - */ - void loadPlugins(); - -private: - static KURIFilter *m_self; - KURIFilterPluginList m_lstPlugins; - KURIFilterPrivate *d; -}; - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde340/selectdialog.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde340/selectdialog.h deleted file mode 100644 index 987dcb68..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde340/selectdialog.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,87 +0,0 @@ -/* - This file is part of libkresources. - - Copyright (c) 2002 Tobias Koenig <tokoe@kde.org> - Copyright (c) 2002 Jan-Pascal van Best <janpascal@vanbest.org> - Copyright (c) 2003 Cornelius Schumacher <schumacher@kde.org> - - This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - - This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. -*/ - -#ifndef KRESOURCES_SELECTDIALOG_H -#define KRESOURCES_SELECTDIALOG_H - -#include <tqobject.h> -#include <tqptrlist.h> -#include <tqmap.h> - -#include <kdialog.h> - -class KListBox; - -namespace KRES { - -class Resource; - -/** - * Dialog for selecting a resource. - * - * Example: - * - * \code - * - * TQPtrList<Resource> list = ... // can be retrived from KRES::Manager (e.g. KABC::AddressBook) - * - * KABC::Resource *res = KABC::SelectDialog::getResource( list, parentWdg ); - * if ( !res ) { - * // no resource selected - * } else { - * // do something with resource - * } - * \endcode - */ -class KRESOURCES_EXPORT SelectDialog -{ - public: - /** - * Constructor. - * @param list The list of available resources - * @param parent The parent widget - * @param name The name of the dialog - */ - SelectDialog( TQPtrList<Resource> list, TQWidget *parent = 0, - const char *name = 0); - - /** - * Returns selected resource. - */ - Resource *resource(); - - /** - * Opens a dialog showing the available resources and returns the resource the - * user has selected. Returns 0, if the dialog was canceled. - */ - static Resource *getResource( TQPtrList<Resource> list, TQWidget *parent = 0 ); - - private: - KListBox *mResourceId; - - TQMap<int, Resource*> mResourceMap; -}; - -} - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde341/configwidget.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde341/configwidget.h deleted file mode 100644 index 47917edd..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde341/configwidget.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,58 +0,0 @@ -/* - This file is part of libkresources. - Copyright (c) 2002 Tobias Koenig <tokoe@kde.org> - Copyright (c) 2002 Jan-Pascal van Best <janpascal@vanbest.org> - - This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - - This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. -*/ - -#ifndef KRESOURCES_CONFIGWIDGET_H -#define KRESOURCES_CONFIGWIDGET_H - -#include "resource.h" - -#include <kconfig.h> - -#include <tqwidget.h> - -namespace KRES { - -class KRESOURCES_EXPORT ConfigWidget : public QWidget -{ - Q_OBJECT - public: - ConfigWidget( TQWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0 ); - - /** - Sets the widget to 'edit' mode. Reimplement this method if you are - interested in the mode change (to disable some GUI element for - example). By default the widget is in 'create new' mode. - */ - virtual void setInEditMode( bool value ); - - public slots: - virtual void loadSettings( Resource *resource ) = 0; - virtual void saveSettings( Resource *resource ) = 0; - - signals: - void setReadOnly( bool value ); - - protected: - Resource *mResource; -}; - -} -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde341/kaccelaction.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde341/kaccelaction.h deleted file mode 100644 index b868ee6f..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde341/kaccelaction.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,564 +0,0 @@ -/* This file is part of the KDE libraries - Copyright (C) 2001,2002 Ellis Whitehead <ellis@kde.org> - - This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - - This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. -*/ - -#ifndef _KACCELACTION_H -#define _KACCELACTION_H - -#include <tqmap.h> -#include <tqptrvector.h> -#include <tqstring.h> -#include <tqvaluevector.h> - -#include <kshortcut.h> - -class KAccelBase; - -class TQObject; -class KConfig; -class KConfigBase; - -/** - * @internal - * A KAccelAction prepresents an action that can be executed using - * an accelerator key. Each KAccelAction has a name, a label, a - * "What's this" string and a KShortcut. The user can configure and - * enable/disable them using KKeyDialog. - * - * \code - * 1) KAccelAction = "Run Command" - * Default3 = "Alt+F2" - * Default4 = "Meta+Enter;Alt+F2" - * 1) KShortcut = "Meta+Enter" - * 1) KKeySequence = "Meta+Enter" - * 1) KKey = "Meta+Enter" - * 1) Meta+Enter - * 2) Meta+Keypad_Enter - * 2) KShortcut = "Alt+F2" - * 1) KKeySequence = "Alt+F2" - * 1) Alt+F2 - * 2) KAccelAction = "Something" - * Default3 = "" - * Default4 = "" - * 1) KShortcut = "Meta+X,Asterisk" - * 1) KKeySequence = "Meta+X,Asterisk" - * 1) KKey = "Meta+X" - * 1) Meta+X - * 2) KKey = "Asterisk" - * 1) Shift+8 (English layout) - * 2) Keypad_Asterisk - * \endcode - * @short An accelerator action - * @see KAccel - * @see KGlobalAccel - * @see KKeyChooser - * @see KKeyDialog - */ -class KDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction -{ - public: - /** - * Creates an empty KAccelAction. - * @see clear() - */ - KAccelAction(); - - /** - * Copy constructor. - */ - KAccelAction( const KAccelAction& ); - - /** - * Creates a new KAccelAction. - * @param sName the name of the accelerator - * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) - * @param sWhatsThis the What's This text (18n!) - * @param cutDef3 the default shortcut for 3 modifier systems - * @param cutDef4 the default shortcut for 4 modifier systems - * @param pObjSlot the receiver of a signal when the key has been - * pressed - * @param psMethodSlot the slot to connect for key presses. Receives - * an int, as set by setID(), as only argument - * @param bConfigurable if true the user can configure the shortcut - * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled - */ - KAccelAction( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, - const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4, - const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, - bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled ); - ~KAccelAction(); - - /** - * Clears the accelerator. - */ - void clear(); - - /** - * Re-initialized the KAccelAction. - * @param sName the name of the accelerator - * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) - * @param sWhatsThis the What's This text (18n!) - * @param cutDef3 the default shortcut for 3 modifier systems - * @param cutDef4 the default shortcut for 4 modifier systems - * @param pObjSlot the receiver of a signal when the key has been - * pressed - * @param psMethodSlot the slot to connect for key presses. Receives - * an int, as set by setID(), as only argument - * @param bConfigurable if true the user can configure the shortcut - * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - */ - bool init( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, - const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4, - const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, - bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled ); - - /** - * Copies this KAccelAction. - */ - KAccelAction& operator=( const KAccelAction& ); - - /** - * Returns the name of the accelerator action. - * @return the name of the accelerator action, can be null if not - * set - */ - const TQString& name() const { return m_sName; } - - /** - * Returns the label of the accelerator action. - * @return the label of the accelerator action, can be null if - * not set - */ - const TQString& label() const { return m_sLabel; } - - /** - * Returns the What's This text of the accelerator action. - * @return the What's This text of the accelerator action, can be - * null if not set - */ - const TQString& whatsThis() const { return m_sWhatsThis; } - - /** - * The shortcut that is actually used (may be used configured). - * @return the shortcut of the KAccelAction, can be null if not set - * @see shortcutDefault() - */ - const KShortcut& shortcut() const { return m_cut; } - - /** - * The default shortcut for this system. - * @return the default shortcut on this system, can be null if not set - * @see shortcut() - * @see shortcutDefault3() - * @see shortcutDefault4() - */ - const KShortcut& shortcutDefault() const; - - /** - * The default shortcut for 3 modifier systems. - * @return the default shortcut for 3 modifier systems, can be null - * if not set - * @see shortcutDefault() - * @see shortcutDefault4() - * @see useFourModifierKeys() - */ - const KShortcut& shortcutDefault3() const { return m_cutDefault3; } - - /** - * The default shortcut for 4 modifier systems. - * @return the default shortcut for 4 modifier systems, can be null - * if not set - * @see shortcutDefault() - * @see shortcutDefault3() - * @see useFourModifierKeys() - */ - const KShortcut& shortcutDefault4() const { return m_cutDefault4; } - - /** - * Returns the receiver of signals. - * @return the receiver of signals (can be 0 if not set) - */ - const TQObject* objSlotPtr() const { return m_pObjSlot; } - - /** - * Returns the slot for the signal. - * @return the slot for the signal - */ - const char* methodSlotPtr() const { return m_psMethodSlot; } - - /** - * Checks whether the user can configure the action. - * @return true if configurable, false otherwise - */ - bool isConfigurable() const { return m_bConfigurable; } - - /** - * Checks whether the action is enabled. - * @return true if enabled, false otherwise - */ - bool isEnabled() const { return m_bEnabled; } - - /** - * Sets the name of the accelerator action. - * @param name the new name - */ - void setName( const TQString& name ); - - /** - * Sets the user-readable label of the accelerator action. - * @param label the new label (i18n!) - */ - void setLabel( const TQString& label ); - - /** - * Sets the What's This text for the accelerator action. - * @param whatsThis the new What's This text (i18n!) - */ - void setWhatsThis( const TQString& whatsThis ); - - /** - * Sets the new shortcut of the accelerator action. - * @param rgCuts the shortcut to set - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - */ - bool setShortcut( const KShortcut& rgCuts ); - - /** - * Sets the slot of the accelerator action. - * @param pObjSlot the receiver object of the signal - * @param psMethodSlot the slot for the signal - */ - void setSlot( const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot ); - - /** - * Enables or disabled configuring the action. - * @param configurable true to enable configurability, false to disable - */ - void setConfigurable( bool configurable ); - - /** - * Enables or disabled the action. - * @param configurable true to enable the action, false to disable - */ - void setEnabled( bool enable ); - - /** - * Retrieves the id set using setID. - * @return the id of the accelerator action - */ - int getID() const { return m_nIDAccel; } - - /** - * Allows you to set an id that will be used as the action - * signal's argument. - * - * @param n the new id - * @see getID() - */ - void setID( int n ) { m_nIDAccel = n; } - - /** - * Checkes whether the action is connected (emits signals). - * @return true if connected, false otherwise - */ - bool isConnected() const; - - /** - * Sets a key sequence of the action's shortcut. - * @param i the position of the sequence - * @param keySeq the new new sequence - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see KShortcut::setSeq() - */ - bool setKeySequence( uint i, const KKeySequence &keySeq ); - - /** - * Clears the action's shortcut. It will not contain any sequences after - * calling this method. - * @see KShortcut::clear() - */ - void clearShortcut(); - - /** - * Checks whether the action's shortcut contains the given key sequence. - * @param keySeq the key sequence to check - * @return true if the shortcut contains the given sequence - * @see KShortcut::contains() - */ - bool contains( const KKeySequence &keySeq ); - - /** - * Returns the string representation of the action's shortcut. - * @return the string representation of the action's shortcut. - * @see KShortcut::toString() - */ - TQString toString() const; - - /** - * @internal - */ - TQString toStringInternal() const; - - /** - * Returns true if four modifier keys will be used. - * @return true if four modifier keys will be used. - */ - static bool useFourModifierKeys(); - - /** - * Selects 3 or 4 modifier default shortcuts. - * @param use true to use 4 modifier shortcuts, false to use - * 3 modifier shortcuts - */ - static void useFourModifierKeys( bool use ); - - protected: - TQString m_sName, - m_sLabel, - m_sWhatsThis; - KShortcut m_cut; - KShortcut m_cutDefault3, m_cutDefault4; - const TQObject* m_pObjSlot; - const char* m_psMethodSlot; - bool m_bConfigurable, - m_bEnabled; - int m_nIDAccel; - uint m_nConnections; - - void incConnections(); - void decConnections(); - - private: - static int g_bUseFourModifierKeys; - class KAccelActionPrivate* d; - - friend class KAccelActions; - friend class KAccelBase; -}; - -//--------------------------------------------------------------------- -// KAccelActions -//--------------------------------------------------------------------- - -/** - * @internal - * This class represents a collection of KAccelAction objects. - * - * @short A collection of accelerator actions - * @see KAccelAction - */ -class KDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions -{ - public: - /** - * Creates a new, empty KAccelActions object. - */ - KAccelActions(); - - /** - * Copy constructor (deep copy). - */ - KAccelActions( const KAccelActions& ); - virtual ~KAccelActions(); - - /** - * Removes all items from this collection. - */ - void clear(); - - /** - * Initializes this object with the given actions. - * It will make a deep copy of all actions. - * @param actions the actions to copy - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - */ - bool init( const KAccelActions &actions ); - - /** - * Loads the actions from the given configuration file. - * - * @param config the configuration file to load from - * @param sGroup the group in the configuration file - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - */ - bool init( KConfigBase& config, const TQString& sGroup ); - - /** - * Updates the shortcuts of all actions in this object - * with the shortcuts from the given object. - * @param shortcuts the collection that contains the new - * shortcuts - */ - void updateShortcuts( KAccelActions &shortcuts ); - - /** - * Retrieves the index of the action with the given name. - * @param sAction the action to search - * @return the index of the action, or -1 if not found - */ - int actionIndex( const TQString& sAction ) const; - - /** - * Returns the action with the given @p index. - * @param index the index of an action. You must not - * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index - * @see count() - */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( uint index ); - - /** - * Returns the action with the given @p index. - * @param index the index of an action. You must not - * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index - * @see count() - */ - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( uint index ) const; - - /** - * Returns the action with the given name. - * @param aAction the name of the action to search - * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0 - * if not found - */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); - - /** - * Returns the action with the given name. - * @param aAction the name of the action to search - * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0 - * if not found - */ - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; - - /** - * Returns the action with the given key sequence. - * @param cut the sequence to search for - * @return the KAccelAction with the given sequence, or 0 - * if not found - */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( KKeySequence cut ); - - /** - * Returns the action with the given @p index. - * @param index the index of an action. You must not - * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index - * @see actionPtr() - * @see count() - */ - KAccelAction& operator []( uint index ); - - /** - * Returns the action with the given @p index. - * @param index the index of an action. You must not - * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index - * @see actionPtr() - * @see count() - */ - const KAccelAction& operator []( uint index ) const; - - /** - * Inserts an action into the collection. - * @param sName the name of the accelerator - * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) - * @param sWhatsThis the What's This text (18n!) - * @param cutDef3 the default shortcut for 3 modifier systems - * @param cutDef4 the default shortcut for 4 modifier systems - * @param pObjSlot the receiver of a signal when the key has been - * pressed - * @param psMethodSlot the slot to connect for key presses. Receives - * an int, as set by setID(), as only argument - * @param bConfigurable if true the user can configure the shortcut - * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled - * @return the new action - */ - KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, - const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, - const TQObject* pObjSlot = 0, const char* psMethodSlot = 0, - bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true ); - - /** - * Inserts an action into the collection. - * @param sName the name of the accelerator - * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) - * @return the new action - */ - KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel ); - - /** - * Removes the given action. - * @param sAction the name of the action. - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - */ - bool remove( const TQString& sAction ); - - /** - * Loads the actions from the given configuration file. - * - * @param sConfigGroup the group in the configuration file - * @param pConfig the configuration file to load from - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - */ - bool readActions( const TQString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ); - - /** - * Writes the actions to the given configuration file. - * - * @param sConfigGroup the group in the configuration file - * @param pConfig the configuration file to save to - * @param bWriteAll true to write all actions - * @param bGlobal true to write to the global configuration file - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - */ - bool writeActions( const TQString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0, - bool bWriteAll = false, bool bGlobal = false ) const; - - /** - * Emit a keycodeChanged signal. - */ - void emitKeycodeChanged(); - - /** - * Returns the number of actions in the collection. - * @return the number of actions - */ - uint count() const; - - protected: - KAccelBase* m_pKAccelBase; - KAccelAction** m_prgActions; - uint m_nSizeAllocated, m_nSize; - - void resize( uint ); - void insertPtr( KAccelAction* ); - - private: - class KAccelActionsPrivate* d; - - KAccelActions( KAccelBase* ); - void initPrivate( KAccelBase* ); - KAccelActions& operator =( KAccelActions& ); - - friend class KAccelBase; -}; - -#endif // _KACCELACTION_H diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde341/kaccelbase.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde341/kaccelbase.h deleted file mode 100644 index 0238c63a..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde341/kaccelbase.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,229 +0,0 @@ -/* This file is part of the KDE libraries - Copyright (C) 2001 Ellis Whitehead <ellis@kde.org> - - This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - - This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. -*/ - -#ifndef _KACCELBASE_H -#define _KACCELBASE_H - -#include <tqmap.h> -#include <tqptrvector.h> -#include <tqstring.h> -#include <tqvaluevector.h> -#include <tqvaluelist.h> - -#include "kaccelaction.h" -#include "kkeyserver.h" - -class TQPopupMenu; -class TQWidget; - -//---------------------------------------------------- - -/** - * @internal - * Handle keyboard accelerators. - * - * Allow an user to configure - * key bindings through application configuration files or through the - * KKeyChooser GUI. - * - * A KAccel contains a list of accelerator items. Each accelerator item - * consists of an action name and a keyboard code combined with modifiers - * (Shift, Ctrl and Alt.) - * - * For example, "Ctrl+P" could be a shortcut for printing a document. The key - * codes are listed in ckey.h. "Print" could be the action name for printing. - * The action name identifies the key binding in configuration files and the - * KKeyChooser GUI. - * - * When pressed, an accelerator key calls the slot to which it has been - * connected. Accelerator items can be connected so that a key will activate - * two different slots. - * - * A KAccel object handles key events sent to its parent widget and to all - * children of this parent widget. - * - * Key binding reconfiguration during run time can be prevented by specifying - * that an accelerator item is not configurable when it is inserted. A special - * group of non-configurable key bindings are known as the - * standard accelerators. - * - * The standard accelerators appear repeatedly in applications for - * standard document actions such as printing and saving. Convenience methods are - * available to insert and connect these accelerators which are configurable on - * a desktop-wide basis. - * - * It is possible for a user to choose to have no key associated with - * an action. - * - * The translated first argument for insertItem() is used only - * in the configuration dialog. - *\code - * KAccel *a = new KAccel( myWindow ); - * // Insert an action "Scroll Up" which is associated with the "Up" key: - * a->insertItem( i18n("Scroll Up"), "Scroll Up", "Up" ); - * // Insert an action "Scroll Down" which is not associated with any key: - * a->insertItem( i18n("Scroll Down"), "Scroll Down", 0); - * a->connectItem( "Scroll up", myWindow, TQT_SLOT( scrollUp() ) ); - * // a->insertStdItem( KStdAccel::Print ); //not necessary, since it - * // is done automatially with the - * // connect below! - * a->connectItem(KStdAccel::Print, myWindow, TQT_SLOT( printDoc() ) ); - * - * a->readSettings(); - *\endcode - * - * If a shortcut has a menu entry as well, you could insert them like - * this. The example is again the KStdAccel::Print from above. - * - * \code - * int id; - * id = popup->insertItem("&Print",this, TQT_SLOT(printDoc())); - * a->changeMenuAccel(popup, id, KStdAccel::Print ); - * \endcode - * - * If you want a somewhat "exotic" name for your standard print action, like - * id = popup->insertItem(i18n("Print &Document"),this, TQT_SLOT(printDoc())); - * it might be a good idea to insert the standard action before as - * a->insertStdItem( KStdAccel::Print, i18n("Print Document") ) - * as well, so that the user can easily find the corresponding function. - * - * This technique works for other actions as well. Your "scroll up" function - * in a menu could be done with - * - * \code - * id = popup->insertItem(i18n"Scroll &up",this, TQT_SLOT(scrollUp())); - * a->changeMenuAccel(popup, id, "Scroll Up" ); - * \endcode - * - * Please keep the order right: First insert all functions in the - * acceleratior, then call a -> readSettings() and @em then build your - * menu structure. - * - * @short Configurable key binding support. - */ - -class KDECORE_EXPORT KAccelBase -{ - public: - enum Init { QT_KEYS = 0x00, NATIVE_KEYS = 0x01 }; - enum Signal { KEYCODE_CHANGED }; - - KAccelBase( int fInitCode ); - virtual ~KAccelBase(); - - uint actionCount() const; - KAccelActions& actions(); - bool isEnabled() const; - - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKey& key ); - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKeyServer::Key& key ); - - const TQString& configGroup() const { return m_sConfigGroup; } - void setConfigGroup( const TQString& group ); - void setConfigGlobal( bool global ); - virtual void setEnabled( bool bEnabled ) = 0; - bool getAutoUpdate() { return m_bAutoUpdate; } - // return value of AutoUpdate flag before this call. - bool setAutoUpdate( bool bAuto ); - -// Procedures for manipulating Actions. - //void clearActions(); - - KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sDesc ); - KAccelAction* insert( - const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sDesc, const TQString& sHelp, - const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, - const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, - bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true ); - bool remove( const TQString& sAction ); - bool setActionSlot( const TQString& sAction, const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot ); - - bool updateConnections(); - - bool setShortcut( const TQString& sAction, const KShortcut& cut ); - -// Modify individual Action sub-items - bool setActionEnabled( const TQString& sAction, bool bEnable ); - - /** - * Read all key associations from @p config, or (if @p config - * is zero) from the application's configuration file - * KGlobal::config(). - * - * The group in which the configuration is stored can be - * set with setConfigGroup(). - */ - void readSettings( KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ); - - /** - * Write the current configurable associations to @p config, - * or (if @p config is zero) to the application's - * configuration file. - */ - void writeSettings( KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ) const; - - TQPopupMenu* createPopupMenu( TQWidget* pParent, const KKeySequence& ); - - // Protected methods - protected: - void slotRemoveAction( KAccelAction* ); - - struct X; - void createKeyList( TQValueVector<struct X>& rgKeys ); - bool insertConnection( KAccelAction* ); - bool removeConnection( KAccelAction* ); - - virtual bool emitSignal( Signal ) = 0; - virtual bool connectKey( KAccelAction&, const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; - virtual bool connectKey( const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; - virtual bool disconnectKey( KAccelAction&, const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; - virtual bool disconnectKey( const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; - - protected: - struct ActionInfo - { - KAccelAction* pAction; - uint iSeq, iVariation; - //ActionInfo* pInfoNext; // nil if only one action uses this key. - - ActionInfo() { pAction = 0; iSeq = 0xffff; iVariation = 0xffff; } - ActionInfo( KAccelAction* _pAction, uint _iSeq, uint _iVariation ) - { pAction = _pAction; iSeq = _iSeq; iVariation = _iVariation; } - }; - typedef TQMap<KKeyServer::Key, ActionInfo> KKeyToActionMap; - - KAccelActions m_rgActions; - KKeyToActionMap m_mapKeyToAction; - TQValueList<KAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique; - bool m_bNativeKeys; // Use native key codes instead of Qt codes - bool m_bEnabled; - bool m_bConfigIsGlobal; - TQString m_sConfigGroup; - bool m_bAutoUpdate; - KAccelAction* mtemp_pActionRemoving; - - private: - KAccelBase& operator =( const KAccelBase& ); - - friend class KAccelActions; -}; - -#endif // _KACCELBASE_H diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde341/kicontheme.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde341/kicontheme.h deleted file mode 100644 index a22019f7..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde341/kicontheme.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,355 +0,0 @@ -/* vi: ts=8 sts=4 sw=4 - * - * This file is part of the KDE project, module kdecore. - * Copyright (C) 2000 Geert Jansen <jansen@kde.org> - * Antonio Larrosa <larrosa@kde.org> - * - * This is free software; it comes under the GNU Library General - * Public License, version 2. See the file "COPYING.LIB" for the - * exact licensing terms. - * - */ - -#ifndef __KIconTheme_h_Included__ -#define __KIconTheme_h_Included__ - -#include <tqstring.h> -#include <tqstringlist.h> -#include <tqptrlist.h> -#include "kdelibs_export.h" - -class KConfig; -//class KIconThemeDir; - -class KIconThemePrivate; - -class KIconPrivate; - -/** - * One icon as found by KIconTheme. Also serves as a namespace containing - * icon related constants. - * @see KIconEffect - * @see KIconTheme - * @see KIconLoader - */ -class KDECORE_EXPORT KIcon -{ -public: - KIcon() { size = 0; } - - /** - * Return true if this icon is valid, false otherwise. - */ - bool isValid() const { return size != 0; } - - /** - * Defines the context of the icon. - */ - enum Context { - Any, ///< Some icon with unknown purpose. - Action, ///< An action icon (e.g. 'save', 'print'). - Application, ///< An icon that represents an application. - Device, ///< An icon that represents a device. - FileSystem, ///< An icon that represents a file system. - MimeType ///< An icon that represents a mime type (or file type). - }; - - /** - * The type of the icon. - */ - enum Type { - Fixed, ///< Fixed-size icon. - Scalable, ///< Scalable-size icon. - Threshold ///< A threshold icon. - }; - - /** - * The type of a match. - */ - enum MatchType { - MatchExact, ///< Only try to find an exact match. - MatchBest ///< Take the best match if there is no exact match. - - }; - - // if you add a group here, make sure to change the config reading in - // KIconLoader too - /** - * The group of the icon. - */ - enum Group { - /// No group - NoGroup=-1, - /// Desktop icons - Desktop=0, - /// First group - FirstGroup=0, - /// Toolbar icons - Toolbar, - /// Main toolbar icons - MainToolbar, - /// Small icons - Small, - /// Panel (Kicker) icons - Panel, - /// Last group - LastGroup, - /// User icons - User - }; - - /** - * These are the standard sizes for icons. - */ - enum StdSizes { - /// small icons for menu entries - SizeSmall=16, - /// slightly larger small icons for toolbars, panels, etc - SizeSmallMedium=22, - /// medium sized icons for the desktop - SizeMedium=32, - /// large sized icons for the panel - SizeLarge=48, - /// huge sized icons for iconviews - SizeHuge=64, - /// enormous sized icons for iconviews - SizeEnormous=128 - }; - - /** - * Defines the possible states of an icon. - */ - enum States { DefaultState, ///< The default state. - ActiveState, ///< Icon is active. - DisabledState, ///< Icon is disabled. - LastState ///< Last state (last constant) - }; - - /** - * This defines an overlay, a semi-transparent image that is - * projected onto the icon. They are used to show that the file - * represented by the icon is, for example, locked, zipped or hidden. - */ - enum Overlays { - LockOverlay=0x100, ///< a file is locked - ZipOverlay=0x200, ///< a file is zipped - LinkOverlay=0x400, ///< a file is a link - HiddenOverlay=0x800, ///< a file is hidden - ShareOverlay=0x1000, ///< a file is shared - OverlayMask = ~0xff - }; - - /** - * The size in pixels of the icon. - */ - int size; - - /** - * The context of the icon. - */ - Context context; - - /** - * The type of the icon: Fixed, Scalable or Threshold. - **/ - Type type; - - /** - * The threshold in case type == Threshold - */ - int threshold; - - /** - * The full path of the icon. - */ - TQString path; - -private: - KIconPrivate *d; -}; - -inline KIcon::Group& operator++(KIcon::Group& group) { group = static_cast<KIcon::Group>(group+1); return group; } -inline KIcon::Group operator++(KIcon::Group& group,int) { KIcon::Group ret = group; ++group; return ret; } - -/** - * Class to use/access icon themes in KDE. This class is used by the - * iconloader but can be used by others too. - * @see KIconLoader - */ -class KDECORE_EXPORT KIconTheme -{ -public: - /** - * Load an icon theme by name. - * @param name the name of the theme (e.g. "hicolor" or "keramik") - * @param appName the name of the application. Can be null. This argument - * allows applications to have themed application icons. - */ - KIconTheme(const TQString& name, const TQString& appName=TQString::null); - ~KIconTheme(); - - /** - * The stylized name of the icon theme. - * @return the (human-readable) name of the theme - */ - TQString name() const { return mName; } - - /** - * A description for the icon theme. - * @return a human-readable description of the theme, TQString::null - * if there is none - */ - TQString description() const { return mDesc; } - - /** - * Return the name of the "example" icon. This can be used to - * present the theme to the user. - * @return the name of the example icon, TQString::null if there is none - */ - TQString example() const; - - /** - * Return the name of the screenshot. - * @return the name of the screenshot, TQString::null if there is none - */ - TQString screenshot() const; - - /** - * Returns the name of this theme's link overlay. - * @return the name of the link overlay - */ - TQString linkOverlay() const; - - /** - * Returns the name of this theme's zip overlay. - * @return the name of the zip overlay - */ - TQString zipOverlay() const; - - /** - * Returns the name of this theme's lock overlay. - * @return the name of the lock overlay - */ - TQString lockOverlay() const; - - /** - * Returns the name of this theme's share overlay. - * @return the name of the share overlay - * @since 3.1 - */ - TQString shareOverlay () const; - - /** - * Returns the toplevel theme directory. - * @return the directory of the theme - */ - TQString dir() const { return mDir; } - - /** - * The themes this icon theme falls back on. - * @return a list of icon themes that are used as fall-backs - */ - TQStringList inherits() const { return mInherits; } - - /** - * The icon theme exists? - * @return true if the icon theme is valid - */ - bool isValid() const; - - /** - * The icon theme should be hidden to the user? - * @return true if the icon theme is hidden - * @since 3.1 - */ - bool isHidden() const; - - /** - * The minimum display depth required for this theme. This can either - * be 8 or 32. - * @return the minimum bpp (8 or 32) - */ - int depth() const { return mDepth; } - - /** - * The default size of this theme for a certain icon group. - * @param group The icon group. See KIcon::Group. - * @return The default size in pixels for the given icon group. - */ - int defaultSize(KIcon::Group group) const; - - /** - * Query available sizes for a group. - * @param group The icon group. See KIcon::Group. - * @return a list of available sized for the given group - */ - TQValueList<int> querySizes(KIcon::Group group) const; - - /** - * Query available icons for a size and context. - * @param size the size of the icons - * @param context the context of the icons - * @return the list of icon names - */ - TQStringList queryIcons(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const; - - /** - * Query available icons for a context and preferred size. - * @param size the size of the icons - * @param context the context of the icons - * @return the list of icon names - */ - TQStringList queryIconsByContext(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const; - - - /** - * Lookup an icon in the theme. - * @param name The name of the icon, without extension. - * @param size The desired size of the icon. - * @param match The matching mode. KIcon::MatchExact returns an icon - * only if matches exactly. KIcon::MatchBest returns the best matching - * icon. - * @return A KIcon class that describes the icon. If an icon is found, - * @see KIcon::isValid will return true, and false otherwise. - */ - KIcon iconPath(const TQString& name, int size, KIcon::MatchType match) const; - - /** - * List all icon themes installed on the system, global and local. - * @return the list of all icon themes - */ - static TQStringList list(); - - /** - * Returns the current icon theme. - * @return the name of the current theme - */ - static TQString current(); - - /** - * Reconfigure the theme. - */ - static void reconfigure(); - - /** - * Returns the default icon theme. - * @return the name of the default theme name - * @since 3.1 - */ - static TQString defaultThemeName(); - -private: - int mDefSize[8]; - TQValueList<int> mSizes[8]; - - int mDepth; - TQString mDir, mName, mDesc; - TQStringList mInherits; -// TQPtrList<KIconThemeDir> mDirs; -// KIconThemePrivate *d; - - static TQString *_theme; - static TQStringList *_theme_list; -}; - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde341/kkeyserver.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde341/kkeyserver.h deleted file mode 100644 index ef673ea9..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde341/kkeyserver.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,29 +0,0 @@ -/* - Copyright (C) 2001 Ellis Whitehead <ellis@kde.org> - - Win32 port: - Copyright (C) 2004 Jaroslaw Staniek <js@iidea.pl> - - This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - - This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. -*/ - -#ifndef _KKEYSERVER_H -#define _KKEYSERVER_H - -//FOR COMPATIBILITY -#include "kkeyserver_x11.h" - -#endif // !_KKEYSERVER_H diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde341/kkeyserver_x11.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde341/kkeyserver_x11.h deleted file mode 100644 index 47d3bbaa..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde341/kkeyserver_x11.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,461 +0,0 @@ -/* - Copyright (C) 2001 Ellis Whitehead <ellis@kde.org> - - Win32 port: - Copyright (C) 2004 Jaroslaw Staniek <js@iidea.pl> - - This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - - This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. -*/ - -#ifndef _KKEYSERVER_X11_H -#define _KKEYSERVER_X11_H - -#include "kshortcut.h" -#include "kkeynative.h" - -/** - * A collection of functions for the conversion of key presses and - * their modifiers from the window system specific format - * to the generic format and vice-versa. - */ -namespace KKeyServer -{ - /** - * Supplement enum KKey::ModFlag - * @since 3.1 - */ - enum ExtraModFlag { MODE_SWITCH = 0x2000 }; - - /** - * Represents a key symbol. - * @see KKey - * @see KKeyServer - */ - struct KDECORE_EXPORT Sym - { - public: - /// the actual value of the symbol - uint m_sym; - - /// Creates a null symbol. - Sym() - { m_sym = 0; } - /** - * Creates asymbol with the given value. - * @param sym the value - */ - Sym( uint sym ) - { m_sym = sym; } - /** - * Creates a symbol from the given string description. - * @param s the description of the symbol - * @see toString() - */ - Sym( const TQString& s ) - { init( s ); } - - /** - * Initializes the symbol with the given Qt key code. - * @param keyQt the qt key code - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key - */ - bool initQt( int keyQt ); - - /** - * Initializes the key with the given string description. - * @param s the string description - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see toString() - */ - bool init( const TQString &s ); - - /** - * Returns the qt key code of the symbol. - * @return the qt key code - */ - int qt() const; - - /** - * @internal - */ - TQString toStringInternal() const; - - /** - * Returns the string representation of the symbol. - * @return the string representation of the symbol - */ - TQString toString() const; - - /** - * Returns the mods that are required for this symbol as - * ORed KKey::ModFlag's. For example, Break requires a - * Ctrl to be valid. - * @return the required KKey::ModFlag's - * @see KKey::ModFlag - */ - uint getModsRequired() const; - - /** - * TODO: please find out what this method does and document it - */ - uint getSymVariation() const; - - /** - * Casts the symbol to its integer representation. - */ - operator uint() const { return m_sym; } - - /** - * Overloaded operator to convert ints to Sym. - */ - Sym& operator =( uint sym ) { m_sym = sym; return *this; } - - private: - TQString toString( bool bUserSpace ) const; - - static void capitalizeKeyname( TQString& ); - }; - - /** - * Represents a key press. - * @see KKey - */ - struct KDECORE_EXPORT Key - { - /// Code for native Keys in Qt - enum { CODE_FOR_QT = 256 }; - - /// The code of the key - uint m_code; - - /// The modifiers of the key - uint m_mod; - - /// The symbol of the key - uint m_sym; - - /** - * Initializes the key with a KKey. - * @param key the key to get the data from - * @param bQt true to take the Qt keycode, false - * for the native key code - * @see Qt::Key - * @see KKeyNative - */ - bool init( const KKey& key, bool bQt ); - - /** - * Checks whether the key code is a native code. - * @return true if native code of the window system, - * false if it is a Qt keycode - * @see Qt::Key - * @see KKeyNative - */ - bool isNative() const { return m_code != CODE_FOR_QT; } - - /** - * Returns the code of the key. - * @return the code of the key - */ - uint code() const { return m_code; } - - /** - * Returns the modifiers of the key. - * @return the modifiers of the key - */ - uint mod() const { return m_mod; } - - /** - * Returns the symbol of the key. - * @return the symbol of the key - */ - uint sym() const { return m_sym; } - - /** - * Returns the qt key code. - * @return the qt key code - */ - int keyCodeQt() const { return (int) m_sym; } - - /** - * Sets the qt key code. - * @param keyQt the qt key code - */ - void setKeycodeQt( int keyQt ) - { m_code = CODE_FOR_QT; m_sym = keyQt; } - - /** - * Initializes this key with a KKeyNative. - * @return this key - */ - Key& operator =( const KKeyNative& key ); - - /** - * Compares this key with the given Key object. Returns a - * negative number if the given Key is larger, 0 if they - * are equal and a positive number this Key is larger. The - * returned value is the difference between the symbol, modifier - * or code, whatever is non-zero first. - * - * @param key the key to compare with this key - * @return a negative number if the given Key is larger, 0 if - * they are equal and a positive number this Key is larger - */ - int compare( const Key& key ) const; - - /** - * Compares the symbol, modifiers and code of both keys. - * @see compare() - */ - bool operator ==( const Key& b ) const - { return compare( b ) == 0; } - - /** - * Compares the symbol, modifiers and code of both keys. - * @see compare() - */ - bool operator <( const Key& b ) const - { return compare( b ) < 0; } - - /** - * Converts this Key to a KKey. - * @return the KKey - */ - KKey key() const; - }; - - /** - * TODO: please document this class - */ - struct KDECORE_EXPORT Variations - { - enum { MAX_VARIATIONS = 4 }; - - Key m_rgkey[MAX_VARIATIONS]; - uint m_nVariations; - - Variations() { m_nVariations = 0; } - - void init( const KKey&, bool bQt ); - - uint count() const { return m_nVariations; } - const Key& key( uint i ) const { return m_rgkey[i]; } - }; - - /// TODO: please document - KDECORE_EXPORT bool initializeMods(); - - /** - * Returns the equivalent X modifier mask of the given modifier flag. - * @param modFlag the generic flags to check - * @return the window system specific flags - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT uint modX( KKey::ModFlag modFlag ); - - /** - * Returns true if the current keyboard layout supports the Win key. - * Specifically, whether the Super or Meta keys are assigned to an X modifier. - * @return true if the keyboard has a Win key - * @see modXWin() - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT bool keyboardHasWinKey(); - - /** - * Returns the X11 Shift modifier mask/flag. - * @return the X11 Shift modifier mask/flag. - * @see accelModMaskX() - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT uint modXShift(); - - /** - * Returns the X11 Lock modifier mask/flag. - * @return the X11 Lock modifier mask/flag. - * @see accelModMaskX() - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT uint modXLock(); - - /** - * Returns the X11 Ctrl modifier mask/flag. - * @return the X11 Ctrl modifier mask/flag. - * @see accelModMaskX() - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT uint modXCtrl(); - - /** - * Returns the X11 Alt (Mod1) modifier mask/flag. - * @return the X11 Alt (Mod1) modifier mask/flag. - * @see accelModMaskX() - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT uint modXAlt(); - - /** - * Returns the X11 NumLock modifier mask/flag. - * @return the X11 NumLock modifier mask/flag. - * @see accelModMaskX() - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT uint modXNumLock(); - - /** - * Returns the X11 Win (Mod3) modifier mask/flag. - * @return the X11 Win (Mod3) modifier mask/flag. - * @see keyboardHasWinKey() - * @see accelModMaskX() - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT uint modXWin(); - - /** - * Returns the X11 ScrollLock modifier mask/flag. - * @return the X11 ScrollLock modifier mask/flag. - * @see accelModMaskX() - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT uint modXScrollLock(); - - /** - * Returns bitwise OR'ed mask containing Shift, Ctrl, Alt, and - * Win (if available). - * @see modXShift() - * @see modXLock() - * @see modXCtrl() - * @see modXAlt() - * @see modXNumLock() - * @see modXWin() - * @see modXScrollLock() - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT uint accelModMaskX(); - - /** - * Extracts the symbol from the given Qt key and - * converts it to a symbol. - * @param keyQt the qt key code - * @param sym if successful, the symbol will be written here - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key - * @see Sym - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT bool keyQtToSym( int keyQt, uint& sym ); - - /** - * Extracts the modifiers from the given Qt key and - * converts them in a mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers. - * @param keyQt the qt key code - * @param mod if successful, the modifiers will be written here - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT bool keyQtToMod( int keyQt, uint& mod ); - - /** - * Converts the given symbol to a Qt key code. - * @param sym the symbol - * @param keyQt if successful, the qt key code will be written here - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key - * @see Sym - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT bool symToKeyQt( uint sym, int& keyQt ); - - /** - * Converts the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers to - * a mask of ORed Qt key code modifiers. - * @param mod the mask of KKey::ModFlag modifiers - * @param modQt the mask of Qt key code modifiers will be written here, - * if successful - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key - * @see KKey - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT bool modToModQt( uint mod, int& modQt ); - - /** - * Converts the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers to - * a mask of ORed X11 modifiers. - * @param mod the mask of KKey::ModFlag modifiers - * @param modX the mask of X11 modifiers will be written here, - * if successful - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see KKey - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT bool modToModX( uint mod, uint& modX ); - - /** - * Converts the mask of ORed X11 modifiers to - * a mask of ORed Qt key code modifiers. - * @param modX the mask of X11 modifiers - * @param modQt the mask of Qt key code modifiers will be written here - * if successful - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key - */ - //wrapped for win32 - KDECORE_EXPORT bool modXToModQt( uint modX, int& modQt ); - - /** - * Converts the Qt-compatible button state to x11 modifier. - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT int qtButtonStateToMod( Qt::ButtonState s ); - - /** - * Converts the mask of ORed X11 modifiers to - * a mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers. - * @param modX the mask of X11 modifiers - * @param mod the mask of KKey::ModFlag modifiers will be written here, - * if successful - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see KKey - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT bool modXToMod( uint modX, uint& mod ); - - /** - * Converts a X11 key code and a mask of ORed X11 modifiers - * into a X11 symbol. - * converts it to a symbol. - * @param codeX the X11 key code - * @param modX the mask of ORed X11 modifiers - * @param symX if successful, the X11 symbol will be written here - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key - * @see Sym - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT bool codeXToSym( uchar codeX, uint modX, uint& symX ); - - /** - * @internal - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT TQString modToStringInternal( uint mod ); - - /** - * Converts the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers to a - * user-readable string. - * @param mod the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers - * @return the user-readable string - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT TQString modToStringUser( uint mod ); - - /** - * @internal - * Unimplemented? - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT bool stringToSymMod( const TQString&, uint& sym, uint& mod ); - - /** - * @internal - * Unimplemented? - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT void keyQtToKeyX( uint keyCombQt, unsigned char *pKeyCodeX, uint *pKeySymX, uint *pKeyModX ); -} - -#endif // !_KKEYSERVER_X11_H diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde341/konsole_part.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde341/konsole_part.h deleted file mode 100644 index 51c49f5e..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde341/konsole_part.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,228 +0,0 @@ -/* - This file is part of the KDE system - Copyright (C) 1999,2000 Boloni Laszlo - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. - */ - -#ifndef __KONSOLE_PART_H__ -#define __KONSOLE_PART_H__ - -#include <kparts/browserextension.h> -#include <kparts/factory.h> - - -#include <kdialogbase.h> - -#include <kde_terminal_interface.h> - -//#include "schema.h" -//#include "session.h" - -class KInstance; -class konsoleBrowserExtension; -class TQPushButton; -class TQSpinBox; -class KPopupMenu; -class TQCheckBox; -class KRootPixmap; -class KToggleAction; -class KSelectAction; - -namespace KParts { class GUIActivateEvent; } - -class konsoleFactory : public KParts::Factory -{ - Q_OBJECT -public: - konsoleFactory(); - virtual ~konsoleFactory(); - - virtual KParts::Part* createPartObject(TQWidget *parentWidget = 0, const char *widgetName = 0, - TQObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0, - const char* classname = "KParts::Part", - const TQStringList &args = TQStringList()); - - static KInstance *instance(); - - private: - static KInstance *s_instance; - static KAboutData *s_aboutData; -}; - -////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -class konsolePart: public KParts::ReadOnlyPart, public TerminalInterface -{ - Q_OBJECT - public: - konsolePart(TQWidget *parentWidget, const char *widgetName, TQObject * parent, const char *name, const char *classname = 0); - virtual ~konsolePart(); - -signals: - void processExited(); - void receivedData( const TQString& s ); - protected: - virtual bool openURL( const KURL & url ); - virtual bool openFile() {return false;} // never used - virtual bool closeURL() {return true;} - virtual void guiActivateEvent( KParts::GUIActivateEvent * event ); - - protected slots: - void showShell(); - void slotProcessExited(); - void slotReceivedData( const TQString& s ); - -// void doneSession(TESession*); - void sessionDestroyed(); -// void configureRequest(TEWidget*,int,int x,int y); - void updateTitle(); - void enableMasterModeConnections(); - - private slots: - void emitOpenURLRequest(const TQString &url); - - void readProperties(); - void saveProperties(); - - void sendSignal(int n); - void closeCurrentSession(); - - void notifySize(int,int); - - void slotToggleFrame(); - void slotSelectScrollbar(); - void slotSelectFont(); - void schema_menu_check(); - void keytab_menu_activated(int item); - void updateSchemaMenu(); - void setSchema(int n); - void pixmap_menu_activated(int item); - void schema_menu_activated(int item); - void slotHistoryType(); - void slotSelectBell(); - void slotSelectLineSpacing(); - void slotBlinkingCursor(); - void slotWordSeps(); - void fontNotFound(); - void slotSetEncoding(); - void slotFontChanged(); - - private: - konsoleBrowserExtension *m_extension; - KURL currentURL; - - void makeGUI(); - void applySettingsToGUI(); - - void setFont(int fontno); -// void setSchema(ColorSchema* s); - void updateKeytabMenu(); - - bool doOpenStream( const TQString& ); - bool doWriteStream( const TQByteArray& ); - bool doCloseStream(); - - TQWidget* parentWidget; -// TEWidget* te; -// TESession* se; -// ColorSchemaList* colors; - KRootPixmap* rootxpm; - - KToggleAction* blinkingCursor; - KToggleAction* showFrame; - - KSelectAction* selectBell; - KSelectAction* selectFont; - KSelectAction* selectLineSpacing; - KSelectAction* selectScrollbar; - KSelectAction* selectSetEncoding; - - KPopupMenu* m_keytab; - KPopupMenu* m_schema; - KPopupMenu* m_signals; - KPopupMenu* m_options; - KPopupMenu* m_popupMenu; - - TQFont defaultFont; - - TQString pmPath; // pixmap path - TQString s_schema; - TQString s_kconfigSchema; - TQString s_word_seps; // characters that are considered part of a word - TQString fontNotFound_par; - - bool b_framevis:1; - bool b_histEnabled:1; - - int curr_schema; // current schema no - int n_bell; - int n_font; - int n_keytab; - int n_render; - int n_scroll; - unsigned m_histSize; - bool m_runningShell; - bool m_streamEnabled; - int n_encoding; - -public: - // these are the implementations for the TermEmuInterface - // functions... - void startProgram( const TQString& program, - const TQStrList& args ); - void showShellInDir( const TQString& dir ); - void sendInput( const TQString& text ); -}; - -////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -/*class HistoryTypeDialog : public KDialogBase -{ - Q_OBJECT -public: - HistoryTypeDialog(const HistoryType& histType, - unsigned int histSize, - TQWidget *parent); - -public slots: - void slotDefault(); - void slotSetUnlimited(); - void slotHistEnable(bool); - - unsigned int nbLines() const; - bool isOn() const; - -protected: - TQCheckBox* m_btnEnable; - TQSpinBox* m_size; - TQPushButton* m_setUnlimited; -};*/ - -////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -class konsoleBrowserExtension : public KParts::BrowserExtension -{ - Q_OBJECT - friend class konsolePart; - public: - konsoleBrowserExtension(konsolePart *parent); - virtual ~konsoleBrowserExtension(); - - void emitOpenURLRequest(const KURL &url); -}; - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde341/kpanelmenu.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde341/kpanelmenu.h deleted file mode 100644 index de0b065e..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde341/kpanelmenu.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,182 +0,0 @@ -/***************************************************************** - -Copyright (c) 1996-2000 the kicker authors. See file AUTHORS. - (c) 2001 Michael Goffioul <kdeprint@swing.be> - -Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy -of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal -in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights -to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell -copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is -furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: - -The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in -all copies or substantial portions of the Software. - -THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR -IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, -FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE -AUTHORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN -AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN -CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. - -******************************************************************/ - -#ifndef __KPANELMENU_H__ -#define __KPANELMENU_H__ - -#include <tqstring.h> -#include <kpopupmenu.h> -#include <kgenericfactory.h> - -class KPanelMenuPrivate; - -/** - * @short Base class to build dynamically loaded menu entries for the K-menu, or the panel. - * - * This class allows to build menu entries that will be dynamically added either to - * the K-menu, or to the panel as a normal button. These dynamic menus are located - * in shared libraries that will be loaded at runtime by Kicker (the %KDE panel). - * - * To build such a menu, you have to inherit this class and implement the pure virtual - * functions #initialize() and slotExec(). You also have to provide a factory - * object in your library, see KLibFactory. This factory is only used to construct - * the menu object. - * - * Finally, you also have to provide a desktop file describing your dynamic menu. The - * relevant entries are: Name, Comment, Icon and X-KDE-Library (which contains the - * library name without any extension). This desktop file has to be installed in - * $KDEDIR/share/apps/kicker/menuext/. - * - * @author The kicker maintainers, Michael Goffioul <kdeprint@swing.be> - */ -class KDEUI_EXPORT KPanelMenu : public KPopupMenu -{ - Q_OBJECT - -public: - /** - * Construct a KPanelMenu object. This is the normal constructor to use when - * building extrernal menu entries. - */ - KPanelMenu(TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0); - /** - * Constructor used internally by Kicker. You don't really want to use it. - * @param startDir a directory to associate with this menu - * @param parent parent object - * @param name name of the object - * @see path(), setPath() - */ - KPanelMenu(const TQString &startDir, TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0); - /** - * Destructor. - */ - virtual ~KPanelMenu(); - - /** - * Get the directory path associated with this menu, or TQString::null if - * there's no such associated path. - * @return the associated directory path - * @see setPath() - */ - const TQString& path() const; - /** - * Set a directory path to be associated with this menu. - * @param p the directory path - * @see path() - */ - void setPath(const TQString &p); - /** - * Tell if the menu has been initialized, that is it already contains items. - * This is useful when you need to know if you have to clear the menu, or to - * fill it. - * @return the initial state - * @see setInitialized(), initialize() - */ - bool initialized() const; - /** - * Set the initial state. Set it to true when you menu is filled with the items - * you want. - * @param on the initial state - * @see initialized(), initialize() - */ - void setInitialized(bool on); - - /** - * Disable the automatic clearing of the menu. Kicker uses a cache system for - * its menus. After a specific configurable delay, the menu will be cleared. - * Use this function if you want to disable kicker's cache system, and avoid - * the clearing of your menu. - */ - void disableAutoClear(); - -public slots: - /** - * Reinitialize the menu: the menu is first cleared, the initial state is set - * to false, and finally #initialize() is called. Use this if you want to - * refill your menu immediately. - */ - void reinitialize(); - /** - * Deinitialize the menu: the menu is cleared and the initialized state is set to - * false. #initialize() is NOT called. It will be called before the menu is - * next shown, however. Use this slot if you want a delayed reinitialization. - * @since 3.1 - */ - void deinitialize(); - -protected slots: - /** - * This slot is called just before the menu is shown. This allows your menu - * to update itself if needed. However you should instead re-implement - * #initialize to provide this feature. This function is responsible for - * the cache system handling, so if you re-implement it, you should call - * the base function also. Calls #initialize(). - * @see disableAutoClear() - */ - virtual void slotAboutToShow(); - /** - * This is slot is called when an item from the menu has been selected. Your - * applet is then supposed to perform some action. You must re-implement this - * function. - * @param id the ID associated with the selected item - */ - virtual void slotExec(int id) = 0; - /** - * This slots is called to initialize the menu. It is called automatically by - * slotAboutToShow(). By re-implementing this functions, you can reconstruct - * the menu before it is being shown. At the end of this function, you should - * call setInitialize() with true to tell the system that the menu is OK. - * You applet must re-implement this function. - * @see slotAboutToShow(), initialized(), setInitialized() - */ - virtual void initialize() = 0; - /** - * Clears the menu, and update the initial state accordingly. - * @see initialized() - */ - void slotClear(); - -protected: - /** - * Re-implemented for internal reasons. - */ - virtual void hideEvent(TQHideEvent *ev); - /** - * For internal use only. Used by constructors. - */ - void init(const TQString& path = TQString::null); - -protected: - virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data ); -private: - void internalInitialize(); - KPanelMenuPrivate *d; -}; - -#define K_EXPORT_KICKER_MENUEXT( libname, classname ) \ - K_EXPORT_COMPONENT_FACTORY( \ - kickermenu_##libname, \ - KGenericFactory<classname>("libkickermenu_" #libname) ) - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde341/krecentdirs.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde341/krecentdirs.h deleted file mode 100644 index 439fb6fe..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde341/krecentdirs.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,70 +0,0 @@ -/* -*- c++ -*- - * Copyright (C)2000 Waldo Bastian <bastian@kde.org> - * - * All rights reserved. - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without - * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions - * are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the - * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND - * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE - * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE - * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE - * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL - * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS - * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) - * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT - * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY - * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF - * SUCH DAMAGE. - * - */ -#ifndef __KRECENTDIRS_H -#define __KRECENTDIRS_H - -#include <tqstringlist.h> - -#include <kdelibs_export.h> - -/** - * The goal of this class is to make sure that, when the user needs to - * specify a file via the file selection dialog, this dialog will start - * in the directory most likely to contain the desired files. - * - * This works as follows: Each time the file selection dialog is - * shown, the programmer can specify a "file-class". The file-dialog will - * then start with the directory associated with this file-class. When - * the dialog closes, the directory currently shown in the file-dialog - * will be associated with the file-class. - * - * A file-class can either start with ':' or with '::'. If it starts with - * a single ':' the file-class is specific to the current application. - * If the file-class starts with '::' it is global to all applications. - */ -class KIO_EXPORT KRecentDirs -{ -public: - /** - * Returns a list of directories associated with this file-class. - * The most recently used directory is at the front of the list. - */ - static TQStringList list(const TQString &fileClass); - - /** - * Returns the most recently used directory accociated with this file-class. - */ - static TQString dir(const TQString &fileClass); - - /** - * Associates @p directory with @p fileClass - */ - static void add(const TQString &fileClass, const TQString &directory); -}; - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde341/ksharedptr.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde341/ksharedptr.h deleted file mode 100644 index ada08413..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde341/ksharedptr.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,175 +0,0 @@ -/* This file is part of the KDE libraries - Copyright (c) 1999 Waldo Bastian <bastian@kde.org> - - This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation. - - This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. -*/ -#ifndef KSharedPTR_H -#define KSharedPTR_H - -#include "kdelibs_export.h" - -/** - * Reference counting for shared objects. If you derive your object - * from this class, then you may use it in conjunction with - * KSharedPtr to control the lifetime of your object. - * - * Specifically, all classes that derive from KShared have an internal - * counter keeping track of how many other objects have a reference to - * their object. If used with KSharedPtr, then your object will - * not be deleted until all references to the object have been - * released. - * - * You should probably not ever use any of the methods in this class - * directly -- let the KSharedPtr take care of that. Just derive - * your class from KShared and forget about it. - * - * @author Waldo Bastian <bastian@kde.org> - */ -class KDECORE_EXPORT KShared { -public: - /** - * Standard constructor. This will initialize the reference count - * on this object to 0. - */ - KShared() : count(0) { } - - /** - * Copy constructor. This will @em not actually copy the objects - * but it will initialize the reference count on this object to 0. - */ - KShared( const KShared & ) : count(0) { } - - /** - * Overloaded assignment operator. - */ - KShared &operator=(const KShared & ) { return *this; } - - /** - * Increases the reference count by one. - */ - void _KShared_ref() const { count++; } - - /** - * Releases a reference (decreases the reference count by one). If - * the count goes to 0, this object will delete itself. - */ - void _KShared_unref() const { if (!--count) delete this; } - - /** - * Return the current number of references held. - * - * @return Number of references - */ - int _KShared_count() const { return count; } - -protected: - virtual ~KShared() { } -private: - mutable int count; -}; - -/** - * Can be used to control the lifetime of an object that has derived - * KShared. As long a someone holds a KSharedPtr on some KShared - * object it won't become deleted but is deleted once its reference - * count is 0. This struct emulates C++ pointers virtually perfectly. - * So just use it like a simple C++ pointer. - * - * KShared and KSharedPtr are preferred over QShared / QSharedPtr - * since they are more safe. - * - * WARNING: Please note that this class template provides an implicit - * conversion to T*. Do *not* change this pointer or the pointee (don't - * call delete on it, for instance) behind KSharedPtr's back. - * - * @author Waldo Bastian <bastian@kde.org> - */ -template< class T > -class KSharedPtr -{ -public: -/** - * Creates a null pointer. - */ - KSharedPtr() - : ptr(0) { } - /** - * Creates a new pointer. - * @param t the pointer - */ - KSharedPtr( T* t ) - : ptr(t) { if ( ptr ) ptr->_KShared_ref(); } - - /** - * Copies a pointer. - * @param p the pointer to copy - */ - KSharedPtr( const KSharedPtr& p ) - : ptr(p.ptr) { if ( ptr ) ptr->_KShared_ref(); } - - /** - * Unreferences the object that this pointer points to. If it was - * the last reference, the object will be deleted. - */ - ~KSharedPtr() { if ( ptr ) ptr->_KShared_unref(); } - - KSharedPtr<T>& operator= ( const KSharedPtr<T>& p ) { - if ( ptr == p.ptr ) return *this; - if ( ptr ) ptr->_KShared_unref(); - ptr = p.ptr; - if ( ptr ) ptr->_KShared_ref(); - return *this; - } - KSharedPtr<T>& operator= ( T* p ) { - if ( ptr == p ) return *this; - if ( ptr ) ptr->_KShared_unref(); - ptr = p; - if ( ptr ) ptr->_KShared_ref(); - return *this; - } - bool operator== ( const KSharedPtr<T>& p ) const { return ( ptr == p.ptr ); } - bool operator!= ( const KSharedPtr<T>& p ) const { return ( ptr != p.ptr ); } - bool operator== ( const T* p ) const { return ( ptr == p ); } - bool operator!= ( const T* p ) const { return ( ptr != p ); } - bool operator!() const { return ( ptr == 0 ); } - operator T*() const { return ptr; } - - /** - * Returns the pointer. - * @return the pointer - */ - T* data() { return ptr; } - - /** - * Returns the pointer. - * @return the pointer - */ - const T* data() const { return ptr; } - - const T& operator*() const { return *ptr; } - T& operator*() { return *ptr; } - const T* operator->() const { return ptr; } - T* operator->() { return ptr; } - - /** - * Returns the number of references. - * @return the number of references - */ - int count() const { return ptr->_KShared_count(); } // for debugging purposes -private: - T* ptr; -}; - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde341/ksycocafactory.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde341/ksycocafactory.h deleted file mode 100644 index 536da286..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde341/ksycocafactory.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,143 +0,0 @@ -/* This file is part of the KDE libraries - * Copyright (C) 1999 Waldo Bastian <bastian@kde.org> - * - * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - * License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation; - * - * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Library General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - * along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. - **/ - -#ifndef __ksycocafactory_h__ -#define __ksycocafactory_h__ - -#include "ksycocatype.h" -#include "ksycocaentry.h" - -#include <tqdict.h> -#include <tqptrlist.h> -class KSycoca; -class TQStringList; -class TQString; -class KSycocaDict; -class KSycocaResourceList; - -typedef TQDict<KSycocaEntry::Ptr> KSycocaEntryDict; - -/** - * @internal - * Base class for sycoca factories - */ -class KDECORE_EXPORT KSycocaFactory -{ -public: - virtual KSycocaFactoryId factoryId() const = 0; - -protected: // virtual class - /** - * Create a factory which can be used to lookup from/create a database - * (depending on KSycoca::isBuilding()) - */ - KSycocaFactory( KSycocaFactoryId factory_id ); - -public: - virtual ~KSycocaFactory(); - - /** - * @return the position of the factory in the sycoca file - */ - int offset() { return mOffset; } - - /** - * @return the dict, for special use by KBuildSycoca - */ - KSycocaEntryDict * entryDict() { return m_entryDict; } - - /** - * Construct an entry from a config file. - * To be implemented in the real factories. - */ - virtual KSycocaEntry *createEntry(const TQString &file, const char *resource) = 0; - - /** - * Add an entry - */ - virtual void addEntry(KSycocaEntry *newEntry, const char *resource); - - /** - * Remove an entry - * Not very fast, use with care. O(N) - */ - void removeEntry(KSycocaEntry *newEntry); - - /** - * Read an entry from the database - */ - virtual KSycocaEntry *createEntry(int offset)=0; - - /** - * Get a list of all entries from the database. - */ - KSycocaEntry::List allEntries(); - - /** - * Saves all entries it maintains as well as index files - * for these entries to the stream 'str'. - * - * Also sets mOffset to the starting position. - * - * The stream is positioned at the end of the last index. - * - * Don't forget to call the parent first when you override - * this function. - */ - virtual void save(TQDataStream &str); - - /** - * Writes out a header to the stream 'str'. - * The baseclass positions the stream correctly. - * - * Don't forget to call the parent first when you override - * this function. - */ - virtual void saveHeader(TQDataStream &str); - - /** - * @return the resources for which this factory is responsible. - */ - virtual const KSycocaResourceList * resourceList() const { return m_resourceList; } - -private: - int mOffset; - -protected: - int m_sycocaDictOffset; - int m_beginEntryOffset; - int m_endEntryOffset; - TQDataStream *m_str; - - KSycocaResourceList *m_resourceList; - KSycocaEntryDict *m_entryDict; - KSycocaDict *m_sycocaDict; -protected: - virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data ); -}; - -/** This, instead of a typedef, allows to declare "class ..." in header files - * @internal - */ -class KDECORE_EXPORT KSycocaFactoryList : public TQPtrList<KSycocaFactory> -{ -public: - KSycocaFactoryList() { } -}; - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde341/ktoolbarbutton.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde341/ktoolbarbutton.h deleted file mode 100644 index 297c296b..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde341/ktoolbarbutton.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,329 +0,0 @@ -/* This file is part of the KDE libraries - Copyright (C) 1997, 1998 Stephan Kulow (coolo@kde.org) - (C) 1997, 1998 Sven Radej (radej@kde.org) - (C) 1997, 1998 Mark Donohoe (donohoe@kde.org) - (C) 1997, 1998 Matthias Ettrich (ettrich@kde.org) - (C) 2000 Kurt Granroth (granroth@kde.org) - - This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation. - - This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. -*/ - -#ifndef _KTOOLBARBUTTON_H -#define _KTOOLBARBUTTON_H - -#include <tqpixmap.h> -#include <tqtoolbutton.h> -#include <tqintdict.h> -#include <tqstring.h> -#include <kglobal.h> - -class KToolBar; -class KToolBarButtonPrivate; -class KInstance; -class TQEvent; -class TQPopupMenu; -class TQPainter; - -/** - * A toolbar button. This is used internally by KToolBar, use the - * KToolBar methods instead. - * @internal - */ -class KDEUI_EXPORT KToolBarButton : public QToolButton -{ - Q_OBJECT - -public: - /** - * Construct a button with an icon loaded by the button itself. - * This will trust the button to load the correct icon with the - * correct size. - * - * @param icon Name of icon to load (may be absolute or relative) - * @param id Id of this button - * @param parent This button's parent - * @param name This button's internal name - * @param txt This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise) - * @param _instance the instance to use for this button - */ - KToolBarButton(const TQString& icon, int id, TQWidget *parent, - const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null, - KInstance *_instance = KGlobal::instance()); - - /** - * Construct a button with an existing pixmap. It is not - * recommended that you use this as the internal icon loading code - * will almost always get it "right". - * - * @param pixmap Name of icon to load (may be absolute or relative) - * @param id Id of this button - * @param parent This button's parent - * @param name This button's internal name - * @param txt This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise) - */ - KToolBarButton(const TQPixmap& pixmap, int id, TQWidget *parent, - const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null); - - /** - * Construct a separator button - * - * @param parent This button's parent - * @param name This button's internal name - */ - KToolBarButton(TQWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L); - - /** - * Standard destructor - */ - ~KToolBarButton(); - -#ifndef KDE_NO_COMPAT - /** - * @deprecated - * Set the pixmap directly for this button. This pixmap should be - * the active one... the dimmed and disabled pixmaps are constructed - * based on this one. However, don't use this function unless you - * are positive that you don't want to use setIcon. - * - * @param pixmap The active pixmap - */ - // this one is from TQButton, so #ifdef-ing it out doesn't break BC - virtual void setPixmap(const TQPixmap &pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED; - - /** - * @deprecated - * Force the button to use this pixmap as the default one rather - * then generating it using effects. - * - * @param pixmap The pixmap to use as the default (normal) one - */ - void setDefaultPixmap(const TQPixmap& pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED; - - /** - * @deprecated - * Force the button to use this pixmap when disabled one rather then - * generating it using effects. - * - * @param pixmap The pixmap to use when disabled - */ - void setDisabledPixmap(const TQPixmap& pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED; -#endif - - /** - * Set the text for this button. The text will be either used as a - * tooltip (IconOnly) or will be along side the icon - * - * @param text The button (or tooltip) text - */ - virtual void setText(const TQString &text); - - /** - * Set the icon for this button. The icon will be loaded internally - * with the correct size. This function is preferred over setIconSet - * - * @param icon The name of the icon - */ - virtual void setIcon(const TQString &icon); - - /// @since 3.1 - virtual void setIcon( const TQPixmap &pixmap ) - { TQToolButton::setIcon( pixmap ); } - - /** - * Set the pixmaps for this toolbar button from a TQIconSet. - * If you call this you don't need to call any of the other methods - * that set icons or pixmaps. - * @param iconset The iconset to use - */ - virtual void setIconSet( const TQIconSet &iconset ); - -#ifndef KDE_NO_COMPAT - /** - * @deprecated - * Set the active icon for this button. The pixmap itself is loaded - * internally based on the icon size... .. the disabled and default - * pixmaps, however will only be constructed if generate is - * true. This function is preferred over setPixmap - * - * @param icon The name of the active icon - * @param generate If true, then the other icons are automagically - * generated from this one - */ - KDE_DEPRECATED void setIcon(const TQString &icon, bool generate ) { Q_UNUSED(generate); setIcon( icon ); } - - /** - * @deprecated - * Force the button to use this icon as the default one rather - * then generating it using effects. - * - * @param icon The icon to use as the default (normal) one - */ - void setDefaultIcon(const TQString& icon) KDE_DEPRECATED; - - /** - * @deprecated - * Force the button to use this icon when disabled one rather then - * generating it using effects. - * - * @param icon The icon to use when disabled - */ - void setDisabledIcon(const TQString& icon) KDE_DEPRECATED; -#endif - - /** - * Turn this button on or off - * - * @param flag true or false - */ - void on(bool flag = true); - - /** - * Toggle this button - */ - void toggle(); - - /** - * Turn this button into a toggle button or disable the toggle - * aspects of it. This does not toggle the button itself. - * Use toggle() for that. - * - * @param toggle true or false - */ - void setToggle(bool toggle = true); - - /** - * Return a pointer to this button's popup menu (if it exists) - */ - TQPopupMenu *popup(); - - /** - * Returns the button's id. - * @since 3.2 - */ - int id() const; - - /** - * Give this button a popup menu. There will not be a delay when - * you press the button. Use setDelayedPopup if you want that - * behavior. - * - * @param p The new popup menu - * @param unused Has no effect - ignore it. - */ - void setPopup (TQPopupMenu *p, bool unused = false); - - /** - * Gives this button a delayed popup menu. - * - * This function allows you to add a delayed popup menu to the button. - * The popup menu is then only displayed when the button is pressed and - * held down for about half a second. - * - * @param p the new popup menu - * @param unused Has no effect - ignore it. - */ - void setDelayedPopup(TQPopupMenu *p, bool unused = false); - - /** - * Turn this button into a radio button - * - * @param f true or false - */ - void setRadio(bool f = true); - - /** - * Toolbar buttons naturally will assume the global styles - * concerning icons, icons sizes, etc. You can use this function to - * explicitly turn this off, if you like. - * - * @param no_style Will disable styles if true - */ - void setNoStyle(bool no_style = true); - -signals: - /** - * Emitted when the toolbar button is clicked (with LMB or MMB) - */ - void clicked(int); - /** - * Emitted when the toolbar button is clicked (with any mouse button) - * @param state makes it possible to find out which button was pressed, - * and whether any keyboard modifiers were held. - * @since 3.4 - */ - void buttonClicked(int, Qt::ButtonState state); - void doubleClicked(int); - void pressed(int); - void released(int); - void toggled(int); - void highlighted(int, bool); - -public slots: - /** - * This slot should be called whenever the toolbar mode has - * potentially changed. This includes such events as text changing, - * orientation changing, etc. - */ - void modeChange(); - virtual void setTextLabel(const TQString&, bool tipToo); - -protected: - void paletteChange(const TQPalette &); - void leaveEvent(TQEvent *e); - void enterEvent(TQEvent *e); - void drawButton(TQPainter *p); - bool eventFilter (TQObject *o, TQEvent *e); - /// @since 3.4 - void mousePressEvent( TQMouseEvent * ); - /// @since 3.4 - void mouseReleaseEvent( TQMouseEvent * ); - void showMenu(); - TQSize sizeHint() const; - TQSize minimumSizeHint() const; - TQSize minimumSize() const; - - /// @since 3.1 - bool isRaised() const; - /// @since 3.1 - bool isActive() const; - /// @since 3.1 - int iconTextMode() const; - -protected slots: - void slotClicked(); - void slotPressed(); - void slotReleased(); - void slotToggled(); - void slotDelayTimeout(); - -protected: - virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data ); -private: - KToolBarButtonPrivate *d; -}; - -/** -* List of KToolBarButton objects. -* @internal -* @version $Id: ktoolbarbutton.h,v 1.39 2004/12/22 14:08:36 faure Exp $ -*/ -class KDEUI_EXPORT KToolBarButtonList : public TQIntDict<KToolBarButton> -{ -public: - KToolBarButtonList(); - ~KToolBarButtonList() {} -}; - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde341/kurifilter.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde341/kurifilter.h deleted file mode 100644 index 61c8aca6..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde341/kurifilter.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,647 +0,0 @@ -/* - * This file is part of the KDE libraries - * Copyright (C) 2000-2001,2003 Dawit Alemayehu <adawit at kde.org> - * - * Original author - * Copyright (C) 2000 Yves Arrouye <yves@realnames.com> - * - * - * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Library General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - * along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. - **/ - -#ifndef __kurifilter_h__ -#define __kurifilter_h__ - -#include <tqptrlist.h> -#include <tqobject.h> -#include <tqstringlist.h> - -#include <kurl.h> - -#ifdef Q_OS_WIN -#undef ERROR -#endif - -class KURIFilterPrivate; -class KURIFilterDataPrivate; - -class KCModule; - -/** -* A basic message object used for exchanging filtering -* information between the filter plugins and the application -* requesting the filtering service. -* -* Use this object if you require a more detailed information -* about the URI you want to filter. Any application can create -* an instance of this class and send it to KURIFilter to -* have the plugins fill out all possible information about the -* URI. -* -* \b Example -* -* \code -* TQString text = "kde.org"; -* KURIFilterData d = text; -* bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filter( d ); -* cout << "URL: " << text.latin1() << endl -* << "Filtered URL: " << d.uri().url().latin1() << endl -* << "URI Type: " << d.uriType() << endl -* << "Was Filtered: " << filtered << endl; -* \endcode -* -* The above code should yield the following output: -* \code -* URI: kde.org -* Filtered URI: http://kde.org -* URI Type: 0 <== means NET_PROTOCOL -* Was Filtered: 1 <== means the URL was successfully filtered -* \endcode -* -* @short A message object for exchanging filtering URI info. -* @author Dawit Alemayehu <adawit at kde.org> -*/ - -class KIO_EXPORT KURIFilterData -{ -friend class KURIFilterPlugin; - -public: - /** - * Describes the type of the URI that was filtered. - * Here is a brief description of the types: - * - * @li NET_PROTOCOL - Any network protocol: http, ftp, nttp, pop3, etc... - * @li LOCAL_FILE - A local file whose executable flag is not set - * @li LOCAL_DIR - A local directory - * @li EXECUTABLE - A local file whose executable flag is set - * @li HELP - A man or info page - * @li SHELL - A shell executable (ex: echo "Test..." >> ~/testfile) - * @li BLOCKED - A URI that should be blocked/filtered (ex: ad filtering) - * @li ERROR - An incorrect URI (ex: "~johndoe" when user johndoe - * does not exist in that system ) - * @li UNKNOWN - A URI that is not identified. Default value when - * a KURIFilterData is first created. - */ - enum URITypes { NET_PROTOCOL=0, LOCAL_FILE, LOCAL_DIR, EXECUTABLE, HELP, SHELL, BLOCKED, ERROR, UNKNOWN }; - - /** - * Default constructor. - * - * Creates a URIFilterData object. - */ - KURIFilterData() { init(); } - - /** - * Creates a URIFilterData object from the given URL. - * - * @param url is the URL to be filtered. - */ - KURIFilterData( const KURL& url ) { init( url); } - - /** - * Creates a URIFilterData object from the given string. - * - * @param url is the string to be filtered. - */ - KURIFilterData( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); } - - /** - * Copy constructor. - * - * Creates a URIFilterData object from another - * URI filter data object. - * - * @param data the uri filter data to be copied. - */ - KURIFilterData( const KURIFilterData& data); - - /** - * Destructor. - */ - ~KURIFilterData(); - - /** - * This method has been deprecated and will always return - * true. You should instead use the result from the - * KURIFilter::filterURI() calls. - * - * @deprecated - */ - KDE_DEPRECATED bool hasBeenFiltered() const { return true; } - - /** - * Returns the filtered or the original URL. - * - * This function returns the filtered url if one - * of the plugins successfully filtered the original - * URL. Otherwise, it returns the original URL. - * See hasBeenFiltered() and - * - * @return the filtered or original url. - */ - KURL uri() const { return m_pURI; } - - /** - * Returns an error message. - * - * This functions returns the error message set - * by the plugin whenever the uri type is set to - * KURIFilterData::ERROR. Otherwise, it returns - * a TQString::null. - * - * @return the error message or a NULL when there is none. - */ - TQString errorMsg() const { return m_strErrMsg; } - - /** - * Returns the URI type. - * - * This method always returns KURIFilterData::UNKNOWN - * if the given URL was not filtered. - * @return the type of the URI - */ - URITypes uriType() const { return m_iType; } - - /** - * Sets the URL to be filtered. - * - * Use this function to set the string to be - * filtered when you construct an empty filter - * object. - * - * @param url the string to be filtered. - */ - void setData( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); } - - /** - * Same as above except the argument is a URL. - * - * Use this function to set the string to be - * filtered when you construct an empty filter - * object. - * - * @param url the URL to be filtered. - */ - void setData( const KURL& url ) { init( url ); } - - /** - * Sets the absolute path to be used whenever the supplied - * data is a relative local URL. - * - * NOTE: This function should only be used for local resources, - * i.e. the "file:/" protocol. It is useful for specifying the - * absolute path in cases where the actual URL might be relative. - * meta object. If deriving the path from a KURL, make sure you - * set the argument for this function to the result of calling - * path () instead of url (). - * - * @param abs_path the abolute path to the local resource. - * @return true if absolute path is successfully set. Otherwise, false. - */ - bool setAbsolutePath( const TQString& abs_path ); - - /** - * Returns the absolute path if one has already been set. - * @return the absolute path, or TQString::null - * @see hasAbsolutePath() - */ - TQString absolutePath() const; - - /** - * Checks whether the supplied data had an absolute path. - * @return true if the supplied data has an absolute path - * @see absolutePath() - */ - bool hasAbsolutePath() const; - - /** - * Returns the command line options and arguments for a - * local resource when present. - * - * @return options and arguments when present, otherwise TQString::null - */ - TQString argsAndOptions() const; - - /** - * Checks whether the current data is a local resource with - * command line options and arguments. - * @return true if the current data has command line options and arguments - */ - bool hasArgsAndOptions() const; - - /** - * Returns the name of the icon that matches - * the current filtered URL. - * - * NOTE that this function will return a NULL - * string by default and when no associated icon - * is found. - * - * @return the name of the icon associated with the resource, - * or TQString::null if not found - */ - TQString iconName(); - - /** - * Check whether the provided uri is executable or not. - * - * Setting this to false ensures that typing the name of - * an executable does not start that application. This is - * useful in the location bar of a browser. The default - * value is true. - * - * @since 3.2 - */ - void setCheckForExecutables (bool check); - - /** - * @return true if the filters should attempt to check whether the - * supplied uri is an executable. False otherwise. - * - * @since 3.2 - */ - bool checkForExecutables() const { return m_bCheckForExecutables; } - - /** - * @return the string as typed by the user, before any URL processing is done - * @since 3.2 - */ - TQString typedString() const; - - /** - * Overloaded assigenment operator. - * - * This function allows you to easily assign a KURL - * to a KURIFilterData object. - * - * @return an instance of a KURIFilterData object. - */ - KURIFilterData& operator=( const KURL& url ) { init( url ); return *this; } - - /** - * Overloaded assigenment operator. - * - * This function allows you to easily assign a QString - * to a KURIFilterData object. - * - * @return an instance of a KURIFilterData object. - */ - KURIFilterData& operator=( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); return *this; } - -protected: - - /** - * Initializes the KURIFilterData on construction. - * @param url the URL to initialize the object with - */ - void init( const KURL& url); - - /** - * Initializes the KURIFilterData on construction. - * @param url the URL to initialize the object with - */ - void init( const TQString& url = TQString::null ); - -private: - bool m_bCheckForExecutables; - bool m_bChanged; - - TQString m_strErrMsg; - TQString m_strIconName; - - KURL m_pURI; - URITypes m_iType; - KURIFilterDataPrivate *d; -}; - - -/** - * Base class for URI filter plugins. - * - * This class applies a single filter to a URI. All plugins designed - * to provide URI filtering service should inherit from this abstract - * class and provide a concrete implementation. - * - * All inheriting classes need to implement the pure virtual function - * filterURI. - * - * @short Abstract class for URI filter plugins. - */ -class KIO_EXPORT KURIFilterPlugin : public QObject -{ - Q_OBJECT - -public: - - /** - * Constructs a filter plugin with a given name and - * priority. - * - * @param parent the parent object, or 0 for no parent - * @param name the name of the plugin, or 0 for no name - * @param pri the priority of the plugin. - */ - KURIFilterPlugin( TQObject *parent = 0, const char *name = 0, double pri = 1.0 ); - - /** - * Returns the filter's name. - * - * @return A string naming the filter. - */ - virtual TQString name() const { return m_strName; } - - /** - * Returns the filter's priority. - * - * Each filter has an assigned priority, a float from 0 to 1. Filters - * with the lowest priority are first given a chance to filter a URI. - * - * @return The priority of the filter. - */ - virtual double priority() const { return m_dblPriority; } - - /** - * Filters a URI. - * - * @param data the URI data to be filtered. - * @return A boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed. - */ - virtual bool filterURI( KURIFilterData& data ) const = 0; - - /** - * Creates a configuration module for the filter. - * - * It is the responsibility of the caller to delete the module - * once it is not needed anymore. - * - * @return A configuration module, 0 if the filter isn't configurable. - */ - virtual KCModule *configModule( TQWidget*, const char* ) const { return 0; } - - /** - * Returns the name of the configuration module for the filter. - * - * @return the name of a configuration module or TQString::null if none. - */ - virtual TQString configName() const { return name(); } - -protected: - - /** - * Sets the the URL in @p data to @p uri. - */ - void setFilteredURI ( KURIFilterData& data, const KURL& uri ) const; - - /** - * Sets the error message in @p data to @p errormsg. - */ - void setErrorMsg ( KURIFilterData& data, const TQString& errmsg ) const { - data.m_strErrMsg = errmsg; - } - - /** - * Sets the URI type in @p data to @p type. - */ - void setURIType ( KURIFilterData& data, KURIFilterData::URITypes type) const { - data.m_iType = type; - data.m_bChanged = true; - } - - /** - * Sets the arguments and options string in @p data - * to @p args if any were found during filterting. - */ - void setArguments( KURIFilterData& data, const TQString& args ) const; - - TQString m_strName; - double m_dblPriority; - -protected: - virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data ); -private: - class KURIFilterPluginPrivate *d; -}; - - -/** - * A list of filter plugins. - */ -class KIO_EXPORT KURIFilterPluginList : public TQPtrList<KURIFilterPlugin> -{ -public: - virtual int compareItems(Item a, Item b) - { - double diff = ((KURIFilterPlugin *) a)->priority() - ((KURIFilterPlugin *) b)->priority(); - return diff < 0 ? -1 : (diff > 0 ? 1 : 0); - } - -private: - KURIFilterPrivate *d; - -}; - -/** - * Manages the filtering of URIs. - * - * The intention of this plugin class is to allow people to extend the - * functionality of KURL without modifying it directly. This way KURL will - * remain a generic parser capable of parsing any generic URL that adheres - * to specifications. - * - * The KURIFilter class applies a number of filters to a URI and returns the - * filtered version whenever possible. The filters are implemented using - * plugins to provide easy extensibility of the filtering mechanism. New - * filters can be added in the future by simply inheriting from - * KURIFilterPlugin and implementing the KURIFilterPlugin::filterURI - * method. - * - * Use of this plugin-manager class is straight forward. Since it is a - * singleton object, all you have to do is obtain an instance by doing - * @p KURIFilter::self() and use any of the public member functions to - * preform the filtering. - * - * \b Example - * - * To simply filter a given string: - * - * \code - * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( "kde.org" ); - * \endcode - * - * You can alternatively use a KURL: - * - * \code - * KURL url = "kde.org"; - * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( url ); - * \endcode - * - * If you have a constant string or a constant URL, simply invoke the - * corresponding function to obtain the filtered string or URL instead - * of a boolean flag: - * - * \code - * TQString u = KURIFilter::self()->filteredURI( "kde.org" ); - * \endcode - * - * You can also restrict the filter(s) to be used by supplying - * the name of the filter(s) to use. By defualt all available - * filters will be used. To use specific filters, add the names - * of the filters you want to use to a TQStringList and invoke - * the appropriate filtering function. The examples below show - * the use of specific filters. The first one uses a single - * filter called kshorturifilter while the second example uses - * multiple filters: - * - * \code - * TQString text = "kde.org"; - * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, "kshorturifilter" ); - * \endcode - * - * \code - * TQStringList list; - * list << "kshorturifilter" << "localdomainfilter"; - * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, list ); - * \endcode - * - * KURIFilter also allows richer data exchange through a simple - * meta-object called @p KURIFilterData. Using this meta-object - * you can find out more information about the URL you want to - * filter. See KURIFilterData for examples and details. - * - * @short Filters a given URL into its proper format whenever possible. - */ - -class KIO_EXPORT KURIFilter -{ -public: - /** - * Destructor - */ - ~KURIFilter (); - - /** - * Returns an instance of KURIFilter. - */ - static KURIFilter* self(); - - /** - * Filters the URI given by the object URIFilterData. - * - * The given URL is filtered based on the specified list of filters. - * If the list is empty all available filters would be used. - * - * @param data object that contains the URI to be filtered. - * @param filters specify the list of filters to be used. - * - * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed - */ - bool filterURI( KURIFilterData& data, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); - - /** - * Filters the URI given by the URL. - * - * The given URL is filtered based on the specified list of filters. - * If the list is empty all available filters would be used. - * - * @param uri the URI to filter. - * @param filters specify the list of filters to be used. - * - * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed - */ - bool filterURI( KURL &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); - - /** - * Filters a string representing a URI. - * - * The given URL is filtered based on the specified list of filters. - * If the list is empty all available filters would be used. - * - * @param uri The URI to filter. - * @param filters specify the list of filters to be used. - * - * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed - */ - bool filterURI( TQString &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); - - /** - * Returns the filtered URI. - * - * The given URL is filtered based on the specified list of filters. - * If the list is empty all available filters would be used. - * - * @param uri The URI to filter. - * @param filters specify the list of filters to be used. - * - * @return the filtered URI or null if it cannot be filtered - */ - KURL filteredURI( const KURL &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); - - /** - * Return a filtered string representation of a URI. - * - * The given URL is filtered based on the specified list of filters. - * If the list is empty all available filters would be used. - * - * @param uri the URI to filter. - * @param filters specify the list of filters to be used. - * - * @return the filtered URI or null if it cannot be filtered - */ - TQString filteredURI( const TQString &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); - - /** - * Return an iterator to iterate over all loaded - * plugins. - * - * @return a plugin iterator. - */ - TQPtrListIterator<KURIFilterPlugin> pluginsIterator() const; - - /** - * Return a list of the names of all loaded plugins. - * - * @return a TQStringList of plugin names - * @since 3.1 - */ - TQStringList pluginNames() const; - -protected: - - /** - * A protected constructor. - * - * This constructor creates a KURIFilter and - * initializes all plugins it can find by invoking - * loadPlugins. - */ - KURIFilter(); - - /** - * Loads all allowed plugins. - * - * This function loads all filters that have not - * been disbled. - */ - void loadPlugins(); - -private: - static KURIFilter *m_self; - KURIFilterPluginList m_lstPlugins; - KURIFilterPrivate *d; -}; - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde341/selectdialog.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde341/selectdialog.h deleted file mode 100644 index 987dcb68..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde341/selectdialog.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,87 +0,0 @@ -/* - This file is part of libkresources. - - Copyright (c) 2002 Tobias Koenig <tokoe@kde.org> - Copyright (c) 2002 Jan-Pascal van Best <janpascal@vanbest.org> - Copyright (c) 2003 Cornelius Schumacher <schumacher@kde.org> - - This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - - This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. -*/ - -#ifndef KRESOURCES_SELECTDIALOG_H -#define KRESOURCES_SELECTDIALOG_H - -#include <tqobject.h> -#include <tqptrlist.h> -#include <tqmap.h> - -#include <kdialog.h> - -class KListBox; - -namespace KRES { - -class Resource; - -/** - * Dialog for selecting a resource. - * - * Example: - * - * \code - * - * TQPtrList<Resource> list = ... // can be retrived from KRES::Manager (e.g. KABC::AddressBook) - * - * KABC::Resource *res = KABC::SelectDialog::getResource( list, parentWdg ); - * if ( !res ) { - * // no resource selected - * } else { - * // do something with resource - * } - * \endcode - */ -class KRESOURCES_EXPORT SelectDialog -{ - public: - /** - * Constructor. - * @param list The list of available resources - * @param parent The parent widget - * @param name The name of the dialog - */ - SelectDialog( TQPtrList<Resource> list, TQWidget *parent = 0, - const char *name = 0); - - /** - * Returns selected resource. - */ - Resource *resource(); - - /** - * Opens a dialog showing the available resources and returns the resource the - * user has selected. Returns 0, if the dialog was canceled. - */ - static Resource *getResource( TQPtrList<Resource> list, TQWidget *parent = 0 ); - - private: - KListBox *mResourceId; - - TQMap<int, Resource*> mResourceMap; -}; - -} - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde342/configwidget.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde342/configwidget.h deleted file mode 100644 index 47917edd..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde342/configwidget.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,58 +0,0 @@ -/* - This file is part of libkresources. - Copyright (c) 2002 Tobias Koenig <tokoe@kde.org> - Copyright (c) 2002 Jan-Pascal van Best <janpascal@vanbest.org> - - This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - - This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. -*/ - -#ifndef KRESOURCES_CONFIGWIDGET_H -#define KRESOURCES_CONFIGWIDGET_H - -#include "resource.h" - -#include <kconfig.h> - -#include <tqwidget.h> - -namespace KRES { - -class KRESOURCES_EXPORT ConfigWidget : public QWidget -{ - Q_OBJECT - public: - ConfigWidget( TQWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0 ); - - /** - Sets the widget to 'edit' mode. Reimplement this method if you are - interested in the mode change (to disable some GUI element for - example). By default the widget is in 'create new' mode. - */ - virtual void setInEditMode( bool value ); - - public slots: - virtual void loadSettings( Resource *resource ) = 0; - virtual void saveSettings( Resource *resource ) = 0; - - signals: - void setReadOnly( bool value ); - - protected: - Resource *mResource; -}; - -} -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde342/kaccelaction.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde342/kaccelaction.h deleted file mode 100644 index b868ee6f..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde342/kaccelaction.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,564 +0,0 @@ -/* This file is part of the KDE libraries - Copyright (C) 2001,2002 Ellis Whitehead <ellis@kde.org> - - This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - - This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. -*/ - -#ifndef _KACCELACTION_H -#define _KACCELACTION_H - -#include <tqmap.h> -#include <tqptrvector.h> -#include <tqstring.h> -#include <tqvaluevector.h> - -#include <kshortcut.h> - -class KAccelBase; - -class TQObject; -class KConfig; -class KConfigBase; - -/** - * @internal - * A KAccelAction prepresents an action that can be executed using - * an accelerator key. Each KAccelAction has a name, a label, a - * "What's this" string and a KShortcut. The user can configure and - * enable/disable them using KKeyDialog. - * - * \code - * 1) KAccelAction = "Run Command" - * Default3 = "Alt+F2" - * Default4 = "Meta+Enter;Alt+F2" - * 1) KShortcut = "Meta+Enter" - * 1) KKeySequence = "Meta+Enter" - * 1) KKey = "Meta+Enter" - * 1) Meta+Enter - * 2) Meta+Keypad_Enter - * 2) KShortcut = "Alt+F2" - * 1) KKeySequence = "Alt+F2" - * 1) Alt+F2 - * 2) KAccelAction = "Something" - * Default3 = "" - * Default4 = "" - * 1) KShortcut = "Meta+X,Asterisk" - * 1) KKeySequence = "Meta+X,Asterisk" - * 1) KKey = "Meta+X" - * 1) Meta+X - * 2) KKey = "Asterisk" - * 1) Shift+8 (English layout) - * 2) Keypad_Asterisk - * \endcode - * @short An accelerator action - * @see KAccel - * @see KGlobalAccel - * @see KKeyChooser - * @see KKeyDialog - */ -class KDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction -{ - public: - /** - * Creates an empty KAccelAction. - * @see clear() - */ - KAccelAction(); - - /** - * Copy constructor. - */ - KAccelAction( const KAccelAction& ); - - /** - * Creates a new KAccelAction. - * @param sName the name of the accelerator - * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) - * @param sWhatsThis the What's This text (18n!) - * @param cutDef3 the default shortcut for 3 modifier systems - * @param cutDef4 the default shortcut for 4 modifier systems - * @param pObjSlot the receiver of a signal when the key has been - * pressed - * @param psMethodSlot the slot to connect for key presses. Receives - * an int, as set by setID(), as only argument - * @param bConfigurable if true the user can configure the shortcut - * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled - */ - KAccelAction( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, - const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4, - const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, - bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled ); - ~KAccelAction(); - - /** - * Clears the accelerator. - */ - void clear(); - - /** - * Re-initialized the KAccelAction. - * @param sName the name of the accelerator - * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) - * @param sWhatsThis the What's This text (18n!) - * @param cutDef3 the default shortcut for 3 modifier systems - * @param cutDef4 the default shortcut for 4 modifier systems - * @param pObjSlot the receiver of a signal when the key has been - * pressed - * @param psMethodSlot the slot to connect for key presses. Receives - * an int, as set by setID(), as only argument - * @param bConfigurable if true the user can configure the shortcut - * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - */ - bool init( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, - const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4, - const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, - bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled ); - - /** - * Copies this KAccelAction. - */ - KAccelAction& operator=( const KAccelAction& ); - - /** - * Returns the name of the accelerator action. - * @return the name of the accelerator action, can be null if not - * set - */ - const TQString& name() const { return m_sName; } - - /** - * Returns the label of the accelerator action. - * @return the label of the accelerator action, can be null if - * not set - */ - const TQString& label() const { return m_sLabel; } - - /** - * Returns the What's This text of the accelerator action. - * @return the What's This text of the accelerator action, can be - * null if not set - */ - const TQString& whatsThis() const { return m_sWhatsThis; } - - /** - * The shortcut that is actually used (may be used configured). - * @return the shortcut of the KAccelAction, can be null if not set - * @see shortcutDefault() - */ - const KShortcut& shortcut() const { return m_cut; } - - /** - * The default shortcut for this system. - * @return the default shortcut on this system, can be null if not set - * @see shortcut() - * @see shortcutDefault3() - * @see shortcutDefault4() - */ - const KShortcut& shortcutDefault() const; - - /** - * The default shortcut for 3 modifier systems. - * @return the default shortcut for 3 modifier systems, can be null - * if not set - * @see shortcutDefault() - * @see shortcutDefault4() - * @see useFourModifierKeys() - */ - const KShortcut& shortcutDefault3() const { return m_cutDefault3; } - - /** - * The default shortcut for 4 modifier systems. - * @return the default shortcut for 4 modifier systems, can be null - * if not set - * @see shortcutDefault() - * @see shortcutDefault3() - * @see useFourModifierKeys() - */ - const KShortcut& shortcutDefault4() const { return m_cutDefault4; } - - /** - * Returns the receiver of signals. - * @return the receiver of signals (can be 0 if not set) - */ - const TQObject* objSlotPtr() const { return m_pObjSlot; } - - /** - * Returns the slot for the signal. - * @return the slot for the signal - */ - const char* methodSlotPtr() const { return m_psMethodSlot; } - - /** - * Checks whether the user can configure the action. - * @return true if configurable, false otherwise - */ - bool isConfigurable() const { return m_bConfigurable; } - - /** - * Checks whether the action is enabled. - * @return true if enabled, false otherwise - */ - bool isEnabled() const { return m_bEnabled; } - - /** - * Sets the name of the accelerator action. - * @param name the new name - */ - void setName( const TQString& name ); - - /** - * Sets the user-readable label of the accelerator action. - * @param label the new label (i18n!) - */ - void setLabel( const TQString& label ); - - /** - * Sets the What's This text for the accelerator action. - * @param whatsThis the new What's This text (i18n!) - */ - void setWhatsThis( const TQString& whatsThis ); - - /** - * Sets the new shortcut of the accelerator action. - * @param rgCuts the shortcut to set - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - */ - bool setShortcut( const KShortcut& rgCuts ); - - /** - * Sets the slot of the accelerator action. - * @param pObjSlot the receiver object of the signal - * @param psMethodSlot the slot for the signal - */ - void setSlot( const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot ); - - /** - * Enables or disabled configuring the action. - * @param configurable true to enable configurability, false to disable - */ - void setConfigurable( bool configurable ); - - /** - * Enables or disabled the action. - * @param configurable true to enable the action, false to disable - */ - void setEnabled( bool enable ); - - /** - * Retrieves the id set using setID. - * @return the id of the accelerator action - */ - int getID() const { return m_nIDAccel; } - - /** - * Allows you to set an id that will be used as the action - * signal's argument. - * - * @param n the new id - * @see getID() - */ - void setID( int n ) { m_nIDAccel = n; } - - /** - * Checkes whether the action is connected (emits signals). - * @return true if connected, false otherwise - */ - bool isConnected() const; - - /** - * Sets a key sequence of the action's shortcut. - * @param i the position of the sequence - * @param keySeq the new new sequence - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see KShortcut::setSeq() - */ - bool setKeySequence( uint i, const KKeySequence &keySeq ); - - /** - * Clears the action's shortcut. It will not contain any sequences after - * calling this method. - * @see KShortcut::clear() - */ - void clearShortcut(); - - /** - * Checks whether the action's shortcut contains the given key sequence. - * @param keySeq the key sequence to check - * @return true if the shortcut contains the given sequence - * @see KShortcut::contains() - */ - bool contains( const KKeySequence &keySeq ); - - /** - * Returns the string representation of the action's shortcut. - * @return the string representation of the action's shortcut. - * @see KShortcut::toString() - */ - TQString toString() const; - - /** - * @internal - */ - TQString toStringInternal() const; - - /** - * Returns true if four modifier keys will be used. - * @return true if four modifier keys will be used. - */ - static bool useFourModifierKeys(); - - /** - * Selects 3 or 4 modifier default shortcuts. - * @param use true to use 4 modifier shortcuts, false to use - * 3 modifier shortcuts - */ - static void useFourModifierKeys( bool use ); - - protected: - TQString m_sName, - m_sLabel, - m_sWhatsThis; - KShortcut m_cut; - KShortcut m_cutDefault3, m_cutDefault4; - const TQObject* m_pObjSlot; - const char* m_psMethodSlot; - bool m_bConfigurable, - m_bEnabled; - int m_nIDAccel; - uint m_nConnections; - - void incConnections(); - void decConnections(); - - private: - static int g_bUseFourModifierKeys; - class KAccelActionPrivate* d; - - friend class KAccelActions; - friend class KAccelBase; -}; - -//--------------------------------------------------------------------- -// KAccelActions -//--------------------------------------------------------------------- - -/** - * @internal - * This class represents a collection of KAccelAction objects. - * - * @short A collection of accelerator actions - * @see KAccelAction - */ -class KDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions -{ - public: - /** - * Creates a new, empty KAccelActions object. - */ - KAccelActions(); - - /** - * Copy constructor (deep copy). - */ - KAccelActions( const KAccelActions& ); - virtual ~KAccelActions(); - - /** - * Removes all items from this collection. - */ - void clear(); - - /** - * Initializes this object with the given actions. - * It will make a deep copy of all actions. - * @param actions the actions to copy - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - */ - bool init( const KAccelActions &actions ); - - /** - * Loads the actions from the given configuration file. - * - * @param config the configuration file to load from - * @param sGroup the group in the configuration file - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - */ - bool init( KConfigBase& config, const TQString& sGroup ); - - /** - * Updates the shortcuts of all actions in this object - * with the shortcuts from the given object. - * @param shortcuts the collection that contains the new - * shortcuts - */ - void updateShortcuts( KAccelActions &shortcuts ); - - /** - * Retrieves the index of the action with the given name. - * @param sAction the action to search - * @return the index of the action, or -1 if not found - */ - int actionIndex( const TQString& sAction ) const; - - /** - * Returns the action with the given @p index. - * @param index the index of an action. You must not - * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index - * @see count() - */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( uint index ); - - /** - * Returns the action with the given @p index. - * @param index the index of an action. You must not - * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index - * @see count() - */ - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( uint index ) const; - - /** - * Returns the action with the given name. - * @param aAction the name of the action to search - * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0 - * if not found - */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); - - /** - * Returns the action with the given name. - * @param aAction the name of the action to search - * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0 - * if not found - */ - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; - - /** - * Returns the action with the given key sequence. - * @param cut the sequence to search for - * @return the KAccelAction with the given sequence, or 0 - * if not found - */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( KKeySequence cut ); - - /** - * Returns the action with the given @p index. - * @param index the index of an action. You must not - * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index - * @see actionPtr() - * @see count() - */ - KAccelAction& operator []( uint index ); - - /** - * Returns the action with the given @p index. - * @param index the index of an action. You must not - * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index - * @see actionPtr() - * @see count() - */ - const KAccelAction& operator []( uint index ) const; - - /** - * Inserts an action into the collection. - * @param sName the name of the accelerator - * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) - * @param sWhatsThis the What's This text (18n!) - * @param cutDef3 the default shortcut for 3 modifier systems - * @param cutDef4 the default shortcut for 4 modifier systems - * @param pObjSlot the receiver of a signal when the key has been - * pressed - * @param psMethodSlot the slot to connect for key presses. Receives - * an int, as set by setID(), as only argument - * @param bConfigurable if true the user can configure the shortcut - * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled - * @return the new action - */ - KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, - const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, - const TQObject* pObjSlot = 0, const char* psMethodSlot = 0, - bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true ); - - /** - * Inserts an action into the collection. - * @param sName the name of the accelerator - * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) - * @return the new action - */ - KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel ); - - /** - * Removes the given action. - * @param sAction the name of the action. - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - */ - bool remove( const TQString& sAction ); - - /** - * Loads the actions from the given configuration file. - * - * @param sConfigGroup the group in the configuration file - * @param pConfig the configuration file to load from - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - */ - bool readActions( const TQString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ); - - /** - * Writes the actions to the given configuration file. - * - * @param sConfigGroup the group in the configuration file - * @param pConfig the configuration file to save to - * @param bWriteAll true to write all actions - * @param bGlobal true to write to the global configuration file - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - */ - bool writeActions( const TQString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0, - bool bWriteAll = false, bool bGlobal = false ) const; - - /** - * Emit a keycodeChanged signal. - */ - void emitKeycodeChanged(); - - /** - * Returns the number of actions in the collection. - * @return the number of actions - */ - uint count() const; - - protected: - KAccelBase* m_pKAccelBase; - KAccelAction** m_prgActions; - uint m_nSizeAllocated, m_nSize; - - void resize( uint ); - void insertPtr( KAccelAction* ); - - private: - class KAccelActionsPrivate* d; - - KAccelActions( KAccelBase* ); - void initPrivate( KAccelBase* ); - KAccelActions& operator =( KAccelActions& ); - - friend class KAccelBase; -}; - -#endif // _KACCELACTION_H diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde342/kaccelbase.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde342/kaccelbase.h deleted file mode 100644 index 0238c63a..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde342/kaccelbase.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,229 +0,0 @@ -/* This file is part of the KDE libraries - Copyright (C) 2001 Ellis Whitehead <ellis@kde.org> - - This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - - This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. -*/ - -#ifndef _KACCELBASE_H -#define _KACCELBASE_H - -#include <tqmap.h> -#include <tqptrvector.h> -#include <tqstring.h> -#include <tqvaluevector.h> -#include <tqvaluelist.h> - -#include "kaccelaction.h" -#include "kkeyserver.h" - -class TQPopupMenu; -class TQWidget; - -//---------------------------------------------------- - -/** - * @internal - * Handle keyboard accelerators. - * - * Allow an user to configure - * key bindings through application configuration files or through the - * KKeyChooser GUI. - * - * A KAccel contains a list of accelerator items. Each accelerator item - * consists of an action name and a keyboard code combined with modifiers - * (Shift, Ctrl and Alt.) - * - * For example, "Ctrl+P" could be a shortcut for printing a document. The key - * codes are listed in ckey.h. "Print" could be the action name for printing. - * The action name identifies the key binding in configuration files and the - * KKeyChooser GUI. - * - * When pressed, an accelerator key calls the slot to which it has been - * connected. Accelerator items can be connected so that a key will activate - * two different slots. - * - * A KAccel object handles key events sent to its parent widget and to all - * children of this parent widget. - * - * Key binding reconfiguration during run time can be prevented by specifying - * that an accelerator item is not configurable when it is inserted. A special - * group of non-configurable key bindings are known as the - * standard accelerators. - * - * The standard accelerators appear repeatedly in applications for - * standard document actions such as printing and saving. Convenience methods are - * available to insert and connect these accelerators which are configurable on - * a desktop-wide basis. - * - * It is possible for a user to choose to have no key associated with - * an action. - * - * The translated first argument for insertItem() is used only - * in the configuration dialog. - *\code - * KAccel *a = new KAccel( myWindow ); - * // Insert an action "Scroll Up" which is associated with the "Up" key: - * a->insertItem( i18n("Scroll Up"), "Scroll Up", "Up" ); - * // Insert an action "Scroll Down" which is not associated with any key: - * a->insertItem( i18n("Scroll Down"), "Scroll Down", 0); - * a->connectItem( "Scroll up", myWindow, TQT_SLOT( scrollUp() ) ); - * // a->insertStdItem( KStdAccel::Print ); //not necessary, since it - * // is done automatially with the - * // connect below! - * a->connectItem(KStdAccel::Print, myWindow, TQT_SLOT( printDoc() ) ); - * - * a->readSettings(); - *\endcode - * - * If a shortcut has a menu entry as well, you could insert them like - * this. The example is again the KStdAccel::Print from above. - * - * \code - * int id; - * id = popup->insertItem("&Print",this, TQT_SLOT(printDoc())); - * a->changeMenuAccel(popup, id, KStdAccel::Print ); - * \endcode - * - * If you want a somewhat "exotic" name for your standard print action, like - * id = popup->insertItem(i18n("Print &Document"),this, TQT_SLOT(printDoc())); - * it might be a good idea to insert the standard action before as - * a->insertStdItem( KStdAccel::Print, i18n("Print Document") ) - * as well, so that the user can easily find the corresponding function. - * - * This technique works for other actions as well. Your "scroll up" function - * in a menu could be done with - * - * \code - * id = popup->insertItem(i18n"Scroll &up",this, TQT_SLOT(scrollUp())); - * a->changeMenuAccel(popup, id, "Scroll Up" ); - * \endcode - * - * Please keep the order right: First insert all functions in the - * acceleratior, then call a -> readSettings() and @em then build your - * menu structure. - * - * @short Configurable key binding support. - */ - -class KDECORE_EXPORT KAccelBase -{ - public: - enum Init { QT_KEYS = 0x00, NATIVE_KEYS = 0x01 }; - enum Signal { KEYCODE_CHANGED }; - - KAccelBase( int fInitCode ); - virtual ~KAccelBase(); - - uint actionCount() const; - KAccelActions& actions(); - bool isEnabled() const; - - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKey& key ); - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKeyServer::Key& key ); - - const TQString& configGroup() const { return m_sConfigGroup; } - void setConfigGroup( const TQString& group ); - void setConfigGlobal( bool global ); - virtual void setEnabled( bool bEnabled ) = 0; - bool getAutoUpdate() { return m_bAutoUpdate; } - // return value of AutoUpdate flag before this call. - bool setAutoUpdate( bool bAuto ); - -// Procedures for manipulating Actions. - //void clearActions(); - - KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sDesc ); - KAccelAction* insert( - const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sDesc, const TQString& sHelp, - const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, - const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, - bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true ); - bool remove( const TQString& sAction ); - bool setActionSlot( const TQString& sAction, const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot ); - - bool updateConnections(); - - bool setShortcut( const TQString& sAction, const KShortcut& cut ); - -// Modify individual Action sub-items - bool setActionEnabled( const TQString& sAction, bool bEnable ); - - /** - * Read all key associations from @p config, or (if @p config - * is zero) from the application's configuration file - * KGlobal::config(). - * - * The group in which the configuration is stored can be - * set with setConfigGroup(). - */ - void readSettings( KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ); - - /** - * Write the current configurable associations to @p config, - * or (if @p config is zero) to the application's - * configuration file. - */ - void writeSettings( KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ) const; - - TQPopupMenu* createPopupMenu( TQWidget* pParent, const KKeySequence& ); - - // Protected methods - protected: - void slotRemoveAction( KAccelAction* ); - - struct X; - void createKeyList( TQValueVector<struct X>& rgKeys ); - bool insertConnection( KAccelAction* ); - bool removeConnection( KAccelAction* ); - - virtual bool emitSignal( Signal ) = 0; - virtual bool connectKey( KAccelAction&, const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; - virtual bool connectKey( const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; - virtual bool disconnectKey( KAccelAction&, const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; - virtual bool disconnectKey( const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; - - protected: - struct ActionInfo - { - KAccelAction* pAction; - uint iSeq, iVariation; - //ActionInfo* pInfoNext; // nil if only one action uses this key. - - ActionInfo() { pAction = 0; iSeq = 0xffff; iVariation = 0xffff; } - ActionInfo( KAccelAction* _pAction, uint _iSeq, uint _iVariation ) - { pAction = _pAction; iSeq = _iSeq; iVariation = _iVariation; } - }; - typedef TQMap<KKeyServer::Key, ActionInfo> KKeyToActionMap; - - KAccelActions m_rgActions; - KKeyToActionMap m_mapKeyToAction; - TQValueList<KAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique; - bool m_bNativeKeys; // Use native key codes instead of Qt codes - bool m_bEnabled; - bool m_bConfigIsGlobal; - TQString m_sConfigGroup; - bool m_bAutoUpdate; - KAccelAction* mtemp_pActionRemoving; - - private: - KAccelBase& operator =( const KAccelBase& ); - - friend class KAccelActions; -}; - -#endif // _KACCELBASE_H diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde342/kicontheme.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde342/kicontheme.h deleted file mode 100644 index fe0d9d6a..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde342/kicontheme.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,355 +0,0 @@ -/* vi: ts=8 sts=4 sw=4 - * - * This file is part of the KDE project, module kdecore. - * Copyright (C) 2000 Geert Jansen <jansen@kde.org> - * Antonio Larrosa <larrosa@kde.org> - * - * This is free software; it comes under the GNU Library General - * Public License, version 2. See the file "COPYING.LIB" for the - * exact licensing terms. - * - */ - -#ifndef __KIconTheme_h_Included__ -#define __KIconTheme_h_Included__ - -#include <tqstring.h> -#include <tqstringlist.h> -#include <tqptrlist.h> -#include "kdelibs_export.h" - -class KConfig; -//class KIconThemeDir; - -class KIconThemePrivate; - -class KIconPrivate; - -/** - * One icon as found by KIconTheme. Also serves as a namespace containing - * icon related constants. - * @see KIconEffect - * @see KIconTheme - * @see KIconLoader - */ -class KDECORE_EXPORT KIcon -{ -public: - KIcon() { size = 0; } - - /** - * Return true if this icon is valid, false otherwise. - */ - bool isValid() const { return size != 0; } - - /** - * Defines the context of the icon. - */ - enum Context { - Any, ///< Some icon with unknown purpose. - Action, ///< An action icon (e.g. 'save', 'print'). - Application, ///< An icon that represents an application. - Device, ///< An icon that represents a device. - FileSystem, ///< An icon that represents a file system. - MimeType ///< An icon that represents a mime type (or file type). - }; - - /** - * The type of the icon. - */ - enum Type { - Fixed, ///< Fixed-size icon. - Scalable, ///< Scalable-size icon. - Threshold ///< A threshold icon. - }; - - /** - * The type of a match. - */ - enum MatchType { - MatchExact, ///< Only try to find an exact match. - MatchBest ///< Take the best match if there is no exact match. - - }; - - // if you add a group here, make sure to change the config reading in - // KIconLoader too - /** - * The group of the icon. - */ - enum Group { - /// No group - NoGroup=-1, - /// Desktop icons - Desktop=0, - /// First group - FirstGroup=0, - /// Toolbar icons - Toolbar, - /// Main toolbar icons - MainToolbar, - /// Small icons - Small, - /// Panel (Kicker) icons - Panel, - /// Last group - LastGroup, - /// User icons - User - }; - - /** - * These are the standard sizes for icons. - */ - enum StdSizes { - /// small icons for menu entries - SizeSmall=16, - /// slightly larger small icons for toolbars, panels, etc - SizeSmallMedium=22, - /// medium sized icons for the desktop - SizeMedium=32, - /// large sized icons for the panel - SizeLarge=48, - /// huge sized icons for iconviews - SizeHuge=64, - /// enormous sized icons for iconviews - SizeEnormous=128 - }; - - /** - * Defines the possible states of an icon. - */ - enum States { DefaultState, ///< The default state. - ActiveState, ///< Icon is active. - DisabledState, ///< Icon is disabled. - LastState ///< Last state (last constant) - }; - - /** - * This defines an overlay, a semi-transparent image that is - * projected onto the icon. They are used to show that the file - * represented by the icon is, for example, locked, zipped or hidden. - */ - enum Overlays { - LockOverlay=0x100, ///< a file is locked - ZipOverlay=0x200, ///< a file is zipped - LinkOverlay=0x400, ///< a file is a link - HiddenOverlay=0x800, ///< a file is hidden - ShareOverlay=0x1000, ///< a file is shared - OverlayMask = ~0xff - }; - - /** - * The size in pixels of the icon. - */ - int size; - - /** - * The context of the icon. - */ - Context context; - - /** - * The type of the icon: Fixed, Scalable or Threshold. - **/ - Type type; - - /** - * The threshold in case type == Threshold - */ - int threshold; - - /** - * The full path of the icon. - */ - TQString path; - -private: - KIconPrivate *d; -}; - -inline KIcon::Group& operator++(KIcon::Group& group) { group = static_cast<KIcon::Group>(group+1); return group; } -inline KIcon::Group operator++(KIcon::Group& group,int) { KIcon::Group ret = group; ++group; return ret; } - -/** - * Class to use/access icon themes in KDE. This class is used by the - * iconloader but can be used by others too. - * @see KIconLoader - */ -class KDECORE_EXPORT KIconTheme -{ -public: - /** - * Load an icon theme by name. - * @param name the name of the theme (e.g. "hicolor" or "keramik") - * @param appName the name of the application. Can be null. This argument - * allows applications to have themed application icons. - */ - KIconTheme(const TQString& name, const TQString& appName=TQString::null); - ~KIconTheme(); - - /** - * The stylized name of the icon theme. - * @return the (human-readable) name of the theme - */ - TQString name() const { return mName; } - - /** - * A description for the icon theme. - * @return a human-readable description of the theme, TQString::null - * if there is none - */ - TQString description() const { return mDesc; } - - /** - * Return the name of the "example" icon. This can be used to - * present the theme to the user. - * @return the name of the example icon, TQString::null if there is none - */ - TQString example() const; - - /** - * Return the name of the screenshot. - * @return the name of the screenshot, TQString::null if there is none - */ - TQString screenshot() const; - - /** - * Returns the name of this theme's link overlay. - * @return the name of the link overlay - */ - TQString linkOverlay() const; - - /** - * Returns the name of this theme's zip overlay. - * @return the name of the zip overlay - */ - TQString zipOverlay() const; - - /** - * Returns the name of this theme's lock overlay. - * @return the name of the lock overlay - */ - TQString lockOverlay() const; - - /** - * Returns the name of this theme's share overlay. - * @return the name of the share overlay - * @since 3.1 - */ - TQString shareOverlay () const; - - /** - * Returns the toplevel theme directory. - * @return the directory of the theme - */ - TQString dir() const { return mDir; } - - /** - * The themes this icon theme falls back on. - * @return a list of icon themes that are used as fall-backs - */ - TQStringList inherits() const { return mInherits; } - - /** - * The icon theme exists? - * @return true if the icon theme is valid - */ - bool isValid() const; - - /** - * The icon theme should be hidden to the user? - * @return true if the icon theme is hidden - * @since 3.1 - */ - bool isHidden() const; - - /** - * The minimum display depth required for this theme. This can either - * be 8 or 32. - * @return the minimum bpp (8 or 32) - */ - int depth() const { return mDepth; } - - /** - * The default size of this theme for a certain icon group. - * @param group The icon group. See KIcon::Group. - * @return The default size in pixels for the given icon group. - */ - int defaultSize(KIcon::Group group) const; - - /** - * Query available sizes for a group. - * @param group The icon group. See KIcon::Group. - * @return a list of available sized for the given group - */ - TQValueList<int> querySizes(KIcon::Group group) const; - - /** - * Query available icons for a size and context. - * @param size the size of the icons - * @param context the context of the icons - * @return the list of icon names - */ - TQStringList queryIcons(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const; - - /** - * Query available icons for a context and preferred size. - * @param size the size of the icons - * @param context the context of the icons - * @return the list of icon names - */ - TQStringList queryIconsByContext(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const; - - - /** - * Lookup an icon in the theme. - * @param name The name of the icon, without extension. - * @param size The desired size of the icon. - * @param match The matching mode. KIcon::MatchExact returns an icon - * only if matches exactly. KIcon::MatchBest returns the best matching - * icon. - * @return A KIcon class that describes the icon. If an icon is found, - * @see KIcon::isValid will return true, and false otherwise. - */ - KIcon iconPath(const TQString& name, int size, KIcon::MatchType match) const; - - /** - * List all icon themes installed on the system, global and local. - * @return the list of all icon themes - */ - static TQStringList list(); - - /** - * Returns the current icon theme. - * @return the name of the current theme - */ - static TQString current(); - - /** - * Reconfigure the theme. - */ - static void reconfigure(); - - /** - * Returns the default icon theme. - * @return the name of the default theme name - * @since 3.1 - */ - static TQString defaultThemeName(); - -private: - int mDefSize[8]; - TQValueList<int> mSizes[8]; - - int mDepth; - TQString mDir, mName, mDesc; - TQStringList mInherits; -// TQPtrList<KIconThemeDir> mDirs; -// KIconThemePrivate *d; - - static TQString *_theme; - static TQStringList *_theme_list; -}; - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde342/kkeyserver.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde342/kkeyserver.h deleted file mode 100644 index ef673ea9..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde342/kkeyserver.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,29 +0,0 @@ -/* - Copyright (C) 2001 Ellis Whitehead <ellis@kde.org> - - Win32 port: - Copyright (C) 2004 Jaroslaw Staniek <js@iidea.pl> - - This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - - This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. -*/ - -#ifndef _KKEYSERVER_H -#define _KKEYSERVER_H - -//FOR COMPATIBILITY -#include "kkeyserver_x11.h" - -#endif // !_KKEYSERVER_H diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde342/kkeyserver_x11.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde342/kkeyserver_x11.h deleted file mode 100644 index 23ee47dc..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde342/kkeyserver_x11.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,469 +0,0 @@ -/* - Copyright (C) 2001 Ellis Whitehead <ellis@kde.org> - - Win32 port: - Copyright (C) 2004 Jaroslaw Staniek <js@iidea.pl> - - This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - - This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. -*/ - -#ifndef _KKEYSERVER_X11_H -#define _KKEYSERVER_X11_H - -#include "kshortcut.h" -#include "kkeynative.h" - -/** - * A collection of functions for the conversion of key presses and - * their modifiers from the window system specific format - * to the generic format and vice-versa. - */ -namespace KKeyServer -{ - /** - * Supplement enum KKey::ModFlag - * @since 3.1 - */ - enum ExtraModFlag { MODE_SWITCH = 0x2000 }; - - /** - * Represents a key symbol. - * @see KKey - * @see KKeyServer - */ - struct KDECORE_EXPORT Sym - { - public: - /// the actual value of the symbol - uint m_sym; - - /// Creates a null symbol. - Sym() - { m_sym = 0; } - /** - * Creates asymbol with the given value. - * @param sym the value - */ - Sym( uint sym ) - { m_sym = sym; } - /** - * Creates a symbol from the given string description. - * @param s the description of the symbol - * @see toString() - */ - Sym( const TQString& s ) - { init( s ); } - - /** - * Initializes the symbol with the given Qt key code. - * @param keyQt the qt key code - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key - */ - bool initQt( int keyQt ); - - /** - * Initializes the key with the given string description. - * @param s the string description - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see toString() - */ - bool init( const TQString &s ); - - /** - * Returns the qt key code of the symbol. - * @return the qt key code - */ - int qt() const; - - /** - * @internal - */ - TQString toStringInternal() const; - - /** - * Returns the string representation of the symbol. - * @return the string representation of the symbol - */ - TQString toString() const; - - /** - * Returns the mods that are required for this symbol as - * ORed KKey::ModFlag's. For example, Break requires a - * Ctrl to be valid. - * @return the required KKey::ModFlag's - * @see KKey::ModFlag - */ - uint getModsRequired() const; - - /** - * TODO: please find out what this method does and document it - */ - uint getSymVariation() const; - - /** - * Casts the symbol to its integer representation. - */ - operator uint() const { return m_sym; } - - /** - * Overloaded operator to convert ints to Sym. - */ - Sym& operator =( uint sym ) { m_sym = sym; return *this; } - - private: - TQString toString( bool bUserSpace ) const; - - static void capitalizeKeyname( TQString& ); - }; - - /** - * Represents a key press. - * @see KKey - */ - struct KDECORE_EXPORT Key - { - /// Code for native Keys in Qt - enum { CODE_FOR_QT = 256 }; - - /// The code of the key - uint m_code; - - /// The modifiers of the key - uint m_mod; - - /// The symbol of the key - uint m_sym; - - /** - * Initializes the key with a KKey. - * @param key the key to get the data from - * @param bQt true to take the Qt keycode, false - * for the native key code - * @see Qt::Key - * @see KKeyNative - */ - bool init( const KKey& key, bool bQt ); - - /** - * Checks whether the key code is a native code. - * @return true if native code of the window system, - * false if it is a Qt keycode - * @see Qt::Key - * @see KKeyNative - */ - bool isNative() const { return m_code != CODE_FOR_QT; } - - /** - * Returns the code of the key. - * @return the code of the key - */ - uint code() const { return m_code; } - - /** - * Returns the modifiers of the key. - * @return the modifiers of the key - */ - uint mod() const { return m_mod; } - - /** - * Returns the symbol of the key. - * @return the symbol of the key - */ - uint sym() const { return m_sym; } - - /** - * Returns the qt key code. - * @return the qt key code - */ - int keyCodeQt() const { return (int) m_sym; } - - /** - * Sets the qt key code. - * @param keyQt the qt key code - */ - void setKeycodeQt( int keyQt ) - { m_code = CODE_FOR_QT; m_sym = keyQt; } - - /** - * Initializes this key with a KKeyNative. - * @return this key - */ - Key& operator =( const KKeyNative& key ); - - /** - * Compares this key with the given Key object. Returns a - * negative number if the given Key is larger, 0 if they - * are equal and a positive number this Key is larger. The - * returned value is the difference between the symbol, modifier - * or code, whatever is non-zero first. - * - * @param key the key to compare with this key - * @return a negative number if the given Key is larger, 0 if - * they are equal and a positive number this Key is larger - */ - int compare( const Key& key ) const; - - /** - * Compares the symbol, modifiers and code of both keys. - * @see compare() - */ - bool operator ==( const Key& b ) const - { return compare( b ) == 0; } - - /** - * Compares the symbol, modifiers and code of both keys. - * @see compare() - */ - bool operator <( const Key& b ) const - { return compare( b ) < 0; } - - /** - * Converts this Key to a KKey. - * @return the KKey - */ - KKey key() const; - }; - - /** - * TODO: please document this class - */ - struct KDECORE_EXPORT Variations - { - enum { MAX_VARIATIONS = 4 }; - - Key m_rgkey[MAX_VARIATIONS]; - uint m_nVariations; - - Variations() { m_nVariations = 0; } - - void init( const KKey&, bool bQt ); - - uint count() const { return m_nVariations; } - const Key& key( uint i ) const { return m_rgkey[i]; } - }; - - /// TODO: please document - KDECORE_EXPORT bool initializeMods(); - - /** - * Returns the equivalent X modifier mask of the given modifier flag. - * @param modFlag the generic flags to check - * @return the window system specific flags - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT uint modX( KKey::ModFlag modFlag ); - - /** - * Returns true if the current keyboard layout supports the Win key. - * Specifically, whether the Super or Meta keys are assigned to an X modifier. - * @return true if the keyboard has a Win key - * @see modXWin() - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT bool keyboardHasWinKey(); - - /** - * Returns the X11 Shift modifier mask/flag. - * @return the X11 Shift modifier mask/flag. - * @see accelModMaskX() - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT uint modXShift(); - - /** - * Returns the X11 Lock modifier mask/flag. - * @return the X11 Lock modifier mask/flag. - * @see accelModMaskX() - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT uint modXLock(); - - /** - * Returns the X11 Ctrl modifier mask/flag. - * @return the X11 Ctrl modifier mask/flag. - * @see accelModMaskX() - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT uint modXCtrl(); - - /** - * Returns the X11 Alt (Mod1) modifier mask/flag. - * @return the X11 Alt (Mod1) modifier mask/flag. - * @see accelModMaskX() - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT uint modXAlt(); - - /** - * Returns the X11 NumLock modifier mask/flag. - * @return the X11 NumLock modifier mask/flag. - * @see accelModMaskX() - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT uint modXNumLock(); - - /** - * Returns the X11 Win (Mod3) modifier mask/flag. - * @return the X11 Win (Mod3) modifier mask/flag. - * @see keyboardHasWinKey() - * @see accelModMaskX() - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT uint modXWin(); - - /** - * Returns the X11 ScrollLock modifier mask/flag. - * @return the X11 ScrollLock modifier mask/flag. - * @see accelModMaskX() - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT uint modXScrollLock(); - - /** - * Returns the X11 Mode_switch modifier mask/flag. - * @return the X11 Mode_switch modifier mask/flag. - * @see accelModMaskX() - * @since 3.5 - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT uint modXModeSwitch(); - - /** - * Returns bitwise OR'ed mask containing Shift, Ctrl, Alt, and - * Win (if available). - * @see modXShift() - * @see modXLock() - * @see modXCtrl() - * @see modXAlt() - * @see modXNumLock() - * @see modXWin() - * @see modXScrollLock() - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT uint accelModMaskX(); - - /** - * Extracts the symbol from the given Qt key and - * converts it to a symbol. - * @param keyQt the qt key code - * @param sym if successful, the symbol will be written here - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key - * @see Sym - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT bool keyQtToSym( int keyQt, uint& sym ); - - /** - * Extracts the modifiers from the given Qt key and - * converts them in a mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers. - * @param keyQt the qt key code - * @param mod if successful, the modifiers will be written here - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT bool keyQtToMod( int keyQt, uint& mod ); - - /** - * Converts the given symbol to a Qt key code. - * @param sym the symbol - * @param keyQt if successful, the qt key code will be written here - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key - * @see Sym - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT bool symToKeyQt( uint sym, int& keyQt ); - - /** - * Converts the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers to - * a mask of ORed Qt key code modifiers. - * @param mod the mask of KKey::ModFlag modifiers - * @param modQt the mask of Qt key code modifiers will be written here, - * if successful - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key - * @see KKey - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT bool modToModQt( uint mod, int& modQt ); - - /** - * Converts the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers to - * a mask of ORed X11 modifiers. - * @param mod the mask of KKey::ModFlag modifiers - * @param modX the mask of X11 modifiers will be written here, - * if successful - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see KKey - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT bool modToModX( uint mod, uint& modX ); - - /** - * Converts the mask of ORed X11 modifiers to - * a mask of ORed Qt key code modifiers. - * @param modX the mask of X11 modifiers - * @param modQt the mask of Qt key code modifiers will be written here - * if successful - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key - */ - //wrapped for win32 - KDECORE_EXPORT bool modXToModQt( uint modX, int& modQt ); - - /** - * Converts the Qt-compatible button state to x11 modifier. - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT int qtButtonStateToMod( Qt::ButtonState s ); - - /** - * Converts the mask of ORed X11 modifiers to - * a mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers. - * @param modX the mask of X11 modifiers - * @param mod the mask of KKey::ModFlag modifiers will be written here, - * if successful - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see KKey - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT bool modXToMod( uint modX, uint& mod ); - - /** - * Converts a X11 key code and a mask of ORed X11 modifiers - * into a X11 symbol. - * converts it to a symbol. - * @param codeX the X11 key code - * @param modX the mask of ORed X11 modifiers - * @param symX if successful, the X11 symbol will be written here - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key - * @see Sym - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT bool codeXToSym( uchar codeX, uint modX, uint& symX ); - - /** - * @internal - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT TQString modToStringInternal( uint mod ); - - /** - * Converts the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers to a - * user-readable string. - * @param mod the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers - * @return the user-readable string - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT TQString modToStringUser( uint mod ); - - /** - * @internal - * Unimplemented? - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT bool stringToSymMod( const TQString&, uint& sym, uint& mod ); - - /** - * @internal - * Unimplemented? - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT void keyQtToKeyX( uint keyCombQt, unsigned char *pKeyCodeX, uint *pKeySymX, uint *pKeyModX ); -} - -#endif // !_KKEYSERVER_X11_H diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde342/konsole_part.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde342/konsole_part.h deleted file mode 100644 index 51c49f5e..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde342/konsole_part.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,228 +0,0 @@ -/* - This file is part of the KDE system - Copyright (C) 1999,2000 Boloni Laszlo - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. - */ - -#ifndef __KONSOLE_PART_H__ -#define __KONSOLE_PART_H__ - -#include <kparts/browserextension.h> -#include <kparts/factory.h> - - -#include <kdialogbase.h> - -#include <kde_terminal_interface.h> - -//#include "schema.h" -//#include "session.h" - -class KInstance; -class konsoleBrowserExtension; -class TQPushButton; -class TQSpinBox; -class KPopupMenu; -class TQCheckBox; -class KRootPixmap; -class KToggleAction; -class KSelectAction; - -namespace KParts { class GUIActivateEvent; } - -class konsoleFactory : public KParts::Factory -{ - Q_OBJECT -public: - konsoleFactory(); - virtual ~konsoleFactory(); - - virtual KParts::Part* createPartObject(TQWidget *parentWidget = 0, const char *widgetName = 0, - TQObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0, - const char* classname = "KParts::Part", - const TQStringList &args = TQStringList()); - - static KInstance *instance(); - - private: - static KInstance *s_instance; - static KAboutData *s_aboutData; -}; - -////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -class konsolePart: public KParts::ReadOnlyPart, public TerminalInterface -{ - Q_OBJECT - public: - konsolePart(TQWidget *parentWidget, const char *widgetName, TQObject * parent, const char *name, const char *classname = 0); - virtual ~konsolePart(); - -signals: - void processExited(); - void receivedData( const TQString& s ); - protected: - virtual bool openURL( const KURL & url ); - virtual bool openFile() {return false;} // never used - virtual bool closeURL() {return true;} - virtual void guiActivateEvent( KParts::GUIActivateEvent * event ); - - protected slots: - void showShell(); - void slotProcessExited(); - void slotReceivedData( const TQString& s ); - -// void doneSession(TESession*); - void sessionDestroyed(); -// void configureRequest(TEWidget*,int,int x,int y); - void updateTitle(); - void enableMasterModeConnections(); - - private slots: - void emitOpenURLRequest(const TQString &url); - - void readProperties(); - void saveProperties(); - - void sendSignal(int n); - void closeCurrentSession(); - - void notifySize(int,int); - - void slotToggleFrame(); - void slotSelectScrollbar(); - void slotSelectFont(); - void schema_menu_check(); - void keytab_menu_activated(int item); - void updateSchemaMenu(); - void setSchema(int n); - void pixmap_menu_activated(int item); - void schema_menu_activated(int item); - void slotHistoryType(); - void slotSelectBell(); - void slotSelectLineSpacing(); - void slotBlinkingCursor(); - void slotWordSeps(); - void fontNotFound(); - void slotSetEncoding(); - void slotFontChanged(); - - private: - konsoleBrowserExtension *m_extension; - KURL currentURL; - - void makeGUI(); - void applySettingsToGUI(); - - void setFont(int fontno); -// void setSchema(ColorSchema* s); - void updateKeytabMenu(); - - bool doOpenStream( const TQString& ); - bool doWriteStream( const TQByteArray& ); - bool doCloseStream(); - - TQWidget* parentWidget; -// TEWidget* te; -// TESession* se; -// ColorSchemaList* colors; - KRootPixmap* rootxpm; - - KToggleAction* blinkingCursor; - KToggleAction* showFrame; - - KSelectAction* selectBell; - KSelectAction* selectFont; - KSelectAction* selectLineSpacing; - KSelectAction* selectScrollbar; - KSelectAction* selectSetEncoding; - - KPopupMenu* m_keytab; - KPopupMenu* m_schema; - KPopupMenu* m_signals; - KPopupMenu* m_options; - KPopupMenu* m_popupMenu; - - TQFont defaultFont; - - TQString pmPath; // pixmap path - TQString s_schema; - TQString s_kconfigSchema; - TQString s_word_seps; // characters that are considered part of a word - TQString fontNotFound_par; - - bool b_framevis:1; - bool b_histEnabled:1; - - int curr_schema; // current schema no - int n_bell; - int n_font; - int n_keytab; - int n_render; - int n_scroll; - unsigned m_histSize; - bool m_runningShell; - bool m_streamEnabled; - int n_encoding; - -public: - // these are the implementations for the TermEmuInterface - // functions... - void startProgram( const TQString& program, - const TQStrList& args ); - void showShellInDir( const TQString& dir ); - void sendInput( const TQString& text ); -}; - -////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -/*class HistoryTypeDialog : public KDialogBase -{ - Q_OBJECT -public: - HistoryTypeDialog(const HistoryType& histType, - unsigned int histSize, - TQWidget *parent); - -public slots: - void slotDefault(); - void slotSetUnlimited(); - void slotHistEnable(bool); - - unsigned int nbLines() const; - bool isOn() const; - -protected: - TQCheckBox* m_btnEnable; - TQSpinBox* m_size; - TQPushButton* m_setUnlimited; -};*/ - -////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -class konsoleBrowserExtension : public KParts::BrowserExtension -{ - Q_OBJECT - friend class konsolePart; - public: - konsoleBrowserExtension(konsolePart *parent); - virtual ~konsoleBrowserExtension(); - - void emitOpenURLRequest(const KURL &url); -}; - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde342/kpanelmenu.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde342/kpanelmenu.h deleted file mode 100644 index de0b065e..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde342/kpanelmenu.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,182 +0,0 @@ -/***************************************************************** - -Copyright (c) 1996-2000 the kicker authors. See file AUTHORS. - (c) 2001 Michael Goffioul <kdeprint@swing.be> - -Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy -of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal -in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights -to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell -copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is -furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: - -The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in -all copies or substantial portions of the Software. - -THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR -IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, -FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE -AUTHORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN -AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN -CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. - -******************************************************************/ - -#ifndef __KPANELMENU_H__ -#define __KPANELMENU_H__ - -#include <tqstring.h> -#include <kpopupmenu.h> -#include <kgenericfactory.h> - -class KPanelMenuPrivate; - -/** - * @short Base class to build dynamically loaded menu entries for the K-menu, or the panel. - * - * This class allows to build menu entries that will be dynamically added either to - * the K-menu, or to the panel as a normal button. These dynamic menus are located - * in shared libraries that will be loaded at runtime by Kicker (the %KDE panel). - * - * To build such a menu, you have to inherit this class and implement the pure virtual - * functions #initialize() and slotExec(). You also have to provide a factory - * object in your library, see KLibFactory. This factory is only used to construct - * the menu object. - * - * Finally, you also have to provide a desktop file describing your dynamic menu. The - * relevant entries are: Name, Comment, Icon and X-KDE-Library (which contains the - * library name without any extension). This desktop file has to be installed in - * $KDEDIR/share/apps/kicker/menuext/. - * - * @author The kicker maintainers, Michael Goffioul <kdeprint@swing.be> - */ -class KDEUI_EXPORT KPanelMenu : public KPopupMenu -{ - Q_OBJECT - -public: - /** - * Construct a KPanelMenu object. This is the normal constructor to use when - * building extrernal menu entries. - */ - KPanelMenu(TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0); - /** - * Constructor used internally by Kicker. You don't really want to use it. - * @param startDir a directory to associate with this menu - * @param parent parent object - * @param name name of the object - * @see path(), setPath() - */ - KPanelMenu(const TQString &startDir, TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0); - /** - * Destructor. - */ - virtual ~KPanelMenu(); - - /** - * Get the directory path associated with this menu, or TQString::null if - * there's no such associated path. - * @return the associated directory path - * @see setPath() - */ - const TQString& path() const; - /** - * Set a directory path to be associated with this menu. - * @param p the directory path - * @see path() - */ - void setPath(const TQString &p); - /** - * Tell if the menu has been initialized, that is it already contains items. - * This is useful when you need to know if you have to clear the menu, or to - * fill it. - * @return the initial state - * @see setInitialized(), initialize() - */ - bool initialized() const; - /** - * Set the initial state. Set it to true when you menu is filled with the items - * you want. - * @param on the initial state - * @see initialized(), initialize() - */ - void setInitialized(bool on); - - /** - * Disable the automatic clearing of the menu. Kicker uses a cache system for - * its menus. After a specific configurable delay, the menu will be cleared. - * Use this function if you want to disable kicker's cache system, and avoid - * the clearing of your menu. - */ - void disableAutoClear(); - -public slots: - /** - * Reinitialize the menu: the menu is first cleared, the initial state is set - * to false, and finally #initialize() is called. Use this if you want to - * refill your menu immediately. - */ - void reinitialize(); - /** - * Deinitialize the menu: the menu is cleared and the initialized state is set to - * false. #initialize() is NOT called. It will be called before the menu is - * next shown, however. Use this slot if you want a delayed reinitialization. - * @since 3.1 - */ - void deinitialize(); - -protected slots: - /** - * This slot is called just before the menu is shown. This allows your menu - * to update itself if needed. However you should instead re-implement - * #initialize to provide this feature. This function is responsible for - * the cache system handling, so if you re-implement it, you should call - * the base function also. Calls #initialize(). - * @see disableAutoClear() - */ - virtual void slotAboutToShow(); - /** - * This is slot is called when an item from the menu has been selected. Your - * applet is then supposed to perform some action. You must re-implement this - * function. - * @param id the ID associated with the selected item - */ - virtual void slotExec(int id) = 0; - /** - * This slots is called to initialize the menu. It is called automatically by - * slotAboutToShow(). By re-implementing this functions, you can reconstruct - * the menu before it is being shown. At the end of this function, you should - * call setInitialize() with true to tell the system that the menu is OK. - * You applet must re-implement this function. - * @see slotAboutToShow(), initialized(), setInitialized() - */ - virtual void initialize() = 0; - /** - * Clears the menu, and update the initial state accordingly. - * @see initialized() - */ - void slotClear(); - -protected: - /** - * Re-implemented for internal reasons. - */ - virtual void hideEvent(TQHideEvent *ev); - /** - * For internal use only. Used by constructors. - */ - void init(const TQString& path = TQString::null); - -protected: - virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data ); -private: - void internalInitialize(); - KPanelMenuPrivate *d; -}; - -#define K_EXPORT_KICKER_MENUEXT( libname, classname ) \ - K_EXPORT_COMPONENT_FACTORY( \ - kickermenu_##libname, \ - KGenericFactory<classname>("libkickermenu_" #libname) ) - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde342/krecentdirs.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde342/krecentdirs.h deleted file mode 100644 index 439fb6fe..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde342/krecentdirs.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,70 +0,0 @@ -/* -*- c++ -*- - * Copyright (C)2000 Waldo Bastian <bastian@kde.org> - * - * All rights reserved. - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without - * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions - * are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the - * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND - * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE - * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE - * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE - * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL - * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS - * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) - * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT - * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY - * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF - * SUCH DAMAGE. - * - */ -#ifndef __KRECENTDIRS_H -#define __KRECENTDIRS_H - -#include <tqstringlist.h> - -#include <kdelibs_export.h> - -/** - * The goal of this class is to make sure that, when the user needs to - * specify a file via the file selection dialog, this dialog will start - * in the directory most likely to contain the desired files. - * - * This works as follows: Each time the file selection dialog is - * shown, the programmer can specify a "file-class". The file-dialog will - * then start with the directory associated with this file-class. When - * the dialog closes, the directory currently shown in the file-dialog - * will be associated with the file-class. - * - * A file-class can either start with ':' or with '::'. If it starts with - * a single ':' the file-class is specific to the current application. - * If the file-class starts with '::' it is global to all applications. - */ -class KIO_EXPORT KRecentDirs -{ -public: - /** - * Returns a list of directories associated with this file-class. - * The most recently used directory is at the front of the list. - */ - static TQStringList list(const TQString &fileClass); - - /** - * Returns the most recently used directory accociated with this file-class. - */ - static TQString dir(const TQString &fileClass); - - /** - * Associates @p directory with @p fileClass - */ - static void add(const TQString &fileClass, const TQString &directory); -}; - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde342/ksharedptr.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde342/ksharedptr.h deleted file mode 100644 index ada08413..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde342/ksharedptr.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,175 +0,0 @@ -/* This file is part of the KDE libraries - Copyright (c) 1999 Waldo Bastian <bastian@kde.org> - - This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation. - - This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. -*/ -#ifndef KSharedPTR_H -#define KSharedPTR_H - -#include "kdelibs_export.h" - -/** - * Reference counting for shared objects. If you derive your object - * from this class, then you may use it in conjunction with - * KSharedPtr to control the lifetime of your object. - * - * Specifically, all classes that derive from KShared have an internal - * counter keeping track of how many other objects have a reference to - * their object. If used with KSharedPtr, then your object will - * not be deleted until all references to the object have been - * released. - * - * You should probably not ever use any of the methods in this class - * directly -- let the KSharedPtr take care of that. Just derive - * your class from KShared and forget about it. - * - * @author Waldo Bastian <bastian@kde.org> - */ -class KDECORE_EXPORT KShared { -public: - /** - * Standard constructor. This will initialize the reference count - * on this object to 0. - */ - KShared() : count(0) { } - - /** - * Copy constructor. This will @em not actually copy the objects - * but it will initialize the reference count on this object to 0. - */ - KShared( const KShared & ) : count(0) { } - - /** - * Overloaded assignment operator. - */ - KShared &operator=(const KShared & ) { return *this; } - - /** - * Increases the reference count by one. - */ - void _KShared_ref() const { count++; } - - /** - * Releases a reference (decreases the reference count by one). If - * the count goes to 0, this object will delete itself. - */ - void _KShared_unref() const { if (!--count) delete this; } - - /** - * Return the current number of references held. - * - * @return Number of references - */ - int _KShared_count() const { return count; } - -protected: - virtual ~KShared() { } -private: - mutable int count; -}; - -/** - * Can be used to control the lifetime of an object that has derived - * KShared. As long a someone holds a KSharedPtr on some KShared - * object it won't become deleted but is deleted once its reference - * count is 0. This struct emulates C++ pointers virtually perfectly. - * So just use it like a simple C++ pointer. - * - * KShared and KSharedPtr are preferred over QShared / QSharedPtr - * since they are more safe. - * - * WARNING: Please note that this class template provides an implicit - * conversion to T*. Do *not* change this pointer or the pointee (don't - * call delete on it, for instance) behind KSharedPtr's back. - * - * @author Waldo Bastian <bastian@kde.org> - */ -template< class T > -class KSharedPtr -{ -public: -/** - * Creates a null pointer. - */ - KSharedPtr() - : ptr(0) { } - /** - * Creates a new pointer. - * @param t the pointer - */ - KSharedPtr( T* t ) - : ptr(t) { if ( ptr ) ptr->_KShared_ref(); } - - /** - * Copies a pointer. - * @param p the pointer to copy - */ - KSharedPtr( const KSharedPtr& p ) - : ptr(p.ptr) { if ( ptr ) ptr->_KShared_ref(); } - - /** - * Unreferences the object that this pointer points to. If it was - * the last reference, the object will be deleted. - */ - ~KSharedPtr() { if ( ptr ) ptr->_KShared_unref(); } - - KSharedPtr<T>& operator= ( const KSharedPtr<T>& p ) { - if ( ptr == p.ptr ) return *this; - if ( ptr ) ptr->_KShared_unref(); - ptr = p.ptr; - if ( ptr ) ptr->_KShared_ref(); - return *this; - } - KSharedPtr<T>& operator= ( T* p ) { - if ( ptr == p ) return *this; - if ( ptr ) ptr->_KShared_unref(); - ptr = p; - if ( ptr ) ptr->_KShared_ref(); - return *this; - } - bool operator== ( const KSharedPtr<T>& p ) const { return ( ptr == p.ptr ); } - bool operator!= ( const KSharedPtr<T>& p ) const { return ( ptr != p.ptr ); } - bool operator== ( const T* p ) const { return ( ptr == p ); } - bool operator!= ( const T* p ) const { return ( ptr != p ); } - bool operator!() const { return ( ptr == 0 ); } - operator T*() const { return ptr; } - - /** - * Returns the pointer. - * @return the pointer - */ - T* data() { return ptr; } - - /** - * Returns the pointer. - * @return the pointer - */ - const T* data() const { return ptr; } - - const T& operator*() const { return *ptr; } - T& operator*() { return *ptr; } - const T* operator->() const { return ptr; } - T* operator->() { return ptr; } - - /** - * Returns the number of references. - * @return the number of references - */ - int count() const { return ptr->_KShared_count(); } // for debugging purposes -private: - T* ptr; -}; - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde342/ksycocafactory.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde342/ksycocafactory.h deleted file mode 100644 index 536da286..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde342/ksycocafactory.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,143 +0,0 @@ -/* This file is part of the KDE libraries - * Copyright (C) 1999 Waldo Bastian <bastian@kde.org> - * - * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - * License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation; - * - * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Library General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - * along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. - **/ - -#ifndef __ksycocafactory_h__ -#define __ksycocafactory_h__ - -#include "ksycocatype.h" -#include "ksycocaentry.h" - -#include <tqdict.h> -#include <tqptrlist.h> -class KSycoca; -class TQStringList; -class TQString; -class KSycocaDict; -class KSycocaResourceList; - -typedef TQDict<KSycocaEntry::Ptr> KSycocaEntryDict; - -/** - * @internal - * Base class for sycoca factories - */ -class KDECORE_EXPORT KSycocaFactory -{ -public: - virtual KSycocaFactoryId factoryId() const = 0; - -protected: // virtual class - /** - * Create a factory which can be used to lookup from/create a database - * (depending on KSycoca::isBuilding()) - */ - KSycocaFactory( KSycocaFactoryId factory_id ); - -public: - virtual ~KSycocaFactory(); - - /** - * @return the position of the factory in the sycoca file - */ - int offset() { return mOffset; } - - /** - * @return the dict, for special use by KBuildSycoca - */ - KSycocaEntryDict * entryDict() { return m_entryDict; } - - /** - * Construct an entry from a config file. - * To be implemented in the real factories. - */ - virtual KSycocaEntry *createEntry(const TQString &file, const char *resource) = 0; - - /** - * Add an entry - */ - virtual void addEntry(KSycocaEntry *newEntry, const char *resource); - - /** - * Remove an entry - * Not very fast, use with care. O(N) - */ - void removeEntry(KSycocaEntry *newEntry); - - /** - * Read an entry from the database - */ - virtual KSycocaEntry *createEntry(int offset)=0; - - /** - * Get a list of all entries from the database. - */ - KSycocaEntry::List allEntries(); - - /** - * Saves all entries it maintains as well as index files - * for these entries to the stream 'str'. - * - * Also sets mOffset to the starting position. - * - * The stream is positioned at the end of the last index. - * - * Don't forget to call the parent first when you override - * this function. - */ - virtual void save(TQDataStream &str); - - /** - * Writes out a header to the stream 'str'. - * The baseclass positions the stream correctly. - * - * Don't forget to call the parent first when you override - * this function. - */ - virtual void saveHeader(TQDataStream &str); - - /** - * @return the resources for which this factory is responsible. - */ - virtual const KSycocaResourceList * resourceList() const { return m_resourceList; } - -private: - int mOffset; - -protected: - int m_sycocaDictOffset; - int m_beginEntryOffset; - int m_endEntryOffset; - TQDataStream *m_str; - - KSycocaResourceList *m_resourceList; - KSycocaEntryDict *m_entryDict; - KSycocaDict *m_sycocaDict; -protected: - virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data ); -}; - -/** This, instead of a typedef, allows to declare "class ..." in header files - * @internal - */ -class KDECORE_EXPORT KSycocaFactoryList : public TQPtrList<KSycocaFactory> -{ -public: - KSycocaFactoryList() { } -}; - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde342/ktoolbarbutton.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde342/ktoolbarbutton.h deleted file mode 100644 index 743c8bc8..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde342/ktoolbarbutton.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,329 +0,0 @@ -/* This file is part of the KDE libraries - Copyright (C) 1997, 1998 Stephan Kulow (coolo@kde.org) - (C) 1997, 1998 Sven Radej (radej@kde.org) - (C) 1997, 1998 Mark Donohoe (donohoe@kde.org) - (C) 1997, 1998 Matthias Ettrich (ettrich@kde.org) - (C) 2000 Kurt Granroth (granroth@kde.org) - - This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation. - - This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. -*/ - -#ifndef _KTOOLBARBUTTON_H -#define _KTOOLBARBUTTON_H - -#include <tqpixmap.h> -#include <tqtoolbutton.h> -#include <tqintdict.h> -#include <tqstring.h> -#include <kglobal.h> - -class KToolBar; -class KToolBarButtonPrivate; -class KInstance; -class TQEvent; -class TQPopupMenu; -class TQPainter; - -/** - * A toolbar button. This is used internally by KToolBar, use the - * KToolBar methods instead. - * @internal - */ -class KDEUI_EXPORT KToolBarButton : public QToolButton -{ - Q_OBJECT - -public: - /** - * Construct a button with an icon loaded by the button itself. - * This will trust the button to load the correct icon with the - * correct size. - * - * @param icon Name of icon to load (may be absolute or relative) - * @param id Id of this button - * @param parent This button's parent - * @param name This button's internal name - * @param txt This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise) - * @param _instance the instance to use for this button - */ - KToolBarButton(const TQString& icon, int id, TQWidget *parent, - const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null, - KInstance *_instance = KGlobal::instance()); - - /** - * Construct a button with an existing pixmap. It is not - * recommended that you use this as the internal icon loading code - * will almost always get it "right". - * - * @param pixmap Name of icon to load (may be absolute or relative) - * @param id Id of this button - * @param parent This button's parent - * @param name This button's internal name - * @param txt This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise) - */ - KToolBarButton(const TQPixmap& pixmap, int id, TQWidget *parent, - const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null); - - /** - * Construct a separator button - * - * @param parent This button's parent - * @param name This button's internal name - */ - KToolBarButton(TQWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L); - - /** - * Standard destructor - */ - ~KToolBarButton(); - -#ifndef KDE_NO_COMPAT - /** - * @deprecated - * Set the pixmap directly for this button. This pixmap should be - * the active one... the dimmed and disabled pixmaps are constructed - * based on this one. However, don't use this function unless you - * are positive that you don't want to use setIcon. - * - * @param pixmap The active pixmap - */ - // this one is from TQButton, so #ifdef-ing it out doesn't break BC - virtual void setPixmap(const TQPixmap &pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED; - - /** - * @deprecated - * Force the button to use this pixmap as the default one rather - * then generating it using effects. - * - * @param pixmap The pixmap to use as the default (normal) one - */ - void setDefaultPixmap(const TQPixmap& pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED; - - /** - * @deprecated - * Force the button to use this pixmap when disabled one rather then - * generating it using effects. - * - * @param pixmap The pixmap to use when disabled - */ - void setDisabledPixmap(const TQPixmap& pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED; -#endif - - /** - * Set the text for this button. The text will be either used as a - * tooltip (IconOnly) or will be along side the icon - * - * @param text The button (or tooltip) text - */ - virtual void setText(const TQString &text); - - /** - * Set the icon for this button. The icon will be loaded internally - * with the correct size. This function is preferred over setIconSet - * - * @param icon The name of the icon - */ - virtual void setIcon(const TQString &icon); - - /// @since 3.1 - virtual void setIcon( const TQPixmap &pixmap ) - { TQToolButton::setIcon( pixmap ); } - - /** - * Set the pixmaps for this toolbar button from a TQIconSet. - * If you call this you don't need to call any of the other methods - * that set icons or pixmaps. - * @param iconset The iconset to use - */ - virtual void setIconSet( const TQIconSet &iconset ); - -#ifndef KDE_NO_COMPAT - /** - * @deprecated - * Set the active icon for this button. The pixmap itself is loaded - * internally based on the icon size... .. the disabled and default - * pixmaps, however will only be constructed if generate is - * true. This function is preferred over setPixmap - * - * @param icon The name of the active icon - * @param generate If true, then the other icons are automagically - * generated from this one - */ - KDE_DEPRECATED void setIcon(const TQString &icon, bool generate ) { Q_UNUSED(generate); setIcon( icon ); } - - /** - * @deprecated - * Force the button to use this icon as the default one rather - * then generating it using effects. - * - * @param icon The icon to use as the default (normal) one - */ - void setDefaultIcon(const TQString& icon) KDE_DEPRECATED; - - /** - * @deprecated - * Force the button to use this icon when disabled one rather then - * generating it using effects. - * - * @param icon The icon to use when disabled - */ - void setDisabledIcon(const TQString& icon) KDE_DEPRECATED; -#endif - - /** - * Turn this button on or off - * - * @param flag true or false - */ - void on(bool flag = true); - - /** - * Toggle this button - */ - void toggle(); - - /** - * Turn this button into a toggle button or disable the toggle - * aspects of it. This does not toggle the button itself. - * Use toggle() for that. - * - * @param toggle true or false - */ - void setToggle(bool toggle = true); - - /** - * Return a pointer to this button's popup menu (if it exists) - */ - TQPopupMenu *popup(); - - /** - * Returns the button's id. - * @since 3.2 - */ - int id() const; - - /** - * Give this button a popup menu. There will not be a delay when - * you press the button. Use setDelayedPopup if you want that - * behavior. - * - * @param p The new popup menu - * @param unused Has no effect - ignore it. - */ - void setPopup (TQPopupMenu *p, bool unused = false); - - /** - * Gives this button a delayed popup menu. - * - * This function allows you to add a delayed popup menu to the button. - * The popup menu is then only displayed when the button is pressed and - * held down for about half a second. - * - * @param p the new popup menu - * @param unused Has no effect - ignore it. - */ - void setDelayedPopup(TQPopupMenu *p, bool unused = false); - - /** - * Turn this button into a radio button - * - * @param f true or false - */ - void setRadio(bool f = true); - - /** - * Toolbar buttons naturally will assume the global styles - * concerning icons, icons sizes, etc. You can use this function to - * explicitly turn this off, if you like. - * - * @param no_style Will disable styles if true - */ - void setNoStyle(bool no_style = true); - -signals: - /** - * Emitted when the toolbar button is clicked (with LMB or MMB) - */ - void clicked(int); - /** - * Emitted when the toolbar button is clicked (with any mouse button) - * @param state makes it possible to find out which button was pressed, - * and whether any keyboard modifiers were held. - * @since 3.4 - */ - void buttonClicked(int, Qt::ButtonState state); - void doubleClicked(int); - void pressed(int); - void released(int); - void toggled(int); - void highlighted(int, bool); - -public slots: - /** - * This slot should be called whenever the toolbar mode has - * potentially changed. This includes such events as text changing, - * orientation changing, etc. - */ - void modeChange(); - virtual void setTextLabel(const TQString&, bool tipToo); - -protected: - void paletteChange(const TQPalette &); - void leaveEvent(TQEvent *e); - void enterEvent(TQEvent *e); - void drawButton(TQPainter *p); - bool eventFilter (TQObject *o, TQEvent *e); - /// @since 3.4 - void mousePressEvent( TQMouseEvent * ); - /// @since 3.4 - void mouseReleaseEvent( TQMouseEvent * ); - void showMenu(); - TQSize sizeHint() const; - TQSize minimumSizeHint() const; - TQSize minimumSize() const; - - /// @since 3.1 - bool isRaised() const; - /// @since 3.1 - bool isActive() const; - /// @since 3.1 - int iconTextMode() const; - -protected slots: - void slotClicked(); - void slotPressed(); - void slotReleased(); - void slotToggled(); - void slotDelayTimeout(); - -protected: - virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data ); -private: - KToolBarButtonPrivate *d; -}; - -/** -* List of KToolBarButton objects. -* @internal -* @version $Id: ktoolbarbutton.h 372745 2004-12-22 14:08:36Z dfaure $ -*/ -class KDEUI_EXPORT KToolBarButtonList : public TQIntDict<KToolBarButton> -{ -public: - KToolBarButtonList(); - ~KToolBarButtonList() {} -}; - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde342/kurifilter.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde342/kurifilter.h deleted file mode 100644 index 61c8aca6..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde342/kurifilter.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,647 +0,0 @@ -/* - * This file is part of the KDE libraries - * Copyright (C) 2000-2001,2003 Dawit Alemayehu <adawit at kde.org> - * - * Original author - * Copyright (C) 2000 Yves Arrouye <yves@realnames.com> - * - * - * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Library General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - * along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. - **/ - -#ifndef __kurifilter_h__ -#define __kurifilter_h__ - -#include <tqptrlist.h> -#include <tqobject.h> -#include <tqstringlist.h> - -#include <kurl.h> - -#ifdef Q_OS_WIN -#undef ERROR -#endif - -class KURIFilterPrivate; -class KURIFilterDataPrivate; - -class KCModule; - -/** -* A basic message object used for exchanging filtering -* information between the filter plugins and the application -* requesting the filtering service. -* -* Use this object if you require a more detailed information -* about the URI you want to filter. Any application can create -* an instance of this class and send it to KURIFilter to -* have the plugins fill out all possible information about the -* URI. -* -* \b Example -* -* \code -* TQString text = "kde.org"; -* KURIFilterData d = text; -* bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filter( d ); -* cout << "URL: " << text.latin1() << endl -* << "Filtered URL: " << d.uri().url().latin1() << endl -* << "URI Type: " << d.uriType() << endl -* << "Was Filtered: " << filtered << endl; -* \endcode -* -* The above code should yield the following output: -* \code -* URI: kde.org -* Filtered URI: http://kde.org -* URI Type: 0 <== means NET_PROTOCOL -* Was Filtered: 1 <== means the URL was successfully filtered -* \endcode -* -* @short A message object for exchanging filtering URI info. -* @author Dawit Alemayehu <adawit at kde.org> -*/ - -class KIO_EXPORT KURIFilterData -{ -friend class KURIFilterPlugin; - -public: - /** - * Describes the type of the URI that was filtered. - * Here is a brief description of the types: - * - * @li NET_PROTOCOL - Any network protocol: http, ftp, nttp, pop3, etc... - * @li LOCAL_FILE - A local file whose executable flag is not set - * @li LOCAL_DIR - A local directory - * @li EXECUTABLE - A local file whose executable flag is set - * @li HELP - A man or info page - * @li SHELL - A shell executable (ex: echo "Test..." >> ~/testfile) - * @li BLOCKED - A URI that should be blocked/filtered (ex: ad filtering) - * @li ERROR - An incorrect URI (ex: "~johndoe" when user johndoe - * does not exist in that system ) - * @li UNKNOWN - A URI that is not identified. Default value when - * a KURIFilterData is first created. - */ - enum URITypes { NET_PROTOCOL=0, LOCAL_FILE, LOCAL_DIR, EXECUTABLE, HELP, SHELL, BLOCKED, ERROR, UNKNOWN }; - - /** - * Default constructor. - * - * Creates a URIFilterData object. - */ - KURIFilterData() { init(); } - - /** - * Creates a URIFilterData object from the given URL. - * - * @param url is the URL to be filtered. - */ - KURIFilterData( const KURL& url ) { init( url); } - - /** - * Creates a URIFilterData object from the given string. - * - * @param url is the string to be filtered. - */ - KURIFilterData( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); } - - /** - * Copy constructor. - * - * Creates a URIFilterData object from another - * URI filter data object. - * - * @param data the uri filter data to be copied. - */ - KURIFilterData( const KURIFilterData& data); - - /** - * Destructor. - */ - ~KURIFilterData(); - - /** - * This method has been deprecated and will always return - * true. You should instead use the result from the - * KURIFilter::filterURI() calls. - * - * @deprecated - */ - KDE_DEPRECATED bool hasBeenFiltered() const { return true; } - - /** - * Returns the filtered or the original URL. - * - * This function returns the filtered url if one - * of the plugins successfully filtered the original - * URL. Otherwise, it returns the original URL. - * See hasBeenFiltered() and - * - * @return the filtered or original url. - */ - KURL uri() const { return m_pURI; } - - /** - * Returns an error message. - * - * This functions returns the error message set - * by the plugin whenever the uri type is set to - * KURIFilterData::ERROR. Otherwise, it returns - * a TQString::null. - * - * @return the error message or a NULL when there is none. - */ - TQString errorMsg() const { return m_strErrMsg; } - - /** - * Returns the URI type. - * - * This method always returns KURIFilterData::UNKNOWN - * if the given URL was not filtered. - * @return the type of the URI - */ - URITypes uriType() const { return m_iType; } - - /** - * Sets the URL to be filtered. - * - * Use this function to set the string to be - * filtered when you construct an empty filter - * object. - * - * @param url the string to be filtered. - */ - void setData( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); } - - /** - * Same as above except the argument is a URL. - * - * Use this function to set the string to be - * filtered when you construct an empty filter - * object. - * - * @param url the URL to be filtered. - */ - void setData( const KURL& url ) { init( url ); } - - /** - * Sets the absolute path to be used whenever the supplied - * data is a relative local URL. - * - * NOTE: This function should only be used for local resources, - * i.e. the "file:/" protocol. It is useful for specifying the - * absolute path in cases where the actual URL might be relative. - * meta object. If deriving the path from a KURL, make sure you - * set the argument for this function to the result of calling - * path () instead of url (). - * - * @param abs_path the abolute path to the local resource. - * @return true if absolute path is successfully set. Otherwise, false. - */ - bool setAbsolutePath( const TQString& abs_path ); - - /** - * Returns the absolute path if one has already been set. - * @return the absolute path, or TQString::null - * @see hasAbsolutePath() - */ - TQString absolutePath() const; - - /** - * Checks whether the supplied data had an absolute path. - * @return true if the supplied data has an absolute path - * @see absolutePath() - */ - bool hasAbsolutePath() const; - - /** - * Returns the command line options and arguments for a - * local resource when present. - * - * @return options and arguments when present, otherwise TQString::null - */ - TQString argsAndOptions() const; - - /** - * Checks whether the current data is a local resource with - * command line options and arguments. - * @return true if the current data has command line options and arguments - */ - bool hasArgsAndOptions() const; - - /** - * Returns the name of the icon that matches - * the current filtered URL. - * - * NOTE that this function will return a NULL - * string by default and when no associated icon - * is found. - * - * @return the name of the icon associated with the resource, - * or TQString::null if not found - */ - TQString iconName(); - - /** - * Check whether the provided uri is executable or not. - * - * Setting this to false ensures that typing the name of - * an executable does not start that application. This is - * useful in the location bar of a browser. The default - * value is true. - * - * @since 3.2 - */ - void setCheckForExecutables (bool check); - - /** - * @return true if the filters should attempt to check whether the - * supplied uri is an executable. False otherwise. - * - * @since 3.2 - */ - bool checkForExecutables() const { return m_bCheckForExecutables; } - - /** - * @return the string as typed by the user, before any URL processing is done - * @since 3.2 - */ - TQString typedString() const; - - /** - * Overloaded assigenment operator. - * - * This function allows you to easily assign a KURL - * to a KURIFilterData object. - * - * @return an instance of a KURIFilterData object. - */ - KURIFilterData& operator=( const KURL& url ) { init( url ); return *this; } - - /** - * Overloaded assigenment operator. - * - * This function allows you to easily assign a QString - * to a KURIFilterData object. - * - * @return an instance of a KURIFilterData object. - */ - KURIFilterData& operator=( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); return *this; } - -protected: - - /** - * Initializes the KURIFilterData on construction. - * @param url the URL to initialize the object with - */ - void init( const KURL& url); - - /** - * Initializes the KURIFilterData on construction. - * @param url the URL to initialize the object with - */ - void init( const TQString& url = TQString::null ); - -private: - bool m_bCheckForExecutables; - bool m_bChanged; - - TQString m_strErrMsg; - TQString m_strIconName; - - KURL m_pURI; - URITypes m_iType; - KURIFilterDataPrivate *d; -}; - - -/** - * Base class for URI filter plugins. - * - * This class applies a single filter to a URI. All plugins designed - * to provide URI filtering service should inherit from this abstract - * class and provide a concrete implementation. - * - * All inheriting classes need to implement the pure virtual function - * filterURI. - * - * @short Abstract class for URI filter plugins. - */ -class KIO_EXPORT KURIFilterPlugin : public QObject -{ - Q_OBJECT - -public: - - /** - * Constructs a filter plugin with a given name and - * priority. - * - * @param parent the parent object, or 0 for no parent - * @param name the name of the plugin, or 0 for no name - * @param pri the priority of the plugin. - */ - KURIFilterPlugin( TQObject *parent = 0, const char *name = 0, double pri = 1.0 ); - - /** - * Returns the filter's name. - * - * @return A string naming the filter. - */ - virtual TQString name() const { return m_strName; } - - /** - * Returns the filter's priority. - * - * Each filter has an assigned priority, a float from 0 to 1. Filters - * with the lowest priority are first given a chance to filter a URI. - * - * @return The priority of the filter. - */ - virtual double priority() const { return m_dblPriority; } - - /** - * Filters a URI. - * - * @param data the URI data to be filtered. - * @return A boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed. - */ - virtual bool filterURI( KURIFilterData& data ) const = 0; - - /** - * Creates a configuration module for the filter. - * - * It is the responsibility of the caller to delete the module - * once it is not needed anymore. - * - * @return A configuration module, 0 if the filter isn't configurable. - */ - virtual KCModule *configModule( TQWidget*, const char* ) const { return 0; } - - /** - * Returns the name of the configuration module for the filter. - * - * @return the name of a configuration module or TQString::null if none. - */ - virtual TQString configName() const { return name(); } - -protected: - - /** - * Sets the the URL in @p data to @p uri. - */ - void setFilteredURI ( KURIFilterData& data, const KURL& uri ) const; - - /** - * Sets the error message in @p data to @p errormsg. - */ - void setErrorMsg ( KURIFilterData& data, const TQString& errmsg ) const { - data.m_strErrMsg = errmsg; - } - - /** - * Sets the URI type in @p data to @p type. - */ - void setURIType ( KURIFilterData& data, KURIFilterData::URITypes type) const { - data.m_iType = type; - data.m_bChanged = true; - } - - /** - * Sets the arguments and options string in @p data - * to @p args if any were found during filterting. - */ - void setArguments( KURIFilterData& data, const TQString& args ) const; - - TQString m_strName; - double m_dblPriority; - -protected: - virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data ); -private: - class KURIFilterPluginPrivate *d; -}; - - -/** - * A list of filter plugins. - */ -class KIO_EXPORT KURIFilterPluginList : public TQPtrList<KURIFilterPlugin> -{ -public: - virtual int compareItems(Item a, Item b) - { - double diff = ((KURIFilterPlugin *) a)->priority() - ((KURIFilterPlugin *) b)->priority(); - return diff < 0 ? -1 : (diff > 0 ? 1 : 0); - } - -private: - KURIFilterPrivate *d; - -}; - -/** - * Manages the filtering of URIs. - * - * The intention of this plugin class is to allow people to extend the - * functionality of KURL without modifying it directly. This way KURL will - * remain a generic parser capable of parsing any generic URL that adheres - * to specifications. - * - * The KURIFilter class applies a number of filters to a URI and returns the - * filtered version whenever possible. The filters are implemented using - * plugins to provide easy extensibility of the filtering mechanism. New - * filters can be added in the future by simply inheriting from - * KURIFilterPlugin and implementing the KURIFilterPlugin::filterURI - * method. - * - * Use of this plugin-manager class is straight forward. Since it is a - * singleton object, all you have to do is obtain an instance by doing - * @p KURIFilter::self() and use any of the public member functions to - * preform the filtering. - * - * \b Example - * - * To simply filter a given string: - * - * \code - * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( "kde.org" ); - * \endcode - * - * You can alternatively use a KURL: - * - * \code - * KURL url = "kde.org"; - * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( url ); - * \endcode - * - * If you have a constant string or a constant URL, simply invoke the - * corresponding function to obtain the filtered string or URL instead - * of a boolean flag: - * - * \code - * TQString u = KURIFilter::self()->filteredURI( "kde.org" ); - * \endcode - * - * You can also restrict the filter(s) to be used by supplying - * the name of the filter(s) to use. By defualt all available - * filters will be used. To use specific filters, add the names - * of the filters you want to use to a TQStringList and invoke - * the appropriate filtering function. The examples below show - * the use of specific filters. The first one uses a single - * filter called kshorturifilter while the second example uses - * multiple filters: - * - * \code - * TQString text = "kde.org"; - * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, "kshorturifilter" ); - * \endcode - * - * \code - * TQStringList list; - * list << "kshorturifilter" << "localdomainfilter"; - * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, list ); - * \endcode - * - * KURIFilter also allows richer data exchange through a simple - * meta-object called @p KURIFilterData. Using this meta-object - * you can find out more information about the URL you want to - * filter. See KURIFilterData for examples and details. - * - * @short Filters a given URL into its proper format whenever possible. - */ - -class KIO_EXPORT KURIFilter -{ -public: - /** - * Destructor - */ - ~KURIFilter (); - - /** - * Returns an instance of KURIFilter. - */ - static KURIFilter* self(); - - /** - * Filters the URI given by the object URIFilterData. - * - * The given URL is filtered based on the specified list of filters. - * If the list is empty all available filters would be used. - * - * @param data object that contains the URI to be filtered. - * @param filters specify the list of filters to be used. - * - * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed - */ - bool filterURI( KURIFilterData& data, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); - - /** - * Filters the URI given by the URL. - * - * The given URL is filtered based on the specified list of filters. - * If the list is empty all available filters would be used. - * - * @param uri the URI to filter. - * @param filters specify the list of filters to be used. - * - * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed - */ - bool filterURI( KURL &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); - - /** - * Filters a string representing a URI. - * - * The given URL is filtered based on the specified list of filters. - * If the list is empty all available filters would be used. - * - * @param uri The URI to filter. - * @param filters specify the list of filters to be used. - * - * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed - */ - bool filterURI( TQString &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); - - /** - * Returns the filtered URI. - * - * The given URL is filtered based on the specified list of filters. - * If the list is empty all available filters would be used. - * - * @param uri The URI to filter. - * @param filters specify the list of filters to be used. - * - * @return the filtered URI or null if it cannot be filtered - */ - KURL filteredURI( const KURL &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); - - /** - * Return a filtered string representation of a URI. - * - * The given URL is filtered based on the specified list of filters. - * If the list is empty all available filters would be used. - * - * @param uri the URI to filter. - * @param filters specify the list of filters to be used. - * - * @return the filtered URI or null if it cannot be filtered - */ - TQString filteredURI( const TQString &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); - - /** - * Return an iterator to iterate over all loaded - * plugins. - * - * @return a plugin iterator. - */ - TQPtrListIterator<KURIFilterPlugin> pluginsIterator() const; - - /** - * Return a list of the names of all loaded plugins. - * - * @return a TQStringList of plugin names - * @since 3.1 - */ - TQStringList pluginNames() const; - -protected: - - /** - * A protected constructor. - * - * This constructor creates a KURIFilter and - * initializes all plugins it can find by invoking - * loadPlugins. - */ - KURIFilter(); - - /** - * Loads all allowed plugins. - * - * This function loads all filters that have not - * been disbled. - */ - void loadPlugins(); - -private: - static KURIFilter *m_self; - KURIFilterPluginList m_lstPlugins; - KURIFilterPrivate *d; -}; - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde342/selectdialog.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde342/selectdialog.h deleted file mode 100644 index 987dcb68..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde342/selectdialog.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,87 +0,0 @@ -/* - This file is part of libkresources. - - Copyright (c) 2002 Tobias Koenig <tokoe@kde.org> - Copyright (c) 2002 Jan-Pascal van Best <janpascal@vanbest.org> - Copyright (c) 2003 Cornelius Schumacher <schumacher@kde.org> - - This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - - This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. -*/ - -#ifndef KRESOURCES_SELECTDIALOG_H -#define KRESOURCES_SELECTDIALOG_H - -#include <tqobject.h> -#include <tqptrlist.h> -#include <tqmap.h> - -#include <kdialog.h> - -class KListBox; - -namespace KRES { - -class Resource; - -/** - * Dialog for selecting a resource. - * - * Example: - * - * \code - * - * TQPtrList<Resource> list = ... // can be retrived from KRES::Manager (e.g. KABC::AddressBook) - * - * KABC::Resource *res = KABC::SelectDialog::getResource( list, parentWdg ); - * if ( !res ) { - * // no resource selected - * } else { - * // do something with resource - * } - * \endcode - */ -class KRESOURCES_EXPORT SelectDialog -{ - public: - /** - * Constructor. - * @param list The list of available resources - * @param parent The parent widget - * @param name The name of the dialog - */ - SelectDialog( TQPtrList<Resource> list, TQWidget *parent = 0, - const char *name = 0); - - /** - * Returns selected resource. - */ - Resource *resource(); - - /** - * Opens a dialog showing the available resources and returns the resource the - * user has selected. Returns 0, if the dialog was canceled. - */ - static Resource *getResource( TQPtrList<Resource> list, TQWidget *parent = 0 ); - - private: - KListBox *mResourceId; - - TQMap<int, Resource*> mResourceMap; -}; - -} - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde343/configwidget.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde343/configwidget.h deleted file mode 100644 index 47917edd..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde343/configwidget.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,58 +0,0 @@ -/* - This file is part of libkresources. - Copyright (c) 2002 Tobias Koenig <tokoe@kde.org> - Copyright (c) 2002 Jan-Pascal van Best <janpascal@vanbest.org> - - This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - - This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. -*/ - -#ifndef KRESOURCES_CONFIGWIDGET_H -#define KRESOURCES_CONFIGWIDGET_H - -#include "resource.h" - -#include <kconfig.h> - -#include <tqwidget.h> - -namespace KRES { - -class KRESOURCES_EXPORT ConfigWidget : public QWidget -{ - Q_OBJECT - public: - ConfigWidget( TQWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0 ); - - /** - Sets the widget to 'edit' mode. Reimplement this method if you are - interested in the mode change (to disable some GUI element for - example). By default the widget is in 'create new' mode. - */ - virtual void setInEditMode( bool value ); - - public slots: - virtual void loadSettings( Resource *resource ) = 0; - virtual void saveSettings( Resource *resource ) = 0; - - signals: - void setReadOnly( bool value ); - - protected: - Resource *mResource; -}; - -} -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde343/kaccelaction.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde343/kaccelaction.h deleted file mode 100644 index b868ee6f..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde343/kaccelaction.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,564 +0,0 @@ -/* This file is part of the KDE libraries - Copyright (C) 2001,2002 Ellis Whitehead <ellis@kde.org> - - This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - - This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. -*/ - -#ifndef _KACCELACTION_H -#define _KACCELACTION_H - -#include <tqmap.h> -#include <tqptrvector.h> -#include <tqstring.h> -#include <tqvaluevector.h> - -#include <kshortcut.h> - -class KAccelBase; - -class TQObject; -class KConfig; -class KConfigBase; - -/** - * @internal - * A KAccelAction prepresents an action that can be executed using - * an accelerator key. Each KAccelAction has a name, a label, a - * "What's this" string and a KShortcut. The user can configure and - * enable/disable them using KKeyDialog. - * - * \code - * 1) KAccelAction = "Run Command" - * Default3 = "Alt+F2" - * Default4 = "Meta+Enter;Alt+F2" - * 1) KShortcut = "Meta+Enter" - * 1) KKeySequence = "Meta+Enter" - * 1) KKey = "Meta+Enter" - * 1) Meta+Enter - * 2) Meta+Keypad_Enter - * 2) KShortcut = "Alt+F2" - * 1) KKeySequence = "Alt+F2" - * 1) Alt+F2 - * 2) KAccelAction = "Something" - * Default3 = "" - * Default4 = "" - * 1) KShortcut = "Meta+X,Asterisk" - * 1) KKeySequence = "Meta+X,Asterisk" - * 1) KKey = "Meta+X" - * 1) Meta+X - * 2) KKey = "Asterisk" - * 1) Shift+8 (English layout) - * 2) Keypad_Asterisk - * \endcode - * @short An accelerator action - * @see KAccel - * @see KGlobalAccel - * @see KKeyChooser - * @see KKeyDialog - */ -class KDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction -{ - public: - /** - * Creates an empty KAccelAction. - * @see clear() - */ - KAccelAction(); - - /** - * Copy constructor. - */ - KAccelAction( const KAccelAction& ); - - /** - * Creates a new KAccelAction. - * @param sName the name of the accelerator - * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) - * @param sWhatsThis the What's This text (18n!) - * @param cutDef3 the default shortcut for 3 modifier systems - * @param cutDef4 the default shortcut for 4 modifier systems - * @param pObjSlot the receiver of a signal when the key has been - * pressed - * @param psMethodSlot the slot to connect for key presses. Receives - * an int, as set by setID(), as only argument - * @param bConfigurable if true the user can configure the shortcut - * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled - */ - KAccelAction( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, - const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4, - const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, - bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled ); - ~KAccelAction(); - - /** - * Clears the accelerator. - */ - void clear(); - - /** - * Re-initialized the KAccelAction. - * @param sName the name of the accelerator - * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) - * @param sWhatsThis the What's This text (18n!) - * @param cutDef3 the default shortcut for 3 modifier systems - * @param cutDef4 the default shortcut for 4 modifier systems - * @param pObjSlot the receiver of a signal when the key has been - * pressed - * @param psMethodSlot the slot to connect for key presses. Receives - * an int, as set by setID(), as only argument - * @param bConfigurable if true the user can configure the shortcut - * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - */ - bool init( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, - const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4, - const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, - bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled ); - - /** - * Copies this KAccelAction. - */ - KAccelAction& operator=( const KAccelAction& ); - - /** - * Returns the name of the accelerator action. - * @return the name of the accelerator action, can be null if not - * set - */ - const TQString& name() const { return m_sName; } - - /** - * Returns the label of the accelerator action. - * @return the label of the accelerator action, can be null if - * not set - */ - const TQString& label() const { return m_sLabel; } - - /** - * Returns the What's This text of the accelerator action. - * @return the What's This text of the accelerator action, can be - * null if not set - */ - const TQString& whatsThis() const { return m_sWhatsThis; } - - /** - * The shortcut that is actually used (may be used configured). - * @return the shortcut of the KAccelAction, can be null if not set - * @see shortcutDefault() - */ - const KShortcut& shortcut() const { return m_cut; } - - /** - * The default shortcut for this system. - * @return the default shortcut on this system, can be null if not set - * @see shortcut() - * @see shortcutDefault3() - * @see shortcutDefault4() - */ - const KShortcut& shortcutDefault() const; - - /** - * The default shortcut for 3 modifier systems. - * @return the default shortcut for 3 modifier systems, can be null - * if not set - * @see shortcutDefault() - * @see shortcutDefault4() - * @see useFourModifierKeys() - */ - const KShortcut& shortcutDefault3() const { return m_cutDefault3; } - - /** - * The default shortcut for 4 modifier systems. - * @return the default shortcut for 4 modifier systems, can be null - * if not set - * @see shortcutDefault() - * @see shortcutDefault3() - * @see useFourModifierKeys() - */ - const KShortcut& shortcutDefault4() const { return m_cutDefault4; } - - /** - * Returns the receiver of signals. - * @return the receiver of signals (can be 0 if not set) - */ - const TQObject* objSlotPtr() const { return m_pObjSlot; } - - /** - * Returns the slot for the signal. - * @return the slot for the signal - */ - const char* methodSlotPtr() const { return m_psMethodSlot; } - - /** - * Checks whether the user can configure the action. - * @return true if configurable, false otherwise - */ - bool isConfigurable() const { return m_bConfigurable; } - - /** - * Checks whether the action is enabled. - * @return true if enabled, false otherwise - */ - bool isEnabled() const { return m_bEnabled; } - - /** - * Sets the name of the accelerator action. - * @param name the new name - */ - void setName( const TQString& name ); - - /** - * Sets the user-readable label of the accelerator action. - * @param label the new label (i18n!) - */ - void setLabel( const TQString& label ); - - /** - * Sets the What's This text for the accelerator action. - * @param whatsThis the new What's This text (i18n!) - */ - void setWhatsThis( const TQString& whatsThis ); - - /** - * Sets the new shortcut of the accelerator action. - * @param rgCuts the shortcut to set - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - */ - bool setShortcut( const KShortcut& rgCuts ); - - /** - * Sets the slot of the accelerator action. - * @param pObjSlot the receiver object of the signal - * @param psMethodSlot the slot for the signal - */ - void setSlot( const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot ); - - /** - * Enables or disabled configuring the action. - * @param configurable true to enable configurability, false to disable - */ - void setConfigurable( bool configurable ); - - /** - * Enables or disabled the action. - * @param configurable true to enable the action, false to disable - */ - void setEnabled( bool enable ); - - /** - * Retrieves the id set using setID. - * @return the id of the accelerator action - */ - int getID() const { return m_nIDAccel; } - - /** - * Allows you to set an id that will be used as the action - * signal's argument. - * - * @param n the new id - * @see getID() - */ - void setID( int n ) { m_nIDAccel = n; } - - /** - * Checkes whether the action is connected (emits signals). - * @return true if connected, false otherwise - */ - bool isConnected() const; - - /** - * Sets a key sequence of the action's shortcut. - * @param i the position of the sequence - * @param keySeq the new new sequence - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see KShortcut::setSeq() - */ - bool setKeySequence( uint i, const KKeySequence &keySeq ); - - /** - * Clears the action's shortcut. It will not contain any sequences after - * calling this method. - * @see KShortcut::clear() - */ - void clearShortcut(); - - /** - * Checks whether the action's shortcut contains the given key sequence. - * @param keySeq the key sequence to check - * @return true if the shortcut contains the given sequence - * @see KShortcut::contains() - */ - bool contains( const KKeySequence &keySeq ); - - /** - * Returns the string representation of the action's shortcut. - * @return the string representation of the action's shortcut. - * @see KShortcut::toString() - */ - TQString toString() const; - - /** - * @internal - */ - TQString toStringInternal() const; - - /** - * Returns true if four modifier keys will be used. - * @return true if four modifier keys will be used. - */ - static bool useFourModifierKeys(); - - /** - * Selects 3 or 4 modifier default shortcuts. - * @param use true to use 4 modifier shortcuts, false to use - * 3 modifier shortcuts - */ - static void useFourModifierKeys( bool use ); - - protected: - TQString m_sName, - m_sLabel, - m_sWhatsThis; - KShortcut m_cut; - KShortcut m_cutDefault3, m_cutDefault4; - const TQObject* m_pObjSlot; - const char* m_psMethodSlot; - bool m_bConfigurable, - m_bEnabled; - int m_nIDAccel; - uint m_nConnections; - - void incConnections(); - void decConnections(); - - private: - static int g_bUseFourModifierKeys; - class KAccelActionPrivate* d; - - friend class KAccelActions; - friend class KAccelBase; -}; - -//--------------------------------------------------------------------- -// KAccelActions -//--------------------------------------------------------------------- - -/** - * @internal - * This class represents a collection of KAccelAction objects. - * - * @short A collection of accelerator actions - * @see KAccelAction - */ -class KDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions -{ - public: - /** - * Creates a new, empty KAccelActions object. - */ - KAccelActions(); - - /** - * Copy constructor (deep copy). - */ - KAccelActions( const KAccelActions& ); - virtual ~KAccelActions(); - - /** - * Removes all items from this collection. - */ - void clear(); - - /** - * Initializes this object with the given actions. - * It will make a deep copy of all actions. - * @param actions the actions to copy - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - */ - bool init( const KAccelActions &actions ); - - /** - * Loads the actions from the given configuration file. - * - * @param config the configuration file to load from - * @param sGroup the group in the configuration file - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - */ - bool init( KConfigBase& config, const TQString& sGroup ); - - /** - * Updates the shortcuts of all actions in this object - * with the shortcuts from the given object. - * @param shortcuts the collection that contains the new - * shortcuts - */ - void updateShortcuts( KAccelActions &shortcuts ); - - /** - * Retrieves the index of the action with the given name. - * @param sAction the action to search - * @return the index of the action, or -1 if not found - */ - int actionIndex( const TQString& sAction ) const; - - /** - * Returns the action with the given @p index. - * @param index the index of an action. You must not - * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index - * @see count() - */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( uint index ); - - /** - * Returns the action with the given @p index. - * @param index the index of an action. You must not - * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index - * @see count() - */ - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( uint index ) const; - - /** - * Returns the action with the given name. - * @param aAction the name of the action to search - * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0 - * if not found - */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); - - /** - * Returns the action with the given name. - * @param aAction the name of the action to search - * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0 - * if not found - */ - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; - - /** - * Returns the action with the given key sequence. - * @param cut the sequence to search for - * @return the KAccelAction with the given sequence, or 0 - * if not found - */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( KKeySequence cut ); - - /** - * Returns the action with the given @p index. - * @param index the index of an action. You must not - * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index - * @see actionPtr() - * @see count() - */ - KAccelAction& operator []( uint index ); - - /** - * Returns the action with the given @p index. - * @param index the index of an action. You must not - * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index - * @see actionPtr() - * @see count() - */ - const KAccelAction& operator []( uint index ) const; - - /** - * Inserts an action into the collection. - * @param sName the name of the accelerator - * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) - * @param sWhatsThis the What's This text (18n!) - * @param cutDef3 the default shortcut for 3 modifier systems - * @param cutDef4 the default shortcut for 4 modifier systems - * @param pObjSlot the receiver of a signal when the key has been - * pressed - * @param psMethodSlot the slot to connect for key presses. Receives - * an int, as set by setID(), as only argument - * @param bConfigurable if true the user can configure the shortcut - * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled - * @return the new action - */ - KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, - const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, - const TQObject* pObjSlot = 0, const char* psMethodSlot = 0, - bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true ); - - /** - * Inserts an action into the collection. - * @param sName the name of the accelerator - * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) - * @return the new action - */ - KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel ); - - /** - * Removes the given action. - * @param sAction the name of the action. - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - */ - bool remove( const TQString& sAction ); - - /** - * Loads the actions from the given configuration file. - * - * @param sConfigGroup the group in the configuration file - * @param pConfig the configuration file to load from - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - */ - bool readActions( const TQString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ); - - /** - * Writes the actions to the given configuration file. - * - * @param sConfigGroup the group in the configuration file - * @param pConfig the configuration file to save to - * @param bWriteAll true to write all actions - * @param bGlobal true to write to the global configuration file - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - */ - bool writeActions( const TQString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0, - bool bWriteAll = false, bool bGlobal = false ) const; - - /** - * Emit a keycodeChanged signal. - */ - void emitKeycodeChanged(); - - /** - * Returns the number of actions in the collection. - * @return the number of actions - */ - uint count() const; - - protected: - KAccelBase* m_pKAccelBase; - KAccelAction** m_prgActions; - uint m_nSizeAllocated, m_nSize; - - void resize( uint ); - void insertPtr( KAccelAction* ); - - private: - class KAccelActionsPrivate* d; - - KAccelActions( KAccelBase* ); - void initPrivate( KAccelBase* ); - KAccelActions& operator =( KAccelActions& ); - - friend class KAccelBase; -}; - -#endif // _KACCELACTION_H diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde343/kaccelbase.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde343/kaccelbase.h deleted file mode 100644 index 0238c63a..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde343/kaccelbase.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,229 +0,0 @@ -/* This file is part of the KDE libraries - Copyright (C) 2001 Ellis Whitehead <ellis@kde.org> - - This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - - This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. -*/ - -#ifndef _KACCELBASE_H -#define _KACCELBASE_H - -#include <tqmap.h> -#include <tqptrvector.h> -#include <tqstring.h> -#include <tqvaluevector.h> -#include <tqvaluelist.h> - -#include "kaccelaction.h" -#include "kkeyserver.h" - -class TQPopupMenu; -class TQWidget; - -//---------------------------------------------------- - -/** - * @internal - * Handle keyboard accelerators. - * - * Allow an user to configure - * key bindings through application configuration files or through the - * KKeyChooser GUI. - * - * A KAccel contains a list of accelerator items. Each accelerator item - * consists of an action name and a keyboard code combined with modifiers - * (Shift, Ctrl and Alt.) - * - * For example, "Ctrl+P" could be a shortcut for printing a document. The key - * codes are listed in ckey.h. "Print" could be the action name for printing. - * The action name identifies the key binding in configuration files and the - * KKeyChooser GUI. - * - * When pressed, an accelerator key calls the slot to which it has been - * connected. Accelerator items can be connected so that a key will activate - * two different slots. - * - * A KAccel object handles key events sent to its parent widget and to all - * children of this parent widget. - * - * Key binding reconfiguration during run time can be prevented by specifying - * that an accelerator item is not configurable when it is inserted. A special - * group of non-configurable key bindings are known as the - * standard accelerators. - * - * The standard accelerators appear repeatedly in applications for - * standard document actions such as printing and saving. Convenience methods are - * available to insert and connect these accelerators which are configurable on - * a desktop-wide basis. - * - * It is possible for a user to choose to have no key associated with - * an action. - * - * The translated first argument for insertItem() is used only - * in the configuration dialog. - *\code - * KAccel *a = new KAccel( myWindow ); - * // Insert an action "Scroll Up" which is associated with the "Up" key: - * a->insertItem( i18n("Scroll Up"), "Scroll Up", "Up" ); - * // Insert an action "Scroll Down" which is not associated with any key: - * a->insertItem( i18n("Scroll Down"), "Scroll Down", 0); - * a->connectItem( "Scroll up", myWindow, TQT_SLOT( scrollUp() ) ); - * // a->insertStdItem( KStdAccel::Print ); //not necessary, since it - * // is done automatially with the - * // connect below! - * a->connectItem(KStdAccel::Print, myWindow, TQT_SLOT( printDoc() ) ); - * - * a->readSettings(); - *\endcode - * - * If a shortcut has a menu entry as well, you could insert them like - * this. The example is again the KStdAccel::Print from above. - * - * \code - * int id; - * id = popup->insertItem("&Print",this, TQT_SLOT(printDoc())); - * a->changeMenuAccel(popup, id, KStdAccel::Print ); - * \endcode - * - * If you want a somewhat "exotic" name for your standard print action, like - * id = popup->insertItem(i18n("Print &Document"),this, TQT_SLOT(printDoc())); - * it might be a good idea to insert the standard action before as - * a->insertStdItem( KStdAccel::Print, i18n("Print Document") ) - * as well, so that the user can easily find the corresponding function. - * - * This technique works for other actions as well. Your "scroll up" function - * in a menu could be done with - * - * \code - * id = popup->insertItem(i18n"Scroll &up",this, TQT_SLOT(scrollUp())); - * a->changeMenuAccel(popup, id, "Scroll Up" ); - * \endcode - * - * Please keep the order right: First insert all functions in the - * acceleratior, then call a -> readSettings() and @em then build your - * menu structure. - * - * @short Configurable key binding support. - */ - -class KDECORE_EXPORT KAccelBase -{ - public: - enum Init { QT_KEYS = 0x00, NATIVE_KEYS = 0x01 }; - enum Signal { KEYCODE_CHANGED }; - - KAccelBase( int fInitCode ); - virtual ~KAccelBase(); - - uint actionCount() const; - KAccelActions& actions(); - bool isEnabled() const; - - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKey& key ); - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKeyServer::Key& key ); - - const TQString& configGroup() const { return m_sConfigGroup; } - void setConfigGroup( const TQString& group ); - void setConfigGlobal( bool global ); - virtual void setEnabled( bool bEnabled ) = 0; - bool getAutoUpdate() { return m_bAutoUpdate; } - // return value of AutoUpdate flag before this call. - bool setAutoUpdate( bool bAuto ); - -// Procedures for manipulating Actions. - //void clearActions(); - - KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sDesc ); - KAccelAction* insert( - const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sDesc, const TQString& sHelp, - const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, - const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, - bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true ); - bool remove( const TQString& sAction ); - bool setActionSlot( const TQString& sAction, const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot ); - - bool updateConnections(); - - bool setShortcut( const TQString& sAction, const KShortcut& cut ); - -// Modify individual Action sub-items - bool setActionEnabled( const TQString& sAction, bool bEnable ); - - /** - * Read all key associations from @p config, or (if @p config - * is zero) from the application's configuration file - * KGlobal::config(). - * - * The group in which the configuration is stored can be - * set with setConfigGroup(). - */ - void readSettings( KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ); - - /** - * Write the current configurable associations to @p config, - * or (if @p config is zero) to the application's - * configuration file. - */ - void writeSettings( KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ) const; - - TQPopupMenu* createPopupMenu( TQWidget* pParent, const KKeySequence& ); - - // Protected methods - protected: - void slotRemoveAction( KAccelAction* ); - - struct X; - void createKeyList( TQValueVector<struct X>& rgKeys ); - bool insertConnection( KAccelAction* ); - bool removeConnection( KAccelAction* ); - - virtual bool emitSignal( Signal ) = 0; - virtual bool connectKey( KAccelAction&, const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; - virtual bool connectKey( const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; - virtual bool disconnectKey( KAccelAction&, const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; - virtual bool disconnectKey( const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; - - protected: - struct ActionInfo - { - KAccelAction* pAction; - uint iSeq, iVariation; - //ActionInfo* pInfoNext; // nil if only one action uses this key. - - ActionInfo() { pAction = 0; iSeq = 0xffff; iVariation = 0xffff; } - ActionInfo( KAccelAction* _pAction, uint _iSeq, uint _iVariation ) - { pAction = _pAction; iSeq = _iSeq; iVariation = _iVariation; } - }; - typedef TQMap<KKeyServer::Key, ActionInfo> KKeyToActionMap; - - KAccelActions m_rgActions; - KKeyToActionMap m_mapKeyToAction; - TQValueList<KAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique; - bool m_bNativeKeys; // Use native key codes instead of Qt codes - bool m_bEnabled; - bool m_bConfigIsGlobal; - TQString m_sConfigGroup; - bool m_bAutoUpdate; - KAccelAction* mtemp_pActionRemoving; - - private: - KAccelBase& operator =( const KAccelBase& ); - - friend class KAccelActions; -}; - -#endif // _KACCELBASE_H diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde343/kicontheme.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde343/kicontheme.h deleted file mode 100644 index fe0d9d6a..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde343/kicontheme.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,355 +0,0 @@ -/* vi: ts=8 sts=4 sw=4 - * - * This file is part of the KDE project, module kdecore. - * Copyright (C) 2000 Geert Jansen <jansen@kde.org> - * Antonio Larrosa <larrosa@kde.org> - * - * This is free software; it comes under the GNU Library General - * Public License, version 2. See the file "COPYING.LIB" for the - * exact licensing terms. - * - */ - -#ifndef __KIconTheme_h_Included__ -#define __KIconTheme_h_Included__ - -#include <tqstring.h> -#include <tqstringlist.h> -#include <tqptrlist.h> -#include "kdelibs_export.h" - -class KConfig; -//class KIconThemeDir; - -class KIconThemePrivate; - -class KIconPrivate; - -/** - * One icon as found by KIconTheme. Also serves as a namespace containing - * icon related constants. - * @see KIconEffect - * @see KIconTheme - * @see KIconLoader - */ -class KDECORE_EXPORT KIcon -{ -public: - KIcon() { size = 0; } - - /** - * Return true if this icon is valid, false otherwise. - */ - bool isValid() const { return size != 0; } - - /** - * Defines the context of the icon. - */ - enum Context { - Any, ///< Some icon with unknown purpose. - Action, ///< An action icon (e.g. 'save', 'print'). - Application, ///< An icon that represents an application. - Device, ///< An icon that represents a device. - FileSystem, ///< An icon that represents a file system. - MimeType ///< An icon that represents a mime type (or file type). - }; - - /** - * The type of the icon. - */ - enum Type { - Fixed, ///< Fixed-size icon. - Scalable, ///< Scalable-size icon. - Threshold ///< A threshold icon. - }; - - /** - * The type of a match. - */ - enum MatchType { - MatchExact, ///< Only try to find an exact match. - MatchBest ///< Take the best match if there is no exact match. - - }; - - // if you add a group here, make sure to change the config reading in - // KIconLoader too - /** - * The group of the icon. - */ - enum Group { - /// No group - NoGroup=-1, - /// Desktop icons - Desktop=0, - /// First group - FirstGroup=0, - /// Toolbar icons - Toolbar, - /// Main toolbar icons - MainToolbar, - /// Small icons - Small, - /// Panel (Kicker) icons - Panel, - /// Last group - LastGroup, - /// User icons - User - }; - - /** - * These are the standard sizes for icons. - */ - enum StdSizes { - /// small icons for menu entries - SizeSmall=16, - /// slightly larger small icons for toolbars, panels, etc - SizeSmallMedium=22, - /// medium sized icons for the desktop - SizeMedium=32, - /// large sized icons for the panel - SizeLarge=48, - /// huge sized icons for iconviews - SizeHuge=64, - /// enormous sized icons for iconviews - SizeEnormous=128 - }; - - /** - * Defines the possible states of an icon. - */ - enum States { DefaultState, ///< The default state. - ActiveState, ///< Icon is active. - DisabledState, ///< Icon is disabled. - LastState ///< Last state (last constant) - }; - - /** - * This defines an overlay, a semi-transparent image that is - * projected onto the icon. They are used to show that the file - * represented by the icon is, for example, locked, zipped or hidden. - */ - enum Overlays { - LockOverlay=0x100, ///< a file is locked - ZipOverlay=0x200, ///< a file is zipped - LinkOverlay=0x400, ///< a file is a link - HiddenOverlay=0x800, ///< a file is hidden - ShareOverlay=0x1000, ///< a file is shared - OverlayMask = ~0xff - }; - - /** - * The size in pixels of the icon. - */ - int size; - - /** - * The context of the icon. - */ - Context context; - - /** - * The type of the icon: Fixed, Scalable or Threshold. - **/ - Type type; - - /** - * The threshold in case type == Threshold - */ - int threshold; - - /** - * The full path of the icon. - */ - TQString path; - -private: - KIconPrivate *d; -}; - -inline KIcon::Group& operator++(KIcon::Group& group) { group = static_cast<KIcon::Group>(group+1); return group; } -inline KIcon::Group operator++(KIcon::Group& group,int) { KIcon::Group ret = group; ++group; return ret; } - -/** - * Class to use/access icon themes in KDE. This class is used by the - * iconloader but can be used by others too. - * @see KIconLoader - */ -class KDECORE_EXPORT KIconTheme -{ -public: - /** - * Load an icon theme by name. - * @param name the name of the theme (e.g. "hicolor" or "keramik") - * @param appName the name of the application. Can be null. This argument - * allows applications to have themed application icons. - */ - KIconTheme(const TQString& name, const TQString& appName=TQString::null); - ~KIconTheme(); - - /** - * The stylized name of the icon theme. - * @return the (human-readable) name of the theme - */ - TQString name() const { return mName; } - - /** - * A description for the icon theme. - * @return a human-readable description of the theme, TQString::null - * if there is none - */ - TQString description() const { return mDesc; } - - /** - * Return the name of the "example" icon. This can be used to - * present the theme to the user. - * @return the name of the example icon, TQString::null if there is none - */ - TQString example() const; - - /** - * Return the name of the screenshot. - * @return the name of the screenshot, TQString::null if there is none - */ - TQString screenshot() const; - - /** - * Returns the name of this theme's link overlay. - * @return the name of the link overlay - */ - TQString linkOverlay() const; - - /** - * Returns the name of this theme's zip overlay. - * @return the name of the zip overlay - */ - TQString zipOverlay() const; - - /** - * Returns the name of this theme's lock overlay. - * @return the name of the lock overlay - */ - TQString lockOverlay() const; - - /** - * Returns the name of this theme's share overlay. - * @return the name of the share overlay - * @since 3.1 - */ - TQString shareOverlay () const; - - /** - * Returns the toplevel theme directory. - * @return the directory of the theme - */ - TQString dir() const { return mDir; } - - /** - * The themes this icon theme falls back on. - * @return a list of icon themes that are used as fall-backs - */ - TQStringList inherits() const { return mInherits; } - - /** - * The icon theme exists? - * @return true if the icon theme is valid - */ - bool isValid() const; - - /** - * The icon theme should be hidden to the user? - * @return true if the icon theme is hidden - * @since 3.1 - */ - bool isHidden() const; - - /** - * The minimum display depth required for this theme. This can either - * be 8 or 32. - * @return the minimum bpp (8 or 32) - */ - int depth() const { return mDepth; } - - /** - * The default size of this theme for a certain icon group. - * @param group The icon group. See KIcon::Group. - * @return The default size in pixels for the given icon group. - */ - int defaultSize(KIcon::Group group) const; - - /** - * Query available sizes for a group. - * @param group The icon group. See KIcon::Group. - * @return a list of available sized for the given group - */ - TQValueList<int> querySizes(KIcon::Group group) const; - - /** - * Query available icons for a size and context. - * @param size the size of the icons - * @param context the context of the icons - * @return the list of icon names - */ - TQStringList queryIcons(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const; - - /** - * Query available icons for a context and preferred size. - * @param size the size of the icons - * @param context the context of the icons - * @return the list of icon names - */ - TQStringList queryIconsByContext(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const; - - - /** - * Lookup an icon in the theme. - * @param name The name of the icon, without extension. - * @param size The desired size of the icon. - * @param match The matching mode. KIcon::MatchExact returns an icon - * only if matches exactly. KIcon::MatchBest returns the best matching - * icon. - * @return A KIcon class that describes the icon. If an icon is found, - * @see KIcon::isValid will return true, and false otherwise. - */ - KIcon iconPath(const TQString& name, int size, KIcon::MatchType match) const; - - /** - * List all icon themes installed on the system, global and local. - * @return the list of all icon themes - */ - static TQStringList list(); - - /** - * Returns the current icon theme. - * @return the name of the current theme - */ - static TQString current(); - - /** - * Reconfigure the theme. - */ - static void reconfigure(); - - /** - * Returns the default icon theme. - * @return the name of the default theme name - * @since 3.1 - */ - static TQString defaultThemeName(); - -private: - int mDefSize[8]; - TQValueList<int> mSizes[8]; - - int mDepth; - TQString mDir, mName, mDesc; - TQStringList mInherits; -// TQPtrList<KIconThemeDir> mDirs; -// KIconThemePrivate *d; - - static TQString *_theme; - static TQStringList *_theme_list; -}; - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde343/kkeyserver.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde343/kkeyserver.h deleted file mode 100644 index ef673ea9..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde343/kkeyserver.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,29 +0,0 @@ -/* - Copyright (C) 2001 Ellis Whitehead <ellis@kde.org> - - Win32 port: - Copyright (C) 2004 Jaroslaw Staniek <js@iidea.pl> - - This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - - This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. -*/ - -#ifndef _KKEYSERVER_H -#define _KKEYSERVER_H - -//FOR COMPATIBILITY -#include "kkeyserver_x11.h" - -#endif // !_KKEYSERVER_H diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde343/kkeyserver_x11.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde343/kkeyserver_x11.h deleted file mode 100644 index 23ee47dc..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde343/kkeyserver_x11.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,469 +0,0 @@ -/* - Copyright (C) 2001 Ellis Whitehead <ellis@kde.org> - - Win32 port: - Copyright (C) 2004 Jaroslaw Staniek <js@iidea.pl> - - This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - - This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. -*/ - -#ifndef _KKEYSERVER_X11_H -#define _KKEYSERVER_X11_H - -#include "kshortcut.h" -#include "kkeynative.h" - -/** - * A collection of functions for the conversion of key presses and - * their modifiers from the window system specific format - * to the generic format and vice-versa. - */ -namespace KKeyServer -{ - /** - * Supplement enum KKey::ModFlag - * @since 3.1 - */ - enum ExtraModFlag { MODE_SWITCH = 0x2000 }; - - /** - * Represents a key symbol. - * @see KKey - * @see KKeyServer - */ - struct KDECORE_EXPORT Sym - { - public: - /// the actual value of the symbol - uint m_sym; - - /// Creates a null symbol. - Sym() - { m_sym = 0; } - /** - * Creates asymbol with the given value. - * @param sym the value - */ - Sym( uint sym ) - { m_sym = sym; } - /** - * Creates a symbol from the given string description. - * @param s the description of the symbol - * @see toString() - */ - Sym( const TQString& s ) - { init( s ); } - - /** - * Initializes the symbol with the given Qt key code. - * @param keyQt the qt key code - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key - */ - bool initQt( int keyQt ); - - /** - * Initializes the key with the given string description. - * @param s the string description - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see toString() - */ - bool init( const TQString &s ); - - /** - * Returns the qt key code of the symbol. - * @return the qt key code - */ - int qt() const; - - /** - * @internal - */ - TQString toStringInternal() const; - - /** - * Returns the string representation of the symbol. - * @return the string representation of the symbol - */ - TQString toString() const; - - /** - * Returns the mods that are required for this symbol as - * ORed KKey::ModFlag's. For example, Break requires a - * Ctrl to be valid. - * @return the required KKey::ModFlag's - * @see KKey::ModFlag - */ - uint getModsRequired() const; - - /** - * TODO: please find out what this method does and document it - */ - uint getSymVariation() const; - - /** - * Casts the symbol to its integer representation. - */ - operator uint() const { return m_sym; } - - /** - * Overloaded operator to convert ints to Sym. - */ - Sym& operator =( uint sym ) { m_sym = sym; return *this; } - - private: - TQString toString( bool bUserSpace ) const; - - static void capitalizeKeyname( TQString& ); - }; - - /** - * Represents a key press. - * @see KKey - */ - struct KDECORE_EXPORT Key - { - /// Code for native Keys in Qt - enum { CODE_FOR_QT = 256 }; - - /// The code of the key - uint m_code; - - /// The modifiers of the key - uint m_mod; - - /// The symbol of the key - uint m_sym; - - /** - * Initializes the key with a KKey. - * @param key the key to get the data from - * @param bQt true to take the Qt keycode, false - * for the native key code - * @see Qt::Key - * @see KKeyNative - */ - bool init( const KKey& key, bool bQt ); - - /** - * Checks whether the key code is a native code. - * @return true if native code of the window system, - * false if it is a Qt keycode - * @see Qt::Key - * @see KKeyNative - */ - bool isNative() const { return m_code != CODE_FOR_QT; } - - /** - * Returns the code of the key. - * @return the code of the key - */ - uint code() const { return m_code; } - - /** - * Returns the modifiers of the key. - * @return the modifiers of the key - */ - uint mod() const { return m_mod; } - - /** - * Returns the symbol of the key. - * @return the symbol of the key - */ - uint sym() const { return m_sym; } - - /** - * Returns the qt key code. - * @return the qt key code - */ - int keyCodeQt() const { return (int) m_sym; } - - /** - * Sets the qt key code. - * @param keyQt the qt key code - */ - void setKeycodeQt( int keyQt ) - { m_code = CODE_FOR_QT; m_sym = keyQt; } - - /** - * Initializes this key with a KKeyNative. - * @return this key - */ - Key& operator =( const KKeyNative& key ); - - /** - * Compares this key with the given Key object. Returns a - * negative number if the given Key is larger, 0 if they - * are equal and a positive number this Key is larger. The - * returned value is the difference between the symbol, modifier - * or code, whatever is non-zero first. - * - * @param key the key to compare with this key - * @return a negative number if the given Key is larger, 0 if - * they are equal and a positive number this Key is larger - */ - int compare( const Key& key ) const; - - /** - * Compares the symbol, modifiers and code of both keys. - * @see compare() - */ - bool operator ==( const Key& b ) const - { return compare( b ) == 0; } - - /** - * Compares the symbol, modifiers and code of both keys. - * @see compare() - */ - bool operator <( const Key& b ) const - { return compare( b ) < 0; } - - /** - * Converts this Key to a KKey. - * @return the KKey - */ - KKey key() const; - }; - - /** - * TODO: please document this class - */ - struct KDECORE_EXPORT Variations - { - enum { MAX_VARIATIONS = 4 }; - - Key m_rgkey[MAX_VARIATIONS]; - uint m_nVariations; - - Variations() { m_nVariations = 0; } - - void init( const KKey&, bool bQt ); - - uint count() const { return m_nVariations; } - const Key& key( uint i ) const { return m_rgkey[i]; } - }; - - /// TODO: please document - KDECORE_EXPORT bool initializeMods(); - - /** - * Returns the equivalent X modifier mask of the given modifier flag. - * @param modFlag the generic flags to check - * @return the window system specific flags - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT uint modX( KKey::ModFlag modFlag ); - - /** - * Returns true if the current keyboard layout supports the Win key. - * Specifically, whether the Super or Meta keys are assigned to an X modifier. - * @return true if the keyboard has a Win key - * @see modXWin() - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT bool keyboardHasWinKey(); - - /** - * Returns the X11 Shift modifier mask/flag. - * @return the X11 Shift modifier mask/flag. - * @see accelModMaskX() - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT uint modXShift(); - - /** - * Returns the X11 Lock modifier mask/flag. - * @return the X11 Lock modifier mask/flag. - * @see accelModMaskX() - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT uint modXLock(); - - /** - * Returns the X11 Ctrl modifier mask/flag. - * @return the X11 Ctrl modifier mask/flag. - * @see accelModMaskX() - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT uint modXCtrl(); - - /** - * Returns the X11 Alt (Mod1) modifier mask/flag. - * @return the X11 Alt (Mod1) modifier mask/flag. - * @see accelModMaskX() - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT uint modXAlt(); - - /** - * Returns the X11 NumLock modifier mask/flag. - * @return the X11 NumLock modifier mask/flag. - * @see accelModMaskX() - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT uint modXNumLock(); - - /** - * Returns the X11 Win (Mod3) modifier mask/flag. - * @return the X11 Win (Mod3) modifier mask/flag. - * @see keyboardHasWinKey() - * @see accelModMaskX() - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT uint modXWin(); - - /** - * Returns the X11 ScrollLock modifier mask/flag. - * @return the X11 ScrollLock modifier mask/flag. - * @see accelModMaskX() - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT uint modXScrollLock(); - - /** - * Returns the X11 Mode_switch modifier mask/flag. - * @return the X11 Mode_switch modifier mask/flag. - * @see accelModMaskX() - * @since 3.5 - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT uint modXModeSwitch(); - - /** - * Returns bitwise OR'ed mask containing Shift, Ctrl, Alt, and - * Win (if available). - * @see modXShift() - * @see modXLock() - * @see modXCtrl() - * @see modXAlt() - * @see modXNumLock() - * @see modXWin() - * @see modXScrollLock() - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT uint accelModMaskX(); - - /** - * Extracts the symbol from the given Qt key and - * converts it to a symbol. - * @param keyQt the qt key code - * @param sym if successful, the symbol will be written here - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key - * @see Sym - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT bool keyQtToSym( int keyQt, uint& sym ); - - /** - * Extracts the modifiers from the given Qt key and - * converts them in a mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers. - * @param keyQt the qt key code - * @param mod if successful, the modifiers will be written here - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT bool keyQtToMod( int keyQt, uint& mod ); - - /** - * Converts the given symbol to a Qt key code. - * @param sym the symbol - * @param keyQt if successful, the qt key code will be written here - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key - * @see Sym - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT bool symToKeyQt( uint sym, int& keyQt ); - - /** - * Converts the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers to - * a mask of ORed Qt key code modifiers. - * @param mod the mask of KKey::ModFlag modifiers - * @param modQt the mask of Qt key code modifiers will be written here, - * if successful - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key - * @see KKey - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT bool modToModQt( uint mod, int& modQt ); - - /** - * Converts the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers to - * a mask of ORed X11 modifiers. - * @param mod the mask of KKey::ModFlag modifiers - * @param modX the mask of X11 modifiers will be written here, - * if successful - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see KKey - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT bool modToModX( uint mod, uint& modX ); - - /** - * Converts the mask of ORed X11 modifiers to - * a mask of ORed Qt key code modifiers. - * @param modX the mask of X11 modifiers - * @param modQt the mask of Qt key code modifiers will be written here - * if successful - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key - */ - //wrapped for win32 - KDECORE_EXPORT bool modXToModQt( uint modX, int& modQt ); - - /** - * Converts the Qt-compatible button state to x11 modifier. - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT int qtButtonStateToMod( Qt::ButtonState s ); - - /** - * Converts the mask of ORed X11 modifiers to - * a mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers. - * @param modX the mask of X11 modifiers - * @param mod the mask of KKey::ModFlag modifiers will be written here, - * if successful - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see KKey - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT bool modXToMod( uint modX, uint& mod ); - - /** - * Converts a X11 key code and a mask of ORed X11 modifiers - * into a X11 symbol. - * converts it to a symbol. - * @param codeX the X11 key code - * @param modX the mask of ORed X11 modifiers - * @param symX if successful, the X11 symbol will be written here - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key - * @see Sym - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT bool codeXToSym( uchar codeX, uint modX, uint& symX ); - - /** - * @internal - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT TQString modToStringInternal( uint mod ); - - /** - * Converts the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers to a - * user-readable string. - * @param mod the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers - * @return the user-readable string - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT TQString modToStringUser( uint mod ); - - /** - * @internal - * Unimplemented? - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT bool stringToSymMod( const TQString&, uint& sym, uint& mod ); - - /** - * @internal - * Unimplemented? - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT void keyQtToKeyX( uint keyCombQt, unsigned char *pKeyCodeX, uint *pKeySymX, uint *pKeyModX ); -} - -#endif // !_KKEYSERVER_X11_H diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde343/konsole_part.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde343/konsole_part.h deleted file mode 100644 index 51c49f5e..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde343/konsole_part.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,228 +0,0 @@ -/* - This file is part of the KDE system - Copyright (C) 1999,2000 Boloni Laszlo - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. - */ - -#ifndef __KONSOLE_PART_H__ -#define __KONSOLE_PART_H__ - -#include <kparts/browserextension.h> -#include <kparts/factory.h> - - -#include <kdialogbase.h> - -#include <kde_terminal_interface.h> - -//#include "schema.h" -//#include "session.h" - -class KInstance; -class konsoleBrowserExtension; -class TQPushButton; -class TQSpinBox; -class KPopupMenu; -class TQCheckBox; -class KRootPixmap; -class KToggleAction; -class KSelectAction; - -namespace KParts { class GUIActivateEvent; } - -class konsoleFactory : public KParts::Factory -{ - Q_OBJECT -public: - konsoleFactory(); - virtual ~konsoleFactory(); - - virtual KParts::Part* createPartObject(TQWidget *parentWidget = 0, const char *widgetName = 0, - TQObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0, - const char* classname = "KParts::Part", - const TQStringList &args = TQStringList()); - - static KInstance *instance(); - - private: - static KInstance *s_instance; - static KAboutData *s_aboutData; -}; - -////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -class konsolePart: public KParts::ReadOnlyPart, public TerminalInterface -{ - Q_OBJECT - public: - konsolePart(TQWidget *parentWidget, const char *widgetName, TQObject * parent, const char *name, const char *classname = 0); - virtual ~konsolePart(); - -signals: - void processExited(); - void receivedData( const TQString& s ); - protected: - virtual bool openURL( const KURL & url ); - virtual bool openFile() {return false;} // never used - virtual bool closeURL() {return true;} - virtual void guiActivateEvent( KParts::GUIActivateEvent * event ); - - protected slots: - void showShell(); - void slotProcessExited(); - void slotReceivedData( const TQString& s ); - -// void doneSession(TESession*); - void sessionDestroyed(); -// void configureRequest(TEWidget*,int,int x,int y); - void updateTitle(); - void enableMasterModeConnections(); - - private slots: - void emitOpenURLRequest(const TQString &url); - - void readProperties(); - void saveProperties(); - - void sendSignal(int n); - void closeCurrentSession(); - - void notifySize(int,int); - - void slotToggleFrame(); - void slotSelectScrollbar(); - void slotSelectFont(); - void schema_menu_check(); - void keytab_menu_activated(int item); - void updateSchemaMenu(); - void setSchema(int n); - void pixmap_menu_activated(int item); - void schema_menu_activated(int item); - void slotHistoryType(); - void slotSelectBell(); - void slotSelectLineSpacing(); - void slotBlinkingCursor(); - void slotWordSeps(); - void fontNotFound(); - void slotSetEncoding(); - void slotFontChanged(); - - private: - konsoleBrowserExtension *m_extension; - KURL currentURL; - - void makeGUI(); - void applySettingsToGUI(); - - void setFont(int fontno); -// void setSchema(ColorSchema* s); - void updateKeytabMenu(); - - bool doOpenStream( const TQString& ); - bool doWriteStream( const TQByteArray& ); - bool doCloseStream(); - - TQWidget* parentWidget; -// TEWidget* te; -// TESession* se; -// ColorSchemaList* colors; - KRootPixmap* rootxpm; - - KToggleAction* blinkingCursor; - KToggleAction* showFrame; - - KSelectAction* selectBell; - KSelectAction* selectFont; - KSelectAction* selectLineSpacing; - KSelectAction* selectScrollbar; - KSelectAction* selectSetEncoding; - - KPopupMenu* m_keytab; - KPopupMenu* m_schema; - KPopupMenu* m_signals; - KPopupMenu* m_options; - KPopupMenu* m_popupMenu; - - TQFont defaultFont; - - TQString pmPath; // pixmap path - TQString s_schema; - TQString s_kconfigSchema; - TQString s_word_seps; // characters that are considered part of a word - TQString fontNotFound_par; - - bool b_framevis:1; - bool b_histEnabled:1; - - int curr_schema; // current schema no - int n_bell; - int n_font; - int n_keytab; - int n_render; - int n_scroll; - unsigned m_histSize; - bool m_runningShell; - bool m_streamEnabled; - int n_encoding; - -public: - // these are the implementations for the TermEmuInterface - // functions... - void startProgram( const TQString& program, - const TQStrList& args ); - void showShellInDir( const TQString& dir ); - void sendInput( const TQString& text ); -}; - -////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -/*class HistoryTypeDialog : public KDialogBase -{ - Q_OBJECT -public: - HistoryTypeDialog(const HistoryType& histType, - unsigned int histSize, - TQWidget *parent); - -public slots: - void slotDefault(); - void slotSetUnlimited(); - void slotHistEnable(bool); - - unsigned int nbLines() const; - bool isOn() const; - -protected: - TQCheckBox* m_btnEnable; - TQSpinBox* m_size; - TQPushButton* m_setUnlimited; -};*/ - -////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -class konsoleBrowserExtension : public KParts::BrowserExtension -{ - Q_OBJECT - friend class konsolePart; - public: - konsoleBrowserExtension(konsolePart *parent); - virtual ~konsoleBrowserExtension(); - - void emitOpenURLRequest(const KURL &url); -}; - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde343/kpanelmenu.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde343/kpanelmenu.h deleted file mode 100644 index de0b065e..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde343/kpanelmenu.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,182 +0,0 @@ -/***************************************************************** - -Copyright (c) 1996-2000 the kicker authors. See file AUTHORS. - (c) 2001 Michael Goffioul <kdeprint@swing.be> - -Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy -of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal -in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights -to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell -copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is -furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: - -The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in -all copies or substantial portions of the Software. - -THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR -IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, -FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE -AUTHORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN -AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN -CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. - -******************************************************************/ - -#ifndef __KPANELMENU_H__ -#define __KPANELMENU_H__ - -#include <tqstring.h> -#include <kpopupmenu.h> -#include <kgenericfactory.h> - -class KPanelMenuPrivate; - -/** - * @short Base class to build dynamically loaded menu entries for the K-menu, or the panel. - * - * This class allows to build menu entries that will be dynamically added either to - * the K-menu, or to the panel as a normal button. These dynamic menus are located - * in shared libraries that will be loaded at runtime by Kicker (the %KDE panel). - * - * To build such a menu, you have to inherit this class and implement the pure virtual - * functions #initialize() and slotExec(). You also have to provide a factory - * object in your library, see KLibFactory. This factory is only used to construct - * the menu object. - * - * Finally, you also have to provide a desktop file describing your dynamic menu. The - * relevant entries are: Name, Comment, Icon and X-KDE-Library (which contains the - * library name without any extension). This desktop file has to be installed in - * $KDEDIR/share/apps/kicker/menuext/. - * - * @author The kicker maintainers, Michael Goffioul <kdeprint@swing.be> - */ -class KDEUI_EXPORT KPanelMenu : public KPopupMenu -{ - Q_OBJECT - -public: - /** - * Construct a KPanelMenu object. This is the normal constructor to use when - * building extrernal menu entries. - */ - KPanelMenu(TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0); - /** - * Constructor used internally by Kicker. You don't really want to use it. - * @param startDir a directory to associate with this menu - * @param parent parent object - * @param name name of the object - * @see path(), setPath() - */ - KPanelMenu(const TQString &startDir, TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0); - /** - * Destructor. - */ - virtual ~KPanelMenu(); - - /** - * Get the directory path associated with this menu, or TQString::null if - * there's no such associated path. - * @return the associated directory path - * @see setPath() - */ - const TQString& path() const; - /** - * Set a directory path to be associated with this menu. - * @param p the directory path - * @see path() - */ - void setPath(const TQString &p); - /** - * Tell if the menu has been initialized, that is it already contains items. - * This is useful when you need to know if you have to clear the menu, or to - * fill it. - * @return the initial state - * @see setInitialized(), initialize() - */ - bool initialized() const; - /** - * Set the initial state. Set it to true when you menu is filled with the items - * you want. - * @param on the initial state - * @see initialized(), initialize() - */ - void setInitialized(bool on); - - /** - * Disable the automatic clearing of the menu. Kicker uses a cache system for - * its menus. After a specific configurable delay, the menu will be cleared. - * Use this function if you want to disable kicker's cache system, and avoid - * the clearing of your menu. - */ - void disableAutoClear(); - -public slots: - /** - * Reinitialize the menu: the menu is first cleared, the initial state is set - * to false, and finally #initialize() is called. Use this if you want to - * refill your menu immediately. - */ - void reinitialize(); - /** - * Deinitialize the menu: the menu is cleared and the initialized state is set to - * false. #initialize() is NOT called. It will be called before the menu is - * next shown, however. Use this slot if you want a delayed reinitialization. - * @since 3.1 - */ - void deinitialize(); - -protected slots: - /** - * This slot is called just before the menu is shown. This allows your menu - * to update itself if needed. However you should instead re-implement - * #initialize to provide this feature. This function is responsible for - * the cache system handling, so if you re-implement it, you should call - * the base function also. Calls #initialize(). - * @see disableAutoClear() - */ - virtual void slotAboutToShow(); - /** - * This is slot is called when an item from the menu has been selected. Your - * applet is then supposed to perform some action. You must re-implement this - * function. - * @param id the ID associated with the selected item - */ - virtual void slotExec(int id) = 0; - /** - * This slots is called to initialize the menu. It is called automatically by - * slotAboutToShow(). By re-implementing this functions, you can reconstruct - * the menu before it is being shown. At the end of this function, you should - * call setInitialize() with true to tell the system that the menu is OK. - * You applet must re-implement this function. - * @see slotAboutToShow(), initialized(), setInitialized() - */ - virtual void initialize() = 0; - /** - * Clears the menu, and update the initial state accordingly. - * @see initialized() - */ - void slotClear(); - -protected: - /** - * Re-implemented for internal reasons. - */ - virtual void hideEvent(TQHideEvent *ev); - /** - * For internal use only. Used by constructors. - */ - void init(const TQString& path = TQString::null); - -protected: - virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data ); -private: - void internalInitialize(); - KPanelMenuPrivate *d; -}; - -#define K_EXPORT_KICKER_MENUEXT( libname, classname ) \ - K_EXPORT_COMPONENT_FACTORY( \ - kickermenu_##libname, \ - KGenericFactory<classname>("libkickermenu_" #libname) ) - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde343/krecentdirs.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde343/krecentdirs.h deleted file mode 100644 index 439fb6fe..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde343/krecentdirs.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,70 +0,0 @@ -/* -*- c++ -*- - * Copyright (C)2000 Waldo Bastian <bastian@kde.org> - * - * All rights reserved. - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without - * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions - * are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the - * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND - * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE - * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE - * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE - * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL - * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS - * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) - * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT - * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY - * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF - * SUCH DAMAGE. - * - */ -#ifndef __KRECENTDIRS_H -#define __KRECENTDIRS_H - -#include <tqstringlist.h> - -#include <kdelibs_export.h> - -/** - * The goal of this class is to make sure that, when the user needs to - * specify a file via the file selection dialog, this dialog will start - * in the directory most likely to contain the desired files. - * - * This works as follows: Each time the file selection dialog is - * shown, the programmer can specify a "file-class". The file-dialog will - * then start with the directory associated with this file-class. When - * the dialog closes, the directory currently shown in the file-dialog - * will be associated with the file-class. - * - * A file-class can either start with ':' or with '::'. If it starts with - * a single ':' the file-class is specific to the current application. - * If the file-class starts with '::' it is global to all applications. - */ -class KIO_EXPORT KRecentDirs -{ -public: - /** - * Returns a list of directories associated with this file-class. - * The most recently used directory is at the front of the list. - */ - static TQStringList list(const TQString &fileClass); - - /** - * Returns the most recently used directory accociated with this file-class. - */ - static TQString dir(const TQString &fileClass); - - /** - * Associates @p directory with @p fileClass - */ - static void add(const TQString &fileClass, const TQString &directory); -}; - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde343/ksharedptr.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde343/ksharedptr.h deleted file mode 100644 index ada08413..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde343/ksharedptr.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,175 +0,0 @@ -/* This file is part of the KDE libraries - Copyright (c) 1999 Waldo Bastian <bastian@kde.org> - - This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation. - - This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. -*/ -#ifndef KSharedPTR_H -#define KSharedPTR_H - -#include "kdelibs_export.h" - -/** - * Reference counting for shared objects. If you derive your object - * from this class, then you may use it in conjunction with - * KSharedPtr to control the lifetime of your object. - * - * Specifically, all classes that derive from KShared have an internal - * counter keeping track of how many other objects have a reference to - * their object. If used with KSharedPtr, then your object will - * not be deleted until all references to the object have been - * released. - * - * You should probably not ever use any of the methods in this class - * directly -- let the KSharedPtr take care of that. Just derive - * your class from KShared and forget about it. - * - * @author Waldo Bastian <bastian@kde.org> - */ -class KDECORE_EXPORT KShared { -public: - /** - * Standard constructor. This will initialize the reference count - * on this object to 0. - */ - KShared() : count(0) { } - - /** - * Copy constructor. This will @em not actually copy the objects - * but it will initialize the reference count on this object to 0. - */ - KShared( const KShared & ) : count(0) { } - - /** - * Overloaded assignment operator. - */ - KShared &operator=(const KShared & ) { return *this; } - - /** - * Increases the reference count by one. - */ - void _KShared_ref() const { count++; } - - /** - * Releases a reference (decreases the reference count by one). If - * the count goes to 0, this object will delete itself. - */ - void _KShared_unref() const { if (!--count) delete this; } - - /** - * Return the current number of references held. - * - * @return Number of references - */ - int _KShared_count() const { return count; } - -protected: - virtual ~KShared() { } -private: - mutable int count; -}; - -/** - * Can be used to control the lifetime of an object that has derived - * KShared. As long a someone holds a KSharedPtr on some KShared - * object it won't become deleted but is deleted once its reference - * count is 0. This struct emulates C++ pointers virtually perfectly. - * So just use it like a simple C++ pointer. - * - * KShared and KSharedPtr are preferred over QShared / QSharedPtr - * since they are more safe. - * - * WARNING: Please note that this class template provides an implicit - * conversion to T*. Do *not* change this pointer or the pointee (don't - * call delete on it, for instance) behind KSharedPtr's back. - * - * @author Waldo Bastian <bastian@kde.org> - */ -template< class T > -class KSharedPtr -{ -public: -/** - * Creates a null pointer. - */ - KSharedPtr() - : ptr(0) { } - /** - * Creates a new pointer. - * @param t the pointer - */ - KSharedPtr( T* t ) - : ptr(t) { if ( ptr ) ptr->_KShared_ref(); } - - /** - * Copies a pointer. - * @param p the pointer to copy - */ - KSharedPtr( const KSharedPtr& p ) - : ptr(p.ptr) { if ( ptr ) ptr->_KShared_ref(); } - - /** - * Unreferences the object that this pointer points to. If it was - * the last reference, the object will be deleted. - */ - ~KSharedPtr() { if ( ptr ) ptr->_KShared_unref(); } - - KSharedPtr<T>& operator= ( const KSharedPtr<T>& p ) { - if ( ptr == p.ptr ) return *this; - if ( ptr ) ptr->_KShared_unref(); - ptr = p.ptr; - if ( ptr ) ptr->_KShared_ref(); - return *this; - } - KSharedPtr<T>& operator= ( T* p ) { - if ( ptr == p ) return *this; - if ( ptr ) ptr->_KShared_unref(); - ptr = p; - if ( ptr ) ptr->_KShared_ref(); - return *this; - } - bool operator== ( const KSharedPtr<T>& p ) const { return ( ptr == p.ptr ); } - bool operator!= ( const KSharedPtr<T>& p ) const { return ( ptr != p.ptr ); } - bool operator== ( const T* p ) const { return ( ptr == p ); } - bool operator!= ( const T* p ) const { return ( ptr != p ); } - bool operator!() const { return ( ptr == 0 ); } - operator T*() const { return ptr; } - - /** - * Returns the pointer. - * @return the pointer - */ - T* data() { return ptr; } - - /** - * Returns the pointer. - * @return the pointer - */ - const T* data() const { return ptr; } - - const T& operator*() const { return *ptr; } - T& operator*() { return *ptr; } - const T* operator->() const { return ptr; } - T* operator->() { return ptr; } - - /** - * Returns the number of references. - * @return the number of references - */ - int count() const { return ptr->_KShared_count(); } // for debugging purposes -private: - T* ptr; -}; - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde343/ksycocafactory.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde343/ksycocafactory.h deleted file mode 100644 index 536da286..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde343/ksycocafactory.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,143 +0,0 @@ -/* This file is part of the KDE libraries - * Copyright (C) 1999 Waldo Bastian <bastian@kde.org> - * - * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - * License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation; - * - * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Library General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - * along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. - **/ - -#ifndef __ksycocafactory_h__ -#define __ksycocafactory_h__ - -#include "ksycocatype.h" -#include "ksycocaentry.h" - -#include <tqdict.h> -#include <tqptrlist.h> -class KSycoca; -class TQStringList; -class TQString; -class KSycocaDict; -class KSycocaResourceList; - -typedef TQDict<KSycocaEntry::Ptr> KSycocaEntryDict; - -/** - * @internal - * Base class for sycoca factories - */ -class KDECORE_EXPORT KSycocaFactory -{ -public: - virtual KSycocaFactoryId factoryId() const = 0; - -protected: // virtual class - /** - * Create a factory which can be used to lookup from/create a database - * (depending on KSycoca::isBuilding()) - */ - KSycocaFactory( KSycocaFactoryId factory_id ); - -public: - virtual ~KSycocaFactory(); - - /** - * @return the position of the factory in the sycoca file - */ - int offset() { return mOffset; } - - /** - * @return the dict, for special use by KBuildSycoca - */ - KSycocaEntryDict * entryDict() { return m_entryDict; } - - /** - * Construct an entry from a config file. - * To be implemented in the real factories. - */ - virtual KSycocaEntry *createEntry(const TQString &file, const char *resource) = 0; - - /** - * Add an entry - */ - virtual void addEntry(KSycocaEntry *newEntry, const char *resource); - - /** - * Remove an entry - * Not very fast, use with care. O(N) - */ - void removeEntry(KSycocaEntry *newEntry); - - /** - * Read an entry from the database - */ - virtual KSycocaEntry *createEntry(int offset)=0; - - /** - * Get a list of all entries from the database. - */ - KSycocaEntry::List allEntries(); - - /** - * Saves all entries it maintains as well as index files - * for these entries to the stream 'str'. - * - * Also sets mOffset to the starting position. - * - * The stream is positioned at the end of the last index. - * - * Don't forget to call the parent first when you override - * this function. - */ - virtual void save(TQDataStream &str); - - /** - * Writes out a header to the stream 'str'. - * The baseclass positions the stream correctly. - * - * Don't forget to call the parent first when you override - * this function. - */ - virtual void saveHeader(TQDataStream &str); - - /** - * @return the resources for which this factory is responsible. - */ - virtual const KSycocaResourceList * resourceList() const { return m_resourceList; } - -private: - int mOffset; - -protected: - int m_sycocaDictOffset; - int m_beginEntryOffset; - int m_endEntryOffset; - TQDataStream *m_str; - - KSycocaResourceList *m_resourceList; - KSycocaEntryDict *m_entryDict; - KSycocaDict *m_sycocaDict; -protected: - virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data ); -}; - -/** This, instead of a typedef, allows to declare "class ..." in header files - * @internal - */ -class KDECORE_EXPORT KSycocaFactoryList : public TQPtrList<KSycocaFactory> -{ -public: - KSycocaFactoryList() { } -}; - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde343/ktoolbarbutton.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde343/ktoolbarbutton.h deleted file mode 100644 index 743c8bc8..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde343/ktoolbarbutton.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,329 +0,0 @@ -/* This file is part of the KDE libraries - Copyright (C) 1997, 1998 Stephan Kulow (coolo@kde.org) - (C) 1997, 1998 Sven Radej (radej@kde.org) - (C) 1997, 1998 Mark Donohoe (donohoe@kde.org) - (C) 1997, 1998 Matthias Ettrich (ettrich@kde.org) - (C) 2000 Kurt Granroth (granroth@kde.org) - - This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation. - - This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. -*/ - -#ifndef _KTOOLBARBUTTON_H -#define _KTOOLBARBUTTON_H - -#include <tqpixmap.h> -#include <tqtoolbutton.h> -#include <tqintdict.h> -#include <tqstring.h> -#include <kglobal.h> - -class KToolBar; -class KToolBarButtonPrivate; -class KInstance; -class TQEvent; -class TQPopupMenu; -class TQPainter; - -/** - * A toolbar button. This is used internally by KToolBar, use the - * KToolBar methods instead. - * @internal - */ -class KDEUI_EXPORT KToolBarButton : public QToolButton -{ - Q_OBJECT - -public: - /** - * Construct a button with an icon loaded by the button itself. - * This will trust the button to load the correct icon with the - * correct size. - * - * @param icon Name of icon to load (may be absolute or relative) - * @param id Id of this button - * @param parent This button's parent - * @param name This button's internal name - * @param txt This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise) - * @param _instance the instance to use for this button - */ - KToolBarButton(const TQString& icon, int id, TQWidget *parent, - const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null, - KInstance *_instance = KGlobal::instance()); - - /** - * Construct a button with an existing pixmap. It is not - * recommended that you use this as the internal icon loading code - * will almost always get it "right". - * - * @param pixmap Name of icon to load (may be absolute or relative) - * @param id Id of this button - * @param parent This button's parent - * @param name This button's internal name - * @param txt This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise) - */ - KToolBarButton(const TQPixmap& pixmap, int id, TQWidget *parent, - const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null); - - /** - * Construct a separator button - * - * @param parent This button's parent - * @param name This button's internal name - */ - KToolBarButton(TQWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L); - - /** - * Standard destructor - */ - ~KToolBarButton(); - -#ifndef KDE_NO_COMPAT - /** - * @deprecated - * Set the pixmap directly for this button. This pixmap should be - * the active one... the dimmed and disabled pixmaps are constructed - * based on this one. However, don't use this function unless you - * are positive that you don't want to use setIcon. - * - * @param pixmap The active pixmap - */ - // this one is from TQButton, so #ifdef-ing it out doesn't break BC - virtual void setPixmap(const TQPixmap &pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED; - - /** - * @deprecated - * Force the button to use this pixmap as the default one rather - * then generating it using effects. - * - * @param pixmap The pixmap to use as the default (normal) one - */ - void setDefaultPixmap(const TQPixmap& pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED; - - /** - * @deprecated - * Force the button to use this pixmap when disabled one rather then - * generating it using effects. - * - * @param pixmap The pixmap to use when disabled - */ - void setDisabledPixmap(const TQPixmap& pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED; -#endif - - /** - * Set the text for this button. The text will be either used as a - * tooltip (IconOnly) or will be along side the icon - * - * @param text The button (or tooltip) text - */ - virtual void setText(const TQString &text); - - /** - * Set the icon for this button. The icon will be loaded internally - * with the correct size. This function is preferred over setIconSet - * - * @param icon The name of the icon - */ - virtual void setIcon(const TQString &icon); - - /// @since 3.1 - virtual void setIcon( const TQPixmap &pixmap ) - { TQToolButton::setIcon( pixmap ); } - - /** - * Set the pixmaps for this toolbar button from a TQIconSet. - * If you call this you don't need to call any of the other methods - * that set icons or pixmaps. - * @param iconset The iconset to use - */ - virtual void setIconSet( const TQIconSet &iconset ); - -#ifndef KDE_NO_COMPAT - /** - * @deprecated - * Set the active icon for this button. The pixmap itself is loaded - * internally based on the icon size... .. the disabled and default - * pixmaps, however will only be constructed if generate is - * true. This function is preferred over setPixmap - * - * @param icon The name of the active icon - * @param generate If true, then the other icons are automagically - * generated from this one - */ - KDE_DEPRECATED void setIcon(const TQString &icon, bool generate ) { Q_UNUSED(generate); setIcon( icon ); } - - /** - * @deprecated - * Force the button to use this icon as the default one rather - * then generating it using effects. - * - * @param icon The icon to use as the default (normal) one - */ - void setDefaultIcon(const TQString& icon) KDE_DEPRECATED; - - /** - * @deprecated - * Force the button to use this icon when disabled one rather then - * generating it using effects. - * - * @param icon The icon to use when disabled - */ - void setDisabledIcon(const TQString& icon) KDE_DEPRECATED; -#endif - - /** - * Turn this button on or off - * - * @param flag true or false - */ - void on(bool flag = true); - - /** - * Toggle this button - */ - void toggle(); - - /** - * Turn this button into a toggle button or disable the toggle - * aspects of it. This does not toggle the button itself. - * Use toggle() for that. - * - * @param toggle true or false - */ - void setToggle(bool toggle = true); - - /** - * Return a pointer to this button's popup menu (if it exists) - */ - TQPopupMenu *popup(); - - /** - * Returns the button's id. - * @since 3.2 - */ - int id() const; - - /** - * Give this button a popup menu. There will not be a delay when - * you press the button. Use setDelayedPopup if you want that - * behavior. - * - * @param p The new popup menu - * @param unused Has no effect - ignore it. - */ - void setPopup (TQPopupMenu *p, bool unused = false); - - /** - * Gives this button a delayed popup menu. - * - * This function allows you to add a delayed popup menu to the button. - * The popup menu is then only displayed when the button is pressed and - * held down for about half a second. - * - * @param p the new popup menu - * @param unused Has no effect - ignore it. - */ - void setDelayedPopup(TQPopupMenu *p, bool unused = false); - - /** - * Turn this button into a radio button - * - * @param f true or false - */ - void setRadio(bool f = true); - - /** - * Toolbar buttons naturally will assume the global styles - * concerning icons, icons sizes, etc. You can use this function to - * explicitly turn this off, if you like. - * - * @param no_style Will disable styles if true - */ - void setNoStyle(bool no_style = true); - -signals: - /** - * Emitted when the toolbar button is clicked (with LMB or MMB) - */ - void clicked(int); - /** - * Emitted when the toolbar button is clicked (with any mouse button) - * @param state makes it possible to find out which button was pressed, - * and whether any keyboard modifiers were held. - * @since 3.4 - */ - void buttonClicked(int, Qt::ButtonState state); - void doubleClicked(int); - void pressed(int); - void released(int); - void toggled(int); - void highlighted(int, bool); - -public slots: - /** - * This slot should be called whenever the toolbar mode has - * potentially changed. This includes such events as text changing, - * orientation changing, etc. - */ - void modeChange(); - virtual void setTextLabel(const TQString&, bool tipToo); - -protected: - void paletteChange(const TQPalette &); - void leaveEvent(TQEvent *e); - void enterEvent(TQEvent *e); - void drawButton(TQPainter *p); - bool eventFilter (TQObject *o, TQEvent *e); - /// @since 3.4 - void mousePressEvent( TQMouseEvent * ); - /// @since 3.4 - void mouseReleaseEvent( TQMouseEvent * ); - void showMenu(); - TQSize sizeHint() const; - TQSize minimumSizeHint() const; - TQSize minimumSize() const; - - /// @since 3.1 - bool isRaised() const; - /// @since 3.1 - bool isActive() const; - /// @since 3.1 - int iconTextMode() const; - -protected slots: - void slotClicked(); - void slotPressed(); - void slotReleased(); - void slotToggled(); - void slotDelayTimeout(); - -protected: - virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data ); -private: - KToolBarButtonPrivate *d; -}; - -/** -* List of KToolBarButton objects. -* @internal -* @version $Id: ktoolbarbutton.h 372745 2004-12-22 14:08:36Z dfaure $ -*/ -class KDEUI_EXPORT KToolBarButtonList : public TQIntDict<KToolBarButton> -{ -public: - KToolBarButtonList(); - ~KToolBarButtonList() {} -}; - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde343/kurifilter.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde343/kurifilter.h deleted file mode 100644 index 61c8aca6..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde343/kurifilter.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,647 +0,0 @@ -/* - * This file is part of the KDE libraries - * Copyright (C) 2000-2001,2003 Dawit Alemayehu <adawit at kde.org> - * - * Original author - * Copyright (C) 2000 Yves Arrouye <yves@realnames.com> - * - * - * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Library General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - * along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. - **/ - -#ifndef __kurifilter_h__ -#define __kurifilter_h__ - -#include <tqptrlist.h> -#include <tqobject.h> -#include <tqstringlist.h> - -#include <kurl.h> - -#ifdef Q_OS_WIN -#undef ERROR -#endif - -class KURIFilterPrivate; -class KURIFilterDataPrivate; - -class KCModule; - -/** -* A basic message object used for exchanging filtering -* information between the filter plugins and the application -* requesting the filtering service. -* -* Use this object if you require a more detailed information -* about the URI you want to filter. Any application can create -* an instance of this class and send it to KURIFilter to -* have the plugins fill out all possible information about the -* URI. -* -* \b Example -* -* \code -* TQString text = "kde.org"; -* KURIFilterData d = text; -* bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filter( d ); -* cout << "URL: " << text.latin1() << endl -* << "Filtered URL: " << d.uri().url().latin1() << endl -* << "URI Type: " << d.uriType() << endl -* << "Was Filtered: " << filtered << endl; -* \endcode -* -* The above code should yield the following output: -* \code -* URI: kde.org -* Filtered URI: http://kde.org -* URI Type: 0 <== means NET_PROTOCOL -* Was Filtered: 1 <== means the URL was successfully filtered -* \endcode -* -* @short A message object for exchanging filtering URI info. -* @author Dawit Alemayehu <adawit at kde.org> -*/ - -class KIO_EXPORT KURIFilterData -{ -friend class KURIFilterPlugin; - -public: - /** - * Describes the type of the URI that was filtered. - * Here is a brief description of the types: - * - * @li NET_PROTOCOL - Any network protocol: http, ftp, nttp, pop3, etc... - * @li LOCAL_FILE - A local file whose executable flag is not set - * @li LOCAL_DIR - A local directory - * @li EXECUTABLE - A local file whose executable flag is set - * @li HELP - A man or info page - * @li SHELL - A shell executable (ex: echo "Test..." >> ~/testfile) - * @li BLOCKED - A URI that should be blocked/filtered (ex: ad filtering) - * @li ERROR - An incorrect URI (ex: "~johndoe" when user johndoe - * does not exist in that system ) - * @li UNKNOWN - A URI that is not identified. Default value when - * a KURIFilterData is first created. - */ - enum URITypes { NET_PROTOCOL=0, LOCAL_FILE, LOCAL_DIR, EXECUTABLE, HELP, SHELL, BLOCKED, ERROR, UNKNOWN }; - - /** - * Default constructor. - * - * Creates a URIFilterData object. - */ - KURIFilterData() { init(); } - - /** - * Creates a URIFilterData object from the given URL. - * - * @param url is the URL to be filtered. - */ - KURIFilterData( const KURL& url ) { init( url); } - - /** - * Creates a URIFilterData object from the given string. - * - * @param url is the string to be filtered. - */ - KURIFilterData( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); } - - /** - * Copy constructor. - * - * Creates a URIFilterData object from another - * URI filter data object. - * - * @param data the uri filter data to be copied. - */ - KURIFilterData( const KURIFilterData& data); - - /** - * Destructor. - */ - ~KURIFilterData(); - - /** - * This method has been deprecated and will always return - * true. You should instead use the result from the - * KURIFilter::filterURI() calls. - * - * @deprecated - */ - KDE_DEPRECATED bool hasBeenFiltered() const { return true; } - - /** - * Returns the filtered or the original URL. - * - * This function returns the filtered url if one - * of the plugins successfully filtered the original - * URL. Otherwise, it returns the original URL. - * See hasBeenFiltered() and - * - * @return the filtered or original url. - */ - KURL uri() const { return m_pURI; } - - /** - * Returns an error message. - * - * This functions returns the error message set - * by the plugin whenever the uri type is set to - * KURIFilterData::ERROR. Otherwise, it returns - * a TQString::null. - * - * @return the error message or a NULL when there is none. - */ - TQString errorMsg() const { return m_strErrMsg; } - - /** - * Returns the URI type. - * - * This method always returns KURIFilterData::UNKNOWN - * if the given URL was not filtered. - * @return the type of the URI - */ - URITypes uriType() const { return m_iType; } - - /** - * Sets the URL to be filtered. - * - * Use this function to set the string to be - * filtered when you construct an empty filter - * object. - * - * @param url the string to be filtered. - */ - void setData( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); } - - /** - * Same as above except the argument is a URL. - * - * Use this function to set the string to be - * filtered when you construct an empty filter - * object. - * - * @param url the URL to be filtered. - */ - void setData( const KURL& url ) { init( url ); } - - /** - * Sets the absolute path to be used whenever the supplied - * data is a relative local URL. - * - * NOTE: This function should only be used for local resources, - * i.e. the "file:/" protocol. It is useful for specifying the - * absolute path in cases where the actual URL might be relative. - * meta object. If deriving the path from a KURL, make sure you - * set the argument for this function to the result of calling - * path () instead of url (). - * - * @param abs_path the abolute path to the local resource. - * @return true if absolute path is successfully set. Otherwise, false. - */ - bool setAbsolutePath( const TQString& abs_path ); - - /** - * Returns the absolute path if one has already been set. - * @return the absolute path, or TQString::null - * @see hasAbsolutePath() - */ - TQString absolutePath() const; - - /** - * Checks whether the supplied data had an absolute path. - * @return true if the supplied data has an absolute path - * @see absolutePath() - */ - bool hasAbsolutePath() const; - - /** - * Returns the command line options and arguments for a - * local resource when present. - * - * @return options and arguments when present, otherwise TQString::null - */ - TQString argsAndOptions() const; - - /** - * Checks whether the current data is a local resource with - * command line options and arguments. - * @return true if the current data has command line options and arguments - */ - bool hasArgsAndOptions() const; - - /** - * Returns the name of the icon that matches - * the current filtered URL. - * - * NOTE that this function will return a NULL - * string by default and when no associated icon - * is found. - * - * @return the name of the icon associated with the resource, - * or TQString::null if not found - */ - TQString iconName(); - - /** - * Check whether the provided uri is executable or not. - * - * Setting this to false ensures that typing the name of - * an executable does not start that application. This is - * useful in the location bar of a browser. The default - * value is true. - * - * @since 3.2 - */ - void setCheckForExecutables (bool check); - - /** - * @return true if the filters should attempt to check whether the - * supplied uri is an executable. False otherwise. - * - * @since 3.2 - */ - bool checkForExecutables() const { return m_bCheckForExecutables; } - - /** - * @return the string as typed by the user, before any URL processing is done - * @since 3.2 - */ - TQString typedString() const; - - /** - * Overloaded assigenment operator. - * - * This function allows you to easily assign a KURL - * to a KURIFilterData object. - * - * @return an instance of a KURIFilterData object. - */ - KURIFilterData& operator=( const KURL& url ) { init( url ); return *this; } - - /** - * Overloaded assigenment operator. - * - * This function allows you to easily assign a QString - * to a KURIFilterData object. - * - * @return an instance of a KURIFilterData object. - */ - KURIFilterData& operator=( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); return *this; } - -protected: - - /** - * Initializes the KURIFilterData on construction. - * @param url the URL to initialize the object with - */ - void init( const KURL& url); - - /** - * Initializes the KURIFilterData on construction. - * @param url the URL to initialize the object with - */ - void init( const TQString& url = TQString::null ); - -private: - bool m_bCheckForExecutables; - bool m_bChanged; - - TQString m_strErrMsg; - TQString m_strIconName; - - KURL m_pURI; - URITypes m_iType; - KURIFilterDataPrivate *d; -}; - - -/** - * Base class for URI filter plugins. - * - * This class applies a single filter to a URI. All plugins designed - * to provide URI filtering service should inherit from this abstract - * class and provide a concrete implementation. - * - * All inheriting classes need to implement the pure virtual function - * filterURI. - * - * @short Abstract class for URI filter plugins. - */ -class KIO_EXPORT KURIFilterPlugin : public QObject -{ - Q_OBJECT - -public: - - /** - * Constructs a filter plugin with a given name and - * priority. - * - * @param parent the parent object, or 0 for no parent - * @param name the name of the plugin, or 0 for no name - * @param pri the priority of the plugin. - */ - KURIFilterPlugin( TQObject *parent = 0, const char *name = 0, double pri = 1.0 ); - - /** - * Returns the filter's name. - * - * @return A string naming the filter. - */ - virtual TQString name() const { return m_strName; } - - /** - * Returns the filter's priority. - * - * Each filter has an assigned priority, a float from 0 to 1. Filters - * with the lowest priority are first given a chance to filter a URI. - * - * @return The priority of the filter. - */ - virtual double priority() const { return m_dblPriority; } - - /** - * Filters a URI. - * - * @param data the URI data to be filtered. - * @return A boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed. - */ - virtual bool filterURI( KURIFilterData& data ) const = 0; - - /** - * Creates a configuration module for the filter. - * - * It is the responsibility of the caller to delete the module - * once it is not needed anymore. - * - * @return A configuration module, 0 if the filter isn't configurable. - */ - virtual KCModule *configModule( TQWidget*, const char* ) const { return 0; } - - /** - * Returns the name of the configuration module for the filter. - * - * @return the name of a configuration module or TQString::null if none. - */ - virtual TQString configName() const { return name(); } - -protected: - - /** - * Sets the the URL in @p data to @p uri. - */ - void setFilteredURI ( KURIFilterData& data, const KURL& uri ) const; - - /** - * Sets the error message in @p data to @p errormsg. - */ - void setErrorMsg ( KURIFilterData& data, const TQString& errmsg ) const { - data.m_strErrMsg = errmsg; - } - - /** - * Sets the URI type in @p data to @p type. - */ - void setURIType ( KURIFilterData& data, KURIFilterData::URITypes type) const { - data.m_iType = type; - data.m_bChanged = true; - } - - /** - * Sets the arguments and options string in @p data - * to @p args if any were found during filterting. - */ - void setArguments( KURIFilterData& data, const TQString& args ) const; - - TQString m_strName; - double m_dblPriority; - -protected: - virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data ); -private: - class KURIFilterPluginPrivate *d; -}; - - -/** - * A list of filter plugins. - */ -class KIO_EXPORT KURIFilterPluginList : public TQPtrList<KURIFilterPlugin> -{ -public: - virtual int compareItems(Item a, Item b) - { - double diff = ((KURIFilterPlugin *) a)->priority() - ((KURIFilterPlugin *) b)->priority(); - return diff < 0 ? -1 : (diff > 0 ? 1 : 0); - } - -private: - KURIFilterPrivate *d; - -}; - -/** - * Manages the filtering of URIs. - * - * The intention of this plugin class is to allow people to extend the - * functionality of KURL without modifying it directly. This way KURL will - * remain a generic parser capable of parsing any generic URL that adheres - * to specifications. - * - * The KURIFilter class applies a number of filters to a URI and returns the - * filtered version whenever possible. The filters are implemented using - * plugins to provide easy extensibility of the filtering mechanism. New - * filters can be added in the future by simply inheriting from - * KURIFilterPlugin and implementing the KURIFilterPlugin::filterURI - * method. - * - * Use of this plugin-manager class is straight forward. Since it is a - * singleton object, all you have to do is obtain an instance by doing - * @p KURIFilter::self() and use any of the public member functions to - * preform the filtering. - * - * \b Example - * - * To simply filter a given string: - * - * \code - * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( "kde.org" ); - * \endcode - * - * You can alternatively use a KURL: - * - * \code - * KURL url = "kde.org"; - * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( url ); - * \endcode - * - * If you have a constant string or a constant URL, simply invoke the - * corresponding function to obtain the filtered string or URL instead - * of a boolean flag: - * - * \code - * TQString u = KURIFilter::self()->filteredURI( "kde.org" ); - * \endcode - * - * You can also restrict the filter(s) to be used by supplying - * the name of the filter(s) to use. By defualt all available - * filters will be used. To use specific filters, add the names - * of the filters you want to use to a TQStringList and invoke - * the appropriate filtering function. The examples below show - * the use of specific filters. The first one uses a single - * filter called kshorturifilter while the second example uses - * multiple filters: - * - * \code - * TQString text = "kde.org"; - * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, "kshorturifilter" ); - * \endcode - * - * \code - * TQStringList list; - * list << "kshorturifilter" << "localdomainfilter"; - * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, list ); - * \endcode - * - * KURIFilter also allows richer data exchange through a simple - * meta-object called @p KURIFilterData. Using this meta-object - * you can find out more information about the URL you want to - * filter. See KURIFilterData for examples and details. - * - * @short Filters a given URL into its proper format whenever possible. - */ - -class KIO_EXPORT KURIFilter -{ -public: - /** - * Destructor - */ - ~KURIFilter (); - - /** - * Returns an instance of KURIFilter. - */ - static KURIFilter* self(); - - /** - * Filters the URI given by the object URIFilterData. - * - * The given URL is filtered based on the specified list of filters. - * If the list is empty all available filters would be used. - * - * @param data object that contains the URI to be filtered. - * @param filters specify the list of filters to be used. - * - * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed - */ - bool filterURI( KURIFilterData& data, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); - - /** - * Filters the URI given by the URL. - * - * The given URL is filtered based on the specified list of filters. - * If the list is empty all available filters would be used. - * - * @param uri the URI to filter. - * @param filters specify the list of filters to be used. - * - * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed - */ - bool filterURI( KURL &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); - - /** - * Filters a string representing a URI. - * - * The given URL is filtered based on the specified list of filters. - * If the list is empty all available filters would be used. - * - * @param uri The URI to filter. - * @param filters specify the list of filters to be used. - * - * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed - */ - bool filterURI( TQString &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); - - /** - * Returns the filtered URI. - * - * The given URL is filtered based on the specified list of filters. - * If the list is empty all available filters would be used. - * - * @param uri The URI to filter. - * @param filters specify the list of filters to be used. - * - * @return the filtered URI or null if it cannot be filtered - */ - KURL filteredURI( const KURL &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); - - /** - * Return a filtered string representation of a URI. - * - * The given URL is filtered based on the specified list of filters. - * If the list is empty all available filters would be used. - * - * @param uri the URI to filter. - * @param filters specify the list of filters to be used. - * - * @return the filtered URI or null if it cannot be filtered - */ - TQString filteredURI( const TQString &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); - - /** - * Return an iterator to iterate over all loaded - * plugins. - * - * @return a plugin iterator. - */ - TQPtrListIterator<KURIFilterPlugin> pluginsIterator() const; - - /** - * Return a list of the names of all loaded plugins. - * - * @return a TQStringList of plugin names - * @since 3.1 - */ - TQStringList pluginNames() const; - -protected: - - /** - * A protected constructor. - * - * This constructor creates a KURIFilter and - * initializes all plugins it can find by invoking - * loadPlugins. - */ - KURIFilter(); - - /** - * Loads all allowed plugins. - * - * This function loads all filters that have not - * been disbled. - */ - void loadPlugins(); - -private: - static KURIFilter *m_self; - KURIFilterPluginList m_lstPlugins; - KURIFilterPrivate *d; -}; - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde343/selectdialog.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde343/selectdialog.h deleted file mode 100644 index 987dcb68..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde343/selectdialog.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,87 +0,0 @@ -/* - This file is part of libkresources. - - Copyright (c) 2002 Tobias Koenig <tokoe@kde.org> - Copyright (c) 2002 Jan-Pascal van Best <janpascal@vanbest.org> - Copyright (c) 2003 Cornelius Schumacher <schumacher@kde.org> - - This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - - This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. -*/ - -#ifndef KRESOURCES_SELECTDIALOG_H -#define KRESOURCES_SELECTDIALOG_H - -#include <tqobject.h> -#include <tqptrlist.h> -#include <tqmap.h> - -#include <kdialog.h> - -class KListBox; - -namespace KRES { - -class Resource; - -/** - * Dialog for selecting a resource. - * - * Example: - * - * \code - * - * TQPtrList<Resource> list = ... // can be retrived from KRES::Manager (e.g. KABC::AddressBook) - * - * KABC::Resource *res = KABC::SelectDialog::getResource( list, parentWdg ); - * if ( !res ) { - * // no resource selected - * } else { - * // do something with resource - * } - * \endcode - */ -class KRESOURCES_EXPORT SelectDialog -{ - public: - /** - * Constructor. - * @param list The list of available resources - * @param parent The parent widget - * @param name The name of the dialog - */ - SelectDialog( TQPtrList<Resource> list, TQWidget *parent = 0, - const char *name = 0); - - /** - * Returns selected resource. - */ - Resource *resource(); - - /** - * Opens a dialog showing the available resources and returns the resource the - * user has selected. Returns 0, if the dialog was canceled. - */ - static Resource *getResource( TQPtrList<Resource> list, TQWidget *parent = 0 ); - - private: - KListBox *mResourceId; - - TQMap<int, Resource*> mResourceMap; -}; - -} - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde350/configwidget.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde350/configwidget.h deleted file mode 100644 index 47917edd..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde350/configwidget.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,58 +0,0 @@ -/* - This file is part of libkresources. - Copyright (c) 2002 Tobias Koenig <tokoe@kde.org> - Copyright (c) 2002 Jan-Pascal van Best <janpascal@vanbest.org> - - This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - - This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. -*/ - -#ifndef KRESOURCES_CONFIGWIDGET_H -#define KRESOURCES_CONFIGWIDGET_H - -#include "resource.h" - -#include <kconfig.h> - -#include <tqwidget.h> - -namespace KRES { - -class KRESOURCES_EXPORT ConfigWidget : public QWidget -{ - Q_OBJECT - public: - ConfigWidget( TQWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0 ); - - /** - Sets the widget to 'edit' mode. Reimplement this method if you are - interested in the mode change (to disable some GUI element for - example). By default the widget is in 'create new' mode. - */ - virtual void setInEditMode( bool value ); - - public slots: - virtual void loadSettings( Resource *resource ) = 0; - virtual void saveSettings( Resource *resource ) = 0; - - signals: - void setReadOnly( bool value ); - - protected: - Resource *mResource; -}; - -} -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde350/kaccelaction.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde350/kaccelaction.h deleted file mode 100644 index d55e4517..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde350/kaccelaction.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,576 +0,0 @@ -/* This file is part of the KDE libraries - Copyright (C) 2001,2002 Ellis Whitehead <ellis@kde.org> - - This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - - This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. -*/ - -#ifndef _KACCELACTION_H -#define _KACCELACTION_H - -#include <tqmap.h> -#include <tqptrvector.h> -#include <tqstring.h> -#include <tqvaluevector.h> - -#include <kshortcut.h> - -class KAccelBase; - -class TQObject; -class KConfig; -class KConfigBase; - -/** - * @internal - * A KAccelAction prepresents an action that can be executed using - * an accelerator key. Each KAccelAction has a name, a label, a - * "What's this" string and a KShortcut. The user can configure and - * enable/disable them using KKeyDialog. - * - * \code - * 1) KAccelAction = "Run Command" - * Default3 = "Alt+F2" - * Default4 = "Meta+Enter;Alt+F2" - * 1) KShortcut = "Meta+Enter" - * 1) KKeySequence = "Meta+Enter" - * 1) KKey = "Meta+Enter" - * 1) Meta+Enter - * 2) Meta+Keypad_Enter - * 2) KShortcut = "Alt+F2" - * 1) KKeySequence = "Alt+F2" - * 1) Alt+F2 - * 2) KAccelAction = "Something" - * Default3 = "" - * Default4 = "" - * 1) KShortcut = "Meta+X,Asterisk" - * 1) KKeySequence = "Meta+X,Asterisk" - * 1) KKey = "Meta+X" - * 1) Meta+X - * 2) KKey = "Asterisk" - * 1) Shift+8 (English layout) - * 2) Keypad_Asterisk - * \endcode - * @short An accelerator action - * @see KAccel - * @see KGlobalAccel - * @see KKeyChooser - * @see KKeyDialog - */ -class KDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction -{ - public: - /** - * Creates an empty KAccelAction. - * @see clear() - */ - KAccelAction(); - - /** - * Copy constructor. - */ - KAccelAction( const KAccelAction& ); - - /** - * Creates a new KAccelAction. - * @param sName the name of the accelerator - * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) - * @param sWhatsThis the What's This text (18n!) - * @param cutDef3 the default shortcut for 3 modifier systems - * @param cutDef4 the default shortcut for 4 modifier systems - * @param pObjSlot the receiver of a signal when the key has been - * pressed - * @param psMethodSlot the slot to connect for key presses. Receives - * an int, as set by setID(), as only argument - * @param bConfigurable if true the user can configure the shortcut - * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled - */ - KAccelAction( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, - const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4, - const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, - bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled ); - ~KAccelAction(); - - /** - * Clears the accelerator. - */ - void clear(); - - /** - * Re-initialized the KAccelAction. - * @param sName the name of the accelerator - * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) - * @param sWhatsThis the What's This text (18n!) - * @param cutDef3 the default shortcut for 3 modifier systems - * @param cutDef4 the default shortcut for 4 modifier systems - * @param pObjSlot the receiver of a signal when the key has been - * pressed - * @param psMethodSlot the slot to connect for key presses. Receives - * an int, as set by setID(), as only argument - * @param bConfigurable if true the user can configure the shortcut - * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - */ - bool init( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, - const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4, - const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, - bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled ); - - /** - * Copies this KAccelAction. - */ - KAccelAction& operator=( const KAccelAction& ); - - /** - * Returns the name of the accelerator action. - * @return the name of the accelerator action, can be null if not - * set - */ - const TQString& name() const { return m_sName; } - - /** - * Returns the label of the accelerator action. - * @return the label of the accelerator action, can be null if - * not set - */ - const TQString& label() const { return m_sLabel; } - - /** - * Returns the What's This text of the accelerator action. - * @return the What's This text of the accelerator action, can be - * null if not set - */ - const TQString& whatsThis() const { return m_sWhatsThis; } - - /** - * The shortcut that is actually used (may be used configured). - * @return the shortcut of the KAccelAction, can be null if not set - * @see shortcutDefault() - */ - const KShortcut& shortcut() const { return m_cut; } - - /** - * The default shortcut for this system. - * @return the default shortcut on this system, can be null if not set - * @see shortcut() - * @see shortcutDefault3() - * @see shortcutDefault4() - */ - const KShortcut& shortcutDefault() const; - - /** - * The default shortcut for 3 modifier systems. - * @return the default shortcut for 3 modifier systems, can be null - * if not set - * @see shortcutDefault() - * @see shortcutDefault4() - * @see useFourModifierKeys() - */ - const KShortcut& shortcutDefault3() const { return m_cutDefault3; } - - /** - * The default shortcut for 4 modifier systems. - * @return the default shortcut for 4 modifier systems, can be null - * if not set - * @see shortcutDefault() - * @see shortcutDefault3() - * @see useFourModifierKeys() - */ - const KShortcut& shortcutDefault4() const { return m_cutDefault4; } - - /** - * Returns the receiver of signals. - * @return the receiver of signals (can be 0 if not set) - */ - const TQObject* objSlotPtr() const { return m_pObjSlot; } - - /** - * Returns the slot for the signal. - * @return the slot for the signal - */ - const char* methodSlotPtr() const { return m_psMethodSlot; } - - /** - * Checks whether the user can configure the action. - * @return true if configurable, false otherwise - */ - bool isConfigurable() const { return m_bConfigurable; } - - /** - * Checks whether the action is enabled. - * @return true if enabled, false otherwise - */ - bool isEnabled() const { return m_bEnabled; } - - /** - * Sets the name of the accelerator action. - * @param name the new name - */ - void setName( const TQString& name ); - - /** - * Sets the user-readable label of the accelerator action. - * @param label the new label (i18n!) - */ - void setLabel( const TQString& label ); - - /** - * Sets the What's This text for the accelerator action. - * @param whatsThis the new What's This text (i18n!) - */ - void setWhatsThis( const TQString& whatsThis ); - - /** - * Sets the new shortcut of the accelerator action. - * @param rgCuts the shortcut to set - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - */ - bool setShortcut( const KShortcut& rgCuts ); - - /** - * Sets the slot of the accelerator action. - * @param pObjSlot the receiver object of the signal - * @param psMethodSlot the slot for the signal - */ - void setSlot( const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot ); - - /** - * Enables or disabled configuring the action. - * @param configurable true to enable configurability, false to disable - */ - void setConfigurable( bool configurable ); - - /** - * Enables or disabled the action. - * @param enable true to enable the action, false to disable - */ - void setEnabled( bool enable ); - - /** - * Retrieves the id set using setID. - * @return the id of the accelerator action - */ - int getID() const { return m_nIDAccel; } - - /** - * Allows you to set an id that will be used as the action - * signal's argument. - * - * @param n the new id - * @see getID() - */ - void setID( int n ) { m_nIDAccel = n; } - - /** - * Checkes whether the action is connected (emits signals). - * @return true if connected, false otherwise - */ - bool isConnected() const; - - /** - * Sets a key sequence of the action's shortcut. - * @param i the position of the sequence - * @param keySeq the new new sequence - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see KShortcut::setSeq() - */ - bool setKeySequence( uint i, const KKeySequence &keySeq ); - - /** - * Clears the action's shortcut. It will not contain any sequences after - * calling this method. - * @see KShortcut::clear() - */ - void clearShortcut(); - - /** - * Checks whether the action's shortcut contains the given key sequence. - * @param keySeq the key sequence to check - * @return true if the shortcut contains the given sequence - * @see KShortcut::contains() - */ - bool contains( const KKeySequence &keySeq ); - - /** - * Returns the string representation of the action's shortcut. - * @return the string representation of the action's shortcut. - * @see KShortcut::toString() - */ - TQString toString() const; - - /** - * @internal - */ - TQString toStringInternal() const; - - /** - * Returns true if four modifier keys will be used. - * @return true if four modifier keys will be used. - */ - static bool useFourModifierKeys(); - - /** - * Selects 3 or 4 modifier default shortcuts. - * @param use true to use 4 modifier shortcuts, false to use - * 3 modifier shortcuts - */ - static void useFourModifierKeys( bool use ); - - protected: - TQString m_sName /**< Name of accel. @sa setName() */, - m_sLabel /**< Label of accel. User-visible. */, - m_sWhatsThis /**< WhatsThis help for accel. User-visible. */; - KShortcut m_cut /**< Shortcut actually assigned. */; - KShortcut m_cutDefault3 /**< Default shortcut in 3-modifier layout */, - m_cutDefault4 /**< Default shortcur in 4-modifier layout */; - const TQObject* m_pObjSlot /**< Object we will send signals to. */; - const char* m_psMethodSlot /**< Slot we send signals to, in m_pObjSlot */; - bool m_bConfigurable /**< Can this accel be configured by the user? */, - m_bEnabled /**< Is this accel enabled? */; - int m_nIDAccel /**< Id of this accel, from the list of IDs */; - uint m_nConnections /**< Number of connections to this accel. */ ; - - /** @internal Increment the number of connections to this accel. */ - void incConnections(); - /** @internal Decrement the number of connections to this accel (bouded by zero). */ - void decConnections(); - - private: - static int g_bUseFourModifierKeys; - class KAccelActionPrivate* d; - - friend class KAccelActions; - friend class KAccelBase; -}; - -//--------------------------------------------------------------------- -// KAccelActions -//--------------------------------------------------------------------- - -/** - * @internal - * This class represents a collection of KAccelAction objects. - * - * @short A collection of accelerator actions - * @see KAccelAction - */ -class KDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions -{ - public: - /** - * Creates a new, empty KAccelActions object. - */ - KAccelActions(); - - /** - * Copy constructor (deep copy). - */ - KAccelActions( const KAccelActions& ); - virtual ~KAccelActions(); - - /** - * Removes all items from this collection. - */ - void clear(); - - /** - * Initializes this object with the given actions. - * It will make a deep copy of all actions. - * @param actions the actions to copy - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - */ - bool init( const KAccelActions &actions ); - - /** - * Loads the actions from the given configuration file. - * - * @param config the configuration file to load from - * @param sGroup the group in the configuration file - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - */ - bool init( KConfigBase& config, const TQString& sGroup ); - - /** - * Updates the shortcuts of all actions in this object - * with the shortcuts from the given object. - * @param shortcuts the collection that contains the new - * shortcuts - */ - void updateShortcuts( KAccelActions &shortcuts ); - - /** - * Retrieves the index of the action with the given name. - * @param sAction the action to search - * @return the index of the action, or -1 if not found - */ - int actionIndex( const TQString& sAction ) const; - - /** - * Returns the action with the given @p index. - * @param index the index of an action. You must not - * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index - * @see count() - */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( uint index ); - - /** - * Returns the action with the given @p index. - * @param index the index of an action. You must not - * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index - * @see count() - */ - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( uint index ) const; - - /** - * Returns the action with the given name. - * @param sAction the name of the action to search - * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0 - * if not found - */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); - - /** - * Returns the action with the given name. - * @param sAction the name of the action to search - * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0 - * if not found - */ - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; - - /** - * Returns the action with the given key sequence. - * @param cut the sequence to search for - * @return the KAccelAction with the given sequence, or 0 - * if not found - */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( KKeySequence cut ); - - /** - * Returns the action with the given @p index. - * @param index the index of an action. You must not - * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index - * @see actionPtr() - * @see count() - */ - KAccelAction& operator []( uint index ); - - /** - * Returns the action with the given @p index. - * @param index the index of an action. You must not - * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index - * @see actionPtr() - * @see count() - */ - const KAccelAction& operator []( uint index ) const; - - /** - * Inserts an action into the collection. - * @param sAction the name of the accelerator - * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) - * @param sWhatsThis the What's This text (18n!) - * @param rgCutDefaults3 the default shortcut for 3 modifier systems - * @param rgCutDefaults4 the default shortcut for 4 modifier systems - * @param pObjSlot the receiver of a signal when the key has been - * pressed - * @param psMethodSlot the slot to connect for key presses. Receives - * an int, as set by setID(), as only argument - * @param bConfigurable if true the user can configure the shortcut - * @param bEnabled if true the accelerator should be enabled - * @return the new action - */ - KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, - const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, - const TQObject* pObjSlot = 0, const char* psMethodSlot = 0, - bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true ); - - /** - * Inserts an action into the collection. - * @param sName the name of the accelerator - * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) - * @return the new action - */ - KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel ); - - /** - * Removes the given action. - * @param sAction the name of the action. - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - */ - bool remove( const TQString& sAction ); - - /** - * Loads the actions from the given configuration file. - * - * @param sConfigGroup the group in the configuration file - * @param pConfig the configuration file to load from - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - */ - bool readActions( const TQString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ); - - /** - * Writes the actions to the given configuration file. - * - * @param sConfigGroup the group in the configuration file - * @param pConfig the configuration file to save to - * @param bWriteAll true to write all actions - * @param bGlobal true to write to the global configuration file - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - */ - bool writeActions( const TQString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0, - bool bWriteAll = false, bool bGlobal = false ) const; - - /** - * Emit a keycodeChanged signal. - */ - void emitKeycodeChanged(); - - /** - * Returns the number of actions in the collection. - * @return the number of actions - */ - uint count() const; - - protected: - /** Base object that proxies signals from us. */ - KAccelBase* m_pKAccelBase; - /** Array of actions we're hanging on to. */ - KAccelAction** m_prgActions; - uint m_nSizeAllocated /**< Allocated size of the array. */, - m_nSize /**< Amount in use. */ ; - - /** - * Resize the list to the given number @p new_size of entries. - * @todo Can you make it smaller? - * @todo Implementation seems to break m_nSize. - */ - void resize( uint new_size ); - /** Add a action to this collection. @todo Document ownership. */ - void insertPtr( KAccelAction* ); - - private: - class KAccelActionsPrivate* d; - - KAccelActions( KAccelBase* ); - void initPrivate( KAccelBase* ); - KAccelActions& operator =( KAccelActions& ); - - friend class KAccelBase; -}; - -#endif // _KACCELACTION_H diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde350/kaccelbase.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde350/kaccelbase.h deleted file mode 100644 index babf304b..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde350/kaccelbase.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,260 +0,0 @@ -/* This file is part of the KDE libraries - Copyright (C) 2001 Ellis Whitehead <ellis@kde.org> - - This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - - This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. -*/ - -#ifndef _KACCELBASE_H -#define _KACCELBASE_H - -#include <tqmap.h> -#include <tqptrvector.h> -#include <tqstring.h> -#include <tqvaluevector.h> -#include <tqvaluelist.h> - -#include "kaccelaction.h" -#include "kkeyserver.h" - -class TQPopupMenu; -class TQWidget; - -//---------------------------------------------------- - -/** - * @internal - * Handle keyboard accelerators. - * - * Allow an user to configure - * key bindings through application configuration files or through the - * KKeyChooser GUI. - * - * A KAccel contains a list of accelerator items. Each accelerator item - * consists of an action name and a keyboard code combined with modifiers - * (Shift, Ctrl and Alt.) - * - * For example, "Ctrl+P" could be a shortcut for printing a document. The key - * codes are listed in ckey.h. "Print" could be the action name for printing. - * The action name identifies the key binding in configuration files and the - * KKeyChooser GUI. - * - * When pressed, an accelerator key calls the slot to which it has been - * connected. Accelerator items can be connected so that a key will activate - * two different slots. - * - * A KAccel object handles key events sent to its parent widget and to all - * children of this parent widget. - * - * Key binding reconfiguration during run time can be prevented by specifying - * that an accelerator item is not configurable when it is inserted. A special - * group of non-configurable key bindings are known as the - * standard accelerators. - * - * The standard accelerators appear repeatedly in applications for - * standard document actions such as printing and saving. Convenience methods are - * available to insert and connect these accelerators which are configurable on - * a desktop-wide basis. - * - * It is possible for a user to choose to have no key associated with - * an action. - * - * The translated first argument for insertItem() is used only - * in the configuration dialog. - *\code - * KAccel *a = new KAccel( myWindow ); - * // Insert an action "Scroll Up" which is associated with the "Up" key: - * a->insertItem( i18n("Scroll Up"), "Scroll Up", "Up" ); - * // Insert an action "Scroll Down" which is not associated with any key: - * a->insertItem( i18n("Scroll Down"), "Scroll Down", 0); - * a->connectItem( "Scroll up", myWindow, TQT_SLOT( scrollUp() ) ); - * // a->insertStdItem( KStdAccel::Print ); //not necessary, since it - * // is done automatially with the - * // connect below! - * a->connectItem(KStdAccel::Print, myWindow, TQT_SLOT( printDoc() ) ); - * - * a->readSettings(); - *\endcode - * - * If a shortcut has a menu entry as well, you could insert them like - * this. The example is again the KStdAccel::Print from above. - * - * \code - * int id; - * id = popup->insertItem("&Print",this, TQT_SLOT(printDoc())); - * a->changeMenuAccel(popup, id, KStdAccel::Print ); - * \endcode - * - * If you want a somewhat "exotic" name for your standard print action, like - * id = popup->insertItem(i18n("Print &Document"),this, TQT_SLOT(printDoc())); - * it might be a good idea to insert the standard action before as - * a->insertStdItem( KStdAccel::Print, i18n("Print Document") ) - * as well, so that the user can easily find the corresponding function. - * - * This technique works for other actions as well. Your "scroll up" function - * in a menu could be done with - * - * \code - * id = popup->insertItem(i18n"Scroll &up",this, TQT_SLOT(scrollUp())); - * a->changeMenuAccel(popup, id, "Scroll Up" ); - * \endcode - * - * Please keep the order right: First insert all functions in the - * acceleratior, then call a -> readSettings() and @em then build your - * menu structure. - * - * @short Configurable key binding support. - */ - -class KDECORE_EXPORT KAccelBase -{ - public: - /** Initialization mode of the KAccelBase, used in constructor. */ - enum Init { QT_KEYS = 0x00, NATIVE_KEYS = 0x01 }; - - /** Enum for kinds of signals which may be emitted. */ - enum Signal { KEYCODE_CHANGED }; - - /** Constructor. @p fInitCode should be a bitwise OR of - * values from the Init enum. - */ - KAccelBase( int fInitCode ); - virtual ~KAccelBase(); - - /** Returns number of actions in this handler. */ - uint actionCount() const; - /** Returns a list of all the actions in this handler. */ - KAccelActions& actions(); - /** Returns whether this accelerator handler is enabled or not. */ - bool isEnabled() const; - - /** Returns a pointer to the KAccelAction named @p sAction. */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); - /** Const version of the above. */ - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; - /** Returns a pointer to the KAccelAction associated with - * the key @p key. This function takes into account the - * key mapping defined in the constructor. - * - * May return 0 if no (or more than one) - * action is associated with the key. - */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKey& key ); - /** Basically the same as above, except a KKeyServer::Key - * already has a key mapping defined (either NATIVE_KEYS or not). - */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKeyServer::Key& key ); - - /** Returns the name of the configuration group these - * accelerators are stored in. The default is "Shortcuts". - */ - const TQString& configGroup() const { return m_sConfigGroup; } - /** Set the group (in the configuration file) for storing - * accelerators. - */ - void setConfigGroup( const TQString& group ); - void setConfigGlobal( bool global ); - virtual void setEnabled( bool bEnabled ) = 0; - /** Returns whether autoupdate is enabled for these accelerators. */ - bool getAutoUpdate() { return m_bAutoUpdate; } - /** Enables (or disables) autoupdate for these accelerators. - * @return the value of autoupdate before the call. - */ - bool setAutoUpdate( bool bAuto ); - -// Procedures for manipulating Actions. - //void clearActions(); - - KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sDesc ); - KAccelAction* insert( - const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sDesc, const TQString& sHelp, - const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, - const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, - bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true ); - bool remove( const TQString& sAction ); - bool setActionSlot( const TQString& sAction, const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot ); - - bool updateConnections(); - - bool setShortcut( const TQString& sAction, const KShortcut& cut ); - -// Modify individual Action sub-items - bool setActionEnabled( const TQString& sAction, bool bEnable ); - - /** - * Read all key associations from @p config, or (if @p config - * is zero) from the application's configuration file - * KGlobal::config(). - * - * The group in which the configuration is stored can be - * set with setConfigGroup(). - */ - void readSettings( KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ); - - /** - * Write the current configurable associations to @p config, - * or (if @p config is zero) to the application's - * configuration file. - */ - void writeSettings( KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ) const; - - TQPopupMenu* createPopupMenu( TQWidget* pParent, const KKeySequence& ); - - // Protected methods - protected: - void slotRemoveAction( KAccelAction* ); - - struct X; - void createKeyList( TQValueVector<struct X>& rgKeys ); - bool insertConnection( KAccelAction* ); - bool removeConnection( KAccelAction* ); - - virtual bool emitSignal( Signal ) = 0; - virtual bool connectKey( KAccelAction&, const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; - virtual bool connectKey( const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; - virtual bool disconnectKey( KAccelAction&, const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; - virtual bool disconnectKey( const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; - - protected: - virtual bool isEnabledInternal() const; - struct ActionInfo - { - KAccelAction* pAction; - uint iSeq, iVariation; - //ActionInfo* pInfoNext; // nil if only one action uses this key. - - ActionInfo() { pAction = 0; iSeq = 0xffff; iVariation = 0xffff; } - ActionInfo( KAccelAction* _pAction, uint _iSeq, uint _iVariation ) - { pAction = _pAction; iSeq = _iSeq; iVariation = _iVariation; } - }; - typedef TQMap<KKeyServer::Key, ActionInfo> KKeyToActionMap; - - KAccelActions m_rgActions; - KKeyToActionMap m_mapKeyToAction; - TQValueList<KAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique; - bool m_bNativeKeys; // Use native key codes instead of Qt codes - bool m_bEnabled; - bool m_bConfigIsGlobal; - TQString m_sConfigGroup; - bool m_bAutoUpdate; - KAccelAction* mtemp_pActionRemoving; - - private: - KAccelBase& operator =( const KAccelBase& ); - - friend class KAccelActions; -}; - -#endif // _KACCELBASE_H diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde350/kicontheme.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde350/kicontheme.h deleted file mode 100644 index 9c08f9c6..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde350/kicontheme.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,355 +0,0 @@ -/* vi: ts=8 sts=4 sw=4 - * - * This file is part of the KDE project, module kdecore. - * Copyright (C) 2000 Geert Jansen <jansen@kde.org> - * Antonio Larrosa <larrosa@kde.org> - * - * This is free software; it comes under the GNU Library General - * Public License, version 2. See the file "COPYING.LIB" for the - * exact licensing terms. - * - */ - -#ifndef __KIconTheme_h_Included__ -#define __KIconTheme_h_Included__ - -#include <tqstring.h> -#include <tqstringlist.h> -#include <tqptrlist.h> -#include "kdelibs_export.h" - -class KConfig; -//class KIconThemeDir; - -class KIconThemePrivate; - -class KIconPrivate; - -/** - * One icon as found by KIconTheme. Also serves as a namespace containing - * icon related constants. - * @see KIconEffect - * @see KIconTheme - * @see KIconLoader - */ -class KDECORE_EXPORT KIcon -{ -public: - KIcon() { size = 0; } - - /** - * Return true if this icon is valid, false otherwise. - */ - bool isValid() const { return size != 0; } - - /** - * Defines the context of the icon. - */ - enum Context { - Any, ///< Some icon with unknown purpose. - Action, ///< An action icon (e.g. 'save', 'print'). - Application, ///< An icon that represents an application. - Device, ///< An icon that represents a device. - FileSystem, ///< An icon that represents a file system. - MimeType ///< An icon that represents a mime type (or file type). - }; - - /** - * The type of the icon. - */ - enum Type { - Fixed, ///< Fixed-size icon. - Scalable, ///< Scalable-size icon. - Threshold ///< A threshold icon. - }; - - /** - * The type of a match. - */ - enum MatchType { - MatchExact, ///< Only try to find an exact match. - MatchBest ///< Take the best match if there is no exact match. - - }; - - // if you add a group here, make sure to change the config reading in - // KIconLoader too - /** - * The group of the icon. - */ - enum Group { - /// No group - NoGroup=-1, - /// Desktop icons - Desktop=0, - /// First group - FirstGroup=0, - /// Toolbar icons - Toolbar, - /// Main toolbar icons - MainToolbar, - /// Small icons - Small, - /// Panel (Kicker) icons - Panel, - /// Last group - LastGroup, - /// User icons - User - }; - - /** - * These are the standard sizes for icons. - */ - enum StdSizes { - /// small icons for menu entries - SizeSmall=16, - /// slightly larger small icons for toolbars, panels, etc - SizeSmallMedium=22, - /// medium sized icons for the desktop - SizeMedium=32, - /// large sized icons for the panel - SizeLarge=48, - /// huge sized icons for iconviews - SizeHuge=64, - /// enormous sized icons for iconviews - SizeEnormous=128 - }; - - /** - * Defines the possible states of an icon. - */ - enum States { DefaultState, ///< The default state. - ActiveState, ///< Icon is active. - DisabledState, ///< Icon is disabled. - LastState ///< Last state (last constant) - }; - - /** - * This defines an overlay, a semi-transparent image that is - * projected onto the icon. They are used to show that the file - * represented by the icon is, for example, locked, zipped or hidden. - */ - enum Overlays { - LockOverlay=0x100, ///< a file is locked - ZipOverlay=0x200, ///< a file is zipped - LinkOverlay=0x400, ///< a file is a link - HiddenOverlay=0x800, ///< a file is hidden - ShareOverlay=0x1000, ///< a file is shared - OverlayMask = ~0xff - }; - - /** - * The size in pixels of the icon. - */ - int size; - - /** - * The context of the icon. - */ - Context context; - - /** - * The type of the icon: Fixed, Scalable or Threshold. - **/ - Type type; - - /** - * The threshold in case type == Threshold - */ - int threshold; - - /** - * The full path of the icon. - */ - TQString path; - -private: - KIconPrivate *d; -}; - -inline KIcon::Group& operator++(KIcon::Group& group) { group = static_cast<KIcon::Group>(group+1); return group; } -inline KIcon::Group operator++(KIcon::Group& group,int) { KIcon::Group ret = group; ++group; return ret; } - -/** - * Class to use/access icon themes in KDE. This class is used by the - * iconloader but can be used by others too. - * @see KIconLoader - */ -class KDECORE_EXPORT KIconTheme -{ -public: - /** - * Load an icon theme by name. - * @param name the name of the theme (e.g. "hicolor" or "keramik") - * @param appName the name of the application. Can be null. This argument - * allows applications to have themed application icons. - */ - KIconTheme(const TQString& name, const TQString& appName=TQString::null); - ~KIconTheme(); - - /** - * The stylized name of the icon theme. - * @return the (human-readable) name of the theme - */ - TQString name() const { return mName; } - - /** - * A description for the icon theme. - * @return a human-readable description of the theme, TQString::null - * if there is none - */ - TQString description() const { return mDesc; } - - /** - * Return the name of the "example" icon. This can be used to - * present the theme to the user. - * @return the name of the example icon, TQString::null if there is none - */ - TQString example() const; - - /** - * Return the name of the screenshot. - * @return the name of the screenshot, TQString::null if there is none - */ - TQString screenshot() const; - - /** - * Returns the name of this theme's link overlay. - * @return the name of the link overlay - */ - TQString linkOverlay() const; - - /** - * Returns the name of this theme's zip overlay. - * @return the name of the zip overlay - */ - TQString zipOverlay() const; - - /** - * Returns the name of this theme's lock overlay. - * @return the name of the lock overlay - */ - TQString lockOverlay() const; - - /** - * Returns the name of this theme's share overlay. - * @return the name of the share overlay - * @since 3.1 - */ - TQString shareOverlay () const; - - /** - * Returns the toplevel theme directory. - * @return the directory of the theme - */ - TQString dir() const { return mDir; } - - /** - * The themes this icon theme falls back on. - * @return a list of icon themes that are used as fall-backs - */ - TQStringList inherits() const { return mInherits; } - - /** - * The icon theme exists? - * @return true if the icon theme is valid - */ - bool isValid() const; - - /** - * The icon theme should be hidden to the user? - * @return true if the icon theme is hidden - * @since 3.1 - */ - bool isHidden() const; - - /** - * The minimum display depth required for this theme. This can either - * be 8 or 32. - * @return the minimum bpp (8 or 32) - */ - int depth() const { return mDepth; } - - /** - * The default size of this theme for a certain icon group. - * @param group The icon group. See KIcon::Group. - * @return The default size in pixels for the given icon group. - */ - int defaultSize(KIcon::Group group) const; - - /** - * Query available sizes for a group. - * @param group The icon group. See KIcon::Group. - * @return a list of available sized for the given group - */ - TQValueList<int> querySizes(KIcon::Group group) const; - - /** - * Query available icons for a size and context. - * @param size the size of the icons - * @param context the context of the icons - * @return the list of icon names - */ - TQStringList queryIcons(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const; - - /** - * Query available icons for a context and preferred size. - * @param size the size of the icons - * @param context the context of the icons - * @return the list of icon names - */ - TQStringList queryIconsByContext(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const; - - - /** - * Lookup an icon in the theme. - * @param name The name of the icon, without extension. - * @param size The desired size of the icon. - * @param match The matching mode. KIcon::MatchExact returns an icon - * only if matches exactly. KIcon::MatchBest returns the best matching - * icon. - * @return A KIcon class that describes the icon. If an icon is found, - * @see KIcon::isValid will return true, and false otherwise. - */ - KIcon iconPath(const TQString& name, int size, KIcon::MatchType match) const; - - /** - * List all icon themes installed on the system, global and local. - * @return the list of all icon themes - */ - static TQStringList list(); - - /** - * Returns the current icon theme. - * @return the name of the current theme - */ - static TQString current(); - - /** - * Reconfigure the theme. - */ - static void reconfigure(); - - /** - * Returns the default icon theme. - * @return the name of the default theme name - * @since 3.1 - */ - static TQString defaultThemeName(); - -private: - int mDefSize[8]; - TQValueList<int> mSizes[8]; - - int mDepth; - TQString mDir, mName, mDesc; - TQStringList mInherits; -// TQPtrList<KIconThemeDir> mDirs; - KIconThemePrivate *d; - - static TQString *_theme; - static TQStringList *_theme_list; -}; - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde350/kkeyserver.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde350/kkeyserver.h deleted file mode 100644 index ef673ea9..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde350/kkeyserver.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,29 +0,0 @@ -/* - Copyright (C) 2001 Ellis Whitehead <ellis@kde.org> - - Win32 port: - Copyright (C) 2004 Jaroslaw Staniek <js@iidea.pl> - - This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - - This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. -*/ - -#ifndef _KKEYSERVER_H -#define _KKEYSERVER_H - -//FOR COMPATIBILITY -#include "kkeyserver_x11.h" - -#endif // !_KKEYSERVER_H diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde350/kkeyserver_x11.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde350/kkeyserver_x11.h deleted file mode 100644 index dbca533e..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde350/kkeyserver_x11.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,477 +0,0 @@ -/* - Copyright (C) 2001 Ellis Whitehead <ellis@kde.org> - - Win32 port: - Copyright (C) 2004 Jaroslaw Staniek <js@iidea.pl> - - This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - - This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. -*/ - -#ifndef _KKEYSERVER_X11_H -#define _KKEYSERVER_X11_H - -#include "kshortcut.h" -#include "kkeynative.h" - -/** - * A collection of functions for the conversion of key presses and - * their modifiers from the window system specific format - * to the generic format and vice-versa. - */ -namespace KKeyServer -{ - /** - * Supplement enum KKey::ModFlag - * @since 3.1 - */ - enum ExtraModFlag { MODE_SWITCH = 0x2000 }; - - /** - * Represents a key symbol. - * @see KKey - * @see KKeyServer - */ - struct KDECORE_EXPORT Sym - { - public: - /// the actual value of the symbol - uint m_sym; - - /// Creates a null symbol. - Sym() - { m_sym = 0; } - /** - * Creates asymbol with the given value. - * @param sym the value - */ - Sym( uint sym ) - { m_sym = sym; } - /** - * Creates a symbol from the given string description. - * @param s the description of the symbol - * @see toString() - */ - Sym( const TQString& s ) - { init( s ); } - - /** - * Initializes the symbol with the given Qt key code. - * @param keyQt the qt key code - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key - */ - bool initQt( int keyQt ); - - /** - * Initializes the key with the given string description. - * @param s the string description - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see toString() - */ - bool init( const TQString &s ); - - /** - * Returns the qt key code of the symbol. - * @return the qt key code - */ - int qt() const; - - /** - * @internal - */ - TQString toStringInternal() const; - - /** - * Returns the string representation of the symbol. - * @return the string representation of the symbol - */ - TQString toString() const; - - /** - * Returns the mods that are required for this symbol as - * ORed KKey::ModFlag's. For example, Break requires a - * Ctrl to be valid. - * @return the required KKey::ModFlag's - * @see KKey::ModFlag - */ - uint getModsRequired() const; - - /** - * TODO: please find out what this method does and document it - */ - uint getSymVariation() const; - - /** - * Casts the symbol to its integer representation. - */ - operator uint() const { return m_sym; } - - /** - * Overloaded operator to convert ints to Sym. - */ - Sym& operator =( uint sym ) { m_sym = sym; return *this; } - - private: - TQString toString( bool bUserSpace ) const; - - static void capitalizeKeyname( TQString& ); - }; - - /** - * Represents a key press. - * @see KKey - */ - struct KDECORE_EXPORT Key - { - /// Code for native Keys in Qt - enum { CODE_FOR_QT = 256 }; - - /// The code of the key - uint m_code; - - /// The modifiers of the key - uint m_mod; - - /// The symbol of the key - uint m_sym; - - /** - * Initializes the key with a KKey. - * @param key the key to get the data from - * @param bQt true to take the Qt keycode, false - * for the native key code - * @see Qt::Key - * @see KKeyNative - */ - bool init( const KKey& key, bool bQt ); - - /** - * Checks whether the key code is a native code. - * @return true if native code of the window system, - * false if it is a Qt keycode - * @see Qt::Key - * @see KKeyNative - */ - bool isNative() const { return m_code != CODE_FOR_QT; } - - /** - * Returns the code of the key. - * @return the code of the key - */ - uint code() const { return m_code; } - - /** - * Returns the modifiers of the key. - * @return the modifiers of the key - */ - uint mod() const { return m_mod; } - - /** - * Returns the symbol of the key. - * @return the symbol of the key - */ - uint sym() const { return m_sym; } - - /** - * Returns the qt key code. - * @return the qt key code - */ - int keyCodeQt() const { return (int) m_sym; } - - /** - * Sets the qt key code. - * @param keyQt the qt key code - */ - void setKeycodeQt( int keyQt ) - { m_code = CODE_FOR_QT; m_sym = keyQt; } - - /** - * Initializes this key with a KKeyNative. - * @return this key - */ - Key& operator =( const KKeyNative& key ); - - /** - * Compares this key with the given Key object. Returns a - * negative number if the given Key is larger, 0 if they - * are equal and a positive number this Key is larger. The - * returned value is the difference between the symbol, modifier - * or code, whatever is non-zero first. - * - * @param key the key to compare with this key - * @return a negative number if the given Key is larger, 0 if - * they are equal and a positive number this Key is larger - */ - int compare( const Key& key ) const; - - /** - * Compares the symbol, modifiers and code of both keys. - * @see compare() - */ - bool operator ==( const Key& b ) const - { return compare( b ) == 0; } - - /** - * Compares the symbol, modifiers and code of both keys. - * @see compare() - */ - bool operator <( const Key& b ) const - { return compare( b ) < 0; } - - /** - * Converts this Key to a KKey. - * @return the KKey - */ - KKey key() const; - }; - - /** - * TODO: please document this class - */ - struct KDECORE_EXPORT Variations - { - enum { MAX_VARIATIONS = 4 }; - - Key m_rgkey[MAX_VARIATIONS]; - uint m_nVariations; - - Variations() { m_nVariations = 0; } - - void init( const KKey&, bool bQt ); - - uint count() const { return m_nVariations; } - const Key& key( uint i ) const { return m_rgkey[i]; } - }; - - /// TODO: please document - KDECORE_EXPORT bool initializeMods(); - - /** - * Returns the equivalent X modifier mask of the given modifier flag. - * @param modFlag the generic flags to check - * @return the window system specific flags - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT uint modX( KKey::ModFlag modFlag ); - - /** - * Returns true if the current keyboard layout supports the Win key. - * Specifically, whether the Super or Meta keys are assigned to an X modifier. - * @return true if the keyboard has a Win key - * @see modXWin() - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT bool keyboardHasWinKey(); - - /** - * Returns the X11 Shift modifier mask/flag. - * @return the X11 Shift modifier mask/flag. - * @see accelModMaskX() - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT uint modXShift(); - - /** - * Returns the X11 Lock modifier mask/flag. - * @return the X11 Lock modifier mask/flag. - * @see accelModMaskX() - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT uint modXLock(); - - /** - * Returns the X11 Ctrl modifier mask/flag. - * @return the X11 Ctrl modifier mask/flag. - * @see accelModMaskX() - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT uint modXCtrl(); - - /** - * Returns the X11 Alt (Mod1) modifier mask/flag. - * @return the X11 Alt (Mod1) modifier mask/flag. - * @see accelModMaskX() - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT uint modXAlt(); - - /** - * Returns the X11 NumLock modifier mask/flag. - * @return the X11 NumLock modifier mask/flag. - * @see accelModMaskX() - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT uint modXNumLock(); - - /** - * Returns the X11 Win (Mod3) modifier mask/flag. - * @return the X11 Win (Mod3) modifier mask/flag. - * @see keyboardHasWinKey() - * @see accelModMaskX() - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT uint modXWin(); - - /** - * Returns the X11 ScrollLock modifier mask/flag. - * @return the X11 ScrollLock modifier mask/flag. - * @see accelModMaskX() - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT uint modXScrollLock(); - - /** - * Returns the X11 Mode_switch modifier mask/flag. - * @return the X11 Mode_switch modifier mask/flag. - * @see accelModMaskX() - * @since 3.5 - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT uint modXModeSwitch(); - - /** - * Returns bitwise OR'ed mask containing Shift, Ctrl, Alt, and - * Win (if available). - * @see modXShift() - * @see modXLock() - * @see modXCtrl() - * @see modXAlt() - * @see modXNumLock() - * @see modXWin() - * @see modXScrollLock() - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT uint accelModMaskX(); - - /** - * Extracts the symbol from the given Qt key and - * converts it to a symbol. - * @param keyQt the qt key code - * @param sym if successful, the symbol will be written here - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key - * @see Sym - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT bool keyQtToSym( int keyQt, uint& sym ); - - /** - * Extracts the modifiers from the given Qt key and - * converts them in a mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers. - * @param keyQt the qt key code - * @param mod if successful, the modifiers will be written here - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT bool keyQtToMod( int keyQt, uint& mod ); - - /** - * Converts the given symbol to a Qt key code. - * @param sym the symbol - * @param keyQt if successful, the qt key code will be written here - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key - * @see Sym - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT bool symToKeyQt( uint sym, int& keyQt ); - - /** - * Converts the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers to - * a mask of ORed Qt key code modifiers. - * @param mod the mask of KKey::ModFlag modifiers - * @param modQt the mask of Qt key code modifiers will be written here, - * if successful - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key - * @see KKey - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT bool modToModQt( uint mod, int& modQt ); - - /** - * Converts the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers to - * a mask of ORed X11 modifiers. - * @param mod the mask of KKey::ModFlag modifiers - * @param modX the mask of X11 modifiers will be written here, - * if successful - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see KKey - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT bool modToModX( uint mod, uint& modX ); - - /** - * Converts the mask of ORed X11 modifiers to - * a mask of ORed Qt key code modifiers. - * @param modX the mask of X11 modifiers - * @param modQt the mask of Qt key code modifiers will be written here - * if successful - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key - */ - //wrapped for win32 - KDECORE_EXPORT bool modXToModQt( uint modX, int& modQt ); - - /** - * Converts the Qt-compatible button state to x11 modifier. - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT int qtButtonStateToMod( Qt::ButtonState s ); - - /** - * Converts the mask of ORed X11 modifiers to - * a mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers. - * @param modX the mask of X11 modifiers - * @param mod the mask of KKey::ModFlag modifiers will be written here, - * if successful - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see KKey - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT bool modXToMod( uint modX, uint& mod ); - - /** - * Converts a X11 key code and a mask of ORed X11 modifiers - * into a X11 symbol. - * converts it to a symbol. - * @param codeX the X11 key code - * @param modX the mask of ORed X11 modifiers - * @param symX if successful, the X11 symbol will be written here - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key - * @see Sym - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT bool codeXToSym( uchar codeX, uint modX, uint& symX ); - - /** - * @internal - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT TQString modToStringInternal( uint mod ); - - /** - * Converts the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers to a - * user-readable string. - * @param mod the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers - * @return the user-readable string - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT TQString modToStringUser( uint mod ); - - /** - * Converts the modifier given as user-readable string - * to KKey::ModFlag modifier, or 0. - * @internal - * @since 3.5 - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT uint stringUserToMod( const TQString& mod ); - - /** - * @internal - * Unimplemented? - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT bool stringToSymMod( const TQString&, uint& sym, uint& mod ); - - /** - * @internal - * Unimplemented? - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT void keyQtToKeyX( uint keyCombQt, unsigned char *pKeyCodeX, uint *pKeySymX, uint *pKeyModX ); -} - -#endif // !_KKEYSERVER_X11_H diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde350/konsole_part.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde350/konsole_part.h deleted file mode 100644 index d526c1a6..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde350/konsole_part.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,241 +0,0 @@ -/* -*- C++ -*- - This file is part of the KDE system - Copyright (C) 1999,2000 Boloni Laszlo - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. - */ - -#ifndef KONSOLE_PART_H -#define KONSOLE_PART_H - -#include <kparts/browserextension.h> -#include <kparts/factory.h> - - -#include <kdialogbase.h> - -#include <kde_terminal_interface.h> - -//#include "schema.h" -//#include "session.h" - -class KInstance; -class konsoleBrowserExtension; -class TQPushButton; -class TQSpinBox; -class KPopupMenu; -class KActionMenu; -class TQCheckBox; -class KRootPixmap; -class KToggleAction; -class KSelectAction; - -namespace KParts { class GUIActivateEvent; } - -class konsoleFactory : public KParts::Factory -{ - Q_OBJECT -public: - konsoleFactory(); - virtual ~konsoleFactory(); - - virtual KParts::Part* createPartObject(TQWidget *parentWidget = 0, const char *widgetName = 0, - TQObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0, - const char* classname = "KParts::Part", - const TQStringList &args = TQStringList()); - - static KInstance *instance(); - - private: - static KInstance *s_instance; - static KAboutData *s_aboutData; -}; - -////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -class konsolePart: public KParts::ReadOnlyPart, public TerminalInterface, public ExtTerminalInterface -{ - Q_OBJECT - public: - konsolePart(TQWidget *parentWidget, const char *widgetName, TQObject * parent, const char *name, const char *classname = 0); - virtual ~konsolePart(); - -signals: - void processExited( KProcess * ); - void receivedData( const TQString& s ); - void forkedChild(); - protected: - virtual bool openURL( const KURL & url ); - virtual bool openFile() {return false;} // never used - virtual bool closeURL() {return true;} - virtual void guiActivateEvent( KParts::GUIActivateEvent * event ); - - protected slots: - void showShell(); - -// void doneSession(TESession*); - void sessionDestroyed(); -// void configureRequest(TEWidget*,int,int x,int y); -// void updateTitle(TESession*); - void enableMasterModeConnections(); - - private slots: - void emitOpenURLRequest(const TQString &url); - - void readProperties(); - void saveProperties(); - void applyProperties(); - void setSettingsMenuEnabled( bool ); - - void sendSignal(int n); - void closeCurrentSession(); - - void notifySize(int /*columns*/, int /*lines*/); - - void slotToggleFrame(); - void slotSelectScrollbar(); - void slotSelectFont(); - void schema_menu_check(); - void keytab_menu_activated(int item); - void updateSchemaMenu(); - void setSchema(int n); - void pixmap_menu_activated(int item); - void schema_menu_activated(int item); - void slotHistoryType(); - void slotSelectBell(); - void slotSelectLineSpacing(); - void slotBlinkingCursor(); - void slotUseKonsoleSettings(); - void slotWordSeps(); - void slotSetEncoding(); - void biggerFont(); - void smallerFont(); - - void autoShowShell(); - - private: - konsoleBrowserExtension *m_extension; - KURL currentURL; - - void makeGUI(); - void applySettingsToGUI(); - -// void setSchema(ColorSchema* s); - void updateKeytabMenu(); - - bool doOpenStream( const TQString& ); - bool doWriteStream( const TQByteArray& ); - bool doCloseStream(); - - TQWidget* parentWidget; -// TEWidget* te; -// TESession* se; - // ColorSchemaList* colors; - KRootPixmap* rootxpm; - - KActionCollection* actions; - KActionCollection* settingsActions; - - KToggleAction* blinkingCursor; - KToggleAction* showFrame; - KToggleAction* m_useKonsoleSettings; - - KSelectAction* selectBell; - KSelectAction* selectLineSpacing; - KSelectAction* selectScrollbar; - KSelectAction* selectSetEncoding; - - KActionMenu* m_fontsizes; - - KPopupMenu* m_keytab; - KPopupMenu* m_schema; - KPopupMenu* m_signals; - KPopupMenu* m_options; - KPopupMenu* m_popupMenu; - - TQFont defaultFont; - - TQString pmPath; // pixmap path - TQString s_schema; - TQString s_kconfigSchema; - TQString s_word_seps; // characters that are considered part of a word - - bool b_framevis:1; - bool b_histEnabled:1; - bool b_useKonsoleSettings:1; - bool b_autoDestroy:1; - bool b_autoStartShell:1; - - int curr_schema; // current schema no - int n_bell; - int n_keytab; - int n_render; - int n_scroll; - unsigned m_histSize; - bool m_runningShell; - bool m_streamEnabled; - int n_encoding; - -public: - // these are the implementations for the TermEmuInterface - // functions... - void startProgram( const TQString& program, - const TQStrList& args ); - void newSession(); - void showShellInDir( const TQString& dir ); - void sendInput( const TQString& text ); - void setAutoDestroy( bool ); - void setAutoStartShell( bool ); -}; - -////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -/*class HistoryTypeDialog : public KDialogBase -{ - Q_OBJECT -public: - HistoryTypeDialog(const HistoryType& histType, - unsigned int histSize, - TQWidget *parent); - -public slots: - void slotDefault(); - void slotSetUnlimited(); - void slotHistEnable(bool); - - unsigned int nbLines() const; - bool isOn() const; - -protected: - TQCheckBox* m_btnEnable; - TQSpinBox* m_size; - TQPushButton* m_setUnlimited; -};*/ - -////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -class konsoleBrowserExtension : public KParts::BrowserExtension -{ - Q_OBJECT - friend class konsolePart; - public: - konsoleBrowserExtension(konsolePart *parent); - virtual ~konsoleBrowserExtension(); - - void emitOpenURLRequest(const KURL &url); -}; - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde350/kpanelmenu.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde350/kpanelmenu.h deleted file mode 100644 index de0b065e..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde350/kpanelmenu.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,182 +0,0 @@ -/***************************************************************** - -Copyright (c) 1996-2000 the kicker authors. See file AUTHORS. - (c) 2001 Michael Goffioul <kdeprint@swing.be> - -Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy -of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal -in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights -to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell -copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is -furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: - -The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in -all copies or substantial portions of the Software. - -THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR -IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, -FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE -AUTHORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN -AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN -CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. - -******************************************************************/ - -#ifndef __KPANELMENU_H__ -#define __KPANELMENU_H__ - -#include <tqstring.h> -#include <kpopupmenu.h> -#include <kgenericfactory.h> - -class KPanelMenuPrivate; - -/** - * @short Base class to build dynamically loaded menu entries for the K-menu, or the panel. - * - * This class allows to build menu entries that will be dynamically added either to - * the K-menu, or to the panel as a normal button. These dynamic menus are located - * in shared libraries that will be loaded at runtime by Kicker (the %KDE panel). - * - * To build such a menu, you have to inherit this class and implement the pure virtual - * functions #initialize() and slotExec(). You also have to provide a factory - * object in your library, see KLibFactory. This factory is only used to construct - * the menu object. - * - * Finally, you also have to provide a desktop file describing your dynamic menu. The - * relevant entries are: Name, Comment, Icon and X-KDE-Library (which contains the - * library name without any extension). This desktop file has to be installed in - * $KDEDIR/share/apps/kicker/menuext/. - * - * @author The kicker maintainers, Michael Goffioul <kdeprint@swing.be> - */ -class KDEUI_EXPORT KPanelMenu : public KPopupMenu -{ - Q_OBJECT - -public: - /** - * Construct a KPanelMenu object. This is the normal constructor to use when - * building extrernal menu entries. - */ - KPanelMenu(TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0); - /** - * Constructor used internally by Kicker. You don't really want to use it. - * @param startDir a directory to associate with this menu - * @param parent parent object - * @param name name of the object - * @see path(), setPath() - */ - KPanelMenu(const TQString &startDir, TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0); - /** - * Destructor. - */ - virtual ~KPanelMenu(); - - /** - * Get the directory path associated with this menu, or TQString::null if - * there's no such associated path. - * @return the associated directory path - * @see setPath() - */ - const TQString& path() const; - /** - * Set a directory path to be associated with this menu. - * @param p the directory path - * @see path() - */ - void setPath(const TQString &p); - /** - * Tell if the menu has been initialized, that is it already contains items. - * This is useful when you need to know if you have to clear the menu, or to - * fill it. - * @return the initial state - * @see setInitialized(), initialize() - */ - bool initialized() const; - /** - * Set the initial state. Set it to true when you menu is filled with the items - * you want. - * @param on the initial state - * @see initialized(), initialize() - */ - void setInitialized(bool on); - - /** - * Disable the automatic clearing of the menu. Kicker uses a cache system for - * its menus. After a specific configurable delay, the menu will be cleared. - * Use this function if you want to disable kicker's cache system, and avoid - * the clearing of your menu. - */ - void disableAutoClear(); - -public slots: - /** - * Reinitialize the menu: the menu is first cleared, the initial state is set - * to false, and finally #initialize() is called. Use this if you want to - * refill your menu immediately. - */ - void reinitialize(); - /** - * Deinitialize the menu: the menu is cleared and the initialized state is set to - * false. #initialize() is NOT called. It will be called before the menu is - * next shown, however. Use this slot if you want a delayed reinitialization. - * @since 3.1 - */ - void deinitialize(); - -protected slots: - /** - * This slot is called just before the menu is shown. This allows your menu - * to update itself if needed. However you should instead re-implement - * #initialize to provide this feature. This function is responsible for - * the cache system handling, so if you re-implement it, you should call - * the base function also. Calls #initialize(). - * @see disableAutoClear() - */ - virtual void slotAboutToShow(); - /** - * This is slot is called when an item from the menu has been selected. Your - * applet is then supposed to perform some action. You must re-implement this - * function. - * @param id the ID associated with the selected item - */ - virtual void slotExec(int id) = 0; - /** - * This slots is called to initialize the menu. It is called automatically by - * slotAboutToShow(). By re-implementing this functions, you can reconstruct - * the menu before it is being shown. At the end of this function, you should - * call setInitialize() with true to tell the system that the menu is OK. - * You applet must re-implement this function. - * @see slotAboutToShow(), initialized(), setInitialized() - */ - virtual void initialize() = 0; - /** - * Clears the menu, and update the initial state accordingly. - * @see initialized() - */ - void slotClear(); - -protected: - /** - * Re-implemented for internal reasons. - */ - virtual void hideEvent(TQHideEvent *ev); - /** - * For internal use only. Used by constructors. - */ - void init(const TQString& path = TQString::null); - -protected: - virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data ); -private: - void internalInitialize(); - KPanelMenuPrivate *d; -}; - -#define K_EXPORT_KICKER_MENUEXT( libname, classname ) \ - K_EXPORT_COMPONENT_FACTORY( \ - kickermenu_##libname, \ - KGenericFactory<classname>("libkickermenu_" #libname) ) - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde350/krecentdirs.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde350/krecentdirs.h deleted file mode 100644 index 439fb6fe..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde350/krecentdirs.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,70 +0,0 @@ -/* -*- c++ -*- - * Copyright (C)2000 Waldo Bastian <bastian@kde.org> - * - * All rights reserved. - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without - * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions - * are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the - * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND - * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE - * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE - * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE - * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL - * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS - * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) - * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT - * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY - * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF - * SUCH DAMAGE. - * - */ -#ifndef __KRECENTDIRS_H -#define __KRECENTDIRS_H - -#include <tqstringlist.h> - -#include <kdelibs_export.h> - -/** - * The goal of this class is to make sure that, when the user needs to - * specify a file via the file selection dialog, this dialog will start - * in the directory most likely to contain the desired files. - * - * This works as follows: Each time the file selection dialog is - * shown, the programmer can specify a "file-class". The file-dialog will - * then start with the directory associated with this file-class. When - * the dialog closes, the directory currently shown in the file-dialog - * will be associated with the file-class. - * - * A file-class can either start with ':' or with '::'. If it starts with - * a single ':' the file-class is specific to the current application. - * If the file-class starts with '::' it is global to all applications. - */ -class KIO_EXPORT KRecentDirs -{ -public: - /** - * Returns a list of directories associated with this file-class. - * The most recently used directory is at the front of the list. - */ - static TQStringList list(const TQString &fileClass); - - /** - * Returns the most recently used directory accociated with this file-class. - */ - static TQString dir(const TQString &fileClass); - - /** - * Associates @p directory with @p fileClass - */ - static void add(const TQString &fileClass, const TQString &directory); -}; - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde350/ksharedptr.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde350/ksharedptr.h deleted file mode 100644 index ada08413..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde350/ksharedptr.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,175 +0,0 @@ -/* This file is part of the KDE libraries - Copyright (c) 1999 Waldo Bastian <bastian@kde.org> - - This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation. - - This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. -*/ -#ifndef KSharedPTR_H -#define KSharedPTR_H - -#include "kdelibs_export.h" - -/** - * Reference counting for shared objects. If you derive your object - * from this class, then you may use it in conjunction with - * KSharedPtr to control the lifetime of your object. - * - * Specifically, all classes that derive from KShared have an internal - * counter keeping track of how many other objects have a reference to - * their object. If used with KSharedPtr, then your object will - * not be deleted until all references to the object have been - * released. - * - * You should probably not ever use any of the methods in this class - * directly -- let the KSharedPtr take care of that. Just derive - * your class from KShared and forget about it. - * - * @author Waldo Bastian <bastian@kde.org> - */ -class KDECORE_EXPORT KShared { -public: - /** - * Standard constructor. This will initialize the reference count - * on this object to 0. - */ - KShared() : count(0) { } - - /** - * Copy constructor. This will @em not actually copy the objects - * but it will initialize the reference count on this object to 0. - */ - KShared( const KShared & ) : count(0) { } - - /** - * Overloaded assignment operator. - */ - KShared &operator=(const KShared & ) { return *this; } - - /** - * Increases the reference count by one. - */ - void _KShared_ref() const { count++; } - - /** - * Releases a reference (decreases the reference count by one). If - * the count goes to 0, this object will delete itself. - */ - void _KShared_unref() const { if (!--count) delete this; } - - /** - * Return the current number of references held. - * - * @return Number of references - */ - int _KShared_count() const { return count; } - -protected: - virtual ~KShared() { } -private: - mutable int count; -}; - -/** - * Can be used to control the lifetime of an object that has derived - * KShared. As long a someone holds a KSharedPtr on some KShared - * object it won't become deleted but is deleted once its reference - * count is 0. This struct emulates C++ pointers virtually perfectly. - * So just use it like a simple C++ pointer. - * - * KShared and KSharedPtr are preferred over QShared / QSharedPtr - * since they are more safe. - * - * WARNING: Please note that this class template provides an implicit - * conversion to T*. Do *not* change this pointer or the pointee (don't - * call delete on it, for instance) behind KSharedPtr's back. - * - * @author Waldo Bastian <bastian@kde.org> - */ -template< class T > -class KSharedPtr -{ -public: -/** - * Creates a null pointer. - */ - KSharedPtr() - : ptr(0) { } - /** - * Creates a new pointer. - * @param t the pointer - */ - KSharedPtr( T* t ) - : ptr(t) { if ( ptr ) ptr->_KShared_ref(); } - - /** - * Copies a pointer. - * @param p the pointer to copy - */ - KSharedPtr( const KSharedPtr& p ) - : ptr(p.ptr) { if ( ptr ) ptr->_KShared_ref(); } - - /** - * Unreferences the object that this pointer points to. If it was - * the last reference, the object will be deleted. - */ - ~KSharedPtr() { if ( ptr ) ptr->_KShared_unref(); } - - KSharedPtr<T>& operator= ( const KSharedPtr<T>& p ) { - if ( ptr == p.ptr ) return *this; - if ( ptr ) ptr->_KShared_unref(); - ptr = p.ptr; - if ( ptr ) ptr->_KShared_ref(); - return *this; - } - KSharedPtr<T>& operator= ( T* p ) { - if ( ptr == p ) return *this; - if ( ptr ) ptr->_KShared_unref(); - ptr = p; - if ( ptr ) ptr->_KShared_ref(); - return *this; - } - bool operator== ( const KSharedPtr<T>& p ) const { return ( ptr == p.ptr ); } - bool operator!= ( const KSharedPtr<T>& p ) const { return ( ptr != p.ptr ); } - bool operator== ( const T* p ) const { return ( ptr == p ); } - bool operator!= ( const T* p ) const { return ( ptr != p ); } - bool operator!() const { return ( ptr == 0 ); } - operator T*() const { return ptr; } - - /** - * Returns the pointer. - * @return the pointer - */ - T* data() { return ptr; } - - /** - * Returns the pointer. - * @return the pointer - */ - const T* data() const { return ptr; } - - const T& operator*() const { return *ptr; } - T& operator*() { return *ptr; } - const T* operator->() const { return ptr; } - T* operator->() { return ptr; } - - /** - * Returns the number of references. - * @return the number of references - */ - int count() const { return ptr->_KShared_count(); } // for debugging purposes -private: - T* ptr; -}; - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde350/ksycocafactory.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde350/ksycocafactory.h deleted file mode 100644 index 536da286..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde350/ksycocafactory.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,143 +0,0 @@ -/* This file is part of the KDE libraries - * Copyright (C) 1999 Waldo Bastian <bastian@kde.org> - * - * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - * License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation; - * - * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Library General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - * along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. - **/ - -#ifndef __ksycocafactory_h__ -#define __ksycocafactory_h__ - -#include "ksycocatype.h" -#include "ksycocaentry.h" - -#include <tqdict.h> -#include <tqptrlist.h> -class KSycoca; -class TQStringList; -class TQString; -class KSycocaDict; -class KSycocaResourceList; - -typedef TQDict<KSycocaEntry::Ptr> KSycocaEntryDict; - -/** - * @internal - * Base class for sycoca factories - */ -class KDECORE_EXPORT KSycocaFactory -{ -public: - virtual KSycocaFactoryId factoryId() const = 0; - -protected: // virtual class - /** - * Create a factory which can be used to lookup from/create a database - * (depending on KSycoca::isBuilding()) - */ - KSycocaFactory( KSycocaFactoryId factory_id ); - -public: - virtual ~KSycocaFactory(); - - /** - * @return the position of the factory in the sycoca file - */ - int offset() { return mOffset; } - - /** - * @return the dict, for special use by KBuildSycoca - */ - KSycocaEntryDict * entryDict() { return m_entryDict; } - - /** - * Construct an entry from a config file. - * To be implemented in the real factories. - */ - virtual KSycocaEntry *createEntry(const TQString &file, const char *resource) = 0; - - /** - * Add an entry - */ - virtual void addEntry(KSycocaEntry *newEntry, const char *resource); - - /** - * Remove an entry - * Not very fast, use with care. O(N) - */ - void removeEntry(KSycocaEntry *newEntry); - - /** - * Read an entry from the database - */ - virtual KSycocaEntry *createEntry(int offset)=0; - - /** - * Get a list of all entries from the database. - */ - KSycocaEntry::List allEntries(); - - /** - * Saves all entries it maintains as well as index files - * for these entries to the stream 'str'. - * - * Also sets mOffset to the starting position. - * - * The stream is positioned at the end of the last index. - * - * Don't forget to call the parent first when you override - * this function. - */ - virtual void save(TQDataStream &str); - - /** - * Writes out a header to the stream 'str'. - * The baseclass positions the stream correctly. - * - * Don't forget to call the parent first when you override - * this function. - */ - virtual void saveHeader(TQDataStream &str); - - /** - * @return the resources for which this factory is responsible. - */ - virtual const KSycocaResourceList * resourceList() const { return m_resourceList; } - -private: - int mOffset; - -protected: - int m_sycocaDictOffset; - int m_beginEntryOffset; - int m_endEntryOffset; - TQDataStream *m_str; - - KSycocaResourceList *m_resourceList; - KSycocaEntryDict *m_entryDict; - KSycocaDict *m_sycocaDict; -protected: - virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data ); -}; - -/** This, instead of a typedef, allows to declare "class ..." in header files - * @internal - */ -class KDECORE_EXPORT KSycocaFactoryList : public TQPtrList<KSycocaFactory> -{ -public: - KSycocaFactoryList() { } -}; - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde350/ktoolbarbutton.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde350/ktoolbarbutton.h deleted file mode 100644 index eab46983..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde350/ktoolbarbutton.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,330 +0,0 @@ -/* This file is part of the KDE libraries - Copyright (C) 1997, 1998 Stephan Kulow (coolo@kde.org) - (C) 1997, 1998 Sven Radej (radej@kde.org) - (C) 1997, 1998 Mark Donohoe (donohoe@kde.org) - (C) 1997, 1998 Matthias Ettrich (ettrich@kde.org) - (C) 2000 Kurt Granroth (granroth@kde.org) - - This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation. - - This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. -*/ - -#ifndef _KTOOLBARBUTTON_H -#define _KTOOLBARBUTTON_H - -#include <tqpixmap.h> -#include <tqtoolbutton.h> -#include <tqintdict.h> -#include <tqstring.h> -#include <kglobal.h> - -class KToolBar; -class KToolBarButtonPrivate; -class KInstance; -class TQEvent; -class TQPopupMenu; -class TQPainter; - -/** - * A toolbar button. This is used internally by KToolBar, use the - * KToolBar methods instead. - * @internal - */ -class KDEUI_EXPORT KToolBarButton : public QToolButton -{ - Q_OBJECT - -public: - /** - * Construct a button with an icon loaded by the button itself. - * This will trust the button to load the correct icon with the - * correct size. - * - * @param icon Name of icon to load (may be absolute or relative) - * @param id Id of this button - * @param parent This button's parent - * @param name This button's internal name - * @param txt This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise) - * @param _instance the instance to use for this button - */ - KToolBarButton(const TQString& icon, int id, TQWidget *parent, - const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null, - KInstance *_instance = KGlobal::instance()); - - /** - * Construct a button with an existing pixmap. It is not - * recommended that you use this as the internal icon loading code - * will almost always get it "right". - * - * @param pixmap Name of icon to load (may be absolute or relative) - * @param id Id of this button - * @param parent This button's parent - * @param name This button's internal name - * @param txt This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise) - */ - KToolBarButton(const TQPixmap& pixmap, int id, TQWidget *parent, - const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null); - - /** - * Construct a separator button - * - * @param parent This button's parent - * @param name This button's internal name - */ - KToolBarButton(TQWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L); - - /** - * Standard destructor - */ - ~KToolBarButton(); - -#ifndef KDE_NO_COMPAT - /** - * @deprecated - * Set the pixmap directly for this button. This pixmap should be - * the active one... the dimmed and disabled pixmaps are constructed - * based on this one. However, don't use this function unless you - * are positive that you don't want to use setIcon. - * - * @param pixmap The active pixmap - */ - // this one is from TQButton, so #ifdef-ing it out doesn't break BC - virtual void setPixmap(const TQPixmap &pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED; - - /** - * @deprecated - * Force the button to use this pixmap as the default one rather - * then generating it using effects. - * - * @param pixmap The pixmap to use as the default (normal) one - */ - void setDefaultPixmap(const TQPixmap& pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED; - - /** - * @deprecated - * Force the button to use this pixmap when disabled one rather then - * generating it using effects. - * - * @param pixmap The pixmap to use when disabled - */ - void setDisabledPixmap(const TQPixmap& pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED; -#endif - - /** - * Set the text for this button. The text will be either used as a - * tooltip (IconOnly) or will be along side the icon - * - * @param text The button (or tooltip) text - */ - virtual void setText(const TQString &text); - - /** - * Set the icon for this button. The icon will be loaded internally - * with the correct size. This function is preferred over setIconSet - * - * @param icon The name of the icon - */ - virtual void setIcon(const TQString &icon); - - /// @since 3.1 - virtual void setIcon( const TQPixmap &pixmap ) - { TQToolButton::setIcon( pixmap ); } - - /** - * Set the pixmaps for this toolbar button from a TQIconSet. - * If you call this you don't need to call any of the other methods - * that set icons or pixmaps. - * @param iconset The iconset to use - */ - virtual void setIconSet( const TQIconSet &iconset ); - -#ifndef KDE_NO_COMPAT - /** - * @deprecated - * Set the active icon for this button. The pixmap itself is loaded - * internally based on the icon size... .. the disabled and default - * pixmaps, however will only be constructed if generate is - * true. This function is preferred over setPixmap - * - * @param icon The name of the active icon - * @param generate If true, then the other icons are automagically - * generated from this one - */ - KDE_DEPRECATED void setIcon(const TQString &icon, bool generate ) { Q_UNUSED(generate); setIcon( icon ); } - - /** - * @deprecated - * Force the button to use this icon as the default one rather - * then generating it using effects. - * - * @param icon The icon to use as the default (normal) one - */ - void setDefaultIcon(const TQString& icon) KDE_DEPRECATED; - - /** - * @deprecated - * Force the button to use this icon when disabled one rather then - * generating it using effects. - * - * @param icon The icon to use when disabled - */ - void setDisabledIcon(const TQString& icon) KDE_DEPRECATED; -#endif - - /** - * Turn this button on or off - * - * @param flag true or false - */ - void on(bool flag = true); - - /** - * Toggle this button - */ - void toggle(); - - /** - * Turn this button into a toggle button or disable the toggle - * aspects of it. This does not toggle the button itself. - * Use toggle() for that. - * - * @param toggle true or false - */ - void setToggle(bool toggle = true); - - /** - * Return a pointer to this button's popup menu (if it exists) - */ - TQPopupMenu *popup(); - - /** - * Returns the button's id. - * @since 3.2 - */ - int id() const; - - /** - * Give this button a popup menu. There will not be a delay when - * you press the button. Use setDelayedPopup if you want that - * behavior. - * - * @param p The new popup menu - * @param unused Has no effect - ignore it. - */ - void setPopup (TQPopupMenu *p, bool unused = false); - - /** - * Gives this button a delayed popup menu. - * - * This function allows you to add a delayed popup menu to the button. - * The popup menu is then only displayed when the button is pressed and - * held down for about half a second. - * - * @param p the new popup menu - * @param unused Has no effect - ignore it. - */ - void setDelayedPopup(TQPopupMenu *p, bool unused = false); - - /** - * Turn this button into a radio button - * - * @param f true or false - */ - void setRadio(bool f = true); - - /** - * Toolbar buttons naturally will assume the global styles - * concerning icons, icons sizes, etc. You can use this function to - * explicitly turn this off, if you like. - * - * @param no_style Will disable styles if true - */ - void setNoStyle(bool no_style = true); - -signals: - /** - * Emitted when the toolbar button is clicked (with LMB or MMB) - */ - void clicked(int); - /** - * Emitted when the toolbar button is clicked (with any mouse button) - * @param state makes it possible to find out which button was pressed, - * and whether any keyboard modifiers were held. - * @since 3.4 - */ - void buttonClicked(int, Qt::ButtonState state); - void doubleClicked(int); - void pressed(int); - void released(int); - void toggled(int); - void highlighted(int, bool); - -public slots: - /** - * This slot should be called whenever the toolbar mode has - * potentially changed. This includes such events as text changing, - * orientation changing, etc. - */ - void modeChange(); - virtual void setTextLabel(const TQString&, bool tipToo); - -protected: - bool event(TQEvent *e); - void paletteChange(const TQPalette &); - void leaveEvent(TQEvent *e); - void enterEvent(TQEvent *e); - void drawButton(TQPainter *p); - bool eventFilter (TQObject *o, TQEvent *e); - /// @since 3.4 - void mousePressEvent( TQMouseEvent * ); - /// @since 3.4 - void mouseReleaseEvent( TQMouseEvent * ); - void showMenu(); - TQSize sizeHint() const; - TQSize minimumSizeHint() const; - TQSize minimumSize() const; - - /// @since 3.1 - bool isRaised() const; - /// @since 3.1 - bool isActive() const; - /// @since 3.1 - int iconTextMode() const; - -protected slots: - void slotClicked(); - void slotPressed(); - void slotReleased(); - void slotToggled(); - void slotDelayTimeout(); - -protected: - virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data ); -private: - KToolBarButtonPrivate *d; -}; - -/** -* List of KToolBarButton objects. -* @internal -* @version $Id: ktoolbarbutton.h 465272 2005-09-29 09:47:40Z mueller $ -*/ -class KDEUI_EXPORT KToolBarButtonList : public TQIntDict<KToolBarButton> -{ -public: - KToolBarButtonList(); - ~KToolBarButtonList() {} -}; - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde350/kurifilter.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde350/kurifilter.h deleted file mode 100644 index 47332947..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde350/kurifilter.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,647 +0,0 @@ -/* - * This file is part of the KDE libraries - * Copyright (C) 2000-2001,2003 Dawit Alemayehu <adawit at kde.org> - * - * Original author - * Copyright (C) 2000 Yves Arrouye <yves@realnames.com> - * - * - * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Library General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - * along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. - **/ - -#ifndef __kurifilter_h__ -#define __kurifilter_h__ - -#include <tqptrlist.h> -#include <tqobject.h> -#include <tqstringlist.h> - -#include <kurl.h> - -#ifdef Q_OS_WIN -#undef ERROR -#endif - -class KURIFilterPrivate; -class KURIFilterDataPrivate; - -class KCModule; - -/** -* A basic message object used for exchanging filtering -* information between the filter plugins and the application -* requesting the filtering service. -* -* Use this object if you require a more detailed information -* about the URI you want to filter. Any application can create -* an instance of this class and send it to KURIFilter to -* have the plugins fill out all possible information about the -* URI. -* -* \b Example -* -* \code -* TQString text = "kde.org"; -* KURIFilterData d = text; -* bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filter( d ); -* cout << "URL: " << text.latin1() << endl -* << "Filtered URL: " << d.uri().url().latin1() << endl -* << "URI Type: " << d.uriType() << endl -* << "Was Filtered: " << filtered << endl; -* \endcode -* -* The above code should yield the following output: -* \code -* URI: kde.org -* Filtered URI: http://kde.org -* URI Type: 0 <== means NET_PROTOCOL -* Was Filtered: 1 <== means the URL was successfully filtered -* \endcode -* -* @short A message object for exchanging filtering URI info. -* @author Dawit Alemayehu <adawit at kde.org> -*/ - -class KIO_EXPORT KURIFilterData -{ -friend class KURIFilterPlugin; - -public: - /** - * Describes the type of the URI that was filtered. - * Here is a brief description of the types: - * - * @li NET_PROTOCOL - Any network protocol: http, ftp, nttp, pop3, etc... - * @li LOCAL_FILE - A local file whose executable flag is not set - * @li LOCAL_DIR - A local directory - * @li EXECUTABLE - A local file whose executable flag is set - * @li HELP - A man or info page - * @li SHELL - A shell executable (ex: echo "Test..." >> ~/testfile) - * @li BLOCKED - A URI that should be blocked/filtered (ex: ad filtering) - * @li ERROR - An incorrect URI (ex: "~johndoe" when user johndoe - * does not exist in that system ) - * @li UNKNOWN - A URI that is not identified. Default value when - * a KURIFilterData is first created. - */ - enum URITypes { NET_PROTOCOL=0, LOCAL_FILE, LOCAL_DIR, EXECUTABLE, HELP, SHELL, BLOCKED, ERROR, UNKNOWN }; - - /** - * Default constructor. - * - * Creates a URIFilterData object. - */ - KURIFilterData() { init(); } - - /** - * Creates a URIFilterData object from the given URL. - * - * @param url is the URL to be filtered. - */ - KURIFilterData( const KURL& url ) { init( url); } - - /** - * Creates a URIFilterData object from the given string. - * - * @param url is the string to be filtered. - */ - KURIFilterData( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); } - - /** - * Copy constructor. - * - * Creates a URIFilterData object from another - * URI filter data object. - * - * @param data the uri filter data to be copied. - */ - KURIFilterData( const KURIFilterData& data); - - /** - * Destructor. - */ - ~KURIFilterData(); - - /** - * This method has been deprecated and will always return - * true. You should instead use the result from the - * KURIFilter::filterURI() calls. - * - * @deprecated - */ - KDE_DEPRECATED bool hasBeenFiltered() const { return true; } - - /** - * Returns the filtered or the original URL. - * - * This function returns the filtered url if one - * of the plugins successfully filtered the original - * URL. Otherwise, it returns the original URL. - * See hasBeenFiltered() and - * - * @return the filtered or original url. - */ - KURL uri() const { return m_pURI; } - - /** - * Returns an error message. - * - * This functions returns the error message set - * by the plugin whenever the uri type is set to - * KURIFilterData::ERROR. Otherwise, it returns - * a TQString::null. - * - * @return the error message or a NULL when there is none. - */ - TQString errorMsg() const { return m_strErrMsg; } - - /** - * Returns the URI type. - * - * This method always returns KURIFilterData::UNKNOWN - * if the given URL was not filtered. - * @return the type of the URI - */ - URITypes uriType() const { return m_iType; } - - /** - * Sets the URL to be filtered. - * - * Use this function to set the string to be - * filtered when you construct an empty filter - * object. - * - * @param url the string to be filtered. - */ - void setData( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); } - - /** - * Same as above except the argument is a URL. - * - * Use this function to set the string to be - * filtered when you construct an empty filter - * object. - * - * @param url the URL to be filtered. - */ - void setData( const KURL& url ) { init( url ); } - - /** - * Sets the absolute path to be used whenever the supplied - * data is a relative local URL. - * - * NOTE: This function should only be used for local resources, - * i.e. the "file:/" protocol. It is useful for specifying the - * absolute path in cases where the actual URL might be relative. - * meta object. If deriving the path from a KURL, make sure you - * set the argument for this function to the result of calling - * path () instead of url (). - * - * @param abs_path the abolute path to the local resource. - * @return true if absolute path is successfully set. Otherwise, false. - */ - bool setAbsolutePath( const TQString& abs_path ); - - /** - * Returns the absolute path if one has already been set. - * @return the absolute path, or TQString::null - * @see hasAbsolutePath() - */ - TQString absolutePath() const; - - /** - * Checks whether the supplied data had an absolute path. - * @return true if the supplied data has an absolute path - * @see absolutePath() - */ - bool hasAbsolutePath() const; - - /** - * Returns the command line options and arguments for a - * local resource when present. - * - * @return options and arguments when present, otherwise TQString::null - */ - TQString argsAndOptions() const; - - /** - * Checks whether the current data is a local resource with - * command line options and arguments. - * @return true if the current data has command line options and arguments - */ - bool hasArgsAndOptions() const; - - /** - * Returns the name of the icon that matches - * the current filtered URL. - * - * NOTE that this function will return a NULL - * string by default and when no associated icon - * is found. - * - * @return the name of the icon associated with the resource, - * or TQString::null if not found - */ - TQString iconName(); - - /** - * Check whether the provided uri is executable or not. - * - * Setting this to false ensures that typing the name of - * an executable does not start that application. This is - * useful in the location bar of a browser. The default - * value is true. - * - * @since 3.2 - */ - void setCheckForExecutables (bool check); - - /** - * @return true if the filters should attempt to check whether the - * supplied uri is an executable. False otherwise. - * - * @since 3.2 - */ - bool checkForExecutables() const { return m_bCheckForExecutables; } - - /** - * @return the string as typed by the user, before any URL processing is done - * @since 3.2 - */ - TQString typedString() const; - - /** - * Overloaded assigenment operator. - * - * This function allows you to easily assign a KURL - * to a KURIFilterData object. - * - * @return an instance of a KURIFilterData object. - */ - KURIFilterData& operator=( const KURL& url ) { init( url ); return *this; } - - /** - * Overloaded assigenment operator. - * - * This function allows you to easily assign a QString - * to a KURIFilterData object. - * - * @return an instance of a KURIFilterData object. - */ - KURIFilterData& operator=( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); return *this; } - -protected: - - /** - * Initializes the KURIFilterData on construction. - * @param url the URL to initialize the object with - */ - void init( const KURL& url); - - /** - * Initializes the KURIFilterData on construction. - * @param url the URL to initialize the object with - */ - void init( const TQString& url = TQString::null ); - -private: - bool m_bCheckForExecutables; - bool m_bChanged; - - TQString m_strErrMsg; - TQString m_strIconName; - - KURL m_pURI; - URITypes m_iType; - KURIFilterDataPrivate *d; -}; - - -/** - * Base class for URI filter plugins. - * - * This class applies a single filter to a URI. All plugins designed - * to provide URI filtering service should inherit from this abstract - * class and provide a concrete implementation. - * - * All inheriting classes need to implement the pure virtual function - * filterURI. - * - * @short Abstract class for URI filter plugins. - */ -class KIO_EXPORT KURIFilterPlugin : public QObject -{ - Q_OBJECT - -public: - - /** - * Constructs a filter plugin with a given name and - * priority. - * - * @param parent the parent object, or 0 for no parent - * @param name the name of the plugin, or 0 for no name - * @param pri the priority of the plugin. - */ - KURIFilterPlugin( TQObject *parent = 0, const char *name = 0, double pri = 1.0 ); - - /** - * Returns the filter's name. - * - * @return A string naming the filter. - */ - virtual TQString name() const { return m_strName; } - - /** - * Returns the filter's priority. - * - * Each filter has an assigned priority, a float from 0 to 1. Filters - * with the lowest priority are first given a chance to filter a URI. - * - * @return The priority of the filter. - */ - virtual double priority() const { return m_dblPriority; } - - /** - * Filters a URI. - * - * @param data the URI data to be filtered. - * @return A boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed. - */ - virtual bool filterURI( KURIFilterData& data ) const = 0; - - /** - * Creates a configuration module for the filter. - * - * It is the responsibility of the caller to delete the module - * once it is not needed anymore. - * - * @return A configuration module, 0 if the filter isn't configurable. - */ - virtual KCModule *configModule( TQWidget*, const char* ) const { return 0; } - - /** - * Returns the name of the configuration module for the filter. - * - * @return the name of a configuration module or TQString::null if none. - */ - virtual TQString configName() const { return name(); } - -protected: - - /** - * Sets the the URL in @p data to @p uri. - */ - void setFilteredURI ( KURIFilterData& data, const KURL& uri ) const; - - /** - * Sets the error message in @p data to @p errormsg. - */ - void setErrorMsg ( KURIFilterData& data, const TQString& errmsg ) const { - data.m_strErrMsg = errmsg; - } - - /** - * Sets the URI type in @p data to @p type. - */ - void setURIType ( KURIFilterData& data, KURIFilterData::URITypes type) const { - data.m_iType = type; - data.m_bChanged = true; - } - - /** - * Sets the arguments and options string in @p data - * to @p args if any were found during filterting. - */ - void setArguments( KURIFilterData& data, const TQString& args ) const; - - TQString m_strName; - double m_dblPriority; - -protected: - virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data ); -private: - class KURIFilterPluginPrivate *d; -}; - - -/** - * A list of filter plugins. - */ -class KIO_EXPORT KURIFilterPluginList : public TQPtrList<KURIFilterPlugin> -{ -public: - virtual int compareItems(Item a, Item b) - { - double diff = ((KURIFilterPlugin *) a)->priority() - ((KURIFilterPlugin *) b)->priority(); - return diff < 0 ? -1 : (diff > 0 ? 1 : 0); - } - -private: - KURIFilterPrivate *d; - -}; - -/** - * Manages the filtering of URIs. - * - * The intention of this plugin class is to allow people to extend the - * functionality of KURL without modifying it directly. This way KURL will - * remain a generic parser capable of parsing any generic URL that adheres - * to specifications. - * - * The KURIFilter class applies a number of filters to a URI and returns the - * filtered version whenever possible. The filters are implemented using - * plugins to provide easy extensibility of the filtering mechanism. New - * filters can be added in the future by simply inheriting from - * KURIFilterPlugin and implementing the KURIFilterPlugin::filterURI - * method. - * - * Use of this plugin-manager class is straight forward. Since it is a - * singleton object, all you have to do is obtain an instance by doing - * @p KURIFilter::self() and use any of the public member functions to - * preform the filtering. - * - * \b Example - * - * To simply filter a given string: - * - * \code - * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( "kde.org" ); - * \endcode - * - * You can alternatively use a KURL: - * - * \code - * KURL url = "kde.org"; - * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( url ); - * \endcode - * - * If you have a constant string or a constant URL, simply invoke the - * corresponding function to obtain the filtered string or URL instead - * of a boolean flag: - * - * \code - * TQString u = KURIFilter::self()->filteredURI( "kde.org" ); - * \endcode - * - * You can also restrict the filter(s) to be used by supplying - * the name of the filter(s) to use. By defualt all available - * filters will be used. To use specific filters, add the names - * of the filters you want to use to a TQStringList and invoke - * the appropriate filtering function. The examples below show - * the use of specific filters. The first one uses a single - * filter called kshorturifilter while the second example uses - * multiple filters: - * - * \code - * TQString text = "kde.org"; - * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, "kshorturifilter" ); - * \endcode - * - * \code - * TQStringList list; - * list << "kshorturifilter" << "localdomainfilter"; - * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, list ); - * \endcode - * - * KURIFilter also allows richer data exchange through a simple - * meta-object called @p KURIFilterData. Using this meta-object - * you can find out more information about the URL you want to - * filter. See KURIFilterData for examples and details. - * - * @short Filters a given URL into its proper format whenever possible. - */ - -class KIO_EXPORT KURIFilter -{ -public: - /** - * Destructor - */ - ~KURIFilter (); - - /** - * Returns an instance of KURIFilter. - */ - static KURIFilter* self(); - - /** - * Filters the URI given by the object URIFilterData. - * - * The given URL is filtered based on the specified list of filters. - * If the list is empty all available filters would be used. - * - * @param data object that contains the URI to be filtered. - * @param filters specify the list of filters to be used. - * - * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed - */ - bool filterURI( KURIFilterData& data, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); - - /** - * Filters the URI given by the URL. - * - * The given URL is filtered based on the specified list of filters. - * If the list is empty all available filters would be used. - * - * @param uri the URI to filter. - * @param filters specify the list of filters to be used. - * - * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed - */ - bool filterURI( KURL &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); - - /** - * Filters a string representing a URI. - * - * The given URL is filtered based on the specified list of filters. - * If the list is empty all available filters would be used. - * - * @param uri The URI to filter. - * @param filters specify the list of filters to be used. - * - * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed - */ - bool filterURI( TQString &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); - - /** - * Returns the filtered URI. - * - * The given URL is filtered based on the specified list of filters. - * If the list is empty all available filters would be used. - * - * @param uri The URI to filter. - * @param filters specify the list of filters to be used. - * - * @return the filtered URI or null if it cannot be filtered - */ - KURL filteredURI( const KURL &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); - - /** - * Return a filtered string representation of a URI. - * - * The given URL is filtered based on the specified list of filters. - * If the list is empty all available filters would be used. - * - * @param uri the URI to filter. - * @param filters specify the list of filters to be used. - * - * @return the filtered URI or null if it cannot be filtered - */ - TQString filteredURI( const TQString &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); - - /** - * Return an iterator to iterate over all loaded - * plugins. - * - * @return a plugin iterator. - */ - TQPtrListIterator<KURIFilterPlugin> pluginsIterator() const; - - /** - * Return a list of the names of all loaded plugins. - * - * @return a TQStringList of plugin names - * @since 3.1 - */ - TQStringList pluginNames() const; - -protected: - - /** - * A protected constructor. - * - * This constructor creates a KURIFilter and - * initializes all plugins it can find by invoking - * loadPlugins. - */ - KURIFilter(); - - /** - * Loads all allowed plugins. - * - * This function loads all filters that have not - * been disbled. - */ - void loadPlugins(); - -private: - static KURIFilter *s_self; - KURIFilterPluginList m_lstPlugins; - KURIFilterPrivate *d; -}; - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde350/selectdialog.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde350/selectdialog.h deleted file mode 100644 index 987dcb68..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde350/selectdialog.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,87 +0,0 @@ -/* - This file is part of libkresources. - - Copyright (c) 2002 Tobias Koenig <tokoe@kde.org> - Copyright (c) 2002 Jan-Pascal van Best <janpascal@vanbest.org> - Copyright (c) 2003 Cornelius Schumacher <schumacher@kde.org> - - This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - - This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. -*/ - -#ifndef KRESOURCES_SELECTDIALOG_H -#define KRESOURCES_SELECTDIALOG_H - -#include <tqobject.h> -#include <tqptrlist.h> -#include <tqmap.h> - -#include <kdialog.h> - -class KListBox; - -namespace KRES { - -class Resource; - -/** - * Dialog for selecting a resource. - * - * Example: - * - * \code - * - * TQPtrList<Resource> list = ... // can be retrived from KRES::Manager (e.g. KABC::AddressBook) - * - * KABC::Resource *res = KABC::SelectDialog::getResource( list, parentWdg ); - * if ( !res ) { - * // no resource selected - * } else { - * // do something with resource - * } - * \endcode - */ -class KRESOURCES_EXPORT SelectDialog -{ - public: - /** - * Constructor. - * @param list The list of available resources - * @param parent The parent widget - * @param name The name of the dialog - */ - SelectDialog( TQPtrList<Resource> list, TQWidget *parent = 0, - const char *name = 0); - - /** - * Returns selected resource. - */ - Resource *resource(); - - /** - * Opens a dialog showing the available resources and returns the resource the - * user has selected. Returns 0, if the dialog was canceled. - */ - static Resource *getResource( TQPtrList<Resource> list, TQWidget *parent = 0 ); - - private: - KListBox *mResourceId; - - TQMap<int, Resource*> mResourceMap; -}; - -} - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde351/kaccelaction.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde351/kaccelaction.h deleted file mode 100644 index d55e4517..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde351/kaccelaction.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,576 +0,0 @@ -/* This file is part of the KDE libraries - Copyright (C) 2001,2002 Ellis Whitehead <ellis@kde.org> - - This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - - This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. -*/ - -#ifndef _KACCELACTION_H -#define _KACCELACTION_H - -#include <tqmap.h> -#include <tqptrvector.h> -#include <tqstring.h> -#include <tqvaluevector.h> - -#include <kshortcut.h> - -class KAccelBase; - -class TQObject; -class KConfig; -class KConfigBase; - -/** - * @internal - * A KAccelAction prepresents an action that can be executed using - * an accelerator key. Each KAccelAction has a name, a label, a - * "What's this" string and a KShortcut. The user can configure and - * enable/disable them using KKeyDialog. - * - * \code - * 1) KAccelAction = "Run Command" - * Default3 = "Alt+F2" - * Default4 = "Meta+Enter;Alt+F2" - * 1) KShortcut = "Meta+Enter" - * 1) KKeySequence = "Meta+Enter" - * 1) KKey = "Meta+Enter" - * 1) Meta+Enter - * 2) Meta+Keypad_Enter - * 2) KShortcut = "Alt+F2" - * 1) KKeySequence = "Alt+F2" - * 1) Alt+F2 - * 2) KAccelAction = "Something" - * Default3 = "" - * Default4 = "" - * 1) KShortcut = "Meta+X,Asterisk" - * 1) KKeySequence = "Meta+X,Asterisk" - * 1) KKey = "Meta+X" - * 1) Meta+X - * 2) KKey = "Asterisk" - * 1) Shift+8 (English layout) - * 2) Keypad_Asterisk - * \endcode - * @short An accelerator action - * @see KAccel - * @see KGlobalAccel - * @see KKeyChooser - * @see KKeyDialog - */ -class KDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction -{ - public: - /** - * Creates an empty KAccelAction. - * @see clear() - */ - KAccelAction(); - - /** - * Copy constructor. - */ - KAccelAction( const KAccelAction& ); - - /** - * Creates a new KAccelAction. - * @param sName the name of the accelerator - * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) - * @param sWhatsThis the What's This text (18n!) - * @param cutDef3 the default shortcut for 3 modifier systems - * @param cutDef4 the default shortcut for 4 modifier systems - * @param pObjSlot the receiver of a signal when the key has been - * pressed - * @param psMethodSlot the slot to connect for key presses. Receives - * an int, as set by setID(), as only argument - * @param bConfigurable if true the user can configure the shortcut - * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled - */ - KAccelAction( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, - const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4, - const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, - bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled ); - ~KAccelAction(); - - /** - * Clears the accelerator. - */ - void clear(); - - /** - * Re-initialized the KAccelAction. - * @param sName the name of the accelerator - * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) - * @param sWhatsThis the What's This text (18n!) - * @param cutDef3 the default shortcut for 3 modifier systems - * @param cutDef4 the default shortcut for 4 modifier systems - * @param pObjSlot the receiver of a signal when the key has been - * pressed - * @param psMethodSlot the slot to connect for key presses. Receives - * an int, as set by setID(), as only argument - * @param bConfigurable if true the user can configure the shortcut - * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - */ - bool init( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, - const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4, - const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, - bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled ); - - /** - * Copies this KAccelAction. - */ - KAccelAction& operator=( const KAccelAction& ); - - /** - * Returns the name of the accelerator action. - * @return the name of the accelerator action, can be null if not - * set - */ - const TQString& name() const { return m_sName; } - - /** - * Returns the label of the accelerator action. - * @return the label of the accelerator action, can be null if - * not set - */ - const TQString& label() const { return m_sLabel; } - - /** - * Returns the What's This text of the accelerator action. - * @return the What's This text of the accelerator action, can be - * null if not set - */ - const TQString& whatsThis() const { return m_sWhatsThis; } - - /** - * The shortcut that is actually used (may be used configured). - * @return the shortcut of the KAccelAction, can be null if not set - * @see shortcutDefault() - */ - const KShortcut& shortcut() const { return m_cut; } - - /** - * The default shortcut for this system. - * @return the default shortcut on this system, can be null if not set - * @see shortcut() - * @see shortcutDefault3() - * @see shortcutDefault4() - */ - const KShortcut& shortcutDefault() const; - - /** - * The default shortcut for 3 modifier systems. - * @return the default shortcut for 3 modifier systems, can be null - * if not set - * @see shortcutDefault() - * @see shortcutDefault4() - * @see useFourModifierKeys() - */ - const KShortcut& shortcutDefault3() const { return m_cutDefault3; } - - /** - * The default shortcut for 4 modifier systems. - * @return the default shortcut for 4 modifier systems, can be null - * if not set - * @see shortcutDefault() - * @see shortcutDefault3() - * @see useFourModifierKeys() - */ - const KShortcut& shortcutDefault4() const { return m_cutDefault4; } - - /** - * Returns the receiver of signals. - * @return the receiver of signals (can be 0 if not set) - */ - const TQObject* objSlotPtr() const { return m_pObjSlot; } - - /** - * Returns the slot for the signal. - * @return the slot for the signal - */ - const char* methodSlotPtr() const { return m_psMethodSlot; } - - /** - * Checks whether the user can configure the action. - * @return true if configurable, false otherwise - */ - bool isConfigurable() const { return m_bConfigurable; } - - /** - * Checks whether the action is enabled. - * @return true if enabled, false otherwise - */ - bool isEnabled() const { return m_bEnabled; } - - /** - * Sets the name of the accelerator action. - * @param name the new name - */ - void setName( const TQString& name ); - - /** - * Sets the user-readable label of the accelerator action. - * @param label the new label (i18n!) - */ - void setLabel( const TQString& label ); - - /** - * Sets the What's This text for the accelerator action. - * @param whatsThis the new What's This text (i18n!) - */ - void setWhatsThis( const TQString& whatsThis ); - - /** - * Sets the new shortcut of the accelerator action. - * @param rgCuts the shortcut to set - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - */ - bool setShortcut( const KShortcut& rgCuts ); - - /** - * Sets the slot of the accelerator action. - * @param pObjSlot the receiver object of the signal - * @param psMethodSlot the slot for the signal - */ - void setSlot( const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot ); - - /** - * Enables or disabled configuring the action. - * @param configurable true to enable configurability, false to disable - */ - void setConfigurable( bool configurable ); - - /** - * Enables or disabled the action. - * @param enable true to enable the action, false to disable - */ - void setEnabled( bool enable ); - - /** - * Retrieves the id set using setID. - * @return the id of the accelerator action - */ - int getID() const { return m_nIDAccel; } - - /** - * Allows you to set an id that will be used as the action - * signal's argument. - * - * @param n the new id - * @see getID() - */ - void setID( int n ) { m_nIDAccel = n; } - - /** - * Checkes whether the action is connected (emits signals). - * @return true if connected, false otherwise - */ - bool isConnected() const; - - /** - * Sets a key sequence of the action's shortcut. - * @param i the position of the sequence - * @param keySeq the new new sequence - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see KShortcut::setSeq() - */ - bool setKeySequence( uint i, const KKeySequence &keySeq ); - - /** - * Clears the action's shortcut. It will not contain any sequences after - * calling this method. - * @see KShortcut::clear() - */ - void clearShortcut(); - - /** - * Checks whether the action's shortcut contains the given key sequence. - * @param keySeq the key sequence to check - * @return true if the shortcut contains the given sequence - * @see KShortcut::contains() - */ - bool contains( const KKeySequence &keySeq ); - - /** - * Returns the string representation of the action's shortcut. - * @return the string representation of the action's shortcut. - * @see KShortcut::toString() - */ - TQString toString() const; - - /** - * @internal - */ - TQString toStringInternal() const; - - /** - * Returns true if four modifier keys will be used. - * @return true if four modifier keys will be used. - */ - static bool useFourModifierKeys(); - - /** - * Selects 3 or 4 modifier default shortcuts. - * @param use true to use 4 modifier shortcuts, false to use - * 3 modifier shortcuts - */ - static void useFourModifierKeys( bool use ); - - protected: - TQString m_sName /**< Name of accel. @sa setName() */, - m_sLabel /**< Label of accel. User-visible. */, - m_sWhatsThis /**< WhatsThis help for accel. User-visible. */; - KShortcut m_cut /**< Shortcut actually assigned. */; - KShortcut m_cutDefault3 /**< Default shortcut in 3-modifier layout */, - m_cutDefault4 /**< Default shortcur in 4-modifier layout */; - const TQObject* m_pObjSlot /**< Object we will send signals to. */; - const char* m_psMethodSlot /**< Slot we send signals to, in m_pObjSlot */; - bool m_bConfigurable /**< Can this accel be configured by the user? */, - m_bEnabled /**< Is this accel enabled? */; - int m_nIDAccel /**< Id of this accel, from the list of IDs */; - uint m_nConnections /**< Number of connections to this accel. */ ; - - /** @internal Increment the number of connections to this accel. */ - void incConnections(); - /** @internal Decrement the number of connections to this accel (bouded by zero). */ - void decConnections(); - - private: - static int g_bUseFourModifierKeys; - class KAccelActionPrivate* d; - - friend class KAccelActions; - friend class KAccelBase; -}; - -//--------------------------------------------------------------------- -// KAccelActions -//--------------------------------------------------------------------- - -/** - * @internal - * This class represents a collection of KAccelAction objects. - * - * @short A collection of accelerator actions - * @see KAccelAction - */ -class KDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions -{ - public: - /** - * Creates a new, empty KAccelActions object. - */ - KAccelActions(); - - /** - * Copy constructor (deep copy). - */ - KAccelActions( const KAccelActions& ); - virtual ~KAccelActions(); - - /** - * Removes all items from this collection. - */ - void clear(); - - /** - * Initializes this object with the given actions. - * It will make a deep copy of all actions. - * @param actions the actions to copy - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - */ - bool init( const KAccelActions &actions ); - - /** - * Loads the actions from the given configuration file. - * - * @param config the configuration file to load from - * @param sGroup the group in the configuration file - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - */ - bool init( KConfigBase& config, const TQString& sGroup ); - - /** - * Updates the shortcuts of all actions in this object - * with the shortcuts from the given object. - * @param shortcuts the collection that contains the new - * shortcuts - */ - void updateShortcuts( KAccelActions &shortcuts ); - - /** - * Retrieves the index of the action with the given name. - * @param sAction the action to search - * @return the index of the action, or -1 if not found - */ - int actionIndex( const TQString& sAction ) const; - - /** - * Returns the action with the given @p index. - * @param index the index of an action. You must not - * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index - * @see count() - */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( uint index ); - - /** - * Returns the action with the given @p index. - * @param index the index of an action. You must not - * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index - * @see count() - */ - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( uint index ) const; - - /** - * Returns the action with the given name. - * @param sAction the name of the action to search - * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0 - * if not found - */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); - - /** - * Returns the action with the given name. - * @param sAction the name of the action to search - * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0 - * if not found - */ - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; - - /** - * Returns the action with the given key sequence. - * @param cut the sequence to search for - * @return the KAccelAction with the given sequence, or 0 - * if not found - */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( KKeySequence cut ); - - /** - * Returns the action with the given @p index. - * @param index the index of an action. You must not - * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index - * @see actionPtr() - * @see count() - */ - KAccelAction& operator []( uint index ); - - /** - * Returns the action with the given @p index. - * @param index the index of an action. You must not - * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index - * @see actionPtr() - * @see count() - */ - const KAccelAction& operator []( uint index ) const; - - /** - * Inserts an action into the collection. - * @param sAction the name of the accelerator - * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) - * @param sWhatsThis the What's This text (18n!) - * @param rgCutDefaults3 the default shortcut for 3 modifier systems - * @param rgCutDefaults4 the default shortcut for 4 modifier systems - * @param pObjSlot the receiver of a signal when the key has been - * pressed - * @param psMethodSlot the slot to connect for key presses. Receives - * an int, as set by setID(), as only argument - * @param bConfigurable if true the user can configure the shortcut - * @param bEnabled if true the accelerator should be enabled - * @return the new action - */ - KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, - const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, - const TQObject* pObjSlot = 0, const char* psMethodSlot = 0, - bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true ); - - /** - * Inserts an action into the collection. - * @param sName the name of the accelerator - * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) - * @return the new action - */ - KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel ); - - /** - * Removes the given action. - * @param sAction the name of the action. - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - */ - bool remove( const TQString& sAction ); - - /** - * Loads the actions from the given configuration file. - * - * @param sConfigGroup the group in the configuration file - * @param pConfig the configuration file to load from - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - */ - bool readActions( const TQString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ); - - /** - * Writes the actions to the given configuration file. - * - * @param sConfigGroup the group in the configuration file - * @param pConfig the configuration file to save to - * @param bWriteAll true to write all actions - * @param bGlobal true to write to the global configuration file - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - */ - bool writeActions( const TQString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0, - bool bWriteAll = false, bool bGlobal = false ) const; - - /** - * Emit a keycodeChanged signal. - */ - void emitKeycodeChanged(); - - /** - * Returns the number of actions in the collection. - * @return the number of actions - */ - uint count() const; - - protected: - /** Base object that proxies signals from us. */ - KAccelBase* m_pKAccelBase; - /** Array of actions we're hanging on to. */ - KAccelAction** m_prgActions; - uint m_nSizeAllocated /**< Allocated size of the array. */, - m_nSize /**< Amount in use. */ ; - - /** - * Resize the list to the given number @p new_size of entries. - * @todo Can you make it smaller? - * @todo Implementation seems to break m_nSize. - */ - void resize( uint new_size ); - /** Add a action to this collection. @todo Document ownership. */ - void insertPtr( KAccelAction* ); - - private: - class KAccelActionsPrivate* d; - - KAccelActions( KAccelBase* ); - void initPrivate( KAccelBase* ); - KAccelActions& operator =( KAccelActions& ); - - friend class KAccelBase; -}; - -#endif // _KACCELACTION_H diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde351/kaccelbase.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde351/kaccelbase.h deleted file mode 100644 index babf304b..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde351/kaccelbase.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,260 +0,0 @@ -/* This file is part of the KDE libraries - Copyright (C) 2001 Ellis Whitehead <ellis@kde.org> - - This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - - This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. -*/ - -#ifndef _KACCELBASE_H -#define _KACCELBASE_H - -#include <tqmap.h> -#include <tqptrvector.h> -#include <tqstring.h> -#include <tqvaluevector.h> -#include <tqvaluelist.h> - -#include "kaccelaction.h" -#include "kkeyserver.h" - -class TQPopupMenu; -class TQWidget; - -//---------------------------------------------------- - -/** - * @internal - * Handle keyboard accelerators. - * - * Allow an user to configure - * key bindings through application configuration files or through the - * KKeyChooser GUI. - * - * A KAccel contains a list of accelerator items. Each accelerator item - * consists of an action name and a keyboard code combined with modifiers - * (Shift, Ctrl and Alt.) - * - * For example, "Ctrl+P" could be a shortcut for printing a document. The key - * codes are listed in ckey.h. "Print" could be the action name for printing. - * The action name identifies the key binding in configuration files and the - * KKeyChooser GUI. - * - * When pressed, an accelerator key calls the slot to which it has been - * connected. Accelerator items can be connected so that a key will activate - * two different slots. - * - * A KAccel object handles key events sent to its parent widget and to all - * children of this parent widget. - * - * Key binding reconfiguration during run time can be prevented by specifying - * that an accelerator item is not configurable when it is inserted. A special - * group of non-configurable key bindings are known as the - * standard accelerators. - * - * The standard accelerators appear repeatedly in applications for - * standard document actions such as printing and saving. Convenience methods are - * available to insert and connect these accelerators which are configurable on - * a desktop-wide basis. - * - * It is possible for a user to choose to have no key associated with - * an action. - * - * The translated first argument for insertItem() is used only - * in the configuration dialog. - *\code - * KAccel *a = new KAccel( myWindow ); - * // Insert an action "Scroll Up" which is associated with the "Up" key: - * a->insertItem( i18n("Scroll Up"), "Scroll Up", "Up" ); - * // Insert an action "Scroll Down" which is not associated with any key: - * a->insertItem( i18n("Scroll Down"), "Scroll Down", 0); - * a->connectItem( "Scroll up", myWindow, TQT_SLOT( scrollUp() ) ); - * // a->insertStdItem( KStdAccel::Print ); //not necessary, since it - * // is done automatially with the - * // connect below! - * a->connectItem(KStdAccel::Print, myWindow, TQT_SLOT( printDoc() ) ); - * - * a->readSettings(); - *\endcode - * - * If a shortcut has a menu entry as well, you could insert them like - * this. The example is again the KStdAccel::Print from above. - * - * \code - * int id; - * id = popup->insertItem("&Print",this, TQT_SLOT(printDoc())); - * a->changeMenuAccel(popup, id, KStdAccel::Print ); - * \endcode - * - * If you want a somewhat "exotic" name for your standard print action, like - * id = popup->insertItem(i18n("Print &Document"),this, TQT_SLOT(printDoc())); - * it might be a good idea to insert the standard action before as - * a->insertStdItem( KStdAccel::Print, i18n("Print Document") ) - * as well, so that the user can easily find the corresponding function. - * - * This technique works for other actions as well. Your "scroll up" function - * in a menu could be done with - * - * \code - * id = popup->insertItem(i18n"Scroll &up",this, TQT_SLOT(scrollUp())); - * a->changeMenuAccel(popup, id, "Scroll Up" ); - * \endcode - * - * Please keep the order right: First insert all functions in the - * acceleratior, then call a -> readSettings() and @em then build your - * menu structure. - * - * @short Configurable key binding support. - */ - -class KDECORE_EXPORT KAccelBase -{ - public: - /** Initialization mode of the KAccelBase, used in constructor. */ - enum Init { QT_KEYS = 0x00, NATIVE_KEYS = 0x01 }; - - /** Enum for kinds of signals which may be emitted. */ - enum Signal { KEYCODE_CHANGED }; - - /** Constructor. @p fInitCode should be a bitwise OR of - * values from the Init enum. - */ - KAccelBase( int fInitCode ); - virtual ~KAccelBase(); - - /** Returns number of actions in this handler. */ - uint actionCount() const; - /** Returns a list of all the actions in this handler. */ - KAccelActions& actions(); - /** Returns whether this accelerator handler is enabled or not. */ - bool isEnabled() const; - - /** Returns a pointer to the KAccelAction named @p sAction. */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); - /** Const version of the above. */ - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; - /** Returns a pointer to the KAccelAction associated with - * the key @p key. This function takes into account the - * key mapping defined in the constructor. - * - * May return 0 if no (or more than one) - * action is associated with the key. - */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKey& key ); - /** Basically the same as above, except a KKeyServer::Key - * already has a key mapping defined (either NATIVE_KEYS or not). - */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKeyServer::Key& key ); - - /** Returns the name of the configuration group these - * accelerators are stored in. The default is "Shortcuts". - */ - const TQString& configGroup() const { return m_sConfigGroup; } - /** Set the group (in the configuration file) for storing - * accelerators. - */ - void setConfigGroup( const TQString& group ); - void setConfigGlobal( bool global ); - virtual void setEnabled( bool bEnabled ) = 0; - /** Returns whether autoupdate is enabled for these accelerators. */ - bool getAutoUpdate() { return m_bAutoUpdate; } - /** Enables (or disables) autoupdate for these accelerators. - * @return the value of autoupdate before the call. - */ - bool setAutoUpdate( bool bAuto ); - -// Procedures for manipulating Actions. - //void clearActions(); - - KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sDesc ); - KAccelAction* insert( - const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sDesc, const TQString& sHelp, - const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, - const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, - bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true ); - bool remove( const TQString& sAction ); - bool setActionSlot( const TQString& sAction, const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot ); - - bool updateConnections(); - - bool setShortcut( const TQString& sAction, const KShortcut& cut ); - -// Modify individual Action sub-items - bool setActionEnabled( const TQString& sAction, bool bEnable ); - - /** - * Read all key associations from @p config, or (if @p config - * is zero) from the application's configuration file - * KGlobal::config(). - * - * The group in which the configuration is stored can be - * set with setConfigGroup(). - */ - void readSettings( KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ); - - /** - * Write the current configurable associations to @p config, - * or (if @p config is zero) to the application's - * configuration file. - */ - void writeSettings( KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ) const; - - TQPopupMenu* createPopupMenu( TQWidget* pParent, const KKeySequence& ); - - // Protected methods - protected: - void slotRemoveAction( KAccelAction* ); - - struct X; - void createKeyList( TQValueVector<struct X>& rgKeys ); - bool insertConnection( KAccelAction* ); - bool removeConnection( KAccelAction* ); - - virtual bool emitSignal( Signal ) = 0; - virtual bool connectKey( KAccelAction&, const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; - virtual bool connectKey( const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; - virtual bool disconnectKey( KAccelAction&, const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; - virtual bool disconnectKey( const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; - - protected: - virtual bool isEnabledInternal() const; - struct ActionInfo - { - KAccelAction* pAction; - uint iSeq, iVariation; - //ActionInfo* pInfoNext; // nil if only one action uses this key. - - ActionInfo() { pAction = 0; iSeq = 0xffff; iVariation = 0xffff; } - ActionInfo( KAccelAction* _pAction, uint _iSeq, uint _iVariation ) - { pAction = _pAction; iSeq = _iSeq; iVariation = _iVariation; } - }; - typedef TQMap<KKeyServer::Key, ActionInfo> KKeyToActionMap; - - KAccelActions m_rgActions; - KKeyToActionMap m_mapKeyToAction; - TQValueList<KAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique; - bool m_bNativeKeys; // Use native key codes instead of Qt codes - bool m_bEnabled; - bool m_bConfigIsGlobal; - TQString m_sConfigGroup; - bool m_bAutoUpdate; - KAccelAction* mtemp_pActionRemoving; - - private: - KAccelBase& operator =( const KAccelBase& ); - - friend class KAccelActions; -}; - -#endif // _KACCELBASE_H diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde351/kicontheme.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde351/kicontheme.h deleted file mode 100644 index 4befb226..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde351/kicontheme.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,355 +0,0 @@ -/* vi: ts=8 sts=4 sw=4 - * - * This file is part of the KDE project, module kdecore. - * Copyright (C) 2000 Geert Jansen <jansen@kde.org> - * Antonio Larrosa <larrosa@kde.org> - * - * This is free software; it comes under the GNU Library General - * Public License, version 2. See the file "COPYING.LIB" for the - * exact licensing terms. - * - */ - -#ifndef __KIconTheme_h_Included__ -#define __KIconTheme_h_Included__ - -#include <tqstring.h> -#include <tqstringlist.h> -#include <tqptrlist.h> -#include "kdelibs_export.h" - -class KConfig; -//class KIconThemeDir; - -class KIconThemePrivate; - -class KIconPrivate; - -/** - * One icon as found by KIconTheme. Also serves as a namespace containing - * icon related constants. - * @see KIconEffect - * @see KIconTheme - * @see KIconLoader - */ -class KDECORE_EXPORT KIcon -{ -public: - KIcon() { size = 0; } - - /** - * Return true if this icon is valid, false otherwise. - */ - bool isValid() const { return size != 0; } - - /** - * Defines the context of the icon. - */ - enum Context { - Any, ///< Some icon with unknown purpose. - Action, ///< An action icon (e.g. 'save', 'print'). - Application, ///< An icon that represents an application. - Device, ///< An icon that represents a device. - FileSystem, ///< An icon that represents a file system. - MimeType ///< An icon that represents a mime type (or file type). - }; - - /** - * The type of the icon. - */ - enum Type { - Fixed, ///< Fixed-size icon. - Scalable, ///< Scalable-size icon. - Threshold ///< A threshold icon. - }; - - /** - * The type of a match. - */ - enum MatchType { - MatchExact, ///< Only try to find an exact match. - MatchBest ///< Take the best match if there is no exact match. - - }; - - // if you add a group here, make sure to change the config reading in - // KIconLoader too - /** - * The group of the icon. - */ - enum Group { - /// No group - NoGroup=-1, - /// Desktop icons - Desktop=0, - /// First group - FirstGroup=0, - /// Toolbar icons - Toolbar, - /// Main toolbar icons - MainToolbar, - /// Small icons - Small, - /// Panel (Kicker) icons - Panel, - /// Last group - LastGroup, - /// User icons - User - }; - - /** - * These are the standard sizes for icons. - */ - enum StdSizes { - /// small icons for menu entries - SizeSmall=16, - /// slightly larger small icons for toolbars, panels, etc - SizeSmallMedium=22, - /// medium sized icons for the desktop - SizeMedium=32, - /// large sized icons for the panel - SizeLarge=48, - /// huge sized icons for iconviews - SizeHuge=64, - /// enormous sized icons for iconviews - SizeEnormous=128 - }; - - /** - * Defines the possible states of an icon. - */ - enum States { DefaultState, ///< The default state. - ActiveState, ///< Icon is active. - DisabledState, ///< Icon is disabled. - LastState ///< Last state (last constant) - }; - - /** - * This defines an overlay, a semi-transparent image that is - * projected onto the icon. They are used to show that the file - * represented by the icon is, for example, locked, zipped or hidden. - */ - enum Overlays { - LockOverlay=0x100, ///< a file is locked - ZipOverlay=0x200, ///< a file is zipped - LinkOverlay=0x400, ///< a file is a link - HiddenOverlay=0x800, ///< a file is hidden - ShareOverlay=0x1000, ///< a file is shared - OverlayMask = ~0xff - }; - - /** - * The size in pixels of the icon. - */ - int size; - - /** - * The context of the icon. - */ - Context context; - - /** - * The type of the icon: Fixed, Scalable or Threshold. - **/ - Type type; - - /** - * The threshold in case type == Threshold - */ - int threshold; - - /** - * The full path of the icon. - */ - TQString path; - -private: - KIconPrivate *d; -}; - -inline KIcon::Group& operator++(KIcon::Group& group) { group = static_cast<KIcon::Group>(group+1); return group; } -inline KIcon::Group operator++(KIcon::Group& group,int) { KIcon::Group ret = group; ++group; return ret; } - -/** - * Class to use/access icon themes in KDE. This class is used by the - * iconloader but can be used by others too. - * @see KIconLoader - */ -class KDECORE_EXPORT KIconTheme -{ -public: - /** - * Load an icon theme by name. - * @param name the name of the theme (e.g. "hicolor" or "keramik") - * @param appName the name of the application. Can be null. This argument - * allows applications to have themed application icons. - */ - KIconTheme(const TQString& name, const TQString& appName=TQString::null); - ~KIconTheme(); - - /** - * The stylized name of the icon theme. - * @return the (human-readable) name of the theme - */ - TQString name() const { return mName; } - - /** - * A description for the icon theme. - * @return a human-readable description of the theme, TQString::null - * if there is none - */ - TQString description() const { return mDesc; } - - /** - * Return the name of the "example" icon. This can be used to - * present the theme to the user. - * @return the name of the example icon, TQString::null if there is none - */ - TQString example() const; - - /** - * Return the name of the screenshot. - * @return the name of the screenshot, TQString::null if there is none - */ - TQString screenshot() const; - - /** - * Returns the name of this theme's link overlay. - * @return the name of the link overlay - */ - TQString linkOverlay() const; - - /** - * Returns the name of this theme's zip overlay. - * @return the name of the zip overlay - */ - TQString zipOverlay() const; - - /** - * Returns the name of this theme's lock overlay. - * @return the name of the lock overlay - */ - TQString lockOverlay() const; - - /** - * Returns the name of this theme's share overlay. - * @return the name of the share overlay - * @since 3.1 - */ - TQString shareOverlay () const; - - /** - * Returns the toplevel theme directory. - * @return the directory of the theme - */ - TQString dir() const { return mDir; } - - /** - * The themes this icon theme falls back on. - * @return a list of icon themes that are used as fall-backs - */ - TQStringList inherits() const { return mInherits; } - - /** - * The icon theme exists? - * @return true if the icon theme is valid - */ - bool isValid() const; - - /** - * The icon theme should be hidden to the user? - * @return true if the icon theme is hidden - * @since 3.1 - */ - bool isHidden() const; - - /** - * The minimum display depth required for this theme. This can either - * be 8 or 32. - * @return the minimum bpp (8 or 32) - */ - int depth() const { return mDepth; } - - /** - * The default size of this theme for a certain icon group. - * @param group The icon group. See KIcon::Group. - * @return The default size in pixels for the given icon group. - */ - int defaultSize(KIcon::Group group) const; - - /** - * Query available sizes for a group. - * @param group The icon group. See KIcon::Group. - * @return a list of available sized for the given group - */ - TQValueList<int> querySizes(KIcon::Group group) const; - - /** - * Query available icons for a size and context. - * @param size the size of the icons - * @param context the context of the icons - * @return the list of icon names - */ - TQStringList queryIcons(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const; - - /** - * Query available icons for a context and preferred size. - * @param size the size of the icons - * @param context the context of the icons - * @return the list of icon names - */ - TQStringList queryIconsByContext(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const; - - - /** - * Lookup an icon in the theme. - * @param name The name of the icon, without extension. - * @param size The desired size of the icon. - * @param match The matching mode. KIcon::MatchExact returns an icon - * only if matches exactly. KIcon::MatchBest returns the best matching - * icon. - * @return A KIcon class that describes the icon. If an icon is found, - * @see KIcon::isValid will return true, and false otherwise. - */ - KIcon iconPath(const TQString& name, int size, KIcon::MatchType match) const; - - /** - * List all icon themes installed on the system, global and local. - * @return the list of all icon themes - */ - static TQStringList list(); - - /** - * Returns the current icon theme. - * @return the name of the current theme - */ - static TQString current(); - - /** - * Reconfigure the theme. - */ - static void reconfigure(); - - /** - * Returns the default icon theme. - * @return the name of the default theme name - * @since 3.1 - */ - static TQString defaultThemeName(); - -private: - int mDefSize[8]; - TQValueList<int> mSizes[8]; - - int mDepth; - TQString mDir, mName, mDesc; - TQStringList mInherits; -// TQPtrList<KIconThemeDir> mDirs; - KIconThemePrivate *d; - - static TQString *_theme; - static TQStringList *_theme_list; -}; - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde351/kkeyserver.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde351/kkeyserver.h deleted file mode 100644 index ef673ea9..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde351/kkeyserver.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,29 +0,0 @@ -/* - Copyright (C) 2001 Ellis Whitehead <ellis@kde.org> - - Win32 port: - Copyright (C) 2004 Jaroslaw Staniek <js@iidea.pl> - - This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - - This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. -*/ - -#ifndef _KKEYSERVER_H -#define _KKEYSERVER_H - -//FOR COMPATIBILITY -#include "kkeyserver_x11.h" - -#endif // !_KKEYSERVER_H diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde351/kkeyserver_x11.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde351/kkeyserver_x11.h deleted file mode 100644 index dbca533e..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde351/kkeyserver_x11.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,477 +0,0 @@ -/* - Copyright (C) 2001 Ellis Whitehead <ellis@kde.org> - - Win32 port: - Copyright (C) 2004 Jaroslaw Staniek <js@iidea.pl> - - This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - - This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. -*/ - -#ifndef _KKEYSERVER_X11_H -#define _KKEYSERVER_X11_H - -#include "kshortcut.h" -#include "kkeynative.h" - -/** - * A collection of functions for the conversion of key presses and - * their modifiers from the window system specific format - * to the generic format and vice-versa. - */ -namespace KKeyServer -{ - /** - * Supplement enum KKey::ModFlag - * @since 3.1 - */ - enum ExtraModFlag { MODE_SWITCH = 0x2000 }; - - /** - * Represents a key symbol. - * @see KKey - * @see KKeyServer - */ - struct KDECORE_EXPORT Sym - { - public: - /// the actual value of the symbol - uint m_sym; - - /// Creates a null symbol. - Sym() - { m_sym = 0; } - /** - * Creates asymbol with the given value. - * @param sym the value - */ - Sym( uint sym ) - { m_sym = sym; } - /** - * Creates a symbol from the given string description. - * @param s the description of the symbol - * @see toString() - */ - Sym( const TQString& s ) - { init( s ); } - - /** - * Initializes the symbol with the given Qt key code. - * @param keyQt the qt key code - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key - */ - bool initQt( int keyQt ); - - /** - * Initializes the key with the given string description. - * @param s the string description - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see toString() - */ - bool init( const TQString &s ); - - /** - * Returns the qt key code of the symbol. - * @return the qt key code - */ - int qt() const; - - /** - * @internal - */ - TQString toStringInternal() const; - - /** - * Returns the string representation of the symbol. - * @return the string representation of the symbol - */ - TQString toString() const; - - /** - * Returns the mods that are required for this symbol as - * ORed KKey::ModFlag's. For example, Break requires a - * Ctrl to be valid. - * @return the required KKey::ModFlag's - * @see KKey::ModFlag - */ - uint getModsRequired() const; - - /** - * TODO: please find out what this method does and document it - */ - uint getSymVariation() const; - - /** - * Casts the symbol to its integer representation. - */ - operator uint() const { return m_sym; } - - /** - * Overloaded operator to convert ints to Sym. - */ - Sym& operator =( uint sym ) { m_sym = sym; return *this; } - - private: - TQString toString( bool bUserSpace ) const; - - static void capitalizeKeyname( TQString& ); - }; - - /** - * Represents a key press. - * @see KKey - */ - struct KDECORE_EXPORT Key - { - /// Code for native Keys in Qt - enum { CODE_FOR_QT = 256 }; - - /// The code of the key - uint m_code; - - /// The modifiers of the key - uint m_mod; - - /// The symbol of the key - uint m_sym; - - /** - * Initializes the key with a KKey. - * @param key the key to get the data from - * @param bQt true to take the Qt keycode, false - * for the native key code - * @see Qt::Key - * @see KKeyNative - */ - bool init( const KKey& key, bool bQt ); - - /** - * Checks whether the key code is a native code. - * @return true if native code of the window system, - * false if it is a Qt keycode - * @see Qt::Key - * @see KKeyNative - */ - bool isNative() const { return m_code != CODE_FOR_QT; } - - /** - * Returns the code of the key. - * @return the code of the key - */ - uint code() const { return m_code; } - - /** - * Returns the modifiers of the key. - * @return the modifiers of the key - */ - uint mod() const { return m_mod; } - - /** - * Returns the symbol of the key. - * @return the symbol of the key - */ - uint sym() const { return m_sym; } - - /** - * Returns the qt key code. - * @return the qt key code - */ - int keyCodeQt() const { return (int) m_sym; } - - /** - * Sets the qt key code. - * @param keyQt the qt key code - */ - void setKeycodeQt( int keyQt ) - { m_code = CODE_FOR_QT; m_sym = keyQt; } - - /** - * Initializes this key with a KKeyNative. - * @return this key - */ - Key& operator =( const KKeyNative& key ); - - /** - * Compares this key with the given Key object. Returns a - * negative number if the given Key is larger, 0 if they - * are equal and a positive number this Key is larger. The - * returned value is the difference between the symbol, modifier - * or code, whatever is non-zero first. - * - * @param key the key to compare with this key - * @return a negative number if the given Key is larger, 0 if - * they are equal and a positive number this Key is larger - */ - int compare( const Key& key ) const; - - /** - * Compares the symbol, modifiers and code of both keys. - * @see compare() - */ - bool operator ==( const Key& b ) const - { return compare( b ) == 0; } - - /** - * Compares the symbol, modifiers and code of both keys. - * @see compare() - */ - bool operator <( const Key& b ) const - { return compare( b ) < 0; } - - /** - * Converts this Key to a KKey. - * @return the KKey - */ - KKey key() const; - }; - - /** - * TODO: please document this class - */ - struct KDECORE_EXPORT Variations - { - enum { MAX_VARIATIONS = 4 }; - - Key m_rgkey[MAX_VARIATIONS]; - uint m_nVariations; - - Variations() { m_nVariations = 0; } - - void init( const KKey&, bool bQt ); - - uint count() const { return m_nVariations; } - const Key& key( uint i ) const { return m_rgkey[i]; } - }; - - /// TODO: please document - KDECORE_EXPORT bool initializeMods(); - - /** - * Returns the equivalent X modifier mask of the given modifier flag. - * @param modFlag the generic flags to check - * @return the window system specific flags - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT uint modX( KKey::ModFlag modFlag ); - - /** - * Returns true if the current keyboard layout supports the Win key. - * Specifically, whether the Super or Meta keys are assigned to an X modifier. - * @return true if the keyboard has a Win key - * @see modXWin() - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT bool keyboardHasWinKey(); - - /** - * Returns the X11 Shift modifier mask/flag. - * @return the X11 Shift modifier mask/flag. - * @see accelModMaskX() - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT uint modXShift(); - - /** - * Returns the X11 Lock modifier mask/flag. - * @return the X11 Lock modifier mask/flag. - * @see accelModMaskX() - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT uint modXLock(); - - /** - * Returns the X11 Ctrl modifier mask/flag. - * @return the X11 Ctrl modifier mask/flag. - * @see accelModMaskX() - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT uint modXCtrl(); - - /** - * Returns the X11 Alt (Mod1) modifier mask/flag. - * @return the X11 Alt (Mod1) modifier mask/flag. - * @see accelModMaskX() - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT uint modXAlt(); - - /** - * Returns the X11 NumLock modifier mask/flag. - * @return the X11 NumLock modifier mask/flag. - * @see accelModMaskX() - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT uint modXNumLock(); - - /** - * Returns the X11 Win (Mod3) modifier mask/flag. - * @return the X11 Win (Mod3) modifier mask/flag. - * @see keyboardHasWinKey() - * @see accelModMaskX() - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT uint modXWin(); - - /** - * Returns the X11 ScrollLock modifier mask/flag. - * @return the X11 ScrollLock modifier mask/flag. - * @see accelModMaskX() - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT uint modXScrollLock(); - - /** - * Returns the X11 Mode_switch modifier mask/flag. - * @return the X11 Mode_switch modifier mask/flag. - * @see accelModMaskX() - * @since 3.5 - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT uint modXModeSwitch(); - - /** - * Returns bitwise OR'ed mask containing Shift, Ctrl, Alt, and - * Win (if available). - * @see modXShift() - * @see modXLock() - * @see modXCtrl() - * @see modXAlt() - * @see modXNumLock() - * @see modXWin() - * @see modXScrollLock() - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT uint accelModMaskX(); - - /** - * Extracts the symbol from the given Qt key and - * converts it to a symbol. - * @param keyQt the qt key code - * @param sym if successful, the symbol will be written here - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key - * @see Sym - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT bool keyQtToSym( int keyQt, uint& sym ); - - /** - * Extracts the modifiers from the given Qt key and - * converts them in a mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers. - * @param keyQt the qt key code - * @param mod if successful, the modifiers will be written here - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT bool keyQtToMod( int keyQt, uint& mod ); - - /** - * Converts the given symbol to a Qt key code. - * @param sym the symbol - * @param keyQt if successful, the qt key code will be written here - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key - * @see Sym - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT bool symToKeyQt( uint sym, int& keyQt ); - - /** - * Converts the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers to - * a mask of ORed Qt key code modifiers. - * @param mod the mask of KKey::ModFlag modifiers - * @param modQt the mask of Qt key code modifiers will be written here, - * if successful - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key - * @see KKey - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT bool modToModQt( uint mod, int& modQt ); - - /** - * Converts the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers to - * a mask of ORed X11 modifiers. - * @param mod the mask of KKey::ModFlag modifiers - * @param modX the mask of X11 modifiers will be written here, - * if successful - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see KKey - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT bool modToModX( uint mod, uint& modX ); - - /** - * Converts the mask of ORed X11 modifiers to - * a mask of ORed Qt key code modifiers. - * @param modX the mask of X11 modifiers - * @param modQt the mask of Qt key code modifiers will be written here - * if successful - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key - */ - //wrapped for win32 - KDECORE_EXPORT bool modXToModQt( uint modX, int& modQt ); - - /** - * Converts the Qt-compatible button state to x11 modifier. - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT int qtButtonStateToMod( Qt::ButtonState s ); - - /** - * Converts the mask of ORed X11 modifiers to - * a mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers. - * @param modX the mask of X11 modifiers - * @param mod the mask of KKey::ModFlag modifiers will be written here, - * if successful - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see KKey - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT bool modXToMod( uint modX, uint& mod ); - - /** - * Converts a X11 key code and a mask of ORed X11 modifiers - * into a X11 symbol. - * converts it to a symbol. - * @param codeX the X11 key code - * @param modX the mask of ORed X11 modifiers - * @param symX if successful, the X11 symbol will be written here - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key - * @see Sym - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT bool codeXToSym( uchar codeX, uint modX, uint& symX ); - - /** - * @internal - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT TQString modToStringInternal( uint mod ); - - /** - * Converts the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers to a - * user-readable string. - * @param mod the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers - * @return the user-readable string - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT TQString modToStringUser( uint mod ); - - /** - * Converts the modifier given as user-readable string - * to KKey::ModFlag modifier, or 0. - * @internal - * @since 3.5 - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT uint stringUserToMod( const TQString& mod ); - - /** - * @internal - * Unimplemented? - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT bool stringToSymMod( const TQString&, uint& sym, uint& mod ); - - /** - * @internal - * Unimplemented? - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT void keyQtToKeyX( uint keyCombQt, unsigned char *pKeyCodeX, uint *pKeySymX, uint *pKeyModX ); -} - -#endif // !_KKEYSERVER_X11_H diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde351/konsole_part.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde351/konsole_part.h deleted file mode 100644 index d526c1a6..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde351/konsole_part.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,241 +0,0 @@ -/* -*- C++ -*- - This file is part of the KDE system - Copyright (C) 1999,2000 Boloni Laszlo - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. - */ - -#ifndef KONSOLE_PART_H -#define KONSOLE_PART_H - -#include <kparts/browserextension.h> -#include <kparts/factory.h> - - -#include <kdialogbase.h> - -#include <kde_terminal_interface.h> - -//#include "schema.h" -//#include "session.h" - -class KInstance; -class konsoleBrowserExtension; -class TQPushButton; -class TQSpinBox; -class KPopupMenu; -class KActionMenu; -class TQCheckBox; -class KRootPixmap; -class KToggleAction; -class KSelectAction; - -namespace KParts { class GUIActivateEvent; } - -class konsoleFactory : public KParts::Factory -{ - Q_OBJECT -public: - konsoleFactory(); - virtual ~konsoleFactory(); - - virtual KParts::Part* createPartObject(TQWidget *parentWidget = 0, const char *widgetName = 0, - TQObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0, - const char* classname = "KParts::Part", - const TQStringList &args = TQStringList()); - - static KInstance *instance(); - - private: - static KInstance *s_instance; - static KAboutData *s_aboutData; -}; - -////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -class konsolePart: public KParts::ReadOnlyPart, public TerminalInterface, public ExtTerminalInterface -{ - Q_OBJECT - public: - konsolePart(TQWidget *parentWidget, const char *widgetName, TQObject * parent, const char *name, const char *classname = 0); - virtual ~konsolePart(); - -signals: - void processExited( KProcess * ); - void receivedData( const TQString& s ); - void forkedChild(); - protected: - virtual bool openURL( const KURL & url ); - virtual bool openFile() {return false;} // never used - virtual bool closeURL() {return true;} - virtual void guiActivateEvent( KParts::GUIActivateEvent * event ); - - protected slots: - void showShell(); - -// void doneSession(TESession*); - void sessionDestroyed(); -// void configureRequest(TEWidget*,int,int x,int y); -// void updateTitle(TESession*); - void enableMasterModeConnections(); - - private slots: - void emitOpenURLRequest(const TQString &url); - - void readProperties(); - void saveProperties(); - void applyProperties(); - void setSettingsMenuEnabled( bool ); - - void sendSignal(int n); - void closeCurrentSession(); - - void notifySize(int /*columns*/, int /*lines*/); - - void slotToggleFrame(); - void slotSelectScrollbar(); - void slotSelectFont(); - void schema_menu_check(); - void keytab_menu_activated(int item); - void updateSchemaMenu(); - void setSchema(int n); - void pixmap_menu_activated(int item); - void schema_menu_activated(int item); - void slotHistoryType(); - void slotSelectBell(); - void slotSelectLineSpacing(); - void slotBlinkingCursor(); - void slotUseKonsoleSettings(); - void slotWordSeps(); - void slotSetEncoding(); - void biggerFont(); - void smallerFont(); - - void autoShowShell(); - - private: - konsoleBrowserExtension *m_extension; - KURL currentURL; - - void makeGUI(); - void applySettingsToGUI(); - -// void setSchema(ColorSchema* s); - void updateKeytabMenu(); - - bool doOpenStream( const TQString& ); - bool doWriteStream( const TQByteArray& ); - bool doCloseStream(); - - TQWidget* parentWidget; -// TEWidget* te; -// TESession* se; - // ColorSchemaList* colors; - KRootPixmap* rootxpm; - - KActionCollection* actions; - KActionCollection* settingsActions; - - KToggleAction* blinkingCursor; - KToggleAction* showFrame; - KToggleAction* m_useKonsoleSettings; - - KSelectAction* selectBell; - KSelectAction* selectLineSpacing; - KSelectAction* selectScrollbar; - KSelectAction* selectSetEncoding; - - KActionMenu* m_fontsizes; - - KPopupMenu* m_keytab; - KPopupMenu* m_schema; - KPopupMenu* m_signals; - KPopupMenu* m_options; - KPopupMenu* m_popupMenu; - - TQFont defaultFont; - - TQString pmPath; // pixmap path - TQString s_schema; - TQString s_kconfigSchema; - TQString s_word_seps; // characters that are considered part of a word - - bool b_framevis:1; - bool b_histEnabled:1; - bool b_useKonsoleSettings:1; - bool b_autoDestroy:1; - bool b_autoStartShell:1; - - int curr_schema; // current schema no - int n_bell; - int n_keytab; - int n_render; - int n_scroll; - unsigned m_histSize; - bool m_runningShell; - bool m_streamEnabled; - int n_encoding; - -public: - // these are the implementations for the TermEmuInterface - // functions... - void startProgram( const TQString& program, - const TQStrList& args ); - void newSession(); - void showShellInDir( const TQString& dir ); - void sendInput( const TQString& text ); - void setAutoDestroy( bool ); - void setAutoStartShell( bool ); -}; - -////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -/*class HistoryTypeDialog : public KDialogBase -{ - Q_OBJECT -public: - HistoryTypeDialog(const HistoryType& histType, - unsigned int histSize, - TQWidget *parent); - -public slots: - void slotDefault(); - void slotSetUnlimited(); - void slotHistEnable(bool); - - unsigned int nbLines() const; - bool isOn() const; - -protected: - TQCheckBox* m_btnEnable; - TQSpinBox* m_size; - TQPushButton* m_setUnlimited; -};*/ - -////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -class konsoleBrowserExtension : public KParts::BrowserExtension -{ - Q_OBJECT - friend class konsolePart; - public: - konsoleBrowserExtension(konsolePart *parent); - virtual ~konsoleBrowserExtension(); - - void emitOpenURLRequest(const KURL &url); -}; - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde351/kpanelmenu.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde351/kpanelmenu.h deleted file mode 100644 index de0b065e..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde351/kpanelmenu.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,182 +0,0 @@ -/***************************************************************** - -Copyright (c) 1996-2000 the kicker authors. See file AUTHORS. - (c) 2001 Michael Goffioul <kdeprint@swing.be> - -Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy -of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal -in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights -to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell -copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is -furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: - -The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in -all copies or substantial portions of the Software. - -THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR -IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, -FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE -AUTHORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN -AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN -CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. - -******************************************************************/ - -#ifndef __KPANELMENU_H__ -#define __KPANELMENU_H__ - -#include <tqstring.h> -#include <kpopupmenu.h> -#include <kgenericfactory.h> - -class KPanelMenuPrivate; - -/** - * @short Base class to build dynamically loaded menu entries for the K-menu, or the panel. - * - * This class allows to build menu entries that will be dynamically added either to - * the K-menu, or to the panel as a normal button. These dynamic menus are located - * in shared libraries that will be loaded at runtime by Kicker (the %KDE panel). - * - * To build such a menu, you have to inherit this class and implement the pure virtual - * functions #initialize() and slotExec(). You also have to provide a factory - * object in your library, see KLibFactory. This factory is only used to construct - * the menu object. - * - * Finally, you also have to provide a desktop file describing your dynamic menu. The - * relevant entries are: Name, Comment, Icon and X-KDE-Library (which contains the - * library name without any extension). This desktop file has to be installed in - * $KDEDIR/share/apps/kicker/menuext/. - * - * @author The kicker maintainers, Michael Goffioul <kdeprint@swing.be> - */ -class KDEUI_EXPORT KPanelMenu : public KPopupMenu -{ - Q_OBJECT - -public: - /** - * Construct a KPanelMenu object. This is the normal constructor to use when - * building extrernal menu entries. - */ - KPanelMenu(TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0); - /** - * Constructor used internally by Kicker. You don't really want to use it. - * @param startDir a directory to associate with this menu - * @param parent parent object - * @param name name of the object - * @see path(), setPath() - */ - KPanelMenu(const TQString &startDir, TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0); - /** - * Destructor. - */ - virtual ~KPanelMenu(); - - /** - * Get the directory path associated with this menu, or TQString::null if - * there's no such associated path. - * @return the associated directory path - * @see setPath() - */ - const TQString& path() const; - /** - * Set a directory path to be associated with this menu. - * @param p the directory path - * @see path() - */ - void setPath(const TQString &p); - /** - * Tell if the menu has been initialized, that is it already contains items. - * This is useful when you need to know if you have to clear the menu, or to - * fill it. - * @return the initial state - * @see setInitialized(), initialize() - */ - bool initialized() const; - /** - * Set the initial state. Set it to true when you menu is filled with the items - * you want. - * @param on the initial state - * @see initialized(), initialize() - */ - void setInitialized(bool on); - - /** - * Disable the automatic clearing of the menu. Kicker uses a cache system for - * its menus. After a specific configurable delay, the menu will be cleared. - * Use this function if you want to disable kicker's cache system, and avoid - * the clearing of your menu. - */ - void disableAutoClear(); - -public slots: - /** - * Reinitialize the menu: the menu is first cleared, the initial state is set - * to false, and finally #initialize() is called. Use this if you want to - * refill your menu immediately. - */ - void reinitialize(); - /** - * Deinitialize the menu: the menu is cleared and the initialized state is set to - * false. #initialize() is NOT called. It will be called before the menu is - * next shown, however. Use this slot if you want a delayed reinitialization. - * @since 3.1 - */ - void deinitialize(); - -protected slots: - /** - * This slot is called just before the menu is shown. This allows your menu - * to update itself if needed. However you should instead re-implement - * #initialize to provide this feature. This function is responsible for - * the cache system handling, so if you re-implement it, you should call - * the base function also. Calls #initialize(). - * @see disableAutoClear() - */ - virtual void slotAboutToShow(); - /** - * This is slot is called when an item from the menu has been selected. Your - * applet is then supposed to perform some action. You must re-implement this - * function. - * @param id the ID associated with the selected item - */ - virtual void slotExec(int id) = 0; - /** - * This slots is called to initialize the menu. It is called automatically by - * slotAboutToShow(). By re-implementing this functions, you can reconstruct - * the menu before it is being shown. At the end of this function, you should - * call setInitialize() with true to tell the system that the menu is OK. - * You applet must re-implement this function. - * @see slotAboutToShow(), initialized(), setInitialized() - */ - virtual void initialize() = 0; - /** - * Clears the menu, and update the initial state accordingly. - * @see initialized() - */ - void slotClear(); - -protected: - /** - * Re-implemented for internal reasons. - */ - virtual void hideEvent(TQHideEvent *ev); - /** - * For internal use only. Used by constructors. - */ - void init(const TQString& path = TQString::null); - -protected: - virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data ); -private: - void internalInitialize(); - KPanelMenuPrivate *d; -}; - -#define K_EXPORT_KICKER_MENUEXT( libname, classname ) \ - K_EXPORT_COMPONENT_FACTORY( \ - kickermenu_##libname, \ - KGenericFactory<classname>("libkickermenu_" #libname) ) - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde351/ksharedptr.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde351/ksharedptr.h deleted file mode 100644 index ada08413..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde351/ksharedptr.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,175 +0,0 @@ -/* This file is part of the KDE libraries - Copyright (c) 1999 Waldo Bastian <bastian@kde.org> - - This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation. - - This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. -*/ -#ifndef KSharedPTR_H -#define KSharedPTR_H - -#include "kdelibs_export.h" - -/** - * Reference counting for shared objects. If you derive your object - * from this class, then you may use it in conjunction with - * KSharedPtr to control the lifetime of your object. - * - * Specifically, all classes that derive from KShared have an internal - * counter keeping track of how many other objects have a reference to - * their object. If used with KSharedPtr, then your object will - * not be deleted until all references to the object have been - * released. - * - * You should probably not ever use any of the methods in this class - * directly -- let the KSharedPtr take care of that. Just derive - * your class from KShared and forget about it. - * - * @author Waldo Bastian <bastian@kde.org> - */ -class KDECORE_EXPORT KShared { -public: - /** - * Standard constructor. This will initialize the reference count - * on this object to 0. - */ - KShared() : count(0) { } - - /** - * Copy constructor. This will @em not actually copy the objects - * but it will initialize the reference count on this object to 0. - */ - KShared( const KShared & ) : count(0) { } - - /** - * Overloaded assignment operator. - */ - KShared &operator=(const KShared & ) { return *this; } - - /** - * Increases the reference count by one. - */ - void _KShared_ref() const { count++; } - - /** - * Releases a reference (decreases the reference count by one). If - * the count goes to 0, this object will delete itself. - */ - void _KShared_unref() const { if (!--count) delete this; } - - /** - * Return the current number of references held. - * - * @return Number of references - */ - int _KShared_count() const { return count; } - -protected: - virtual ~KShared() { } -private: - mutable int count; -}; - -/** - * Can be used to control the lifetime of an object that has derived - * KShared. As long a someone holds a KSharedPtr on some KShared - * object it won't become deleted but is deleted once its reference - * count is 0. This struct emulates C++ pointers virtually perfectly. - * So just use it like a simple C++ pointer. - * - * KShared and KSharedPtr are preferred over QShared / QSharedPtr - * since they are more safe. - * - * WARNING: Please note that this class template provides an implicit - * conversion to T*. Do *not* change this pointer or the pointee (don't - * call delete on it, for instance) behind KSharedPtr's back. - * - * @author Waldo Bastian <bastian@kde.org> - */ -template< class T > -class KSharedPtr -{ -public: -/** - * Creates a null pointer. - */ - KSharedPtr() - : ptr(0) { } - /** - * Creates a new pointer. - * @param t the pointer - */ - KSharedPtr( T* t ) - : ptr(t) { if ( ptr ) ptr->_KShared_ref(); } - - /** - * Copies a pointer. - * @param p the pointer to copy - */ - KSharedPtr( const KSharedPtr& p ) - : ptr(p.ptr) { if ( ptr ) ptr->_KShared_ref(); } - - /** - * Unreferences the object that this pointer points to. If it was - * the last reference, the object will be deleted. - */ - ~KSharedPtr() { if ( ptr ) ptr->_KShared_unref(); } - - KSharedPtr<T>& operator= ( const KSharedPtr<T>& p ) { - if ( ptr == p.ptr ) return *this; - if ( ptr ) ptr->_KShared_unref(); - ptr = p.ptr; - if ( ptr ) ptr->_KShared_ref(); - return *this; - } - KSharedPtr<T>& operator= ( T* p ) { - if ( ptr == p ) return *this; - if ( ptr ) ptr->_KShared_unref(); - ptr = p; - if ( ptr ) ptr->_KShared_ref(); - return *this; - } - bool operator== ( const KSharedPtr<T>& p ) const { return ( ptr == p.ptr ); } - bool operator!= ( const KSharedPtr<T>& p ) const { return ( ptr != p.ptr ); } - bool operator== ( const T* p ) const { return ( ptr == p ); } - bool operator!= ( const T* p ) const { return ( ptr != p ); } - bool operator!() const { return ( ptr == 0 ); } - operator T*() const { return ptr; } - - /** - * Returns the pointer. - * @return the pointer - */ - T* data() { return ptr; } - - /** - * Returns the pointer. - * @return the pointer - */ - const T* data() const { return ptr; } - - const T& operator*() const { return *ptr; } - T& operator*() { return *ptr; } - const T* operator->() const { return ptr; } - T* operator->() { return ptr; } - - /** - * Returns the number of references. - * @return the number of references - */ - int count() const { return ptr->_KShared_count(); } // for debugging purposes -private: - T* ptr; -}; - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde351/ksycocafactory.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde351/ksycocafactory.h deleted file mode 100644 index 536da286..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde351/ksycocafactory.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,143 +0,0 @@ -/* This file is part of the KDE libraries - * Copyright (C) 1999 Waldo Bastian <bastian@kde.org> - * - * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - * License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation; - * - * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Library General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - * along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. - **/ - -#ifndef __ksycocafactory_h__ -#define __ksycocafactory_h__ - -#include "ksycocatype.h" -#include "ksycocaentry.h" - -#include <tqdict.h> -#include <tqptrlist.h> -class KSycoca; -class TQStringList; -class TQString; -class KSycocaDict; -class KSycocaResourceList; - -typedef TQDict<KSycocaEntry::Ptr> KSycocaEntryDict; - -/** - * @internal - * Base class for sycoca factories - */ -class KDECORE_EXPORT KSycocaFactory -{ -public: - virtual KSycocaFactoryId factoryId() const = 0; - -protected: // virtual class - /** - * Create a factory which can be used to lookup from/create a database - * (depending on KSycoca::isBuilding()) - */ - KSycocaFactory( KSycocaFactoryId factory_id ); - -public: - virtual ~KSycocaFactory(); - - /** - * @return the position of the factory in the sycoca file - */ - int offset() { return mOffset; } - - /** - * @return the dict, for special use by KBuildSycoca - */ - KSycocaEntryDict * entryDict() { return m_entryDict; } - - /** - * Construct an entry from a config file. - * To be implemented in the real factories. - */ - virtual KSycocaEntry *createEntry(const TQString &file, const char *resource) = 0; - - /** - * Add an entry - */ - virtual void addEntry(KSycocaEntry *newEntry, const char *resource); - - /** - * Remove an entry - * Not very fast, use with care. O(N) - */ - void removeEntry(KSycocaEntry *newEntry); - - /** - * Read an entry from the database - */ - virtual KSycocaEntry *createEntry(int offset)=0; - - /** - * Get a list of all entries from the database. - */ - KSycocaEntry::List allEntries(); - - /** - * Saves all entries it maintains as well as index files - * for these entries to the stream 'str'. - * - * Also sets mOffset to the starting position. - * - * The stream is positioned at the end of the last index. - * - * Don't forget to call the parent first when you override - * this function. - */ - virtual void save(TQDataStream &str); - - /** - * Writes out a header to the stream 'str'. - * The baseclass positions the stream correctly. - * - * Don't forget to call the parent first when you override - * this function. - */ - virtual void saveHeader(TQDataStream &str); - - /** - * @return the resources for which this factory is responsible. - */ - virtual const KSycocaResourceList * resourceList() const { return m_resourceList; } - -private: - int mOffset; - -protected: - int m_sycocaDictOffset; - int m_beginEntryOffset; - int m_endEntryOffset; - TQDataStream *m_str; - - KSycocaResourceList *m_resourceList; - KSycocaEntryDict *m_entryDict; - KSycocaDict *m_sycocaDict; -protected: - virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data ); -}; - -/** This, instead of a typedef, allows to declare "class ..." in header files - * @internal - */ -class KDECORE_EXPORT KSycocaFactoryList : public TQPtrList<KSycocaFactory> -{ -public: - KSycocaFactoryList() { } -}; - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde351/ktoolbarbutton.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde351/ktoolbarbutton.h deleted file mode 100644 index eab46983..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde351/ktoolbarbutton.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,330 +0,0 @@ -/* This file is part of the KDE libraries - Copyright (C) 1997, 1998 Stephan Kulow (coolo@kde.org) - (C) 1997, 1998 Sven Radej (radej@kde.org) - (C) 1997, 1998 Mark Donohoe (donohoe@kde.org) - (C) 1997, 1998 Matthias Ettrich (ettrich@kde.org) - (C) 2000 Kurt Granroth (granroth@kde.org) - - This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation. - - This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. -*/ - -#ifndef _KTOOLBARBUTTON_H -#define _KTOOLBARBUTTON_H - -#include <tqpixmap.h> -#include <tqtoolbutton.h> -#include <tqintdict.h> -#include <tqstring.h> -#include <kglobal.h> - -class KToolBar; -class KToolBarButtonPrivate; -class KInstance; -class TQEvent; -class TQPopupMenu; -class TQPainter; - -/** - * A toolbar button. This is used internally by KToolBar, use the - * KToolBar methods instead. - * @internal - */ -class KDEUI_EXPORT KToolBarButton : public QToolButton -{ - Q_OBJECT - -public: - /** - * Construct a button with an icon loaded by the button itself. - * This will trust the button to load the correct icon with the - * correct size. - * - * @param icon Name of icon to load (may be absolute or relative) - * @param id Id of this button - * @param parent This button's parent - * @param name This button's internal name - * @param txt This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise) - * @param _instance the instance to use for this button - */ - KToolBarButton(const TQString& icon, int id, TQWidget *parent, - const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null, - KInstance *_instance = KGlobal::instance()); - - /** - * Construct a button with an existing pixmap. It is not - * recommended that you use this as the internal icon loading code - * will almost always get it "right". - * - * @param pixmap Name of icon to load (may be absolute or relative) - * @param id Id of this button - * @param parent This button's parent - * @param name This button's internal name - * @param txt This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise) - */ - KToolBarButton(const TQPixmap& pixmap, int id, TQWidget *parent, - const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null); - - /** - * Construct a separator button - * - * @param parent This button's parent - * @param name This button's internal name - */ - KToolBarButton(TQWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L); - - /** - * Standard destructor - */ - ~KToolBarButton(); - -#ifndef KDE_NO_COMPAT - /** - * @deprecated - * Set the pixmap directly for this button. This pixmap should be - * the active one... the dimmed and disabled pixmaps are constructed - * based on this one. However, don't use this function unless you - * are positive that you don't want to use setIcon. - * - * @param pixmap The active pixmap - */ - // this one is from TQButton, so #ifdef-ing it out doesn't break BC - virtual void setPixmap(const TQPixmap &pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED; - - /** - * @deprecated - * Force the button to use this pixmap as the default one rather - * then generating it using effects. - * - * @param pixmap The pixmap to use as the default (normal) one - */ - void setDefaultPixmap(const TQPixmap& pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED; - - /** - * @deprecated - * Force the button to use this pixmap when disabled one rather then - * generating it using effects. - * - * @param pixmap The pixmap to use when disabled - */ - void setDisabledPixmap(const TQPixmap& pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED; -#endif - - /** - * Set the text for this button. The text will be either used as a - * tooltip (IconOnly) or will be along side the icon - * - * @param text The button (or tooltip) text - */ - virtual void setText(const TQString &text); - - /** - * Set the icon for this button. The icon will be loaded internally - * with the correct size. This function is preferred over setIconSet - * - * @param icon The name of the icon - */ - virtual void setIcon(const TQString &icon); - - /// @since 3.1 - virtual void setIcon( const TQPixmap &pixmap ) - { TQToolButton::setIcon( pixmap ); } - - /** - * Set the pixmaps for this toolbar button from a TQIconSet. - * If you call this you don't need to call any of the other methods - * that set icons or pixmaps. - * @param iconset The iconset to use - */ - virtual void setIconSet( const TQIconSet &iconset ); - -#ifndef KDE_NO_COMPAT - /** - * @deprecated - * Set the active icon for this button. The pixmap itself is loaded - * internally based on the icon size... .. the disabled and default - * pixmaps, however will only be constructed if generate is - * true. This function is preferred over setPixmap - * - * @param icon The name of the active icon - * @param generate If true, then the other icons are automagically - * generated from this one - */ - KDE_DEPRECATED void setIcon(const TQString &icon, bool generate ) { Q_UNUSED(generate); setIcon( icon ); } - - /** - * @deprecated - * Force the button to use this icon as the default one rather - * then generating it using effects. - * - * @param icon The icon to use as the default (normal) one - */ - void setDefaultIcon(const TQString& icon) KDE_DEPRECATED; - - /** - * @deprecated - * Force the button to use this icon when disabled one rather then - * generating it using effects. - * - * @param icon The icon to use when disabled - */ - void setDisabledIcon(const TQString& icon) KDE_DEPRECATED; -#endif - - /** - * Turn this button on or off - * - * @param flag true or false - */ - void on(bool flag = true); - - /** - * Toggle this button - */ - void toggle(); - - /** - * Turn this button into a toggle button or disable the toggle - * aspects of it. This does not toggle the button itself. - * Use toggle() for that. - * - * @param toggle true or false - */ - void setToggle(bool toggle = true); - - /** - * Return a pointer to this button's popup menu (if it exists) - */ - TQPopupMenu *popup(); - - /** - * Returns the button's id. - * @since 3.2 - */ - int id() const; - - /** - * Give this button a popup menu. There will not be a delay when - * you press the button. Use setDelayedPopup if you want that - * behavior. - * - * @param p The new popup menu - * @param unused Has no effect - ignore it. - */ - void setPopup (TQPopupMenu *p, bool unused = false); - - /** - * Gives this button a delayed popup menu. - * - * This function allows you to add a delayed popup menu to the button. - * The popup menu is then only displayed when the button is pressed and - * held down for about half a second. - * - * @param p the new popup menu - * @param unused Has no effect - ignore it. - */ - void setDelayedPopup(TQPopupMenu *p, bool unused = false); - - /** - * Turn this button into a radio button - * - * @param f true or false - */ - void setRadio(bool f = true); - - /** - * Toolbar buttons naturally will assume the global styles - * concerning icons, icons sizes, etc. You can use this function to - * explicitly turn this off, if you like. - * - * @param no_style Will disable styles if true - */ - void setNoStyle(bool no_style = true); - -signals: - /** - * Emitted when the toolbar button is clicked (with LMB or MMB) - */ - void clicked(int); - /** - * Emitted when the toolbar button is clicked (with any mouse button) - * @param state makes it possible to find out which button was pressed, - * and whether any keyboard modifiers were held. - * @since 3.4 - */ - void buttonClicked(int, Qt::ButtonState state); - void doubleClicked(int); - void pressed(int); - void released(int); - void toggled(int); - void highlighted(int, bool); - -public slots: - /** - * This slot should be called whenever the toolbar mode has - * potentially changed. This includes such events as text changing, - * orientation changing, etc. - */ - void modeChange(); - virtual void setTextLabel(const TQString&, bool tipToo); - -protected: - bool event(TQEvent *e); - void paletteChange(const TQPalette &); - void leaveEvent(TQEvent *e); - void enterEvent(TQEvent *e); - void drawButton(TQPainter *p); - bool eventFilter (TQObject *o, TQEvent *e); - /// @since 3.4 - void mousePressEvent( TQMouseEvent * ); - /// @since 3.4 - void mouseReleaseEvent( TQMouseEvent * ); - void showMenu(); - TQSize sizeHint() const; - TQSize minimumSizeHint() const; - TQSize minimumSize() const; - - /// @since 3.1 - bool isRaised() const; - /// @since 3.1 - bool isActive() const; - /// @since 3.1 - int iconTextMode() const; - -protected slots: - void slotClicked(); - void slotPressed(); - void slotReleased(); - void slotToggled(); - void slotDelayTimeout(); - -protected: - virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data ); -private: - KToolBarButtonPrivate *d; -}; - -/** -* List of KToolBarButton objects. -* @internal -* @version $Id: ktoolbarbutton.h 465272 2005-09-29 09:47:40Z mueller $ -*/ -class KDEUI_EXPORT KToolBarButtonList : public TQIntDict<KToolBarButton> -{ -public: - KToolBarButtonList(); - ~KToolBarButtonList() {} -}; - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde351/kurifilter.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde351/kurifilter.h deleted file mode 100644 index 47332947..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde351/kurifilter.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,647 +0,0 @@ -/* - * This file is part of the KDE libraries - * Copyright (C) 2000-2001,2003 Dawit Alemayehu <adawit at kde.org> - * - * Original author - * Copyright (C) 2000 Yves Arrouye <yves@realnames.com> - * - * - * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Library General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - * along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. - **/ - -#ifndef __kurifilter_h__ -#define __kurifilter_h__ - -#include <tqptrlist.h> -#include <tqobject.h> -#include <tqstringlist.h> - -#include <kurl.h> - -#ifdef Q_OS_WIN -#undef ERROR -#endif - -class KURIFilterPrivate; -class KURIFilterDataPrivate; - -class KCModule; - -/** -* A basic message object used for exchanging filtering -* information between the filter plugins and the application -* requesting the filtering service. -* -* Use this object if you require a more detailed information -* about the URI you want to filter. Any application can create -* an instance of this class and send it to KURIFilter to -* have the plugins fill out all possible information about the -* URI. -* -* \b Example -* -* \code -* TQString text = "kde.org"; -* KURIFilterData d = text; -* bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filter( d ); -* cout << "URL: " << text.latin1() << endl -* << "Filtered URL: " << d.uri().url().latin1() << endl -* << "URI Type: " << d.uriType() << endl -* << "Was Filtered: " << filtered << endl; -* \endcode -* -* The above code should yield the following output: -* \code -* URI: kde.org -* Filtered URI: http://kde.org -* URI Type: 0 <== means NET_PROTOCOL -* Was Filtered: 1 <== means the URL was successfully filtered -* \endcode -* -* @short A message object for exchanging filtering URI info. -* @author Dawit Alemayehu <adawit at kde.org> -*/ - -class KIO_EXPORT KURIFilterData -{ -friend class KURIFilterPlugin; - -public: - /** - * Describes the type of the URI that was filtered. - * Here is a brief description of the types: - * - * @li NET_PROTOCOL - Any network protocol: http, ftp, nttp, pop3, etc... - * @li LOCAL_FILE - A local file whose executable flag is not set - * @li LOCAL_DIR - A local directory - * @li EXECUTABLE - A local file whose executable flag is set - * @li HELP - A man or info page - * @li SHELL - A shell executable (ex: echo "Test..." >> ~/testfile) - * @li BLOCKED - A URI that should be blocked/filtered (ex: ad filtering) - * @li ERROR - An incorrect URI (ex: "~johndoe" when user johndoe - * does not exist in that system ) - * @li UNKNOWN - A URI that is not identified. Default value when - * a KURIFilterData is first created. - */ - enum URITypes { NET_PROTOCOL=0, LOCAL_FILE, LOCAL_DIR, EXECUTABLE, HELP, SHELL, BLOCKED, ERROR, UNKNOWN }; - - /** - * Default constructor. - * - * Creates a URIFilterData object. - */ - KURIFilterData() { init(); } - - /** - * Creates a URIFilterData object from the given URL. - * - * @param url is the URL to be filtered. - */ - KURIFilterData( const KURL& url ) { init( url); } - - /** - * Creates a URIFilterData object from the given string. - * - * @param url is the string to be filtered. - */ - KURIFilterData( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); } - - /** - * Copy constructor. - * - * Creates a URIFilterData object from another - * URI filter data object. - * - * @param data the uri filter data to be copied. - */ - KURIFilterData( const KURIFilterData& data); - - /** - * Destructor. - */ - ~KURIFilterData(); - - /** - * This method has been deprecated and will always return - * true. You should instead use the result from the - * KURIFilter::filterURI() calls. - * - * @deprecated - */ - KDE_DEPRECATED bool hasBeenFiltered() const { return true; } - - /** - * Returns the filtered or the original URL. - * - * This function returns the filtered url if one - * of the plugins successfully filtered the original - * URL. Otherwise, it returns the original URL. - * See hasBeenFiltered() and - * - * @return the filtered or original url. - */ - KURL uri() const { return m_pURI; } - - /** - * Returns an error message. - * - * This functions returns the error message set - * by the plugin whenever the uri type is set to - * KURIFilterData::ERROR. Otherwise, it returns - * a TQString::null. - * - * @return the error message or a NULL when there is none. - */ - TQString errorMsg() const { return m_strErrMsg; } - - /** - * Returns the URI type. - * - * This method always returns KURIFilterData::UNKNOWN - * if the given URL was not filtered. - * @return the type of the URI - */ - URITypes uriType() const { return m_iType; } - - /** - * Sets the URL to be filtered. - * - * Use this function to set the string to be - * filtered when you construct an empty filter - * object. - * - * @param url the string to be filtered. - */ - void setData( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); } - - /** - * Same as above except the argument is a URL. - * - * Use this function to set the string to be - * filtered when you construct an empty filter - * object. - * - * @param url the URL to be filtered. - */ - void setData( const KURL& url ) { init( url ); } - - /** - * Sets the absolute path to be used whenever the supplied - * data is a relative local URL. - * - * NOTE: This function should only be used for local resources, - * i.e. the "file:/" protocol. It is useful for specifying the - * absolute path in cases where the actual URL might be relative. - * meta object. If deriving the path from a KURL, make sure you - * set the argument for this function to the result of calling - * path () instead of url (). - * - * @param abs_path the abolute path to the local resource. - * @return true if absolute path is successfully set. Otherwise, false. - */ - bool setAbsolutePath( const TQString& abs_path ); - - /** - * Returns the absolute path if one has already been set. - * @return the absolute path, or TQString::null - * @see hasAbsolutePath() - */ - TQString absolutePath() const; - - /** - * Checks whether the supplied data had an absolute path. - * @return true if the supplied data has an absolute path - * @see absolutePath() - */ - bool hasAbsolutePath() const; - - /** - * Returns the command line options and arguments for a - * local resource when present. - * - * @return options and arguments when present, otherwise TQString::null - */ - TQString argsAndOptions() const; - - /** - * Checks whether the current data is a local resource with - * command line options and arguments. - * @return true if the current data has command line options and arguments - */ - bool hasArgsAndOptions() const; - - /** - * Returns the name of the icon that matches - * the current filtered URL. - * - * NOTE that this function will return a NULL - * string by default and when no associated icon - * is found. - * - * @return the name of the icon associated with the resource, - * or TQString::null if not found - */ - TQString iconName(); - - /** - * Check whether the provided uri is executable or not. - * - * Setting this to false ensures that typing the name of - * an executable does not start that application. This is - * useful in the location bar of a browser. The default - * value is true. - * - * @since 3.2 - */ - void setCheckForExecutables (bool check); - - /** - * @return true if the filters should attempt to check whether the - * supplied uri is an executable. False otherwise. - * - * @since 3.2 - */ - bool checkForExecutables() const { return m_bCheckForExecutables; } - - /** - * @return the string as typed by the user, before any URL processing is done - * @since 3.2 - */ - TQString typedString() const; - - /** - * Overloaded assigenment operator. - * - * This function allows you to easily assign a KURL - * to a KURIFilterData object. - * - * @return an instance of a KURIFilterData object. - */ - KURIFilterData& operator=( const KURL& url ) { init( url ); return *this; } - - /** - * Overloaded assigenment operator. - * - * This function allows you to easily assign a QString - * to a KURIFilterData object. - * - * @return an instance of a KURIFilterData object. - */ - KURIFilterData& operator=( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); return *this; } - -protected: - - /** - * Initializes the KURIFilterData on construction. - * @param url the URL to initialize the object with - */ - void init( const KURL& url); - - /** - * Initializes the KURIFilterData on construction. - * @param url the URL to initialize the object with - */ - void init( const TQString& url = TQString::null ); - -private: - bool m_bCheckForExecutables; - bool m_bChanged; - - TQString m_strErrMsg; - TQString m_strIconName; - - KURL m_pURI; - URITypes m_iType; - KURIFilterDataPrivate *d; -}; - - -/** - * Base class for URI filter plugins. - * - * This class applies a single filter to a URI. All plugins designed - * to provide URI filtering service should inherit from this abstract - * class and provide a concrete implementation. - * - * All inheriting classes need to implement the pure virtual function - * filterURI. - * - * @short Abstract class for URI filter plugins. - */ -class KIO_EXPORT KURIFilterPlugin : public QObject -{ - Q_OBJECT - -public: - - /** - * Constructs a filter plugin with a given name and - * priority. - * - * @param parent the parent object, or 0 for no parent - * @param name the name of the plugin, or 0 for no name - * @param pri the priority of the plugin. - */ - KURIFilterPlugin( TQObject *parent = 0, const char *name = 0, double pri = 1.0 ); - - /** - * Returns the filter's name. - * - * @return A string naming the filter. - */ - virtual TQString name() const { return m_strName; } - - /** - * Returns the filter's priority. - * - * Each filter has an assigned priority, a float from 0 to 1. Filters - * with the lowest priority are first given a chance to filter a URI. - * - * @return The priority of the filter. - */ - virtual double priority() const { return m_dblPriority; } - - /** - * Filters a URI. - * - * @param data the URI data to be filtered. - * @return A boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed. - */ - virtual bool filterURI( KURIFilterData& data ) const = 0; - - /** - * Creates a configuration module for the filter. - * - * It is the responsibility of the caller to delete the module - * once it is not needed anymore. - * - * @return A configuration module, 0 if the filter isn't configurable. - */ - virtual KCModule *configModule( TQWidget*, const char* ) const { return 0; } - - /** - * Returns the name of the configuration module for the filter. - * - * @return the name of a configuration module or TQString::null if none. - */ - virtual TQString configName() const { return name(); } - -protected: - - /** - * Sets the the URL in @p data to @p uri. - */ - void setFilteredURI ( KURIFilterData& data, const KURL& uri ) const; - - /** - * Sets the error message in @p data to @p errormsg. - */ - void setErrorMsg ( KURIFilterData& data, const TQString& errmsg ) const { - data.m_strErrMsg = errmsg; - } - - /** - * Sets the URI type in @p data to @p type. - */ - void setURIType ( KURIFilterData& data, KURIFilterData::URITypes type) const { - data.m_iType = type; - data.m_bChanged = true; - } - - /** - * Sets the arguments and options string in @p data - * to @p args if any were found during filterting. - */ - void setArguments( KURIFilterData& data, const TQString& args ) const; - - TQString m_strName; - double m_dblPriority; - -protected: - virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data ); -private: - class KURIFilterPluginPrivate *d; -}; - - -/** - * A list of filter plugins. - */ -class KIO_EXPORT KURIFilterPluginList : public TQPtrList<KURIFilterPlugin> -{ -public: - virtual int compareItems(Item a, Item b) - { - double diff = ((KURIFilterPlugin *) a)->priority() - ((KURIFilterPlugin *) b)->priority(); - return diff < 0 ? -1 : (diff > 0 ? 1 : 0); - } - -private: - KURIFilterPrivate *d; - -}; - -/** - * Manages the filtering of URIs. - * - * The intention of this plugin class is to allow people to extend the - * functionality of KURL without modifying it directly. This way KURL will - * remain a generic parser capable of parsing any generic URL that adheres - * to specifications. - * - * The KURIFilter class applies a number of filters to a URI and returns the - * filtered version whenever possible. The filters are implemented using - * plugins to provide easy extensibility of the filtering mechanism. New - * filters can be added in the future by simply inheriting from - * KURIFilterPlugin and implementing the KURIFilterPlugin::filterURI - * method. - * - * Use of this plugin-manager class is straight forward. Since it is a - * singleton object, all you have to do is obtain an instance by doing - * @p KURIFilter::self() and use any of the public member functions to - * preform the filtering. - * - * \b Example - * - * To simply filter a given string: - * - * \code - * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( "kde.org" ); - * \endcode - * - * You can alternatively use a KURL: - * - * \code - * KURL url = "kde.org"; - * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( url ); - * \endcode - * - * If you have a constant string or a constant URL, simply invoke the - * corresponding function to obtain the filtered string or URL instead - * of a boolean flag: - * - * \code - * TQString u = KURIFilter::self()->filteredURI( "kde.org" ); - * \endcode - * - * You can also restrict the filter(s) to be used by supplying - * the name of the filter(s) to use. By defualt all available - * filters will be used. To use specific filters, add the names - * of the filters you want to use to a TQStringList and invoke - * the appropriate filtering function. The examples below show - * the use of specific filters. The first one uses a single - * filter called kshorturifilter while the second example uses - * multiple filters: - * - * \code - * TQString text = "kde.org"; - * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, "kshorturifilter" ); - * \endcode - * - * \code - * TQStringList list; - * list << "kshorturifilter" << "localdomainfilter"; - * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, list ); - * \endcode - * - * KURIFilter also allows richer data exchange through a simple - * meta-object called @p KURIFilterData. Using this meta-object - * you can find out more information about the URL you want to - * filter. See KURIFilterData for examples and details. - * - * @short Filters a given URL into its proper format whenever possible. - */ - -class KIO_EXPORT KURIFilter -{ -public: - /** - * Destructor - */ - ~KURIFilter (); - - /** - * Returns an instance of KURIFilter. - */ - static KURIFilter* self(); - - /** - * Filters the URI given by the object URIFilterData. - * - * The given URL is filtered based on the specified list of filters. - * If the list is empty all available filters would be used. - * - * @param data object that contains the URI to be filtered. - * @param filters specify the list of filters to be used. - * - * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed - */ - bool filterURI( KURIFilterData& data, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); - - /** - * Filters the URI given by the URL. - * - * The given URL is filtered based on the specified list of filters. - * If the list is empty all available filters would be used. - * - * @param uri the URI to filter. - * @param filters specify the list of filters to be used. - * - * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed - */ - bool filterURI( KURL &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); - - /** - * Filters a string representing a URI. - * - * The given URL is filtered based on the specified list of filters. - * If the list is empty all available filters would be used. - * - * @param uri The URI to filter. - * @param filters specify the list of filters to be used. - * - * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed - */ - bool filterURI( TQString &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); - - /** - * Returns the filtered URI. - * - * The given URL is filtered based on the specified list of filters. - * If the list is empty all available filters would be used. - * - * @param uri The URI to filter. - * @param filters specify the list of filters to be used. - * - * @return the filtered URI or null if it cannot be filtered - */ - KURL filteredURI( const KURL &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); - - /** - * Return a filtered string representation of a URI. - * - * The given URL is filtered based on the specified list of filters. - * If the list is empty all available filters would be used. - * - * @param uri the URI to filter. - * @param filters specify the list of filters to be used. - * - * @return the filtered URI or null if it cannot be filtered - */ - TQString filteredURI( const TQString &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); - - /** - * Return an iterator to iterate over all loaded - * plugins. - * - * @return a plugin iterator. - */ - TQPtrListIterator<KURIFilterPlugin> pluginsIterator() const; - - /** - * Return a list of the names of all loaded plugins. - * - * @return a TQStringList of plugin names - * @since 3.1 - */ - TQStringList pluginNames() const; - -protected: - - /** - * A protected constructor. - * - * This constructor creates a KURIFilter and - * initializes all plugins it can find by invoking - * loadPlugins. - */ - KURIFilter(); - - /** - * Loads all allowed plugins. - * - * This function loads all filters that have not - * been disbled. - */ - void loadPlugins(); - -private: - static KURIFilter *s_self; - KURIFilterPluginList m_lstPlugins; - KURIFilterPrivate *d; -}; - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde352/kaccelaction.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde352/kaccelaction.h deleted file mode 100644 index d55e4517..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde352/kaccelaction.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,576 +0,0 @@ -/* This file is part of the KDE libraries - Copyright (C) 2001,2002 Ellis Whitehead <ellis@kde.org> - - This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - - This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. -*/ - -#ifndef _KACCELACTION_H -#define _KACCELACTION_H - -#include <tqmap.h> -#include <tqptrvector.h> -#include <tqstring.h> -#include <tqvaluevector.h> - -#include <kshortcut.h> - -class KAccelBase; - -class TQObject; -class KConfig; -class KConfigBase; - -/** - * @internal - * A KAccelAction prepresents an action that can be executed using - * an accelerator key. Each KAccelAction has a name, a label, a - * "What's this" string and a KShortcut. The user can configure and - * enable/disable them using KKeyDialog. - * - * \code - * 1) KAccelAction = "Run Command" - * Default3 = "Alt+F2" - * Default4 = "Meta+Enter;Alt+F2" - * 1) KShortcut = "Meta+Enter" - * 1) KKeySequence = "Meta+Enter" - * 1) KKey = "Meta+Enter" - * 1) Meta+Enter - * 2) Meta+Keypad_Enter - * 2) KShortcut = "Alt+F2" - * 1) KKeySequence = "Alt+F2" - * 1) Alt+F2 - * 2) KAccelAction = "Something" - * Default3 = "" - * Default4 = "" - * 1) KShortcut = "Meta+X,Asterisk" - * 1) KKeySequence = "Meta+X,Asterisk" - * 1) KKey = "Meta+X" - * 1) Meta+X - * 2) KKey = "Asterisk" - * 1) Shift+8 (English layout) - * 2) Keypad_Asterisk - * \endcode - * @short An accelerator action - * @see KAccel - * @see KGlobalAccel - * @see KKeyChooser - * @see KKeyDialog - */ -class KDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction -{ - public: - /** - * Creates an empty KAccelAction. - * @see clear() - */ - KAccelAction(); - - /** - * Copy constructor. - */ - KAccelAction( const KAccelAction& ); - - /** - * Creates a new KAccelAction. - * @param sName the name of the accelerator - * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) - * @param sWhatsThis the What's This text (18n!) - * @param cutDef3 the default shortcut for 3 modifier systems - * @param cutDef4 the default shortcut for 4 modifier systems - * @param pObjSlot the receiver of a signal when the key has been - * pressed - * @param psMethodSlot the slot to connect for key presses. Receives - * an int, as set by setID(), as only argument - * @param bConfigurable if true the user can configure the shortcut - * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled - */ - KAccelAction( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, - const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4, - const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, - bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled ); - ~KAccelAction(); - - /** - * Clears the accelerator. - */ - void clear(); - - /** - * Re-initialized the KAccelAction. - * @param sName the name of the accelerator - * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) - * @param sWhatsThis the What's This text (18n!) - * @param cutDef3 the default shortcut for 3 modifier systems - * @param cutDef4 the default shortcut for 4 modifier systems - * @param pObjSlot the receiver of a signal when the key has been - * pressed - * @param psMethodSlot the slot to connect for key presses. Receives - * an int, as set by setID(), as only argument - * @param bConfigurable if true the user can configure the shortcut - * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - */ - bool init( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, - const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4, - const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, - bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled ); - - /** - * Copies this KAccelAction. - */ - KAccelAction& operator=( const KAccelAction& ); - - /** - * Returns the name of the accelerator action. - * @return the name of the accelerator action, can be null if not - * set - */ - const TQString& name() const { return m_sName; } - - /** - * Returns the label of the accelerator action. - * @return the label of the accelerator action, can be null if - * not set - */ - const TQString& label() const { return m_sLabel; } - - /** - * Returns the What's This text of the accelerator action. - * @return the What's This text of the accelerator action, can be - * null if not set - */ - const TQString& whatsThis() const { return m_sWhatsThis; } - - /** - * The shortcut that is actually used (may be used configured). - * @return the shortcut of the KAccelAction, can be null if not set - * @see shortcutDefault() - */ - const KShortcut& shortcut() const { return m_cut; } - - /** - * The default shortcut for this system. - * @return the default shortcut on this system, can be null if not set - * @see shortcut() - * @see shortcutDefault3() - * @see shortcutDefault4() - */ - const KShortcut& shortcutDefault() const; - - /** - * The default shortcut for 3 modifier systems. - * @return the default shortcut for 3 modifier systems, can be null - * if not set - * @see shortcutDefault() - * @see shortcutDefault4() - * @see useFourModifierKeys() - */ - const KShortcut& shortcutDefault3() const { return m_cutDefault3; } - - /** - * The default shortcut for 4 modifier systems. - * @return the default shortcut for 4 modifier systems, can be null - * if not set - * @see shortcutDefault() - * @see shortcutDefault3() - * @see useFourModifierKeys() - */ - const KShortcut& shortcutDefault4() const { return m_cutDefault4; } - - /** - * Returns the receiver of signals. - * @return the receiver of signals (can be 0 if not set) - */ - const TQObject* objSlotPtr() const { return m_pObjSlot; } - - /** - * Returns the slot for the signal. - * @return the slot for the signal - */ - const char* methodSlotPtr() const { return m_psMethodSlot; } - - /** - * Checks whether the user can configure the action. - * @return true if configurable, false otherwise - */ - bool isConfigurable() const { return m_bConfigurable; } - - /** - * Checks whether the action is enabled. - * @return true if enabled, false otherwise - */ - bool isEnabled() const { return m_bEnabled; } - - /** - * Sets the name of the accelerator action. - * @param name the new name - */ - void setName( const TQString& name ); - - /** - * Sets the user-readable label of the accelerator action. - * @param label the new label (i18n!) - */ - void setLabel( const TQString& label ); - - /** - * Sets the What's This text for the accelerator action. - * @param whatsThis the new What's This text (i18n!) - */ - void setWhatsThis( const TQString& whatsThis ); - - /** - * Sets the new shortcut of the accelerator action. - * @param rgCuts the shortcut to set - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - */ - bool setShortcut( const KShortcut& rgCuts ); - - /** - * Sets the slot of the accelerator action. - * @param pObjSlot the receiver object of the signal - * @param psMethodSlot the slot for the signal - */ - void setSlot( const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot ); - - /** - * Enables or disabled configuring the action. - * @param configurable true to enable configurability, false to disable - */ - void setConfigurable( bool configurable ); - - /** - * Enables or disabled the action. - * @param enable true to enable the action, false to disable - */ - void setEnabled( bool enable ); - - /** - * Retrieves the id set using setID. - * @return the id of the accelerator action - */ - int getID() const { return m_nIDAccel; } - - /** - * Allows you to set an id that will be used as the action - * signal's argument. - * - * @param n the new id - * @see getID() - */ - void setID( int n ) { m_nIDAccel = n; } - - /** - * Checkes whether the action is connected (emits signals). - * @return true if connected, false otherwise - */ - bool isConnected() const; - - /** - * Sets a key sequence of the action's shortcut. - * @param i the position of the sequence - * @param keySeq the new new sequence - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see KShortcut::setSeq() - */ - bool setKeySequence( uint i, const KKeySequence &keySeq ); - - /** - * Clears the action's shortcut. It will not contain any sequences after - * calling this method. - * @see KShortcut::clear() - */ - void clearShortcut(); - - /** - * Checks whether the action's shortcut contains the given key sequence. - * @param keySeq the key sequence to check - * @return true if the shortcut contains the given sequence - * @see KShortcut::contains() - */ - bool contains( const KKeySequence &keySeq ); - - /** - * Returns the string representation of the action's shortcut. - * @return the string representation of the action's shortcut. - * @see KShortcut::toString() - */ - TQString toString() const; - - /** - * @internal - */ - TQString toStringInternal() const; - - /** - * Returns true if four modifier keys will be used. - * @return true if four modifier keys will be used. - */ - static bool useFourModifierKeys(); - - /** - * Selects 3 or 4 modifier default shortcuts. - * @param use true to use 4 modifier shortcuts, false to use - * 3 modifier shortcuts - */ - static void useFourModifierKeys( bool use ); - - protected: - TQString m_sName /**< Name of accel. @sa setName() */, - m_sLabel /**< Label of accel. User-visible. */, - m_sWhatsThis /**< WhatsThis help for accel. User-visible. */; - KShortcut m_cut /**< Shortcut actually assigned. */; - KShortcut m_cutDefault3 /**< Default shortcut in 3-modifier layout */, - m_cutDefault4 /**< Default shortcur in 4-modifier layout */; - const TQObject* m_pObjSlot /**< Object we will send signals to. */; - const char* m_psMethodSlot /**< Slot we send signals to, in m_pObjSlot */; - bool m_bConfigurable /**< Can this accel be configured by the user? */, - m_bEnabled /**< Is this accel enabled? */; - int m_nIDAccel /**< Id of this accel, from the list of IDs */; - uint m_nConnections /**< Number of connections to this accel. */ ; - - /** @internal Increment the number of connections to this accel. */ - void incConnections(); - /** @internal Decrement the number of connections to this accel (bouded by zero). */ - void decConnections(); - - private: - static int g_bUseFourModifierKeys; - class KAccelActionPrivate* d; - - friend class KAccelActions; - friend class KAccelBase; -}; - -//--------------------------------------------------------------------- -// KAccelActions -//--------------------------------------------------------------------- - -/** - * @internal - * This class represents a collection of KAccelAction objects. - * - * @short A collection of accelerator actions - * @see KAccelAction - */ -class KDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions -{ - public: - /** - * Creates a new, empty KAccelActions object. - */ - KAccelActions(); - - /** - * Copy constructor (deep copy). - */ - KAccelActions( const KAccelActions& ); - virtual ~KAccelActions(); - - /** - * Removes all items from this collection. - */ - void clear(); - - /** - * Initializes this object with the given actions. - * It will make a deep copy of all actions. - * @param actions the actions to copy - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - */ - bool init( const KAccelActions &actions ); - - /** - * Loads the actions from the given configuration file. - * - * @param config the configuration file to load from - * @param sGroup the group in the configuration file - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - */ - bool init( KConfigBase& config, const TQString& sGroup ); - - /** - * Updates the shortcuts of all actions in this object - * with the shortcuts from the given object. - * @param shortcuts the collection that contains the new - * shortcuts - */ - void updateShortcuts( KAccelActions &shortcuts ); - - /** - * Retrieves the index of the action with the given name. - * @param sAction the action to search - * @return the index of the action, or -1 if not found - */ - int actionIndex( const TQString& sAction ) const; - - /** - * Returns the action with the given @p index. - * @param index the index of an action. You must not - * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index - * @see count() - */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( uint index ); - - /** - * Returns the action with the given @p index. - * @param index the index of an action. You must not - * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index - * @see count() - */ - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( uint index ) const; - - /** - * Returns the action with the given name. - * @param sAction the name of the action to search - * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0 - * if not found - */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); - - /** - * Returns the action with the given name. - * @param sAction the name of the action to search - * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0 - * if not found - */ - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; - - /** - * Returns the action with the given key sequence. - * @param cut the sequence to search for - * @return the KAccelAction with the given sequence, or 0 - * if not found - */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( KKeySequence cut ); - - /** - * Returns the action with the given @p index. - * @param index the index of an action. You must not - * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index - * @see actionPtr() - * @see count() - */ - KAccelAction& operator []( uint index ); - - /** - * Returns the action with the given @p index. - * @param index the index of an action. You must not - * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index - * @see actionPtr() - * @see count() - */ - const KAccelAction& operator []( uint index ) const; - - /** - * Inserts an action into the collection. - * @param sAction the name of the accelerator - * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) - * @param sWhatsThis the What's This text (18n!) - * @param rgCutDefaults3 the default shortcut for 3 modifier systems - * @param rgCutDefaults4 the default shortcut for 4 modifier systems - * @param pObjSlot the receiver of a signal when the key has been - * pressed - * @param psMethodSlot the slot to connect for key presses. Receives - * an int, as set by setID(), as only argument - * @param bConfigurable if true the user can configure the shortcut - * @param bEnabled if true the accelerator should be enabled - * @return the new action - */ - KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, - const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, - const TQObject* pObjSlot = 0, const char* psMethodSlot = 0, - bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true ); - - /** - * Inserts an action into the collection. - * @param sName the name of the accelerator - * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) - * @return the new action - */ - KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel ); - - /** - * Removes the given action. - * @param sAction the name of the action. - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - */ - bool remove( const TQString& sAction ); - - /** - * Loads the actions from the given configuration file. - * - * @param sConfigGroup the group in the configuration file - * @param pConfig the configuration file to load from - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - */ - bool readActions( const TQString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ); - - /** - * Writes the actions to the given configuration file. - * - * @param sConfigGroup the group in the configuration file - * @param pConfig the configuration file to save to - * @param bWriteAll true to write all actions - * @param bGlobal true to write to the global configuration file - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - */ - bool writeActions( const TQString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0, - bool bWriteAll = false, bool bGlobal = false ) const; - - /** - * Emit a keycodeChanged signal. - */ - void emitKeycodeChanged(); - - /** - * Returns the number of actions in the collection. - * @return the number of actions - */ - uint count() const; - - protected: - /** Base object that proxies signals from us. */ - KAccelBase* m_pKAccelBase; - /** Array of actions we're hanging on to. */ - KAccelAction** m_prgActions; - uint m_nSizeAllocated /**< Allocated size of the array. */, - m_nSize /**< Amount in use. */ ; - - /** - * Resize the list to the given number @p new_size of entries. - * @todo Can you make it smaller? - * @todo Implementation seems to break m_nSize. - */ - void resize( uint new_size ); - /** Add a action to this collection. @todo Document ownership. */ - void insertPtr( KAccelAction* ); - - private: - class KAccelActionsPrivate* d; - - KAccelActions( KAccelBase* ); - void initPrivate( KAccelBase* ); - KAccelActions& operator =( KAccelActions& ); - - friend class KAccelBase; -}; - -#endif // _KACCELACTION_H diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde352/kaccelbase.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde352/kaccelbase.h deleted file mode 100644 index babf304b..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde352/kaccelbase.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,260 +0,0 @@ -/* This file is part of the KDE libraries - Copyright (C) 2001 Ellis Whitehead <ellis@kde.org> - - This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - - This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. -*/ - -#ifndef _KACCELBASE_H -#define _KACCELBASE_H - -#include <tqmap.h> -#include <tqptrvector.h> -#include <tqstring.h> -#include <tqvaluevector.h> -#include <tqvaluelist.h> - -#include "kaccelaction.h" -#include "kkeyserver.h" - -class TQPopupMenu; -class TQWidget; - -//---------------------------------------------------- - -/** - * @internal - * Handle keyboard accelerators. - * - * Allow an user to configure - * key bindings through application configuration files or through the - * KKeyChooser GUI. - * - * A KAccel contains a list of accelerator items. Each accelerator item - * consists of an action name and a keyboard code combined with modifiers - * (Shift, Ctrl and Alt.) - * - * For example, "Ctrl+P" could be a shortcut for printing a document. The key - * codes are listed in ckey.h. "Print" could be the action name for printing. - * The action name identifies the key binding in configuration files and the - * KKeyChooser GUI. - * - * When pressed, an accelerator key calls the slot to which it has been - * connected. Accelerator items can be connected so that a key will activate - * two different slots. - * - * A KAccel object handles key events sent to its parent widget and to all - * children of this parent widget. - * - * Key binding reconfiguration during run time can be prevented by specifying - * that an accelerator item is not configurable when it is inserted. A special - * group of non-configurable key bindings are known as the - * standard accelerators. - * - * The standard accelerators appear repeatedly in applications for - * standard document actions such as printing and saving. Convenience methods are - * available to insert and connect these accelerators which are configurable on - * a desktop-wide basis. - * - * It is possible for a user to choose to have no key associated with - * an action. - * - * The translated first argument for insertItem() is used only - * in the configuration dialog. - *\code - * KAccel *a = new KAccel( myWindow ); - * // Insert an action "Scroll Up" which is associated with the "Up" key: - * a->insertItem( i18n("Scroll Up"), "Scroll Up", "Up" ); - * // Insert an action "Scroll Down" which is not associated with any key: - * a->insertItem( i18n("Scroll Down"), "Scroll Down", 0); - * a->connectItem( "Scroll up", myWindow, TQT_SLOT( scrollUp() ) ); - * // a->insertStdItem( KStdAccel::Print ); //not necessary, since it - * // is done automatially with the - * // connect below! - * a->connectItem(KStdAccel::Print, myWindow, TQT_SLOT( printDoc() ) ); - * - * a->readSettings(); - *\endcode - * - * If a shortcut has a menu entry as well, you could insert them like - * this. The example is again the KStdAccel::Print from above. - * - * \code - * int id; - * id = popup->insertItem("&Print",this, TQT_SLOT(printDoc())); - * a->changeMenuAccel(popup, id, KStdAccel::Print ); - * \endcode - * - * If you want a somewhat "exotic" name for your standard print action, like - * id = popup->insertItem(i18n("Print &Document"),this, TQT_SLOT(printDoc())); - * it might be a good idea to insert the standard action before as - * a->insertStdItem( KStdAccel::Print, i18n("Print Document") ) - * as well, so that the user can easily find the corresponding function. - * - * This technique works for other actions as well. Your "scroll up" function - * in a menu could be done with - * - * \code - * id = popup->insertItem(i18n"Scroll &up",this, TQT_SLOT(scrollUp())); - * a->changeMenuAccel(popup, id, "Scroll Up" ); - * \endcode - * - * Please keep the order right: First insert all functions in the - * acceleratior, then call a -> readSettings() and @em then build your - * menu structure. - * - * @short Configurable key binding support. - */ - -class KDECORE_EXPORT KAccelBase -{ - public: - /** Initialization mode of the KAccelBase, used in constructor. */ - enum Init { QT_KEYS = 0x00, NATIVE_KEYS = 0x01 }; - - /** Enum for kinds of signals which may be emitted. */ - enum Signal { KEYCODE_CHANGED }; - - /** Constructor. @p fInitCode should be a bitwise OR of - * values from the Init enum. - */ - KAccelBase( int fInitCode ); - virtual ~KAccelBase(); - - /** Returns number of actions in this handler. */ - uint actionCount() const; - /** Returns a list of all the actions in this handler. */ - KAccelActions& actions(); - /** Returns whether this accelerator handler is enabled or not. */ - bool isEnabled() const; - - /** Returns a pointer to the KAccelAction named @p sAction. */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); - /** Const version of the above. */ - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; - /** Returns a pointer to the KAccelAction associated with - * the key @p key. This function takes into account the - * key mapping defined in the constructor. - * - * May return 0 if no (or more than one) - * action is associated with the key. - */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKey& key ); - /** Basically the same as above, except a KKeyServer::Key - * already has a key mapping defined (either NATIVE_KEYS or not). - */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKeyServer::Key& key ); - - /** Returns the name of the configuration group these - * accelerators are stored in. The default is "Shortcuts". - */ - const TQString& configGroup() const { return m_sConfigGroup; } - /** Set the group (in the configuration file) for storing - * accelerators. - */ - void setConfigGroup( const TQString& group ); - void setConfigGlobal( bool global ); - virtual void setEnabled( bool bEnabled ) = 0; - /** Returns whether autoupdate is enabled for these accelerators. */ - bool getAutoUpdate() { return m_bAutoUpdate; } - /** Enables (or disables) autoupdate for these accelerators. - * @return the value of autoupdate before the call. - */ - bool setAutoUpdate( bool bAuto ); - -// Procedures for manipulating Actions. - //void clearActions(); - - KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sDesc ); - KAccelAction* insert( - const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sDesc, const TQString& sHelp, - const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, - const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, - bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true ); - bool remove( const TQString& sAction ); - bool setActionSlot( const TQString& sAction, const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot ); - - bool updateConnections(); - - bool setShortcut( const TQString& sAction, const KShortcut& cut ); - -// Modify individual Action sub-items - bool setActionEnabled( const TQString& sAction, bool bEnable ); - - /** - * Read all key associations from @p config, or (if @p config - * is zero) from the application's configuration file - * KGlobal::config(). - * - * The group in which the configuration is stored can be - * set with setConfigGroup(). - */ - void readSettings( KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ); - - /** - * Write the current configurable associations to @p config, - * or (if @p config is zero) to the application's - * configuration file. - */ - void writeSettings( KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ) const; - - TQPopupMenu* createPopupMenu( TQWidget* pParent, const KKeySequence& ); - - // Protected methods - protected: - void slotRemoveAction( KAccelAction* ); - - struct X; - void createKeyList( TQValueVector<struct X>& rgKeys ); - bool insertConnection( KAccelAction* ); - bool removeConnection( KAccelAction* ); - - virtual bool emitSignal( Signal ) = 0; - virtual bool connectKey( KAccelAction&, const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; - virtual bool connectKey( const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; - virtual bool disconnectKey( KAccelAction&, const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; - virtual bool disconnectKey( const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; - - protected: - virtual bool isEnabledInternal() const; - struct ActionInfo - { - KAccelAction* pAction; - uint iSeq, iVariation; - //ActionInfo* pInfoNext; // nil if only one action uses this key. - - ActionInfo() { pAction = 0; iSeq = 0xffff; iVariation = 0xffff; } - ActionInfo( KAccelAction* _pAction, uint _iSeq, uint _iVariation ) - { pAction = _pAction; iSeq = _iSeq; iVariation = _iVariation; } - }; - typedef TQMap<KKeyServer::Key, ActionInfo> KKeyToActionMap; - - KAccelActions m_rgActions; - KKeyToActionMap m_mapKeyToAction; - TQValueList<KAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique; - bool m_bNativeKeys; // Use native key codes instead of Qt codes - bool m_bEnabled; - bool m_bConfigIsGlobal; - TQString m_sConfigGroup; - bool m_bAutoUpdate; - KAccelAction* mtemp_pActionRemoving; - - private: - KAccelBase& operator =( const KAccelBase& ); - - friend class KAccelActions; -}; - -#endif // _KACCELBASE_H diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde352/kicontheme.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde352/kicontheme.h deleted file mode 100644 index 4befb226..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde352/kicontheme.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,355 +0,0 @@ -/* vi: ts=8 sts=4 sw=4 - * - * This file is part of the KDE project, module kdecore. - * Copyright (C) 2000 Geert Jansen <jansen@kde.org> - * Antonio Larrosa <larrosa@kde.org> - * - * This is free software; it comes under the GNU Library General - * Public License, version 2. See the file "COPYING.LIB" for the - * exact licensing terms. - * - */ - -#ifndef __KIconTheme_h_Included__ -#define __KIconTheme_h_Included__ - -#include <tqstring.h> -#include <tqstringlist.h> -#include <tqptrlist.h> -#include "kdelibs_export.h" - -class KConfig; -//class KIconThemeDir; - -class KIconThemePrivate; - -class KIconPrivate; - -/** - * One icon as found by KIconTheme. Also serves as a namespace containing - * icon related constants. - * @see KIconEffect - * @see KIconTheme - * @see KIconLoader - */ -class KDECORE_EXPORT KIcon -{ -public: - KIcon() { size = 0; } - - /** - * Return true if this icon is valid, false otherwise. - */ - bool isValid() const { return size != 0; } - - /** - * Defines the context of the icon. - */ - enum Context { - Any, ///< Some icon with unknown purpose. - Action, ///< An action icon (e.g. 'save', 'print'). - Application, ///< An icon that represents an application. - Device, ///< An icon that represents a device. - FileSystem, ///< An icon that represents a file system. - MimeType ///< An icon that represents a mime type (or file type). - }; - - /** - * The type of the icon. - */ - enum Type { - Fixed, ///< Fixed-size icon. - Scalable, ///< Scalable-size icon. - Threshold ///< A threshold icon. - }; - - /** - * The type of a match. - */ - enum MatchType { - MatchExact, ///< Only try to find an exact match. - MatchBest ///< Take the best match if there is no exact match. - - }; - - // if you add a group here, make sure to change the config reading in - // KIconLoader too - /** - * The group of the icon. - */ - enum Group { - /// No group - NoGroup=-1, - /// Desktop icons - Desktop=0, - /// First group - FirstGroup=0, - /// Toolbar icons - Toolbar, - /// Main toolbar icons - MainToolbar, - /// Small icons - Small, - /// Panel (Kicker) icons - Panel, - /// Last group - LastGroup, - /// User icons - User - }; - - /** - * These are the standard sizes for icons. - */ - enum StdSizes { - /// small icons for menu entries - SizeSmall=16, - /// slightly larger small icons for toolbars, panels, etc - SizeSmallMedium=22, - /// medium sized icons for the desktop - SizeMedium=32, - /// large sized icons for the panel - SizeLarge=48, - /// huge sized icons for iconviews - SizeHuge=64, - /// enormous sized icons for iconviews - SizeEnormous=128 - }; - - /** - * Defines the possible states of an icon. - */ - enum States { DefaultState, ///< The default state. - ActiveState, ///< Icon is active. - DisabledState, ///< Icon is disabled. - LastState ///< Last state (last constant) - }; - - /** - * This defines an overlay, a semi-transparent image that is - * projected onto the icon. They are used to show that the file - * represented by the icon is, for example, locked, zipped or hidden. - */ - enum Overlays { - LockOverlay=0x100, ///< a file is locked - ZipOverlay=0x200, ///< a file is zipped - LinkOverlay=0x400, ///< a file is a link - HiddenOverlay=0x800, ///< a file is hidden - ShareOverlay=0x1000, ///< a file is shared - OverlayMask = ~0xff - }; - - /** - * The size in pixels of the icon. - */ - int size; - - /** - * The context of the icon. - */ - Context context; - - /** - * The type of the icon: Fixed, Scalable or Threshold. - **/ - Type type; - - /** - * The threshold in case type == Threshold - */ - int threshold; - - /** - * The full path of the icon. - */ - TQString path; - -private: - KIconPrivate *d; -}; - -inline KIcon::Group& operator++(KIcon::Group& group) { group = static_cast<KIcon::Group>(group+1); return group; } -inline KIcon::Group operator++(KIcon::Group& group,int) { KIcon::Group ret = group; ++group; return ret; } - -/** - * Class to use/access icon themes in KDE. This class is used by the - * iconloader but can be used by others too. - * @see KIconLoader - */ -class KDECORE_EXPORT KIconTheme -{ -public: - /** - * Load an icon theme by name. - * @param name the name of the theme (e.g. "hicolor" or "keramik") - * @param appName the name of the application. Can be null. This argument - * allows applications to have themed application icons. - */ - KIconTheme(const TQString& name, const TQString& appName=TQString::null); - ~KIconTheme(); - - /** - * The stylized name of the icon theme. - * @return the (human-readable) name of the theme - */ - TQString name() const { return mName; } - - /** - * A description for the icon theme. - * @return a human-readable description of the theme, TQString::null - * if there is none - */ - TQString description() const { return mDesc; } - - /** - * Return the name of the "example" icon. This can be used to - * present the theme to the user. - * @return the name of the example icon, TQString::null if there is none - */ - TQString example() const; - - /** - * Return the name of the screenshot. - * @return the name of the screenshot, TQString::null if there is none - */ - TQString screenshot() const; - - /** - * Returns the name of this theme's link overlay. - * @return the name of the link overlay - */ - TQString linkOverlay() const; - - /** - * Returns the name of this theme's zip overlay. - * @return the name of the zip overlay - */ - TQString zipOverlay() const; - - /** - * Returns the name of this theme's lock overlay. - * @return the name of the lock overlay - */ - TQString lockOverlay() const; - - /** - * Returns the name of this theme's share overlay. - * @return the name of the share overlay - * @since 3.1 - */ - TQString shareOverlay () const; - - /** - * Returns the toplevel theme directory. - * @return the directory of the theme - */ - TQString dir() const { return mDir; } - - /** - * The themes this icon theme falls back on. - * @return a list of icon themes that are used as fall-backs - */ - TQStringList inherits() const { return mInherits; } - - /** - * The icon theme exists? - * @return true if the icon theme is valid - */ - bool isValid() const; - - /** - * The icon theme should be hidden to the user? - * @return true if the icon theme is hidden - * @since 3.1 - */ - bool isHidden() const; - - /** - * The minimum display depth required for this theme. This can either - * be 8 or 32. - * @return the minimum bpp (8 or 32) - */ - int depth() const { return mDepth; } - - /** - * The default size of this theme for a certain icon group. - * @param group The icon group. See KIcon::Group. - * @return The default size in pixels for the given icon group. - */ - int defaultSize(KIcon::Group group) const; - - /** - * Query available sizes for a group. - * @param group The icon group. See KIcon::Group. - * @return a list of available sized for the given group - */ - TQValueList<int> querySizes(KIcon::Group group) const; - - /** - * Query available icons for a size and context. - * @param size the size of the icons - * @param context the context of the icons - * @return the list of icon names - */ - TQStringList queryIcons(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const; - - /** - * Query available icons for a context and preferred size. - * @param size the size of the icons - * @param context the context of the icons - * @return the list of icon names - */ - TQStringList queryIconsByContext(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const; - - - /** - * Lookup an icon in the theme. - * @param name The name of the icon, without extension. - * @param size The desired size of the icon. - * @param match The matching mode. KIcon::MatchExact returns an icon - * only if matches exactly. KIcon::MatchBest returns the best matching - * icon. - * @return A KIcon class that describes the icon. If an icon is found, - * @see KIcon::isValid will return true, and false otherwise. - */ - KIcon iconPath(const TQString& name, int size, KIcon::MatchType match) const; - - /** - * List all icon themes installed on the system, global and local. - * @return the list of all icon themes - */ - static TQStringList list(); - - /** - * Returns the current icon theme. - * @return the name of the current theme - */ - static TQString current(); - - /** - * Reconfigure the theme. - */ - static void reconfigure(); - - /** - * Returns the default icon theme. - * @return the name of the default theme name - * @since 3.1 - */ - static TQString defaultThemeName(); - -private: - int mDefSize[8]; - TQValueList<int> mSizes[8]; - - int mDepth; - TQString mDir, mName, mDesc; - TQStringList mInherits; -// TQPtrList<KIconThemeDir> mDirs; - KIconThemePrivate *d; - - static TQString *_theme; - static TQStringList *_theme_list; -}; - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde352/kkeyserver.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde352/kkeyserver.h deleted file mode 100644 index ef673ea9..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde352/kkeyserver.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,29 +0,0 @@ -/* - Copyright (C) 2001 Ellis Whitehead <ellis@kde.org> - - Win32 port: - Copyright (C) 2004 Jaroslaw Staniek <js@iidea.pl> - - This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - - This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. -*/ - -#ifndef _KKEYSERVER_H -#define _KKEYSERVER_H - -//FOR COMPATIBILITY -#include "kkeyserver_x11.h" - -#endif // !_KKEYSERVER_H diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde352/kkeyserver_x11.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde352/kkeyserver_x11.h deleted file mode 100644 index dbca533e..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde352/kkeyserver_x11.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,477 +0,0 @@ -/* - Copyright (C) 2001 Ellis Whitehead <ellis@kde.org> - - Win32 port: - Copyright (C) 2004 Jaroslaw Staniek <js@iidea.pl> - - This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - - This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. -*/ - -#ifndef _KKEYSERVER_X11_H -#define _KKEYSERVER_X11_H - -#include "kshortcut.h" -#include "kkeynative.h" - -/** - * A collection of functions for the conversion of key presses and - * their modifiers from the window system specific format - * to the generic format and vice-versa. - */ -namespace KKeyServer -{ - /** - * Supplement enum KKey::ModFlag - * @since 3.1 - */ - enum ExtraModFlag { MODE_SWITCH = 0x2000 }; - - /** - * Represents a key symbol. - * @see KKey - * @see KKeyServer - */ - struct KDECORE_EXPORT Sym - { - public: - /// the actual value of the symbol - uint m_sym; - - /// Creates a null symbol. - Sym() - { m_sym = 0; } - /** - * Creates asymbol with the given value. - * @param sym the value - */ - Sym( uint sym ) - { m_sym = sym; } - /** - * Creates a symbol from the given string description. - * @param s the description of the symbol - * @see toString() - */ - Sym( const TQString& s ) - { init( s ); } - - /** - * Initializes the symbol with the given Qt key code. - * @param keyQt the qt key code - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key - */ - bool initQt( int keyQt ); - - /** - * Initializes the key with the given string description. - * @param s the string description - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see toString() - */ - bool init( const TQString &s ); - - /** - * Returns the qt key code of the symbol. - * @return the qt key code - */ - int qt() const; - - /** - * @internal - */ - TQString toStringInternal() const; - - /** - * Returns the string representation of the symbol. - * @return the string representation of the symbol - */ - TQString toString() const; - - /** - * Returns the mods that are required for this symbol as - * ORed KKey::ModFlag's. For example, Break requires a - * Ctrl to be valid. - * @return the required KKey::ModFlag's - * @see KKey::ModFlag - */ - uint getModsRequired() const; - - /** - * TODO: please find out what this method does and document it - */ - uint getSymVariation() const; - - /** - * Casts the symbol to its integer representation. - */ - operator uint() const { return m_sym; } - - /** - * Overloaded operator to convert ints to Sym. - */ - Sym& operator =( uint sym ) { m_sym = sym; return *this; } - - private: - TQString toString( bool bUserSpace ) const; - - static void capitalizeKeyname( TQString& ); - }; - - /** - * Represents a key press. - * @see KKey - */ - struct KDECORE_EXPORT Key - { - /// Code for native Keys in Qt - enum { CODE_FOR_QT = 256 }; - - /// The code of the key - uint m_code; - - /// The modifiers of the key - uint m_mod; - - /// The symbol of the key - uint m_sym; - - /** - * Initializes the key with a KKey. - * @param key the key to get the data from - * @param bQt true to take the Qt keycode, false - * for the native key code - * @see Qt::Key - * @see KKeyNative - */ - bool init( const KKey& key, bool bQt ); - - /** - * Checks whether the key code is a native code. - * @return true if native code of the window system, - * false if it is a Qt keycode - * @see Qt::Key - * @see KKeyNative - */ - bool isNative() const { return m_code != CODE_FOR_QT; } - - /** - * Returns the code of the key. - * @return the code of the key - */ - uint code() const { return m_code; } - - /** - * Returns the modifiers of the key. - * @return the modifiers of the key - */ - uint mod() const { return m_mod; } - - /** - * Returns the symbol of the key. - * @return the symbol of the key - */ - uint sym() const { return m_sym; } - - /** - * Returns the qt key code. - * @return the qt key code - */ - int keyCodeQt() const { return (int) m_sym; } - - /** - * Sets the qt key code. - * @param keyQt the qt key code - */ - void setKeycodeQt( int keyQt ) - { m_code = CODE_FOR_QT; m_sym = keyQt; } - - /** - * Initializes this key with a KKeyNative. - * @return this key - */ - Key& operator =( const KKeyNative& key ); - - /** - * Compares this key with the given Key object. Returns a - * negative number if the given Key is larger, 0 if they - * are equal and a positive number this Key is larger. The - * returned value is the difference between the symbol, modifier - * or code, whatever is non-zero first. - * - * @param key the key to compare with this key - * @return a negative number if the given Key is larger, 0 if - * they are equal and a positive number this Key is larger - */ - int compare( const Key& key ) const; - - /** - * Compares the symbol, modifiers and code of both keys. - * @see compare() - */ - bool operator ==( const Key& b ) const - { return compare( b ) == 0; } - - /** - * Compares the symbol, modifiers and code of both keys. - * @see compare() - */ - bool operator <( const Key& b ) const - { return compare( b ) < 0; } - - /** - * Converts this Key to a KKey. - * @return the KKey - */ - KKey key() const; - }; - - /** - * TODO: please document this class - */ - struct KDECORE_EXPORT Variations - { - enum { MAX_VARIATIONS = 4 }; - - Key m_rgkey[MAX_VARIATIONS]; - uint m_nVariations; - - Variations() { m_nVariations = 0; } - - void init( const KKey&, bool bQt ); - - uint count() const { return m_nVariations; } - const Key& key( uint i ) const { return m_rgkey[i]; } - }; - - /// TODO: please document - KDECORE_EXPORT bool initializeMods(); - - /** - * Returns the equivalent X modifier mask of the given modifier flag. - * @param modFlag the generic flags to check - * @return the window system specific flags - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT uint modX( KKey::ModFlag modFlag ); - - /** - * Returns true if the current keyboard layout supports the Win key. - * Specifically, whether the Super or Meta keys are assigned to an X modifier. - * @return true if the keyboard has a Win key - * @see modXWin() - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT bool keyboardHasWinKey(); - - /** - * Returns the X11 Shift modifier mask/flag. - * @return the X11 Shift modifier mask/flag. - * @see accelModMaskX() - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT uint modXShift(); - - /** - * Returns the X11 Lock modifier mask/flag. - * @return the X11 Lock modifier mask/flag. - * @see accelModMaskX() - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT uint modXLock(); - - /** - * Returns the X11 Ctrl modifier mask/flag. - * @return the X11 Ctrl modifier mask/flag. - * @see accelModMaskX() - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT uint modXCtrl(); - - /** - * Returns the X11 Alt (Mod1) modifier mask/flag. - * @return the X11 Alt (Mod1) modifier mask/flag. - * @see accelModMaskX() - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT uint modXAlt(); - - /** - * Returns the X11 NumLock modifier mask/flag. - * @return the X11 NumLock modifier mask/flag. - * @see accelModMaskX() - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT uint modXNumLock(); - - /** - * Returns the X11 Win (Mod3) modifier mask/flag. - * @return the X11 Win (Mod3) modifier mask/flag. - * @see keyboardHasWinKey() - * @see accelModMaskX() - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT uint modXWin(); - - /** - * Returns the X11 ScrollLock modifier mask/flag. - * @return the X11 ScrollLock modifier mask/flag. - * @see accelModMaskX() - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT uint modXScrollLock(); - - /** - * Returns the X11 Mode_switch modifier mask/flag. - * @return the X11 Mode_switch modifier mask/flag. - * @see accelModMaskX() - * @since 3.5 - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT uint modXModeSwitch(); - - /** - * Returns bitwise OR'ed mask containing Shift, Ctrl, Alt, and - * Win (if available). - * @see modXShift() - * @see modXLock() - * @see modXCtrl() - * @see modXAlt() - * @see modXNumLock() - * @see modXWin() - * @see modXScrollLock() - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT uint accelModMaskX(); - - /** - * Extracts the symbol from the given Qt key and - * converts it to a symbol. - * @param keyQt the qt key code - * @param sym if successful, the symbol will be written here - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key - * @see Sym - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT bool keyQtToSym( int keyQt, uint& sym ); - - /** - * Extracts the modifiers from the given Qt key and - * converts them in a mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers. - * @param keyQt the qt key code - * @param mod if successful, the modifiers will be written here - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT bool keyQtToMod( int keyQt, uint& mod ); - - /** - * Converts the given symbol to a Qt key code. - * @param sym the symbol - * @param keyQt if successful, the qt key code will be written here - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key - * @see Sym - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT bool symToKeyQt( uint sym, int& keyQt ); - - /** - * Converts the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers to - * a mask of ORed Qt key code modifiers. - * @param mod the mask of KKey::ModFlag modifiers - * @param modQt the mask of Qt key code modifiers will be written here, - * if successful - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key - * @see KKey - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT bool modToModQt( uint mod, int& modQt ); - - /** - * Converts the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers to - * a mask of ORed X11 modifiers. - * @param mod the mask of KKey::ModFlag modifiers - * @param modX the mask of X11 modifiers will be written here, - * if successful - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see KKey - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT bool modToModX( uint mod, uint& modX ); - - /** - * Converts the mask of ORed X11 modifiers to - * a mask of ORed Qt key code modifiers. - * @param modX the mask of X11 modifiers - * @param modQt the mask of Qt key code modifiers will be written here - * if successful - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key - */ - //wrapped for win32 - KDECORE_EXPORT bool modXToModQt( uint modX, int& modQt ); - - /** - * Converts the Qt-compatible button state to x11 modifier. - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT int qtButtonStateToMod( Qt::ButtonState s ); - - /** - * Converts the mask of ORed X11 modifiers to - * a mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers. - * @param modX the mask of X11 modifiers - * @param mod the mask of KKey::ModFlag modifiers will be written here, - * if successful - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see KKey - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT bool modXToMod( uint modX, uint& mod ); - - /** - * Converts a X11 key code and a mask of ORed X11 modifiers - * into a X11 symbol. - * converts it to a symbol. - * @param codeX the X11 key code - * @param modX the mask of ORed X11 modifiers - * @param symX if successful, the X11 symbol will be written here - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key - * @see Sym - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT bool codeXToSym( uchar codeX, uint modX, uint& symX ); - - /** - * @internal - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT TQString modToStringInternal( uint mod ); - - /** - * Converts the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers to a - * user-readable string. - * @param mod the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers - * @return the user-readable string - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT TQString modToStringUser( uint mod ); - - /** - * Converts the modifier given as user-readable string - * to KKey::ModFlag modifier, or 0. - * @internal - * @since 3.5 - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT uint stringUserToMod( const TQString& mod ); - - /** - * @internal - * Unimplemented? - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT bool stringToSymMod( const TQString&, uint& sym, uint& mod ); - - /** - * @internal - * Unimplemented? - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT void keyQtToKeyX( uint keyCombQt, unsigned char *pKeyCodeX, uint *pKeySymX, uint *pKeyModX ); -} - -#endif // !_KKEYSERVER_X11_H diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde352/konsole_part.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde352/konsole_part.h deleted file mode 100644 index d526c1a6..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde352/konsole_part.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,241 +0,0 @@ -/* -*- C++ -*- - This file is part of the KDE system - Copyright (C) 1999,2000 Boloni Laszlo - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. - */ - -#ifndef KONSOLE_PART_H -#define KONSOLE_PART_H - -#include <kparts/browserextension.h> -#include <kparts/factory.h> - - -#include <kdialogbase.h> - -#include <kde_terminal_interface.h> - -//#include "schema.h" -//#include "session.h" - -class KInstance; -class konsoleBrowserExtension; -class TQPushButton; -class TQSpinBox; -class KPopupMenu; -class KActionMenu; -class TQCheckBox; -class KRootPixmap; -class KToggleAction; -class KSelectAction; - -namespace KParts { class GUIActivateEvent; } - -class konsoleFactory : public KParts::Factory -{ - Q_OBJECT -public: - konsoleFactory(); - virtual ~konsoleFactory(); - - virtual KParts::Part* createPartObject(TQWidget *parentWidget = 0, const char *widgetName = 0, - TQObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0, - const char* classname = "KParts::Part", - const TQStringList &args = TQStringList()); - - static KInstance *instance(); - - private: - static KInstance *s_instance; - static KAboutData *s_aboutData; -}; - -////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -class konsolePart: public KParts::ReadOnlyPart, public TerminalInterface, public ExtTerminalInterface -{ - Q_OBJECT - public: - konsolePart(TQWidget *parentWidget, const char *widgetName, TQObject * parent, const char *name, const char *classname = 0); - virtual ~konsolePart(); - -signals: - void processExited( KProcess * ); - void receivedData( const TQString& s ); - void forkedChild(); - protected: - virtual bool openURL( const KURL & url ); - virtual bool openFile() {return false;} // never used - virtual bool closeURL() {return true;} - virtual void guiActivateEvent( KParts::GUIActivateEvent * event ); - - protected slots: - void showShell(); - -// void doneSession(TESession*); - void sessionDestroyed(); -// void configureRequest(TEWidget*,int,int x,int y); -// void updateTitle(TESession*); - void enableMasterModeConnections(); - - private slots: - void emitOpenURLRequest(const TQString &url); - - void readProperties(); - void saveProperties(); - void applyProperties(); - void setSettingsMenuEnabled( bool ); - - void sendSignal(int n); - void closeCurrentSession(); - - void notifySize(int /*columns*/, int /*lines*/); - - void slotToggleFrame(); - void slotSelectScrollbar(); - void slotSelectFont(); - void schema_menu_check(); - void keytab_menu_activated(int item); - void updateSchemaMenu(); - void setSchema(int n); - void pixmap_menu_activated(int item); - void schema_menu_activated(int item); - void slotHistoryType(); - void slotSelectBell(); - void slotSelectLineSpacing(); - void slotBlinkingCursor(); - void slotUseKonsoleSettings(); - void slotWordSeps(); - void slotSetEncoding(); - void biggerFont(); - void smallerFont(); - - void autoShowShell(); - - private: - konsoleBrowserExtension *m_extension; - KURL currentURL; - - void makeGUI(); - void applySettingsToGUI(); - -// void setSchema(ColorSchema* s); - void updateKeytabMenu(); - - bool doOpenStream( const TQString& ); - bool doWriteStream( const TQByteArray& ); - bool doCloseStream(); - - TQWidget* parentWidget; -// TEWidget* te; -// TESession* se; - // ColorSchemaList* colors; - KRootPixmap* rootxpm; - - KActionCollection* actions; - KActionCollection* settingsActions; - - KToggleAction* blinkingCursor; - KToggleAction* showFrame; - KToggleAction* m_useKonsoleSettings; - - KSelectAction* selectBell; - KSelectAction* selectLineSpacing; - KSelectAction* selectScrollbar; - KSelectAction* selectSetEncoding; - - KActionMenu* m_fontsizes; - - KPopupMenu* m_keytab; - KPopupMenu* m_schema; - KPopupMenu* m_signals; - KPopupMenu* m_options; - KPopupMenu* m_popupMenu; - - TQFont defaultFont; - - TQString pmPath; // pixmap path - TQString s_schema; - TQString s_kconfigSchema; - TQString s_word_seps; // characters that are considered part of a word - - bool b_framevis:1; - bool b_histEnabled:1; - bool b_useKonsoleSettings:1; - bool b_autoDestroy:1; - bool b_autoStartShell:1; - - int curr_schema; // current schema no - int n_bell; - int n_keytab; - int n_render; - int n_scroll; - unsigned m_histSize; - bool m_runningShell; - bool m_streamEnabled; - int n_encoding; - -public: - // these are the implementations for the TermEmuInterface - // functions... - void startProgram( const TQString& program, - const TQStrList& args ); - void newSession(); - void showShellInDir( const TQString& dir ); - void sendInput( const TQString& text ); - void setAutoDestroy( bool ); - void setAutoStartShell( bool ); -}; - -////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -/*class HistoryTypeDialog : public KDialogBase -{ - Q_OBJECT -public: - HistoryTypeDialog(const HistoryType& histType, - unsigned int histSize, - TQWidget *parent); - -public slots: - void slotDefault(); - void slotSetUnlimited(); - void slotHistEnable(bool); - - unsigned int nbLines() const; - bool isOn() const; - -protected: - TQCheckBox* m_btnEnable; - TQSpinBox* m_size; - TQPushButton* m_setUnlimited; -};*/ - -////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -class konsoleBrowserExtension : public KParts::BrowserExtension -{ - Q_OBJECT - friend class konsolePart; - public: - konsoleBrowserExtension(konsolePart *parent); - virtual ~konsoleBrowserExtension(); - - void emitOpenURLRequest(const KURL &url); -}; - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde352/kpanelmenu.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde352/kpanelmenu.h deleted file mode 100644 index de0b065e..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde352/kpanelmenu.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,182 +0,0 @@ -/***************************************************************** - -Copyright (c) 1996-2000 the kicker authors. See file AUTHORS. - (c) 2001 Michael Goffioul <kdeprint@swing.be> - -Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy -of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal -in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights -to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell -copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is -furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: - -The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in -all copies or substantial portions of the Software. - -THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR -IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, -FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE -AUTHORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN -AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN -CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. - -******************************************************************/ - -#ifndef __KPANELMENU_H__ -#define __KPANELMENU_H__ - -#include <tqstring.h> -#include <kpopupmenu.h> -#include <kgenericfactory.h> - -class KPanelMenuPrivate; - -/** - * @short Base class to build dynamically loaded menu entries for the K-menu, or the panel. - * - * This class allows to build menu entries that will be dynamically added either to - * the K-menu, or to the panel as a normal button. These dynamic menus are located - * in shared libraries that will be loaded at runtime by Kicker (the %KDE panel). - * - * To build such a menu, you have to inherit this class and implement the pure virtual - * functions #initialize() and slotExec(). You also have to provide a factory - * object in your library, see KLibFactory. This factory is only used to construct - * the menu object. - * - * Finally, you also have to provide a desktop file describing your dynamic menu. The - * relevant entries are: Name, Comment, Icon and X-KDE-Library (which contains the - * library name without any extension). This desktop file has to be installed in - * $KDEDIR/share/apps/kicker/menuext/. - * - * @author The kicker maintainers, Michael Goffioul <kdeprint@swing.be> - */ -class KDEUI_EXPORT KPanelMenu : public KPopupMenu -{ - Q_OBJECT - -public: - /** - * Construct a KPanelMenu object. This is the normal constructor to use when - * building extrernal menu entries. - */ - KPanelMenu(TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0); - /** - * Constructor used internally by Kicker. You don't really want to use it. - * @param startDir a directory to associate with this menu - * @param parent parent object - * @param name name of the object - * @see path(), setPath() - */ - KPanelMenu(const TQString &startDir, TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0); - /** - * Destructor. - */ - virtual ~KPanelMenu(); - - /** - * Get the directory path associated with this menu, or TQString::null if - * there's no such associated path. - * @return the associated directory path - * @see setPath() - */ - const TQString& path() const; - /** - * Set a directory path to be associated with this menu. - * @param p the directory path - * @see path() - */ - void setPath(const TQString &p); - /** - * Tell if the menu has been initialized, that is it already contains items. - * This is useful when you need to know if you have to clear the menu, or to - * fill it. - * @return the initial state - * @see setInitialized(), initialize() - */ - bool initialized() const; - /** - * Set the initial state. Set it to true when you menu is filled with the items - * you want. - * @param on the initial state - * @see initialized(), initialize() - */ - void setInitialized(bool on); - - /** - * Disable the automatic clearing of the menu. Kicker uses a cache system for - * its menus. After a specific configurable delay, the menu will be cleared. - * Use this function if you want to disable kicker's cache system, and avoid - * the clearing of your menu. - */ - void disableAutoClear(); - -public slots: - /** - * Reinitialize the menu: the menu is first cleared, the initial state is set - * to false, and finally #initialize() is called. Use this if you want to - * refill your menu immediately. - */ - void reinitialize(); - /** - * Deinitialize the menu: the menu is cleared and the initialized state is set to - * false. #initialize() is NOT called. It will be called before the menu is - * next shown, however. Use this slot if you want a delayed reinitialization. - * @since 3.1 - */ - void deinitialize(); - -protected slots: - /** - * This slot is called just before the menu is shown. This allows your menu - * to update itself if needed. However you should instead re-implement - * #initialize to provide this feature. This function is responsible for - * the cache system handling, so if you re-implement it, you should call - * the base function also. Calls #initialize(). - * @see disableAutoClear() - */ - virtual void slotAboutToShow(); - /** - * This is slot is called when an item from the menu has been selected. Your - * applet is then supposed to perform some action. You must re-implement this - * function. - * @param id the ID associated with the selected item - */ - virtual void slotExec(int id) = 0; - /** - * This slots is called to initialize the menu. It is called automatically by - * slotAboutToShow(). By re-implementing this functions, you can reconstruct - * the menu before it is being shown. At the end of this function, you should - * call setInitialize() with true to tell the system that the menu is OK. - * You applet must re-implement this function. - * @see slotAboutToShow(), initialized(), setInitialized() - */ - virtual void initialize() = 0; - /** - * Clears the menu, and update the initial state accordingly. - * @see initialized() - */ - void slotClear(); - -protected: - /** - * Re-implemented for internal reasons. - */ - virtual void hideEvent(TQHideEvent *ev); - /** - * For internal use only. Used by constructors. - */ - void init(const TQString& path = TQString::null); - -protected: - virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data ); -private: - void internalInitialize(); - KPanelMenuPrivate *d; -}; - -#define K_EXPORT_KICKER_MENUEXT( libname, classname ) \ - K_EXPORT_COMPONENT_FACTORY( \ - kickermenu_##libname, \ - KGenericFactory<classname>("libkickermenu_" #libname) ) - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde352/ksharedptr.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde352/ksharedptr.h deleted file mode 100644 index ada08413..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde352/ksharedptr.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,175 +0,0 @@ -/* This file is part of the KDE libraries - Copyright (c) 1999 Waldo Bastian <bastian@kde.org> - - This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation. - - This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. -*/ -#ifndef KSharedPTR_H -#define KSharedPTR_H - -#include "kdelibs_export.h" - -/** - * Reference counting for shared objects. If you derive your object - * from this class, then you may use it in conjunction with - * KSharedPtr to control the lifetime of your object. - * - * Specifically, all classes that derive from KShared have an internal - * counter keeping track of how many other objects have a reference to - * their object. If used with KSharedPtr, then your object will - * not be deleted until all references to the object have been - * released. - * - * You should probably not ever use any of the methods in this class - * directly -- let the KSharedPtr take care of that. Just derive - * your class from KShared and forget about it. - * - * @author Waldo Bastian <bastian@kde.org> - */ -class KDECORE_EXPORT KShared { -public: - /** - * Standard constructor. This will initialize the reference count - * on this object to 0. - */ - KShared() : count(0) { } - - /** - * Copy constructor. This will @em not actually copy the objects - * but it will initialize the reference count on this object to 0. - */ - KShared( const KShared & ) : count(0) { } - - /** - * Overloaded assignment operator. - */ - KShared &operator=(const KShared & ) { return *this; } - - /** - * Increases the reference count by one. - */ - void _KShared_ref() const { count++; } - - /** - * Releases a reference (decreases the reference count by one). If - * the count goes to 0, this object will delete itself. - */ - void _KShared_unref() const { if (!--count) delete this; } - - /** - * Return the current number of references held. - * - * @return Number of references - */ - int _KShared_count() const { return count; } - -protected: - virtual ~KShared() { } -private: - mutable int count; -}; - -/** - * Can be used to control the lifetime of an object that has derived - * KShared. As long a someone holds a KSharedPtr on some KShared - * object it won't become deleted but is deleted once its reference - * count is 0. This struct emulates C++ pointers virtually perfectly. - * So just use it like a simple C++ pointer. - * - * KShared and KSharedPtr are preferred over QShared / QSharedPtr - * since they are more safe. - * - * WARNING: Please note that this class template provides an implicit - * conversion to T*. Do *not* change this pointer or the pointee (don't - * call delete on it, for instance) behind KSharedPtr's back. - * - * @author Waldo Bastian <bastian@kde.org> - */ -template< class T > -class KSharedPtr -{ -public: -/** - * Creates a null pointer. - */ - KSharedPtr() - : ptr(0) { } - /** - * Creates a new pointer. - * @param t the pointer - */ - KSharedPtr( T* t ) - : ptr(t) { if ( ptr ) ptr->_KShared_ref(); } - - /** - * Copies a pointer. - * @param p the pointer to copy - */ - KSharedPtr( const KSharedPtr& p ) - : ptr(p.ptr) { if ( ptr ) ptr->_KShared_ref(); } - - /** - * Unreferences the object that this pointer points to. If it was - * the last reference, the object will be deleted. - */ - ~KSharedPtr() { if ( ptr ) ptr->_KShared_unref(); } - - KSharedPtr<T>& operator= ( const KSharedPtr<T>& p ) { - if ( ptr == p.ptr ) return *this; - if ( ptr ) ptr->_KShared_unref(); - ptr = p.ptr; - if ( ptr ) ptr->_KShared_ref(); - return *this; - } - KSharedPtr<T>& operator= ( T* p ) { - if ( ptr == p ) return *this; - if ( ptr ) ptr->_KShared_unref(); - ptr = p; - if ( ptr ) ptr->_KShared_ref(); - return *this; - } - bool operator== ( const KSharedPtr<T>& p ) const { return ( ptr == p.ptr ); } - bool operator!= ( const KSharedPtr<T>& p ) const { return ( ptr != p.ptr ); } - bool operator== ( const T* p ) const { return ( ptr == p ); } - bool operator!= ( const T* p ) const { return ( ptr != p ); } - bool operator!() const { return ( ptr == 0 ); } - operator T*() const { return ptr; } - - /** - * Returns the pointer. - * @return the pointer - */ - T* data() { return ptr; } - - /** - * Returns the pointer. - * @return the pointer - */ - const T* data() const { return ptr; } - - const T& operator*() const { return *ptr; } - T& operator*() { return *ptr; } - const T* operator->() const { return ptr; } - T* operator->() { return ptr; } - - /** - * Returns the number of references. - * @return the number of references - */ - int count() const { return ptr->_KShared_count(); } // for debugging purposes -private: - T* ptr; -}; - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde352/ksycocafactory.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde352/ksycocafactory.h deleted file mode 100644 index 536da286..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde352/ksycocafactory.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,143 +0,0 @@ -/* This file is part of the KDE libraries - * Copyright (C) 1999 Waldo Bastian <bastian@kde.org> - * - * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - * License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation; - * - * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Library General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - * along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. - **/ - -#ifndef __ksycocafactory_h__ -#define __ksycocafactory_h__ - -#include "ksycocatype.h" -#include "ksycocaentry.h" - -#include <tqdict.h> -#include <tqptrlist.h> -class KSycoca; -class TQStringList; -class TQString; -class KSycocaDict; -class KSycocaResourceList; - -typedef TQDict<KSycocaEntry::Ptr> KSycocaEntryDict; - -/** - * @internal - * Base class for sycoca factories - */ -class KDECORE_EXPORT KSycocaFactory -{ -public: - virtual KSycocaFactoryId factoryId() const = 0; - -protected: // virtual class - /** - * Create a factory which can be used to lookup from/create a database - * (depending on KSycoca::isBuilding()) - */ - KSycocaFactory( KSycocaFactoryId factory_id ); - -public: - virtual ~KSycocaFactory(); - - /** - * @return the position of the factory in the sycoca file - */ - int offset() { return mOffset; } - - /** - * @return the dict, for special use by KBuildSycoca - */ - KSycocaEntryDict * entryDict() { return m_entryDict; } - - /** - * Construct an entry from a config file. - * To be implemented in the real factories. - */ - virtual KSycocaEntry *createEntry(const TQString &file, const char *resource) = 0; - - /** - * Add an entry - */ - virtual void addEntry(KSycocaEntry *newEntry, const char *resource); - - /** - * Remove an entry - * Not very fast, use with care. O(N) - */ - void removeEntry(KSycocaEntry *newEntry); - - /** - * Read an entry from the database - */ - virtual KSycocaEntry *createEntry(int offset)=0; - - /** - * Get a list of all entries from the database. - */ - KSycocaEntry::List allEntries(); - - /** - * Saves all entries it maintains as well as index files - * for these entries to the stream 'str'. - * - * Also sets mOffset to the starting position. - * - * The stream is positioned at the end of the last index. - * - * Don't forget to call the parent first when you override - * this function. - */ - virtual void save(TQDataStream &str); - - /** - * Writes out a header to the stream 'str'. - * The baseclass positions the stream correctly. - * - * Don't forget to call the parent first when you override - * this function. - */ - virtual void saveHeader(TQDataStream &str); - - /** - * @return the resources for which this factory is responsible. - */ - virtual const KSycocaResourceList * resourceList() const { return m_resourceList; } - -private: - int mOffset; - -protected: - int m_sycocaDictOffset; - int m_beginEntryOffset; - int m_endEntryOffset; - TQDataStream *m_str; - - KSycocaResourceList *m_resourceList; - KSycocaEntryDict *m_entryDict; - KSycocaDict *m_sycocaDict; -protected: - virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data ); -}; - -/** This, instead of a typedef, allows to declare "class ..." in header files - * @internal - */ -class KDECORE_EXPORT KSycocaFactoryList : public TQPtrList<KSycocaFactory> -{ -public: - KSycocaFactoryList() { } -}; - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde352/ktoolbarbutton.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde352/ktoolbarbutton.h deleted file mode 100644 index eab46983..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde352/ktoolbarbutton.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,330 +0,0 @@ -/* This file is part of the KDE libraries - Copyright (C) 1997, 1998 Stephan Kulow (coolo@kde.org) - (C) 1997, 1998 Sven Radej (radej@kde.org) - (C) 1997, 1998 Mark Donohoe (donohoe@kde.org) - (C) 1997, 1998 Matthias Ettrich (ettrich@kde.org) - (C) 2000 Kurt Granroth (granroth@kde.org) - - This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation. - - This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. -*/ - -#ifndef _KTOOLBARBUTTON_H -#define _KTOOLBARBUTTON_H - -#include <tqpixmap.h> -#include <tqtoolbutton.h> -#include <tqintdict.h> -#include <tqstring.h> -#include <kglobal.h> - -class KToolBar; -class KToolBarButtonPrivate; -class KInstance; -class TQEvent; -class TQPopupMenu; -class TQPainter; - -/** - * A toolbar button. This is used internally by KToolBar, use the - * KToolBar methods instead. - * @internal - */ -class KDEUI_EXPORT KToolBarButton : public QToolButton -{ - Q_OBJECT - -public: - /** - * Construct a button with an icon loaded by the button itself. - * This will trust the button to load the correct icon with the - * correct size. - * - * @param icon Name of icon to load (may be absolute or relative) - * @param id Id of this button - * @param parent This button's parent - * @param name This button's internal name - * @param txt This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise) - * @param _instance the instance to use for this button - */ - KToolBarButton(const TQString& icon, int id, TQWidget *parent, - const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null, - KInstance *_instance = KGlobal::instance()); - - /** - * Construct a button with an existing pixmap. It is not - * recommended that you use this as the internal icon loading code - * will almost always get it "right". - * - * @param pixmap Name of icon to load (may be absolute or relative) - * @param id Id of this button - * @param parent This button's parent - * @param name This button's internal name - * @param txt This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise) - */ - KToolBarButton(const TQPixmap& pixmap, int id, TQWidget *parent, - const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null); - - /** - * Construct a separator button - * - * @param parent This button's parent - * @param name This button's internal name - */ - KToolBarButton(TQWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L); - - /** - * Standard destructor - */ - ~KToolBarButton(); - -#ifndef KDE_NO_COMPAT - /** - * @deprecated - * Set the pixmap directly for this button. This pixmap should be - * the active one... the dimmed and disabled pixmaps are constructed - * based on this one. However, don't use this function unless you - * are positive that you don't want to use setIcon. - * - * @param pixmap The active pixmap - */ - // this one is from TQButton, so #ifdef-ing it out doesn't break BC - virtual void setPixmap(const TQPixmap &pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED; - - /** - * @deprecated - * Force the button to use this pixmap as the default one rather - * then generating it using effects. - * - * @param pixmap The pixmap to use as the default (normal) one - */ - void setDefaultPixmap(const TQPixmap& pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED; - - /** - * @deprecated - * Force the button to use this pixmap when disabled one rather then - * generating it using effects. - * - * @param pixmap The pixmap to use when disabled - */ - void setDisabledPixmap(const TQPixmap& pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED; -#endif - - /** - * Set the text for this button. The text will be either used as a - * tooltip (IconOnly) or will be along side the icon - * - * @param text The button (or tooltip) text - */ - virtual void setText(const TQString &text); - - /** - * Set the icon for this button. The icon will be loaded internally - * with the correct size. This function is preferred over setIconSet - * - * @param icon The name of the icon - */ - virtual void setIcon(const TQString &icon); - - /// @since 3.1 - virtual void setIcon( const TQPixmap &pixmap ) - { TQToolButton::setIcon( pixmap ); } - - /** - * Set the pixmaps for this toolbar button from a TQIconSet. - * If you call this you don't need to call any of the other methods - * that set icons or pixmaps. - * @param iconset The iconset to use - */ - virtual void setIconSet( const TQIconSet &iconset ); - -#ifndef KDE_NO_COMPAT - /** - * @deprecated - * Set the active icon for this button. The pixmap itself is loaded - * internally based on the icon size... .. the disabled and default - * pixmaps, however will only be constructed if generate is - * true. This function is preferred over setPixmap - * - * @param icon The name of the active icon - * @param generate If true, then the other icons are automagically - * generated from this one - */ - KDE_DEPRECATED void setIcon(const TQString &icon, bool generate ) { Q_UNUSED(generate); setIcon( icon ); } - - /** - * @deprecated - * Force the button to use this icon as the default one rather - * then generating it using effects. - * - * @param icon The icon to use as the default (normal) one - */ - void setDefaultIcon(const TQString& icon) KDE_DEPRECATED; - - /** - * @deprecated - * Force the button to use this icon when disabled one rather then - * generating it using effects. - * - * @param icon The icon to use when disabled - */ - void setDisabledIcon(const TQString& icon) KDE_DEPRECATED; -#endif - - /** - * Turn this button on or off - * - * @param flag true or false - */ - void on(bool flag = true); - - /** - * Toggle this button - */ - void toggle(); - - /** - * Turn this button into a toggle button or disable the toggle - * aspects of it. This does not toggle the button itself. - * Use toggle() for that. - * - * @param toggle true or false - */ - void setToggle(bool toggle = true); - - /** - * Return a pointer to this button's popup menu (if it exists) - */ - TQPopupMenu *popup(); - - /** - * Returns the button's id. - * @since 3.2 - */ - int id() const; - - /** - * Give this button a popup menu. There will not be a delay when - * you press the button. Use setDelayedPopup if you want that - * behavior. - * - * @param p The new popup menu - * @param unused Has no effect - ignore it. - */ - void setPopup (TQPopupMenu *p, bool unused = false); - - /** - * Gives this button a delayed popup menu. - * - * This function allows you to add a delayed popup menu to the button. - * The popup menu is then only displayed when the button is pressed and - * held down for about half a second. - * - * @param p the new popup menu - * @param unused Has no effect - ignore it. - */ - void setDelayedPopup(TQPopupMenu *p, bool unused = false); - - /** - * Turn this button into a radio button - * - * @param f true or false - */ - void setRadio(bool f = true); - - /** - * Toolbar buttons naturally will assume the global styles - * concerning icons, icons sizes, etc. You can use this function to - * explicitly turn this off, if you like. - * - * @param no_style Will disable styles if true - */ - void setNoStyle(bool no_style = true); - -signals: - /** - * Emitted when the toolbar button is clicked (with LMB or MMB) - */ - void clicked(int); - /** - * Emitted when the toolbar button is clicked (with any mouse button) - * @param state makes it possible to find out which button was pressed, - * and whether any keyboard modifiers were held. - * @since 3.4 - */ - void buttonClicked(int, Qt::ButtonState state); - void doubleClicked(int); - void pressed(int); - void released(int); - void toggled(int); - void highlighted(int, bool); - -public slots: - /** - * This slot should be called whenever the toolbar mode has - * potentially changed. This includes such events as text changing, - * orientation changing, etc. - */ - void modeChange(); - virtual void setTextLabel(const TQString&, bool tipToo); - -protected: - bool event(TQEvent *e); - void paletteChange(const TQPalette &); - void leaveEvent(TQEvent *e); - void enterEvent(TQEvent *e); - void drawButton(TQPainter *p); - bool eventFilter (TQObject *o, TQEvent *e); - /// @since 3.4 - void mousePressEvent( TQMouseEvent * ); - /// @since 3.4 - void mouseReleaseEvent( TQMouseEvent * ); - void showMenu(); - TQSize sizeHint() const; - TQSize minimumSizeHint() const; - TQSize minimumSize() const; - - /// @since 3.1 - bool isRaised() const; - /// @since 3.1 - bool isActive() const; - /// @since 3.1 - int iconTextMode() const; - -protected slots: - void slotClicked(); - void slotPressed(); - void slotReleased(); - void slotToggled(); - void slotDelayTimeout(); - -protected: - virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data ); -private: - KToolBarButtonPrivate *d; -}; - -/** -* List of KToolBarButton objects. -* @internal -* @version $Id: ktoolbarbutton.h 465272 2005-09-29 09:47:40Z mueller $ -*/ -class KDEUI_EXPORT KToolBarButtonList : public TQIntDict<KToolBarButton> -{ -public: - KToolBarButtonList(); - ~KToolBarButtonList() {} -}; - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde352/kurifilter.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde352/kurifilter.h deleted file mode 100644 index 47332947..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde352/kurifilter.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,647 +0,0 @@ -/* - * This file is part of the KDE libraries - * Copyright (C) 2000-2001,2003 Dawit Alemayehu <adawit at kde.org> - * - * Original author - * Copyright (C) 2000 Yves Arrouye <yves@realnames.com> - * - * - * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Library General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - * along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. - **/ - -#ifndef __kurifilter_h__ -#define __kurifilter_h__ - -#include <tqptrlist.h> -#include <tqobject.h> -#include <tqstringlist.h> - -#include <kurl.h> - -#ifdef Q_OS_WIN -#undef ERROR -#endif - -class KURIFilterPrivate; -class KURIFilterDataPrivate; - -class KCModule; - -/** -* A basic message object used for exchanging filtering -* information between the filter plugins and the application -* requesting the filtering service. -* -* Use this object if you require a more detailed information -* about the URI you want to filter. Any application can create -* an instance of this class and send it to KURIFilter to -* have the plugins fill out all possible information about the -* URI. -* -* \b Example -* -* \code -* TQString text = "kde.org"; -* KURIFilterData d = text; -* bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filter( d ); -* cout << "URL: " << text.latin1() << endl -* << "Filtered URL: " << d.uri().url().latin1() << endl -* << "URI Type: " << d.uriType() << endl -* << "Was Filtered: " << filtered << endl; -* \endcode -* -* The above code should yield the following output: -* \code -* URI: kde.org -* Filtered URI: http://kde.org -* URI Type: 0 <== means NET_PROTOCOL -* Was Filtered: 1 <== means the URL was successfully filtered -* \endcode -* -* @short A message object for exchanging filtering URI info. -* @author Dawit Alemayehu <adawit at kde.org> -*/ - -class KIO_EXPORT KURIFilterData -{ -friend class KURIFilterPlugin; - -public: - /** - * Describes the type of the URI that was filtered. - * Here is a brief description of the types: - * - * @li NET_PROTOCOL - Any network protocol: http, ftp, nttp, pop3, etc... - * @li LOCAL_FILE - A local file whose executable flag is not set - * @li LOCAL_DIR - A local directory - * @li EXECUTABLE - A local file whose executable flag is set - * @li HELP - A man or info page - * @li SHELL - A shell executable (ex: echo "Test..." >> ~/testfile) - * @li BLOCKED - A URI that should be blocked/filtered (ex: ad filtering) - * @li ERROR - An incorrect URI (ex: "~johndoe" when user johndoe - * does not exist in that system ) - * @li UNKNOWN - A URI that is not identified. Default value when - * a KURIFilterData is first created. - */ - enum URITypes { NET_PROTOCOL=0, LOCAL_FILE, LOCAL_DIR, EXECUTABLE, HELP, SHELL, BLOCKED, ERROR, UNKNOWN }; - - /** - * Default constructor. - * - * Creates a URIFilterData object. - */ - KURIFilterData() { init(); } - - /** - * Creates a URIFilterData object from the given URL. - * - * @param url is the URL to be filtered. - */ - KURIFilterData( const KURL& url ) { init( url); } - - /** - * Creates a URIFilterData object from the given string. - * - * @param url is the string to be filtered. - */ - KURIFilterData( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); } - - /** - * Copy constructor. - * - * Creates a URIFilterData object from another - * URI filter data object. - * - * @param data the uri filter data to be copied. - */ - KURIFilterData( const KURIFilterData& data); - - /** - * Destructor. - */ - ~KURIFilterData(); - - /** - * This method has been deprecated and will always return - * true. You should instead use the result from the - * KURIFilter::filterURI() calls. - * - * @deprecated - */ - KDE_DEPRECATED bool hasBeenFiltered() const { return true; } - - /** - * Returns the filtered or the original URL. - * - * This function returns the filtered url if one - * of the plugins successfully filtered the original - * URL. Otherwise, it returns the original URL. - * See hasBeenFiltered() and - * - * @return the filtered or original url. - */ - KURL uri() const { return m_pURI; } - - /** - * Returns an error message. - * - * This functions returns the error message set - * by the plugin whenever the uri type is set to - * KURIFilterData::ERROR. Otherwise, it returns - * a TQString::null. - * - * @return the error message or a NULL when there is none. - */ - TQString errorMsg() const { return m_strErrMsg; } - - /** - * Returns the URI type. - * - * This method always returns KURIFilterData::UNKNOWN - * if the given URL was not filtered. - * @return the type of the URI - */ - URITypes uriType() const { return m_iType; } - - /** - * Sets the URL to be filtered. - * - * Use this function to set the string to be - * filtered when you construct an empty filter - * object. - * - * @param url the string to be filtered. - */ - void setData( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); } - - /** - * Same as above except the argument is a URL. - * - * Use this function to set the string to be - * filtered when you construct an empty filter - * object. - * - * @param url the URL to be filtered. - */ - void setData( const KURL& url ) { init( url ); } - - /** - * Sets the absolute path to be used whenever the supplied - * data is a relative local URL. - * - * NOTE: This function should only be used for local resources, - * i.e. the "file:/" protocol. It is useful for specifying the - * absolute path in cases where the actual URL might be relative. - * meta object. If deriving the path from a KURL, make sure you - * set the argument for this function to the result of calling - * path () instead of url (). - * - * @param abs_path the abolute path to the local resource. - * @return true if absolute path is successfully set. Otherwise, false. - */ - bool setAbsolutePath( const TQString& abs_path ); - - /** - * Returns the absolute path if one has already been set. - * @return the absolute path, or TQString::null - * @see hasAbsolutePath() - */ - TQString absolutePath() const; - - /** - * Checks whether the supplied data had an absolute path. - * @return true if the supplied data has an absolute path - * @see absolutePath() - */ - bool hasAbsolutePath() const; - - /** - * Returns the command line options and arguments for a - * local resource when present. - * - * @return options and arguments when present, otherwise TQString::null - */ - TQString argsAndOptions() const; - - /** - * Checks whether the current data is a local resource with - * command line options and arguments. - * @return true if the current data has command line options and arguments - */ - bool hasArgsAndOptions() const; - - /** - * Returns the name of the icon that matches - * the current filtered URL. - * - * NOTE that this function will return a NULL - * string by default and when no associated icon - * is found. - * - * @return the name of the icon associated with the resource, - * or TQString::null if not found - */ - TQString iconName(); - - /** - * Check whether the provided uri is executable or not. - * - * Setting this to false ensures that typing the name of - * an executable does not start that application. This is - * useful in the location bar of a browser. The default - * value is true. - * - * @since 3.2 - */ - void setCheckForExecutables (bool check); - - /** - * @return true if the filters should attempt to check whether the - * supplied uri is an executable. False otherwise. - * - * @since 3.2 - */ - bool checkForExecutables() const { return m_bCheckForExecutables; } - - /** - * @return the string as typed by the user, before any URL processing is done - * @since 3.2 - */ - TQString typedString() const; - - /** - * Overloaded assigenment operator. - * - * This function allows you to easily assign a KURL - * to a KURIFilterData object. - * - * @return an instance of a KURIFilterData object. - */ - KURIFilterData& operator=( const KURL& url ) { init( url ); return *this; } - - /** - * Overloaded assigenment operator. - * - * This function allows you to easily assign a QString - * to a KURIFilterData object. - * - * @return an instance of a KURIFilterData object. - */ - KURIFilterData& operator=( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); return *this; } - -protected: - - /** - * Initializes the KURIFilterData on construction. - * @param url the URL to initialize the object with - */ - void init( const KURL& url); - - /** - * Initializes the KURIFilterData on construction. - * @param url the URL to initialize the object with - */ - void init( const TQString& url = TQString::null ); - -private: - bool m_bCheckForExecutables; - bool m_bChanged; - - TQString m_strErrMsg; - TQString m_strIconName; - - KURL m_pURI; - URITypes m_iType; - KURIFilterDataPrivate *d; -}; - - -/** - * Base class for URI filter plugins. - * - * This class applies a single filter to a URI. All plugins designed - * to provide URI filtering service should inherit from this abstract - * class and provide a concrete implementation. - * - * All inheriting classes need to implement the pure virtual function - * filterURI. - * - * @short Abstract class for URI filter plugins. - */ -class KIO_EXPORT KURIFilterPlugin : public QObject -{ - Q_OBJECT - -public: - - /** - * Constructs a filter plugin with a given name and - * priority. - * - * @param parent the parent object, or 0 for no parent - * @param name the name of the plugin, or 0 for no name - * @param pri the priority of the plugin. - */ - KURIFilterPlugin( TQObject *parent = 0, const char *name = 0, double pri = 1.0 ); - - /** - * Returns the filter's name. - * - * @return A string naming the filter. - */ - virtual TQString name() const { return m_strName; } - - /** - * Returns the filter's priority. - * - * Each filter has an assigned priority, a float from 0 to 1. Filters - * with the lowest priority are first given a chance to filter a URI. - * - * @return The priority of the filter. - */ - virtual double priority() const { return m_dblPriority; } - - /** - * Filters a URI. - * - * @param data the URI data to be filtered. - * @return A boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed. - */ - virtual bool filterURI( KURIFilterData& data ) const = 0; - - /** - * Creates a configuration module for the filter. - * - * It is the responsibility of the caller to delete the module - * once it is not needed anymore. - * - * @return A configuration module, 0 if the filter isn't configurable. - */ - virtual KCModule *configModule( TQWidget*, const char* ) const { return 0; } - - /** - * Returns the name of the configuration module for the filter. - * - * @return the name of a configuration module or TQString::null if none. - */ - virtual TQString configName() const { return name(); } - -protected: - - /** - * Sets the the URL in @p data to @p uri. - */ - void setFilteredURI ( KURIFilterData& data, const KURL& uri ) const; - - /** - * Sets the error message in @p data to @p errormsg. - */ - void setErrorMsg ( KURIFilterData& data, const TQString& errmsg ) const { - data.m_strErrMsg = errmsg; - } - - /** - * Sets the URI type in @p data to @p type. - */ - void setURIType ( KURIFilterData& data, KURIFilterData::URITypes type) const { - data.m_iType = type; - data.m_bChanged = true; - } - - /** - * Sets the arguments and options string in @p data - * to @p args if any were found during filterting. - */ - void setArguments( KURIFilterData& data, const TQString& args ) const; - - TQString m_strName; - double m_dblPriority; - -protected: - virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data ); -private: - class KURIFilterPluginPrivate *d; -}; - - -/** - * A list of filter plugins. - */ -class KIO_EXPORT KURIFilterPluginList : public TQPtrList<KURIFilterPlugin> -{ -public: - virtual int compareItems(Item a, Item b) - { - double diff = ((KURIFilterPlugin *) a)->priority() - ((KURIFilterPlugin *) b)->priority(); - return diff < 0 ? -1 : (diff > 0 ? 1 : 0); - } - -private: - KURIFilterPrivate *d; - -}; - -/** - * Manages the filtering of URIs. - * - * The intention of this plugin class is to allow people to extend the - * functionality of KURL without modifying it directly. This way KURL will - * remain a generic parser capable of parsing any generic URL that adheres - * to specifications. - * - * The KURIFilter class applies a number of filters to a URI and returns the - * filtered version whenever possible. The filters are implemented using - * plugins to provide easy extensibility of the filtering mechanism. New - * filters can be added in the future by simply inheriting from - * KURIFilterPlugin and implementing the KURIFilterPlugin::filterURI - * method. - * - * Use of this plugin-manager class is straight forward. Since it is a - * singleton object, all you have to do is obtain an instance by doing - * @p KURIFilter::self() and use any of the public member functions to - * preform the filtering. - * - * \b Example - * - * To simply filter a given string: - * - * \code - * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( "kde.org" ); - * \endcode - * - * You can alternatively use a KURL: - * - * \code - * KURL url = "kde.org"; - * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( url ); - * \endcode - * - * If you have a constant string or a constant URL, simply invoke the - * corresponding function to obtain the filtered string or URL instead - * of a boolean flag: - * - * \code - * TQString u = KURIFilter::self()->filteredURI( "kde.org" ); - * \endcode - * - * You can also restrict the filter(s) to be used by supplying - * the name of the filter(s) to use. By defualt all available - * filters will be used. To use specific filters, add the names - * of the filters you want to use to a TQStringList and invoke - * the appropriate filtering function. The examples below show - * the use of specific filters. The first one uses a single - * filter called kshorturifilter while the second example uses - * multiple filters: - * - * \code - * TQString text = "kde.org"; - * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, "kshorturifilter" ); - * \endcode - * - * \code - * TQStringList list; - * list << "kshorturifilter" << "localdomainfilter"; - * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, list ); - * \endcode - * - * KURIFilter also allows richer data exchange through a simple - * meta-object called @p KURIFilterData. Using this meta-object - * you can find out more information about the URL you want to - * filter. See KURIFilterData for examples and details. - * - * @short Filters a given URL into its proper format whenever possible. - */ - -class KIO_EXPORT KURIFilter -{ -public: - /** - * Destructor - */ - ~KURIFilter (); - - /** - * Returns an instance of KURIFilter. - */ - static KURIFilter* self(); - - /** - * Filters the URI given by the object URIFilterData. - * - * The given URL is filtered based on the specified list of filters. - * If the list is empty all available filters would be used. - * - * @param data object that contains the URI to be filtered. - * @param filters specify the list of filters to be used. - * - * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed - */ - bool filterURI( KURIFilterData& data, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); - - /** - * Filters the URI given by the URL. - * - * The given URL is filtered based on the specified list of filters. - * If the list is empty all available filters would be used. - * - * @param uri the URI to filter. - * @param filters specify the list of filters to be used. - * - * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed - */ - bool filterURI( KURL &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); - - /** - * Filters a string representing a URI. - * - * The given URL is filtered based on the specified list of filters. - * If the list is empty all available filters would be used. - * - * @param uri The URI to filter. - * @param filters specify the list of filters to be used. - * - * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed - */ - bool filterURI( TQString &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); - - /** - * Returns the filtered URI. - * - * The given URL is filtered based on the specified list of filters. - * If the list is empty all available filters would be used. - * - * @param uri The URI to filter. - * @param filters specify the list of filters to be used. - * - * @return the filtered URI or null if it cannot be filtered - */ - KURL filteredURI( const KURL &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); - - /** - * Return a filtered string representation of a URI. - * - * The given URL is filtered based on the specified list of filters. - * If the list is empty all available filters would be used. - * - * @param uri the URI to filter. - * @param filters specify the list of filters to be used. - * - * @return the filtered URI or null if it cannot be filtered - */ - TQString filteredURI( const TQString &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); - - /** - * Return an iterator to iterate over all loaded - * plugins. - * - * @return a plugin iterator. - */ - TQPtrListIterator<KURIFilterPlugin> pluginsIterator() const; - - /** - * Return a list of the names of all loaded plugins. - * - * @return a TQStringList of plugin names - * @since 3.1 - */ - TQStringList pluginNames() const; - -protected: - - /** - * A protected constructor. - * - * This constructor creates a KURIFilter and - * initializes all plugins it can find by invoking - * loadPlugins. - */ - KURIFilter(); - - /** - * Loads all allowed plugins. - * - * This function loads all filters that have not - * been disbled. - */ - void loadPlugins(); - -private: - static KURIFilter *s_self; - KURIFilterPluginList m_lstPlugins; - KURIFilterPrivate *d; -}; - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde353/kaccelaction.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde353/kaccelaction.h deleted file mode 100644 index d55e4517..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde353/kaccelaction.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,576 +0,0 @@ -/* This file is part of the KDE libraries - Copyright (C) 2001,2002 Ellis Whitehead <ellis@kde.org> - - This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - - This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. -*/ - -#ifndef _KACCELACTION_H -#define _KACCELACTION_H - -#include <tqmap.h> -#include <tqptrvector.h> -#include <tqstring.h> -#include <tqvaluevector.h> - -#include <kshortcut.h> - -class KAccelBase; - -class TQObject; -class KConfig; -class KConfigBase; - -/** - * @internal - * A KAccelAction prepresents an action that can be executed using - * an accelerator key. Each KAccelAction has a name, a label, a - * "What's this" string and a KShortcut. The user can configure and - * enable/disable them using KKeyDialog. - * - * \code - * 1) KAccelAction = "Run Command" - * Default3 = "Alt+F2" - * Default4 = "Meta+Enter;Alt+F2" - * 1) KShortcut = "Meta+Enter" - * 1) KKeySequence = "Meta+Enter" - * 1) KKey = "Meta+Enter" - * 1) Meta+Enter - * 2) Meta+Keypad_Enter - * 2) KShortcut = "Alt+F2" - * 1) KKeySequence = "Alt+F2" - * 1) Alt+F2 - * 2) KAccelAction = "Something" - * Default3 = "" - * Default4 = "" - * 1) KShortcut = "Meta+X,Asterisk" - * 1) KKeySequence = "Meta+X,Asterisk" - * 1) KKey = "Meta+X" - * 1) Meta+X - * 2) KKey = "Asterisk" - * 1) Shift+8 (English layout) - * 2) Keypad_Asterisk - * \endcode - * @short An accelerator action - * @see KAccel - * @see KGlobalAccel - * @see KKeyChooser - * @see KKeyDialog - */ -class KDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction -{ - public: - /** - * Creates an empty KAccelAction. - * @see clear() - */ - KAccelAction(); - - /** - * Copy constructor. - */ - KAccelAction( const KAccelAction& ); - - /** - * Creates a new KAccelAction. - * @param sName the name of the accelerator - * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) - * @param sWhatsThis the What's This text (18n!) - * @param cutDef3 the default shortcut for 3 modifier systems - * @param cutDef4 the default shortcut for 4 modifier systems - * @param pObjSlot the receiver of a signal when the key has been - * pressed - * @param psMethodSlot the slot to connect for key presses. Receives - * an int, as set by setID(), as only argument - * @param bConfigurable if true the user can configure the shortcut - * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled - */ - KAccelAction( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, - const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4, - const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, - bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled ); - ~KAccelAction(); - - /** - * Clears the accelerator. - */ - void clear(); - - /** - * Re-initialized the KAccelAction. - * @param sName the name of the accelerator - * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) - * @param sWhatsThis the What's This text (18n!) - * @param cutDef3 the default shortcut for 3 modifier systems - * @param cutDef4 the default shortcut for 4 modifier systems - * @param pObjSlot the receiver of a signal when the key has been - * pressed - * @param psMethodSlot the slot to connect for key presses. Receives - * an int, as set by setID(), as only argument - * @param bConfigurable if true the user can configure the shortcut - * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - */ - bool init( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, - const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4, - const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, - bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled ); - - /** - * Copies this KAccelAction. - */ - KAccelAction& operator=( const KAccelAction& ); - - /** - * Returns the name of the accelerator action. - * @return the name of the accelerator action, can be null if not - * set - */ - const TQString& name() const { return m_sName; } - - /** - * Returns the label of the accelerator action. - * @return the label of the accelerator action, can be null if - * not set - */ - const TQString& label() const { return m_sLabel; } - - /** - * Returns the What's This text of the accelerator action. - * @return the What's This text of the accelerator action, can be - * null if not set - */ - const TQString& whatsThis() const { return m_sWhatsThis; } - - /** - * The shortcut that is actually used (may be used configured). - * @return the shortcut of the KAccelAction, can be null if not set - * @see shortcutDefault() - */ - const KShortcut& shortcut() const { return m_cut; } - - /** - * The default shortcut for this system. - * @return the default shortcut on this system, can be null if not set - * @see shortcut() - * @see shortcutDefault3() - * @see shortcutDefault4() - */ - const KShortcut& shortcutDefault() const; - - /** - * The default shortcut for 3 modifier systems. - * @return the default shortcut for 3 modifier systems, can be null - * if not set - * @see shortcutDefault() - * @see shortcutDefault4() - * @see useFourModifierKeys() - */ - const KShortcut& shortcutDefault3() const { return m_cutDefault3; } - - /** - * The default shortcut for 4 modifier systems. - * @return the default shortcut for 4 modifier systems, can be null - * if not set - * @see shortcutDefault() - * @see shortcutDefault3() - * @see useFourModifierKeys() - */ - const KShortcut& shortcutDefault4() const { return m_cutDefault4; } - - /** - * Returns the receiver of signals. - * @return the receiver of signals (can be 0 if not set) - */ - const TQObject* objSlotPtr() const { return m_pObjSlot; } - - /** - * Returns the slot for the signal. - * @return the slot for the signal - */ - const char* methodSlotPtr() const { return m_psMethodSlot; } - - /** - * Checks whether the user can configure the action. - * @return true if configurable, false otherwise - */ - bool isConfigurable() const { return m_bConfigurable; } - - /** - * Checks whether the action is enabled. - * @return true if enabled, false otherwise - */ - bool isEnabled() const { return m_bEnabled; } - - /** - * Sets the name of the accelerator action. - * @param name the new name - */ - void setName( const TQString& name ); - - /** - * Sets the user-readable label of the accelerator action. - * @param label the new label (i18n!) - */ - void setLabel( const TQString& label ); - - /** - * Sets the What's This text for the accelerator action. - * @param whatsThis the new What's This text (i18n!) - */ - void setWhatsThis( const TQString& whatsThis ); - - /** - * Sets the new shortcut of the accelerator action. - * @param rgCuts the shortcut to set - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - */ - bool setShortcut( const KShortcut& rgCuts ); - - /** - * Sets the slot of the accelerator action. - * @param pObjSlot the receiver object of the signal - * @param psMethodSlot the slot for the signal - */ - void setSlot( const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot ); - - /** - * Enables or disabled configuring the action. - * @param configurable true to enable configurability, false to disable - */ - void setConfigurable( bool configurable ); - - /** - * Enables or disabled the action. - * @param enable true to enable the action, false to disable - */ - void setEnabled( bool enable ); - - /** - * Retrieves the id set using setID. - * @return the id of the accelerator action - */ - int getID() const { return m_nIDAccel; } - - /** - * Allows you to set an id that will be used as the action - * signal's argument. - * - * @param n the new id - * @see getID() - */ - void setID( int n ) { m_nIDAccel = n; } - - /** - * Checkes whether the action is connected (emits signals). - * @return true if connected, false otherwise - */ - bool isConnected() const; - - /** - * Sets a key sequence of the action's shortcut. - * @param i the position of the sequence - * @param keySeq the new new sequence - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see KShortcut::setSeq() - */ - bool setKeySequence( uint i, const KKeySequence &keySeq ); - - /** - * Clears the action's shortcut. It will not contain any sequences after - * calling this method. - * @see KShortcut::clear() - */ - void clearShortcut(); - - /** - * Checks whether the action's shortcut contains the given key sequence. - * @param keySeq the key sequence to check - * @return true if the shortcut contains the given sequence - * @see KShortcut::contains() - */ - bool contains( const KKeySequence &keySeq ); - - /** - * Returns the string representation of the action's shortcut. - * @return the string representation of the action's shortcut. - * @see KShortcut::toString() - */ - TQString toString() const; - - /** - * @internal - */ - TQString toStringInternal() const; - - /** - * Returns true if four modifier keys will be used. - * @return true if four modifier keys will be used. - */ - static bool useFourModifierKeys(); - - /** - * Selects 3 or 4 modifier default shortcuts. - * @param use true to use 4 modifier shortcuts, false to use - * 3 modifier shortcuts - */ - static void useFourModifierKeys( bool use ); - - protected: - TQString m_sName /**< Name of accel. @sa setName() */, - m_sLabel /**< Label of accel. User-visible. */, - m_sWhatsThis /**< WhatsThis help for accel. User-visible. */; - KShortcut m_cut /**< Shortcut actually assigned. */; - KShortcut m_cutDefault3 /**< Default shortcut in 3-modifier layout */, - m_cutDefault4 /**< Default shortcur in 4-modifier layout */; - const TQObject* m_pObjSlot /**< Object we will send signals to. */; - const char* m_psMethodSlot /**< Slot we send signals to, in m_pObjSlot */; - bool m_bConfigurable /**< Can this accel be configured by the user? */, - m_bEnabled /**< Is this accel enabled? */; - int m_nIDAccel /**< Id of this accel, from the list of IDs */; - uint m_nConnections /**< Number of connections to this accel. */ ; - - /** @internal Increment the number of connections to this accel. */ - void incConnections(); - /** @internal Decrement the number of connections to this accel (bouded by zero). */ - void decConnections(); - - private: - static int g_bUseFourModifierKeys; - class KAccelActionPrivate* d; - - friend class KAccelActions; - friend class KAccelBase; -}; - -//--------------------------------------------------------------------- -// KAccelActions -//--------------------------------------------------------------------- - -/** - * @internal - * This class represents a collection of KAccelAction objects. - * - * @short A collection of accelerator actions - * @see KAccelAction - */ -class KDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions -{ - public: - /** - * Creates a new, empty KAccelActions object. - */ - KAccelActions(); - - /** - * Copy constructor (deep copy). - */ - KAccelActions( const KAccelActions& ); - virtual ~KAccelActions(); - - /** - * Removes all items from this collection. - */ - void clear(); - - /** - * Initializes this object with the given actions. - * It will make a deep copy of all actions. - * @param actions the actions to copy - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - */ - bool init( const KAccelActions &actions ); - - /** - * Loads the actions from the given configuration file. - * - * @param config the configuration file to load from - * @param sGroup the group in the configuration file - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - */ - bool init( KConfigBase& config, const TQString& sGroup ); - - /** - * Updates the shortcuts of all actions in this object - * with the shortcuts from the given object. - * @param shortcuts the collection that contains the new - * shortcuts - */ - void updateShortcuts( KAccelActions &shortcuts ); - - /** - * Retrieves the index of the action with the given name. - * @param sAction the action to search - * @return the index of the action, or -1 if not found - */ - int actionIndex( const TQString& sAction ) const; - - /** - * Returns the action with the given @p index. - * @param index the index of an action. You must not - * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index - * @see count() - */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( uint index ); - - /** - * Returns the action with the given @p index. - * @param index the index of an action. You must not - * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index - * @see count() - */ - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( uint index ) const; - - /** - * Returns the action with the given name. - * @param sAction the name of the action to search - * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0 - * if not found - */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); - - /** - * Returns the action with the given name. - * @param sAction the name of the action to search - * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0 - * if not found - */ - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; - - /** - * Returns the action with the given key sequence. - * @param cut the sequence to search for - * @return the KAccelAction with the given sequence, or 0 - * if not found - */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( KKeySequence cut ); - - /** - * Returns the action with the given @p index. - * @param index the index of an action. You must not - * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index - * @see actionPtr() - * @see count() - */ - KAccelAction& operator []( uint index ); - - /** - * Returns the action with the given @p index. - * @param index the index of an action. You must not - * use an index that is too high. - * @return the KAccelAction with the given index - * @see actionPtr() - * @see count() - */ - const KAccelAction& operator []( uint index ) const; - - /** - * Inserts an action into the collection. - * @param sAction the name of the accelerator - * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) - * @param sWhatsThis the What's This text (18n!) - * @param rgCutDefaults3 the default shortcut for 3 modifier systems - * @param rgCutDefaults4 the default shortcut for 4 modifier systems - * @param pObjSlot the receiver of a signal when the key has been - * pressed - * @param psMethodSlot the slot to connect for key presses. Receives - * an int, as set by setID(), as only argument - * @param bConfigurable if true the user can configure the shortcut - * @param bEnabled if true the accelerator should be enabled - * @return the new action - */ - KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis, - const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, - const TQObject* pObjSlot = 0, const char* psMethodSlot = 0, - bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true ); - - /** - * Inserts an action into the collection. - * @param sName the name of the accelerator - * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!) - * @return the new action - */ - KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel ); - - /** - * Removes the given action. - * @param sAction the name of the action. - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - */ - bool remove( const TQString& sAction ); - - /** - * Loads the actions from the given configuration file. - * - * @param sConfigGroup the group in the configuration file - * @param pConfig the configuration file to load from - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - */ - bool readActions( const TQString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ); - - /** - * Writes the actions to the given configuration file. - * - * @param sConfigGroup the group in the configuration file - * @param pConfig the configuration file to save to - * @param bWriteAll true to write all actions - * @param bGlobal true to write to the global configuration file - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - */ - bool writeActions( const TQString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0, - bool bWriteAll = false, bool bGlobal = false ) const; - - /** - * Emit a keycodeChanged signal. - */ - void emitKeycodeChanged(); - - /** - * Returns the number of actions in the collection. - * @return the number of actions - */ - uint count() const; - - protected: - /** Base object that proxies signals from us. */ - KAccelBase* m_pKAccelBase; - /** Array of actions we're hanging on to. */ - KAccelAction** m_prgActions; - uint m_nSizeAllocated /**< Allocated size of the array. */, - m_nSize /**< Amount in use. */ ; - - /** - * Resize the list to the given number @p new_size of entries. - * @todo Can you make it smaller? - * @todo Implementation seems to break m_nSize. - */ - void resize( uint new_size ); - /** Add a action to this collection. @todo Document ownership. */ - void insertPtr( KAccelAction* ); - - private: - class KAccelActionsPrivate* d; - - KAccelActions( KAccelBase* ); - void initPrivate( KAccelBase* ); - KAccelActions& operator =( KAccelActions& ); - - friend class KAccelBase; -}; - -#endif // _KACCELACTION_H diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde353/kaccelbase.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde353/kaccelbase.h deleted file mode 100644 index babf304b..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde353/kaccelbase.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,260 +0,0 @@ -/* This file is part of the KDE libraries - Copyright (C) 2001 Ellis Whitehead <ellis@kde.org> - - This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - - This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. -*/ - -#ifndef _KACCELBASE_H -#define _KACCELBASE_H - -#include <tqmap.h> -#include <tqptrvector.h> -#include <tqstring.h> -#include <tqvaluevector.h> -#include <tqvaluelist.h> - -#include "kaccelaction.h" -#include "kkeyserver.h" - -class TQPopupMenu; -class TQWidget; - -//---------------------------------------------------- - -/** - * @internal - * Handle keyboard accelerators. - * - * Allow an user to configure - * key bindings through application configuration files or through the - * KKeyChooser GUI. - * - * A KAccel contains a list of accelerator items. Each accelerator item - * consists of an action name and a keyboard code combined with modifiers - * (Shift, Ctrl and Alt.) - * - * For example, "Ctrl+P" could be a shortcut for printing a document. The key - * codes are listed in ckey.h. "Print" could be the action name for printing. - * The action name identifies the key binding in configuration files and the - * KKeyChooser GUI. - * - * When pressed, an accelerator key calls the slot to which it has been - * connected. Accelerator items can be connected so that a key will activate - * two different slots. - * - * A KAccel object handles key events sent to its parent widget and to all - * children of this parent widget. - * - * Key binding reconfiguration during run time can be prevented by specifying - * that an accelerator item is not configurable when it is inserted. A special - * group of non-configurable key bindings are known as the - * standard accelerators. - * - * The standard accelerators appear repeatedly in applications for - * standard document actions such as printing and saving. Convenience methods are - * available to insert and connect these accelerators which are configurable on - * a desktop-wide basis. - * - * It is possible for a user to choose to have no key associated with - * an action. - * - * The translated first argument for insertItem() is used only - * in the configuration dialog. - *\code - * KAccel *a = new KAccel( myWindow ); - * // Insert an action "Scroll Up" which is associated with the "Up" key: - * a->insertItem( i18n("Scroll Up"), "Scroll Up", "Up" ); - * // Insert an action "Scroll Down" which is not associated with any key: - * a->insertItem( i18n("Scroll Down"), "Scroll Down", 0); - * a->connectItem( "Scroll up", myWindow, TQT_SLOT( scrollUp() ) ); - * // a->insertStdItem( KStdAccel::Print ); //not necessary, since it - * // is done automatially with the - * // connect below! - * a->connectItem(KStdAccel::Print, myWindow, TQT_SLOT( printDoc() ) ); - * - * a->readSettings(); - *\endcode - * - * If a shortcut has a menu entry as well, you could insert them like - * this. The example is again the KStdAccel::Print from above. - * - * \code - * int id; - * id = popup->insertItem("&Print",this, TQT_SLOT(printDoc())); - * a->changeMenuAccel(popup, id, KStdAccel::Print ); - * \endcode - * - * If you want a somewhat "exotic" name for your standard print action, like - * id = popup->insertItem(i18n("Print &Document"),this, TQT_SLOT(printDoc())); - * it might be a good idea to insert the standard action before as - * a->insertStdItem( KStdAccel::Print, i18n("Print Document") ) - * as well, so that the user can easily find the corresponding function. - * - * This technique works for other actions as well. Your "scroll up" function - * in a menu could be done with - * - * \code - * id = popup->insertItem(i18n"Scroll &up",this, TQT_SLOT(scrollUp())); - * a->changeMenuAccel(popup, id, "Scroll Up" ); - * \endcode - * - * Please keep the order right: First insert all functions in the - * acceleratior, then call a -> readSettings() and @em then build your - * menu structure. - * - * @short Configurable key binding support. - */ - -class KDECORE_EXPORT KAccelBase -{ - public: - /** Initialization mode of the KAccelBase, used in constructor. */ - enum Init { QT_KEYS = 0x00, NATIVE_KEYS = 0x01 }; - - /** Enum for kinds of signals which may be emitted. */ - enum Signal { KEYCODE_CHANGED }; - - /** Constructor. @p fInitCode should be a bitwise OR of - * values from the Init enum. - */ - KAccelBase( int fInitCode ); - virtual ~KAccelBase(); - - /** Returns number of actions in this handler. */ - uint actionCount() const; - /** Returns a list of all the actions in this handler. */ - KAccelActions& actions(); - /** Returns whether this accelerator handler is enabled or not. */ - bool isEnabled() const; - - /** Returns a pointer to the KAccelAction named @p sAction. */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ); - /** Const version of the above. */ - const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const; - /** Returns a pointer to the KAccelAction associated with - * the key @p key. This function takes into account the - * key mapping defined in the constructor. - * - * May return 0 if no (or more than one) - * action is associated with the key. - */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKey& key ); - /** Basically the same as above, except a KKeyServer::Key - * already has a key mapping defined (either NATIVE_KEYS or not). - */ - KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKeyServer::Key& key ); - - /** Returns the name of the configuration group these - * accelerators are stored in. The default is "Shortcuts". - */ - const TQString& configGroup() const { return m_sConfigGroup; } - /** Set the group (in the configuration file) for storing - * accelerators. - */ - void setConfigGroup( const TQString& group ); - void setConfigGlobal( bool global ); - virtual void setEnabled( bool bEnabled ) = 0; - /** Returns whether autoupdate is enabled for these accelerators. */ - bool getAutoUpdate() { return m_bAutoUpdate; } - /** Enables (or disables) autoupdate for these accelerators. - * @return the value of autoupdate before the call. - */ - bool setAutoUpdate( bool bAuto ); - -// Procedures for manipulating Actions. - //void clearActions(); - - KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sDesc ); - KAccelAction* insert( - const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sDesc, const TQString& sHelp, - const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4, - const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot, - bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true ); - bool remove( const TQString& sAction ); - bool setActionSlot( const TQString& sAction, const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot ); - - bool updateConnections(); - - bool setShortcut( const TQString& sAction, const KShortcut& cut ); - -// Modify individual Action sub-items - bool setActionEnabled( const TQString& sAction, bool bEnable ); - - /** - * Read all key associations from @p config, or (if @p config - * is zero) from the application's configuration file - * KGlobal::config(). - * - * The group in which the configuration is stored can be - * set with setConfigGroup(). - */ - void readSettings( KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ); - - /** - * Write the current configurable associations to @p config, - * or (if @p config is zero) to the application's - * configuration file. - */ - void writeSettings( KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ) const; - - TQPopupMenu* createPopupMenu( TQWidget* pParent, const KKeySequence& ); - - // Protected methods - protected: - void slotRemoveAction( KAccelAction* ); - - struct X; - void createKeyList( TQValueVector<struct X>& rgKeys ); - bool insertConnection( KAccelAction* ); - bool removeConnection( KAccelAction* ); - - virtual bool emitSignal( Signal ) = 0; - virtual bool connectKey( KAccelAction&, const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; - virtual bool connectKey( const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; - virtual bool disconnectKey( KAccelAction&, const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; - virtual bool disconnectKey( const KKeyServer::Key& ) = 0; - - protected: - virtual bool isEnabledInternal() const; - struct ActionInfo - { - KAccelAction* pAction; - uint iSeq, iVariation; - //ActionInfo* pInfoNext; // nil if only one action uses this key. - - ActionInfo() { pAction = 0; iSeq = 0xffff; iVariation = 0xffff; } - ActionInfo( KAccelAction* _pAction, uint _iSeq, uint _iVariation ) - { pAction = _pAction; iSeq = _iSeq; iVariation = _iVariation; } - }; - typedef TQMap<KKeyServer::Key, ActionInfo> KKeyToActionMap; - - KAccelActions m_rgActions; - KKeyToActionMap m_mapKeyToAction; - TQValueList<KAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique; - bool m_bNativeKeys; // Use native key codes instead of Qt codes - bool m_bEnabled; - bool m_bConfigIsGlobal; - TQString m_sConfigGroup; - bool m_bAutoUpdate; - KAccelAction* mtemp_pActionRemoving; - - private: - KAccelBase& operator =( const KAccelBase& ); - - friend class KAccelActions; -}; - -#endif // _KACCELBASE_H diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde353/kicontheme.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde353/kicontheme.h deleted file mode 100644 index 4befb226..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde353/kicontheme.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,355 +0,0 @@ -/* vi: ts=8 sts=4 sw=4 - * - * This file is part of the KDE project, module kdecore. - * Copyright (C) 2000 Geert Jansen <jansen@kde.org> - * Antonio Larrosa <larrosa@kde.org> - * - * This is free software; it comes under the GNU Library General - * Public License, version 2. See the file "COPYING.LIB" for the - * exact licensing terms. - * - */ - -#ifndef __KIconTheme_h_Included__ -#define __KIconTheme_h_Included__ - -#include <tqstring.h> -#include <tqstringlist.h> -#include <tqptrlist.h> -#include "kdelibs_export.h" - -class KConfig; -//class KIconThemeDir; - -class KIconThemePrivate; - -class KIconPrivate; - -/** - * One icon as found by KIconTheme. Also serves as a namespace containing - * icon related constants. - * @see KIconEffect - * @see KIconTheme - * @see KIconLoader - */ -class KDECORE_EXPORT KIcon -{ -public: - KIcon() { size = 0; } - - /** - * Return true if this icon is valid, false otherwise. - */ - bool isValid() const { return size != 0; } - - /** - * Defines the context of the icon. - */ - enum Context { - Any, ///< Some icon with unknown purpose. - Action, ///< An action icon (e.g. 'save', 'print'). - Application, ///< An icon that represents an application. - Device, ///< An icon that represents a device. - FileSystem, ///< An icon that represents a file system. - MimeType ///< An icon that represents a mime type (or file type). - }; - - /** - * The type of the icon. - */ - enum Type { - Fixed, ///< Fixed-size icon. - Scalable, ///< Scalable-size icon. - Threshold ///< A threshold icon. - }; - - /** - * The type of a match. - */ - enum MatchType { - MatchExact, ///< Only try to find an exact match. - MatchBest ///< Take the best match if there is no exact match. - - }; - - // if you add a group here, make sure to change the config reading in - // KIconLoader too - /** - * The group of the icon. - */ - enum Group { - /// No group - NoGroup=-1, - /// Desktop icons - Desktop=0, - /// First group - FirstGroup=0, - /// Toolbar icons - Toolbar, - /// Main toolbar icons - MainToolbar, - /// Small icons - Small, - /// Panel (Kicker) icons - Panel, - /// Last group - LastGroup, - /// User icons - User - }; - - /** - * These are the standard sizes for icons. - */ - enum StdSizes { - /// small icons for menu entries - SizeSmall=16, - /// slightly larger small icons for toolbars, panels, etc - SizeSmallMedium=22, - /// medium sized icons for the desktop - SizeMedium=32, - /// large sized icons for the panel - SizeLarge=48, - /// huge sized icons for iconviews - SizeHuge=64, - /// enormous sized icons for iconviews - SizeEnormous=128 - }; - - /** - * Defines the possible states of an icon. - */ - enum States { DefaultState, ///< The default state. - ActiveState, ///< Icon is active. - DisabledState, ///< Icon is disabled. - LastState ///< Last state (last constant) - }; - - /** - * This defines an overlay, a semi-transparent image that is - * projected onto the icon. They are used to show that the file - * represented by the icon is, for example, locked, zipped or hidden. - */ - enum Overlays { - LockOverlay=0x100, ///< a file is locked - ZipOverlay=0x200, ///< a file is zipped - LinkOverlay=0x400, ///< a file is a link - HiddenOverlay=0x800, ///< a file is hidden - ShareOverlay=0x1000, ///< a file is shared - OverlayMask = ~0xff - }; - - /** - * The size in pixels of the icon. - */ - int size; - - /** - * The context of the icon. - */ - Context context; - - /** - * The type of the icon: Fixed, Scalable or Threshold. - **/ - Type type; - - /** - * The threshold in case type == Threshold - */ - int threshold; - - /** - * The full path of the icon. - */ - TQString path; - -private: - KIconPrivate *d; -}; - -inline KIcon::Group& operator++(KIcon::Group& group) { group = static_cast<KIcon::Group>(group+1); return group; } -inline KIcon::Group operator++(KIcon::Group& group,int) { KIcon::Group ret = group; ++group; return ret; } - -/** - * Class to use/access icon themes in KDE. This class is used by the - * iconloader but can be used by others too. - * @see KIconLoader - */ -class KDECORE_EXPORT KIconTheme -{ -public: - /** - * Load an icon theme by name. - * @param name the name of the theme (e.g. "hicolor" or "keramik") - * @param appName the name of the application. Can be null. This argument - * allows applications to have themed application icons. - */ - KIconTheme(const TQString& name, const TQString& appName=TQString::null); - ~KIconTheme(); - - /** - * The stylized name of the icon theme. - * @return the (human-readable) name of the theme - */ - TQString name() const { return mName; } - - /** - * A description for the icon theme. - * @return a human-readable description of the theme, TQString::null - * if there is none - */ - TQString description() const { return mDesc; } - - /** - * Return the name of the "example" icon. This can be used to - * present the theme to the user. - * @return the name of the example icon, TQString::null if there is none - */ - TQString example() const; - - /** - * Return the name of the screenshot. - * @return the name of the screenshot, TQString::null if there is none - */ - TQString screenshot() const; - - /** - * Returns the name of this theme's link overlay. - * @return the name of the link overlay - */ - TQString linkOverlay() const; - - /** - * Returns the name of this theme's zip overlay. - * @return the name of the zip overlay - */ - TQString zipOverlay() const; - - /** - * Returns the name of this theme's lock overlay. - * @return the name of the lock overlay - */ - TQString lockOverlay() const; - - /** - * Returns the name of this theme's share overlay. - * @return the name of the share overlay - * @since 3.1 - */ - TQString shareOverlay () const; - - /** - * Returns the toplevel theme directory. - * @return the directory of the theme - */ - TQString dir() const { return mDir; } - - /** - * The themes this icon theme falls back on. - * @return a list of icon themes that are used as fall-backs - */ - TQStringList inherits() const { return mInherits; } - - /** - * The icon theme exists? - * @return true if the icon theme is valid - */ - bool isValid() const; - - /** - * The icon theme should be hidden to the user? - * @return true if the icon theme is hidden - * @since 3.1 - */ - bool isHidden() const; - - /** - * The minimum display depth required for this theme. This can either - * be 8 or 32. - * @return the minimum bpp (8 or 32) - */ - int depth() const { return mDepth; } - - /** - * The default size of this theme for a certain icon group. - * @param group The icon group. See KIcon::Group. - * @return The default size in pixels for the given icon group. - */ - int defaultSize(KIcon::Group group) const; - - /** - * Query available sizes for a group. - * @param group The icon group. See KIcon::Group. - * @return a list of available sized for the given group - */ - TQValueList<int> querySizes(KIcon::Group group) const; - - /** - * Query available icons for a size and context. - * @param size the size of the icons - * @param context the context of the icons - * @return the list of icon names - */ - TQStringList queryIcons(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const; - - /** - * Query available icons for a context and preferred size. - * @param size the size of the icons - * @param context the context of the icons - * @return the list of icon names - */ - TQStringList queryIconsByContext(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const; - - - /** - * Lookup an icon in the theme. - * @param name The name of the icon, without extension. - * @param size The desired size of the icon. - * @param match The matching mode. KIcon::MatchExact returns an icon - * only if matches exactly. KIcon::MatchBest returns the best matching - * icon. - * @return A KIcon class that describes the icon. If an icon is found, - * @see KIcon::isValid will return true, and false otherwise. - */ - KIcon iconPath(const TQString& name, int size, KIcon::MatchType match) const; - - /** - * List all icon themes installed on the system, global and local. - * @return the list of all icon themes - */ - static TQStringList list(); - - /** - * Returns the current icon theme. - * @return the name of the current theme - */ - static TQString current(); - - /** - * Reconfigure the theme. - */ - static void reconfigure(); - - /** - * Returns the default icon theme. - * @return the name of the default theme name - * @since 3.1 - */ - static TQString defaultThemeName(); - -private: - int mDefSize[8]; - TQValueList<int> mSizes[8]; - - int mDepth; - TQString mDir, mName, mDesc; - TQStringList mInherits; -// TQPtrList<KIconThemeDir> mDirs; - KIconThemePrivate *d; - - static TQString *_theme; - static TQStringList *_theme_list; -}; - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde353/kkeyserver.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde353/kkeyserver.h deleted file mode 100644 index ef673ea9..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde353/kkeyserver.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,29 +0,0 @@ -/* - Copyright (C) 2001 Ellis Whitehead <ellis@kde.org> - - Win32 port: - Copyright (C) 2004 Jaroslaw Staniek <js@iidea.pl> - - This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - - This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. -*/ - -#ifndef _KKEYSERVER_H -#define _KKEYSERVER_H - -//FOR COMPATIBILITY -#include "kkeyserver_x11.h" - -#endif // !_KKEYSERVER_H diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde353/kkeyserver_x11.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde353/kkeyserver_x11.h deleted file mode 100644 index dbca533e..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde353/kkeyserver_x11.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,477 +0,0 @@ -/* - Copyright (C) 2001 Ellis Whitehead <ellis@kde.org> - - Win32 port: - Copyright (C) 2004 Jaroslaw Staniek <js@iidea.pl> - - This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - - This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. -*/ - -#ifndef _KKEYSERVER_X11_H -#define _KKEYSERVER_X11_H - -#include "kshortcut.h" -#include "kkeynative.h" - -/** - * A collection of functions for the conversion of key presses and - * their modifiers from the window system specific format - * to the generic format and vice-versa. - */ -namespace KKeyServer -{ - /** - * Supplement enum KKey::ModFlag - * @since 3.1 - */ - enum ExtraModFlag { MODE_SWITCH = 0x2000 }; - - /** - * Represents a key symbol. - * @see KKey - * @see KKeyServer - */ - struct KDECORE_EXPORT Sym - { - public: - /// the actual value of the symbol - uint m_sym; - - /// Creates a null symbol. - Sym() - { m_sym = 0; } - /** - * Creates asymbol with the given value. - * @param sym the value - */ - Sym( uint sym ) - { m_sym = sym; } - /** - * Creates a symbol from the given string description. - * @param s the description of the symbol - * @see toString() - */ - Sym( const TQString& s ) - { init( s ); } - - /** - * Initializes the symbol with the given Qt key code. - * @param keyQt the qt key code - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key - */ - bool initQt( int keyQt ); - - /** - * Initializes the key with the given string description. - * @param s the string description - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see toString() - */ - bool init( const TQString &s ); - - /** - * Returns the qt key code of the symbol. - * @return the qt key code - */ - int qt() const; - - /** - * @internal - */ - TQString toStringInternal() const; - - /** - * Returns the string representation of the symbol. - * @return the string representation of the symbol - */ - TQString toString() const; - - /** - * Returns the mods that are required for this symbol as - * ORed KKey::ModFlag's. For example, Break requires a - * Ctrl to be valid. - * @return the required KKey::ModFlag's - * @see KKey::ModFlag - */ - uint getModsRequired() const; - - /** - * TODO: please find out what this method does and document it - */ - uint getSymVariation() const; - - /** - * Casts the symbol to its integer representation. - */ - operator uint() const { return m_sym; } - - /** - * Overloaded operator to convert ints to Sym. - */ - Sym& operator =( uint sym ) { m_sym = sym; return *this; } - - private: - TQString toString( bool bUserSpace ) const; - - static void capitalizeKeyname( TQString& ); - }; - - /** - * Represents a key press. - * @see KKey - */ - struct KDECORE_EXPORT Key - { - /// Code for native Keys in Qt - enum { CODE_FOR_QT = 256 }; - - /// The code of the key - uint m_code; - - /// The modifiers of the key - uint m_mod; - - /// The symbol of the key - uint m_sym; - - /** - * Initializes the key with a KKey. - * @param key the key to get the data from - * @param bQt true to take the Qt keycode, false - * for the native key code - * @see Qt::Key - * @see KKeyNative - */ - bool init( const KKey& key, bool bQt ); - - /** - * Checks whether the key code is a native code. - * @return true if native code of the window system, - * false if it is a Qt keycode - * @see Qt::Key - * @see KKeyNative - */ - bool isNative() const { return m_code != CODE_FOR_QT; } - - /** - * Returns the code of the key. - * @return the code of the key - */ - uint code() const { return m_code; } - - /** - * Returns the modifiers of the key. - * @return the modifiers of the key - */ - uint mod() const { return m_mod; } - - /** - * Returns the symbol of the key. - * @return the symbol of the key - */ - uint sym() const { return m_sym; } - - /** - * Returns the qt key code. - * @return the qt key code - */ - int keyCodeQt() const { return (int) m_sym; } - - /** - * Sets the qt key code. - * @param keyQt the qt key code - */ - void setKeycodeQt( int keyQt ) - { m_code = CODE_FOR_QT; m_sym = keyQt; } - - /** - * Initializes this key with a KKeyNative. - * @return this key - */ - Key& operator =( const KKeyNative& key ); - - /** - * Compares this key with the given Key object. Returns a - * negative number if the given Key is larger, 0 if they - * are equal and a positive number this Key is larger. The - * returned value is the difference between the symbol, modifier - * or code, whatever is non-zero first. - * - * @param key the key to compare with this key - * @return a negative number if the given Key is larger, 0 if - * they are equal and a positive number this Key is larger - */ - int compare( const Key& key ) const; - - /** - * Compares the symbol, modifiers and code of both keys. - * @see compare() - */ - bool operator ==( const Key& b ) const - { return compare( b ) == 0; } - - /** - * Compares the symbol, modifiers and code of both keys. - * @see compare() - */ - bool operator <( const Key& b ) const - { return compare( b ) < 0; } - - /** - * Converts this Key to a KKey. - * @return the KKey - */ - KKey key() const; - }; - - /** - * TODO: please document this class - */ - struct KDECORE_EXPORT Variations - { - enum { MAX_VARIATIONS = 4 }; - - Key m_rgkey[MAX_VARIATIONS]; - uint m_nVariations; - - Variations() { m_nVariations = 0; } - - void init( const KKey&, bool bQt ); - - uint count() const { return m_nVariations; } - const Key& key( uint i ) const { return m_rgkey[i]; } - }; - - /// TODO: please document - KDECORE_EXPORT bool initializeMods(); - - /** - * Returns the equivalent X modifier mask of the given modifier flag. - * @param modFlag the generic flags to check - * @return the window system specific flags - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT uint modX( KKey::ModFlag modFlag ); - - /** - * Returns true if the current keyboard layout supports the Win key. - * Specifically, whether the Super or Meta keys are assigned to an X modifier. - * @return true if the keyboard has a Win key - * @see modXWin() - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT bool keyboardHasWinKey(); - - /** - * Returns the X11 Shift modifier mask/flag. - * @return the X11 Shift modifier mask/flag. - * @see accelModMaskX() - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT uint modXShift(); - - /** - * Returns the X11 Lock modifier mask/flag. - * @return the X11 Lock modifier mask/flag. - * @see accelModMaskX() - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT uint modXLock(); - - /** - * Returns the X11 Ctrl modifier mask/flag. - * @return the X11 Ctrl modifier mask/flag. - * @see accelModMaskX() - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT uint modXCtrl(); - - /** - * Returns the X11 Alt (Mod1) modifier mask/flag. - * @return the X11 Alt (Mod1) modifier mask/flag. - * @see accelModMaskX() - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT uint modXAlt(); - - /** - * Returns the X11 NumLock modifier mask/flag. - * @return the X11 NumLock modifier mask/flag. - * @see accelModMaskX() - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT uint modXNumLock(); - - /** - * Returns the X11 Win (Mod3) modifier mask/flag. - * @return the X11 Win (Mod3) modifier mask/flag. - * @see keyboardHasWinKey() - * @see accelModMaskX() - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT uint modXWin(); - - /** - * Returns the X11 ScrollLock modifier mask/flag. - * @return the X11 ScrollLock modifier mask/flag. - * @see accelModMaskX() - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT uint modXScrollLock(); - - /** - * Returns the X11 Mode_switch modifier mask/flag. - * @return the X11 Mode_switch modifier mask/flag. - * @see accelModMaskX() - * @since 3.5 - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT uint modXModeSwitch(); - - /** - * Returns bitwise OR'ed mask containing Shift, Ctrl, Alt, and - * Win (if available). - * @see modXShift() - * @see modXLock() - * @see modXCtrl() - * @see modXAlt() - * @see modXNumLock() - * @see modXWin() - * @see modXScrollLock() - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT uint accelModMaskX(); - - /** - * Extracts the symbol from the given Qt key and - * converts it to a symbol. - * @param keyQt the qt key code - * @param sym if successful, the symbol will be written here - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key - * @see Sym - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT bool keyQtToSym( int keyQt, uint& sym ); - - /** - * Extracts the modifiers from the given Qt key and - * converts them in a mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers. - * @param keyQt the qt key code - * @param mod if successful, the modifiers will be written here - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT bool keyQtToMod( int keyQt, uint& mod ); - - /** - * Converts the given symbol to a Qt key code. - * @param sym the symbol - * @param keyQt if successful, the qt key code will be written here - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key - * @see Sym - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT bool symToKeyQt( uint sym, int& keyQt ); - - /** - * Converts the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers to - * a mask of ORed Qt key code modifiers. - * @param mod the mask of KKey::ModFlag modifiers - * @param modQt the mask of Qt key code modifiers will be written here, - * if successful - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key - * @see KKey - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT bool modToModQt( uint mod, int& modQt ); - - /** - * Converts the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers to - * a mask of ORed X11 modifiers. - * @param mod the mask of KKey::ModFlag modifiers - * @param modX the mask of X11 modifiers will be written here, - * if successful - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see KKey - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT bool modToModX( uint mod, uint& modX ); - - /** - * Converts the mask of ORed X11 modifiers to - * a mask of ORed Qt key code modifiers. - * @param modX the mask of X11 modifiers - * @param modQt the mask of Qt key code modifiers will be written here - * if successful - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key - */ - //wrapped for win32 - KDECORE_EXPORT bool modXToModQt( uint modX, int& modQt ); - - /** - * Converts the Qt-compatible button state to x11 modifier. - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT int qtButtonStateToMod( Qt::ButtonState s ); - - /** - * Converts the mask of ORed X11 modifiers to - * a mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers. - * @param modX the mask of X11 modifiers - * @param mod the mask of KKey::ModFlag modifiers will be written here, - * if successful - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see KKey - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT bool modXToMod( uint modX, uint& mod ); - - /** - * Converts a X11 key code and a mask of ORed X11 modifiers - * into a X11 symbol. - * converts it to a symbol. - * @param codeX the X11 key code - * @param modX the mask of ORed X11 modifiers - * @param symX if successful, the X11 symbol will be written here - * @return true if successful, false otherwise - * @see Qt::Key - * @see Sym - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT bool codeXToSym( uchar codeX, uint modX, uint& symX ); - - /** - * @internal - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT TQString modToStringInternal( uint mod ); - - /** - * Converts the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers to a - * user-readable string. - * @param mod the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers - * @return the user-readable string - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT TQString modToStringUser( uint mod ); - - /** - * Converts the modifier given as user-readable string - * to KKey::ModFlag modifier, or 0. - * @internal - * @since 3.5 - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT uint stringUserToMod( const TQString& mod ); - - /** - * @internal - * Unimplemented? - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT bool stringToSymMod( const TQString&, uint& sym, uint& mod ); - - /** - * @internal - * Unimplemented? - */ - KDECORE_EXPORT void keyQtToKeyX( uint keyCombQt, unsigned char *pKeyCodeX, uint *pKeySymX, uint *pKeyModX ); -} - -#endif // !_KKEYSERVER_X11_H diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde353/konsole_part.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde353/konsole_part.h deleted file mode 100644 index d526c1a6..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde353/konsole_part.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,241 +0,0 @@ -/* -*- C++ -*- - This file is part of the KDE system - Copyright (C) 1999,2000 Boloni Laszlo - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. - */ - -#ifndef KONSOLE_PART_H -#define KONSOLE_PART_H - -#include <kparts/browserextension.h> -#include <kparts/factory.h> - - -#include <kdialogbase.h> - -#include <kde_terminal_interface.h> - -//#include "schema.h" -//#include "session.h" - -class KInstance; -class konsoleBrowserExtension; -class TQPushButton; -class TQSpinBox; -class KPopupMenu; -class KActionMenu; -class TQCheckBox; -class KRootPixmap; -class KToggleAction; -class KSelectAction; - -namespace KParts { class GUIActivateEvent; } - -class konsoleFactory : public KParts::Factory -{ - Q_OBJECT -public: - konsoleFactory(); - virtual ~konsoleFactory(); - - virtual KParts::Part* createPartObject(TQWidget *parentWidget = 0, const char *widgetName = 0, - TQObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0, - const char* classname = "KParts::Part", - const TQStringList &args = TQStringList()); - - static KInstance *instance(); - - private: - static KInstance *s_instance; - static KAboutData *s_aboutData; -}; - -////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -class konsolePart: public KParts::ReadOnlyPart, public TerminalInterface, public ExtTerminalInterface -{ - Q_OBJECT - public: - konsolePart(TQWidget *parentWidget, const char *widgetName, TQObject * parent, const char *name, const char *classname = 0); - virtual ~konsolePart(); - -signals: - void processExited( KProcess * ); - void receivedData( const TQString& s ); - void forkedChild(); - protected: - virtual bool openURL( const KURL & url ); - virtual bool openFile() {return false;} // never used - virtual bool closeURL() {return true;} - virtual void guiActivateEvent( KParts::GUIActivateEvent * event ); - - protected slots: - void showShell(); - -// void doneSession(TESession*); - void sessionDestroyed(); -// void configureRequest(TEWidget*,int,int x,int y); -// void updateTitle(TESession*); - void enableMasterModeConnections(); - - private slots: - void emitOpenURLRequest(const TQString &url); - - void readProperties(); - void saveProperties(); - void applyProperties(); - void setSettingsMenuEnabled( bool ); - - void sendSignal(int n); - void closeCurrentSession(); - - void notifySize(int /*columns*/, int /*lines*/); - - void slotToggleFrame(); - void slotSelectScrollbar(); - void slotSelectFont(); - void schema_menu_check(); - void keytab_menu_activated(int item); - void updateSchemaMenu(); - void setSchema(int n); - void pixmap_menu_activated(int item); - void schema_menu_activated(int item); - void slotHistoryType(); - void slotSelectBell(); - void slotSelectLineSpacing(); - void slotBlinkingCursor(); - void slotUseKonsoleSettings(); - void slotWordSeps(); - void slotSetEncoding(); - void biggerFont(); - void smallerFont(); - - void autoShowShell(); - - private: - konsoleBrowserExtension *m_extension; - KURL currentURL; - - void makeGUI(); - void applySettingsToGUI(); - -// void setSchema(ColorSchema* s); - void updateKeytabMenu(); - - bool doOpenStream( const TQString& ); - bool doWriteStream( const TQByteArray& ); - bool doCloseStream(); - - TQWidget* parentWidget; -// TEWidget* te; -// TESession* se; - // ColorSchemaList* colors; - KRootPixmap* rootxpm; - - KActionCollection* actions; - KActionCollection* settingsActions; - - KToggleAction* blinkingCursor; - KToggleAction* showFrame; - KToggleAction* m_useKonsoleSettings; - - KSelectAction* selectBell; - KSelectAction* selectLineSpacing; - KSelectAction* selectScrollbar; - KSelectAction* selectSetEncoding; - - KActionMenu* m_fontsizes; - - KPopupMenu* m_keytab; - KPopupMenu* m_schema; - KPopupMenu* m_signals; - KPopupMenu* m_options; - KPopupMenu* m_popupMenu; - - TQFont defaultFont; - - TQString pmPath; // pixmap path - TQString s_schema; - TQString s_kconfigSchema; - TQString s_word_seps; // characters that are considered part of a word - - bool b_framevis:1; - bool b_histEnabled:1; - bool b_useKonsoleSettings:1; - bool b_autoDestroy:1; - bool b_autoStartShell:1; - - int curr_schema; // current schema no - int n_bell; - int n_keytab; - int n_render; - int n_scroll; - unsigned m_histSize; - bool m_runningShell; - bool m_streamEnabled; - int n_encoding; - -public: - // these are the implementations for the TermEmuInterface - // functions... - void startProgram( const TQString& program, - const TQStrList& args ); - void newSession(); - void showShellInDir( const TQString& dir ); - void sendInput( const TQString& text ); - void setAutoDestroy( bool ); - void setAutoStartShell( bool ); -}; - -////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -/*class HistoryTypeDialog : public KDialogBase -{ - Q_OBJECT -public: - HistoryTypeDialog(const HistoryType& histType, - unsigned int histSize, - TQWidget *parent); - -public slots: - void slotDefault(); - void slotSetUnlimited(); - void slotHistEnable(bool); - - unsigned int nbLines() const; - bool isOn() const; - -protected: - TQCheckBox* m_btnEnable; - TQSpinBox* m_size; - TQPushButton* m_setUnlimited; -};*/ - -////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -class konsoleBrowserExtension : public KParts::BrowserExtension -{ - Q_OBJECT - friend class konsolePart; - public: - konsoleBrowserExtension(konsolePart *parent); - virtual ~konsoleBrowserExtension(); - - void emitOpenURLRequest(const KURL &url); -}; - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde353/kpanelmenu.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde353/kpanelmenu.h deleted file mode 100644 index de0b065e..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde353/kpanelmenu.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,182 +0,0 @@ -/***************************************************************** - -Copyright (c) 1996-2000 the kicker authors. See file AUTHORS. - (c) 2001 Michael Goffioul <kdeprint@swing.be> - -Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy -of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal -in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights -to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell -copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is -furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: - -The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in -all copies or substantial portions of the Software. - -THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR -IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, -FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE -AUTHORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN -AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN -CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. - -******************************************************************/ - -#ifndef __KPANELMENU_H__ -#define __KPANELMENU_H__ - -#include <tqstring.h> -#include <kpopupmenu.h> -#include <kgenericfactory.h> - -class KPanelMenuPrivate; - -/** - * @short Base class to build dynamically loaded menu entries for the K-menu, or the panel. - * - * This class allows to build menu entries that will be dynamically added either to - * the K-menu, or to the panel as a normal button. These dynamic menus are located - * in shared libraries that will be loaded at runtime by Kicker (the %KDE panel). - * - * To build such a menu, you have to inherit this class and implement the pure virtual - * functions #initialize() and slotExec(). You also have to provide a factory - * object in your library, see KLibFactory. This factory is only used to construct - * the menu object. - * - * Finally, you also have to provide a desktop file describing your dynamic menu. The - * relevant entries are: Name, Comment, Icon and X-KDE-Library (which contains the - * library name without any extension). This desktop file has to be installed in - * $KDEDIR/share/apps/kicker/menuext/. - * - * @author The kicker maintainers, Michael Goffioul <kdeprint@swing.be> - */ -class KDEUI_EXPORT KPanelMenu : public KPopupMenu -{ - Q_OBJECT - -public: - /** - * Construct a KPanelMenu object. This is the normal constructor to use when - * building extrernal menu entries. - */ - KPanelMenu(TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0); - /** - * Constructor used internally by Kicker. You don't really want to use it. - * @param startDir a directory to associate with this menu - * @param parent parent object - * @param name name of the object - * @see path(), setPath() - */ - KPanelMenu(const TQString &startDir, TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0); - /** - * Destructor. - */ - virtual ~KPanelMenu(); - - /** - * Get the directory path associated with this menu, or TQString::null if - * there's no such associated path. - * @return the associated directory path - * @see setPath() - */ - const TQString& path() const; - /** - * Set a directory path to be associated with this menu. - * @param p the directory path - * @see path() - */ - void setPath(const TQString &p); - /** - * Tell if the menu has been initialized, that is it already contains items. - * This is useful when you need to know if you have to clear the menu, or to - * fill it. - * @return the initial state - * @see setInitialized(), initialize() - */ - bool initialized() const; - /** - * Set the initial state. Set it to true when you menu is filled with the items - * you want. - * @param on the initial state - * @see initialized(), initialize() - */ - void setInitialized(bool on); - - /** - * Disable the automatic clearing of the menu. Kicker uses a cache system for - * its menus. After a specific configurable delay, the menu will be cleared. - * Use this function if you want to disable kicker's cache system, and avoid - * the clearing of your menu. - */ - void disableAutoClear(); - -public slots: - /** - * Reinitialize the menu: the menu is first cleared, the initial state is set - * to false, and finally #initialize() is called. Use this if you want to - * refill your menu immediately. - */ - void reinitialize(); - /** - * Deinitialize the menu: the menu is cleared and the initialized state is set to - * false. #initialize() is NOT called. It will be called before the menu is - * next shown, however. Use this slot if you want a delayed reinitialization. - * @since 3.1 - */ - void deinitialize(); - -protected slots: - /** - * This slot is called just before the menu is shown. This allows your menu - * to update itself if needed. However you should instead re-implement - * #initialize to provide this feature. This function is responsible for - * the cache system handling, so if you re-implement it, you should call - * the base function also. Calls #initialize(). - * @see disableAutoClear() - */ - virtual void slotAboutToShow(); - /** - * This is slot is called when an item from the menu has been selected. Your - * applet is then supposed to perform some action. You must re-implement this - * function. - * @param id the ID associated with the selected item - */ - virtual void slotExec(int id) = 0; - /** - * This slots is called to initialize the menu. It is called automatically by - * slotAboutToShow(). By re-implementing this functions, you can reconstruct - * the menu before it is being shown. At the end of this function, you should - * call setInitialize() with true to tell the system that the menu is OK. - * You applet must re-implement this function. - * @see slotAboutToShow(), initialized(), setInitialized() - */ - virtual void initialize() = 0; - /** - * Clears the menu, and update the initial state accordingly. - * @see initialized() - */ - void slotClear(); - -protected: - /** - * Re-implemented for internal reasons. - */ - virtual void hideEvent(TQHideEvent *ev); - /** - * For internal use only. Used by constructors. - */ - void init(const TQString& path = TQString::null); - -protected: - virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data ); -private: - void internalInitialize(); - KPanelMenuPrivate *d; -}; - -#define K_EXPORT_KICKER_MENUEXT( libname, classname ) \ - K_EXPORT_COMPONENT_FACTORY( \ - kickermenu_##libname, \ - KGenericFactory<classname>("libkickermenu_" #libname) ) - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde353/ksharedptr.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde353/ksharedptr.h deleted file mode 100644 index ada08413..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde353/ksharedptr.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,175 +0,0 @@ -/* This file is part of the KDE libraries - Copyright (c) 1999 Waldo Bastian <bastian@kde.org> - - This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation. - - This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. -*/ -#ifndef KSharedPTR_H -#define KSharedPTR_H - -#include "kdelibs_export.h" - -/** - * Reference counting for shared objects. If you derive your object - * from this class, then you may use it in conjunction with - * KSharedPtr to control the lifetime of your object. - * - * Specifically, all classes that derive from KShared have an internal - * counter keeping track of how many other objects have a reference to - * their object. If used with KSharedPtr, then your object will - * not be deleted until all references to the object have been - * released. - * - * You should probably not ever use any of the methods in this class - * directly -- let the KSharedPtr take care of that. Just derive - * your class from KShared and forget about it. - * - * @author Waldo Bastian <bastian@kde.org> - */ -class KDECORE_EXPORT KShared { -public: - /** - * Standard constructor. This will initialize the reference count - * on this object to 0. - */ - KShared() : count(0) { } - - /** - * Copy constructor. This will @em not actually copy the objects - * but it will initialize the reference count on this object to 0. - */ - KShared( const KShared & ) : count(0) { } - - /** - * Overloaded assignment operator. - */ - KShared &operator=(const KShared & ) { return *this; } - - /** - * Increases the reference count by one. - */ - void _KShared_ref() const { count++; } - - /** - * Releases a reference (decreases the reference count by one). If - * the count goes to 0, this object will delete itself. - */ - void _KShared_unref() const { if (!--count) delete this; } - - /** - * Return the current number of references held. - * - * @return Number of references - */ - int _KShared_count() const { return count; } - -protected: - virtual ~KShared() { } -private: - mutable int count; -}; - -/** - * Can be used to control the lifetime of an object that has derived - * KShared. As long a someone holds a KSharedPtr on some KShared - * object it won't become deleted but is deleted once its reference - * count is 0. This struct emulates C++ pointers virtually perfectly. - * So just use it like a simple C++ pointer. - * - * KShared and KSharedPtr are preferred over QShared / QSharedPtr - * since they are more safe. - * - * WARNING: Please note that this class template provides an implicit - * conversion to T*. Do *not* change this pointer or the pointee (don't - * call delete on it, for instance) behind KSharedPtr's back. - * - * @author Waldo Bastian <bastian@kde.org> - */ -template< class T > -class KSharedPtr -{ -public: -/** - * Creates a null pointer. - */ - KSharedPtr() - : ptr(0) { } - /** - * Creates a new pointer. - * @param t the pointer - */ - KSharedPtr( T* t ) - : ptr(t) { if ( ptr ) ptr->_KShared_ref(); } - - /** - * Copies a pointer. - * @param p the pointer to copy - */ - KSharedPtr( const KSharedPtr& p ) - : ptr(p.ptr) { if ( ptr ) ptr->_KShared_ref(); } - - /** - * Unreferences the object that this pointer points to. If it was - * the last reference, the object will be deleted. - */ - ~KSharedPtr() { if ( ptr ) ptr->_KShared_unref(); } - - KSharedPtr<T>& operator= ( const KSharedPtr<T>& p ) { - if ( ptr == p.ptr ) return *this; - if ( ptr ) ptr->_KShared_unref(); - ptr = p.ptr; - if ( ptr ) ptr->_KShared_ref(); - return *this; - } - KSharedPtr<T>& operator= ( T* p ) { - if ( ptr == p ) return *this; - if ( ptr ) ptr->_KShared_unref(); - ptr = p; - if ( ptr ) ptr->_KShared_ref(); - return *this; - } - bool operator== ( const KSharedPtr<T>& p ) const { return ( ptr == p.ptr ); } - bool operator!= ( const KSharedPtr<T>& p ) const { return ( ptr != p.ptr ); } - bool operator== ( const T* p ) const { return ( ptr == p ); } - bool operator!= ( const T* p ) const { return ( ptr != p ); } - bool operator!() const { return ( ptr == 0 ); } - operator T*() const { return ptr; } - - /** - * Returns the pointer. - * @return the pointer - */ - T* data() { return ptr; } - - /** - * Returns the pointer. - * @return the pointer - */ - const T* data() const { return ptr; } - - const T& operator*() const { return *ptr; } - T& operator*() { return *ptr; } - const T* operator->() const { return ptr; } - T* operator->() { return ptr; } - - /** - * Returns the number of references. - * @return the number of references - */ - int count() const { return ptr->_KShared_count(); } // for debugging purposes -private: - T* ptr; -}; - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde353/ksycocafactory.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde353/ksycocafactory.h deleted file mode 100644 index 536da286..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde353/ksycocafactory.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,143 +0,0 @@ -/* This file is part of the KDE libraries - * Copyright (C) 1999 Waldo Bastian <bastian@kde.org> - * - * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - * License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation; - * - * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Library General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - * along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. - **/ - -#ifndef __ksycocafactory_h__ -#define __ksycocafactory_h__ - -#include "ksycocatype.h" -#include "ksycocaentry.h" - -#include <tqdict.h> -#include <tqptrlist.h> -class KSycoca; -class TQStringList; -class TQString; -class KSycocaDict; -class KSycocaResourceList; - -typedef TQDict<KSycocaEntry::Ptr> KSycocaEntryDict; - -/** - * @internal - * Base class for sycoca factories - */ -class KDECORE_EXPORT KSycocaFactory -{ -public: - virtual KSycocaFactoryId factoryId() const = 0; - -protected: // virtual class - /** - * Create a factory which can be used to lookup from/create a database - * (depending on KSycoca::isBuilding()) - */ - KSycocaFactory( KSycocaFactoryId factory_id ); - -public: - virtual ~KSycocaFactory(); - - /** - * @return the position of the factory in the sycoca file - */ - int offset() { return mOffset; } - - /** - * @return the dict, for special use by KBuildSycoca - */ - KSycocaEntryDict * entryDict() { return m_entryDict; } - - /** - * Construct an entry from a config file. - * To be implemented in the real factories. - */ - virtual KSycocaEntry *createEntry(const TQString &file, const char *resource) = 0; - - /** - * Add an entry - */ - virtual void addEntry(KSycocaEntry *newEntry, const char *resource); - - /** - * Remove an entry - * Not very fast, use with care. O(N) - */ - void removeEntry(KSycocaEntry *newEntry); - - /** - * Read an entry from the database - */ - virtual KSycocaEntry *createEntry(int offset)=0; - - /** - * Get a list of all entries from the database. - */ - KSycocaEntry::List allEntries(); - - /** - * Saves all entries it maintains as well as index files - * for these entries to the stream 'str'. - * - * Also sets mOffset to the starting position. - * - * The stream is positioned at the end of the last index. - * - * Don't forget to call the parent first when you override - * this function. - */ - virtual void save(TQDataStream &str); - - /** - * Writes out a header to the stream 'str'. - * The baseclass positions the stream correctly. - * - * Don't forget to call the parent first when you override - * this function. - */ - virtual void saveHeader(TQDataStream &str); - - /** - * @return the resources for which this factory is responsible. - */ - virtual const KSycocaResourceList * resourceList() const { return m_resourceList; } - -private: - int mOffset; - -protected: - int m_sycocaDictOffset; - int m_beginEntryOffset; - int m_endEntryOffset; - TQDataStream *m_str; - - KSycocaResourceList *m_resourceList; - KSycocaEntryDict *m_entryDict; - KSycocaDict *m_sycocaDict; -protected: - virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data ); -}; - -/** This, instead of a typedef, allows to declare "class ..." in header files - * @internal - */ -class KDECORE_EXPORT KSycocaFactoryList : public TQPtrList<KSycocaFactory> -{ -public: - KSycocaFactoryList() { } -}; - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde353/ktoolbarbutton.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde353/ktoolbarbutton.h deleted file mode 100644 index eab46983..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde353/ktoolbarbutton.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,330 +0,0 @@ -/* This file is part of the KDE libraries - Copyright (C) 1997, 1998 Stephan Kulow (coolo@kde.org) - (C) 1997, 1998 Sven Radej (radej@kde.org) - (C) 1997, 1998 Mark Donohoe (donohoe@kde.org) - (C) 1997, 1998 Matthias Ettrich (ettrich@kde.org) - (C) 2000 Kurt Granroth (granroth@kde.org) - - This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation. - - This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. -*/ - -#ifndef _KTOOLBARBUTTON_H -#define _KTOOLBARBUTTON_H - -#include <tqpixmap.h> -#include <tqtoolbutton.h> -#include <tqintdict.h> -#include <tqstring.h> -#include <kglobal.h> - -class KToolBar; -class KToolBarButtonPrivate; -class KInstance; -class TQEvent; -class TQPopupMenu; -class TQPainter; - -/** - * A toolbar button. This is used internally by KToolBar, use the - * KToolBar methods instead. - * @internal - */ -class KDEUI_EXPORT KToolBarButton : public QToolButton -{ - Q_OBJECT - -public: - /** - * Construct a button with an icon loaded by the button itself. - * This will trust the button to load the correct icon with the - * correct size. - * - * @param icon Name of icon to load (may be absolute or relative) - * @param id Id of this button - * @param parent This button's parent - * @param name This button's internal name - * @param txt This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise) - * @param _instance the instance to use for this button - */ - KToolBarButton(const TQString& icon, int id, TQWidget *parent, - const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null, - KInstance *_instance = KGlobal::instance()); - - /** - * Construct a button with an existing pixmap. It is not - * recommended that you use this as the internal icon loading code - * will almost always get it "right". - * - * @param pixmap Name of icon to load (may be absolute or relative) - * @param id Id of this button - * @param parent This button's parent - * @param name This button's internal name - * @param txt This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise) - */ - KToolBarButton(const TQPixmap& pixmap, int id, TQWidget *parent, - const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null); - - /** - * Construct a separator button - * - * @param parent This button's parent - * @param name This button's internal name - */ - KToolBarButton(TQWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L); - - /** - * Standard destructor - */ - ~KToolBarButton(); - -#ifndef KDE_NO_COMPAT - /** - * @deprecated - * Set the pixmap directly for this button. This pixmap should be - * the active one... the dimmed and disabled pixmaps are constructed - * based on this one. However, don't use this function unless you - * are positive that you don't want to use setIcon. - * - * @param pixmap The active pixmap - */ - // this one is from TQButton, so #ifdef-ing it out doesn't break BC - virtual void setPixmap(const TQPixmap &pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED; - - /** - * @deprecated - * Force the button to use this pixmap as the default one rather - * then generating it using effects. - * - * @param pixmap The pixmap to use as the default (normal) one - */ - void setDefaultPixmap(const TQPixmap& pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED; - - /** - * @deprecated - * Force the button to use this pixmap when disabled one rather then - * generating it using effects. - * - * @param pixmap The pixmap to use when disabled - */ - void setDisabledPixmap(const TQPixmap& pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED; -#endif - - /** - * Set the text for this button. The text will be either used as a - * tooltip (IconOnly) or will be along side the icon - * - * @param text The button (or tooltip) text - */ - virtual void setText(const TQString &text); - - /** - * Set the icon for this button. The icon will be loaded internally - * with the correct size. This function is preferred over setIconSet - * - * @param icon The name of the icon - */ - virtual void setIcon(const TQString &icon); - - /// @since 3.1 - virtual void setIcon( const TQPixmap &pixmap ) - { TQToolButton::setIcon( pixmap ); } - - /** - * Set the pixmaps for this toolbar button from a TQIconSet. - * If you call this you don't need to call any of the other methods - * that set icons or pixmaps. - * @param iconset The iconset to use - */ - virtual void setIconSet( const TQIconSet &iconset ); - -#ifndef KDE_NO_COMPAT - /** - * @deprecated - * Set the active icon for this button. The pixmap itself is loaded - * internally based on the icon size... .. the disabled and default - * pixmaps, however will only be constructed if generate is - * true. This function is preferred over setPixmap - * - * @param icon The name of the active icon - * @param generate If true, then the other icons are automagically - * generated from this one - */ - KDE_DEPRECATED void setIcon(const TQString &icon, bool generate ) { Q_UNUSED(generate); setIcon( icon ); } - - /** - * @deprecated - * Force the button to use this icon as the default one rather - * then generating it using effects. - * - * @param icon The icon to use as the default (normal) one - */ - void setDefaultIcon(const TQString& icon) KDE_DEPRECATED; - - /** - * @deprecated - * Force the button to use this icon when disabled one rather then - * generating it using effects. - * - * @param icon The icon to use when disabled - */ - void setDisabledIcon(const TQString& icon) KDE_DEPRECATED; -#endif - - /** - * Turn this button on or off - * - * @param flag true or false - */ - void on(bool flag = true); - - /** - * Toggle this button - */ - void toggle(); - - /** - * Turn this button into a toggle button or disable the toggle - * aspects of it. This does not toggle the button itself. - * Use toggle() for that. - * - * @param toggle true or false - */ - void setToggle(bool toggle = true); - - /** - * Return a pointer to this button's popup menu (if it exists) - */ - TQPopupMenu *popup(); - - /** - * Returns the button's id. - * @since 3.2 - */ - int id() const; - - /** - * Give this button a popup menu. There will not be a delay when - * you press the button. Use setDelayedPopup if you want that - * behavior. - * - * @param p The new popup menu - * @param unused Has no effect - ignore it. - */ - void setPopup (TQPopupMenu *p, bool unused = false); - - /** - * Gives this button a delayed popup menu. - * - * This function allows you to add a delayed popup menu to the button. - * The popup menu is then only displayed when the button is pressed and - * held down for about half a second. - * - * @param p the new popup menu - * @param unused Has no effect - ignore it. - */ - void setDelayedPopup(TQPopupMenu *p, bool unused = false); - - /** - * Turn this button into a radio button - * - * @param f true or false - */ - void setRadio(bool f = true); - - /** - * Toolbar buttons naturally will assume the global styles - * concerning icons, icons sizes, etc. You can use this function to - * explicitly turn this off, if you like. - * - * @param no_style Will disable styles if true - */ - void setNoStyle(bool no_style = true); - -signals: - /** - * Emitted when the toolbar button is clicked (with LMB or MMB) - */ - void clicked(int); - /** - * Emitted when the toolbar button is clicked (with any mouse button) - * @param state makes it possible to find out which button was pressed, - * and whether any keyboard modifiers were held. - * @since 3.4 - */ - void buttonClicked(int, Qt::ButtonState state); - void doubleClicked(int); - void pressed(int); - void released(int); - void toggled(int); - void highlighted(int, bool); - -public slots: - /** - * This slot should be called whenever the toolbar mode has - * potentially changed. This includes such events as text changing, - * orientation changing, etc. - */ - void modeChange(); - virtual void setTextLabel(const TQString&, bool tipToo); - -protected: - bool event(TQEvent *e); - void paletteChange(const TQPalette &); - void leaveEvent(TQEvent *e); - void enterEvent(TQEvent *e); - void drawButton(TQPainter *p); - bool eventFilter (TQObject *o, TQEvent *e); - /// @since 3.4 - void mousePressEvent( TQMouseEvent * ); - /// @since 3.4 - void mouseReleaseEvent( TQMouseEvent * ); - void showMenu(); - TQSize sizeHint() const; - TQSize minimumSizeHint() const; - TQSize minimumSize() const; - - /// @since 3.1 - bool isRaised() const; - /// @since 3.1 - bool isActive() const; - /// @since 3.1 - int iconTextMode() const; - -protected slots: - void slotClicked(); - void slotPressed(); - void slotReleased(); - void slotToggled(); - void slotDelayTimeout(); - -protected: - virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data ); -private: - KToolBarButtonPrivate *d; -}; - -/** -* List of KToolBarButton objects. -* @internal -* @version $Id: ktoolbarbutton.h 465272 2005-09-29 09:47:40Z mueller $ -*/ -class KDEUI_EXPORT KToolBarButtonList : public TQIntDict<KToolBarButton> -{ -public: - KToolBarButtonList(); - ~KToolBarButtonList() {} -}; - -#endif diff --git a/python/pykde/extra/kde353/kurifilter.h b/python/pykde/extra/kde353/kurifilter.h deleted file mode 100644 index 47332947..00000000 --- a/python/pykde/extra/kde353/kurifilter.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,647 +0,0 @@ -/* - * This file is part of the KDE libraries - * Copyright (C) 2000-2001,2003 Dawit Alemayehu <adawit at kde.org> - * - * Original author - * Copyright (C) 2000 Yves Arrouye <yves@realnames.com> - * - * - * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Library General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - * along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. - **/ - -#ifndef __kurifilter_h__ -#define __kurifilter_h__ - -#include <tqptrlist.h> -#include <tqobject.h> -#include <tqstringlist.h> - -#include <kurl.h> - -#ifdef Q_OS_WIN -#undef ERROR -#endif - -class KURIFilterPrivate; -class KURIFilterDataPrivate; - -class KCModule; - -/** -* A basic message object used for exchanging filtering -* information between the filter plugins and the application -* requesting the filtering service. -* -* Use this object if you require a more detailed information -* about the URI you want to filter. Any application can create -* an instance of this class and send it to KURIFilter to -* have the plugins fill out all possible information about the -* URI. -* -* \b Example -* -* \code -* TQString text = "kde.org"; -* KURIFilterData d = text; -* bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filter( d ); -* cout << "URL: " << text.latin1() << endl -* << "Filtered URL: " << d.uri().url().latin1() << endl -* << "URI Type: " << d.uriType() << endl -* << "Was Filtered: " << filtered << endl; -* \endcode -* -* The above code should yield the following output: -* \code -* URI: kde.org -* Filtered URI: http://kde.org -* URI Type: 0 <== means NET_PROTOCOL -* Was Filtered: 1 <== means the URL was successfully filtered -* \endcode -* -* @short A message object for exchanging filtering URI info. -* @author Dawit Alemayehu <adawit at kde.org> -*/ - -class KIO_EXPORT KURIFilterData -{ -friend class KURIFilterPlugin; - -public: - /** - * Describes the type of the URI that was filtered. - * Here is a brief description of the types: - * - * @li NET_PROTOCOL - Any network protocol: http, ftp, nttp, pop3, etc... - * @li LOCAL_FILE - A local file whose executable flag is not set - * @li LOCAL_DIR - A local directory - * @li EXECUTABLE - A local file whose executable flag is set - * @li HELP - A man or info page - * @li SHELL - A shell executable (ex: echo "Test..." >> ~/testfile) - * @li BLOCKED - A URI that should be blocked/filtered (ex: ad filtering) - * @li ERROR - An incorrect URI (ex: "~johndoe" when user johndoe - * does not exist in that system ) - * @li UNKNOWN - A URI that is not identified. Default value when - * a KURIFilterData is first created. - */ - enum URITypes { NET_PROTOCOL=0, LOCAL_FILE, LOCAL_DIR, EXECUTABLE, HELP, SHELL, BLOCKED, ERROR, UNKNOWN }; - - /** - * Default constructor. - * - * Creates a URIFilterData object. - */ - KURIFilterData() { init(); } - - /** - * Creates a URIFilterData object from the given URL. - * - * @param url is the URL to be filtered. - */ - KURIFilterData( const KURL& url ) { init( url); } - - /** - * Creates a URIFilterData object from the given string. - * - * @param url is the string to be filtered. - */ - KURIFilterData( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); } - - /** - * Copy constructor. - * - * Creates a URIFilterData object from another - * URI filter data object. - * - * @param data the uri filter data to be copied. - */ - KURIFilterData( const KURIFilterData& data); - - /** - * Destructor. - */ - ~KURIFilterData(); - - /** - * This method has been deprecated and will always return - * true. You should instead use the result from the - * KURIFilter::filterURI() calls. - * - * @deprecated - */ - KDE_DEPRECATED bool hasBeenFiltered() const { return true; } - - /** - * Returns the filtered or the original URL. - * - * This function returns the filtered url if one - * of the plugins successfully filtered the original - * URL. Otherwise, it returns the original URL. - * See hasBeenFiltered() and - * - * @return the filtered or original url. - */ - KURL uri() const { return m_pURI; } - - /** - * Returns an error message. - * - * This functions returns the error message set - * by the plugin whenever the uri type is set to - * KURIFilterData::ERROR. Otherwise, it returns - * a TQString::null. - * - * @return the error message or a NULL when there is none. - */ - TQString errorMsg() const { return m_strErrMsg; } - - /** - * Returns the URI type. - * - * This method always returns KURIFilterData::UNKNOWN - * if the given URL was not filtered. - * @return the type of the URI - */ - URITypes uriType() const { return m_iType; } - - /** - * Sets the URL to be filtered. - * - * Use this function to set the string to be - * filtered when you construct an empty filter - * object. - * - * @param url the string to be filtered. - */ - void setData( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); } - - /** - * Same as above except the argument is a URL. - * - * Use this function to set the string to be - * filtered when you construct an empty filter - * object. - * - * @param url the URL to be filtered. - */ - void setData( const KURL& url ) { init( url ); } - - /** - * Sets the absolute path to be used whenever the supplied - * data is a relative local URL. - * - * NOTE: This function should only be used for local resources, - * i.e. the "file:/" protocol. It is useful for specifying the - * absolute path in cases where the actual URL might be relative. - * meta object. If deriving the path from a KURL, make sure you - * set the argument for this function to the result of calling - * path () instead of url (). - * - * @param abs_path the abolute path to the local resource. - * @return true if absolute path is successfully set. Otherwise, false. - */ - bool setAbsolutePath( const TQString& abs_path ); - - /** - * Returns the absolute path if one has already been set. - * @return the absolute path, or TQString::null - * @see hasAbsolutePath() - */ - TQString absolutePath() const; - - /** - * Checks whether the supplied data had an absolute path. - * @return true if the supplied data has an absolute path - * @see absolutePath() - */ - bool hasAbsolutePath() const; - - /** - * Returns the command line options and arguments for a - * local resource when present. - * - * @return options and arguments when present, otherwise TQString::null - */ - TQString argsAndOptions() const; - - /** - * Checks whether the current data is a local resource with - * command line options and arguments. - * @return true if the current data has command line options and arguments - */ - bool hasArgsAndOptions() const; - - /** - * Returns the name of the icon that matches - * the current filtered URL. - * - * NOTE that this function will return a NULL - * string by default and when no associated icon - * is found. - * - * @return the name of the icon associated with the resource, - * or TQString::null if not found - */ - TQString iconName(); - - /** - * Check whether the provided uri is executable or not. - * - * Setting this to false ensures that typing the name of - * an executable does not start that application. This is - * useful in the location bar of a browser. The default - * value is true. - * - * @since 3.2 - */ - void setCheckForExecutables (bool check); - - /** - * @return true if the filters should attempt to check whether the - * supplied uri is an executable. False otherwise. - * - * @since 3.2 - */ - bool checkForExecutables() const { return m_bCheckForExecutables; } - - /** - * @return the string as typed by the user, before any URL processing is done - * @since 3.2 - */ - TQString typedString() const; - - /** - * Overloaded assigenment operator. - * - * This function allows you to easily assign a KURL - * to a KURIFilterData object. - * - * @return an instance of a KURIFilterData object. - */ - KURIFilterData& operator=( const KURL& url ) { init( url ); return *this; } - - /** - * Overloaded assigenment operator. - * - * This function allows you to easily assign a QString - * to a KURIFilterData object. - * - * @return an instance of a KURIFilterData object. - */ - KURIFilterData& operator=( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); return *this; } - -protected: - - /** - * Initializes the KURIFilterData on construction. - * @param url the URL to initialize the object with - */ - void init( const KURL& url); - - /** - * Initializes the KURIFilterData on construction. - * @param url the URL to initialize the object with - */ - void init( const TQString& url = TQString::null ); - -private: - bool m_bCheckForExecutables; - bool m_bChanged; - - TQString m_strErrMsg; - TQString m_strIconName; - - KURL m_pURI; - URITypes m_iType; - KURIFilterDataPrivate *d; -}; - - -/** - * Base class for URI filter plugins. - * - * This class applies a single filter to a URI. All plugins designed - * to provide URI filtering service should inherit from this abstract - * class and provide a concrete implementation. - * - * All inheriting classes need to implement the pure virtual function - * filterURI. - * - * @short Abstract class for URI filter plugins. - */ -class KIO_EXPORT KURIFilterPlugin : public QObject -{ - Q_OBJECT - -public: - - /** - * Constructs a filter plugin with a given name and - * priority. - * - * @param parent the parent object, or 0 for no parent - * @param name the name of the plugin, or 0 for no name - * @param pri the priority of the plugin. - */ - KURIFilterPlugin( TQObject *parent = 0, const char *name = 0, double pri = 1.0 ); - - /** - * Returns the filter's name. - * - * @return A string naming the filter. - */ - virtual TQString name() const { return m_strName; } - - /** - * Returns the filter's priority. - * - * Each filter has an assigned priority, a float from 0 to 1. Filters - * with the lowest priority are first given a chance to filter a URI. - * - * @return The priority of the filter. - */ - virtual double priority() const { return m_dblPriority; } - - /** - * Filters a URI. - * - * @param data the URI data to be filtered. - * @return A boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed. - */ - virtual bool filterURI( KURIFilterData& data ) const = 0; - - /** - * Creates a configuration module for the filter. - * - * It is the responsibility of the caller to delete the module - * once it is not needed anymore. - * - * @return A configuration module, 0 if the filter isn't configurable. - */ - virtual KCModule *configModule( TQWidget*, const char* ) const { return 0; } - - /** - * Returns the name of the configuration module for the filter. - * - * @return the name of a configuration module or TQString::null if none. - */ - virtual TQString configName() const { return name(); } - -protected: - - /** - * Sets the the URL in @p data to @p uri. - */ - void setFilteredURI ( KURIFilterData& data, const KURL& uri ) const; - - /** - * Sets the error message in @p data to @p errormsg. - */ - void setErrorMsg ( KURIFilterData& data, const TQString& errmsg ) const { - data.m_strErrMsg = errmsg; - } - - /** - * Sets the URI type in @p data to @p type. - */ - void setURIType ( KURIFilterData& data, KURIFilterData::URITypes type) const { - data.m_iType = type; - data.m_bChanged = true; - } - - /** - * Sets the arguments and options string in @p data - * to @p args if any were found during filterting. - */ - void setArguments( KURIFilterData& data, const TQString& args ) const; - - TQString m_strName; - double m_dblPriority; - -protected: - virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data ); -private: - class KURIFilterPluginPrivate *d; -}; - - -/** - * A list of filter plugins. - */ -class KIO_EXPORT KURIFilterPluginList : public TQPtrList<KURIFilterPlugin> -{ -public: - virtual int compareItems(Item a, Item b) - { - double diff = ((KURIFilterPlugin *) a)->priority() - ((KURIFilterPlugin *) b)->priority(); - return diff < 0 ? -1 : (diff > 0 ? 1 : 0); - } - -private: - KURIFilterPrivate *d; - -}; - -/** - * Manages the filtering of URIs. - * - * The intention of this plugin class is to allow people to extend the - * functionality of KURL without modifying it directly. This way KURL will - * remain a generic parser capable of parsing any generic URL that adheres - * to specifications. - * - * The KURIFilter class applies a number of filters to a URI and returns the - * filtered version whenever possible. The filters are implemented using - * plugins to provide easy extensibility of the filtering mechanism. New - * filters can be added in the future by simply inheriting from - * KURIFilterPlugin and implementing the KURIFilterPlugin::filterURI - * method. - * - * Use of this plugin-manager class is straight forward. Since it is a - * singleton object, all you have to do is obtain an instance by doing - * @p KURIFilter::self() and use any of the public member functions to - * preform the filtering. - * - * \b Example - * - * To simply filter a given string: - * - * \code - * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( "kde.org" ); - * \endcode - * - * You can alternatively use a KURL: - * - * \code - * KURL url = "kde.org"; - * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( url ); - * \endcode - * - * If you have a constant string or a constant URL, simply invoke the - * corresponding function to obtain the filtered string or URL instead - * of a boolean flag: - * - * \code - * TQString u = KURIFilter::self()->filteredURI( "kde.org" ); - * \endcode - * - * You can also restrict the filter(s) to be used by supplying - * the name of the filter(s) to use. By defualt all available - * filters will be used. To use specific filters, add the names - * of the filters you want to use to a TQStringList and invoke - * the appropriate filtering function. The examples below show - * the use of specific filters. The first one uses a single - * filter called kshorturifilter while the second example uses - * multiple filters: - * - * \code - * TQString text = "kde.org"; - * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, "kshorturifilter" ); - * \endcode - * - * \code - * TQStringList list; - * list << "kshorturifilter" << "localdomainfilter"; - * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, list ); - * \endcode - * - * KURIFilter also allows richer data exchange through a simple - * meta-object called @p KURIFilterData. Using this meta-object - * you can find out more information about the URL you want to - * filter. See KURIFilterData for examples and details. - * - * @short Filters a given URL into its proper format whenever possible. - */ - -class KIO_EXPORT KURIFilter -{ -public: - /** - * Destructor - */ - ~KURIFilter (); - - /** - * Returns an instance of KURIFilter. - */ - static KURIFilter* self(); - - /** - * Filters the URI given by the object URIFilterData. - * - * The given URL is filtered based on the specified list of filters. - * If the list is empty all available filters would be used. - * - * @param data object that contains the URI to be filtered. - * @param filters specify the list of filters to be used. - * - * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed - */ - bool filterURI( KURIFilterData& data, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); - - /** - * Filters the URI given by the URL. - * - * The given URL is filtered based on the specified list of filters. - * If the list is empty all available filters would be used. - * - * @param uri the URI to filter. - * @param filters specify the list of filters to be used. - * - * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed - */ - bool filterURI( KURL &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); - - /** - * Filters a string representing a URI. - * - * The given URL is filtered based on the specified list of filters. - * If the list is empty all available filters would be used. - * - * @param uri The URI to filter. - * @param filters specify the list of filters to be used. - * - * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed - */ - bool filterURI( TQString &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); - - /** - * Returns the filtered URI. - * - * The given URL is filtered based on the specified list of filters. - * If the list is empty all available filters would be used. - * - * @param uri The URI to filter. - * @param filters specify the list of filters to be used. - * - * @return the filtered URI or null if it cannot be filtered - */ - KURL filteredURI( const KURL &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); - - /** - * Return a filtered string representation of a URI. - * - * The given URL is filtered based on the specified list of filters. - * If the list is empty all available filters would be used. - * - * @param uri the URI to filter. - * @param filters specify the list of filters to be used. - * - * @return the filtered URI or null if it cannot be filtered - */ - TQString filteredURI( const TQString &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() ); - - /** - * Return an iterator to iterate over all loaded - * plugins. - * - * @return a plugin iterator. - */ - TQPtrListIterator<KURIFilterPlugin> pluginsIterator() const; - - /** - * Return a list of the names of all loaded plugins. - * - * @return a TQStringList of plugin names - * @since 3.1 - */ - TQStringList pluginNames() const; - -protected: - - /** - * A protected constructor. - * - * This constructor creates a KURIFilter and - * initializes all plugins it can find by invoking - * loadPlugins. - */ - KURIFilter(); - - /** - * Loads all allowed plugins. - * - * This function loads all filters that have not - * been disbled. - */ - void loadPlugins(); - -private: - static KURIFilter *s_self; - KURIFilterPluginList m_lstPlugins; - KURIFilterPrivate *d; -}; - -#endif |